MF35/50

MF135/150

Workshop Manual
1448811Ml MF35/50 .
1448813Ml MF135/150

MASSEY FERGUSDN®

ML
 INDEX
MF 351 sa TRACTOR SERVICE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION PART

Front Axle and Steering .................................................................... "............ 1

Continental Z-134 Gas En9Îne ••••••••••••••••••••••• ,•••••• . ..................... . 2

Perkins A3~ 152 Diesel Engine ..................................................................... " • .. .. .. .. .. 3

Perlcins AD3.'152 Diesel Engine ........................... '" ................................... if .. • .. .. .. .. .. • 4

Clutches .................................. .- ......................................................... " • • .. .. • .. • 5

Standard Transmission ................................... " ............................... 4' .. " .. .. .. .. • • .. .. • 6

Mu-lti·,'Power TransmÎssion • .. .. ...... ... • .... • • •• ...... .... ... .... • •• •• •• ....... .. ... • ....... 7

DiRerentiol, Pinion and Rear Axle ........................................................... 8

PTO and Selt Pulley ................ III • • ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • 9

Internai HydrauJic; System., ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• fi • • • • • • • • • • _. 6.-• • • • • • - . 10

{,

. . . ." MI
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1

PART 1. SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE

AND SUPPORT ASSEMBL y

MF AND' TO 35 TRACTOR

INDEX
Page

Removing the Front Axle . . l

Disassembling the Front Axle l
Inspecting the Front Axle. . 3
Servicing the Front Axle . . 3
Assembling and Installing the Front Axle 3
Adjusting the Toe-In . . . . . . • . . 4

There are two front a.xle assemblies available
for the 35 tractor. The utility front a.xle as-
sembly is simply a "Heavy Duty" version of
the standard 3 5 front a.xle and should be used
where extreme working conditions require the
heavier front a.xle assembly. Whenever order-
ing parts, keep in mind that the parts fit only
the R.H. or L.H. side.
REMOVING THE FRONT AXLE
To remove the front a.xle and support assem-
bly, support the tractor with a floor jack and
remove (see Fig. 1):
5. The a.xle pivot pin retaining screw (No. 19)
and withdraw the pivot pin (No. 18) from the
axle support.
6. Slide the remainder of the front axle as-
sembly out the other side of the tractor.
NOTE: To make the separated front axle as-
sembly Iighter (for handling purposes) the front
wheel and tire assemblies may be removed.

1. The hood assembly. See Group IV, Sec-
tion C, Part 1.
2. Radius rods (No. 11) from each side of
the transmission case.
NOTE: Place the baIl cap shims aside so that
they may be reinstalled in their original position.
3. Drag links (No. 3) from the steering pit-
man arms.
4. Two bolts (on either side) securing one
a.xle extension (No. 14) and the a.xle main mem-
ber (No. 13) together. Slide the a.xle extension
out the side of the tractor.
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT AXLE
1. Refer to Fig. 1 and remove the following:
a. Drag link tie rad and assemblies
(No. 3) from the spindle arms (No. 7) by re-
moving the nut; striking the arm a sharp blow
with a hammer. Strike the arm close ta the tie
rad end.
b. The radius rods (No. 11) from the
axle extensions (No. 14).
c. The remaining axle extension from
the a.xle main center member (No. 13).

PIUNTED IN U. S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1

CD
\). CD
@--
-0
\\~
®

~---~
Fig. 1 • MF and TO 35 Front Axle Assembly Nomenc:loture

1. Oust Covers 5. Grease Reta iners 9. Oust Seots 13. Front Axle Main Member 17. Ax le Support Assembly

2. Rear Roc! End Assemblies 6. Oust Covers 10. Spindle Bushin9s 14. Axle Extension Assemblies 18. Axle Pivot Pin

3. Steering links 7. Spindle Steering Arms 11. Radius Rods 15. Thrust 8earings 19. Pivot Pin Rotai"ar Boit

4. Front Rad End Assemblies 8. Woodruff Key. 12. Front Pivot Bushi"gs 16. Spindle Assomblies

d. The spindle arms (No. 7) by remov-
ing the clamp boit and working the arm off the
spindle shaft. Remove the dust seals (No. 9).
NOTE: Do not damage keyway. Remove Wood-
key (No. 8) once aTm has been removed.
TUff
e. Slide the spindle assembly (No. 16)
out of the axle extension assembly (No. 14).
f. Spindle thrust bearing (No. 15) from
the spindle. shaft.
NOTE: The tie rod end assemblies (Nos. 2 and
4) may be removed irom the steering Iink as-
semblies (No. 3) by loosening the clamp boIts
and unscrewing them.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1
2. Clean and inspect:
a. The extension assembly bushing (No.
10). If clearance is greater than 0.0035 ta
0.005 inch, replace the bushing.
b. The pivot bushing (No. 12). If the
diameter is greater than 1.790 inch, replace.
c. The pivot pin (No. 18). If the pin
diameter is less than 1.700 inch, it must be re-
placed.
NOTE: The pivot pin and bushing do not re-
quire greasing. If a squeak should develop at
this point, lubricate with dry graphite.
INSPECTING THE FRONT AXLE
Clean all the parts thoroughly and inspect
them for wear and damage.
Check the bushings and pin for wear as out-
lined in Step 2 of "Disassembling the Front
Axle" .
SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
If new spindle bushings (No. 10) are installe d,
they must be reamed after installation ta an in-
side diameter of 1.249 inch ta 1.250 inch. When
shaft is slightly worn, ream bushings ta provide
a 0.0035 ta 0.005 clearance. See Fig. 1.
If a new pivot bushing (No. 12) is installed, it
must be reamed after installation ta an inside
diameter of 1.7615 inch ta 1.7675 inch. See
Fig. 1.
NOTE: Install the bushing so that the split
side is up.
ASSEMBLING AN D IN STALLING
THE FRON T AXLE
1. Ta assemble the front axle, install the
following (see Fig. 1):
a. Thrust bearings (No. 15) onto the
spindle shafts (No. 16).
b. Spindle shafts into the extension as-
semblies (No. 14). Lubricate shafts and bush-
ings before installation.
c. Dust seals (No. 9) onto the spindle
shafts.
d. Woodruff keys (No. 8) into the spin-
dIe shafts.
e. Spindle steering arms (No. 7) onto
the spindle shafts. Install and tighten clamp
boUs.
MF, TO 35 FRONT AXLE & SUPPORT
f. Tie rad end assemblies (Nos. 2 and
4) into drag links (No. 3).
g. One extension assembly (No. 14) ta
the axle main center member (No. 13).
2. Slide the axle center member in from the
side of the tractor and install the pivot pin (No.
18) and retainer cap screw (No. 19).
3. Continue assembly and installation by in-
stalling:
a. Other extension assembly ta axle
center member.
b. Grease retainers (No. 5) and dust
covers (No. 6) ta the front tie rad end assem-
blies (No. 4).
c. Front tie rad end assemblies ta the
spindle arms and tighten the nut.
d. Radius rads (No. 11) ta the extension
arms (No. 14).
e. Ball ends of the radius rads into the
ball sockets.
NOTE: Replace the original shirn pack during
installation. If the rod balls fit loose in the
sockets, rernove sorne of the shirn pack.
f. Dust caver (No. 1) ta rear tie rad
end assemblies (No. 2).
g. Rear tie rad end assemblies into
steering pitman arms. Tighten the castellated
nut and install the cotter pin.
4. Adjust the toe-in and lubricate the axle
assembly.
Fig. 2 - Adjusting the Toe-In
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
F'RONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1

ADJUSTING THE TOE-IN

Loosen the clamp boU on each end of the

drag links (No. 3) as shown in Fig. 1. Rotate
the drag link until the desired toe-in of 0 to 1/4
inch is obtained and retighten the clamp boUs.

The toe-in is measured between the center

tire ribs (at hub height) at both front and rear.
Proper toe-in is obtained when the distance
across the front is 0 to 1/4 inch less than the
distance across the rear. See Fig. 3. Fig. 3 - Measuring the Toe-In

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2

PART 2. FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLIES

MF 50 AND 65 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page
Servicing the Wide Front Axle Assemblies .••••••• 1
Servicing the Single Wheel Front Axle .•••••.••• 7
Servicing the Twin Wheel Front Axle ••••••••••• 8

SERVICING MF 50 & 65 MULTI-PUR 5. Front axle assembly by rolling the unit

POSE, STANDARD, HI-ARCH, AND
UTILITY FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLIES
Similiarities between front rude assemblies
of the Multi-Purpose, Standard, Hi-Arch and
Utility description permit servicing procedures
of these assemblies to be combined and dis-
cussed as one.
. '
Single wheel front rude assemblies and twin
wheel front axle assemblies each deserve sepa-
rate discussions of servicing procedures. The
procedures concerning axles of this type will
includë servicing the front pedestal and support
assemblies.
Consult the Parts Book for information re-
garding the inter-change features of parts.
REMOVING FRONT AXLE AS A UNIT
forward and out from tractor (a floor jack
supporting the front axle center member facili-
tates easy handling when following this pro-
cedure). See Fig. 5.
Install the assembly as a unit by reversing
the procedures for removing.
REMOVING FRONT AXLE TO DISASSEMBLE
When front axles of this description are to
be completely disassembled, remove the as-
semblies as follows:
1. Slightly loosen the wheel lug nuts.
2. Support tractor with front wheels clearing
the ground.
3. Remove:
a. Front whee ls.
b. Lower grill panel.

Front axle assemblies of this description c. Grease fittings.

are removed as a unit when complete dis- d. Tie rods ends, Nos. 1 and 9, from
assembly is not necessary. spindle steering arms, Nos. 10 and 27. Fig. 1.

Support the tractor with front wheel slightly e. Tie rods end No. 6, from main steer-
touching the ground, refer to Fig. 1, and remove: ing arm, No. 3.

1. Lower grill panel. f. Main steering arm from pedestal shaft.

2. Lower steering arm, No. 3, from pedestal g. Both R.H. and L.H. axle extension as-
/~. shaft. semblies, Nos. 15 and 25, Fig. 1, (if sa equip-
ped).
3. Thrust plate, No. 20, and shims from end
of front pivot pin. h. Pivot thrust plate, No. 20, and shims,
No. 21.
4. Front pivot support. NOTE: Save the shims.
1
PRINTED IN U. S.A.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2

',---/

Fig. 1 - MF 50 Utility and MF 65 Standard Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature

1. Rad Assembly 8. Tube Assembly 15. Extension Assembly 22. Bushing 29. Oust Seol (Felt)
2. Tube Assembly 9. Rod Assembly 16. Spindle Bushing 23. Pivot Support Assembly 30. Spindle Bushing
3. Steering Arm 10. Spindle Steering Arm 17. Thrust Beoring 24. Front Axle Assembly 31. Spindle Bushing
4. Nut 11. Nut 18. Woodruff Key 25. Extension Assembly 32. Thrust Beoring
5. Oust Seol 12. Oust Seol 19. Spindle Assembly 26. Nut 33. Woodruff Key
6. Tie Rad End 13. Oust Seol (Fel!) 20. Thrust Plote 27. Spindle Steering Arm ~4. Spindle Assembly
7. Oust Seol 14. Spindle Bushing 21. Shim Pock 28. Oust Seol

i. Front pivot bracket, No. 23, from front
rude support.
j. Axie center member, No .. 24, by moving
member forward and out of rear pivot pin
bore.
DISASSEMBLING THE AXLE
Before disassembling, notice that the steering
arms, the spindIes, the rude extensions, and
the tie rods are designed for the R.H. or L.H.
sides.
Remove: (Refer to Fig. 1)
1. Spindie steering arm, Nos. 10 and 27 from
spindIe, Nos. 19 and 34, by Ioosening clamp and
removing Woodruff keys, Nos. 18 and 33.
2. Dust seals, Nos. 13 and 29, from spindie.
3. Spindle shaft from axle extension spindie
shaft tubes, Nos. 15 and 25.
4. Spindle thrust bearings, Nos. 17 and 32,
from spindle shafts.
5. Spindle bushings, Nos. 14,16,30 and 31.

NOTE: The mention ofaxle extensions 6. Pivot bushing, No. 22, from front pivot
does not apply to utility axles. bracket.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 Mf 50 & 65 fRONT AXLE & STEERING

INSPECTING 4. Front pivot pin --- 1.999 - 2.001 inch - out-

Clean an parts thoroughly and inspect the
component parts for damage and wear. The
dimensions for new parts are listed as follows:
1. Rear pivot bushing --- 1.877 - 1.879 inch-
inside diameter - pre-sized.
2. Front pivot bushings -- 2.002 - 2.004 inch -
inside diameter - pre-sized.
3. Rear pivot pin --- 1.874 - 1.876 inch - out-
side diameter - pre-sized.
side diameter.
5. Spindle bushings -- sized after installation
- 0.0035-0.005 inch clearance recommended
between spindle and inside diameter of bushing.
NOTE: Inspect the rear pivot bushing
bore located in the front axle support.
If a correction has not been made to
prevent the pivot bushing from working
out of Place, use a long 7/32" drill,

Fig. 2 - MF 50 and MF 65 'Hi.Arc:h Front Axle Assembly Nomenc:lature.

1. Oust Seal 8. Oust Seal 15. Spindle Bushing 22. Shim Pack
2. Rod Assembly 9. Tube Assembly 16. Extension Assembly 23. Bushing 29. Spindle Bushing
3. Tube Assembly 10. Rod Assembly 17. Spindle Bushing 24. Pivot Support Assembly 30. Extension Assembly
4. Steering Arm 11. Oust Seal 18. Thrust Bearing 25. Front Axle Assembl y 31. Spindle Bushing
5. Nut 12. Nut 19. Woodruff Key 26. Nut 32. Thrust Bearing
6. Oust Seal 13. Spindle Steering Arm 20. Spindle Assembly 27. Spindle Steering Arm 33. Woodruff Key
7. Tie Rod End 14. Fel: Oust Seal 21. Thrust Plate 28. Fel! Oust Seal 34. Spindle Assembly

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2

Fig. 3 - MF 6S Utility Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature.

1. Tie Rod End 7. Woodrulf Key 13. Main Steering Arm 19. Spindle Steering A,m 25. Woodruff Key
2. Spindle Steering Arm 8. Spindle Assembly 14. Oust Seol 20. Oust Seol 26. Spindle Assembly
3. Felt Oust Seol 9. Tie Rod Assembly 15. Nut 21. Felt Oust Seol 27. Pivot Support Assembly
4. Spindle Bushing 10. Nut 16. Oust Seol 22. Spindle Bushing 28. Pivot Bushing
5. Spindle Bushing 11 • Oust Seol 17. Tie Rod Assembly 23. Spindle Bushing 29. Shim Pack
6. Thrust Beoring 12. Front Axle Assembly 18. Nut 24. Thrust Beoring 30. Thrust Plate

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 50 & 65 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

-0

~t-- _ _ _,22

FlI\------j 23

Fig. '" - MF 50 MuIti.Purpose Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature

1. Tie Rod End la. Oust Seal 19. Nut 28. Spindle Assembly
2. Tie Rod Assembly 11. Oust Seal 20. Spindle Steering Arm 29. Thrust Plate
3. Main Steering Arm 12. Spindle Bushing 21. Oust Seal 30. Shim Pack
4. Oust Seol 13. Greose Fitting 22. Du.t Seal 31. Pivot Bushing
5. Nut 14. Spindle Bushing 23. Spindle Bushing 32. Grease Fitting
6. Oust Seal 15. Thrust Beoring 24. Greose Fitting 33. Axle Support Assembly
7. Tie Rod Assembly 16. Wood ru fi Key 25. Spindle Bushing
8. Spindle Steering Arm 17. Spindle Assémbly 26. Thrust Beoring
9. Nut 18. Front Axle 27. Woodrufl Key
entering thYough grease [itting hole, to Replacement pivot bushings are pre-sized
drill a spot in the bore 1/64" deep. and do not require reaming when installed
When instalUng the bushing, Une up the carefully with the proper tool.
grease holes and insert a long punch to Spindle bu!,hings are renewable but require
stake bushing into drill spot. sizing after installation.

5
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
FRONT AXL E & STEERING
Fig. 5 - Removing Wide Front Axle.Assembly
Tie rod ends are not adjustable for wear.
Recommended toe-in adjustment is 0-1/4 inch.
End-play adjustment is 0.002-0.008 inch be-
tween support housing front face and front
pivot bracket rear face.
ASSEMBLING THE AXLE
1. Install: (Refer to Fig. 1).
a. Bearing, No. 17, to spindle, No. 19.
b. Spindle bushings, Nos. 14 & 16, and ream
to size.
c. Spindle throughaxle spindle tube, No. 15.
d. Dust seal, No. 13.
e. Woodruff key, No. 18, to spindle.
f. Spindle steering arm, No.10, to spindle.
g. Tighten spindle, boit arm clamp.
h. Repeat procedure for spindle assembly
on other side.
INSTALLING THE AXLE
1. Install: (Refer to Fig. 1).
a. Rear pivot bushing, making certain
grease holes are in alignment.
b. Axle main center-member, No. 24, by
carefuUy inserting the rear pivot pin of center-
member into support casting pivot pin bore.
6
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2
c. Steering arm, No. 3, onto pedestal shaft
and tighten clamp.
d. Front pivot bushing, No. 22, in front
pivot bracket, No. 23.
e. Front pivot bracket to front pivot pin
and attach to support casting.
f. Tie rods, No. 6, to main steering arm,
No. 3.
g. Axle extensions, Nos. 15 and 25, to main
center-member.
h. Tie rods Nos. 1 and 9, to spindle steering
arms Nos. 10 and 27.
i. Shims, No. 21, (which are available in
0.002,0.005 and 0.010 inch thickness) to the end
of front pivot pin and secure with thrust plate,
No. 20.
NOTE: End-Play should be 0.002-0.008
inch between pivot bracket and center-
member.
j. Wheels.
k. Lower grill panel.
1. Grease fittings.
2. Lubricate aU grease fittings.
3. Adjust toe-in 0-1/4 inch.
Fig. 6 - Adjusting Toe-In
ADJUSTING THE TOE-IN
To adjust the toe-in of aIl wide front axle
models, loosen the right tie rod set screw at
the outer end and the clamp boit at the inner end.
Turn the tube assembly, No. 2, Fig. 1, in (or
out) to obtain the desired toe-in. See Fig. 6.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 50 & 65 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

The toe-in is measured between the center
tire ribs (at hub height) at both front and rear.
Proper toe-in is obtained when the distance
across the front is 0 to 1/4 inch less than the
distance across the back. See Fig. 7.
3. Your purpose may o.r may not require
removal of wheel; if it should be required, then
do so as the first step of removal, refer to
Group IV, Section B, Part 4 for instructions on
removing wheel.

4. Remove the front axle support, No. 6, by

removing the six cap screws.

Fig. 7 - Measuring Toe.ln

SERVICING THE ROW CROP

SINGLE WHEEL FRONT AXLE
REMOVING
To remove the single wheel fork axle as-
sembly, proceed according to the foHowing
instructions, and refer to Fig. 8.
1. Support the tractor 50 that front wheel Fig. 8 - Single Front Wheel Axle Nomenclature
barely touches the ground, and then remove:
,. Oust Cap 13. Yoke Assembly
a. Lower grill panel. 2. Thrust Plate 14. Costelloted Nut
3. Shim Pack 15. Eccentric Wosher
4. Needle Beoring 16. Cotter Pin
b. Sheet metal dust cap, No 1. 5. Oil Seol 17. Front Axle Shah
6. Front Support Assembly 18. Eccentric Wosher
c. Thrust plate, No. 2, by removing the 7. Oil Seol 19. Costelloted Nut
8. Needle Beoring 20. Cotter Pin
cap screws. 9. Upper Beoring Roce 21. Arm Link Assembly
10. Thrust Beoring 22. Oust Seo Is
d. Shims, No. 3. 11. Lower Beoring Roce 23. Spindle Arm
12. Oil Seol 24. Main Steering Arm
e. Steering arm, No. 24, byworkingthrough
opening in support casting, and loosening clamp DISASSEMBLING
boU retainingihe arm to wheel fork.
Remove: (Refer to Fig. 8).
2. Carefully raise front end of tractor, while
at the same time, withdrawing the wheel fork 1. The upper needle bearing, No. 4, from
from below. See Fig. 9. support casting No. 6.

NOTE: Do not permit wheel fork shafi 2: Oil seal, No. 5, from support casting.
to become cocked out of line while
removing. 3. Oil seal, No. 7, from support casting.

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2

4. Lower needle bearing, No. 8, from fork

shaft, No. 13.

5. Bearing race, No. 9, from fork shaft.

6. Needle thrust bearing, No. 10, from fork

shaft.

7. Bearing race, No. 11, from fork shaft.

8. Oïl Seal, No. 12.

Fig. 10 - Twin Front Wheel Axle Nomencloture

1. Cap Screw 12. Upper Bearing Cup

2. Lip Wasner 13. Pedestal Housing
3. Flat Washer 14. Lower Bearing Cup
4. Spindle Arm 15. Lower Bearing Cone
5. Arm Link Assembly 16. Oil Seal
6. Oust Seals 17. Spindle Sn ait
7. Steering Arm 18. Snalt Key
8. Nut 19. Front Spindle Assembly
9. Front Support Assembly 20. Castellated Nut
10. Oil Seal 21. Cotter Pin
11. Upper Bearing Cane
Fig. 9 - Removing Single Front Wheel Axle Assembly
4. Lubricate the assembly thoroughly.
INSPECTING
NOTE: Always press or drive a needle
Clean all parts thoroughly; examine needle
bearing from the lettered side of bear-
bearings and the needle thrust bearing. Replace
ing.
new parts and oil seais if necessary.

ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING SERVICING ROW CROP TWIN

1. To assemble and install the wheel fork, WHEEL FRONT AXLES
simply reverse the steps of the disassembly REMOVING
procedure. A blind spline on the wheel fork
To remove the twin wheel axle, proceed as
and the steering arm will facilitate correct
follows:
alignment of the two parts.
1. Support the tractor with front wheels
2. Adjust the up and down end-play of the wheel touching the ground (complete disassembly is
forkto 0.002-0.008 inch measuring clearance be- more easily accomplished when wheels are
tween lower face of support casting and upper removed).
face of whee 1 fork. Shims provide for this
adjustment. 2. Remove: (Refer to Fig. 10).
a. Lower grill panel.
3. Adjust the front wheel (which has a taper
roller bearing) to have a slight rotationai b. Cap screw, No. 1, after uniocking lip
drag. washer, No. 2.
8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 50 & 65 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

c. Flat washer, No. 3.
d. Steering arm, No. 7, working through
support casting.
3. Carefully raise tractor, and at the same
time, withdraw from below, the spindle shaft,
No. 17, axle ,No. 19,andwheelsas an assembly.
(See Fig. 11).
4. Remove:
a. Lower pedestal assembly, No. 13, from
support casting, No. 9.
b. Front axle support, No. 9.
2. Upper and lower bearing cones, Nos.ll and
15, from pedestal.
3. Upper and lower bearing cups, Nos. 12 and
14, from pedestal.
4. Cotter pin and castellated nut, No. 20, from
spindle shaft, No. 17.
5. Axle, No. 19 andkey, No. 18, from spindle
shaft.
INSPECTION
Clean aH parts thoroughly and examine for
wear. Replace new parts and oil seals if nec es-
sary.

ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING

1. Reverse the disassembly procedures and

tighten cap screw No. 1, Fig. 10 until all end-
play is removed from spindle, leaving a slight
drag on the bearings.

2. Blind splines on the lower spindle shaft

in the steering arm provide for a correct
installation.

See Group IV, Section B, Part 4 for wheel

and hub information.

Fig. 11 - Removing Twin Front Wheel Axle Assembly NOTE: When assembling, install new
ail seals, and lightly grease the sealing
DISASSEMBLING surfaces. Rotate the shaft as it passes
Remove: (Refer to Fig. 10) through seals.
1. Oil seals, Nos. 10 and 16, from pedestal,
No. 13. 3. Lubricate the assembly thoroughly.

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4

PART 4-MANUAL AND POWER STEERING

GEAR HOUSING-MF AND TO 35 TRACTORS

INDEX
PAGE
Removing Manual Steering Housing l
Disassemble Manual Steering 2
Reassemble Manual Steering 2
Adjusting Manual Steering 4
Removing Power Steering Housing 4
Disassemble Power Steering 4
Reassemble Power Steering 5
Adjusting Power Steering 7
Trouble- Shooting . • . . . 8

DESCRIPTION
.~ The 35 Tractor uses a.screw and recircu-
lating ball-nut type steering gear with two pin-
ion shafts which control the steering linkage.
The nut is supported on the groove steering
shait by recirculating baIl bearings which moves
the nut, vertically when the shait is turned.
Teeth are eut in the upper side of the nut and is
engaged in the left pinion shait gear, which in
turn is engaged with the right pinion shait gear.
See Fig. 1.

REMOVING MANUAL
STEERING HOUSING
The steering gear housing and instrument
panel can be removed as an assembly by the
following procedures:

1. Tip the hood assembly forward and drain Fig. l - 35 Manual Steering Gear Assembly
the cooling system.

2. Disconnect heat sending unit, wires and
starter motor cable.
3. Disconnect tractormeter cable, choke rod
and oil gauge line. (On Diesel m::Jdels, dis con-
nect tractormeter cable, fuel shut-off rod and
throttle control rod. )
4. Remove air cleaner hose, shut off fuel
and remove fuel line.
5. Remove mounting boIts at rear of fuel
tank and block-up between tank and rocker arm
coyer.
6. Remove battery and disconnect drag links
from steering arms.
7. Remove boit securing housing to trans-
mission case also boit at rear of engine block
and lift steering housing assembly from tractor.

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4

0-~

Fig. 2 - Description and Sequence of Parts

l. Left Side Cover 4. Steering Shaft Assembly 7. Right Pitman Arm 10. Adiusting Screw
2. "O"_Ring 5. Lower Pin ion Shoh 8. "O"-Ring 11. Housing
3. Upper Pin ion Shah 6. Righi Side Cover 9. Shim 12. Left Pi tman Arm

,
The steering gear assembly can be disas- 6. Remove steering shaft with recirculating
sembled and assembled without removing from ball-nut and bearings as an assembly.
the tractor, if desired.
NOTE: Do not disassemble the ball nul
and shaft assembly, No. 2, Fig. 3, as
component rePlacement parts are not
DISASSEMBLE MANUAL STEERING available. If any of these parts are
~ damaged, replace the complete shaft
1. Remove right and left pitman arms and assembly.
remove nut and capscrew securing side cover,
No. 1, Fig. 2, to left side of steering housing.

2. Remove upper pinion shaft, No. 3, Fig. 2, REASSEMBLE MANUAL STEERING

by tapping lightly on threaded end with a plastic
hammer.
3. Remove nut and capscrew securing side
cover, No. 6, Fig. 2, to right side of housing.
4. Remove lower pinion shaft, No. 5, from
housing.
Clean and inspect all parts and reassemble,
as follows. Shims, No. 9, Fig. 2, are avail-
able in thicknesses of .063, .065, .067 and
.069 inches. When assembled, use the proper
amount of shims to maintain a snug fit of ad-
justing screw, No. 10, Fig. 2, to pinion shafts,
Nos. 3 and 5.

5. Remove steering wheel and steering shaft 1. Install steering shaft and housing with
housing. shims, No. 3, Fig. 3. Adjust pre-Ioad on the

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEERING GEAR HOUSING

2. Turn the steering shaft until the lower

tooth on the ball nut, No. 1, Fig. 4, is visible
through the right opening in the housing.

3. Install the Iower pinion shaft, No. 2, Fig.

4, and cover assembly with the blank portion of
the teeth down, and the lower tooth on steering
nut meshed with the groove next to this blank
portion.

4. Turn steering shaft until center tooth on

top side of Iower pinion shaft is in line with
opening in left side of housing.

Fig. 3 - Steering Shah and Hausing

1. Steering Shaft Housing 2. Steering Shaft and Boil Nut Assembly
3. Shims

bearings by adding or removing these shims. A

pre-load of 1/2 to 1-1/2 pounds pull at the rim
of the steering wheel should be obtained through Fig. 5 - Installing Upper Pinion Shaft
the midpoint of turning radius.

5. Install upper pllllOn shaft with center

groove mating with this center tooth. Refer to
Fig. 5.

NOTE: When aU gears are matclzed

corre ctly , the steering u;heel will ro-
tate 3 -1/2 turns froJJl one side to the
otlzer. On some lIlodels, the pinion
teeth are marked with a dot.
6. Install "O"-ring, No. 8, Fig. 2, washer
and nut on each adjusting screw, No. 10. (Do
not tighten the nut. )

7. Install pitman arms (long one on the right

side). When arms are installed correctly and
the wheel is in the center of its travel range,
the arms will be directly above the radius rod
baIl joints. The oil in the steering gear does
Fig. 4 - Installi"g Lower Pinion Shaft not require periodic changes. Capacity is ap-
1. Lower Tooth (Boil Nut) 2. Lower Pin ion Shaft proximately 1 quart SAE 90.

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING
ADJUSTING MANUAL STEERING
To adjust the manual steering gear, proceed,
as follows:
1. Remove steering tie rods at rear end.
2. Loosen the adjusting nuts and back off
both adjusting screws two full turns.
3. Remove or add shims between steering
shaft housing and steering gear case to obtain a
rolling pre-Ioad on shaft bearings of 1/2 to 1-
1/2 pounds pull at rim of steering wheel.
4. With the pitman arms parallel to each
other, turn the adjusting screw for the left pit-
man arm (the adjusting screw on right side of
unit) in until a pull of 1-3/4 to 3 pounds on the
rim of the steering wheel is obtained.
5. Adjust the screw for the right steering
arm in the same manner until a pull on the
wheel is 3-1/4 to 5 pounds. Tighten locknuts.
Refer to Fig. 6 for procedure of checking pre-
load on steering gear.
Fig. 6 - Checking Pre-Load on Steering Gear
REMOVING POWER
STEERING HOUSING
To remove the power steering housing as-
sembly, remove the pressure and return hose
from the control valve and refer to paragraph
''Removing manual steering housing".
DISASSEMBLE POWER STEERING
Before starting to disassemble the power
steering assembly, disconnect the return hose
4
GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4
from the pump. (The return hose is the upper
hose.) Start the engine and drain the system
(allow the engine to run idle only long enough to
pump the oil out; further operation may damage
the pump).
1. Remove the two hoses and the three ex-
ternallines from the steering assembly.
2. Remove the steering wheel and pitman
arms. The power steering assembly can be
disassembled without removing from the trac-
tor, if desired.
3. Remove the four allen-head screws from
the power rack guide cover, and remove the
cover and shims. These shims are used to ad-
just clearance and are available in . 003, . 005,
and.010".
4. Remove capscrews holding side cover for
upper pitman shaft and with a plastic hammer
drive shaft out of housing. Note the extra set of
gear teeth eut on the upper side of this shaft
which mesh with the teeth on the power rack.
Remove the lower pitman shaft in the same
manner.
Fig. 7 - Removing or Installing Power Cylinder
5. Remove the capscrews atlaching the pow-
er cylinder to the steering housing, and re-
move the cylinder and power rack assembly.
See Fig. 7. Remove the gasket and holding the
power rack; use a plastic hammer and care-
fully drive the cylinder off the end plate and
piston. See Fig. 8. The end plate is sealed in
the cylinder with two "O"-rings and the piston
has two cast iron rings. See Fig. 9.
6. When removing the piston from the piston
rod, refer to Fig. 9 for sequence of parts. Note
in this Figure the drilled passage between the
two "O"-rings on the end plate, which bleeds
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig. 8 - Disassembling Power Cylinder
the area on the pressure side of the ail seal,
and returns any ail that leaks by the piston rad.
7. Remove the three caps crews at base of
steering column and remove column. Remove
the four caps crews holding the valve adapter
body to the steering housing and remove the
valve body, adaptor body, pinion shaft and bal!-
nut from steering housing. See Fig. 10.
8. Clamp the steering shaft in a vise andre-
move the locknut. Al! parts on the shaft can
then be removed with the exception of the ball-
o
~
Fig. 9 - Piston and Piston Rad Description and Sequence of Parts
1. Nut 2. Washer 3. Piston 4. Wasner
MF & TO 35 STEERING GEAR HOUSING
Fig. 10 - Removing Control Valve and Shaft Assembly
nut. The steering shaft and ball-nut are ser-
viced as an assembly only, so it is not neces-
sary to disassemble. See Fig. 11. Note the oil
seal and needle bearing in the adaptor housing.
The needle bearing for the lower end of the
steering shaft remains in the bottom of the
steering hous ing.
REASSEMBLE POWER STEERING
1. Inspect al! parts and seaIs and replace, if
damaged; also, instal! new "OlT-rings.
2. Refer to Fig. 11 and install valve adaptor
housing on the steering shaft. Do not slide
housing down too far on the shaft and get it off
5. Adapter 6. Seal 7. Rack Stop Plate 8. Piston Rad 9. Power Rock
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXI.E AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4

••
J

Fig. 11 - Installing Adaptar ta Steering Shaft Description

and Sequeil ce of Parts Fig_ 12 - Control Valve Descriptio n and
1. Steering Shah Assembly 3. Bearing 5. Adaptor Sequence of Pa rts
2. Thrustwasher 4. Thrustwasher 6. Needle Bearing 1. Nut 5. Plunger and Spring Assembly
2. Spring Washer 6. Thrustwcsher
3. Thrustwasher 7. Volve Body
4. Beoring 8. Val ve Spool
the seal area or it may be damaged when brought
back into position. Install thrustwasher, No.
4, Fig. 11, with bearing groove up, bearing, Serial No. 231862. Part No. of tlzis
No. 3, and thrustwasher, No. 2, with groove kit 841 524 M91.
down.

3. Refer ta Fig. 12 and install control valve
spool, No. 8, in valve body, No. 7, sa that the
identifying groove in the inside diameter of the
spool is toward the same side of the body as the
ports marked "PR" and ''RT''. Then install the
valve body assembly on the shaft withtheseport
markings up. Install plungers and springs, No.
5, in the five openings in the outer rim of the
control valve body - one spring between two
plungers in each opening.
NOTE: A service repair kit replacing
tlzese plungers and springs is available
ta aid in front wlzeel shimmy, and is
standard equiPment on models after
4. Install bearing thrust washer, No. 6, Fig.
12, with groove up, bearing, No. 4, thrust-
washer, No. 3, with groove down, belleville
spring washer, No. 2, and nut, No. 1. Be sure
bearings are in place and torque nut, No. 1, 20
to 30 ft.-lbs., then back off 1/4 turn, and stake
in place.
5. Place shaft and valve assembly in steer-
ing housing. Turn the adaptor housing sa that
the bleed outlet is toward the front. Install and
tighten the four caps crews.
6. Turn the valve assembly sa that the "PR"
and ''RT'' ports are ta the left. Install the

6
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4
steering column with the flat side ta the rear
and secure with three capscrews.
7. Refer ta Fig. 9 and install on the piston
rad, No. 8, the power cylinder end plate, No. 5,
with the seal, No. 6, and stop washer, No. 7,
toward the power rack, No. 9. Install washer,
No. 4, piston, No. 3 (with the milled surface
toward the nut), washer, No. 2, and nut, No. 1.
Tighten nut securely.
8. Carefully place the piston in the cylinder
with the aid of a short ring compressor. Use
a plastic hammer and drive the end plate into
the cy linder .
9. Refer ta Fig. 7 and position a new gasket
and install the cylinder and power rack assem-
bly with the outlets up and to the left.
Fig. 13 - Installing Lowe. Pitman Shaft
10. Temporarily install the steering wheel
and rotate the steering shaft until the ball-nut
raises to a position where the lower tooth can
be seen. Refer to Fig. 13 and hold the lower
pitman shaft with the blank portion of the teeth
down and install so that the lower tooth on the
ball-nut meshes with the groove next to this
blank portion.
11. To install the upper pitman shaft, refer
to Fig. 14. Remove the side cover assembly by
turning out the adjusting screw, No. 3. This
makes it possible to see the timing of all the
gears. Install the upper pitman shaft in such a
manner to mesh with the lower mating teeth and
the teeth on the power rack.
NOTE: Some of the pitman gears are
marked with a dot on the tee th.
MF & TO 35 STEER'NG GEAR HOUS'NG
Fig. 14 - Installing Upper Pitman Shaft
1. Power Rack 3. Adjusting Screw
2. Upper Pitman Shaft 4. Lower Shaft
The power rack, No. 1, must be positioned
so that it has full engagement inbothdirections.
Check by turning the steering wheel in bath di-
rections. Install the side caver assembly and
tighten bolts. Install "O"-ring, washer and nut
on adjusting screw. Leave locknut loose.
12. Fill steering housingwithSAE 90 straight
mineraI oil through the power rack guide open-
ing in top of housing. The capacity of the steer-
ing housing is approximately 1 U. S. quart. Fill
to level in opening of side caver assembly.
ADJUSTING POWER STEERING
1. The pre-Ioad on the steering shaft is ad-
justed by the nut on top of the control valve.
Tighten nut 20 to 30 ft.-Ibs. and back off 1/4
turn. (Refer to No. 4 under heading "Assemble
Power Steering". )
2. Back the adjusting screws out at leasttwo
turns from a tight position. With the steering
wheel in the center of its travel, turn in the ad-
justing screw on the lower pitman shaft until a
pull of 1-1/4 ta 1-3/4 pounds is obtained at rim
of steering wheel. Tighten the adjusting screw
locknut.
3. Adjust the upper pitman shaft in the same
manner until a pull of 2 ta 2-1/2 pounds is ob-
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4

4. Install the power rack guide caver and

shims and tighten the allen-head retaining
screws. Adjust the pre-load on this cover by ~/
the use of shims until an additional 1/8 to 1/4
pounds pull is added to the previous reading at
the rim of the steering wheel. Shims are avail-
able for this adjustment in .003, .005 and .010"
thick. See Fig. 15. After aIl adjustments are
made, the total pull to turn the wheeI through a
3-inch arc at the center range shouid be 2-1/8
to 2-3/4 pounds.

5. Connect alllines and fil! power steering

Fig. 15 - Installing Power Rack Guide reservoir with type "A" automatictransmission
1. Power Rack Guide 2. Shims fluid 1/4" above filter. Start tractor and oper-
ate the steering in each direction to bleed aU
tained at the rim of steering wheel. Tighten ad- air out of the system, then recheck oil level in
justing screw locknut. reservoir.

TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Problem - Loss of power assistance

Possible Cause Correction

a. Insufficient fluid in reservoir. Fil! reservoir 1/4" above fiUer.

b. Low pump pressure. Check pump relief valve set pressure 1100 psi.

c. Faulty control valve, plungers and springs. Check plunger and springs. Install new, if
damaged or worn.

d. Damaged or restricted hose or tubing. Check and replace, if necessary.

e. Oïl by-passing piston in cylinder. If the steering gear housing fiIls up and the
pump reservoir lowers, oil may be passing by
piston in cylinder. Check and replace worn
parts.

f. Steering linkage binding. Remove steering drag links and check by mov-
ing steering mechanism by hand. shouid turn
easily with front of tractor raised.

Problem - Erratic power steering

Possible Cause Correction

a. Sticking or binding control valve spool. Remove control valve assembly; clean an parts
in solvent and lubricate with type "A"automatic
oil. If this does not correct, replace with a new
valve only and spool assembly.

b. Improperly tightened thrust nut, No. 1, Fig. Torque nut 20-30 ft.-Ibs., then back off 1/4turn
12, at top of control valve. and stake.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A . PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEER'NG GEAR HOUS'NG

Possible Cause Correction

c. Wrong fluid in system. Use type "A" automatic transmission oil.

d. Improper gear adjustment. Adjust steering gears; refer to paragraph "Ad-

justing Power Steering".

Problem - Front Wheel Shimn'ly

Possible Cause Correction

a. Improper gear adjustment. Adjust steering gears; refer to paragraph "Ad-

justing Power Steering".

b. Worn steering linkage. Check the rod ends, spindle bushings andradius
rod ball joints. Replace, if worn.

If adjusting and tightening the steering mechan-

ism doesn't correct the problem, a kit is avail-
able, Part No. 841524 M91, which replaces the
plungers and springs in the control valve body.
This kit will aid in correcting the shimmy.
(This part is original equipment on tractors af-
ter SeriaI No. 231862.)

Problem - Fluid foaming out of reservoir

Possible Cause Correction

a. Wrong type of fluid. Use type "A" fluid only.

b. Pressure relief valve not seating. Check pressure relief valve and set pressureto
1100 psi.

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5

PART 5-POWER STEERING PUMPS-MF 35, 50

AND 65 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page Page
Description .•......................•......... l Reassemble Cessna Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Servicing Pump (Gas Tractors) .................. l Servicing Pump (Diesel Tractors) ............... 4
Removing Pump From Tractor .................... 2 Servicing Separate Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Disassemble Bornes Pump ................••...• 2 Disassemble Wooster Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Reassemble Bames Pump ....................... 2 Reassemble Wooster Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6
Checking Pump Pressure ....................... 3 Disassemble and Reassemble
Disassemble Cessna Pump ....................... 3 Cess na Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7

DESCRIPTION
The power steering pump is constant running, gear type and is driven by the cam-
shaft gear train. The pump delivers a volume of ail ta the system with a regulated
pressure of 1100 ta 1200 psi, except on the MF 65 Diesel with the direct inj ection
engine, tractor SeriaI No. 685 996 and up, which has a regulated pressure of 1500
psi. A relief valve is located in the pump ta maintain this pressure.

Fig. 1 - Bornes Power Steering Pump

1. Mounting Boit 2. Retum line 3.· Name Plate 4. Pressure line

SERVICING PUMP (Gas Tractors)

The power steering pumps listed in this sec-
tion are used on MF and TO 35, 40 and 50 Trac-
tors, also MF 65 Tractors. The early model
35, 40, 50 and 65 Gas Tractors use the Barnes Fig. 2 - Cessno Power Steering Pump
pump, which can be identified by a tag on the
housing; see Fig. 1. This pump can be replaced NOTE: The pu,mp drive gear used on
for service by a Cessna pump which is also the 35, 40 and 50 gasoline mode! trac-
used on late model gas tractors. See Fig. 2 tors is different jrom that used on the
for identification of this pump. 65 gasoline tractors.

Printed in U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5

REMOVING PUMP FROM TRACTOR 1. Remove reservoir retaining stud, No. 4,

Fig. 3, and capscrew, No. 5, and remove
1. Disconnect pressure and return 1 in e s reservoir.
from pump.
2. Remove adjusting screw and pressure
2. Remove the three mounting boUs hold- relief valve assembIy, No. 6.
ing pump to engine block and remove pump
as se mbly. 3. Remove the 8 screws securing the pump
bodies together.

DISASSEMBLE BARNES PUMP
The Barnes Power steering pump can be
identified by the Barnes tag located on the pump
housing; see Fig. 1. This pump is driven by
the timing gear train and delivers approximately
4 gallons per minute at an engine speed of 2000
rpm. Ji has a relief valve pressure of 1100 to
1200 psi.
4. Remove nut securing drive gear, No. 19,
and remove gear, key and spacer from shaft.
5. Remove snap ring, No. 17, from housing
and remove shaft, No. 15, and bearing, No. 16,
from housing.
6. Remove seal, No. 13.

The Barnes power steering pump can be re-

paired as far as replacing the internal parts
such as shaft, gears, bearings, or seals. If
the housing is damaged, the complete unit will
have to be replaced. The pump bodies, Nos. 8
and 12, Fig. 3, are not available through parts.
If the complete pump is to be replaced, it can
be replaced by the Cessna pump shown in Fig. 2.
To disassemble the pump, proceed, as fol-
lows, and refer to Fig. 3 for description of
parts.
REASSEMBLE BARN ES PUMP
Inspect aU parts for wear or damage. If
housing, No. 8 or No. 12, Fig. 3, is damaged,
replace the complete pump assembly. (These
housings are not av ail able in parts.) The
Barnes pump can be replaced with the Cessna
pump shown in Fig. 2.
1. Install new seal, No. 13, Fig. 3.
2. Install bearing, No. 16, on shaft, No. 15,
against snap ring, No. 14.

3. Lubricate seal, No. 13, and insert shaft

with bearing into housing and seal.

4. Secure shaft and bearing in housing with

snap ring, No. 17.

5. Install pump drive gear, No. 19, with

spacer, No. 18, and secure with nut, No. 20.
6. Place pump gears in place, as shown in
Fig. 3; lubricate with light oil and place pump
bodies together and sec ure with 8 screws.

NOTE: A gasket between the pump

bodies is avaiZable, Part No. 1019977
Ml.

7. Install relief valve as sem b 1y, No. 6.

Turn adjusting screw in about 3 turns (this will
Fig. 3 - Bornes Power Steering Pump - Description have to be adjusted when the pump pressure is
and Sequence of Parts
set). Refer to heading "Checking Pump
1. Cover 8. Pump Body 14. Snap Ring
2. Gasket 9. Dowel Pin 15. Shah Pressure".
3. Filter la. Needle Beoring 16. Bearing
4. Retoining Stud 11. Shear Pin 17. Snap Ring
5. Copscre w 12JF ront Plate 18. Spocer 8. Place new "O"-rings, No. 7, in place and
6. Relief Valve Assembly 13. Oil Seol 19. Geor
7. "O"-Rings 20. Nut install oil reservoir.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEERING
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5 PUMPS-MF 35, 50 & 65 TRACTORS

l''ig. 4 - Diagram Illustration of Installed Pressure Gauge

9. Install pump on engine block and attach

pressure and return lines.

10. Fill oil reservoir with type Il Ali trans-

mission oil. Fig. 5 - Cessna Power Steering Pump - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
1. Copscrew 8. Idler Geor 14. Back·Up Gasket
2. Re servo i r 9. Filter 15. Ga sket Protector
3. "O".Ring 10. Reservai r Sect Core 16. Diaphragm Seal
CHECKING PUMP PRESSURE 4. Spring
5. Boil
11. Geor and Shah Assembly
12. Key
17. Front Plate
18. Seol
6. Pump Housing 13. Diophragm 19. Gear
1. Install a pressure gauge in series with 7. Relief Volve 20. Nut
the pump pressure line, as shown in Fig. 4.
1. Remove cover and fiUer element from
2. Run engine at low idle until oil in system reservoir.
is warm.
2. Remove the reservoir seat core, No. 10,
3. Advance engine speed to 2000 rpm and capscrew, No. 1, and remove reservoir. Note
turn steering in either direction against stop to the check ball, No. 5, and spring which can be
obtain a reading on the gauge. removed at this time.

Pressure reading should be 1100 to 1200 psi.
To increase pressure, turn adjusting screw on
relief valve in, to decrease, turn out.
NOTE: One turn of "the adjus ting
s crew will change the pressure ap-
proximately 300 psi.
If the relief valve adjustment will not correct
the pressure, the possible cause may be in the
pump.
3. Remove nut, No. 20, securing drive gear
to the pump shaft and pull gear and key from
shaft.
4. Remove the four bolts securing pump
housings together.
5. Separate housings and remove gears and
shafts.
6. Remove relief valve, No. 7, and remove
relief valve assembly.

DISASSEMBLE CESS NA PUMP

The Cessna power steering pump can be iden-
tified by an M- F part number on the outside
portion of the mounting base; also, it has a
deeper reservoir than the Barnes pump with
the name FULL on the side; see Fig. 2.
To disassemble, refer to Fig. 5, andproceed,
as follows:
REASSEMBLE CESS~IA PUMP
Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Re-
place worn or damaged parts. If gear or hous-
ing is worn or damaged, in most cases, the
mating part will also be damaged and replacing
the complete pump will be profitable. In cases
where "O"-rings or seals have failed, the as-

Printed in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5

sembly af the pump is as fallaws; refer ta Fig.

5 for description and sequence of parts.

1. . Install seal, No. 18, with lip toward in-

side of pump.

2. Place diaphragm seal, No. 16, in groove

in front plate, No. 17. (Work seal all the way
into this groove. )

3. Place gasket protector, No. 15, firmly

into diaphragm seal and next to this protector,
the back-up gasket, No. 14.

4.· Place metal diaphragm, No. 13, against

back-up gasket with bronze side toward gears
and oil grooves toward the two mounting holes
Fig. 7 - Cessna Pump Identification
in the front plate assembly.

5. Lubricate seal in front plate and place

shaft and gear assembly, No. 11, in place.

6. Install key, No. 12, and gear, No. 19, on

shaft and sec ure with nut.

7. Place idler gear and shaft, No. 8, into

front plate assembly with unpainted end of shaft
toward front plate.

8. Place pump housing over gears and se-

cure with 4 bolts.
9. Inspect relief valve and install in pump
housing.

10. Install check valve baIl, No. 5, with

spring, place "O"-ring, No. 3, in place and
install reservoir.

Fig.8 - Bornes Pump Used on Early MF 65 Diesel Tractors

SERVICING PUMP (Diesel Tractars)

The power steering pumps listed in this sec-
Fig. 6 - Bornes Pump Identification
tion of the manual are used on MF 35, 50 and 65

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEER'NG
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5 PUMPS-MF 35, 50 & 65 TRACTORS

Fig. 10 - Wooster Pump Used on Lote MF 65

Diesel T ractors

Fig.9 - Hobourn-caton Pump Used on Early MF 65

Diesel T ractors

Diesel Tractors. Early models of MF 35 and

50 Diesel Tractors use a Barnes pump, which
can be identified by the tag on the pump hous- , ______l
1
~
ing; see Fig. 6. For service, this pump can be
replaced by the same Cessna pump used on the Fig. 11 - Reservoir Assembly - Identification
later models. This Cessna pump can be iden- and Sequence of Parts
tified by the name "Cessna" stamped on the 1. Cover S. ·Reinforcement Plate
2. Filter 6. Reservai r
upper side of the front cover; see Fig. 7. 3. Retoining Stud 7. "O"·Rings
These two pumps look similar, but can be iden- 4. Fil!er Element Support 8. "O"·Ring Retoin;;!rs
9. Reservoir Bose
tified by the manufacturer's name on the front
cover, as shown in Figs. 6 and 7.
repair the power steering pump, the reservoir
Early MF 65 Diesel Tractors prior to SeriaI should be checked and the fiUer e lem e nt
No. 685 996 used a separate reservoir and changed. After cleaning reservoir and replac-
pump. Two types of pumps were used. A ing element, fill with type "A" auto matie trans-
Barnes pump, shown in Fig. 8, and a Hobourn- mission oil to full mark on gauge assembly.
Eaton pump, shown in Fig. 9.

For servicing of Barnes pump, refer to par- The MF 65 Diesel Tractors after SeriaI No.
agraph "Disassemble Barnes Pump", g a s 685 996 uses a Wooster power steering pump,
tractors. shown in Fig. 10.

SERVICING SEPARATE RESERVOIR DISASSEMBLE WOOSTER PUMP

For servicing the separate reservoir used on Refer to Fig. 12 and proceed, as follows:
the early MF 65 Diesel Tractors prior to SeriaI
No. 685 996, refer to Fig. 11 for description 1. Remove nut, No. 16, and special seaI
and sequence of parts. If it is necessary to washer, No. 15.

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5

14

~
RETURN -:"",
PORT --,

12 ~(/

Fig. 12 - Wooster Power Steering Pump - Identification and Sequence of Parts

1. Oil Seal 3. Seal 5. Drive Gear and Shaft 7. Seal 9. Seal 11. Reservoir Retainer ·13. Filter 15. Seal
2. Front Body 4. Beoring 6. Driven Gear and Shaft 8. Center Body 10. Rear Body 12. Relief Valve Assembly 14. Reservoir 16. Nut

2. Remove reservoir and filter assembly. 2. Install reservoir retainer, No. 11, on
rear pump housing, No. 10, and clamp in vise
with return port in housing, to left side.
3. Remove the 4 capscrews securing the
pump bodies together. The shafts, gear and
bearings, Nos. 4, 5 and 6, will remain in the 3. Place seal ring, No. 9, and two "O"-rings
center body, No. 8. in place on rear housing.

4. Renrove pump drive gear and key from 4. Install 2 bearings, No. 4, in center hous-
shaft, No. 5. ing, No. 8, on oil passage side with grooves in
bearings toward pump gears.

5. Bump end of shaft, No. 5, on wood block

to remove bearings, No. 4, and gears out of 5. Place center housing, No. 8, with the oil
center body, No. 8. passages down and the pressure port 900 coun-
terclockwise from the return port, as shown in
Fig. 12.

REASSEMBLE WOOSTER PUMP

If the gears or bearings are damaged, check
the center housing, No. 8, Fig. 12, which will
probably be damaged. If this is the case, it
will be necessary to replace the complete
pump, because the center housing is not avail-
able in parts.
To assemble the Wooster pump, inspect aIl
parts for wear or damage; refer to Fig. 12 and
proceed, as follows:
1. If removed, apply a coat of sealing com-
pound to the outer surface of seal, No. 1, and
place in housing, No. 2
6. Place two retaining bolts in the center
housing to hold in· place while making this
assembly.
7. Install long shaft, No. 5, in center hous-
ing on right side and short shaft, No. 6, on left
side with the identification marks on the shaft
down.
8. Place the 2 remaining bearings on the
shafts and in the housing with grooves toward
the pump gears.
9. Place se al, No. 3, in groove in front
pump housing, No. 2.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEERING
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5 PUMPS-MF 35, 50 & 65 TRACTORS

10. Remove the 2 boUs previously installed DISASSEMBLE AND

to hold center housing in place, lubricate oil seal,
No. 1, and carefully slide over shaft, No. 5.
11. Install 4 boUs to secure housings to-
gether and torque 28 to 32 ft.-Ibs.
12. Install fiUer, spring, center stud and
reservoir.
REASSEMBLE CESSNA PUMP
To disassemble the Cessna Pump on Diesel
model tractors, refer to paragraph "Disassem-
ble Cessna Pump", in the gas tractor section,
which is similar; also refer to this section for
reassembly procedures.

Printed in U.S.A.
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6

MANUAL AND POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING

MF 50 AND MF 65 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

Servicing the Steering

Gear Housing •••••••••.•.•••••.•.•••••• 1

Servicing the Steering

Gear Mechanism •••••••.•••••••••••••••• 5

Adjusting the Steering

Mechanism •••••.•.•.•••••.•.••••••••• 7

The power and manua1 steering gear housing

are exactly the same. There are slight varia-
tions between the 50 (MF and MH) (Utility,
Multi:'Purpose, Hi-Arch Ax1e) mode1s, the MF 65
(Standard and Hi-Arch Ax1e) mode1s and the
50 (MF and MH) and MF 65 Row Crop mode1s.
As this difference is slight, servicing instruc-
tions will be given on1y once.
NOTE: Be sure to note the type of
axle and model of tractor and the
tractor serial number before ordering
parts.
SERVICING THE STEERING GEAR
HOUSING ,;
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING
THE STEERI NG GEAR HOUSING
If repair of the steering mechanism on1y is
inv01ved, it is desirab1e to 1eave the steering Fig. 1 - Steering Gear Housing
gear housing attached to the top of the trans-
mission. Remove the instrument panel and
battery carrier as a unit as outlined in Group If it is deemed necessary to remove the
IV, Section C, Part 3. This comp1etely exposes steering gear housing from the transmission,
the steering gear housing (see Fig. 1). however, simp1y remove the attaching cap

PRINTEO IN U. S. A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6

screws and lift off the steering gear housing.
NOTE: Be sure to lift the steering
gem" housing straight up fm" enough
tO,disengage the gear shift levers from
the shift forks.
To disassemble the steering gear housing,
proceed as follows:
1. Remove the steering mechanism as out-
lined in "Removing and Disassembling the
Steering Mechanism".
2. Separate the steeringgear housingfrom the
top of the transmission.
3. Collapse the spring (No. 23) and remove
the retaining collar (No. 24, Fig. 2) and the
spring from the gear selection shift lever.
4. Raise up the rubber boot (No. 27) and
drift out the gear selection shift lever pin
(No. 21, Fig. 2).

Fig. 2 - Steering Gear Housing Nomenclature

1. Dame Nut 13. Shim Pack 25. Knob 37. Lock Nut
2. Steel Wcsher 14. Snap Ring 26. Shift Lever 38. Side Cover
3. Steering Wheel 15. Retainer Cup 27. Rubber Boot 39. Leversholt
4. Felt Oust Sea 1 16. Loose Boil Beorings 28. Knob 40. Pin Bearing Assembly
5. Chrome Cap 17. Steering Shoft 29. Plonetorr Shift Lever 41. Gosket
6. Rubber Oust Seal 18. Loose Boil Beorings 30. Rubber Boot 42. Gasket
7. Spring 19. Retainer Cup 31. Shift Lever Pin 43. Housing
8. Sncp Ring 20. Snop Ring 32. Shilt Lever Cup 44. Bush ings
9. Shcft Top Support Becring 21. Shift Lever Pin 33. Steering Wheel Assembly 45. Oil Seal
10. Woodruff Key 22. Shilt Lever Cup 34. Fiber Wcsher 46. Pitman Arm
11. Cover Tube 23. Spring 35. Leversholt Assembly* 47. Lock Washer
12. "0" Ring 24. Spring Retoiner Cup 36. Adjusting Screw 48. Nut
*Used on row crop (narrow Iront axle) models only. See Text.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 NIF 50 & 65 NlANUAL & POWER STEERING

5. Raise the rubber boot (No. 30) and tap
the planetary shift lever cup (No. 32) down
until the shift lever pin (No. 31, Fig. 2) is
below the bottom of the steering gear housing.
NOTE: Support the housing with a
cylindrical sleeve so that the housing
is not distorted.
Gear Selection Shift lever Cup
Under sorne circumstances, there may be
sorne lifting of the gear selection shift lever
cup experienced. When lifted far enough, the
shift lever may lock in gear.
This problem may be easily corrected by:

1. Lift the rubber boot and remove the shift

6. Drift out the planetary shift lever pin.
7. The shift lever cups may be tapped down
through the housing or pulled from the bottom
side.
NOTE: Support the housing with a
cylindrical sleeve so that the housing
is not distorted.
SERVICING THE STEERI NG GEAR HOUSING
Oil leaks at the Planetary Shift lever
lever pin and engage the shift lever back into
the fork.
NOTE: By pullingup against the spring
mounted on the bottom of the shijt
lever, more freedom of movement may
be obtained.
2. Tap the shift lever cup back into position
shown in Fig. 5.
3. Stake the cup and housing at several points
around the circumference of the cup.

Under sorne conditions there may be sorne
transmission oil seep out of the planetary
shift lever cup on the MF 65 Tractor. This
is due to a splash effect and not to the trans-
mission breathing.
4. Install the gear selection shift lever and
pin.
5. Replace the rubber boot to its original
position.

This leakage can easily be corrected in the

following manner:

1. Remove the rubber boot from the shift

lever.

2. Clean the shift lever ball and cup with a

suitable cleaner.

3. With the shift lever in neutral, place an

"0" ring (Part No. 851 145 Ml) over the
shift lever ball.

CAUTION: Do not force the HO" ring

down against the ball.

4. Cement the outside of the "0" ring to the

housing with a suitable cement similar to 3M
Sealer Compound, EC 750 (the Minnesota Mining
Co.). Use the cement sparingly. The purpose
of cementing is not to seal but to hold the "0"
ring in position.

5. Allow a suitable time for the cement to

dry before operating the tractor.

6. Install the rubber boot. Fig. 3 - Installing Shift Lever Cups

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6

Fig. 5 - Shift Lever Cups Installee!

Fig. 4 - Shift Lever Cup - Old Type
1. Bottom Edge of Groove 2. "0" Ring 3. Install the steering mechanism into the
housing as outlined in "Assembling and Install-
ASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING ing the Steering Mechanism".

1. Mount the housing in a press as shown in INSTALLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING
Fig. 3 and press in the shift lever cups.
1. Attach the steering gear housing to the
NOTE: Support the housing around the top of the transmission. Use a new gasket.
cup opening with a cylindrical sleeve
to prevent distorting the housing. Press NOTE: Make sure detent springs are
the cups in until the bottom edge of in place. Lower the steering housing
the groove (No. l, Fig. 4) is even with carefully into position, engaging the
thé top of the housing as shown in shift levers into the shift forks.
Fig. 5. Make sure that the pin openings.
(No. 2, Fig. 6) are 900 to the direction
of operation of the shift levers.

2. Install the following:

a. Shift levers and pins.

b. Spring assembly on bottom of gear se-

lection shift lever.

c. "0" ring on top of planetary shiftlever

cup, as shown in Fig. 4. See "Servicing the
Steering Gear Housing" , Page 3. In newer
model tractors, the shift lever cup has been
modified, adding the shoulder (No. 1, Fig. 6)
so that the "0" ring may be positioned in the
cup and then the planetary shift lever installed.

d. Rubber boots over top of shift levers.

Fig. 6 - Shi ft Lever Cup - New Type
e. Threaded knobs to top of shift levers. 1. Shoulder 2. Pin Openings

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 MF 50 & 65 MANUAL & POWER STEERING

2. Install the instrument panel and baUery

carrier as a unit.

3. Install the steering wheel.

SERVICING THE STEERING GEAR

MECHANISM
REMOVING THE STEERING WHEEL
1. Remove the dome nùt (No. 1), fiberwasher
(No. 34), and steel washer (No. 2, Fig. 2).

NOTE: Fibre washer is not used in

MF 65 models.

2. Using a puller, remove the steering wheel

from the steering shaft.
3. Complete removal by lifting the Woodruff
key (No. 10), the dust washer (No. 4), the
chrome cap (No. 5), the rubber dust seal
(No. 6) and the bearing spring (No. 7, Fig. 2)
off the steering shaft assembly.
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING
THE STEERING MECHANISM
1. Remove the following:
a. The drag link from the pitman arm.
b. The pitman arm (No. 46) from the
levershaft assembly (No. 39, Fig. 2).
c. The gear housing side cover (No. 38,
Fig. 2).
d. The levershaft and stud assembly.
Fig. 7 - Steering Shaft Caver Tube
1. Shaft Top Support Bearing
2. Vent Hale
3. Lubricant Filler and Qil Level Plug
2. Lay the steering shaft in a shallow pan
and release the snap rings (Nos. 14 and 20,
Fig. 2).
NOTE: The 28 balls (14 in each race)
will fall into the pan. See Fig. 8 .
3. Remove the ball retaining cups (Nos. 15
and 19, Fig. 2) from the steering shaft.
4. Using a step plate and driver, drive out
the oil seal (No. 45) and the two bushings (No.
44, Fig. 2).

e. The cap screws aUaching the column INSPECTING AN D SERVICING

cover to the gear housing and remove the THE STEERING MECHANISM
column housing (No. 11, Fig. 2).
1. Thoroughly clean aU of the parts and
NOTE: Not~ce the shim pack (No. 13) examine them for excessive wear and damage.
and carefully remove it and the sealing
"0" ring (No. 12, Fig. 2) [rom the
steering shaft cover. '

f. The steering shait assembly (No. 17,

Fig. 2) from the gear housing.

NOTE: Carefully work the steering

shaft thrust bearings, out through the
opening in the steering gear housing.
g. Tap out the cover tube bearing assembly
(No. 9) from the steering shaft cover as shown
in No. 1, Fig. 7. Fig. 8 - Removing the Shaft Thrust Bearings

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
2. After installation of the levershaft bush-
ings, they must be reamed to give a clearance
of 0.0005 ta 0.003 inch between the levershaft
and the bushings.
3. Always replace the sealing gaskets, ail
seai and "0" ring.
4. Examine the stud bearing assembly on wide
a.xIe models. It must not show signs of damage
or flat spots on the rollers. The proper bearing
Ioad is when it requires a slight drag (6-8 in.-
lbs.) to turn the stud in its rollers.
NOTE: If beo:ring load must be ad-
justed, release the locking tabs and
tighten (or loosen) the nut ta adjust
the la ad. Install a new locking tab
washer before adjusting. Lock the
nut into position when the adjustment
is completed.
CA UTION: Whenever converting a wide
axle model tractor ta a narrow axle
mode l, be sure to rePlace the lever-
shaft assembly (No. 39, Fig. 2) with
the solid pin levershaft assembly (No.
35, Fig. 2).
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING
THE STEERING MECHANISM
1. Install the following:
a. Levershaft bushings. Ream the bushings
to provide a 0.0005 to 0.003 inch clearance.
Clean thoroughly after reaming the bushings.
b. Levershaft assembly ail seai. Lubri-
cate the oil seal with brake fluide
c. Ball retaining cups, balls (14) and snap
rings.
d. The cover tube bearing assembly into
the steering shaft cover tube.
2. Insert the steering shaft into the housing.
Using the original shim pack, install the caver
tube with the vent hole (No. 2, Fig. 7) ta the
front. Do not install an "0" ring on the caver
tube at this time.
3. Install the Woodruff key, steering wheel,
washer(s) and dome nut.
6
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6
4. Attempt ta pull up and push down on the
steering wheel ta check for steering shaft
end-play.
NOTE: If end-Play is present, remove
sufficient thickness of shims ta Place
a slight drag on the shaft as it is
turned. Shims o:re available in thick-
nesses of 0.002, 0.003 and 0.010 inch.
5. Remove the steering wheel and cover tube.
6. Position a lubricated "0" ring into the
groove in the caver tube. Install the caver
tube and the adjusted shim pack onto the
housing, being carefui not to damage the "0"
ring. Install the cover tube so that the vent
hole (No. 2, Fig. 7) is towards the front of the
tractor.
7. Lubricate the levershaft and install it
through the bushings and lubricated oil seai.
NOTE: Use co:re not to cut or damage
the ail seal while installing the lever-
shaft.
8. Back the adjusting screw (No. 36, Fig. 2)
out of the side cover a few turns and install
the side caver. Use a new gasket.
9. Install the pitman arm on the levershaft.
NOTE: Master splines must be a-
ligned for proper timing.
10. Fill the gear housing ta the correct level
with recommended lubricant.
11. Adjust the steering mechanism as outlined
in "Adjusting the Steering Mechanism".
INSTALLING THE STEERING WHEEL
Install the following onto the steering shaft:
1. Bearing spring.
2. Rubber dust seai.
3. Chrome cap.
4. FeU dust washer.
5. Woodruff key.
6. Steering wheel.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 MF 50 & 65 MANUAL & POWER STEERING

7. Steel washer. adjusting screw until there is a slight drag

8. Fiber washer (used only in MF 50 models). (felt at the rün of the steering wheel) as the
steering mechanism passes through its center
9. Dome nut. orstraight-ahead position. See Fig. 9. Tighten
the lock nut.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
MECHANISM
1. Adjust the steering shait end-play as out-
lined in Steps 2 through 6 of "Assembling and
Installing the Steering Mechanism". If the
mechanism has .not been disassembled, remove
the drag link from the pitman arm and back the
adjusting screw out ofthe side cover afew turns;
check the steering shait for end-play. Adjust
the thickness of the shim pack according to the
amount of end-play discovered.

NOTE: The use of a dial indicator

would be helpful in determining ap-
proximately how much to alter the
shim pack. The steering shafl operates
under a slight preload.

2. After the steering shaft preload has been

adjusted, place the steering mechanism in its Fig. 9 - Adjusting the Steering Mechanism
center or straight-ahead position. Turn hl the 1. Adjusting Screw

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 7

SERVICING THE MANUAL STEERING PEDESTAL

AND DRAG LINK ASSEMBLy
MF 50 & 65 TRACTORS
INDEX

Page

Removing the Pedestal • _ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . •• 1

Disassembl ing the Pedestal ••••.•••••••.•.••• 2
1nspecting the Pedestal ••••.••••.•••.•••••• 2
Assembling the Pedestal • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • . .• 2
Installing the Pedestal • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • •• 3

The manual steering pedestal and drag link

assembly information found in this part of the
Shop Manual, concerns the assembly required
by axles of the wide type. Pedestal assemblies
for Row Crop Single and Twin Front Axles are
discussed in Group IV, Section A, Part 2.
Certain preparations must be made before
this assembly can be completely removed and
disassembled. Refer to Group IV, Section C,
Part 6, and remove the grill, hood and side
panels, and lower grill panel. Refer to Group
IV, Section C, Part 6, and remove fan shroud
and radiator assembly. Refer to Group IV,
Section A, Part 2, and remove the front axle
assembly from the front axle support (remove
front axle as a unit, incluc}ing wheels). Figs. 2,
3 and 4 show cut-away views of the pedestal,
drag link and steering for the various front
axle assemblies.

REMOVING THE PEDESTAL

Suport the tractor at the rear of the front
Fig. l - Pedestal and Drag Link Assembly Nomenclature
axle support casting. Refer to Fig. 1, and 1.. Grease Fitting 11. Lower Dust Seal
proceed to remove: 2. Nut 12. Axle Support Assembly
3. Lock Washer 13. Nut
1. Drag link, No. 15, from upper arm, No. 5. 4. Flat Washer 14. Dust Seol
2. Upper pedestal assembly, No. 9, pedestal 5. Upper Arm 15. Drag Link
6. Pedesto 1 Shaft 16. Nut
shaft, No. 6, and upper arm as a unit by re- 7. Upper Dust Seol 17. Oust Seol
moving the cap screws securing the unit to 8.
9.
Upper Bushing
Pedestal "Housing
18.
19.
Tie Rod End
Lock Nut
front axle support, No. 12. 10. Lower Bushing

PRINTED IN U. S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
Fig. 2 - Four Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism
3. Front axie support from tractor by re-
moving the attaching bolts.
NOTE: The location and position of the
R.H. and L.H. spacers should be in-
stalled in same order as removed.
DISASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL
Refer to Fig. 1, and remove:
1. Upper arm, No. 5, from the pedestai shaft,
No. 6, by removing the grease fitting, nut, Iock
washer, and flat washer.
2. Pedestai shaft by pulling it through pedestai
assembIy, No. 9, from Iower end.
3. Upper and lower dust seals, Nos. 7 and 11,
from their seats in the upper pedestal assembIy.
. 4. Upper and Iowerbushings Nos. 8 and 10,
from pedestai assembly (remove only when
necessary).
Fig. 3 - Twin Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism
2
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 7
VIEWA
Fig. 4 - Single Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism
5. Greasefittingfrom the front axle support,
No. 5, Fig. 5.
6. Rear pivot pin bushing No. 4, Fig. 5, from
the pivot pin hole located in the support casting.
7. R.K and L.H. spacers.
INSPECTING THE PEDESTAL
Clean aU parts thoroughly and inspect for
wear and damage.
Pedestal shaft should have a 0.0005-0.002
inch clearance in the bushings.
New pedestal shaft bushings should be reamed
to 1.5005-1.5015 inch after being instaUed in the
upper pedestal asse~bly.
NOTE: Inspect the rear Pivot bushing
bore located in the front axle suPPort.
If a correction has not been made to
prevent pivot bushing trom working out
of Place, use a long 7/32" drill, enter-
ing through the grease fitting (No. 5,
Fig. 5) hole, to drill a 1/64" deep spot
in the bore. When installing the bush-
ing, Une up the grease holes,1 and with
a long punch inserted through grease
hole, stake the bushing into the drill
spot.
ASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL
Refer to Fig. 1, and install:
1. Upper and lower pedestal bushings, Nos.
8 and 10, into the pedestal assembly, No. 9.
Press them into place evenly and ream to size.
2. Upper and lower du st seals, Nos. 7 & 11,
into their respective seats in the pedestal
assembly. Use new dust seais whenever poss-
ible.
3. Pedestal shaft, No. 6, into the pedestal
assembly. Lightly grease the shaft and start
it through lower base of pedestal assembly.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 7
Fig. 5 - Front Axle Support Assembly
1. Topped Holes for 4·Wheel Models
2. Topped Hales for Tricycle Models
5~ Greose Fitting
4. Upper arm, No. 5, to the upper end of
pedestal shaft; a blind spline provides for pro-
per alignment. Secure with flat washer, lock
washer and nut.
5. Pivot bushing, No. 4, Fig. 5, into the bore
in front axle support as described in note. (See
"Inspecting" ).
INSTALLING THE PEDESTAL
Refer to Fig. 1, and install:
1. Front axle support assembly, No. 12, to
tractor as follows:
a. Insert attaching boUs through the holes
provided in the front axle support.
MF 50 & 65 MANUAL STEERING PEDESTAL
3. Pedestol Shoh
4. Reor Pivot Pin Bushing
b. Place the R.H. and L.H. spacers in posi-
tion on the boUs now protruding from rear side
of support assembly.
c. Line up the holes in the support with
holes in the tractor and tighten the bolts.
2. Upper pedestal assembly, No. 9, pedestal
shaft, and upper arm as one unit. Position the
unit to its proper location on front axle support
and secure with cap screws.
3. Front axle assembly, referring to Group
IV, Section A, Part 2 for instructions.
4. Drag llnk, No. 15, after aligningfront wheels
in a straight line position and centering steering
wheel.
5. Lubricate an grease points thoroughly.
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8

PART 8. SERVICING THE POWER STEERING

PEDESTAL, CYLINDERS AND VALVES
MF 50 & 65 TRACTORS

1 ND EX
Page
Servicing the Power Steering Valves . . 1
Servicing the Power Steering Cylinders . 5
Servicing the Power Steering Pedestal 9
Adjusting the Power Steering System • . 11

Both manual and power steering utilize many common parts such as the steering
housing, gears, etc.; however, the power steering requires an altered pedestal assem-
bly and upper arm and the addition of a pump, power cylinder, control valve, conne ct-
lng linkage and hoses.

The power cylinder and control valve mounted next to the pedestal are the external
type; that is, they are not integral with the steering housing. By opening the R.H. or
L.H. grills, the adjustments on the power steering mechanism may he readily made.
The control valve, atop the power cylinder, regulates the flow of oil to and from the
cylinder while the power cylinder provides the force to rotate the front wheels. The
piston end of the power cylinder is aUached to a bracket on the top of the main front
support casting and barrel end of the cylinder is secured to the splined arm on the
pedestal shaft. The control valve is connected to the same arm that the drag link is
fastened to. This arm is not splined to the pedestal shaft and is free to turn. The
only connection between the valve arm and the cylinder arm is a valve adjusting pin.
This pin secured to the valve arm extends into the cylinder arm in a loose fitting
socket.

SERVICING THE POWER 4. Disconnect the linkage to the pedestal at

STEERING VALVES pin (No. 1, Fig. 2) and lift away the valve.

Thefollowingprocedure isfor valves on MF 50 tractors
prior to Serial Number 516 788 and on MF 65 tractors
prior to Serial Number 650 369. This valve may be
further identified as being the one which sets on top of
the cylinder and is not a part of the cylinder end cap. Fig.
1 shows the oil jlow for a right and left turn.
REMOVING THE VALVE
1. Drain the power steering system.
DISASSEMBLlNGTHE VALVE
1. Drive out the roll pin attaching the ad just-
ing linkage (No. 2) to the link (No. 3, Fig. 2).
NOTE: Make sure that the slotted end of the
valve end rod assembly (No. 13, Fig. 3) is not
collapsed while driving the roll pin in or out.
2. Pierce with a sharp center punch and pry
out the dust seal retainer (No. 17) and take out
the dust seal (No. 16, Fig. 3).

2. Open the R.H. grill door and disconnect 3. Remove the snap ring (No. 15) and remove
the hoses to the valve. the spool from the valve body (No. 4, Fig. 3).

3. Remove the boUs securing the valve to the 4. Slide the thrust washer (No. 14) from the
cylinder. valve link (No. 13, Fig. 3).

PRINTED IN U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8

Oll FLOW FOR RIGHT TURN. Oll FLOW FOR lEFT TURN.

-+I~f--.040

Fig. 1. . Power Steering Oil Flow

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 & 65 POWER STEERING

8. Remove the snap ring (No. 1) and withdraw

the end plug (No. 2) and "0" ring (No. 3, Fig. 3)
from the valve body.

REMOVING AND DISASSEMB LING

THE VALVE

The foUowing procedure is for valves on MF 50 tract ors

after Seriai Number 516788 and on MF 65 tractors after
Seriai Number 650 369. This valve may be further identi-
fied as being the one which is an integral part of the
cylinder end cap.

1. Remove the following (refer to Fig. 4):

a. Cylinder from the tractor as outlined

in "Removing the Cylinder".
Fig. 2 - Power Steering Valve Linkage
1. Connecting Pin Assembly
2. Adiusting Link b. Allen head screws (No. 5) from the
3. Valve End Rod Assembly valve body. Locate a hole in the
spool by pulling the valve spool
5. Mount the valve spool (No. 5, Fig. 3) in a againstthe spring pressure and ro-
soft jawed vise and unscrew the valve link from tating it at the same time. Once 10-
the spool. cated, install a small punch through
the Allen head screw opening into the
6. Slide the valve guide (No. 11), thrust hole in the valve spool.
washer (No. 9) and spring (No. 8, Fig. 3) from
the spool end. c. Valve end (No. 14) by unscrewing it
from the valve spool (No. 8). Remove
7. Tip the spool on end and allow the inner the punch.
spool (No. 7) and spring (No. 6, Fig. 3) to fall
out of the spool. d. Oil seal (No. 17) from valve body
(No. 6). 1

N OTE: If the spool requires replacement, the

entire valve must be replaced as the inner e. Screw nails (No. 1) securing end cap
spool, main spool and valve body are a (No. 2) to valve body. Remove end
"matched" set. cap (No. 2) and felt dust seai (No. 3).

Fig. 3 - Power Steering Valve - Old Type

1. Snap Ring 4. Valve Body 7. Inner Spool 10. "0" Ring 13. Vo Ive End Rod 16. Oust Seal
2. End Plug 5. Valve Outer Spool 8. Spring 11. Valve Guide 14. Th,ust Wosher 17. Oust Seo! Retainer
3. "0" Ring 6. Spring 9. Thrust Washer 12. "0" Ring 15. Snap Ring

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8

Fig. 4 • Power Steering Valve . New Type

1. Screw Noi 1 4. "0" Ring 7. Spool Assembly 10. Retoining Wosher 13. "a .. Ring 16. Spirol Snop Ring
2. Body Cap 5. Allen Head Screws 8. VO Ive Spool 11. $pring 14. Volve End Rod 17.0i1Seal
3. Oust Seol 6. Valve Body and Cylinder End 9. ICO" Ring 12. Retoining Washer 15. Roll Pin

2. Push the valve spool out the end of the cap slightly, mark, and drill the housing. Al-
valve body. ways clean the valve body after drilling and use
new nails during assembly.
3. Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 16) from
the valve body and allow the washer (No. 12) the
spring (No. 11) and the washer (No. 10) to faU ASSEM8L1NG AND INSTALLING
from the valve body. THE VALVE

4. Remove the following "0" rings: The following procedure is for assembling and installing
valves on MF 50 tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788
a. Inner valve "0" ring (No. 4) from and on MF 65 tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369.
valve body (No. 6). See Fig. 3.

b. Outer valve "0" ring (No. 9) from 1. Slide the spring (No. 6) and inner spool
valve spool (No. 8). (No. 7) into the valve main spool (No. 5).

c. Passage tube "0" ring (No. 13) from N 0 TE: Slide the inner spool in so that the
valve end rod (No. 14). solid end (without drilled opening) enters the
spool first.
INSPECTING AND SERVIC'NG THE
STEERING VALVES-AU MODELS
2. Position spring (No. 8) spring thrust
Clean aU parts thoroughly and renew any washer (No. 9) valve guide (No. 11) (with lubri-
which show signs of wear and damage. Always cated "0" rings (Nos. 10 and 12) in position)
use new "0" rings and gaskets. onto the valve.

During removal of the end cap, the screw NOTE: Install the spring thrust washer so
nails may break. If this should happen, drill that the chamferred inside diameter is towards
the nails out of the housing or rotate the end the spool. Install the valve guide so that the

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 & 65 POWER STEERING

wider land is next to the end rod. Securely NOTE: Whenever servicing the valve spool,
tighten the valve end rod (No. 13). never turn it in a counterclockwise direction
because it may unscrew at this point..
CA UT/ON: Whenever servicing the power
steering valve, never turn the valve rod end in 7. Install the two Allen head screws (No. 5).
a counterclockwise direction as it may unscrew
at this point. 8. Reconnect linkage and install the cylinder
in the tractor. See "Installing the Cylinder".

3. Place a lubricated "0" ring (No. 3) on the 9. Fill, bleed and adjust the system as out-
shoulder in the valve body (No. 4) and install lined in "Adjusting the System".
the end plug (No. 2) and snap ring (No. 1).

4. Slide the spool into the valve body follow-

ed by the guide thrust washer (No. 14) snap
ring (No. 15) dust seal (No. 16) and dust cap SERVICI NG THE POWER
(No. 17). STEERING CYLINDERS
NOTE: Tap the dust cap in until approxi-
mately \16 inch protrudes past the end of the
valve body. REMOVING THE CYUNDER-ALL MODELS

5. Install new "0" rings between the valve
body and the cylinder and bolt the valve to the
cylinder. Tighten the bolts down evenly to a
torque of 10 to 12 ft.-Ibs.
6. Reconnect the linkage and install the
cylinder in the tractor. See "Installing the
Cylinder" .
7. Fill, bleed and adjust the system as out-
lined in "Adjusting the System".
1. Remove the grill screens, grill bottom
plate assembly and left side panel as outlined
in Group IV, Section C, Part 3.
2. Disconnect the hoses at the pump and re-
servoir and turn the steering wheel in both di-
rections to drain the oil from the cylinder.
3. Turn the steering wheel to the extreme
left position and leave it there.
4. Remove the following (See Fig. 5):

a. Cap screws holding the end bracket

The following procedure is for assembling valves on (No. 2) in position.
MF 50 tractors after Seriai Number 516 788 and on
MF 65 tractors after Seriai Number 650 369. See Fig. 4.

1. Replace all "0" rings with new. Lubri-

cate the "0" rings before installing.

2. Lubricate the valve spool and body and

install the valve spool from the spring end of
the valve body.

3. Position the felt dust seal and install the

valve body end cap (No. 2).

4. Position the valve spool so that a punch

may be installed through the Allen head screw
hole and into the spool.

5. Install washer (No. 10), spring (No. 11),

washer (No. 12) and spiral snap ring (No. 16) Fig. 5 - Removing the Cylinder
inta the valve body.
1. Cylinder to Support Pin
2. Support Bracket
6. Screw the valve end rod (No. 14) into the 3.
4.
End ta Arm Pin Assembly
Cylinder to Arm Pin
valve spaal. 5. Clamping Balts

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
Fig. 6 - Cylinder Nomenclature - Old Type
1. Piston Rod 4. Spi,al Snap Ring
2. Spiral Snap Ring 5. Wiper
3. Space, 6. Back-Up Washe,
b. Cotter pin, washer and link conne ct-
. ing pin assembly (No. 3).
c. Cap screws (No. 5) clamping around
pin (No. 4).
5. Drive out the pin (No. 4) connecting the
cylinder to the pedestal.
NOTE: The pin (No. 4) will not clear the
front support assembly unless the wheels are in
the extreme left position.
6. Support the cylinder and bracket and re-
move pin (No. 1).
DISASSEMBLING THE CYLINDER
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788 and on MF 65
tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369_ See Fig. 6.
1. Remove the boUs attaching the valve to
the cylinder.
2. Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 2).
6
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8
7. "0" Ring 10. Back-Up Washer 13. Piston
8. Tube Head 11. "0" Ring 14. Lock Nut
9. "0" Ring 12. Back-Up Washer 15. Cylinder Tube Assembly
3. Push the tube head (No_ 8) in .
4. Remove the spacer (No. 3) and spiral snap
ring (No. 4).
5. Withdraw the piston and tube he ad from
the tube.
6. Remove the following:
a. Tube head from the pistonrod (No. 1).
b. "0" rings (Nos. 7, 9 and 11), back-up
washers (Nos. 6, 10 and 12) and wiper
(No. 5) from the piston and tube head.
c. Nut (No. 14) securing piston head
(No. 13) to the rod and unscrew the
piston head from the rod.
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
tractors after tractor Seriai Number 516 788 and on
MF 65 tractors after tractor Seriai Number 650 369
See Fig. 7. .
1. Mount the cylinder tube end cap (No. 20)
in a vise and remove the four boUs drawil].g the
cylinder ends together.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 & 65 POWER STEERING

2. Withdraw the hydraulic valve body and
cylinder end (No. 1) from the tube and remove
the oil tube (No. 5).
NOTE: Make sure that the spring (No. 2)
behind the oil tube (No. 5) is not lost.
'NSPECTING AND SERVICING THE
CYUNDERS-ALL MODELS
Clean all parts thoroughly and renew any
which are damaged or show signs of wear.
Remove any paint present on the piston rod
before assembling and installing the piston rod.

3. Pull the piston out of the cylinder. To re-
move the piston head from the rod, remove the
lock nut (No. 14) and press the rod out of the
piston.
ASSEMBLING THE CYLINDER
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788 and on MF 65
tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369. See Fig. 6.

4. Remove the tube (No. 17) from the cylinder 1. Screw the piston head onto the piston rod
end cap (No. 20). until it is tight against the tapered seat .

. 2. Tighten the lock nut against the piston

5. Remove the following: head and stake with a center punch.

a. "0" ring and four back-up washers 3. Install a lubricated back-up washer (No.
from piston head and internaI groove 10), "0" ring (No. 11) and back-up washer (No.
in valve body and end cap (No. 1). 12) onto the piston head.

b. "0" ring and back-up washer from
the tube (No. 17), cylinder end cap (No.
20) and each end of oil tube (No. 5).
c. Wiper (No. 8) from recess in end of
valve body and end cap.
4. Position a lubricated back-up washer and
"0" ring in the internaI groove of the tube head
and a lubricated "0" ring in the external groove
of the tube head. The back-up washer in the
internaI groove goes on the wiper side of the
groove.

Fig. 7 • Cylinder Nomenc;loture • New Type

1. Valve Body and Cy linder End 5. Oil Passage Tube 9. HO" Ring 13. Piston 17. Cy linder Tube
2. Spring 6. Back·Up Washer 10. Clamping Bolts 14. Lock Nut 18. "0" Ring
3. "0" Ring 7. "0" Ring 11. Pi ston Rod 15. "0" Ring 19. Back·Up Wosher
4. Back·Up Washer 8. Wiper 12. "0" Ring 16. Back·Up Washer 20. Cylinder End Cop

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEER'NG
5. Install the wiper (No. 5) in the recess in
the end of the tube head. The double lipped edge
of the wiper enters the recess first. The taper-
ed surface of the wiper goes against the rear
tapered surface of the recess.
6. Insert the piston into the cylinder.
NOTE: Lubricate the piston and cylinder well
before installation so that the "0" ring is not
cut as il passes the snap ring groove in the
cylinder.
7. Lubricate the inside and outside diameters
of the tube head and install the tube head onto
the lubricated piston rad.
NOTE: Use care during installation so that
"0" rings and wiper is not damaged.
8. Install the heavy, large diameter spiral
snap ring (No. 4) into the groove in the cylinder.
9. Pull on the piston rad until piston head
forces the tube head against the snap ring.
10. Install split spacer (No. 3) and second
spiral snap ring (No. 2).
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
tractors after tractor Seria! Number 516 788 and on
MF 65 tractors after tractor Seria! Number 650 369.
See Fig. 7.
1. Lubricate and install the following:
a. "0" ring and back-up washer on cyl-
inder end cap (No. 20). Install "0"
ring on tube side of back-up washer.
b. "0" rings and back-up washers on
each end of ail tube (No. 5). Install
the "0" rings ta the outside and the
back-up washers ta the center of the
tube.
c. "0" ring and four back-up washers
in the internaI groove in the valve
body and end cap (No. 1). Install two
back-up washers on each side of the
"0" ring. Separate the gaps by 1800 .
d. "0" ring and four back-up washers
on the piston head (No. 13). Install
two back-up washers on each side of
the "0" ring. Separate the gaps by
1800 .
8
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8
e. "0" ring and back-up washer on cyl-
inder tube (No. 17). Install back-up
washer towards the center of the tube.
f. Wiper (No. 8) in the recess in the
end of the valve body end cap. The
double lipped edge of the wiper enters
the recess first. The tapered sur-
face of the wiper goes against the
rear tapered surface of the recess.
2. Press the piston head (No. 13) onto the
piston rad (No. 11).
NOTE: The piston rod enters the chamferred
side of the piston head first.
3. Tighten the nut securing the piston head
on the rod securely and stake at four places.
4. Mount the end cap (No. 20) in a vise and
lubricate the "0" ring sealing area of the end
cap and the side of the chamferred end of the
cylinder tube (No. 17).
5. Insert the lubricated piston into the cham-
ferred end of the cylinder tube (piston rad en-
te ring first) and then install the cylinder tube
onto the end cap.
6. Lubricate the oil tube ends, the sealing
area of the oil tube openings, the "0" ring on
the cylinder tube and, the sealing area in the
valve body end cap.
7. Position the ail tube (No. 5) into the end
cap (No. 20).
8. Holding the ail tube spring (No. 2) in place,
slide the valve body and end cap (No. 1) in ta
position.
9. Install the four boUs and tighten them
evenly to a torque of 15 ta 20 ft.-Ibs.
'NSTALLING THE CYL'NDER-ALL MODELS
1. Attach the bracket ta the front support.
Tighten the boUs ta a torque of 47 ta 53 ft.-lbs.
2. Position the cylinder and drive the pin
(No. 1, Fig. 8) in from the lower side. Install
the clamping cap screws and tighten to a torque
of 47 ta 53 ft.-lbs.
NOTE: The front whee!s must be in the
extreme left position.
3. Swing the cylinder into position and con-
nect the piston rad ta the bracket with pin (No.
1, Fig. 5) driven in from the top.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 65 POWER STEERING

Fig. 8 - Installing the Cylinder

1. Cylinder ta Arm Pin

4. Reconnect the linkage and hoses.

Fig. 9 Pedestal Nomenclature
1. Bushing 10. Grea se Fitting
5. Fill, bleed and adjust the power steering 2. Lock Nut 11. Pedestol Shalt
system as outlined in "Adjusting the System". 3.
4.
Adiusting Pin
Pedestal ta Valve Arm
12. Greose Fitting
13. Bushing
5. Bushing 14. Pedestal Housing
6. Bushing 15. Bushing
6. Install the front grill panels, grill bottom 7. Grease Fitting 16. Oust Seal
plate assembly and left side panel as outlined 8.
9.
Pedestol ta Cylinder Arm
Snap Ring
17. Steering Arm

in Group IV, Section C, Part 3.

SERVICING THE POWER housing (No. 14) and valve connecting arm (No.
4) be marked as shown in Fig. 10, so that they
STEERING PEDEST AL may be properly "timed" during installation.
Bottom the adjusting pin (No. 3) into the cylin-
REMOVING THE PEDESTAL der connecting arm (No. 8) before marking.
Remove the following: Refer to Fig. 9.

1. Cylinder as outlined in "Removing the

Cylinder" .

2. Left hand radiator seal assembly. See

Group IV, Section C, Part 3.

3. Drag link at the pedestal. The tapered

bolt may be loosened in its bore by bac king the
nut off until it is flush with the end of the taper-
ed boU; strike the bolt and nut a sharp blow
with a hammer; finish removing nut and lift out
drag link.

4. Bolts attaching pedestal to front support

assembly.

5. Bolt clamping steering arm (No. 17, Fig.

9) to lower spline on pedestal shaft.

DISASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL

Before disassembling the pedestal, it is im-

portant that the pedestal shaft (No. 11), pedestal Fig. la - Preparing the Pedestal for Disassembly

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8

1. Remove the dust seal (No. 16), snap ring
(No. 9) and grease fitting (No. 10) from the
pedestal shaft.
2. Mount the pedestal in a press and press the
shaft out of the bottom of the pedestal housing.
NOTE: Use a press sleeve of sufficient size
that the threads for the grease fitting are not
damaged.
3. Once the shaft has been removed, the
bushings in the pedestal housing (Nos. 13 and
15), cylinder connecting arm (No. 8) and valve
connecting arm (No. 4) may be inspected and
removed if necessary with step plate and driver.
4. To be removed, the adjusting pin (No. 3)
must be screwed through and out of the bottom
of the valve connecting arm (No. 4).
ished diameter is 1.5005 inch to
1.5015 inch.
ASSEMBLING THE POWER
STEERING PEDESTAL
1. Install and ream bushings as outlined in
"Inspecting and Servicing the Power Steering
Pedestal" .
2. If the adjusting screwpin (No. 2, Fig. 9)
has been removed, replace it at this Ume.
3. Position the cylinder and valve connecting
arms together so that the adjusting screw is
aligned in its opening and place them in the
pedestal housing.
4. Align the punch marks and install the
pedestal shaft with a press.

NOTE: Remove the grease fitting (No. 12,

INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE
POWER STEERING PEDESTAL
1. Clean aU parts thoroughly and
them for wear and damage.
Fig. 9) before pressing against the shaft.
5. InstaU the dust se al (No. 16) snap ring
inspect (No. 9) and the two grease fittings (Nos. 10 and
12, Fig. 9).

2. When replacing bushings, press in and INSTALLING THE POWER

line ream as foUows: (See Fig. 9) STEERING PEDESTAL
a. Bushing (No. 13) press in until flush 1. Align the master spline of the pedestal
with both faces of the upper end of shaft with the mas ter spline of the steering
the pedestal. Bushing (No. 15) press arm. See Fig. 11.
in until flush with the recessed bot-
tom of the pedestal. Line ream these NOTE: Depending upon the application, the
two bushings at 900 to bottom mount- steering arm may look difJerent. Check the
ing surface. Ream the lower bush- Tractor Parts Book.
ing to a diameter of 1.8755 inch to
1.8765 inch and the upper bushing to
a diameter of 1.5005 inch to 1.5015
inch.

b. Bushing (No. 6) in the cylinder con-

necting arm (No. 8) must be pressed
in until flush with bath faces.
NOTE: Make sure hole in bushing is aligned
with grease fitting opening.

Line Ream the bushing to a diameter

of 0.7505 to 0.7508 diameter and at
900 to the top and bottom (as installed)
faces of the connecting arm.

c. Bushings (Nos. 1 and 5) in the valve

connecting arm (No. 4) are to be
pressed in flush to the top and bot-
tom (as installed) faces. Once in-
stalled the bushings must be line
reamed at 900 to these faces. Fin- Fig. 11 - Pedestal Shaft Master Spline

10
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 & 65 POWER STEERING

2. Slide the housing into position on the front

support, entering into the steering arm at the
same time as shown in Fig. 12.

NOTE: Tighten the bolts ta a torque of 47 ta

53 ft.-lbs.

3. Lift the steering arm up tight to the

pedestal bottom and tighten the clamping boit to
a torque of 33 to 38 ft. -lbs.

4. Attach the drag link to the valve conne ct-

ing arm.

5. Install the left radiator se al assembly.

See Group IV, Section C, Part 3.

6. Install the cylinder as outlined in "Instal-

ling the Cylinder".

ADJUSTING THE POWER

STEERING
Fig. 12 - Installing the Pedestal Assembly
1. Check the oil level in the reservoir. Use
only automatic transmission oil, type A, to raise
the oil level to the full (F) mark 1/2 inch over
the fiIter element (the entire system has a ca- 5. Adjust control valve linkage (No. 2, Fig. 2)
pacity of approximately 3-1/3 U.S. pints). so that pin (No. 1, Fig. 2) can he inserted freely.

N OTE: If the system has been drained, fill

the reservoir; start the engine and turn the
front wheels in bath directions; stop the engine
and recheck the ail level.
2. Check and adjust steering gear if neces-
sary, as outlined in Group IV, Section A, Part 6.
3. Place wheels in straight forward position.
4. With the engine running at 1500 RPM,
tighten the valve adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 9)
until it bottoms.
6. Back off adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 9) seven
turns and try to turn the steering wheel.
7. Continue adjusting the control valve link-
age (No. 2, Fig. 2) until the wheel can be turned
with the same amount of effort, in both direc-
tions and the relief valve canbe forced to op-
erate at each extreme position. Tighten lock
nut on adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 2).
NOTE: If more ease of steering is desired,
back out the adjusting pin an additional 3 or
4 turns. Do not back out the adjusting pin
more th an 12 full turns.

11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION 8 - PART 4

FRONT WHEEL AND HUB ASSEMBLIES

35, 50 & 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

Servicing the Wheel and Hub Assemblies

for Twin and Wide Front Axle Models •••.•.••••...••• 2
Servicing the Wheel and Hub Assembly
for Single Front Wheel Axle Models •••.•••...•.•..•• 3

Similarities exist between various wheel and
hub assemblies that allow the servicing pro-
cedures involving several assemblies to be
discussed as one group.
Front wheel and hub assemblies have inter-
change features that permit some exchange of
parts and assemblies between the 35, 50 and 65
(MF & TO) tractors as weIl as permitting an
exchange between several front axle assemblies.
However, the interchange features are limited
to the combinations as discussed in this text.
Hub assemblies for the following combinations
are interchangeable within this group inclusively:
1. The 35 (MF & TO) tractor front axle.
2. The MF 50 tractor equipped with Utility,
Hi-Arch, or Row Crop Twin Front Axle.
3. The MF 65 tractor equipped withStandard,
Hi-Arch, or Row Crop Twin Front Axle.
Hub assemblies may also be interchanged
within another group of combinations which are
listed as follows:
1. The MF 50 tractor equipped with Row
Crop Single Wheel Front Axle.
2. The MF 65 tractor equipped with Row Crop
Single Wheel Front Axle.
No interchangeable features are provided for
hub assemblies required for the combinations
listed within the group as follows:
1. The MF 50 tractor equipped with a Multi-
Purpose Front Axle.
2. The MF 65 tractor equipped with a Utility
Front Axle.
Wheel assemblies may be interchanged within
certain limitations. Refer to the Tractor Parts
Book.

PRINTED IN U. S.À. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
BRAKE & WHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4

Fig. 1 _ MF & TC 35 (Front Axle); MF 50 (Utility, Hi.Arch, Row Crop Twin Front Axle); MF 65 (Standard, Hi.Arch, Row Crop Twin
Front Axle) Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature
1. Dust Seal 4. Hub 7. Retainer Wosher 10. Hub Cap
2. Inner Beoring Cone 5. Outer Bearing Cup 8. Cotter Pin 11. Wheel
3. Inner Bearing Cup 6. Outer Bearing Cone 9. Castellated Nut

SERVICING THE FRONT WHEEL INSPECTING

AND HUB ASSEMBLIES Clean aU parts thoroughly and inspect for wear
35 (MF & TC) front axle; MF 50 Utility, Multi.Purpose, Hi·Arch or damage.
or Row Crop Twin; MF 65 Utility, Standard, Hi.Arch or Row Crop
Twin Front Axles.
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING INSTALL:
Slightly loosen lug nuts, and hub cap, then 1. Bearing cups, Nos. 3 and 5 (if they have
raise the tractor until front wheels clear the
been removed from hub) to the hub by pressing
ground.
carefuUy with a suHable press.
NOTE: Front axZes having a center Thoroughly lubricatE( the bearings and bear-
member may be stabilized by pZacing ing cups with a good grade of wheel bearing
wedges between center member and grease.
support casting.
NOTE: It is important to pack the area
REMOVE: (Refer to Fig. 1) between the inner bearing and the seaZ
1. Lug nuts. with grease.
2 Wheel, No. 11.
3. Hub cap, No. 10
4. Cotter pin, and casteUated nut, No. 9. 2. Inner bearing, No. 2, into Hs respective
5. Bearing retainer washer, No. 7, the outer place in the hub, No. 4, and apply more lubri-
bearing cone, No. 6, and the hub, by pulling the cant.
hub off the stub axle. 3. Dust seal, No. 1.
4. Hub, containing the 2 bearing cups and
NOTE: The bearing cups, Nos. 3 and 5, inner bearing, to the stub axle.
are pressed into the hub. 5. Outer bearing, No. 6, to the hub.
6. Bearing retainer washer, No. 7, after the
6. Inner bearing, No. 2, and dust seal, No. 1. bearing.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4 MF 35, 50 & 65 FRONT WHEEL & HUS

Fig. 2 - MF 65 (Utility front Axle) Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature
1. Oust Seal 5. Outer Bearing Cup 9. Castellated Nut
2. Inner Bearing Cone 6. Outer Bearing Cane la.Hub Cap
3. Inner Bearing Cup 7. Retainer Washer 11. Wheel
4. Hub 8. Cotter Pin

7. Castellated nut, No 9, to the stub axle. REMOVE: (Refer to Fig. 3)

NOTE: Exercise care to keep the as-
sembly free of grit.
8. Wheel, No. 11, to the hub, using the lug
nuts.
NOTE: Adjust the wheel bearings by
tightening the castellated nut until the
bearings seat (the wheel will become
too tight to turn, thus indicating that
the bearing is seated). Then back off
on the nut until there is a slight drag.
Secure with cotter pin.
Securely tighten the lug nuts and install hub
cap.
1. Cotter pin from L.H. side of front axle
shaft.
2. L.H. castellated nut gradually from the
axle shaft, and working a tool between the
spacers Nos. 2 and 14, and the axle fork to free
the spacers so the y will be retained with the hub
assembly, as the axle shaft and the wheel is
removed.
3. Front axle shaft from RH side, keeping
the wheel in a centered position which will
allow the shaft to move without damage.
4. Wheel and hub assembly should roll out
once the shaft has been removed.
5. L.H. & R.H. eccentric washers from the
fork.
DISASSEMBLI NG

SERVICING FRONT WHEEL CA UTION: Deflate the tire before at-

AND HUB ASSEMBLIES tempting disassembly of this wheel.

MF 50 and 65 ROW CROP SINGLE FRONT AXLE MODELS
REMOVING
Support the tractor with front wheel touching
the ground, but with weight of tractor relieved
from the wheel.
Refer to Fig. 3, and disassemble:
1. R.H. & L.H. spacers, Nos. 2 and 14.
2. R.H. & L.H. washer retaining cups, Nos. 5
and 11, by prying around them evenly from the
hub, No. 8.
3. Four feU washers, from the retaining cups.

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
SRAKE & WHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4

Fig. 3 - MF 50 and MF 65 Single Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature

1. Locc!ing Pin 5. Fel! Washer Cup 9. Becring Cup 13. Fel! Wcsher
2. Spccer 6. Bearing Cone 10. Bearina Cone 14. $pccer
3. Fel! Washer 7. Bearing Cup 11. 'Fel! W~sher Cup 15. Rim
4. Fel! Wcsher 8. Hub 12. Fel! Washer

4. R.H. & L.H. bearing canes, Nos. 6 and 10, 4. R.H. & L.H. washer retaining cups, Nos.
from the hub. 5 & 11, ta the hub by pressing evenly aU around
·5. Six boIts securing the rim ta hub. the edges.
6. Tire after separating the rim, No. 15from
5. Four feIt washers into the reatining cups.
hub, No. 8.
(2 washers in each cup).
6. R.H. & L.H. spacers, Nos. 2 & 14, ta the
INSPECTION retaining cups.

Clean aIl parts thoroughly and inspect for INSTALLING

wear or damage.
ASSEMBLING
Refer ta Fig. 3, and install:
1. R.H. & L.H. bearing cups; Nos. 7 & 9, ta
the hub (if the y have been removed). Press in
place with a suitable press.
2. Tire ta the hub side of rim, No. 8, and as-
sembling other rim half, No. 15, ta hub with
six boIts (The tire can now be inflated.)
NOTE: Pack the bearing and bearing
cups with agood grade of wheel bearing
grease.
3. R.H. & L.H. bearing canes, Nos. 6 & 10, ta
the hub - wipe off excess grease.
Position the wheel ta line up with hales in
fork, and position spacer line-up pins, No. 1,
Fig. 3, ta align with pin hales in fork, then
install:
1. R.H. eccentric washer in place on fork.
2. Front axle shaft from R.H. side, through
eccentric washer, R.H. side of fork, hub as-
sembly, and L.H. side of fork.
3. L.H. -eccentric washer.
4. Castellated nut and tighten ta preload the
bearings then back-off until wheel will rotate
with a slight drag.
5. Secure nut with cotter pin.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART l

SPECI FICATIONS

ENGINE
Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4
Firing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4-2
Valve Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overhead
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5/16 Inches
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7/8 Inches
Piston Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.6 cu. Inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 to 1 (Standard) and 8.1 .(;
to 1 (Hi-Altitude)

Compression Pressure (At operating temperature withcrankingspeedof 125-150 RPM)

6.6 to 1

Altitude Zero 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

PSI 145 140 136 131 127 122

8.1 to 1

Altitude Zero 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000

PSI 170 152 147 143 138 134 129

Low Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-500 RPM (PTb Speed of

160-180 RPM)
Rated Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 2000 RPM
High Idle Speed (No Load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200-2250 RPM (PTO Speed
of 792-810 RPM)

PISTONS AND SLEEVES (MATCHED SETS)

Sleeve Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 3.3125-3.313 inches

Sleeve Projection above Block (Standout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.001-0.004 inch.
Maximum Sleeve Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.008 inch.
Maximum Sleeve Out-of-Round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch.
Piston Fit (0.0025 inch x 1/2 inch wide feeler gauge) . . . . . . " 5-10 pounds pull
New Piston pin bore diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.8592-0.8594 inch.

""
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J34 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 1

PISTON PINS

Pin Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8591-0.8593 inch

Clearance in Rad Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0002-0.0006 inch
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minus O.OOOl-PluS 0.0003 inch
Pin Fit in Piston Bore . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light push at 160 F.

RING SIDE CLEARANCE

New Compression Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.0035-0.005 inch

New Oil Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .. 0.002-0.0035 inch
Maximum Wear must not exceed 0.0025 in. over new maximum ring side clearance.

RING GAP CLEARANCE

Number One Compression Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010-0.020 inch

Number Two and Three Cùmpression Rings . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010-0.017 inch
Number Four Oil Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 0.010-0.018 inch

CONNECTING RODS

Connecting Rad Bushing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.913-0.914 inch

Inside Bushing Diameter (Finished) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 0.8595-0.8597 inch
Wear Limit-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0016 inch
Connecting Rod Bearing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0615-2.0620 inches
Bearing Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0003-0.0023 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 0.0015 inch
Wear Limits-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0033 inch
Side Play . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . . . 0.005-0.011 inch

CRANKSHAFT

Connecting Rod Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9365-1.9375 inches

Wear Limit-(Minimum Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9355 inches
Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.249-2.250 inch es
Wear Limits-(Minimum Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.248 inches
End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.004-0.006 inch
Maximum Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 inch
Maximum out-of-round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 inch

TIMING GEARS

New Camshaft Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001-0.002 inch

Maximum Backlash '" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 inch
New Oil Pump Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . • . . . 0.008-0.010 inch

MAIN BEARINGS

Diameter of Bearing Bore in Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 2.4365-2.4372 inches

Bearing Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005-0.0027 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 0.002 inch
Wear Limits-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0037 inch

2
 ,

MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART t SPECIFICATIONS

CAMSHAFT (PART NO.-l 750 293 MI)

Front Bearing Journal Diameter • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . • • . • . . 1.808-1.8-09 inches

Center Bearing Journal Diameter . . . • • . • • . . • . . . • • • • . . 1. 7455-1. 7465 inches
Rear Bearing Journal Diameter • • . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . • 1.683-1.684 inches
Wear Limit-(Maximum Clearance) . • . . . • . • • • . . . . . . . . • • 0.009 inch
End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 0.003-0.007 inch
Cam Lift (Intake) . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • . . • . . . • . . • . . . . 0.212 inch
Cam Lift (Exhaust) . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.212 inch

VALVE TAPPElS

Tappet Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . 0.5615-0.5620 inch

Tappet Bore in Block . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 0.5625-0.5633 inch
Maximum Clearance . . . . . . • . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . 0.0028 inch

VALVE GUIDES

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3157-0.3172 inch

Guide Height Above Valve Spring Seat
Intake Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3/4 inch
Exhaust Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 7/8 inch

INTAKE VALVES

Stem Diameter 0.3141-0.3149 inch

Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Stem Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0008-0.0031 inch
Desired Stem Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Face Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j~ ............... . 30 degrees
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 1/32 inch
Valve Lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.013 inch (hot),
0.015 inch (cold)

EXHAUST VALVES

New Stem Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.3124 - 0.3132 inch

Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 0.0015 inch
Stem Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.0025 - 0.0048 inch
Desired Stem Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ 0.0035 inch
Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 44 degrees
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1/32 inch
Valve Lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.013 inch (hot) 0.015 inch (cold)

INTAKE VALVE SEATS

Intake Seat Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 30 degrees

Seat Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5/64 inch
• • • • • • • • • • • • ,

Maximum Seat Runout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL. Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 1

EXHAUST VALVE SEAT INSERTS

Seat Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45 degrees

Seat W'idth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5/64 inch
Maximum Seat Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch
Standard Recess Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.254 inches
Replacement Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 inch oversize
Cut Recess Diameter To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.261 inches
Correct Interference Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.003 inch

VALVE SPRINGS

Free Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1/16 inches

Length Valve Closed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-45/64 inches
Pounds Pressure @ 1-45/64 in. spring length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 47 to 53 lbs.
Minimum Pressure @ 1-45/64 in. spring length. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 42 lbs.
Length Valve Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-27/64 inches
Pounds Pressure @ 1-27/64 in. spring length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 96 to 104 lbs.
Minimum Pressure @ 1-27/64 in. spring length. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86 lbs.
Dampening Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Installed Toward Head

ROCKER ARM ASSEMBL y

Inside Bushing Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.624-0.625 inch

Wear Limit-(Maximum Bushing Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.626 inch
Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.622-0.623 inch
Wear Limit-(Minimum Shaft Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.621 inch

TORQUE VALUES {Foot Pounds}

Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-75 ft. lbs.

Rocker Arm Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-25 ft. lbs.
Manifold Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-30 ft. lbs.
Camshaft Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80 ft. lbs.
Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 35-40 ft. lbs.
Main Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-110 ft. lbs.
Rear Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 ft. lbs.
Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 ft. lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-75 ft. lbs.
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-38 ft. lbs.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE
INDEX

Pa 9 e
Engine • . • . • . • . . • • • . • • • . • • . . • • • • • •. 1
Engine Removal . " . . • . . • . • . . . . . . • • • .. 2
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly . • • . . . • • . • • • .• 3
Cylinder Head. • . . • • • . • . . . • . • • • • • . • •. 4
Cylinder Block .•••..•.••••.•.••..••. 8
Sleeves • . • • • . • • . . • . . . • • • • • . . • • . . • • 8
Page
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly . • • • • • •• 9
Crankshaft and Main Bearing . • . . . . . . . . • . 12
Crankshaft Oil Seals . . • . . . • . • . . • . • • . • • 16
Comshaft . • . . . • . . .• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' 17
Timing Gears •.••••••.••••.••.•.••••• 19
Governor and Timing Gear Coyer .•••.••••• 20

Before starting disassembly of the tractor, make a complete diagnosis of the engine
to be sure that an overhaul is really recessary. If it is determined that an overhaul is
necessary, then inspect the entire engine for any evidence of externalleaks, or defec-
tive parts, that must also be corrected before the tractor is assembled and returned
to the customer.

ENGINE
The model Z-134 engine is a four cylinder,
spark ignition, overhead valve type engine, using
wet sleeves with a bore of 3-5/16 in. and a stroke
of 3-7/8 in. The engine is manufactured with two
compression ratios: 6.6 to 1 (regular) or 8.10to
1 (hi-altitude). Piston displacement is 133.6
cubic inches for both compression ratios. The
6.6 to 1 compression ratio engine in the TO 35
Tractor developed 34.50 corrected beU horse-
power. Maximum engine torque occurs at an
engine speed of approximately 1200 RPM.

-
.......
,~
~:', ":""""'~,

Fig.:':"! • Cross Section of Z.l34 Engine

<••:::

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 fNGtNf GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

Fig. 4 • Removing Front End From TO.35 Tractor

6. Disconnect exhaust pipe from manifold.

7. Disconnect heat indicator wire from ther-
Fig. 2· Left Hand View af Z.134 Engine
mostat housing and release clips that secure
indicator wire to manifold.
8. Disconnect positive lead from starting
motor.
9. Disconnect oil gauge line from right hand
side of block.
10. Disconnect wire from coil and generator,
also disconnect tractor-meter drive cable from
generator.
11. Disconnect the choke rod, air cleaner pipe
and gas line from carburetor.
12. Loosen the governor U-boU assembly and
the throttle rod clamp. Then slide the throttle
rod rearward.
13. Remove valve cover, support engine in a
hoist, remove boUs securing engine to trans-
mission case and remove engine from tractor
as shown in Fig. 5.

Fig. 3· Right Hand View af Z·134 Engine

ENGINE REMOVAl
To remove the engine and clutch proceed as
follows:
1. Drain cooling system, also crankcase ifthe
engine is to be disassembled.
2. Disconnect head light wires and remove
hood.
3. Disconnect and remove battery.
4. Shut off the fuel and remove fuel tank.
5. Support the tractor under the transmission
housing and remove front end as an assembly
from tractor, as shown in Fig. 4. Refer to the
individual front end section for re!D0val pro-
cedure. Fig. 5· Removing Engine From Tractor

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBl y
The cylinder head assembly consists of the
head complete with the valves, rocker arm shaft
assembly and push rods.
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
REMOVAl
To remove rocker arm shaft assembly pro-
ceed as follows:
1. Remove hood
2. Shut-off fuel and remove fuel tank
3. Remove rocker arm cover
NOTE: Install spring-Ioaded clothes
pins onto the push rods before removing
the rocker arm assembly. This pro-
cedure will prevent them from acci-
dentally falling into the block.
4. Remove the four studs securing the rocker
arm assembly and lift entire assembly from en-
gine as shown in Fig. 6.
5. Remove Push Rods and installinanumber-
ed rack.
Fig. 6 - Removing Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
DISASSEMBl y
If the rocker arm assembly requires servicing
disassemble as follows: Refer to Fig. 9.
1. Remove cotter pins from each end of the
shaft.
2. Remove the arms, supports and springs off
the shaft. Mark rocker arms so that they can
be reinstalled in their original location.
ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
3. Remove the plugs from the ends of the
rocker shaft and wash the shaft and parts in a
solvent, being careful to clean out any sedi-
ment from inside the shaft, also make sure all
oil holes are open.
INSPECTION AND SERVICING
Rocker Arms And Rocker Arm Shaft
The rocker arm shaft is ground to an outside
diameter of .622 - .623 in. and is made with
lubrication holes and a retaining pin hole.
Inspect the following parts:
1. Check the rocker arm bearing surfaces of
the shaft for scoring. Use a new shaft if serious
scoring is found.
2. If no scoring is present, use a micrometer
and measure the diameter of the shaft at the
points where there has been rocker arm bearing
wear, as shown in Fig. 7. Use a new shaft if
diameter is less than .621 in.
Fig. 7 - Miking The Rocker Arm Shaft
3. Use a hole gauge and measure the inside
diameter of the rocker arm bushings as shown
in Fig. 8. Discard rocker arms that measure
more than .626 inch.
NOTE: The rocker arms are of stamped
and welded construction with a bronze
bushing pressed in place and broached
to a diameter of .624 to .625 in. The
bushing is not serviced separately and
if it is worn or defective, the complete
rocker arm must be rePlaced.
4. Check the valve stem and push rod contact
surfaces of the rocker arm for wear or pitting.
If the contact surfaces are sever ly worn or pitted,
replace ~the rocker. arm.
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

NOTE: All of the supports, No. 6, Fig.

9, are interchangeable and have a slot
in the side ta fit the retaining pin. Due
ta this slot the supports can be assem-
bled only in the correct position.
3. Use the locating pin No. 9 Fig. 9 as a start-
ing point and with the pin towards you assemble
from the center towards each end as shown in
Fig. 9. Make sure to install a new plug, No. 3
Fig. 9, in each end of the rocker shaft.

Cylinder Head
IMPORTANT: LPG type engines use a
Fig. 8 - Measuring Inside Diameter af Rocket Arm Bushings
special exhaust valve, valve seat and
valve retainer. Do not interchange
Push Rods these parts.
Inspect the push rods as listed below:
1. Discard push rods that are excessively
REMOVAl (ENGINE IN TRACTOR)
worn or scored.
To remove the cylinder head proceed as
NOTE: If scoring is found on one joint,
follows: Refer to Fig. 10.
it is safe ta assume that its matching
1. Remove hood.
baU or socket is also scored and bath
2. Remove battery, shut off fuel and remove
must be rePlaced.
fuel tank.
2. Discard any bent or damaged push rods.
NOTE: If the valves require servicing,
REASSEMBL y check operation of the rotocaps, No. 5
Fig. 10, at this point. Ta check roto-
To reassemble the rocker arm assembly caps, remove only the hood, fuel tank
follow th'e steps listed: and rocker arm caver and install an
1. Oil aIl rocker arm bushings. auxiliary fuel tank. Wipe the ail from
2. Notice that each rocker arm is stamped the rotocaps and mark them with a pen-
either "7R" or "8L" meaning that is is a right cil. Start engine and observe if aU roto-
or left hand rocker and the rockers are not caps rotate. Rotocaps that do notrotate
interchangeable. must be replaced.

Fig. 9 - Nomenclature and Sequence of Parts

1. Cotter Pin 6. Rocker Arm Support
2. Washer 7. "Sl" Rocker Arm Fig. 10 - Nomenclature
3. Plug 8. Long Spring 1. Thermostot Body 4. Manifold Heat Shield
4. Short Spring 9. Locoting Pin 2. Compensator Spring 5. Rotocap
5. "7R" Rocker Arm 3. Throttle Rod 6. Push Rod

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

3. Drain radiator, then disconnect upper radi-

ator hose and radiator support rod. Disconnect
temperature indicator bulb from thermostat
body. Detach governor compensator spring
No. 2. Fig. 10, from the thermostat body. Re-
move boUs securing the thermostat body, then
slide body forward to separate from throttle
rod, No. 3 Fig. 10 and remove it from head.
4. Remove the spark plugs.
5. Remove the manifold head shield, No. 4
Fig. 10 from engine.
6. Disconnect the exhaust pipe and the carbur-
et or from the manifold.
7. Remove rocker arm cover.
8. Remove the rocker arm assembly and place
push rods in numbered rack.
9. If the valves require servicing remove the
manifold at this point.
10. Remove the head boIts and lift head from
engine as shown in Fig. 11.

Fig. 12. Intake Valve Assembly

1. Intake Valve 5. Intake Valve Spring Retainer
2. Volve Spring 6. Retainer Pin
3. Intake Valve Oil Guard 7. Valve Stem Cap
4. Neoprene Seoi

Intake Valves

Each intake valve is a one-piece steel forging

1NSPECTI ON AN D DISASSEMBL y
1. Discard the head gasket and remove arbon
1
with . a retainer pin hole drilled through the end
of the stem. The valve, valve spring and re-
taining assembly is shown in Fig. 12.
The intake valve is held in place by the valve
spring, an oil guard and a retainer which in turn
is secured by the retainer pin inserted through
a hole in the stem near the tip. Between the
oil guard and the spring retainer is a neoprene
seal which prevents excessive oil being sucked
into the cylinder through the valve guide. When-
ever the valves are serviced, a new seal should
be installed. The cap is fitted over the top of
the valve stem and it should bb free to rotate
and must not bind on the stem.

deposits from the combustion chamber, gasket The dimensions and markings of the intake
surfaces and valve heads with a and a valves are listed as follows:
stHf wire brush. Be careful not to. scratch 0
the gasket surface of the head. Clean aIl ru st Face Angle 30
and dirt from the water passages and check the Margin 3/64 inch
head for cracks and warped gasket surfaces. If Stem Dia. .3141-.3149 inch
warpage exceeds .020 inch, the head IIj-ust be Total Length 4 inch
either replaced or reground. Head Marking "IN"
2. Remove the valve retainer locks and re-
move springs and valves.
3. Place valves in a numbered rack.

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

Fig. 14· Exhaust Valve Rotocap

INSPECTION
Fig. 13 - Exhaust Valve Àssembly
1. Exhaust Valve 4. Valve Lock Thoroughly clean all valves and inspect for
2. Valve 5pring 5. Valve Stem Cap defects such as deep burns, necking, scuffing
3. Exhaust Valve Ratocap
and worn keeper grooves. (Refer to general
Exhaust Valves section for detailed information concerning in-
spection). If valves appear to be in good condi-
The exhaust valve is also a one-piece forging tion check with the proper gauges for the
but is made of a special alloy steel. A retainer following:
lock groove is cut in the stem near the tip and 1. Measure thickness of valve margin. If
a 0.130 in. diameter hole to receive the valve thickness is less than 1/32 inch discard the
cap is drilled into the end of the stem. The valve.
valve, valve spring and retaining assembly is 2. Measure the stem diameter. If measure-
shown in Fig. 13. ment is more than 0.0015 in. below that of new
The dimensions and markings of the exhaust valve stem (.314 new intake and .3124 new ex-
valves are listed as follows: haust), it should be discarded.
0 VAL VE SER VICING
Face Angle 44
Margin 3/64 inch o
Intake valves should be refaced to a 30 angle,
Stem Dia. .3124-.3132 inch 0
exhaust valves to 44 , Notice that the exhaust
Total Length 4-1/64 inches 0
valve seat is ground to 45 , leaving an inter-
Head Marking "EX" 0
ference angle of 1 . The intake valve should
not have an interference ange. Discard an
The exhaust valves of aU Z-134 engines, EX-
valves with less than 1/32 inch margin.
CEPT LPGTYPE are equipped with "Rotocaps" ,
see Fig. 14, which increase the life and efficiency
of the valves. The function of the Rotocap is to NOTE: LPG engines only - Use a sofier
positively rotate the valve at a predetermined stone for refacing the stellite faced ex-
rate. haust valves used in LPG engines.
Any time that the valve cover is off, they should
be inspected to see that they are rotating freely. Valve Guides
If for any reason, the Rotocaps appear damaged
or defective, the y should be replaced and the Both the intake and exhaust valve guides have
valve lash reset. The Rotocaps are secured to an inside diameter (new) of 0.3157 in. -.0.3172
the valve by split-type retainers. in.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
The desired valve stem clearance in the valve
guides is 0.0015 in. (intake) and 0.0035 in. (ex-
haust). Refer to general engine section for ad-
ditional information on inspecting and servicing
the valve guides.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Replace
if scored, or if valve guide-to-stem clearance
exceeds 0.0031 inch (intake) or 0.0048 inch
(exhaust).
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Both intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable, also both are pre-reamed and no
attempt should be made to ream them as it will
destroy the 0.002 in. spiral groove inside. The
intake valve guide should be positioned 3/4 of an
inch above the valve spring seat. The exhaust
valve guide should be positioned 7/8 of an inch
above the valve spring seat.
Fig. 15· Special Valve Guide Replacement Toois
1. Long Bushing 2. ShOrt Bushing
Replacement is made easy by the use of the
special tools, see Fig. 15, which are Massey-
Ferguson approved and'have been released by
specialty tool manufacturers. The long bushing
is used for the exhaust valve guide which has a
deep counterbore in the head. The short bushing
is used on the intake valve guide. In use, the
bushing is placed over the top end of the old
guide, a combination mandrel and aligner fur-
nished with the bushings is used to center a new
guide placed on top of the old one. An arbor
press must be used as the guide should never
be pounded into position. Using the method
illustrated in Fig. 16, the old guide is used to
properly position the new guide for insertion.
As the new guide is pressed into position it
forces the 61d guide out. This has the advant-
age of combining two operations into one. The
new guide which must be inserted from the
TOP of the cylinder head, is pressed down until
the mandrel contacts the top of the bushing.
This automatically positions the top of the
guide the correct distance below the top surface
of the head.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 16· Replacing Wom Valve Guide:
Valve Seats
The intake valves seat directly in the head.
Exhaust valves seat into renewable type seat
inserts.
NOTE: Gas and LPG rePlacement ex-
haust seat inserts are of the same di-
mensions but are made of different
type metals. DO NOT INTER CHANGE
GAS AND LPG SEAT INSERTS. \
Inspect the seats for fine cracks and general
condition. If a seat insert is cracked, loose or
badly burned it must be replaced.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Exhaust seat inserts are available in 0.010
in. oversize and should be installed with 0.003
in. interference fit. Recut seat recess to 1.261
in. diameter for proper interference fit, see
general engine section for removal, Re-cutting
and installation.
SERVICING
0
Intake valve seat angle is 30 , with a desired
seat width of 5/64 inch. No interference angle
with valve face.
0
Exhaust valve seat angle is 45 , witha desired
seat width of 5/ 64 inc~. 1 interference anfôle
0
between valve seat (45 ) and valve face (44 ).
NOTE: LPG engines only - use a softer
stone for refacing the stellite exhaust
seats used in LPG engines.
Valve seat runout must not exceed 0.002 in.
Seats can be narrowed, using 15 and 75 degree
stones. Contact area must be in the middle
of the valve face. Check with prussian blue
for width and location of the contact area.
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MOOEL Z-134 ENGINE
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBl y
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with
engine oil.
2. Install the valves in their original guides.
3. Install the valve spring and retainer assem-
bly over each valve; see Figs. 12 and 13 for
proper sequence of parts. Use new retainer
pins and neoprene seals on the intake valves.
NOTE: Do not use rotocaps in LPG
engines.
4. Compress springs and install retainer
locks.
Fig. 17 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
1. Make sure the mating surfaces ofthe block
and head are clean and are not nicked. Then
place a new cylinder head gasket on the block:
SIDE MARKED BOTTOM MUST CONTACT THE
BLOCK.
2. Install the cylinder head and tighten the
cylinder head nuts and boUs in the sequence
shown in Fig. 17 to 70-75 ft. lbs. torque.
3. Insert the push rods into their original
location; install the rocker arm assembly and
tighten bolts to 20-25 ft. lbs. torque.
4. Make an initial valve clearance ad just-
ment; set clearance at 0.015 in. (cold).
5. To complete cylinder head installation, re-
verse steps No. 3 through 5 under cylinder head
removal, then install and conne ct battery.
6. Connect an auxiliary fuel tank to carburetor
and run engine 10-15 minutes, then retorque
cJlinder head and make final valve clearance
adjustment. Set clearance to 0.013 in. (hot)
7. Install the rocker arm cover with a new
gasket and tighten.
8. Install gas tank and hood,
8
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
CYLINDER BLOCK ASSEMBL y
The cylinder block assembly as referred to
herein consists of the engine (removed from
the tractor) without the cylinder head, oil pan,
generator, water pump and other exterior
assemblies.
Cylinder Block
The cylinder block is a one piece casting
with drilled oil passages which eliminate all
external lubrication piping. The oil and coolant
passage openings in the top of the blocIç register
with similar openings in the head, thus joining
the passages in the head with those in the block.
The block is properly machined to accept the
heavy, cast, wet type cylinder sleeves.
INSPECTION
After the cylinder block has been stripped of
all removable parts, the entire casting should
be thoroughly cleaned of all carbon, oil and dirt.
The coolant passages should be cleaned of rust
and mineraI deposits. A rifle brush should be
run through all the drilled oil passages to clean
out any carbon or other foreign matter.
Thoroughly inspect the block for cracks.
These sometimes occur between the cylinders or
around the mounting holes. Any broken or
damaged studs should be removed and replaced.
Check the top surface of the block with a
straight edge and thickness gauge. If it is
warped .020 in. or more the block must be
replaced.
Sleeves
The wet type cylinder sleeves, are sealed
into the block by two neoprene O-rings which
fit in grooves around the bottom of the sleeve.
NOTE: These grooves and the 0 ri.,;gs
ure man:ufactured to very close toler-
ances and they should be treated with
care at all times.
The top of the sleeves have a rim which fits
into a recessed diameter in the top ofthe block.
The sleeves are designed so that they will
protrude .001 - .004 in. above the top surface
of the cylinder block when they are assembled.
This causes the rim of the sleeve to be forced
down tightly against the bottom of the recessed
diameter in the block thus forming a seal when
the cylinder head is bolted down.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Each sleeve, including service sleeves, is
fitted with a piston at the factory. The sleeves
and pistons are available only in matched sets.
Sleeves are manufactured with an inside dia-
meter of 3.3125 - 3.313 inches.
INSPECTION AND SERVICING
Inspect the worn sleeves for scoring and mike
sleeves to determine cylinder taper, wear and
out-of-round. Discard worn sleeves if scored
or if inside diameter at any point exceeds
3.321 inches. AIso, if out-of-round more than
0.002 inch.
NOTE: Piston clearance may be check-
ed with a feeler gauge and spring scale
as outlined in the General Engine Sec-
tion. Use a 0.0025 in. x 1/2 in. feeler
gauge; spring scale shouldpull 5-10 lbs.
When installing new sleeves make sure the
Sealing Rings are not twisted. Refer to general
engine section for ridge removal, deglazing,
sleeve removal and installation procedure.
IMPOR TANT: Before installing new
sleeves insert each sleeve into the
block without the seals and use a
straight-edge and feeler gauge to check
sleeve projection above block (stand-
out) aS shown in Fig. 18. Dirt or
foreign material under the flange will
produce standout in excess of 0.004 in.
and cause water leakage at the head
gasket. If sleeve standout is less than
0.001 - 0.004 in. at its lowest point add
shims to raise the sleeve to meet spec-
ifications.
Fig. 18· Checking Sleeve Projection Above Block (Standout)
ENG'NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 19. Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Nomenclature
1. Top Compression Ring 7. Piston Pin
2. No. 2 Compression Ring 8. Conneeting Rad Bushing
3. No. 3 Compression Ring 9. Conneeting Rod
4. Oil Control Ring 10. Oil Sproy Hale
5. Piston 11. Conneeting Rad Bearing Inserts
6. Piston Pin Retciners 12. Conneeting Rod Cap With Bolts ond Loeks
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
Fig. 19 shows the parts of the piston and
connecting rod assembly.
The pistons are cam ground and cast from
an aluminum alloy. The piston has four ring
grooves; there are three compression rings and
one oil control ring.
The high altitude engine pistons are the same
as the standard pistons except that the com-
pression ratio ( 8.1 to 1) is obtained from a fIat
top piston instead of a di shed top piston.
The crank ends of the rods are fitted with
interchangeable steel backed bearing inserts.
The piston pin bushings are of rolled bronze
with an oil hole which must align with the oil
hole in the rod.
Removal
Whenever it is necessary to service the
piston and connecting rod they should be removed
as follows: (Assuming cylinder head and ail
pan have already been removed.)
1. Remove ridge from top of cylinder.
CA UTI N: If the piston is forced out
of the cylinder without removing the
ridge t e ring grooves may be spread
and the ring lands bent or broken.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
p..~ODH Z-J34 fNGINf GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 2

2. Rotate the crankshaft until piston is at

bottom of stroke, remove connecting rod cap
and remove piston and rod from top of block.

NOTE: Identify pistons and rods so

that they may be reinstàlled in their
original cylinders.
3. Discard worn piston rings and clean entire
assembly.

PISTONS AND RINGS

If sleeves are serviceable proceed as follows:
Thoroughly inspect the pistons as outlined in
the general engine section.
Check piston fit in sleeve, see Note under
Sleeve Inspection and Servicing.
Recommended ring groove clearance is .0035
- .005 in. (compression) and .002 - .0035 inch
(oil control).
Fig. 21 • Checking Pin Fit in Connecth,g Rad Bushing
Check piston pin fit in piston pin bore. The
piston pin should be fitted to a clearance of
minus 0.0001 in. to plus 0.0003 in. in the piston CONNECTING RODS
pin holes. If the piston bosses appear to be in
good condition and will accept a new pin with a Use a new pin to check the pin bushings in
light press with the heel of the hand as shown the connecting rod for wear. The piston pin
in Fig. 20, (piston heated to 1600 F.) the piston should be fitted in the connecting rod bushing
pin bore may be considered good and will not to a 0.0002 in. - 0.0006 in. clearance.
need to be honed for a larger pin.
Pins are available in standard size or 0.003 NOTE: Fit is considered satisfactory
in. and 0.005 in. oversized. if the pin may be inserted into the
Recommended ring end gap is 0.010 in.- bushing with a thumb press fit as
0.018 in. for the oil ring; 0.010 - 0.020 in. for shown in Fig.21. (At normal 70 degree
the top compression ring, and 0.010 in. - 0.017
temperature).
in. for number two and three compression ring.

Fig. 22· Special Taols For Connecting Rad Bushing Replacement

When replacing connecting rod pin bushings

Fig. 20 • Checking Pin Fit in Piston
use the special tools as shown in Fig. 22.
Support the connecting rod in a press and use
the bushing driver "A", Fig. 22, to press out
the worn bushing. To install the new bushing,
position the bushing on the connecting rod; make
sure ol! hole in bushing is in Une with oil hole
in connectingrod, then use bushing driver "B",
Fig. 22, to press the new bushing in place.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

~ 1 Fit new standard or oversized pins to 0.0002

in. - 0.0006 in. clearance in the rod (or thumb
0
press fit at 70 F. as shown in Fig. 21) and a
minus 0.0001 in. - plus 0.0003 in. clearance in
the piston (or li!f,ht heel of the hand press fit
with piston at 160 F. as shown in Fig. 20).
Install new retainers when replacing pins.
INSTALLATION OF PISTON AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBL y
Refer to Part 4 of the General Engine Section
for additional information and install as follows:
1. Make sure rods are installed into the piston
with the numbers pointing to camshaft side of
Fig. 23 - Reaming Exc:ess Material Fram Bushing
engine, see Fig. 25.
Ream excess material from new bushing with
reamer as shown in Fig. 23. Then finish hone NOTE: Replacement rods are not
bushing as shown in Fig. 24 to give a smooth numbered and must be installed with
finish and the proper pin fit. oil spray hole, No. 10, Fig. 19, toward
Bearing inserts are of the non-adjustable, thrust side of piston (Opposite cam-
shimless type and are available in standard shaft side of engine.)
size or in 0.002 in., 0.010 in., and 0.020 in.
undersize. 2. Install pistons into original sleeves with
arrows on top of the pistons pointing toward
Specifications are as follows:
front of engine as shown in Fig. 26.
3. Install connecting rod caps and make sure
Recommended bearing clearance 0.0015 inch
cap marks are in register.
Replace bearings if clearance
4. Install new locks and tighten connecting
exceeds 0.0033 inch
rod boUs ta 35 - 40 ft. lbs. torque.
Crank pin diameter 1.9365 - 1.9375
inches
Maximum allowable wear of crank
pin (minimum diameter) 1. 93 55 inches
Rod side play 0.005 in-O.011 in.

Fig. 25 - Connecting Rod Numbered For Identification

Fig. 24 - Honing Connec:ting Rod Bushing For Proper Pin Fit

PISTON PINS

Standard size piston pins are 0.8591 in.-

0.8593 in. diameter. Pins are available in
0.003 in. and 0.005 in. oversized. An pins are
full floating and are retained in the piston bosses
by snap rings. Fig. 26 - Pistons Installed With Àrrows Toward Front af Engine

11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODE! Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

Fig. 27 - Crankshaft, Main Bearings and Oil Seals

1. Front Oil Seol 3. Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap
2. Flanged Center Main Bearing 4. Rear Oil Seal

Crankshaft and Main Bearings The loss of oil is prevented by a front oil seal
No. 1, Fig. 27, and a rear oil seal No. 3, Fig. 27.
The crankshaft is a one piece steel forging AIso, the rear main bearing cap is a section
and is heat treated, precision ground and of the engine block and contains packing see
balanced for maximum service. The crank- No. 4, Fig 27, on each side of the fiUer block to
shaft is supported on three precision non- prevent oil leakage into the clutch housing.
adjustable type main bearings. Main bearing inserts are available in standard
New specifications are as foUows: size or 0.002 in., 0.010 in. and 0.020 in. under-
size. New main bearings can be installed from
Crankshaft below without removing the crankshaft.
Main bearing journal Crankshaft end play is controUed by the flanged
diameter 2.249-2.250 inches center main bearing, see No. 2, Fig. 27.
Crank pin journal
diameter 1.9365-1.9375 inches MAIN BEARING INSPECTION AND
End play 0.004-0.006 inch
REPLACEMENT (ENGINE INSTALLED)
Main Bearings
Diameter bearing bore 1. Remove the oil pan.
in block 2.4365-2.4372 inches 2. Disconnect and remove the oil screen and
Bearing Clearance tube.
limits 0.0005-0.0027 inch 3. Remove each main bearing cap, one at a
The oil pump is mounted on the front main time, and inspect the bearing and journal. If
bearing cap, both being secured with the same there is no indication of wear, scoring or
cap screws. flaking out, use plastigage and determine the

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
clearance between the bearing and journal. Refer
to the general engine section for procedure
using plastigage.
NOTE: Tighten main bearing cap screws
to 100-110 ft. lbs. torque. Make sure
to support the crankshaft so that its
weightwill not cause a wrongclearance
reading.
4. If clearance is 0.0037 in. or more, replace
the worn main bearings.
PERFORM STEPS NOS. 5, 6 AND 7 IN
SUCCESSION FOR EACH MAIN BEAR-
ING, UNTIL ALL THREE BEARINGS
HA VE BEEN INSTALLEDAND CHECK-
ED.
5. Remove the worn, upper-half of the bearing
with the special tool as shown in Fig. 28. The
tool, which is obtainable at most parts houses,
should be inserted into the oil hole in the crank-
shaft. Remove the worn bearing-halfby rotating
the crankshaft in a clockwise direction (as
viewed from the front).
NOTE: Practice extreme cleanliness
when removing and installing new bear-
ings.
Fig. 28 • Remove Upper-Hoff of 6earing with Special Tooi
6. Install the new upper half with the use of
the special tool by rotating the crankshaft in a
counter-clockwise direction.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 29 - Engine With Main Bearing Caps Installed and Locked
1. Rear Oil Seal Cap Serews
7. Remove the tool from oil hole in crank-
shaft and install the new lower-half ofthe bearing
into the bearing cap. Check clearance of the
new main bearing with plastigage.
8. If the clearances of aH main bearings are
within specifications, oil aH journals. Then in-
stall the front cap, oil pump shim (if present)
and oil pump. Also install the center main
bearing cap. Tighten both main bearings to the
specified torque. (100-110 ft. lbs.)
CA UTlO'N: If the crankshaft is scored,
tapered, or worn so that the new bear-
ings do not fit with the proper clear-
ance, the crankshaft must be removed
and either replaced, or reground to fit
undersized bearings.
9. Install the rear main bearing cap and
tighten bearing cap screws ONLY FIN GER
TIGHT. InstaH the two cap screws, No. 1,
Fig. 29, into the rear oil seal and tighten 8-10
ft. lbs. torque. Then tighten rear bearing cap
screws to the proper torque and lock all main
bearing cap screws with wire as shown in
Fig. 29.
10. After performing step No. 9, install the
packing into each side of the rear bearing cap
as shown in Fig. 30. Use a brass rod or sorne
other suitable tool and force the packing in by
tapping with a mallet. Continue this packing
procedure until the hole is solidly filled. Trim
off the excess packing so that it is flush with
the surface.
11. Complete reassembly by installing the
oil screen assembly and oil pan.
13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J34 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

Fig. 30 - Installing Packing Into Rear Main Bearing Cap

Fig. 32 - Engine Nomenclature
1. Cap Screw 4. Oil Pump Shim (If Present)
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL 2. Oil line 5. Front Main Bearing Cap
3. Oi 1 Pump 6. Crankshalt Timing Gear
Use extreme care when removing and handUng 7. Remove the front main bearing cap screws,
the crankshaft. Use a work stand for efficient also the oil pump No. 3, Fig. 32, oil pump
servicing and to prevent damage to the crank- shim, No. 4, Fig. 32, (if present), and front
shaft and other parts. main bearing cap, No. 5, Fig. 32.
1. Remove engine from tractor see Page 2. 8. Remove crankshaft timing gear, No. 6,
2. Mount engine in engine stand invert engine Fig. 32, by threading two boIts into the gear,
and remove oil pan. and using a suitable puller.
3. Remove the clutch, flywheel and rear oil 9. Disconnect the connecting rod bearing
seaI. caps and mark them if they are not numbered
4. RElmove the crankshaft starter jaw, then so that they can be reinstalled on the same
remove pulley from front end of crankshaft as connecting rad.
shown in Fig. 31.
5. Remove timing gear cover. NOTE: The pistons and connecting
6. Disconnect the oil Une at the oil pump, rods may be left in the sleeves if only
see Fig. 32. Remove the cap screw securing the crankshaft is to be serviced.
the oil screen to the center main cap and re-
move oil screen assembly from engine. 10. Remove the cap screws and bearing caps
from the center and rear main bearings.
Il. Remove the crankshaft and install the
main bearing caps to prevent them from be-
coming damaged.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft
as outlined in the general engine section.
Specifications are as follows:
Crankshaft
Main bearing journal diameter
2.249-2.250 inches
Minimum journal diameter - (max. wear)
2.248 inches
End play 0.004-0.006· inch
Crank pin journal diameter
1.9365-1.9375 inches
Minimum crank pin diameter - (max. wear)
Fig. 31 - Removing Pulley From Crankshaft 1.9355 inches

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Main Bearings
Diameter of bearing bore in block
2.4365-2.4372 inches
Bearing clearance limits 0.0005-0.0027 inch
Desired Clearance
Wear Limits - (max. clearance)
If any of the main or crank pin journals are
worn beyond specifications, more than 0.0015
inch out-of-round or tapered more than 0.001
inch, the crankshaft must either be replaced
or reground and fitted with undersize bearings.
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION
Fig. 33 shows the crankshaft with main
bearing inserts and caps. Notice that the lower-
half of the rear main bearing inserts No. 5,
Fig. 33 is made differently and is not inter-
changeable with the upper half No. 4, Fig. 33.
When installing the crankshaft it is a good
practice to instaU new main bearings and oil
seals.
1. Install the upper main bearing inserts
into their bores.
NOTE: Make sure that the bearing
inserts and bearing bores are clean
and that the inserts are of the correct
size.
0.002 inch
0.0037 inch
2. Carefully clean aU main bearing caps
and install the new bearing inserts. Make sure
that the packing grooves in the rear main
bearing cap are clean.
3. Carefully lower the crankshaft into place
and check clearance of each main bearing with
plastigage. Refer to general engine section
for use of plastigage. Tighten main bearing
cap screws to 100-110 ft. lbs. torque.
4. If clearances of aU main bearings are
within specifications, apply a light coating of
oil to the bearings and journals, install the
bearing caps and torque to specifications.
5. Measure and play of crankshaft as shown
in Fig. 34. If end play exceeds 0.008 in.,
install new center main bearing inserts.
6. Loosen the rear main bearing cap screws
and install the new rear oil seal. (Refer to
page 16 for procedure on instaUing new rear
oil seal.)

Fig_ 33 - Crankshaft With Main Bearing Inserts and Caps

1. Cronkshoft 5. Reor Moin Beoring Insert (Lower-Holl)
2. Front Beoring Inserts 6. Rear Mein Beoring Cop
3. Center Beoring Inserts 7. Center Moin Bearing Cap
4. Reor Moin Beoring Insert (Upper-Holl) 8. Front Moin Beoring Cop

15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE
Fig. 34. Measuring Crankshaft End Play
7. Install aIl the oil seal cap screws and
tighten to 8-10 ft., lbs torque. Then retighten
rear bearing cap screws to specified torque
and install packing. Refer to steps No. 9 and
10 of inspection and replacement of main
bearings.
8. Complete reassembly by reversing the
steps under crankshaft removal.
NOTE: Make sure that all of the main
bearing cap screws are properly
torqued and locked with wire before
installing the oil pan.
Crankshaft Oil Seals
The crankshaft is provided with a front and
rear oil sea!. The front oil seal is located in
the recess of the timing gear cover, See Fig.
36. The rear oil seal is contained in a one-
piece retainer held in position at the rear of
the engine block with cap screws, see Fig. 37.
Whenever the crankshaft is removed, it is
always good practice to replace the seals.
Fig. 35. Installing New Front Oil Seal
16
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Fig. 36. Properly Positioned Front Oil Seal
INSPECTION
Once the timing gear cover is removed the
front seal may be inspected without it being
pressed from the cover. Examine both seals
carefully for damage. If a seal shows any sign
of wear, scratches or cuts, it must be replaced.
AIso, examine the surfaces on which the seals
make contact. Any scratches or other damage
to these surfaces must be polished out before
reassembly.
NOTE: Examine very carefully the
contact surface on t~e fan drive pulley.
Scratches, or roughness of any kind,
will eventually damage the front seal
and cause an oil leak.
INSTALLATION
Wh en installing the oil seals, always make
sure that the feathered edge of the seai faces
the source of oil.
To install a new front oil seal, the old seal
should be pressed out and the new one pressed
in as shown in Fig. 35. The front seal should
be positioned flush with the rear of the cover
as shown in Fig. 36.
The rear oil seal as shown in Fig. 37, must
be carefully installed on the shaft or it may
become damaged. To install, the rear oil seai
with the rear main bearing cap removed:
1. Lightly coat the shaft with engine oil.
2. Install a new oil seal gasket.
3. CAREFULLY slide the seal onto the shaft.
4. Install the rear main bearing cap and
tighten the cap screws only finger tight.
5. Install the 5 rear oil seal cap screws and
tighten to 8-10 ft. lbs. torque.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 PART 2 - ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 38 - Engine Nomenclature

1. Governor Shaft and Roce Assembly 4. Comshoft Timing Geer
2. Camshoft Nu! 5. Camshalt Thrus! Plate
3. Governor Driver Assembly 6. Comsholt
Fig. 37 - Engine With Rear Oil Seal Installed
3. Remove the rocker arm assembly and
6. Tighten rear main bearing cap screws to push rods.
100-110 ft. lbs. torque, lock with wire and 4. Remove the distributor.
install packing into main bearing cap as shown 5. Remove the oil pan, oil screen and tube
in Fig. 30. assembly.
6. Remove the timing gear cover.
IMPORTANT: If the rear bearing cap 7. Slide the governor shaft and race assembly ,
is in Place make sure that it is flush No. 1, Fig. 38, out of the end of the camshaft.
with the block before tightening the oil
seal cap screws. NOTE: Set up a dial indicator as
shown in Fig. 39 and pry the camshaft
as far rearward as Possible. Set the
Camshaft indicator at "zero" and pry the cam-
shaft as far forward as Possible. The
The camshaft is supported in the block by
three journals. The journals ride directly in
end play should be between .003-.007in.
bores machined inside the block (without bush-
If the end Play exceeds .007 in., install
a new thrust plate during reassembly.
ings) with a normal operating clearance of
0.0025 - 0.0045 in. Also check the backlash of the timing
as outlined under "Timing
New camshaft journal diameters are as
follows:
Front. 1.808 -1.809 in.
Center 1. 7455 -1. 7465 in.
Rear . . 1. 683 - 1. 684 in.
End play is controlled by a thrust plate No. 5,
Fig. 38, that bolts to the front of the block.
Normal camshaft end play is 0.003-0.007 in.
Camshaft lobe specifications are as follows:
(part No. 1 750 293 Ml)
Cam lift - intake .212 in.
Cam lift - exhaust .212 in.

REMOVAL

To remove the camshaft proceed as follows:

1. Remove engine from tractor, see page
2. Place engine on work stand. Fig. 39 • Measuring Camshaft End Play

17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE
Fig. 40. Removing Camshaft Timing Gear
8. Remove the nut No. 2, Fig. 38, which
secures the camshaft timing gear and the
governor driver assembly, No. 3, Fig. 38.
Then remove the assembly from the camshaft.
9. PuU the camshaft gear as shown in Fig. 40.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the
governor shaft bore in the end of the
camshaft.
10. Turn engine upside down so that the
mushroom tappets will faU away from the
camshaft and will not interfere with its removal.
11. Remove the camshaft thrust plate, No. 1,
Fig. 41, and carefully slide camshaft forward
out of the block .
Fig. 41 • Camshaft With Thrust Plate Installed
1. Camshaft Th,ust Plate
18
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean the camshaft with a suitable
solvent. Make sure all oil holes are open and
clean.
The camshaft should be inspected as follows:
1. Visually inspect the camshaft journals
and lobes. If the journals are excessively
scored, nicked or discolored by heat, or if
the lobes are pitted, rough or show wear, the
camshaft should be replaced.
2. Visually inspect the distributor drive gear
for broken or chipped teeth, or any signs of
wear. Discard camshaft if any of these con-
ditions are present.
3. Measure the diameter of the journals for
wear, or out-of-round with a micrometer. If
journal diameters measure less than the follow-
ing specifications, or if more than 0.001 in.
out-of-round, the shaft must be replaced.
Front journal 1.807 in.
Center journal 1. 7445 in.
Rear journal 1. 682 in.
4. Measure the camshaft bores in the blôck
with a hole gauge and micrometer as shown in
Fig. 42. Then compare each bore diameter to
its mating journal diameter. The block and/or
camshaft is unfit for further use if the clearance
exceeds 0.009 inch.
Fig. 42. Measuring Camshaft Bores in Black
CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION
Before installing the camshaft, check the vent
opening see No. 1, Fig. 43. If this opening is
obstructed, the governor will not operate pro-
perly.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 43· Vent Opening ln Camshaft

1. Vent Opening
To install the camshaft proceed as follows:
1. Lubricate the journals and lobes with
engine oil, then carefully install the camshaft
in the block.
2. Install the thrust plate and tighten cap
screws. Check end play as shown in Fig. 39.
Refer to the "NOTE" under step No. 7 of
camshaft removal.
3. Install the camshaft timing gear; refer to
the "CAUTION" under installation of camshaft
timing gear. Make sure that the timing gear
marks are aligned.
4. Install the governor driver assembly and
tighten nut to 70-80 ft. lbs. torque.
5. Install the governor shaft and race as·
sembly into the end of the camshaft.
Fig. 44 • Marking on Front of Block
INSPECTION
Any time that the engine is disassembled the
timing gears must be inspected. Inspect the
timing gears as follows:
1. Visually inspect the gears. If the teeth
are broken, chipped or scored the gear or
gears must be replaced. Also, replace the
gears if there is an uneven wear pattern.
2. Measure the backlash of the gears with a
thickness gauge or dial indicator as shawn in
Fig. 45. Install new gears if clearance exceeds
0.002 in. Excessive backlash will damage the
governar driver assembly.

Timing Gears

The timing gears used in this engine are

available in different sizes ranging from .002
inch oversize to Standard and from Standard
to .002 inch undersize. These gears are
marked with an S for Standard, and 0 for

~
oversize and a U for undersize. Example:
2 .002 Oversize, ~ .002 inch Undersize.
pon removing the timing gear coyer and
gasket a mark will be found on the front of the
block as shown in Fig. 44. This mark will
show what gears to use. Example: shows
that the combination between the crankshaft
®
gear and camshaft gear must be .002 oversize.
Therefore a crankshaft gear .001 oversize and
a camshaft gear .001 oversize may be used.
Also a Standard crankshaft gear or camshaft
Fig. 45 • Measuring Timing Gear 8acklash
gear and a .002 inch oversize camshaft gear or
crankshaft gear may be used.

19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J34 ENG/NE
REMOVAL
To remove the timing gears proceed as
follows:
1. Remove the nut that secures the camshaft
gear and the governor driver assembly, then
remove driver assembly from camshaft gear.
2. Remove the camshaft timing gear with a
puller as shown in Fig. 40.
3. Install boIts into the two tapped holes in
the crankshaft timing gear and remove gear
with puller.
INSTALLATION
Before installing new timing gears make sure
that they are of the correct size.
To install the timing gears proceed as
follows:
1. With the keys in place, drive the camshaft
gear onto the camshaft.
NOTE: Black the camshaft forward sa
that in driving the gear, the camshaft
will not damage the expansion plug at
the rear of the black.
2. Install the governor driver assembly onto
the camshaft timing gear. Tighten nut to 70-80
ft. lbs. of torque.
THROTTLE ROD.
---T-----~~~~~-
BUMPER
Fig. 46· Governor Controls and Linkage
20
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
3. Make sure timing marks are in alignment
then drive the crankshaft timing gear onto the
cr ankshaft.
4. Check timing gear backlash, (Repeat step
No. 2 under timing gear inspection). There
must not be more than 0.002 inch backlash.
5. Install the governor shaft and race as-
sembly into the end of the camshaft and re-
assemble engine.
Governor And Timing Geer Cover
The governor is a centrifugaI, variable speed
control type and is mounted on the camshaft in
front of the camshaft timing gear. The unit has
ten evenly spaced ball-weights that are held in
a metal retainer.
The governor mechanism is enclosed in the
timing gear coyer and is connected through its
linkage to the throttle and the carburetor butter-
fly see Fig. 46. The governor is lubricated by
engine oil metered from the front camshaft
bearing.
Engine speeds from 450 - 2,250 RPM may be
obtained by the hand throttle. The governor
will maintain any given speed between 900 -
2,000 RPM when under varying loads.
~/'
'
COMPENSATING SPRING.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Governor Action
Opening the hand throttle increases the
governor lever spring tension. This causes
the governor linkage to overcome the force of
the ball-weights, thereby, openingthe carburetor
throttle butterfly and permitting a greater
amount of fuel mixture to enter the cylinder
which increases the engine speed. The in-
crease in speed gives greater force to the
governor ball-weights, which begin to over-
come the spring tension and partially closes
the throttle butterfly. A balance is reached
between the action of the ball-weights and the
spring tension, and is maintained until either
the load or position of the hand throttle is
changed.
When the hand throttle is set for a certain
speed and the load increases, there is a tendency
to reduce the relative force of the governor
ball-weights, thereby, permitting the spring
tension to open the throttle butterfly, com-
pensating for the increased load. Exactly the
opposite condition occurs if the load is de-
creased.
Proper governor action must be obtained to
have steady and efficient lugging power. Any
binding or mal ad just ment will result in faulty
or erratic operation.
To check the Governor Action proceed as
follows:
1. Start engine and allow it to reach operating
temperature.
NOTE: Make sure that the carburetor
is properly adjusted. Also, that the
low and high idle speeds are set pro-
perly. Refer to heading named "Ad-
justments".
2. Set the throttle control lever for 1000 RPM.
NOTE: Use an engine RPM test gauge
or PTO speed reading for testing or
adjusting the governor.
3. Set the brake.
4. Shift to high range-third gear and slowly
engage the clutch.
5. Observe the governor lever, See Fig. 46.
The governor action should cause the lever to
quickly pull the throttle rod forward without
any delay.
6. If the governor is inoperative at 1000
Engine RPM, the bumper spring screw should
be backed out to make sure that it does not
contact the bumper spring. Then repeat steps
No. (1) through (5).
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
7. If the desired governor action is still not
obtained check the external governor linkage
for binding and proper adjustment.
NOTE: If surging is experienced, it
is, in all probability, the result of
mal adjustment binding or wear. Do
not at this point attempt to overcome
surging by turning in the bumper
screw as this deadens governor action
at law speeds. Determine the cause of
surging and eliminate it.
locating Bincling
To check the exterior governor linkage for
binding, open and close the hand throttle and
note the following pOints: Correct as listed if
necessary.
1. GOVERNOR LEVER SPRING AND ENGINE
BLOCK - Move the U-bolt assembly forward on
throttle rod, being careful not to have inter-
ference between compensating spring and water
outlet elbow housing.
2. CONTROL ROD AND THE GOVERNOR
LEVER ASSEMBLY - Place the tractor wrench
against the bottom of the vertical part of the
governor lever and bend it outward until bind-
ing is eliminated.
3. GOVERNOR LEVER SHAFT AND FRONT
COVER HOUSING - Remove governor spring
from governor rod slot and move lever back
and forth to check for binding. Binding will be
due to dirt or a damaged shaft. The latter will
require removing the front cover to correct.
4. COMPENSATING SPRING OR TOP OF
GOVERNOR ROD AND WATER OUT LET
ELBOW HOUSING - Move U-boltassembly back
on throttle rod until binding is eliminated. Re-
check Step (1).
5. CONTROL ROD CLEVIS PIN AND GOVER-
NOR LEVER - Loosen lock nut and retighten,
holding clevis in a position where no binding
occurs.
6. COTTER PIN ON CARBURETOR END OF
CONTROL ROD AND THROTTLE LEVER AS-
SEMBLy - Cotter pin should be installed from
the top of the throttle rod with the pin wrapped
neatly around the rod.
21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

If no external binding is present, if the

governor linkage is in correct adjustment, and
the governor is still inoperative at 1000 RPM,
the difficulty probably results from the gover-
nor bumper spring extending too far away from
the coyer assembly.
To check proceed as follows:
1. With the engine not running, disconnect
the governor lever spring from the throttle
control plunger and push the governor lever
assembly to the idle position.
2. If, while moving the carburetor control
rod against the idle stop, a springy action is
noted, the governor bumper spring extends out Fig.48-Governor Driver Assembly Installed on Front of Camshaft
too far and must be bent in toward the cover. 1. Camshalt Nul 2. Governor Driver Assembly
This will require removing the front cover. 6. Remove the three front oil pan cap screws
The governor bumper screw should be left and loosen the remaining oil pan cap screws.
out of contact with the bumper spring unless Remove the breather tube from the valve cover,
aU other attempts to correct the surging fail. then remove the timing gear cover, governor
As a last resort, run the engine at full throttle race and shaft No. 1, Fig. 47.
and turn in the bumper screw until the RPM 7. Remove the nut No. 1, Fig. 48 and remove
just starts to increase. Tighten the lock nut the governor driver assembly No. 2, Fig. 48.
to hold this position.
REMOVAL INSPECTION AND SERVICING
To remove the governor mechanism and
The governor shaft and race assembly No. 3,
timing gear coyer proceed as follows: Fig. 49 has a 0.002 inch - 0.004 inch clearance
1. Remove hood and drain radiator. in the camshaft. If the clearance exceeds
2. Disconnect radiator support rod and radia- 0.006 inch or if the race is worn at the baIl
tor hoses. contact surface, it should be replaced.
3. Support tractor under transmission hous-
ing: Disconnect radius rods and unbolt the NOTE: Check the vent opening, No .. 1,
front axle support from engine. Then roll the Fig. 43, in the camshaft. If this vent
front axle, 'Support and radiator (as an assembly) opening is obstructed, it will be im-
away from the tractor. possible to obtain proper operation of
4. Remove the fan blade, fan belt, crankshaft the governor.
starter jaw and pulley.
5. Disconnect the carburetor control rod and
the governor spring from the governor lever.

Fig. 49 - Engine Nomenclature

1. Gavernor Driver Assembly 5. Needle Beoring (2 Sels)
2. Camshalt Nul 6. Oil Seol
Fig. 47 - Engine With Timing Gear Cover Removed 3. Governor Shah and Roce Assembly 7. DuslSeal
1. Govemor Shalt and Roce Assembly 2. lip 4. Govemor Shalt Lever Assembly Wilh Pin

22
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Fig. 50 - Pipe Plug Removed From Timing Gear Cover
The governor shaft lever assembly, No. 4,
Fig. 49 is supported in the timing gear cover
by two sets of needle bearings No. 5, Fig. 49.
An oil seal No. 6, Fig. 49 and dust seal No. 7,
Fig. 49 are installed in the housing around the
governor shaft. The shaft is held in position
by a pin through the governor lever and shaft.
Check the governor shaft for binding or loose-
ness in the needle bearings prior to its dis-
assembly. If side movement of the shaft or
rough rolling needles are evident, the bearings
must be replaced.
To replace the needle bearings, oil seal,
dust seal or governor shaft, it is necessary to
remove the shaft from the cover.
To remove the shaft:
1. Remove the pipe plug from front of cover
See Fig. 50.
2. Drive Pin, No. 1, Fig. 51 out of the
governor lever and shaft and withdraw shaft
from cover.
Fig. 51 - Rear View of Timing Gear Cover
1. Governor Shaft Lever Assembly With Pin
2. Needle Becring (Inside Set) 3. Becring Stop Pin
ENG/NE OVERHAUl. PROCEDURES
Fig. 52 - Removing Needle Bearings From Timing Gear Cover
After the shaft has been removed the bearings
and seals can be replaced as follows:
1. With a suit able tool pry the oil seal out
of the cover.
2. With a very small punch drive the short
bearing stop pin No. 3, Fig. 51 in until it is
free and remove it from the inside of the bore.
3. Drive the needle bearings out of the cover
using a mandrel as shown in Fig. 52.
4. Use the same mandrel and drive the first
set of the new needle bearings, No. 2, Fig. 51
into the cover until it just clears the bearing
stop pin hole, No. 3, Fig. 51. Then install a
new pin into the hole.
5. Drive the second set of needle bearings in
until it is flush with the bottom of the counter-
bored ail seal hole.
6. Drive the oH seal into position as shown
in Fig. 53, and install the dust seaI, No. 7,
Fig. 49.
Fig. 53 - Installing New Qil Seal Into Timing Gear Caver
23
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEl Z-J34 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

7. Insert the governor shaft through the cover
and into the lever; Une up the holes in the
shaft and lever, then insert a new pin.
8. Install the pipe plug into the front of the
timing gear cover and reassemble onto engine.
NOTE: When installing the governor
race and shaft, position it so that the
lip, No. 2, Fig. 47, is at the 8 o'clock
position as viewed from the front.
Adjust idle speeds and governor linkage as
outlined under governor adjustments.
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT
If the governor or the linkage has been dis-
assembled, replaced or is not properly adjusted,
follow the complete adjustment procedure in
the order that it is given.
low Id/e Speed
Set engine idle speed as foIlows:
1. Start the engine and move the throttle
lever to the idle position.
2. Hold the throttle control rod No. 7, Fig.
54, rearward against the idling stop and adjust
the idUng speed to 450-500 RPM (PTO speed
of 160-180 RPM)
Adiust Control Rod length
To adjust the control rod, No. 7, Fig. 54,
stop the engine and proceed as follows:
1. Move the throttle lever to the wide-open
position.
2. Remove the clevis pin, No. 8, Fig. 54 from
the control rod clevis.
3. Hold the governor lever, No. 12, Fig. 54
and the control rod aIl the way forward. Then
adjust the control rod length so that the clevis
must be moved back 1/32 inch to insert the
clevis pin.
4. Lock the clevis and reinstall the clevis
pin.

ç------

Fig. 54. Governor Adjustment

1. Throttle Control Lever 8. Clevis Pin
2. Cork Washer 9. Governor Lever Arm Red
3. Clamp la. Throttle Control Plunger
4. Throttle Rod 11. Governor Lever Spring
5. Compensotin; Spring 12. Gove,"or Lever Assembly
6. Compensating Spring Link 13. Bumper Spring
7. Control Rad 14. Bumper Screw

24
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Ad;ust Governor Lever Arm Roel
With the engine not running, proceed as
follows:
1. Place the throttle lever in idling position
(just short of the forward stop).
2. Check if the compensating spring link, No.
6, Fig. 54 is touching the throttle rod. If it is
not, loosen the U-bolt and rotate it on the throttle
rod until the compensating link just touches
the throttle rod. Then retighten U-bolt.
3. Check to see if the governor lever arm
rod, No. 9, Fig. 54 is long enough so that the
throttle control plunger, No. 10, Fig. 54 con-
tacts the horizontal arm of the governor lever
No. 12, Fig. 54 and holds the control rod
against the id le stop. If not, remove the gover- .
nor lever spring, No. 11, Fig. 54 and loosen
the lock nut on the governor lever arm rod.
Adjust the length of the rod until it contacts
the arm of the governor lever and holds the
control rod against the idle stop.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
4. Reinstall the governor lever spring then
with the throttle still in the idling position,
check the top end of the spring to make sure
that it is under a slight tension in the slot. If
the spring is not under tension and floats freely
. in the middle of the slot, the spring is too long
and must be replaced or shortened.
5. Start engine and remove throttle lever to
wide open position. Engine high idle speed
should be between 2200-2250 RPM. (PTO speed
of 792-810). If the high id le speed is not within
this range, loosen the U-Bolt and rotate it on
the throttle rod,No. 4, Fig. 54, until the correct
speed is obtained. Retighten U- BoIt.
To Remove ThroHIe Control Lever "Creep"
1. Increase the spring compression on the
cork washer under the instrument panel, No. 2,
Fig. 54, by relocating the clamp, No. 3, Fig. 54.
2. If step No. 1 does not stop the "creep"
replace the cork washer.
3. Shorten the compensating spring.
25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4

LUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVICING

1 NDEX
Page Page
Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 2 Oil Filter . . . . • • • •6
Oil Intake Sere en Assembly . • . . 2 Oil Pressure Gauge . . .6
Oil Pump• . • . • • • . . . . . • . 3 Crankease Ventilation .6

The Z-134 Engine uses a full pressure lubrication system in which oil from the
crankcase is pumped, under pressure, to all ofthe bearing surfaces in the engine.
The essential parts of this system are the crankcase and oil supply, oil pump,
screened oil intake, drilled oil passages, oil filter, relief valve in the oil pump,
pressure gauge and oil level indicator.
In operation, oil is pressure fed to the main bearings, crank pins, camshaft and
rocker shaft. By using a timed hole in the crankshaft, oil is spurt fed to the timing
gears, cylinders and pistons. The tappets, wrist pins and governor are splash fed.
Refer to Figure Nos. 1 & 2.
The capacity of the oil crankcase is 6 U. S. quarts wh en the filter is changed. If
the filter is not changed the capacity is 5 U.S. quarts.

Fig. l - Engine Oiling System (Side View)

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-734 ENGINE
Fig. 2 - Engine Oiling System (End View)
OIL PAN
Removal
1. Drain the crankcase
2. Support the oil pan with a moveable floor
jack.
3. Remove boUs securing the oil pan to the
transmission housing, engine block and timing
gear cover.
4. Lower the jack and while steadying the
oil pan, roll the jack out from under the engine.
Inspection
1. Thoroughly inspect areas showing external
leaks to determine if the oil pan is cracked.
If cracked it must be replaced.
Installation
1. Thoroughly clean and desludge the oil
pan.
2. Remove aIl old gasket material from the
mating surfaces of the oil pan, timing gear
cover, engine block and transmission housing.
2
GROUP 1- SECTION B - PART 4
Fig. 3 - Oil Intake Sereen Assembly and Oil Pump
3. Using new gaskets and a suitable gasket
sealing compound, replace the oil pan and
secure with proper boUs. Be sure to check
sealing surfaces of the oil pan for external
leaks. Correct any leaks discovered.
OIL INT AKE SCREEN ASSEMBL y
The oil is drawn from the oil sump through
the floating oil· intake by the oil pump, see
Fig. 3. The oil intake assembly partially
fiUers the oil and allows only the upper lev el
oil to enter the system rather than the oil
from the bottom of the sump.
Any time that the oil intake assembly is
removed it must be installed so that it floats
freely and is not forced to remain below the
oil level.
Removal and Disassembly
1. Remove boU No. 8, Fig. 4, attaching
screen to cent~ main bearing cap.
2. Loosen brass fitting No. 4, Fig. 4, and
remove screen and tubing as an assembly.
3. To further disassemble the oil intake
screen assembly, remove cotter pin No. 6,
Fig. 4, from clamp and slide short elbow
tubing section and screen away from the main
tube assembly.
Inspection
1. Inspect the float body for punctures.
2. Inspect the float screen for clogging.
3. Check the tubing and make sure that it
is not plugged.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4 tUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVleiNG

,Fig. 4 - Nomenclature Fig. 5 - Oil Pump With Shims

1. Oil Pump Shim 5. Oil Screen Tube Assembly 1. Front Main Bearing Cap
2. Oil Pump 6. Cotter Pin 2. Oil Pump Shim
3. Inlet E Ibow 7. Oil Screen 3. Oil Pump
4. Brass Nut 8. Boit 4. Cover Plote

Oisassembly
Reassembly and Installation

1. Reassemble the screen and tubing and 1. Remove the screws retaining the caver
insert cotter pin. plate, see No. 4, Fig. 5.
2. Secure brass fitting ta intake side of
ail pump. NOTE: When removing the cover
3. Secure tubing ta center main. plate notice the location of the re-
lieved portion on the inside of the
, Oll PUMP cover plate, see Fig. 6.
The ail pump is a positive displacement,
single-stage gear-type pump driven by the crank-
shaft timing gear and boUed ta the bottom of
the front main bearing cap.
Normal ail pressure at 1500 RPM is 20 ta
30 PSI and may be checked by tapping into the
ail pressure Une. The accuracy of the ail
pressure gauge, on the tractor instrument
panel may also be checked by this means.

Removal

1. Drain the ail and remove the ail pan.

2. Remove the ail intake tube and screen
assembly.
3. Remove the boUs securing the ail pump
ta the front main bearing cap.

NOTE: When removing the pump,

observe the number of shims, No. 2,
Fig. 5, present between the pump and
the front main bearing cap.
Fig. 6 - Relieved Portion of Cover Plate

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4

Fig. 7 - Exploded View of Oil Pump Fig. 9 - Installing Bushings

1. Set Screw 9. Plug
2. Oil Pump Driven Geer 10. Idler Geer Stud
3. Oi 1 Pump Body 11. Jdler Geer Inspection
4. Relief Velve 12. Cover Plate
5. Pres~ure Regulating Spring 13. Gesket, "Lead"
6. Regulating Spring Retainer 14. Lead Gear and Shaft Assembly
7. Pressure Adjusting Washer 15. Bushing 1. Inspect the pump gears and shafts for
8. Cotter Pin scuffing, scoring, or any other abnormal wear
2. Lift out the ail pump idler gear, No. 11, patterns. Replace those parts showing ex-
Fig. 7. cessive wear.
3. Remove set screw, No. 1, Fig. 7, from
ail pump driven gear, No. 2, Fig. 7. Reossembly
4. Set the pump in a press and using a
suitable sized mandrel, press out the shaft 1. Align the tapped hale in the driven gear
from the driven gear and housing. with the one in the shaft and, supporting the
5. The bushings may be removed with an gear shaft from underneath, press the drive
arbor press, or as shawn in Fig. 8. gear onto the shaft. Press the gear onto the
6. New pre-sized bushings are available for shaft just far enough sa that there is no end-
service and can be pressed into the pump play and the gears will turn freely. Replace
housing using a bushing driver as shawn in the set screw holding the drive gear on the
Fig. 9. shaft.
2. Replace the pump idler gear in the pump
and check movement of the gears.
3. Using a dial indicator, as shawn in Fig.
10, check the backlash in the pump gears.
The backlash should not exceed 0.007 inch.
4. Using feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig. 11,
check the clearance between the pump body
and the outside diameter of the pump gears.
This clearance should be 0.003 ta 0.004 inch.
If the clearance exceeds 0.005 inch, with a
new drive gear and shaft in place, a new
pre-sized bushing must be pressed into the
housing body as shawn in Fig. 9.

NOTE: . Excessive clearance between

the pump body and gears may be a
factor causing low oïl pressure.
Fig. 8 - Removing Bushings.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4
Fig. 10 - Measuring Gear Backlash
r ' ...
Fig. 11 - Measuring Pump Bady T 0 Gear Clearance
5. Use a new lead gasket, No. 13, Fig. 7,
between the pump housing and the cover plate
to maintain the proper side clearance for the
pump gears.
NOTE: RePlace the caver plate with
the relieved portion of the plate ta the
exhaust side of the ail pump.
LUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVICING
Fig. 12 - Measuring Gear Backlash
Installat; on
1. BoIt the pump and front main bearing cap
in position with the shims installed between
the pump housing and the bearing cap. Torque
the cap screws to 100 to 110 ft. lbs.
2. Using a dial indicator as shown in Fig. 12,
check the backlash between the pump drive
gear and the crankshaft timing gear.
This backlash should be 0.005 to 0.010 inch ..
If the backlash exceeds 0.010 inch, remove
enough shims from between the pump housing
and the bearing cap to proper ly adjust the
backlash. If the drive gear has less than
0.005 inch backlash, it will be neeessary to
add shims.
NOTE: Make sure that the front main
bearing cap screws are tightened ta
the proper torque. If they are not
tightened properly false readings will
be shawn on the dial indicator.
3. Secure front main bearing cap screws with
wire.
OIL PUMP RELIEF VALVE
Removal
1. Remove the eotter pin, retainer, spring
and valve, see Fig. 7.
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE
Inspection
The relief valve spring should have a free
length of 2 inches and when tested in a spring
tester, should check 8-1/4 pounds at a working
length of 1-3/8 inch. If the spring is slightly
below specifications or if the engine oil pres-
sure is low and it is suspected that the relief
valve is relieving at a lower pressure, spacers
may be placed under the spring to increase
the pressure at which the relief valve will
open.
New valve springs are available and must
be installed when the oId spring is defective
or too far below the spring-test specifications.
Installation
1. Install the relief valve in the sequence
shown in Fig. 7, and install the cotter pin
through the oil pump body. The relief valve
should open at 30 pounds per square inch.
OIL FILTER
The oil filter housing on .the Z-134 engine
is bolted to a boss on the right rear side of
the engine block.
The oil is delivered to the fiUer through
the center main bearing and is returned to
the crankcase through drillings in the end of
the fiUer housing center bolt, see Fig. 13.
The oil enters the fiUer housing around the
outside of the fiUer element and passes through
the element into the center.
Fig. 13 - Flow of Oil Through Filter
Removal
1. Remove fiUer housing center boit, caver
and element as a unit.
2. Remove the filter from the fiUer housing.
Reassembly and Installation
1. Place the filter element into the housing
sa that the ring, attached ta the filter, is
exposed.
6
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4
2. Place the new gaskets into position and
then install the fiUer housing onto the engine
block and tighten the center bolt. See Fig. 14
for proper sequence of parts.
3. Be sure to check for external leaks around
the filter housing once servicing of the lubri-
cation system has been completed.
Fig. 14 - Oil Filter With Sequence of Parts
1. Qil Filter Cover Screw 6, Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
2. Cover Screw Gasket 7. Qil Filter Element
3.
4.
Filter Cover
Filter Cover Spring
8.
9.
Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
5. Spring Retoiner
OIL PRESS URE GAUGE
The oil pressure gauge is located on the
instrument panel. The gauge is connected to
the main oil galley by an oil pressure tube
and fitting threaded into the right rear side
of the engine block.
Never operate the engine without an oil
pressure gauge or with a gauge that is not
operating properly. Replace any gauge that is
defective. Insufficient oil pressure will result
in serious damage to the engine.
The operation and accuracy of the oil pres-
sure gauge may be checked by tapping into
the oil pressure Une.
CRANKCASE VENTILATION
The engine crankcase is vented through the
vent tube in the valve cover. The vent tube
allows the engine to "breathe" during opera-
tion and prevents a build up of pressure in
the crankcase. Improper crankcase ventilation,
prevents the condensation from vaporizing and
escaping to the atmosphere. This condition
will result in oil dilution which creates sludge
and in time will cause extensive damage to
engine parts. A plugged vent tube can be the
cause of excessive ail consumption.
Whenever the tractor is serviced, the vent
tube should be checked and if necessary re-
moved and cleaned.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 1 SECTION B PART 5

COOLING SYSTEMSERVICING
INDEX
Page
Radiator ••• • •• 2
Water Pump. • • 2
Thermostat. • •• 5
Fan Belt ••• . .. 6

The cooling system for the Z-134 engine consists of a pressure type radiator and
cap, fan, water pump, thermostat, hoses and the circulation passages. Radiator
capacity is 10 U.S. quarts.

The coolant in the system is drawn into the pump through the lower radlator hose
and is circulated around the wet sleeves, through the passage-ways, into the head as
shown in Fig. 1. The coolant then circulates through the engine head and passes out
through the outlet elbow, through the hose and thermostat and into the top of the
radiator where it moves downward and is cooled. When the engine Is cold and the
thermostat is closed, the coolant cannot move through the upper hose and into the
radiator. Therefore, a passage has been drilled from the head through the block and
into the water pump housing. Before the thermostat opens, the warm water from the
head returns through this passage to the pump and is pumped into the block. This
recirculation gives a uniform warm-up without hot or cold spots. When the block is
uniformly warm, the thermostat opens and allows sufficient flow through the radiator
to give the necessary cooling.

Fig. 1 - Engine Cooling System

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE
RADIATOR
The radiator is a copper tube and fin type in
which the coolant enters at the top, passes down
through the tubes and is returned to the water
pump from the bottom hose outlet. The radiator
cap is a spring-loaded pressure type cap which
causes the cooling system of the Z-134 engine
to operate at a pressure of six to eight pounds
per square inch. At this pressure, water must
be heated to approximately 2450 F. before it
will boil. This feature permits the engine to
operate at a higher, more efficient temperature.
By ·raising the boiling temperature of alcohol
or other coolant, the pressure system reduces
evaporation losses.
Removal
1. Drain the cooling system and remove the
hood.
2. Disconnect the upper and Iower radiator
hose connections and remove the radiator tie
rod.
3. Loosen the cap screws retaining the radia-
tor to the front axie support and remove the
radiator.
Fig. 2 - Water Pump Nomenclature and Sequence of Parts
1. Gaske!
2. Wc!er Pump Body
3. Impeller
4. Wc!er Pump Seal
2
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 5
Servicing
To obtain minor radiator servicing informa-
tion refer to the General Engine Section Part 5,
Section A, Group 1. If the radiator is damaged
or the cores require cleaning, consult a com-
petent radiator repair shop.
Installation
To install the radiator on the tractor, reverse
the steps listed under "Removing the Radiator" .
Be sure to inspect the hoses for signs of
deterioration and install a good grade of rust-
inhibitor in the cooling system to prevent the
formation of deposits in the water jacket.
WATER PUMP
Removal
1. Drain the cooling System.
2. Remove the fan beIt and fan assembly.
3. Remove the three nuts retaining the pump
drive support, No. 6, Fig. 2, to the pump body,
No. 2, Fig. 2, and remove the support assembly.
5. Gaske! 9. Shah Re!cining Sncp Ring
6. Waler Pump Support 10. Pulley Shroud
7. Wc!er Slinger 11. Wc!er Pump Pulley
8. Shah end Beorings
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 5
Fig. 3 - Removing Pulley From Shaft
Disassembly
1. Remove the pulley shroud, No. 10, Fig. 2.
2. Position a sheave puller attachment in the
beU groove of the pulley, and supporting the
puller attachment in a press, use a suitable
mandrel to press the shaft from the pulley as
shown in Fig. 3. If a sheave puller attachment
is not readily available, a bearing puller at-
tachment may be used in the same manner.
3. Remove the snap ring from the front of
the drive support assembly as shown in Fig. 4.
Fig. 4 - Removing Snap Ring
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICING
Fig. 5 - Removing Shaft From Impeller and Housing
4. Support the drive support assembly in a
bearing puller attachment and, using a suitable
mandrel, press the shaft and bearing assembly
TOW ARD THE FRONT, out of the impeller and
support, as shown in Fig. 5.
5. Invert the support in the press lnd, using
a suitable step plate and mandrel, press the old
seal asse,mbly, No. 4, Fig. 2, out of the support
housing.
Inspection
1. Always assume that the water pump seal
is defective, once the pump has been completely
disassembled. Never replace a used seal in the
pump.
2. Rotate the shaft, No. 8, Fig. 2, in the
bearings by hand. If the bearings are smooth
and free the assembly is serviceable and may
be reinstalled. If the bearings are rough, a new
shaft and bearing assembly must be installed.
3. Check to make sure that the slinger, No. 7,
Fig. 2, is not damaged and fits tightly on the
shaft.
4. Carefully check the machined sealing face
of the impeller, No. 3, Fig. 2. If this face is
worn, rough or pitted a new impeller must be
installed.
5. Clean an parts thoroughly before reas-
sembly.
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE
Fig. 6 - Installing Seal Assembly
Reassembly
1. Carefully place a small amount· of non-
hardening permatex, or other suitable water
cement, in the bottom and sides of the machined
recess for the seal in the drive support housing,
to insure a water-tight seal between the support
and the outside of the seal assembly.
2. Support the drive support housing in a
press, position the seal assemblyand using a
step plate as shown in Fig. 6, press the seal in
until it bottoms in the drive support housing.
Fig. 7 - Installing Shaft Assembly
4
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 5
·1·
1
}
f
1
Fig. 8 - Pressing On Impeller
3. Invert the drive support housing in the press
and position the shaft and bearing assembly on
the housing with the slinger toward the seaI.
Carefully press the shaft assembly in until it
bottoms in the housing, as shown in Fig. 7 and
install the snap ring.
4. Note the chamfer on the impeller end of
the shaft and bearing assembly. The shaft is
chamferred for a length of 5/64 inch. Support
the pulley end of the shaft in the press, and
using a suitable bushing driver, to clear the
shaft, press the impeller on the shaft as shown
in Fig. 8. Press the impeller on until the shaft
extends through the impeller 5/64 inch, or the
length of the chamfer. as shown in Fig. 9.
Fig. 9 - Locating Impeller On Shaft
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 5
Fig. 10 - Positioning Pulley Assembly
5. Support the impeller end of the shaft as-
sembly on a step plate small enough to clear the
impeller fins, and press the pulley assembly
onto the shaft. The pulley should be pressed
onto the shaft until the center-line of the pulley
is 1 11/16 inches from the gasket surface of
the drive support housing, measured as shown
in Fig. 10.
6. Replace the pulley shroud, then using a new
gasket, install the drive support housing onto
the pump body. Install the fan beU and fan.
Position the generator to obtain 1/2 in. fan
beU deflection, then tighten the generator secur-
ing boUs and fill the cooling system with the
proper coolant.
THERMOSTAT
The thermostat is located in the thermostat
body attached to the front of the cylinder head,
with the expansion bellows toward the body as
shown in Fig. 11. !ts purpose is to keep the
engine outlet closed and cause the co.olant to
recirculate through the engine until warm. A
sufficient tempe rature rise of the circulating
coolant will cause the bellows of the thermostat
to elongate and open the passage tothe radiator.
Si milarly , a decrease in temperature will cause
a shortening of the bellows and close the passage
to the radiator.
COOLING SYSTEM SERVIC/NG
Fig. 11 - Thermostat Body and Location Of Thermostat
1. Thermostat Body (gos)
2. Thermostat
3. Woter Outlet Elbow (gos)
Removal
1. Drain the cooling system.
2. Remove the upper radiator hose.
3. Remove the water outlet elbow from the
thermostat body and lift out the thermostat.
Inspection
1. Inspect the thermostat; Check for a broken
spring, broken frame, or ruptured bellows.
2. Check the thermostat operation as outlined
in the General Engine Section, Part 5, Section
A, Group I. Opening temperatures for thermo-
stats used in the Z-134 engine should be 157 to
163 0 F. The thermostat should be fully open at
1750 to 1850 F.
NOTE: Do not attempt to adjust the
temperature range of a thermostat.
Installation
1. Clean the old gasket material from the
mating surfaces of the thermostat housing and
the water outlet elbow.
NOTE: Be careful that none of the old
gasket material is allowed to faZZ into
the water passages.
2. Using a new gasket, install the thermostat
by reversing the removal steps. Make sure that
aIl connections are tight.
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 5

FAN BELl
After final assembly of the cooling system
components, the tension on the fan beU must be
checked and adjusted. This is done by de-
pressing the fan beU midway between the fan
pulley and the generator pulley and measuring
the distance from the top of the depressed beU
to the bottom of a straight edge laid across the
beU where it passes over the pulleys as shown
in Fig. 12. The proper beU deflection is 1/2
inch.

Fig. 12 - Measuring Fan Belt Deflection

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

PART l-A3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Bore . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . . . 3
Piston Displacement . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . 17.4 to 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Maximum Torque. . . 115 ft.-lbs. @ 1250 rpm
Maximum PTO Horsepower . 38. 3 - Nebraska Test No. 807
Combustion System. . . . Combination direct and indirect fuel injection
Low J.cUe Speed . . . . . . · . 675-725 rpm
Rated Engine Speed. . . . · . . . 2000 rpm
High Idle Speed (No Load) · 2135-2185 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . · O. 010" - "Hot"
O. 012" - "Cold"

TORQUE TENSIONS

Cylinder Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 - 60 ft.-Ibs.

Connecting Rods . . . . 45 - 50 ft.-Ibs. - Cadmium-plated
65 - 70 - plain self-locking (early mOdels)
Main Bearings . . . . 110 - 120 ft.-Ibs. (early models)
90 - 95 where slip washers are fitted
Flywheel . . . . · . . 75 ft.-lbs.
Injector Hold-Down Nuts . · 10 - 12 ft.-Ibs.
Balance Weight Capscrews · 50 - 55 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-Ibs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . . . . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews 18 ft.-Ibs.

ENGINE REBUILDING SPECIFICA TlONS

Pistons
Piston Diameter (Measured at Right Angle from Piston Pin Holes):
Top Piston Skirt Diameter:
Engines with Chrome Liners . 3. 5936" - 3.5946"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners 3.5919" - 3. 5929"
Botiom Piston Skirt Diameter .. 3. 5955" - 3. 5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter:
Engines with Chrome Liners . 1. 2495" - 1. 250"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners 1. 24975" - 1. 250"

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

Cylinder Liners
Chrome-Plated Cylinder Liners: (A3. 152 Engines Prior to SeriaI No. 1935854)
Inside Diameter of Liner . 3.6015" - 3.6025"
Outside Diameter of Liner . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6875" - 3.6885"
Cylinder Block Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6875" - 3.6885"
Location of Liner Flange Below Top Face of Block . . . . . , .. 0.001" - 0.009"
Cast Iron Cylinder Liners: (A3. 152 Engines SeriaI No. 1935854, and Up)
Inside Diameter of Liner . 3.6015" - 3. 6025"
Cylinder Block Bore. . . . 3. 6875" - 3. 6885"
Outside Diameter of Liner:
Service Liners. . . 3. 6875" - 3. 6885"
Production Liners . ,. 3. 6895" - 3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . . . From minus O. 001" to plus O. 001" clearance
Production Liners . From minus O. 001" to minus O. 003" interference
LOcation of Cylinder Liner Flange
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to 0.004" below

Piston Pins

Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975" - 1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . O. 0005" - O. 00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore:
Engines with Chrome Liners . . Minus 0.0005" to plus 0.00025"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners Minus O. 00025" to plus 0.00025"

Piston Rings

Ring Side Clearance (One-Piece Rings):

Compression Rings. . . . . . . . . . . 0.0019" - 0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 002" - O. 004"
Ring End Gap (One-Piece Rings) . . . . · 0.009" - 0.013"
(Ring Gap Measured in a 3. 600" Bore)

Connecfing Rods
Inside Bushing Diameter (Finished) . . . . . 1. 2505" - 1. 2515"
Connecting Rod Bore Diameter ... . . . . . 2.3950" - 2.3955"
Rad Bearing Inside Diameter (Standard Size) 2.2515" - 2. 2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
Bearing Clearance . 0.0025" - 0.004"
Rad Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095" - O. 0133"

Crankshaft and Main Bearings

Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 2. 2485" - 2. 249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . .2.7485" - 2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (Standard Size) 2. 7520" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003" - 0.005"
Crankshaft End- Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . · 0.002" - 0.014"

2
i
l
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART t SPECIFICA TlONS

Valves
Valve Head Diameter:
Intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
stem Diameter (Intake and Exhaust) ..
Stem Clearance Limits (Intake and Exhaust)
Face Angle (Intake and Exhaust). . . .
Valve Interference Angle -
Service (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . .1 degree (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . . .
Tappet Setting (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Head Clearance Below Face of Cylinder Head
Clearance Limits (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . .
1. 532" - 1. 536"
1.313" - 1. 317"
0.311" - 0.312"
. . . . . . O. 002" - O. 0045"
Production 450 - 440 service
. . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
. O. 010" (hot), O. 012" (cold)
. O. 070" - O. 140" below face

Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 460 service 45
-
Seat Contact Width 1/16" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Hun-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"

Valve Guides
Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · O. 584" - O. 594"
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 0.314" - 0.3155"
Clearance Limits (Stem-to-Guide) . . . . · 0.002" - 0.0045"

Valve Springs

Inner Springs:
Approximate Free Length · . 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed 1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length
· . ·
7 - 9 lbs .
·
Spring Length Valve Open
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length
·. . . · 27/32"
21 - 25 lbs.
·
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed · 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length . 21 - 25 lbs .
Spring Length Valve Open . · . · · .1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length · 48 - 52 lbs.

Tappets
Stem Diameter . . . · · . O. 62225" - O. 62375"
Tappet Bore in Head . . · · O. 6245" - O. 62575"
Clearance Limits 0.00075" - 0.0035"

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. J 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly

Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . O. 6225" - O. 62375"
Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . O. 6245" - O. 62575"
Clearance Limits (Shaft-to- Bushing) O. 00075" - 0.0035"

Valve Timing (Crankshaft Degrees)

Intake Valve Opens . . 13 0 B. T. D. C.
Intake Valve Closes . 43 0 A. T. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens. 460 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closes 100 A. T. D. C.

Timing Gears
Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003" - O. 006"
Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter . . . 2. 123" - 2. 1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
Clearance Limits . . O. 0012" - O. 0036"
Idler Gear End-Play. . 0.005" - 0.015"

Camshaft
Cam Lobe Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3085" - 0.3165"
Camshaft End- Play. Controlled by spring on rear of timing gear cover
Front Bearing:
Front Journal Diameter . 1. 869" - 1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1. 874" - 1. 877"
Clearance Limits . . . . O. 004" - O. 008"
Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" - 1. 860"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864" - 1. 867"
Clearance Limits . . . O. 004" - O. 008"
Rear Bearing:
Rear Journal Diameter 1. 839" - 1. 840"
Rear Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844" - 1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . O. 004" - O. 008"

FUEL SYSTEM
Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Material Specifications)

LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL FUEL OILS

ASTM Designation: D 975-59 T
Carbon
Wote, Reai-
and due on 90% Viscolity
Sedi- 10 pe'- Disfil- at 100· f.
l'IMnt, cent lation Kin.matie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Flash Pour pe,. Resid- Ash, Temper. Cantiltok., Coppe'
Point, Point, cent uum, percent atur•• (a, Suybalt Sulfu" 5trip
deg. deg. by yol-. po,. .by cleg • Uni'lersal percent Cor ..... Cetane
Fahr. Fah,. ume cent weight Fahr. soc.) by Woight sion Number
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min.
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 O.ol 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4)
legol
No. 2-D 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
Summer Operation or (32.6) (45)
legal
For cold weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is to be operated.
low-atmospheric temperatures as weil as engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetane ratings.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

Fuel Lift Pump

Make . . A. C. Delco - No. 7950540

Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10 psi

Injection Pump

Type and Model Nos .. . . . . CAV Distributor type with mech-

anical governor - Model Nos. 3232038,
3232048, 3232158, 3232178, 3232398,
3232718, 3230010, also 3232788A
Injection Timing - Static . . . . . . . . . 200 B. T. D. C.
Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor
for Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder ....... E
Low Idle Speed Setting . . . . . . 675 - 725 rpm
High Idle Speed Setting (No Load) . . . . 2135 - 2185 rpm

Fue' Injectors
Nonle Holder Assy. Nozzle Assy. Service Spe.cifications
Part No. Part No.
ln je ctor Assy.
(Perkins Leak.Off System Pressure
Code Letter Setting (PSI)
Part No.) C.A.V. Pe 1S C.A.V. Perkins Hale Size
New Used {lnches}

2646152* Side F BK B32SD5085 2646410 BDL 110S6133 31990 1980 1760 0.0137
2646151* Side with Adaptor F BKB32SD5127 2646411 BDL 110S6133 31990 1980 1760 0.0137
2645568* Side with Adapter DA BKB32S5127 2646412 BDL 110S6133 31990 1835 1760 0.0137
2645569** Side with Adapter DB BKB32S5127 2646412 BDL 11056267 35504 1835 1760 0.0157

* Interchangeable in a/l Engines Prior to Seriai No. 1961449.

**Not Interchangeable - Used in Conjunction w ith CAV No. 3232788A Injection Pump Engine Seriai No. 1961449, and Up.

Fue' Fi'ters
Change Interval:
Primary . . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary . . Every 1000 hours of operation

LUSR'CATION SYSTEM SPECIF'CA TlONS

Type of Oi' 1

API Service Class "JG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)

Viscosity
Above 900 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30
From 320 F. to 900 F. SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 10° F. to 32° F. . . . . . SAE 10W
From -10<> F. to + 100 F. SAE 5Wor 5W/20

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

Crankcase Capacity
Without Filter Change . . . . . · 6 U. S. quarts
With Installation of New Filter 6. 5 U. S. quarts

Oi' Change Period

Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours

Oi' Pump
Capacity . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per
minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm
Idler Gear Bushing (Inside Diameter) · . O. 6562" - O. 6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter . • O. 65475" - 0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . · 0.00085" - 0.00245"
Idler End-Playon Hub . . . . . · O. 004" - O. 012"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . · . O. 012 - O. 018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance 0.006" maximum
Outer Rotor to Pump Body Clearance 0.010" maximum
Top of Rotors to Face of Pump Body Clearance 0.003" maximum

Oïl Pressure Re'ief Valve

Relief Valve Setting · . . . 50 - 65 psi

Relief Valve Spring:
Free Length . . . . . . · . . . . . 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4". . 5-1/4 - 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1" . . . 11-1/2 - 13-1/2 lbs.

Oi' Fi'ter
Change Period Every other oil change (200 hours)
By- Pass Valve Opens . 13 - 17 psi (differential pressure)

Engine Oïl Pressure

Operating Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at normal operating speeds

COOUNG SYSTEM
Radiator Pressure Cap. . . . . . · . . . . . 7 psi
Fan Belt Deflection. . . . . . . . · . . . . . 1/2"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance. O. 010" - O. 020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . · 1680 to 1760 F.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

BaHery

Make M- F Part No. 832 709 Ml, 17 plates per cell

Volts . . . . 12
Ampere Hours . . . . 96
Battery Ground . Negative

Generator
Make and Model No's. Used . . . . . . . . . Delco Remy 1100437, 1100383, 1100424

DR-1100437:
Rotàtion Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . .,. A
Brush Spring Tension . 28 oz.
Field Current (80 0 F.):
Amps. . . . . . . . . 1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 rpm:
Amps . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0

DR-1100383 and DR-1100424:

Rotation Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . ... A
Brush Spring Tension . 28 oz.
Field Current (80 0 F.):
Amps . . . . . . . . . .1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts. . . . . . . . . . . .12
Cold Output @ Approximately 2300:
Amps. .20
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0

Starling Motor
Make and Model Nos. Used. . . . . . . . . Delco Remy 1107512, 1107503 and 1108662

DR-1107512:
Pinion Clearance. . . . . . . . . 0.010" to O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz.) . . 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps.. 75 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 95 (includes solenoid)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . .. 5
Minimum Amps. 720 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 870 (includes solenoid)

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. J 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

Starting Motor (Continued)

DR-1107503:
Pinion Clearance. . . . . . . . · O. 010" to O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz.) · . . . . . . . 24
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . · . . . . . . 11. 8
Minimum Amps. 55 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 85 (includes solenoid)
Minimum RPM 6300
Maximum RPM 8700
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 5
Minimum Amps. 700
Maximum Amps. 825

DR-I108662:
Pinion Clearance . . . . . . . . O. 010" - O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz. ) 24
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 11. 8
Minimum Amps. 40
Maximum Amps. 70
MinimumRPM 6800
Maximum RPM . 9200
Lock Test:
Amps. . . . . . . 615
Minimum Torque (Ft. - Lbs. ) 29
Approx. Volts . . . . . . . . 5.9

Generator Regulator

Make . . . . . Delco Remy, No. 1118981

Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap . . . . . . . . 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range. .13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to . . . 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap . . . . 0.020"
Point Opening 0.020"
Adjust to Close At . 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range 11. 8 - 14.0 volts

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

PART 2 - ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE

INDEX
Page Page
Engine • • • • • • • • • • • 2 Cylinder Head Installation • • • . • • 11
Engine Removal . . • • • • 2 Adjusting Valve Clearance . . • . • • • 12
Engine Installation • • • • • 4 Cyl inder Block • • • • • • • • • • • • · 13
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly • 4 Piston and Connecting Rad Assembly . · 13
Cylinder Head 6 Cylinder Slèeves • • • • • • • 17
Valves •••• 7 Timing Gear Cover and
Valve Guides 8 Front Crankshaft Oil Seal • 18
Valve Seats • 9 Timing Gears • • • • • . . • .20
Valve Springs la Camshaft • • • • • • • . . • .24
Tappets • • • • • • • • • • la Timing Gear Housing • • . • • 26
Combustion Chamber Caps 11 Crankshaft and Main Bearings .27
Cylinder Head Reassembly 11 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ••• .33

Before starting disassembly of the tractor, make a complete diagnosis of the en-
gine to be sure that an overhaul is really necessary. If an overhaul is necessary,
inspect the entire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that
must also be corrected before the tractor is assembled and returned to the customer.
Thoroughly steam clean the engine before disassembling it or removing any com-
panent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise cover all fuel
openings as soon as they are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINE88 18 VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVEREMPHAS1ZED.

Fig. 1 • Front Left-Hond View of 3A·152 Engine

1
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers to the
tractor or engine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is
viewed from the front of the engine.

Fig.2 • Rear Right-Hand View of 3A·152 Engine

ENGINE
The 3A-152 Diesel engine, as shown in Fig.'s
1 and 2, is a three cylinder engine using dry
sleeves with a bore of 3.6 inches and a stroke
of 5 inches. The engine has a piston displace-
ment of 152. 7 cu. in. and a compression ratio
of 17.4 to 1. The combustion system utilizes
both direct and indirect fuel injection. Maxi-
mum engine torque is approximately 115ft.-Ibs.
occurring at an engine speed of 1250 RPM.

Engine Removal
To remove the engine and clutch, refer to,
Figs. 3 & 4, and proceed as follows:

1. Drain cooling system, also crankcase if

engine is to be disassembled.
Fig. 3 • Nomenclature
2. Disconnect the headlights if so equipped, 1. Fuel Tank
and remove hood. 2. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to
Fuel Tank
3. Starting Aid Reserve Tank
3. Shut off fuel and remove fuel tank. To re- 4. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to Tee
5. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to
move fuel tank, proceed as follows: Starting Aid (Thermostart)
6. Fuel Line (Hase) • Fuel
Tank ta Fuel Pump
7. Tractormeter Cable
8. Fuel Line • Fuel Pump ta
Primary Fi Iter
9. Intake Manifold Heater
(Thermostart)

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 4 - Nomenclature
1. Radiator Supporl Tie Rod 5. Fuel Line - Secondary Filler 8. Secondary Fuel Filler 13. Oi 1 Pressure Gouge Line
2. Temperature Indicator Wire to Injection Pump 9. Primary Fuel Fi 11er 14. Transmission Housing
3. Fuel Line - ln je clion Pump 6. Fuel leak-off Line • No. 3 10. Pitman Arm Ado pter PlaIe
to Secondary Filler Cylinder to Tee 11. Steering link (Tie Rod) 15. Rodius Rod
4. Thro"le Rod (left Side) 7. Fuel Shul-off Rod 12. Radius Rod Boil Cap 16. Fronl Ax le Supporl

a. Disconnect main fuel line, No. 6,
Fig. 3, from tank to fuel pump.
b. Disconnect fuel line, No. 2, Fig. 3,
from reservoir tank to fuel tank at
the fuel tank end.
c. Disconnect fuel line, No. 4, Fig. 3,
from leak-off tee to reservoir tank
at the tee end.
d. Disconnect fuel line, No. 5, Fig. 3,
from reservoir tank to intake mani-
fold heater (thermostart), at thermo-
start end.
NOTE: Cap or otherwise cover aU open fuel
fines and connections to prevent dirt from
entering into the fuel system. Cleanliness can-
not be overemphasized.
4. Support tractor under transmission hous-
ing and remove front end as an assembly from
tractor. To remove front end as an assembly,
proceed as follows:
a. Disconnect radiator support rod, No.
1, Fig. 4, and radiator hoses.
b. Disconnect tie rods, No. 11, Fig. 4, at
the pitman arm, No. 10, Fig. 4, end.

e. Remove boit securing the reservoir c. Release the radius rods, No. 15, Fig.
tank, No. 3, Fig. 3, and carefully 4, at their ball ends by removing the
remove reservoir with fuel Hnes ball caps, No. 12, Fig. 4.
aUached to it.
d. Unbolt the front axle support, No.
f. Remove nuts, washers and springs 16, Fig. 4, from the ail pan and with
from bolts securing fuel tank, then the engine supported, carefully roll
remove fuel tank. the front end away from tractor.

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE
5. Disconnect the battery and disconnect elec-
trical wires from generator, intake manifold
heater (thermostart), No. 9, Fig. 3, and starter,
then remove starter.
6. Disconnect tractormeter, No. 7, Fig. 3,
and pipe from air cleaner to intake manifold.
7. Disconnect and remove the following lines:
a. Fuel line, No. 8, Fig. 3, from fuel
pump to primary fuel filter.
b. Leak-off line; No. 6, Fig. 4, from
No. 3 injector to leak-off tee.
c. Injection pump fuel supply line, No.
5, Fig. 4, and return line, No. 3,
Fig. 4.
d. Oil pressure gauge line, No. 13,
Fig. 4.
8. Disconnect the temperature indicator
wire, No. 2, Fig. 4, and exhaust pipe.
9. Disconnect and remove the throttle rod,
No. 4, Fig. 4, from injection pump and cross
shaft.
10. Disconnect fuel shut-off, rod, No. 7, Fig.
4, from injection pump, then remove the spring
return clip and slide rod rearward.
11. With tractor supported under front of
transmission housing, attach a chain to the en-
gine lift brackets and support weight of engine
in a hoist. Remove all cap screws and nuts
securing the engine and transmission housing
adapter plate, No. 14, Fig. 4, to the transmission
housing and battery platform, then carefully re-
move engine.
Engine Installàtion
To install the engine reverse the steps listed
under heading "Engine Removal".
NOTE: Wh en joining the engine to the trans-
mission housing, turn the crankshaft and/or
P. T. O. to line up the transmission shafts with
the clutch plate splines.
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLy
The cylinder head assembly as referred to in
this part consists of the cylinder head complete
with the valves, tappets, and rocker arm shaft
assembly.
4
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shoft Assembly
1. Rocker Shaft Oi 1 Line 4. Rocker Shaft Braoket
2. Left-Hand Rocker Arms (Support)
3. Right-Hand Rocker Arms 5. Breather Pipe Hase
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
REMOVAL
To remove the rocker arm shaft assembly,
refer to Fig. 5, and proceed as follows:
1. Remove hood and fuel tank.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose, No. 5,
Fig. 5, then remove nuts securing rocker arm
coyer and remove coyer from engine.
3. Disconnect oilline, No. 1, Fig. 5, to rock-
er arm shaft at cylinder head end.
4. Work from the center to both ends and
gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker
shaft supports, No. 4, Fig. 5.
5. After loosening the nuts, remove them
and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cylinder head.
DISASSEM8L y
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft
assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannot
be interchanged, refer to Nos. 2 & 3, Fig. 5.
Observe also that there is a slot, No. 2, Fig. 6,
in the front-end of the rocker shaft and that it
is aligned with a punch mark, No. 1, Fig. 6, on
the front support bracket. The amount of ail
circulating to the rocker assembly can be ad-
justed by positioning this slot. The punch mark
on the front support bracket (stamped 30 de-
grees from vertical position) show.s where the
slot must normally be set.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES

Todisassemble the rocker arm shaft assem-

bly, refer to Fig. 7, and proceed as follows:

1. Remove the retaining snap ring from each

end of the rocker shaft.

2. Remove the support brackets, rocker

arms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker shaft
oil line from rocker shaft. Lay aH parts in
order, so they may be installed in their same
location.

3. Remove the plugs from the rocker shaft

so that the shaft may be thoroughly cleaned.

INSPECTION

Clean aH parts in a suitable solve nt; make

Fig. 6 • Front Support Marked to Shaw Correc:t
Positioning of Siot
1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Siot Correctly Positioned
NOTE: Only in the event ofinadequate, or
excessive rocker arm lubrication should the
slot be repositioned. Minimum oi/ jlow occurs
with the slot in the vertical position.
sure aU oil holes are open and proceed as
follows:
1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces
of the shaft for scoring. Replace shaft if
scored.
2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms
that have seized and have 100 se bushings. Aiso
discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces.

NOTE: Rocker arms and bushings are not

serviced separately and if either is worn or
defective, new rocker arms are avai/able with
bushings installed and reamed to proper size.

3. Measure diameter of bearing surfaces on

rocker shaft and inside diameter of rocker arm
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker
arm bushings and shaft is 0.0008 - 0.0035 inch.
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance
exceeds 0.0035 inch.

REASSEMBL. y

To reassemble the rocker arm assembly,

proceed as follows:

1. Install aIl parts in their correct sequence

Fig. 7 • Nomenc:lature and Sequenc:e of Parts as shown in Figs. 7 & 8. Make sure that the
1. Rocker Shaft 6. Rocker Shah Spocer slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
2.
3.
Racker Shalt End Plug
Snap Ring
7. Rocker Shalt Spring (Center) matched and lined up with the punch mark on
8. Rocker Shah Qi 1 Line
4. Rocker Shaft Bracke! 9. Rocker Shaft Spring (Front the front support bracket, also that the stud
(Support) and Rear)
5. Rocker Shaft Spring (Frant 10. Right·Hand Racker Arms
holes in the support brackets are toward the in-
and Rear) 11. Left-Hand Rocker Arms take manifold side of engine. Rocker arms are

5

MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE
Fig. 8 • Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly Correctly Assembled
right-handed and left-handed and must be posi-
tioned as shown in Figs. 7 & 8.
2. Complete reassembly by installing a new
snap ring and plug at each end of the rocker
shaft.
1. Radiator Support Ti. Rod
2. Temperature Indicctor Wire
3. Injection Nozzi. Assembly
(In je ct or)
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2
Cylinder Head
REMOVAL (ENGINE INSTALLED IN TRACTOR)
To remove the cylinder head thoroughly clean
the engine and proceed as follows:
1. Remove hood and drain cooling system.
2. Disconnect the battery.
3. Shut off fuel and remove fuel tank. To re-
move the fuel tank refer to step No. 3, under
heading "Engine Removal".
4. Disconnect the following parts:
a. Electrical wire from the intake mani-
fold heater (thermostart).
b. Air cleaner pipe at intake manifold.
c. Radiator support rod at the water
outlet connection.
Fig. 9 • Nomenclature
4. Fuel Leak-off lines 6. Upper Lubrication Pipe 9. Thermostat Body
5. Fuel Leak-off line (Oil line) 10. Water By·Pass Hase
Assembly (No. 3 Cylinder 7. Breather Pipe Hose 11. Fuel Injection lines
ta Tee) 8. Water Outlet Connection (High Pressure)
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

d. Upper end of by-pass hose, No. 10,
Fig. 9, from thermostat body.
e. Breather pipe hose, No. 7, Fig. 9,
from rocker arm cover.
f. Exhaust pipe from exhaust manifold.
g. Temperature indicator, No. 2, Fig.
9, from thermostat body.
5. Remove the following parts:
a. Top radiator hose from water out-
let connection to radiator.
b. Rocker arm cover and rocker arm
shaft assembly from engine.
IMPORTANT: Ifit is necessary to plane the
head, make certain when assembling it, that
the valves are within the specified distance
below the face of the cylinder head.
Examine the water jacket plugs on the cy-
linder head and all of the cylinder block studs
for looseness, damaged or stripped threads.
Replace aU damaged or defective parts.
Volves
The valves are retained in the head by caps
and split-type cap retainers. Intake and exhaust
valves are not interchangeable. Both valves
are manufactured with 45 degree angle faces
and have stem diameters of 0.311 - 0.312 inch.
The valves, valve springs and retaining assem-
blies are shown in Fig. 10.

c. Fuel leak-off line, No. 5, Fig. 9,

from No. 3 in je ctor to leak-off Une
tee.
d. Injector leak-off lines, No. 4, Fig.
9, from in je ctors. Remove liIies as
one assembly.
e. High pressure fuel injection lines,
No. 11, Fig. 9, from injection pump
to in je ctors.
f. Fuel in je ctors, No. 3, Fig. 9, from
cylinder head.
g. Oilline, No 6, Fig. 9, from cylinder
block to cylinder head.
IMPORTANT: Cover al/fuelline openings to
prevent dirt Jrom entering the fuel system.
Cleanliness is very important and cannot be Fig. 10 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies
overemphasized.
1. Exhaust Va Ive 4. Inner Valve Springs
2. Intake Valve 5. Outer Valve Springs
6. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE- 3. Lower Valve Spring 6. Upper Valve Spring Caps
Retainers 7. Cap Retainers (Keepers)
VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown
in Fig. 17, then carefully remove the cylinder New valve specifications are as follows:
head. Remove manifolds,. water outlet connec-
tion, thermostat and thermostat body from cy-
linder head. Intake Valves
INSPECTION
Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45 degrees
Stem Diameter ............ 0.311 - 0.312 inch
Disassemble the cylinder head and thoroughly Total.Length ................... 4.5 inches
clean it and other connecting parts. Make sure Head Diameter .......... 1. 532 - 1. 536 inches
all sealing surfaces are clean and not damaged.
Clean all scale from the water passages in the
cylinder head and inspect head for cracks. Use
a straight edge and determine if cylinder head
is warped. If necessary the cylinder head may Exhaust Valves
be planed up to 0.020 inch; however, UNDER Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 45 degrees
NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST ITS TffiCKNESS Stem Diameter ........... 0.311 - 0.312 inch
BE REDUCED BELOW 2.980 INCHES. (3 inch Total Length. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 inches
thickness new). Head Diameter ......... 1.313 - 1.317 inches
7
 -MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE
Fig. 11 - Using a Valve Spring Compresl!0r to Remove Valves
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION
To remove the valves use a valve spring
compressor as shown in Fig. 11. Place valves
in a numbered rack so that if they are to be re-
used they may be installed into their original
valve guides. The original valves are numbered
consecutively from the front of the engine.
Thoroughly clean and inspect all valves. If
valves appear to be in good condition, measure
the following:
1. Thickness of valve margin -- discard
valves with margins less than 1/32 inch.
2. Stem diameter -- discard valves that have
a stem diameter of 0.310 inch or less.
SERVICING
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a
44 degree face angle, (one degree interference
angle used). Discard any valves that are bent
or have a margin thickness of 1/32 inch or less
after refacing. Replacement valves should be
numbered prior to installation.
Valve Guides
The 'shouldered-type valve guides used in the
engine are shown in Fig. 12.
1ntake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable. 1nside diameter of valve guides is
0.314 - 0.3155 inch. The desired clearance
between the guide and valve stem is 0.002 -
0.0045 inch for both intake and exhaust valves.
Replacement valve guides are pre-sized and do
not require reaming.
8
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 12 - Shouldered-Type Valve Guide
1. Shoulder
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-
place guides that are scored, or otherwise
damaged. Measure the inside diameter of the
valve guides and replace guides if diameter is
more than 0.3155 incb, or if valve guide-to-
stem clearance exceeds 0.0045 inch.
REPLACEMENT
Remove valve guides by pressing them out
the TOP of the cylinder head. To install new
valve guides use a piloted drift 0.002 inch
smaUer than the inside diameter of the guides
and PRESS (do not drive) them into position
from the TOP of the cylinder head. The guides
are correctly positioned when the shoulder of
the guide SEATSagainst the top of the cylinder
head. MAKE SURE THAT THE SHOULDER 1S
FULLY SEATED AGAINST THE HEAD. AIso,
when new valve guides are installed, reface the
valve seats to insure concentricity of the seat
to the guide.
NOTE: New shaulderless type valve
guides, as shawn in Fig. 13, are avail-
able and have been installed in engines
with the fallowing serial numbers:
1832543 -1833200
1846220 and up
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
TOP
- exhaust valves when instal/ed in the cylinder
- 20° C HAMF ER
\l---JI
V
Fig. 13 - New Shoulderless-Type Valve Guide
The shoulderless guide (Part No. 732 445 Ml)
is fully interchangeable with the shouldered
type, but must ALWAYS be accompanied by the
new lower valve spring retainer (Part No. 731
959 Ml) in place of the previous retainer (Part
No. 731 333 Ml) as used with the shouldered
type guides.
When installing the shoulderless guides, in-
sert the 20 degree chamferred end (bath ends
are chamferred, but with dtiferent angles) from
,the TOP of the cylinder head. PRESS THE
VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD UNTIL THE
TOP END (45 DEGREE CHAMFERRED END)
EXTENDS 0.584-0.594 INCH ABOVE THE TOP
FACE OF THE HEAD.
Valve Seats
Bath the intake and exhaust valves seat di-
rectly in the cylinder head, with no seat inserts
being used.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly inspect each valve seatfor pitting,
burning or other evidence of leakage. If any of
these conditions exist or if new valve guides
have been installe d, the valve seats must be re-
faced.
SERVICING
Select the proper diameter stones (1-5/8 inch
diameter for intake valve seats, 1-3/8 inch
diameter for exhaust valve seats) and reface
the intake and exhaust valve seats to a 45 de-
gree angle, (one degree interference angle
used). REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH METAL TO
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE
SEAT.
IMPORTANT: The head of the intake and
head, must be between 0.066-0.140 inch be-
low the cylinder headface. DO NOT reface
the valve seat or valve to the point that the
valve depth exceeds the amount specified
After refacing the valve seats, use 20 and 70
degree stones to narrow the seat contact area
. to 1/16 - 3/32 inch. Install valve and check
with prussian blue for width and location of con-
tact area. Contact are a must be in the middle
of the valve face.
INSTALLING VALVE SEAT INSERTS
Valve seat inserts are not installed in pro-
duction engines. It is possible in most cases,
however, to install inserts to service engines
if the existing valve seat is worn or damaged to
the point where refacing would place the rela-
tionship of the valve head to the cylinder head
face beyond the service limits of 0.066 - 0.140
inch. This dimension applies to both the intake
and exhaust valves.
To install valve seat inserts proceed as
follows:
1. Remove old valve guide and thoroughly
clean the valve guide bore in the cylinder head.
2. Press new valve guide into position.
3. Install a pilot into the new valve guide and
machine the recess in the cylinder head face to
the dimensions shown in Fig. 14.
4. Remove ALL cuttings and thoroughly clean
the insert recess, make sure that ALL burrs
are removed and that the recess is completely
clean.
5. Shrink the new seat insert by packing it in
dry ice.
6. Select the correct sized driver extensions
(slightly smaller th an the diameter of the re-
cess) and using a pilot and driver PRESS THE
INSERT INTO POSITION. Do not use lubricant.
7. Make sure that the insert has been pressed
in squarely and that it completely contacts the
bottom of the recess.
8. Reface the valve seat insert as in normal
procedure.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

Inner SprÎng

r:=. Approximate free length . . . . . . . 1-3/8 inches

( Spring length valve closed . . . . 1-3/16 inches
Spring pressure at 1-3/16 inches. ., 7-9 lbs.
(\ ~
Spring length valve open. . . . . 27/32 inch
Spring pressure at 27/32 inch. .. 21-25 lbs.

1
- Tappets
'---" ....... The tappets are of the mushroom-type and
~_\.
-- .. -
... _---
,\ operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15
shows a tappet removed from the cylinder head.
0.248 - 0.250 INCH (DEPTH) 0.040
0.050 INCH RADII
REMOVAL
lNTAKE VALVE
1.874 - 1.875 INCH To remove the tappets proceed as follows:
EXHAUST VALVE
1 .624 - 1 .625 INCH

Fig. 14 - Machining Dimensions for Valve Seat Inserts

NOTE: When refacing the insert, work as

close as possible to the minimum figure of
0.066 inch in order to permit further refacing
during subsequent overhauls.

Valve Springs
The valve springs, caps and split-type retain-
ers are interchangeable for the intake and ex-
haust valves. Two valve springs are used for
each vàlve. Neither one of the springs have
damper coils and may be installed with either
end up.

INSPECTION
Discard any valve springs that do not have
square ends, also those that are discolored, Fig. 15 - Tappet Nomenclature
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 1. Teppet Foce 3. Adjusting Screw Lock NUI
pear to be in good condition, check in a spring 2. Teppet 4. Teppet Adjusting Screw

tester and compare readings with the following

specifications: 1. Remove the cylinder head.

2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-

nut.
Outer SprÎng
Approximate free length ....... 1-25/32 inches 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
Spring length valve closed ....... 1-1/2 inches they may be installed into their original bores.
Spring pressure at 1-1/2 inch length ......... .
21 - 25 lbs.
Spring length valve open ......... 1-5/32 inches INSPECTION
Spring pressure at 1-5/32 inch length ........ . Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect them
48 - 52 lb. as follows:

10
 'MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and
that they will slide into their bores under their
own weight.
2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the
tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet must be
replaced.
N.OTE: Do not regrind the face of the tappet.
3. Measure the tappet bore and the tappet
stem diameter. Clearance between bore and
stem must be between 0.00075 - 0.0035 inch.
InstaU new tappets if clearance exceeds 0.0035
inch.
Fig. 16 - Nomenclature
1. Combustion Chambers and 2. Copper Gasket
Throat Passages 3. Combustion Chamber Caps
Combustion Chamber Caps
Whenever the engine is torn down for a major
overhaul, the combustion chamber caps, No". 3,
Fig. 16, should be removed and the caps and
the throat passages, No. 1, Fig. 16 inside of the
cylinder head thoroughly cleaned. When in-
stalling the caps always use new copper gas-
kets, then tighten nuts evenly until they are
securely tightened.
Cylinder Head Reassembly
Make sure aU parts are clean and service-
able, then proceed as follows:
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides
with engine oil.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
2. Using a valve spring compressor install
the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
Fig. 10, for proper sequence of parts.
3. Replace combustion chamber caps if they
have been removed. Use new copper gaskets.
4. Replace thermostat body and water outlet
connection if they have been removed. Use new
gaskets and a suitable sealing compound.
Cylinder Head Installation
1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cy-
linder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the cylinder head gasket with
a suitable sealing compound.
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top
Front" and install it onto the block in this posi-
tion.
3. Install the cylinder head and tighten the
cylinder head nuts in the sequence shown in
Fig. 17, to 55-60 ft.-lbs. torque.
NOTE: Install a washer under the nut on the
cylinder head stud, shown by No. 15 in Fig.
17. This stud is shouldered and is used to pre-
vent the installation of another head gasket
which is similar and could be accidentally
installed.
4. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
Make sure that the slotted end of the rocker
shaft is towards the front of engine and that the
slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
support.
5. Set valve clearance to 0.012 inch "cold".
6. Connect oil Une between cyUnder head
and block.
7. Install in je ctors , USING NEW WASHERS
and tighten nuts to 21 - 24 ft.-lbs. torque. Make
Sure to install only one washer under each
in je ctor.
8. Connect the thermostat body connection
to the thermostat body, using a new gasket and
a suitable sealing compound.
9. Install the rocker cover using a new gas-
ket.
Complete reassembly by reversing the steps
listed under cyUnder head "Removal". ~~ke
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Fig. 17 • Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence

sure to use new gaskets when assembling the 4. Check and adjust clearances for valve
engine and DO NOT BEND FUEL LINES. Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, see Fig. 18.

NOTE: After al! parts and sheet metal have 5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
been instal!ed, turn the fuel "on" and bleed (360 degrees) with the T.D.C. mark on the fly-
the fuel system before attempting to starf the
engine.

Adjusting Valve Clearance

The design of the three cylinder crankshaft
(three thrbws - 120 degrees apart) makes it
necessary to use a slightly different procedure
for adjusting the valve clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve clearances should be set
at 0.010 inch "Hot", or at 0.012 inch "Cold".
To adjust the clearance "Cold n proceed as
follows:

1. Remove the fuel tank and rocker cover.

2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole
in the left front side of the transmission hous-
ing adapter plate.
3. Rotate the crankshaft in normal direction
of engine rotation so that No. 1 piston is coming
up on compression stroke, then continue turning
until the T.D.C. mark on flywheel is positioned
in the middle of the inspection hole.
12
Fig. 18 • Adjusting Valve Clearance
wheel positioned in the middle of the inspection
hole, then adjust the clearances for valves Nos.
4 and 6.
6. Replace plug in inspection hole and com-
plete reassembly of tractor.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

CYLINDER BLOCK ASSEMBL y

The cylinder block assembly as referred to
in this part consists of the engine (removed
from the tractor) without the cylinder head, oil
pan, generator, water pump and other exterior
assemblies.

Cylinder Block (Stripped)

The cylinder block as shown in Fig. 19, is a
one piece casting made of heavy duty cast iron
alloy and is properly machined to accept the
chrome plated dry-type cylinder sleeves.

Fig. 20 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps are Marked

for Proper Identification
1. Block Seriai Number

Inspection

Mter the cylinder block has been stripped of

aU removeable parts, the entire casting includ-
ing the oil and coolant passages must be thor-
oughly cleaned and the black inspected as
foUows:
Front

1. Inspect for and replace expansion plugs

showing signs of leakage.

2. Inspect for and replace studs and cap-

screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
-@ wise damaged. Make sure that aU studs are
screwed tightly in the block.

3. Use a straight edge and a feeler gauge and

Fig. 19 - Nomenclature inspect the face of the black for warping. If the
1. Plugs (Coolant) 6. Boit (Bearing Cap) block is warped it must be replaced.
2. Plug (Oil) 7·. lock (Beoring Cop Boit)
3. Dowels 8. locating Dowel (Main Bearing Cap)
4. Cylinder Block 9.
10.
Plug (Oil)
Stud (Cylinder Head)
4. Thoroughly inspect the black for cracks,
5. Moin Bearing Caps
see Section A, Part 5 in this group for method
of detecting cracks.
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block
and main bearing caps are machined with the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
caps in place. For this reason the bearing caps
are not replaceable and cannot be interchanged Fig. 21 shows the parts of the piston and con-
between cylinder blocks, or located in different necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam
positions. For identification purposes the main ground, and are made of a special light alumi-
bearing caps are numbered from the front of num alloy. Five piston rings are installed to
the engine and bath the cylinder block and main each piston; three compression rings and one
bearing caps are marked with a seriaI number. oil ring above the piston pin ànd one ail ring
The caps must always be installed in their ori- below the pin.
ginal location with their seriaI number toward
the seriaI number on the block, see No. 1, Fig. The pistons are numbered from the front of
20. the engine as shown in Fig. 22.

13
_ _ _ _ -...J
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-J52 ENGINE GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2

Fig.21 - Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Nomenclature Fig.23 - Connecting Rods are Numbered and Graded by Weight
1. Top Compression Ring 8. Piston Pin Retainers 1. Weight Number 2. Cylinder Lacating Number
2. No. 2 Compression Ring 9. Connecting Rad Bushing
3. No.3 Compression Rin~ 10. Connecting Rad
4.
5.
No.4 Ring (Oil Control)
No. 5 Ring (Oi 1 Control)
11.
12.
Connecting Rad Bearing Inserts
Cannecting Rad Boit and Self
Numbers Rod Weight (includes bear-
6. Piston Locking Nut ing cap, piston
7. Piston Pin 13. Connecting Rad Cap
pin bushing,
also nuts and
bolts.)

No. 9 .......... 3 lbs. 0 ozs. - 3 lbs. 2 ozs.

No. 10 .......... 3 lbs. 2 ozs. - 3 lbs. 4 ozs.
No. 11. ......... 3 lbs. 4 ozs. - 3 lbs. 6 ozs.
No. 12 .......... 3 lbs. 6 ozs. - 3 lbs. 8ozs.
No. 13 .......... 3 lbs. 8 ozs. - 3 lbs. 10 ozs.
No. 14 .......... 3 lbs. 10 ozs. - 3 lbs. 12 ozs.

The full floating-type piston pins are retain-

ed by snap rings and are available in standard
size only.

Removal

Fig. 22 - Pistons Numbered from Front of Engine
The connecting rods are fitted with replace-
able piston pin bushings. The crank end of the
rods are fitted with interchangeable precision
type bearing inserts. Replacement bearing in-
serts are available in standard size and 0.010
inch, 0.020 inch and 0.030 inch undersize. The
connecting rods and bearing caps are numbered
from the front of the engine as shown by No. 2,
in Fig. 23, with the numbers opposite the cam-
shaft side of the engine. Connecting rods are
graded for weight and are also numbered as
shown by No. 1, Fig. 23, to indicate their weight.
The rod weight numbers and their respective
weights are as follows:
Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies they should
be removed as follows:
1. Drain oil, also coolant from radiator and
cylinder block.
2. Remove hood, main fuel tank, rocker cov-
er, rocker assembly and cylinder head.
3. Remove oil pan. Refer to Part 4 in this
section for removal procedure.
4. Unscrew the self-locking nuts from the
rod bearing caps and remove caps and bearing
inserts.

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

5. Remove any carbon accumulation that may
be present around the top of the cylinder and
very carefully feel the upper piston ring travel
area to detect if there is a slight cylinder ridge
present.
IMPORTANT: If ANY cylinder ridge is
present in the chrome lined sleeves, remove the
ridge to a/low removal of the pistons, then
insta/l new sleeves before reassembling the
engine. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RIDGE
REAM, OR HONE THE OLD SLEEVES
AND REUSE THEM. Refer to heading
"Cylinder Sleeves" on Page 17 for additional
information.
that are scored or otherwise damaged. If pis-
tons appear serviceable proceed as follows:
1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
at a right angle to the piston pin.
NOTE: The piston is cam ground and is
slightly tapered (0.001-0.002 inch) being larger
at the bottom than at the top. New bottom
piston skirt diameter is 3.5955-3.5965 inches.
Discard pistons that are co/lapsed or worn.

6. Remove piston and rod assemblies from 2. Install new rings as outlined on Page 16
top of block. and inspect for worn ring grooves. Piston ring
groove clearance specifications are as follows:
NOTE: Identify and lay ail parts out in their
order of removal so that if serviceable they
may be reinsta/led in their original cylinders. No. 1 compression ring ... 0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
No. 2 compression ring. .0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
7. Discard worn piston rings and clean en- No. 3 compression ring. .0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
tire assembly. No. 4 oil ring. . . ... .. .0.002 - 0.004 inch
No. 5 oil ring. . . . .. .. .0.002 - 0.004 inch
Removing Piston from Conneding Rod Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves or
bent lands.
To separate the piston from the connecting
rod, first mark the piston to indicate the front
of the engine and remove the snap ring from
each end of the piston pin. Heat piston in oil or
water to 140 - 160 degrees F., and slip piston
pin out of the piston.
3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
Discard pistons with bores that measure more
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1.250 inches or those that when fitted with
a new piston pin require less than a light press
Pistons
fit at 1600 F. Correct clearance between pis-
Thoroughly inspect the pistons as outlined in ton pin and piston pin bore is from minus 0.0005
the general engine section. Discard pistons inch to plus 0.00025 inch.
Piston Rings
NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON
Before installing the piston rings, check the ring end gap in the lower unworn por-
tion of the cylinder sleeve .. Proper ring end gap in a new sleeve is 0.009 - 0.013 inch.

NOTE: The number three compression rings (third one down from top of piston) in engines up to
seriai No. 1829891 were ail one piece type rings. Engines afier this seriai number arefitted with a
three piece segmented type ring in the number three compression ring groove. When installing new
rings use the three piece laminated type ring for more positive oil control.

When installing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aIl of the rings except
the later type 3 piece segmented ring used in the third ring groove. Install the lowest
groove ring first, then the next lowest, etc., with the top groove ring installed last.
Proper ring installation is shown in Fig. 24. Description of rings and their correct
placement is as follows:

15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Description antl Placement of Piston Rings

No. 1 Compression Ring . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . Parallel faced cast iron ring and may
be installed either side up.

No. 2 Compression Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taper faced cast iron ring and MUST
be installed in second groove with side
marked "Top" towards top of piston.

No. 3 Compression Ring

A. One pie ce ring installed prior to Taper faced cast iron and MUST be in-
Engine SeriaI No. 1829891 stalled with side marked "Top" towards
top of piston.

B. Segmented ring installed in engines Three piece segmented type and each
with SeriaI Nos. 1829891 and up piece must be carefully spiraled onto the
piston by hand as follows:

1. Place one of the segments (aU 3 are

identical) horizontally in the palm of the
hand and radiaUy compress it. Notice
that when the ring is compressed the ring
ends either point up or down, depending
upon which side of the segment is turned
up.

2. Fit the first segment onto the pis-

ton so that when held and radially com-
pressed the ring ends point downward.
Position this ring at the bottom of the
groove with the gap over the piston pin
bore.

3. Fit the second segment on top of the

first so that when held and compressed
as described above, the ring ends point
upward. Position the gap at 180 degrees
ta the first segment gap.

4. Fit the third segment on top of the

Fig. 24 - Piston Rings Installed Correctly onto Piston
second sa that when held and compressed
as described, the ring ends point upward.
Position the gap directly over that of the
first segment. Fig. 24 shows the seg-
ments correctly installed.

No. 4 Oïl Control Ring . Cast iron scraper and may be installed
(above piston pin) either side up.

No. 5 Oïl Control Ring . Cast iron scraper and may be installed
(below piston pin) either side up.

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
CONNECTING RODS
Check connecting rods for proper alignment.
Discard or straighten any rods that are mis-
aligned.
NOTE: REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF
THE SAME WEIGHT. Replacement rods
are not numbered as to the correct cylinder
location and should be marked prior to in-
stallation.
Install a new piston pin bushing if inside bush-
ing diameter exceeds 1.2515 inches.
Connecting rod bearing inserts are available
in standard size or in 0.010 inch, 0.020 inch
and 0.030 inch undersize.
New specifications are as follows:
Crankpin diameter. . . . 2.2485 - 2.249 inches
Recommended bearing
clearance .. 0.002 - 0.0035 inch
Rod side play . . . . . . . 0.0095 - 0.013 inch
Bushing Replacement
When replacing piston pin bushings support
the connecting rod in a press and press out the
worn bushings. To install the new bushing,
position the bushing on the connecting rod; make
sure oil ho le in bushing is in line with oil hole
in connecting rod, then use a bushing driver to
press the new bushing into place. Ream the ex-
cess mate rial from the bushing and then finish
hone the bushing to an inside diameter of
1.2505 - 1.2515 inches. Proper clearance be-
tween the piston pin and the piston pin bushing
is 0.0005 - 0.00175 inch.
PISTON PINS
Piston pins are 1.24975 - 1.250 inches in
diameter and are available only in standard
size. The full f~oating type piston pins are re-
tained in the piston by snap rings.
New pins fit from minus 0.0005 inch to plus
0.00025 inch clearance in the piston (thumb
press fit in piston at 160 degrees F.).
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to
0.0005 - 0.00175 inch clearance.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Install NEW snap rings when installing piston
pins.
INSTALLA TION OF PISTON AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBL y
1. If the original pistons are serviceable and
are to he installed, make sure that the piston
and connecting rod are assembled together with
the original thrust face of the piston opposite
the connecting rod numbers.
NOTE: New pistons may be installed with
either side being the thrust face.
2. Stagger the ring gaps, then install the
pistons into their original cylinders with THE
CONNECTING ROD NUMBERS OPPOSITE THE
CAMSHAFT.
3. If the old bearing inserts are to be used,
install them into their original locations and
install the bearing caps. Make sure cap marks
are in register and torque connecting rod caps
evenly to 70 - 80 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: Always use NEW self-locking nuts.
Cylinder Sleeves
The thin steel dry-type sleeves are chrome
plated on the inside. Sleeves are manufactured
with an inside diameter of 3.6015 - 3.6025
inches.
The top of the sleeves are flanged and when
installed must extend a specified distance below
the face of the cylinder block. Sleeves fit into
the cylinder bores from 0.001 inch loose to
0.001 inch tight.
Inspection
Thoroughly clean the sleeves and inspect
them for scoring or other damage.
NOTE: The chrome plating inside the cylin-
der sleeves is only 0.0015 inch thick, but is so
extremely hard that it provides the sleeves
with an exceptionally long life.
17
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

If the sleeve is worn to the point where any

slight ridge can be detected, or if the plating
appears to be worn and the inside diameter of
the sleeve exceeds 3.6045 inches, the sleeve
must be replaced.

Replacement
To replace the cylinder sleeves proceed as
foUows: (Assuming piston and connecting rods
already removed)

1. Remove the studs from the face of the

cylinder block.

2. Use a press with a suitable adapter or a

sleeve puller, as shown in Fig. 25 and remove

Fig. 26 - Cylinder Sleeve Instolled Correc:tly

IMPORTANT: MAKE SURE THE BORE

AND THE SLEEVE ARE CLEAN. A Iso,
care must be used in the handling of sleeves,
as the slightest damage or burr can cause con-
siderable distortion ta the sleeve when installed.

4. Chill the sleeves, then install by pressing

. them into the block. When correctly installed,
the top face of the flange must be 0.001 - 0.009
inch below the top face of the cylinder block as
shawn in Fig. 26.

~. Make sure the sleeves are fully seated,

then allow a period of time for the sleeves to
"settle in" and measure the inside diameter in
two directions (at right angles) at the top, cen-
ter and bottom of sleeve. Sleeves must be con-
centric and measure from 3.6015 - 3.6025
inches in diameter.

Fig. 25 • Removing Sleeve from Cylinder Bloc:k

the sleeve from the top of the cylinder block.
The diameter of the cylinder block bore is
3.6875 - 3.6885 inches.
3. After removing the sleeve THOROUGHL y
clean the cylinder block bore, with particular
attention given to the top recess for the flange
of the sleeve.
Timing Gear Coyer and Front
Crankshaft Oil Seal
The timing gear coyer is manufactured with
facings for mounting the water pump and oil
fiUer coyer. The oil filler coyer, No. 3, Fig.
27, is conveniently located directly in front of
the injection pump drive gear ta facilitate re-
moval of the injection pump.

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 27 - Nomenclature Fig. 28 Nomenclature

1. Breather Pipe 3. Water Pump
1. Camshalt Thrust $pring 3. Oi 1 Fi 11er Cover 2. Generctor Mounting 4. Crankshaft Pulley
2. Timing Geer Coyer 4. Front Crank.halt Oil Seal Brockets 5. Storter Jaw

The front crankshaft oil seal, No. 4, Fig. 27,
is of the spring loaded type and is contained in
the timing gear cover. The camshaft thrust
spring, No. 1, Fig. 27, is riveted to the coyer
and controls camshaft end play.
7. Remove the bolts securing the generator
brackets and remove brackets from engine.
8. Remove the set screws securing the tim-
ing gear coyer and carefully remove the coyer
to prevent damaging the front oil seal.

NOTE: Observe that the bottom set screw

Remova' below the front oil seal has a copper washer.
To remove the timing gear coyer refer to
Fig. 28 and proceed as follows:

1. Remove hood and support the tractor under

oil pan then remove the front axle and radiator Rep'acing the Front Oil Sea'
as one assembly. Refer to step No. 4 under
"Engine Removal" for procedure on removing To replace the front oil seal proceed as
front end from tractor. follows:

2. Remove fan be lt and generator. 1. Remove the old seal by pressing it OUT
THE FRONT OF THE COVER.
3. Disconnect hoses from water pump and
remove water pump from engine. 2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal recess in
the coyer.
4. Remove the air breather pipe.
3. Oil the outside of the seal lightly and with
5. Remove the starter jaw and washer from the lip of the new oil seal facing TOWARD the
front end of crankshaft. engine, carefully align and press the seal into
its recess from the front of the cover. Apply
NOTE: The starter jaw has a normal right pressure to the flat steel face and position the
hand thread
seal 3/32 of an inch BELOW the front face of
6. Remove the crankshaft pulley. the coyer.

19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEl 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

Installation
To install the timing gear cover proceed as
follows:

1. Thoroughly clean aU gasket surfaces.

2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the

cover in place and support it with 2 or 3 cap-
screws. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CAP SCREWS
AT THIS TIME.

3. InstaU the crankshaft puUey and shift the

position of the cover as necessary so that the
seal is evenly contacting the crankshaft puUey
and is not bearing heavily on any one side.

4. Tighten the 2 or 3 cap screws at this time

to hold the cover in correct position.

5. Install and tighten the remaining cap

screws.

6. To complete cover installation, reverse

the steps listed under heading "Removal".
Fig. 29 - Timing Gear Marks Properly Aligned
1. Timing Marks

Timing Gears
The timing gear train as shown in Fig. 29 con-
sists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear, cam-
shaft gear and injection pump drive gear. The
crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and the
injection pump through the large idler gear.
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to
the front of the cylinder block and also drives
the hydraulic pump when the tractor is equipped
with power steering.
1. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined
on Page 19.
2. Check the backlash between the timing
gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge as
shown in Fig. 30. The backlash between any
two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
tween 0.003 - 0.006 inch.

AU of the timing gears are marked during

production and when reassembling the engine
aU marks must align when No. 1 piston is at
T.D.C. on compression stroke, see No. 1, Fig.
29. All replacement timing gears are marked
and are available in standard size only.

N 0 TE: Due to the odd number of teeth in

the idler gear the complete set of timing marks
will align only once every 18 crankshaft revo-
lutions.

CHECKING TIMING GEAR BACKLASH

To check timing gear backlash proceed as

follows: Fig. 30 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash

20
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig.31 - Measuring Backlash of Oil Pump Gears

NOTE: Aiso check the backlash between the

crankshaft gear and the oil pump idler gear, Fig. 32 Nomenclature
see Fig. 31. Correct clearance between these 1. Cepsc,ew (Boit) 4. Idle, Gee,
two gears is 0.012-0.018 inch. 2. Reteine, Lock
3. Idle, Gee, Reteine,
5. Idle, Gee, Hub
6. Hub Loceting Pin
7. Timing Geer Housing

3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not

within these limits, the gears must be replaced.
Replacement gears are available only in stan-
dard size and are marked for correct installa-
tion and retiming of the engine.
1, Fig. 32, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Fig. 32.
4. Remove the idler gear from its hub as
shawn in Fig. 33.

IDLER GEAR AND HUS

Removal
To remove the idler gear and hub proceed
as follows:

1. Remove the timing gear coyer as outlined

on Page 19. Also, remove the fuel tank, rocker
arm coyer and rocker arm shaft assembly.

2. Rotate the crankshaft sa that aIl timing

gear marks align as shawn in Fig. 29, (No. 1
piston at T.D.C. on compression stroke)

NOTE: Before attempting to remove any

of the timing gears, make sure that the rocker
arm shaft assembly is removed, to avoid the
possibility of damage to the pistons or valve
train if either the camshaft or crankshaft
should be turned independently of the other.
Fig. 33 - Removing the Idler Gear
1. Localing Hole lor Relainer Lack and Lacaling Pin 2. Oil Hale

3. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock, 5. Remove the idler gear hub as shawn in
No. 2, Fig. 32, and remove the cap screw, No. Fig. 34.

21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

1. Make sure that the idler gear hub and its

recess in the cylinder block are clean, then
align the dowel pin hole (same drilling as the
location hole for the retainer lock, see No. 1,
Fig. 32) with the dowel pin and CAREFULLY
install the hub.

N 0 TE: When correctly installed, the jlange

should be jlush with the front of the timing
gear housing.

2. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway and

timing mark on the crankshaft gear are straight
up. (No. 1 piston at T.D.C.)

3. With the rocker arm shaft assembly re-

Fig. 34 • Removing the Idler Cear Hub
1. Locating Pin 2. ail Holes
N 0 TE: The idler gear hub is positioned by
a locating pin, No. 1, Fig. 34, and has a light
press fit in the timing gear housing and cylin-
der block. For this reason il may be necessary,
when removing il, to carefully pry il out.
Inspection
CarefuIly clean and inspect aIl parts. Make
sure that the oil holes in the idler gear, hub
and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 33, and No. 2,
Fig. 34) are open and clean. New specifications
are as follows:
moved, rotate the camshaft gear and the injec-
tion pump drive gear until their timing marks
are approximately aligned with the center line
of the idler gear hub.
4. Install the idler gear so that its three
timing marks align with those on the crankshaft
gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
gear.
5. Make sure that aIl timing marks are
aligned as shown in Fig. 29, then install the
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap
screw. Tighten the cap screw to 50 ft.-Ibs.
torque and lock it in place.
NOTE: Check idler gear end playon hub..
Proper end play is 0.005-0.015 inch. Make
sure ta install a new retainer if the old one is
worn or damaged.

Idler Gear 6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and

Bore Diameter . 2.125 - 2.1266 inches complete reassembly of tractor.
Gear End Play 0.005 - 0.015 inch

Idler Gear Hub

Hub Diameter. .. 2.123 - 2.1238 inches
Running Clearance
(Gear-to-hub) . . . . . . 0.0012 - 0.0036 inch
Installation and Retiming the Gears
To install the idler gear and hub, and to time
the engine with the camshaft gear, injection
pump drive gear and crankshaft gear installe d,
proceed as follows:
CAMSHAFT GEAR
Removal
To remove the camshaft gear perform steps
Nos. 1 thru 4 under heading "Removal" of idler
gear and hub, then proceed as follows:
1. Remove the three cap screws and shake
proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
the camshaft.

22
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 35 - Removing the Camshaft Gear
1. Holes Marked "D" Must Align Wh en Instolling Gear
2. Remove the camshaft gear as shown in
Fig. 35.
Ins fa IIafion
1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
on the front of the camshaft gear the boU holes
with the letters "0" stamped next to them, see
No. 1, Fig. 35.
2. Install the camshaft gear onto the cam-
shaft, making sure that the marked holes (with
the letters "0" stamped next to them) are
aligned.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the s/otted ho/es
for attaching the gear to the camshaft.
3. Install the idler gear with aIl timing
marks aligne d, then secure the rocker arm
shaft assembly in place and complete reassem-
bly of tractor.
INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR
The injection pump drive gear is bolted di-
rectly to the injection pump adapter and is
supported by bearings inside the injection pump.
Removal
1. Remove the idler gear as outlined on
Page 21.
ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 36 - Removing the Injection Pump Drive Gear
1. Siot in Adapter 2. Gear Locating Pin (Dowel Pin)
2. Remove the cap screws securing the in-
jection pump gear to the injection pump.
3. Remove the injection pump drive gear,
see Fig. 36.
Insfallation
1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 36, in the gear
with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 36, in the adapter and
position the gear in place.
2. Install the cap screws and washers secur-
ing the gear.
3. Install the idler gear as outlined on Page
22, and make sure all timing marks are aligned,
then complete reassembly of tractor.
CRANKSHAFT GEAR
The crankshaft gear, as shown in Fig. 37, is
keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
shaft with a minus 0.001 inch to a plus 0.001
inch clearance.
Removal
1. Remove the idler gear as outlined on
Page 21.
2. Drain the engine oil and remove the oil
pan, also the bottom half of the timing gear
housing.
23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE
Fig. 37 • Nomenclature
1. Crankshalt Timing Gear 2. Timing Gear Spacer
3. Pu Iley and Timing Gear Key
3. Remove the oil pump idler gear.
4. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes
from the oil pump and remove pump from its
dowelled location on the front main bearing cap.
5. Use a gear puller and carefully remove
the gear from the crankshaft.
Installation
1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 2, Fig. 37,
behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
install it with the chamfer towards the front
main bearing journal on the crankshaft.
2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft
gear facing towards the front, carefully align
the gear so that its slot is in Une with the key,
then press the gear onto the crankshaft.
N 0 TE: Wh en pressing the gear in place make
sure that the key does not ride out of the key-
way in the crankshaft.
3. Install the idler gear with aH timing gear
marks aligned as outlined on Page 20.
4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil
pump idler gear and oil pump supply and de-
livery pipes.
?4
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
5. Install the bottom haU of the timing gear
housing, make sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the housing.
6. Install the oil pan and complete reassem-
bly of the tractor.
CHECKING VALVE TIMING
To check the valve. timing of the .engine pro-
ceed as follows:
1. Make sure the valve clearance of No. 1
cylinder are set exactly at 0.012 inch (normal
cold setting).
2. Turn the crankshaft in the direction of
normal engine rotation (clockwise) until No. 1
piston starts up on the exhaust stroke.
3. Insert a 0.002 inch feeler gauge in the gap
between the No. 1 cylinder intake valve and
tappet, then continue turning the crankshaft
until the feeler gauge makes a distinct drag
between the tappet and valve. The instant the
feeler gauge drags, stop turning the crankshaft.
4. The drag on the feeler gauge indicates
the point at which the intake valve has just
started opening. This point of opening should
occur at 13 degrees B.T.D.C., or 1-5/8 inches
before the T.D.C. mark on the rim of the fly-
wheel as viewed through the inspection hole.
NOTE: The valve timing may be considered
satisfactory if the start of intake valve opening
is 11 ta 16-112 degrees B. T.D. C. or 1-13/32
ta 2-118 inches before the T.D.C. mark on the
flywheel.
Camshaft
The camshaft is made of a special cast iron
alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side
of the cylinder block in such a position that the
engine does not require the use of push rods.
The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is
supported by three bearings which are machined
directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft end
play is controlled by a thrust spring which is
riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
cover.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2
REMOVAL
To remove the camshaft proceed as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover and fuel
tank.
2. Rotate the crankshaft until No. 1, piston
is at T.D.C. on compression stroke and aH tim-
ing gear marks are aligned.
NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth in the
idler gear the complete set of timing gear
marks will align only once every 18 crankshaft
revolutions.
3. Remove the rocker arm shaft assembly
and fuel pump. Also, dis conne ct the tractor-
meter cable from the rear end of the camshaft.
4. Lift the tappets and secure them in their
raised position.
Fig. 38 - Removing the Camshaft
5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its
gear) from the cylinder block as shown in Fig.
38. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam-
age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
tappets.
INSPECTION
Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft as
follows:
1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
are excessively scored, nicked or discolored
by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough, the
camshaft must be replaced.
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing
journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi-
crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are worn,
the camshaft must be replaced.
New camshaft specifications are as follows:
Front Bearing Journal ..
1.869 - 1.870 inches
Center Bearing Journal. 1.859 - 1.860 inches
Rear Bearing Journal 1.839 - 1.840 inches
Cam Lobe Lift
(Intake & Exhaust) . 0.3085- 0.3165 inch
3. Measure the camshaft bearing bores in
the block with a hole gauge and micrometer,
then compare each bore diameter to its mating
journal diameter. Correct clearance between
the camshaft bearing journals and the camshaft
bores is 0.004 - 0.008 inch.
INSTALLATION
To install the camshaft in the engine pro-
ceed as follows:
N 0 TE: If the camshaft gear has been re-
moved from the camshaft, make sure to install
the gear to the camshaft with the letters "D"
in alignment. Refer to Page 23 for additional
information on installing the camshaft gear.
1. With the tappets supported in their raised
position and the timing gear marks aligned,
carefully install the camshaft into the cylinder
block. MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE IS
PROPERLY TIMED.
2. Install the rocker arm shaftassembly, and
adjust the valves to the proper clearance.
3. Install the fuel pump, rocker arm cover,
timing gear cover and complete reassembly of
tractor.
25
 MASSEY - FER G USON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE
Timing Gear Housing
REM o VAL
To remove the timing gear housing proceed
as follows:
1. Remove the hood and fuel tank.
2. Support the tractor under the transmission
housing and remove the front end from the trac-
tor. (Roll the front axle, axle support and ra-
diator away as one assembly).
3. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined
on Page 19.
4. Remove the rocker arm cover and rocker
arm shaft assembly.
5. Remove the oil pan. Refer to Part 4 in
this section for removal procedure.
6. Remove the set screw securing the idler
gear in place, then remove the retainer lock,
idler gear retainer and idler gear.
7. Remove the fuel pump.
8. Lift the tappets and secure them in their
raised position, then remove the camshaft.
9. Remove the set screws securing the in-
jection pump drive gear and remove it from the
injection pump.
10. Disconnect at both ends and remove aIl
fuel Unes from the injection pump. Aiso dis-
conne ct the throttle and fuel shut-off control
rods from the injection pump.
1 MPORTANT: Cap or otherwise cover ail
open fuel connections to prevent -dirt from
entering the fuel system.
11. Remove the nuts and washers securing
the injection pump in place and carefully re-
move the pump from the engine.
NOTE: If tractor is equipped with power
steering, unbolt and rem ove the power steering
pump from the rear of the housing.
26
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
12. Remove the set screws and shakeproof
washers securing the timing gear housing to the
cylinder block, then by tapping the housing
lightly remove it from the block.
INSTALLATION
Before installing the timing gear housing
carefully clean and inspectallparts. REPLACE
ANY PARTS THAT ARE WORN OR DAMAGED.
NOTE: The front face of the cylinder block
contains two plugs. The upper one is a large
expansion plug closing the water jacket. The
lower plug is a smail one blocking the front
opening of the engine oil gallery. Make sure
to inspect the plugs and replace them if they
show signs of leakage.
To install the Timing Gear Housing proceed
as follows:
NOTE: To assure correct location of the tim-
ing gear housing it is advisable to remove the
idler gear hub from the housing and install the
hub onto the front of the block.
If the lower half of the housing (housing cover)
has been' removed, make sure that il is in-
stalled flush with the upper half, see Fig. 46.
1. Install a new gasket onto the front of the
block, then carefully install and boU the housing
in place.
2. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing as shown in Fig. 39 and with the
timing marks, No. 1, Fig. 39, on the pump and
housing aligned, boU the injection pump in place.
3. Align the dowel on the injection pump
gear with the slot in the front of the injection
pump, then install the gear and boU it in place.
4. With the tappets supported in their raised
position, carefully install the camshaft (with
its gear boUed to it) into the cylinder block.
5. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead
center (key on the front of the crankshaft point-
ing straight up) with the T .D.C. mark on the
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

7. Install the idler gear so that its three

timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
gears. Tighten the boit securing the idler gear
to 50 ft.-lbs. torque.

8. Install the oïl pan.

9. Install the timing gear cover, refer to

Page 20 for installation procedure.

10. Install the front end of the tractor and

complete reassembly by reversing the steps
listed under the heading "Removal".

Fig. 39 - Installing the Injec:tion Pump

1. Ti ming Marks
flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec-
tion hole.
6. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump
gears so that their timing marks are approxi-
mately aligned with the center of the idler gear
hub.
Crankshaft and Main Bearings
The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 180 degrees to each
other. The crankshaft is statically and dyna-
mically balanced and is supported by four pre-
cision nonadjustable type main bearings as
shown in Fig. 40.

Fig. 40 - Nomenc:lature
1. Starter Jaw 5. Timing Gear Spacer 8. No. 2 and 3 (Center) Main 11. Pulley and Timing GearKey
2. Starter Jaw Washer 6. Crankshalt Balance Weight Bearing Inserts 12. Front Main Bearing Insert
3. Crankshalt Pulley 7. Front Moin Bearing Insert 9. Rear Main Bearing Insl!:rts (Lower Half)
4. Crankshalt Timing Gear (Upper Half) 10. Upper Thrust Wcshers 13. Lower Thrust Washers
14. Crankshalt Balance Weight

27
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE
Fig.41 - Numbered Main Bearing Caps
1. Location Numbers
The rear of the crankshaft is machined to
provide an oil thrower and a oil return seroU
formed by a single right-hand helix machined to
a depth of 0.004 - 0.008 inch.
The dowe led main bearing caps are numbered
from front to rear as shown by No. l, Fig. 41,
and cannot be interchanged or replaced.
NOTE: The main bearing bores in the cylin-
der block and bearing caps are machined with
the caps in place and are stamped with a seriai
number, as shown by No. 2, Fig. 41. If for
any reason a main bearing cap becomes dam-
aged it will be necessary to replace the cylin-
der block complete with main bearing caps.
Oil seals are provided at the front and rear
ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal as
shown in Fig. 27 is of the spring loaded-type
and is installed in the timing gear cover. The
28
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
2. Black Seriai Number
rear oil seal is of the rubber core asbestos
rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
retainer as shown in Fig. 47.
CRANKSHAFT END PLA Y
The crankshaft end play is controlled by re-
placeable thrust washers which are installed
in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
ing cap and bearing bore in the cylinder block.
The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
prevent them from turning out of position.
NOTE: Replacement thrust washers are avaU-
able in standard size or 0.007 inch oversized
To determine the amount of crankshaft end
play proceed as follows:
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
1. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
force the crankshaft forward as far as it will go.
2. Measure the gap between the machined
shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
feeler gauge as shown in Fig. 42.
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End Play
3. With the lower half of the rear oil seal re-
tainer removed, force the crankshaft rearward
and measure the end playon the other side of
the rear main bearing.
4. End playon both sides should be identical
and be within 0.002 - 0.011 inch. INSTALL
NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END PLAY EX-
CEEDS 0.011 INCH.
Replacing Thrust Washers
To replace worn thrust washers with the
engine installed in the tractor, refer to Fig. 43
and proceed as follows:
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap.
2. Rotate the old upper halves of the thrust
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder
block.
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the
thrust washers (Those without locating lugs)
and rotate them into place WITH THE VERTI-
CAL GROOVES FACING OUTWA"RD.
ENGINE OVERHAUI PROCEDURES
Fig. 43 - Nomenclature
1. Lower Thrust Washer 2. Upper Thrust Washer
3. Bronze Faces and Vertical Grooves Toward Crankshcft
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust
washers from the bearing cap and install the new
ones with the vertical grooves facing outward.
NOTE: A light coating of grease will assist
in holding the washers in place. Make sure
that aU of the thrust washers are instaUed
with the vertical grooves outward. (Bronze
faces toward crankshaft)
5. Using new cap screw locks install the rear
main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing cap-
screws to 110 - 120 ft.-Ibs. torque and recheck
crankshaft end play.
CRANKSHAfT REMOVAI
1. Remove the engine from the tractor and
mount in a suitable engine stand.
2. Remove the clutch assembly as outlined
in Group II, Section A.
3. Remove the flywheel from the engine.
. NOTE: Use care when removing the flywheel
as il is only slightly piloted to the crankshaft.
29
 MASSEY -FERGUSON·
v&JEt 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

4. Remove the transmission housing adapter

plate.

5. Remove the water pump, crankshaft

pulley, generator and front timing gear cover.

6. Remove the oil pan and remove the bottom

half of the timing gear housing as shown in
Fig. 44.

Fig. 45 - Removing the Rear Main Bearing Cap

11. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the

cylinder block.

12. Remove the two halves of the rear oil

seal retainer from the cylinder block and rear
main bearing cap. Make sure to install new
crankshaft oil seals before reassembling the
engine.

NOTE: Identify and keep ail parts in order

so that if serviceable they may be installed in
their original location.

Fig. 44 - Removing the Bottom Cover from the

Timing Gear Housing
INSPECTION
7. Remove the oil pump supply and delivery
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft
oil pump from engine. as outlined in Group l, Section A, Part 4. New
specifications are as follows.
8. Remove the two long bolts and self lock-
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil Crankshaft
seal retainer (cover) assembly.
Main bearing
9. Remove the connecting rod caps and bear- journal diameters . .2.7485 - 2.749 inches
ing inserts. Crankshaft end- play. . 0.002 - 0.011 inch
Crankpin journal
diameters . . 2.2485 - 2.249 inches
NOTE: Check crankshaft end play before
removing the crankshaft. If end play exceeds Main Bearings
0.011 inch make sure to install new thrust
washers when reassembling the engine. Diameter of bearing
bore in block and cap. 2.9165 - 2.9175 inches
Bearing oil clearance .. 0.00226- 0.00426 inch

If any of the main or crankpin journals are

10. Bend back the cap screw locks, then re- worn beyond specifica.tions, more than 0.0015
move the cap screws securing the main bearing inch out-of-round, or tapered more than 0.001
caps and carefully remove the bearing caps inch, the crank,shaft must either be replaced or
from the engine, See Fig. 45. reground and fitted with undersize bearings.

30
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT

To properly regrind the crankshaft follow the information and specifications given below:

1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next size they can
be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.

2. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks.

3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized make sure to demagnetize it before it is reground.

4. Mter regrinding the crankshaft remove the sharp corners on the oil holes. Also, the crank-
shaft must again be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.

The necessary specifications for regrinding the crankshaft journals are as follows:

IMPORTANT: The surface finish on ail bearing surfaces must not exceed 16 micro-inches as
measured by a propilometer. Also, il is very important to maintain the radii quoted on the main
bearing and crankpin journals.

Main Bearing Journal Diameters

Standard size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485 - 2.749 inches

Undersizes
0.010 inch 2.7385 - 2.739 inches
0.020 inch 2.7285 - 2.729 inches
0.030 inch 2.7185 - 2.719 inches
Rear Main Bearing Journal Width
Standard size . . . . . . . . . l.87425 - l.87725 inches

Maximum permissible width after regrinding 1.89125.. inches

NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS l.21475 - l.22275 inches

RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375 - 0.109375 inch

(Must be Maintained) (3/32 inch ± 1/64 inch)
Crankpin Journal Diameters
Standard size 2.2485 - 2.249 inches

Undersizes
0.010 inch 2.2385 - 2.239 inches
0.020 inch 2.2285 - 2.229 inches
0.030 inch 2.2185 - 2.219 inches
Crankpin Journal Widths
Standard size . . . . . 1.562 - l. 565 inches

Maximum permissible width after regrinding l.5785 inches'

RADIUS ON ALL CRANKPIN JOURNALS 0.1563 - 0.1719 inch

(Must be Maintained) (5/32 inch ± 1/64 inch)

31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2

CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION 5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-

to their respective bearing caps and lightly
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the coat them with oil.
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the
block are clean, then proceed as follows: 6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with
locating tabs) with grease and position them in
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear- cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL
ing inserts in their proper positions and lu- GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD.
bricate them.
7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS install the num-
bered main bearing caps in their correct loca-
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are not tions. Make sure that the bearing caps are pro-
completely interchangeable. Refer to the follow- perly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS TO
ing table to determine which inserts are inter- 110 - 120 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
changeable.
8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft
force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end play as outlined
Searing Inserfs No. of Inserfs under heading "Crankshaft End Play". If end
play exceeds 0.011 inch install new thrust
No. 1 Main insert, washers.
upper half only . 1
No. 1 Main insert, 9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
lower half only . 1 plete with new oil seals and complete reassem-
No. 2 and No. 3 bly of tractor by reversing the steps listed
Main inserts, under heading "Re moval " .
upper and lower 4
No. 4 Main insert,
upper and lower 2

2. Install the upper halves of the crankshaft

thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block
housing with the oil grooves outward and the
steel face toward the main bearing cap, refer
to Fig. 43. .

N 0 TE: A light coat of grease will assist in

holding the thrust washers in place until the
crankshaft is installed

3. Make sure that:

a. The main bearing inserts are cor-

rectly installed and lubricated.

b. Oil grooves in upper thrust washers

are facing outward.

c. The ends of the thrust washers are

level with the face of the block.

4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into posi- Fig. 46 • InstaHing the Bottom Caver onto the
tion. Timing Gear Housing

32
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

NOTE: Wh en installing the lower half of the

timing gear housing (housing cover), make
sure thatit is flush with the front face of the
housing, see Fig. 46.

Both the flywheel and crankshaft flange have

six evenly spaced attaching holes and one un-
evently spaced hole. MAKE SURE TO IN-
STALL THE FLYWHEEL SO THAT THE
UNEVENLY SPACED HOLES ARE IN
ALIGNMENT.

Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal

The rear crankshaft oil seal is a two piece
rubber cored asbestos rope-type seal and is
contained in a two piece retainer as shown in Fig. 48 - Rear Oil Seal Retainer Assembly Correctly Installed
Fig. 47.
2. Remove the clutch assembly and flywheel.

3. Remove the transmission housing adapter

plate from the cylinder block and oil pan.

4. Remove the special self-locking nuts from

the two long clamping boUs that pass through
the oil seal retainer and remove the boIts.

5. Remove the cap screws and shakeproof

washers from each half of the oil seal retainer
and remove the retainers from the cylinder
black and rear main bearing cap.

o
1 011. SEAL REPLACEMENT

Before installing the new ail seals soak them

Fig. 47 - Nomenclature
1. Qil Seal Retainer Assembly (With Qil Seal Instolledl
2. Capscrew and Shakeproof Washer
3. Clamping Boit and Special Self Locking Nut
in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
sure to carefully clean the seal grooves and old
gasket material from the oil seal retainers.

Each half of the oil seal retainer is machined
to accommodate the oil seal. New oil seals can
be installed with the crankshaft in position. Fig.
48 shows the rear oil se al retainers properly
installed in place.
REMOVAI.
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seal pro-
ceed as follows:
1. Separate the engine from the transmission
housing.
To install the new oil seals place each half of
the seal retainer (one at a time) in a vise and
proceed as follows:
1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seal into each end of the groove in the
seal retainer, allowing the seal to project
0.010 - 0.020 inch BEYOND both ends of the
joint face. This amount of projection assures
correct contact between the end faces of the
seals, when the retainer halves are installed
around the crankshaft.

33
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP . SECTION D . PART 2

IMPORTANT: A projection exeeeding

that quoted must be avoided, because
the excess may not settle in the re-
tainer groove and may be forced over 0.010 - 0.020 INCH
the joint face as the retainer halves ABOVE FACE
are jYulled together. Thus the re-
tainers may be held slightly apart and
cause an oil leak.

Due to the interference between the

seal and its groove, it is possible that
the seal may not fully seat into the
groove, giving the impression that it
is too long. EA CH SEAL IS OF THE
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT
BE TRIMMED AT ANY TIME.

2. The middle of the oil seal will bulge out

of the groove and must be pushed in with the
fingers, by working from the center, until well
bedded in the groove. Use a round bar of metal
and by rolling and pressing further bed the ail Fig. 49 - Oil Secl Must Extend 0.010-0.020 Inch Beyond Face
seal in place. MAKE SURE THA T THE SEAL
EXTENDS 0.010-0.020 INCH BEYOND BOTH
ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE as shawn in Fig.
49. Any gap at this joint when the seals are
installed will allow ail ta leak past the seal. 6. Assemble the ail seal retainers around
the crankshaft and LOOSELY bolt them together 0

3. Repeat the above steps for the other half

of the seal retainer, then proceed with step
No. 4.
4. Remove all of the old gasket material
from the sealing faces of the cylinder black and
rear main bearing cap, then install new gaskets
using a suifable sealing compound.
5. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail seal
retainers with sealing compound and COAT THE
INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE OIL
SEAL WITH GRAPHITED GREASE.
7. Position the seal retainer assembly sa
that the hales align, then LOOSEL y bolt it ta
the black and rear bearing cap using shake-
proof type washers.
8. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
9. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing
the seal retainer assembly.
10. Complete reassembly by reversing the
steps listed under heading "Removal".

34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MASSEY -FERGUSON
 MASSEY.FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

PART l-AD3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Engine Application . . An MF 135, 150, 2135 Series and 2244 Tractors, also MF 203
Tractors, SeriaI No. 659002115, and up, and MF 205 Tractors,
SeriaI No. 659101250, and up, and aU MF 2500 Fork Lifts

Bore . . . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . 3
Piston Displacement . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . 18.5 to 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3

Maximum Brake Horsepower - Corrected ~

(mfg. rating with std. accessories):
An Applications Except MF 2244 . (' . . . . . . 42 @ 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . 44 @ 2250 rpm

Maximum Torque '" 119 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm

PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped

with PTO shaft). . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 max., 35 min. @ 2000
engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm

Combustion System .................. . Direct inj ection

Low Idle Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse). 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . 620-650 rpm
Rated Engine Speed:
An Applications Except MF 2244 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . . 2250 rpm

High Idle Speed (no load):

An Applications Except MF 2244 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application. 2390 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 010" "Hot"
0.012" "Cold"

TORQUE TENSIONS

Cylinder Head 55-60 ft.-lbs.

Connecting Rods 45-50 ft. -lbs.
Main Bearings . 90- 95 ft. -lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . 75 ft. -lbs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . 50 ft. -lbs.
Balance Weight Capscrews 50-55 ft.-lbs.
Injector RoId-Down Nuts . . 10-12 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews . . 18 ft.-Ibs.

Rcissoed 12·65 1
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

ENGINE REBUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Pistons

Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin hOles):

Top Piston Skirt Diameter . 3.5919"-3.5929"
Bottom Piston Skirt Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5955"-3.5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"
Piston Height Relative to Top Face of Cylinder Block. 0.001" below to O. 004" above

Cylinder Liners

Inside Diameter of Liner 3.6015"-3.6025"

Cylinder Block Bore . . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Outside Diameter of Liner:
Service Liners . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Production Liners 3.6895"-3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . From O. 001" interference to 0.001" clearance
Production Liners From O. 001" to 0.003" interference
Location of Cylinder Liner Flange:
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to O. 004" below

Piston Pins

Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . . . . . . . . . 0.0005"-0.00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . . Minus 0.00025" to plus O. 00025"

Piston Rings

Ring Side Clearance (one-piece rings):

Compression Rings . . . . . . . . . . 0.0019"-0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.004"
Ring End Gap (one-piece rings)
(ring gap measured in a 3. 600" bore) 0.009"-0.013"

Conneding Rods

Inside Bushing Diameter (finished) . . . . . . 1. 2505"-1. 2515"

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter. . . . . . . . . 2.3950"-2.3955"
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.2515"-2.2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2 .. 2485"-2.249"
Bearing Clearance 0.0025"-0.004"
Rod Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095"-0.0148"

2 Rei $Su ed 12-65

 MASSEY.FERGUSON
GROUP 0 . SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICA TI ONS

Crankshaft and Main Bearings

Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 2.2485"-2.249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . 2.7485"-2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.752"-2.7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003"-0.005"
Crankshaft End-Pla,y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.015"

Valves

Valve Head Diameter:

Intake . . . . 1. 532"-1. 536"
Exhaust. . . . . . . 1. 313"-1. 317"
Stem Diameter . . . . 0.311"-0.312"
Stem Clearance Limits. 0.002"-0.0045"
Face Angle . . . . . . . . .. Production 45 0 -44 0 service
Valve Interference Angle - Service . 10 (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010" (hot), 0.012" (cold)
Valve Head Clearance Below Face of Cylinder Head
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060"-0.073"

Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 46 0 service 45
-
Seat Contact Width . . . 1/16" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Run-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"

Valve Guides

Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · . 0.584"-0.594"

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 0.3145"-0.3155"
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide) . . . . . · 0.0025"-0.0045"

Valve Springs

lImer Springs: (if so equipped)

Approximate Free Length . . · 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed . .1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length · 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . · 27/32"
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length 21-25 lbs.
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length . . . . . . . 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length 21-25 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . 1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length. 48-52 lbs.

3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PER KINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

rappets

Stem Diameter . O. 62225"-0. 62375"

Tappet Bore in Head 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits. . . 0.00075"-0.0035"

Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly

Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . 0.6225"-0.62375"

Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . "
0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits (shaft-to-bushing) . 0.00075"-0.0035"

Valve Timing (Crankshaft Degrees)

Intake Valve Opens. . 13 0 B. T. D. C.

Intake Valve Closes . 43 0 A. T. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens . 46 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closed 100 A. T. D. C.

Timing Gears

Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003"-0.006"

Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter. . . . ." 2.123"-2.1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2.125"-2.1266"
Clearance Limits . . .0.0012"-0.0036"
Id'ler Gear End,... Play. . . . .. 0.005"-0.015"

Camshaft

Cam Lobe Lift • < •••••••••••••••• 0.3093."-0.3183"

Camshaft End- Play. Controlled by spring on rear of timing gear cover

Front Bearing:
Front J ourlial Diamater 1. 869" -1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1. 874"-1. 877"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"

Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" -1. 360"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864"-1. 867"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"

Real' Bearing:
Real' Journal Diameter. 1. 839"-1. 840"
Real' Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844"-1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"

4 RciSSvcd 12·65
 MASSEY.FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Materials Specifications)

LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL FUEL OllS

ASTM Designation: D975-59T
Carbon
Wa"r Resi-
and due on 90% Vilcosity
Sedi- 10 pe" Dô.ril- at 100' F.
ment. cent lotion Kin.matie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Flash Pour p.'" Resid- A.h, Temper_ e.nli.toke, Cappe,
Point. Point, cent uum, percent ature, (0' Saybolt SuHv" 5trip
deg. des· by yol-. p.'" by dog. Universal percent Carro- Cetane
fahr. Fahr. ume cent weight Fahr. soc.) by Weight sion Humber
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min.
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 0.01 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4) r
legol
No. 2·0 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
Summer Operation or (32.6) (45)
legal
For cald weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is ta be operated.
low.atmospheric temperatures os weil os engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetone ratings.

Fuel Lift Pump

Type . . MechanicalIy operated, Diaphragm type

A. C. Delco - No. 7950504

Operating Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 psi

Injection Pump

Make and Model No:

AlI Applications except MF 2244 . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Models
3230060, 3230080 and3230110

MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Model No. 3230070

Injection Timing - Static:

AU Applications Èxcept MF 2244. 240 BTDC
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 26 0 BTDC

Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor:

For Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder E

Low Idle Speed Setting:

AU Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) . 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . . 620- 650 rpm

High Idle Speed Setting:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244. 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 2390 rpm

Reissued 12·65 5
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

Fuellniec:tors

Type and Madel No .. . CAY multi-hole, long stem nozzle (CAY

holder No. BKBL67SD5151 - CAY nozzle
No. BDLLI50S6372)

Nozzle Opening Pre:?sure:

Used Injectors (more than 25 hrs. operation) . . 2500 psi
New Injectors or Old Injectors with New Springs 2720 psi
Spray Hole Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098"

Fuel Filters

Change Interval:
Primary Element. . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary Element Every 1000 hours of operation

LUBRICA TlON SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Type of Oïl

API Service Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "DG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)

Viscosity

Above 900 F . . . . . . . . .. " SAE 30

From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. . SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 100 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . SAE 10 W
From - 100 F. to + 100 F. SAE 5W or 5W/20

Crankcase Capacity

An Applications Except MF 2244. . . . . . . . . . . . 6 U. S. Quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

quart for filter change

MF 2244 Application .' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 U. S. quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

quart for filter change

Oil Change Period

Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours of operation

Eng;ne Oil Pressure

Normal Operating Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at regular operating speeds

6 Reissued 12-65
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

Oi' Pump

Capacity. . . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm

Idler Gear Bushing (inside diameter) . · 0.6562"-0.6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter. . 0.65475"-0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . 0.00085"-0.00245"
Idler End- Playon Hub . . . . . . 0.005"- 0.018"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . 0.012"-0.018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance. O. 006" maximum
Outer Rotor-to-Pump Body Clearance O. 010" maximum
Top of Rotors to Face of Pump Body Clearance 0.003" maximum

Oi' Pressure Relief Va've

Relief Valve Setting . · . . .. 50-65 psi

Relief Valve Spring:
Free Length. . . . . . . · . . . . . 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4" 5-1/4 to 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1". . . 11-1/2 to 13-1/2 lbs.

Oi' Fi'ter 1

Change Pedod . Every other oil change (200 hours)

By- Pass Valve Opens. . . 13 -17 psi (differential pressure)

COOLING SYSTEM

Radiator Pressure Cap:

An Applications Except MF 2244 and MF 2500 7 psi
MF 2244 and MF 2500 Applications 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2"-3/4"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance . 0.010"-0.020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . 175 0 -182 0 F.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery

Make Used . . . . . . . . . . MF, Part No. 832709 M2, 17 plates per cell
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . · . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20 Hr. Rate · . . . 96
Battery Ground . . . . . . . · Negative

Rcissucd 12·65 7
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

Generafor

Make and Model No's. Used:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244, 2500 and MF 150 . . . ~ . . Delco-Remy 1100437
MF 150 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100438
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100720 (alternator)

DR-1100437 and 1100438:

Rotation Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . .. A
Brush Spring Tension . . . 28 oz.
0
Field Current (80 F. ):
Amps . . . . . . . . . 1. 58-1. 67
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps. 25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0
DR-1100720 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End Either
Circuit . . . . . . . . B
Filed Current (80 0 F):
Amps . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 2.6
Volts . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output At Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . .30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output .32 amps.

Starfing Motor

Make and Model No's. Used.

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 Delco-Remy 1107512
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1107540

DR-1107512 and 1107540:

Pinion·Clearance . . . . O. 010" to O. HO"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (oz.) . 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps. · 75 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 100 (includes sOlenoid)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • .• 5
Minimum Amps. 720 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 870 (includes sole no id)

8 Reissued 12-65
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEC'F'CA TI ONS

Generator Regulator

Make and Model Used:

AU Applications Except MF 2244 and 2500 . Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications Delco-Remy 1119513

DR-1118981:
Circuit . A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range . 13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. 0.020"
Point Opening. . 0.020"
Adjust to Close At. . 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range. 0 11. 8-14. 0 volts

DR-1119513:
Circuit B
Po lar ity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap 0.015 inch
Point Opening. . 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range 3.8- 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap
. . 0.014 inch
*
Point Opening
Voltage . See Temperature - Voltage Chart **

TEMPERATURE- VOL.TAGE CHART

Regulator Ambient
Temperature (Degrees 65 85 105 125 145 165 185
Fahrenheit)

13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13. 1

Voltage Setting to to to to to to to
15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9

*Adjust Air Gap onlywhen necessary to obtain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. After Benclz Repair Only, set air gap to
approximately 0.067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustment.

**Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05-0.4 volt lower than on upper contacts.

RcisSLCd 12-65 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

PART 2-AD3.152 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INDEX
Page
Introduction ............................ . . . . . 1
Engine Description ........................... 2
Engine Seriai Number ........................ 3
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly .................... 3
Cyl inder Head ............................... 4
Valves ..................................... 7
Valve Guides ............................... 7
Valve Seats ................................. 8
Valve Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8
Tappets .................................... 9
Cylinder Head Reassembly ..................... 10
Cylinder Head Installation ..................... 10
Page
Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance ............... 11
Cylinder Block (Stripped) ...................... 12
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly ............. 13
Cylinder Liners ............................... 17
Timing Gear Cover and Front
Crankshaft Oil Seal ......................... 19
Timing Gears ................................ 20
Camshaft .................................... 25
Timing Gear Housing .......................... 27
Crankshaft and Main Bearings ................... 30
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ....................... 35
Flywheel .................................... 35

INTRODUCTION

This part of this manual is concerned with the overhaul procedures for the Perkins
AD3. 152 Diesel Engine. AH of the procedures and service information contained in
this part assume that the engine has been removed from the tractor and pertain only
to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular application in which the en-
gine may be used.

NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning the lubricatioJZ

system and the otlzer engine systems of the AD3.152 engine, refer to
the appropria te part within this section of your lilanual.

Before starting disassembly, make a complete diagnosis of the engine to be sure

that an overhaul is really necessary. If the overhaul is necessary, inspect the en-
tire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that must also be
corrected before it is assembled and returned to the customer.

Thoroughly steam clean the engine before disassembling it or removing any com-
ponent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise coyer aH fuel
openings as soon as they are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINESS IS VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVER-EMPHASIZED.

Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers to the en-
gine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from
the front.

Printcd in U.S.A.
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J 52 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 1 - Front Left-Hond View of AD3.152 Engine Fig. 2 - Rear Right-Hand View af AD3.152 Engine

ENGINE DESCRIPTION jected into the chamber by means of a multi-

hole, long stem type of inje ctor •
The AD3.152 Diesel engine, as shown in
Figs. 1 and 2, is a three-cylinder engine using
dry cast iron liners with a bore of 3.6" and a The fuel injection pump is made by C. A. V.
stroke of 5". The engine has a total piston and is of the D. P. A. distritutor type, with a
displacement of 152.7 cubic inches and a com- built-in mechanical governor. The pump is
pression ratio of 18.5 to 1. The AD3.152 en- flang~-mounted to the back of the timing gear
gine has a maximum corrected brake horse- housing and is gear-driven through an idler
power of 42 (subject to official confirmation). gear by the crankshaft gear.
Maximum engine torque is 119 ft,-lbs. occur-
ing at an engine speed of a p pro x i mat e l y
1300 rpm.
The fuel system is of the direct-injection
type, employing a toroidal chamber machined
in the crown of each piston. The fuel is in-

Fig. 4 - Front Support Marked to Show

Correct Positioning of Siot
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shah Assembly 1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Siot Corrcctly Pos:tioncd

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

The valves are vertically located in replace-

able guides in the cylinder he ad and have two
valve springs for each valve. The valves are
operated by tappets in the cylinder hea~ from
the gear-driven camshaft, which is located
high on the right-hand side of the cyl i n der
block.

The crankshaft is supported by four main

bearings and is forged from chrome molybde-
num steel, with induction-hardened main bear-
ing j ournals. Crankshaft end-play is control-
led by replaceable thrust washers installed on
each side of the rear main bearing.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

Each AD3.152 engine has a seriaI number
stamped on a machined surface located on the
left-hand side of the cylinder block, near the
top.
Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
The beginning engine seriaI number was 1. Rocker Sho h 6. Rocker Shoft Spocer
2300251. Always mention the engine seriaI 2.
3.
Rocker Shah End Plug
Snop Ring
7.
8.
Rocker Shah Spring ((entet)
Rocker Shah Oi 1 Line
num ber when ordering parts. 4. Rocker Shah Brocket 9. Rocker Shah Spring (Front
(Support) and Reor)
5. Rocker Shah Spring (Front 10. Right·Hond Rocker Arms
and Rear) 11. leh·Hond Rocker Arms

ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y

REMOVAL
Ta remove the rocker arm shaft assembly,
refer ta Fig. 3 and proceed, as follows:
1. Disconnect the breather pipe hase, then
remove nuts securing rocker arm cover and
remove caver from engine.
2. Dis conne ct ail line to rocker arm shaft
at cylinder head end.
3. Work from the center ta bath ends and
gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker
shaft supports.
4. After loosening the nuts, remove them
and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cy linder head.
DISASSEMSL y
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft
assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannat
be interchanged. Observe aIs a that there is a
slot, No. 2, Fig. 4, in the front end of the
rocker shaft and that it is aligned with a punch
mark, No. 1, Fig. 4, on the front support
bracket. The amount of ail circulating ta the
rocker assembly can be adjusted by position-
ing this slot. The punch mark on the front
support bracket (stamped 30 0 from vertical
position) shows where the slot must normally
be set.
NOTE: Only in the event of inadequate,
or excessive, rocker arm lubrication
should the slot be repositioned. Mini-
mum oil flow occurs with the s lot in
the vertical position.
Ta disassemble the rocker arm shaft as-
sembly, refer ta Fig. 5 andproceed, as follows:
1. Remove the retaining snapring from each
end of the rocker shaft.
2. Remove the support brackets, rocker
a r ms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker
shaft oil line from rocker shaft. Lay aIl parts
in arder sa they may be instaIled intheir
same locations.
INSPECTION
Clean aU parts in a suitable solvent; make
sure aIl ail hales are open and proceed, as
follows:

Printed in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 6 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly Correctly Assembled

1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft
if it is badly worn or scored.

2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms

that have seized and have 100se bushings. Also,
discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces. Fig.6A - Cylinder Head - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
1. End Plate Cover 8. Cylinder Head
NOTE: Rocker anus and bushings are 2. Volve Guide 9. Thermostat Body
3. Lower Volve Spring Retoiner 10. EnJine lift Brocket
not serviced separately and if either 4. Outer Valve Spring 1l. Tappet
is worn or d a lit age d, new rocker 5. Cap Retainers (Keepers) 12. Intake Valve
6. Upper Valve Spring Cap 13. Exhaust Va Ive
arms are available with bushings in- 7. Inner Velve $pring 14. Exhoust Manifold
stalled and realiled to proper size.
3. Measure diameter of bearing surfaces on
rocker shaft and inside diameter of rocker arm 4. Connect the rocker shaft oil line to the
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker cylinder head.
arm bushings and shaft is 0.0075" - 0.0035".
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance 5. Adjust the valve tappet clearances "cold",
exceeds O. 0045". as outlined under the heading "Adjusting Valve
Tappet Clearance".

REASSEMBI. y AND INSTAl.l.ATION 6. Install the rocker arm cover, usirtg a

new gasket, and connect the breather pipe hose.
To reassemble and install the rocker arm
assembly, proceed, as follows:

1. Install an parts in their correct sequence,

as shown in Figs. 5 and 6. Make sure that the
slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
matched and lined up with the punch mark on
the front support bracket, also, that the stud
holes in the support brackets are toward the
intake manifold side of engine. Rocker arms
are right-handed and left-handed and must be
positioned as shown in Figs. 3 and 6.
CYLINDER HEAD
The cylinder head is of thevalve-in-headtype
and is made of high grade cast iron alloy.
The tappets are contained in the cylinder head
and operate directly in the head without the use
of push rods.

2. Complete reassembly by installing a new
snapring at each end of the rocker shaft.
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in
place and progressively tighten the rocker shaft
support nuts down e~'enl)', until they are sec-
urely tightened.
The valves operate in replaceable cast iron
valve guides installed in the cylinder head and
seat directly in the head without the use of seat
inserts.
Fig. 6A shows the parts contained in the cyl-
inder head and various related attaching parts.

4
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig.7 - Cylinder Head - Identification of Fig. 8 - Cy linder Head - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components Connecting and Related Components

REMOVAL in Fig. 16, then carefully remove the cylinder

To remove the cylinder head, THOROUGHLY
CLEAN THE ENGINE and proceed, as follows;
refer to Figs. 7 and 8:
1. Disconnect the upper end of the by-pass
hose from the thermostat housing.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose from
the rocker arm coyer.
3. Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds.
4. Remove oil line between cylinder block
. and cylinder head. This oil line provides oil
to the cylinder head for the rocker arm shaft
assembly.
head, as shown in Fig. 9.
INSPECTION
Disassemble the cylinder head, then thor-
oughly clean it and other connecting parts.
Make sure aIl sealing surfaces are clean and
not damaged. Clean aIl scale from the water
passages in the cylinder head and inspect head
for possible cracks. Use a straightedge and
determine if cylinder head is warped due to
overheating or extreme operation. If neces-
sary, the cylinder head may be resurfaced up
to 0.012"; however, UNDER NO CIRCUM-

5. Disconnect and remove the injector leak-

off line assembly from the injectors.

6. Disconnect and remove the three high

pressure fuel lines between the fuel injection
pump and fuel injectors.
IMPOR TANT: Cap or otherwise cover
aU fuel openings to prevent dirt fro1Jl
entering ihefuel system.

7. Remove the fuel injectors.

8. Remove the rocker arm coyer.

9. Disconnect the rocker shaft oil line at the

cylinder head. Work from the center to both
ends and gradually loosen the nuts securing the
rocker arm shaft supports. After loosening,
remove nuts and lift rocker shaft assembly
from cylinder head.

10. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE-

VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown Fig.9 - Removing or Installing the Cylinder Head

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J 52 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 10 - Va Ive Location Numbers and Va Ive Arrangement

STANCES MUST ITS THICKNESS BE RE-

DUCED BELOW 2.988" (3" thickness new).

IMPORTANT: If it is necessary ta
resurface the Izead, malèe certain,
zvhen asseJJtbling it, that the valves are
within tlze specified distance below the
face of the cy lin der head.
Examine the water- jacket plugs on the cyl-
inder head and an of the cylinder black studs
for looseness, damaged or stripped threads.
Replace aU damaged or defective parts.

NOTE: Make a special point ta in-

spect for and reJJlove any old injector
sealing waslzers whiclz may have re-
}JI ained in tlze cy lin der lzead.

Fig. 11 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies

Tlze Ilozzle r e ces ses in tlze lzead 1. Exhaust Valve J. Inncr Volve $pr;ngs
2. Intokc Valve 5. Outer Volve Springs
Jllltst be carefully cleaned, IlSÙZg a 3. Lowcr Volve $pr;ng Rcto:ncrs 6. Upper Valve Spr:ng Caps
soft suitable tool that will not damage 7. Cop Rctcincrs (Kccpcrs)

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 12 - Removing or Installing the Valves
the sealing surface, to prevent possi-
ble leakage.
VALVES
The valves are retained in the cylinder head
by caps and split-type cap retainers. Intake
and exhaust valves are not interchangeable.
Both the intake and exhaust valves are manu-
0
factured with 45 angle faces and have stem
diameters of O. 311" - 0.312".
AH of the valves and the botlom face of the
cylinder head are numbered to show the correct
valve locations. Refer to Fig. 10 showing the
locating numbers and the arrangement of the
intake and exhaust valves.
The valves, valve springs and retaining as-
semblies are shown in Fig. 11.
New valve specifications are, as follows:
INTAKE VALVES:
Face Angle .............................. 45 0
Stem Diameter .............. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length .......................... .4. 5"
Head Diameter .............. 1. 532" - 1. 536"
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
EXHAUST VALVES:
0
Face Angle ............................ 45
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length ......................... , 4. 5"
Head Diameter............... 1. 313" - 1. 317"
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION
To remove the valves, use a valve spring
compressor, as shown in Fig. 12. Place
valves in a numbered rack so that, if they are
to be re-used, they may be installed into their
original valve guides. The original valves are
numbered consecutively from the front of the
engine.
Thoroughly clean and inspect aU valves. If
valves appear to be in good condition, measure
the following:
1. Thickness of Valve Margin - Discard
valves with margins less than 1/32".
2. Stem Diameter - Discard valves that
have scored stems or a stem diameter of
0.310", or less.
SERVICING
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a
440 face angle (one degree interference angle
used). Discard any valves that are bent or
have a margin thickness of 1/32", or less,
after refacing.
VALVES GUIDES
Intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable. Inside diameter of new valve
guides is 0.3145" - 0.3155". The desired
clearance between the guide and valve stem is
0.0025" - 0.0045" for both intake and exhaust
valves. Replacement valve guides are pre-
sized and do not require reaming.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-
place guides that are badly worn, scored, or
otherwise damaged. Measure the inside dia-
meter of the valve guides and replace guides if
diameter is more than 0.3155", or if valve
guide-to-stem clearance exceeds 0.0045".
7
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE
TOP FACE OF
45° CHAMFER
\..------.--
20° CHAMFER
Fig. 13 - Shoulderless Volve Guide Properly
Insta lied and Located
REPLACEMENT
Remove valve guides by pressing them out
the top of the cylinder head. To install new
valve guides, use a piloted drift 0.002" smaller
than the inside diameter of the guides.
Insert the 20 0 chamferred end (both ends are
chamferred, but with different angles) from the
TOP of the cylinder head. PRESS (DO NOT
DRIVE) THE VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD
UNTIL THE TOP END (45 0 CHAMFERRED
END) EXTENDS 0.584" - 0.594" ABOVE THE
TOP FACE OF THE HEAD, as shown in Fig. 13.
IMPORTANT; Malœ sure ta reface the
valve seats after installillg ne/u valve
guides ta insure concentricity of the
s eat ta the Ile IV guide.
VALVE SEATS
The intake and exhaust valves seat directly in
the cylinder head, with no seat inserts being
used.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit-
ting, burning or other evidence of leakage. If
any of these conditions exist or if new valve
8
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
VALVE HEAD 0.060-0.073 INCH BELOW
'\E 0' Cyl/NDER HEAD
Fig. 14 - Intake and Exhaust Volves Must be Located
within a Specified Distance Below Foce of Cylinder Head
guides have been installed, the valve seats
must be refaced.
SERVICING
Reface the intake and exhaust valve seats to
a 45 0 angle (one degree interference angle
used). REMOVE ONL y ENOUGH METAL TO
CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE
SEAT.
NOTE: The heads of the illtal?e and ex-
haust valves, when installed in the
cylinder lzead, mus t be located between
0.060" - 0.073" below the cylinder
lzead face, as sJwwn in Fig. 14. DO
NOT reface tlze valve seat or valve ta
the point tllat the valve depth exceeds
the amount specified.
VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs, caps and split-type re-
tainers are interchangeable for the intakeand
exhaust valves. Two valve springs are used
for each valve. Neither one of the springs
have damper coils and may be installed with
either end up.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 15A - Cylinder Head Gasket and Grip

Rings Properly Installed

shows a tappet removed from the cylinder

head.
Fig. 15 - Tappet - Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Teppet Fece 3. Adjusting Screw Locknut
2. Teppet Stem 4. Teppet Adjusting Screw

REMOVAL

INSPECTION To remove the tappets, proceed, as follows:

Discard any valve springs that do not have 1. Remove the cylinder head.
square ends, also those that are discolored,
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-
pear to be in good condition, check in a sprlng nut.
tester and compare readings with the following
specifications: 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
they may be installed into their original bores.
OUTER SPRING:

Approximate Free Length .......... 1-25/32"

Spring Length Valve Closed. . . . . . . . . .. 1-1/2" INSPECTION
Spring Pressure at
1-1/2" Length ................ 21-25 lbs. Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect
Spring Length Valve Open ........... 1-5/32" the m, as follows:
Spring Pressure at
1-5/32" Length ............... 48-52 lbs. 1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and
that they will slide into their bores under their
INNER SPRING: own weight.

Approximate Free Length ........... , 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed .......... 1-3/16"
Spring Pressure at 1-3/16" ........ 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open ............ 27/32"
Spring Pressure at 27/32" ....... 21-25 lbs.
2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the
tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet should be
replaced.
NOTE: Do not regrind the face of the
tappet.

TAPPETS 3. Measure the tapp'3t bore and the tappet

stem diameter. Clearance between bore and
The tappets are of the mushroom-type and stem should be between 0.00075" - 0.0035".
operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15 Install new tappets if clearal'lce is excessive.

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
INSTAlLALt CYllNDER HEAD NUTS"
WITH LETTERS "R" UT>
Fig. 16 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y
Make sure aIl parts are clean and service-
able, then proceed, as follows:
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with
engine oil.
2. Using a valve spring compressor, install
the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
Fig. 11 for proper sequence of parts.
3. Replace thermostat body and water outlet
connection if they have been removed. Use new
gaskets and a suitable sealing compound.
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cyl-
inder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the new cylinder head gasket
with an aviation grade sealing compound (non-
hardening).
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top
Front" and install it onto the block in this
position.
10
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
- -
3. Install the two grip rings onto the rear-
most stud near the left-hand side of the engine,
as shown in Fig. 15A.
4. Apply a light coating of non-hardening
sealing compound around the by-pass connec-
tion of the thermostat housing and carefully in-
stal! the cylinder head in place, being careful
not to damage the by-pass hose.
5. Tighten the cylinder head nuts, in the se-
quence shown in Fig. 16, to 55-60 ft.-lbs.
torque.
NOTE: lilstall a lcaslzer IlIlder llie Jilll
ail the cylindey head stuc!, SilO/Cil by
No. 15 in Fig. 16. This s lud liS es
grip rillgs ail il ta precenl llie fil-
s tallatioll of anotlzey head gas l?el Icllic/i
is sùltilar and could be accidel/laZ!.\'
ùzstalled.
6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
Make sure that the slotted end of the rocker
shaft is toward the front of engine and that the
slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
support.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

7. Install the oilline between cylinder head

and block. This oil line supplies the oil for
lubrication of the rocker arni shaft assembly.

8. Adjust the valve tappet clearances to

0.012", "cold", as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance".

NOTE: The valve tappet clearances

should again be readjusted with the en-
gine "hot" to 0.010" clearance, after
the engine kas been s tarted and the
cylinder head nuts have been re-
tightened.

9. Install injectors, USING NEW COPPER

WASHERS, and tighten the nuts down EVENLY
to 10-12 ft.-Ibs. torque. MAKE SURE TO
INSTALL ONLY ONE WASHER UNDER EACH
INJECTOR.

NOTE: Each injector should slide

freely into place and not bind. Bind- Fig. 16A - Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance
ing or "canting" of the injector will
cause improper injector operation.
THIS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT
FOR THE LONG TYPE INJECTOR To adjust the tappet clearance "cold", pro-
NOZZLES USED IN AD3.152 EN- ceed, as follows:
GINES.
1. Remove the rocker cover.
10. Install the high pressure fuel lines be-
tween the fuel injection pump and injectors.
2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole
NOTE: Be sure both ends of each fuel in the left front side of the transmission hous-
line are connected before fully tight- ing adapter plate.
ening the lines.

11. Install the intake and exhaust manifolds.
12. Using a new gasket, install the rocker
arm cover and reconnect the breather pipe
hose.
NOTE: Retighten the cylinder head
nuts after the engine has been started
and allowed to reach normal operating
temperature.
ADJUSTING V AL VE
TAPPET CLEARANCE
The design of the three-cylinder crankshaft
(three throws - 120 0 apart) makes it necessary
to use a slightly different procedure for adjust-
ing the valve tappet clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve tappet clearances should
be set at 0.010", "hot", or at 0.012", "cold".
TI-.è engine firing order is 1-2-3.
3. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) so that
No. 1 piston is coming up on compression
stroke, then continue turning until the T. D. C.
mark on flywheel is positioned in the middle of
the inspection hole.
4. Check and adj ust tappet clearances for
valve Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, as shown in Fig. 16A.
Refer to Fig. 10 if in doubt about location of
valves.
5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
(clockwise - 3600 ) with the T. D. C. mark on
the flywheel positioned in the middle of the in-
spection hole, then adjust the tappet clearances
for valve Nos. 4 and 6.
6. Replace plug in inspection ho le and com-
plete reassembly.

PrinTod in U.S.A. 11
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 17 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps

Marked far Proper Identification
1. Black Identi!i cation Number

Fig. 16B - Cylinder Block - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components
1. Cylinder Liner 6. Boit Lock thoroughly cleaned and the block inspected, as
2.
3.
Cylinder Head Stud
Cylinder Head·Gasket
7.
8.
Slip Wosher
Main Bearing Cap Boit
follows:
4. Cylinder Black 9. Rear Oil Seol (Only Lower Half Shawn)
5. Main Beoring Cap 10. Reor Oil Seal Caver Assembly
11. Transmission Housing Adopter Plate 1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
plugs showing signs of leakage.
.~.

2. Inspect for and replace studs and cap-

CYLINDER BLOCK (Stripped)
The cylinder block is a one-piece casting
made of heavy-duty cast iron alloy and is prop-
erly machined to accept the dry-type cast iron
cylinder liners. Fig. 16B shows the parts con-
tained in the cylinder block and other related
attaching parts.
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block
and main bearing caps are machined with the
caps in place. For this reason, the bearing
caps are not replaceable and cannot be inter-
changed between cylinder blocks or located in
düferent positions.
For identüication pUrposes, the main bearing
caps are numbered from the front of the engine
and both the cylinder block and main bearing
caps are marked with a seriaI number. The
caps must always be installed in their original
locations, with their seriaI number toward the
seriaI number on the block; see No. 1, Fig. 17.
screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
wise damaged. MAKE SURE THAT ALL STUDS
ARE SCREWED TIGHTLY IN THE BLOCK.
3. Carefully inspect the cylinder block for
possible cracks due to freezing, severe over-
heating, or damage.
4. Visually inspect the top face of the cylin-
der block for scoring or other damage. Use a
straightedge and feeler gauge and inspect the
top face of the cylinder block for possible war-
page due to extreme overheating or other ab-
normal operation. The face of the cylinder
block must not be damaged and should be true
within O. 003". If the top face of the cylinder
block is damaged or is not true and exceeds the
amount specüied, it may be refaced lightly,
providing the block thickness is not reduced
below 13.731" and the piston height (when
measured at T. D. C.) and sleeve location is
maintained within their proper limits in rela-
tion to the face of the cylinder block, after the
refacing operation.

INSPECTION 5. Use a dial indicator and check the parent

cylinder bores in the cylinder block. Measure
Mter the cylinder block has been stripped of the inside diameter in two directions (at right
aIl removeable parts, the entire casting, in- angles) at the top, center and bottom of each
cluding the oil and coolant passages, should be bore. MAKE SURE THE BORES ARE THOR-

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

Fig. 18 - Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly - Fig. 19 - Pistons Marked with Word "Front"
Identification and Sequence of Parts to Indicate Carrect Pos itioning
1. Pi ston 5. Connecting Rod
2. Pi ston Pin 6. Bearing Inserts
3. Piston Pin RetoÎners 7. Boit ond Self·Locking Nut
4. Connecting Rod Bushing 8. Connecting Rod Cop
Five piston rings are installed to each pis-
ton: three compression rings and one oi! ring
above the piston pin and one oi! ring below the
OUGHLY CLEAN WHEN PERFORMING THIS pin.
CHECK. The cylinder block bores must not be
out-of-round more than O. 001". The connecting rods are fitted with replace-
able piston pin bushings. The crank end of the
If the bores are distorted due to overheating rods are fitted with interchangeable, precision
or other abnormal conditions, they can be trued type bearing inserts. Replaceable connecting
up by very lightly honing them to an inside di- rod bearing inserts are available in standard
ameter of 3. 6875" - 3. 6885". size and O. 010", O. 020" and O. 030" undersize.
The connecting rods and bearing caps are num-
Under no circumstances should the bores be bered from the front of the engine, as shown in
honed to the extent that a new cylinder liner, Fig. 20, with the numbers opposite the cam-
which has been carefully cleaned and lubricat-
ed, will slide fully in place under its own
weight.

PISTON AND CONNECTING

ROD ASSEMBL y
Fig. 18 shows the parts of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam-
ground and are made of a special light alumi-
num alloy.

An pistons are marked with the word

"Front", as shown in Fig. 19, to indicate tp.e
correct positioning of the piston inside the
Fig. 20 - Connecting Rods Are Humbered from Front of
cylinder. Engine and Are Graded by Weight

Print~d in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

shaft side of the engine. Connecting rods are connecting rod boIts and remove the bearing
graded by weight and are also· numbered, as cap AND THE CONNECTING ROD BOLTS.
shown in Fig. 20, to indicate their weight.
9. Remove piston and connecting rod as-
The code numbers and their respective sembly from top of block.
weights are, as follows:
NOTE: Identify and Zay out aU parts
Rod Weight in their arder of reJ/loval sa that, if
(includes bearing cap, piston serviceable, they may be reinstalled
Numbers pin bushing, also nuts and boIts) in their original cy linders •

No. 9 ..... 3 lbs. , o ozs. - 3 lbs. , 2 ozs. 10. DISCARD THE OLD PISTON RINGS and
No. 10 ..... 3 lbs. , 20zs. - 3 lbs. , 40zs. thoroughly clean thf:') entire piston and conne ct-
No. 11 ..... 3 lbs. , 40zs. - 3 lbs. , 60zs. ing rod assembly.
No. 12 ..... 3 lbs. , 60zs. - 3 lbs. , 80zs.
No. 13 ..... 3 lbs. , 80zs. - 3 lbs. , 100zs.
No. 14 ..... 3 lbs. , 100zs. - 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECT/NG ROD
No. 15 ..... 3 lbs. , 120zs. - 3 lbs. , 14 ozs.
To separate the piston from the connecting
The full floating-type piston pins are retained rod, first, remove the snapring from each end
by snaprings and are available in standard size of the piston pin, then heat piston in oil or
only. water to 1000 - 1200 F., and slip piston pin out
of the piston.

REMOVING THE PISTON AND CONECT/NG RODS

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBUES
Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they should
be removed, as follows:
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Remove rocker arm cover, rocker as-
sembly and ,cylinder head, as outlined earlier.
3. Remove the oil pan.
4. Turn the crankshaft until the piston to be
removed is at the bottom of its stroke.
Check connecting rods for proper alignment.
Discard or straightén any rods that are mis-
aligned.
NOTE; REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF
THE SAME WEIGHT. RePlacement
rads are not nurnbered as ta the cor-
rect cylinder location and should be
Jltarked prior ta installation.
Install new piston pin bushings whenever· new
pistons and pins are installed, or if inside
bushing diameter exceeds 1. 2515".

5. Remove the oil pump suction and delivery
pipes.
6. Carefully remove any carbon that may
have formed at the top of the cylinder liner
bore.
7. Very carefully feel the upper piston ring
travel area to determine if there is any cylin-
der ridge present inside the cylinder liner.
If there is a cylinder ridge in the cast iron
cylinder liner, then, determine if the cylinder
liner is to be re-used and carefully remove the
ridge to allow removal of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly.
8. Remove the self-locking nuts from the
Connecting rod bearing inserts are available
in standard size or in 0.010", 0.020" and
0.030" undersize.
New specifications are, as follows:
Crankpin Diameter .......... 2.2485" - 2.249"
Rod Bearing Inside
Diameter ., ............. 2.2515" - 2.2525"
Bearing Clearance .......... O. 0025" - 0.004"
Rod Side- Play ............. O. 0095" - O. 0148"
Rep'acing the Bushings
When replacing piston pin bushings, support
the connecting rod in a press and press out the
worn bushings. To install the new bushing,

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

position the bushing on the connecting rod;
makeJsure oil hole in bushing is in line with oil
hole in connecting rod, then, use a bushing
driver to press the new bushing into place.
Ream the excess material from the bushing and
then finish-hone the bushing to an inside diam-
eter of 1. 2505" - 1. 2515". Proper clearance
between the piston pin and the piston pin bush-
ing is 0.0005" - 0.00175".
PISTON PINS
Piston pins are 1. 24975" - 1. 250" in diameter
and are available only in standard size. The
full-floating type piston pins are retained in the
piston by snaprings.
New pins fit from minus 0.00025" to plus
0.00025" clearance in the piston.
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to
0.0005" - 0.00175" clearance.
To install the piston pins, lubricate them
with oil, then, heat the pistons in hot oil or
water to 1000 - 1200 F. and slide the piston
pins in place by hand.
tons that are scored or otherwise damaged. If
pistons appear serviceable; proceed, as follows:
1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
at a right angle to the piston pin.
NOTE; The piston is cam-ground and
is slightly tapered (0.003" - O. 004'~,
being larger at the bottom than at the
top. New bottom piston skirt diameter
is 3.5955" - 3.5965". Discard Pis-
tons that are collapsed or worn.
2. Inspect for worn ring grooves. New pis-
ton ring groove clearance specifications are,
as follows:
No. 1 Compression Ring .... O. 0019" - O. 0039"
No. 2 Compression Ring .... 0.0019" - 0.0039"
No. 3 Compression Ring........ Not applicable
No. 4 Oil Ring ................. Not applicable
No. 5 Oil Ring............... O. 002" - O. 004"
Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
or bent lands.

Install NEW snaprings when installing piston

pins. 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
Discard pistons with bores that measure more
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1. 250" or those that, when fitted with a
new piston pin, require less than a light hand
Piston Inspection push fit at room temperature, using oil. Cor-
rect clearance between piston pin and piston
Thoroughly inspect the pistons. Discard pis- bore is from minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025".

Piston Ring Description and Installation

NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the lower unworn portion of the cylinder
liner. Proper ring end gap in a new liner is 0.009" - 0.013" for aIl of the one-piece
piston rings.

When installing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aIl of the one-piece
rings. Install the lowest groove ring first, then, the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct placement
is, as follows; refer to Fig. 21:
No. 1 Compression Ring Chrome-plated, parallel-faced cast iron ring,
and may be installed either side up.

No. 2 Compression Ring ....................... Parallel-faced, cast iron ring and may be in-
stalled either side up.

No. 3 Compression Ring ....................... Four - piece, segmented - type ring and each
piece must be carefully spiraled onto the piston
by hand, as follows:

lf\
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

1. Place one of the segments (aIl 4 are identi-

cal) horizontally in the palm of the hand and
(Chrome Plct.,c;i Paroll.,1 Foc.,d)
radially compress it, as shown in Fig. 22.
Notice that, when the ring is compressed, the
ring ends either point up or down, depending
(?IQÎo PatolleJ FQced)
upon which side of the segment is turned up.

2. Fit the first segment onto the piston so that,

when held and radially compressed, the ring
ends point downward. Position this ring at the
bottom of the groove, with the gap over the
piston pin bore.

3. Fit the second segment on top of the first

5TH GR.OOV!:
CIL CONTROl RING
so that, when held and compressed as described
above, the ring ends point upward. Position the
Fig. 21 - Piston Ring Arrangement in AD3.152 Engine
gap at 1800 to the first segment gap.

4. Fit the third segment on top of the second

so that, when held and compressed as des-

~\ \
cribed, the ring ends point downward. Position
the ring with the gap over the piston pin bore
and at 1800 to the second ring gap.

5. Fit the fourth segment on top of the third so

"'.
Fig. 22 - Ring Ends Point Either Up or Down, Depending
Upon Which Side of the Segment Is Turned Up
that, when held and compressed as described,
the ring ends point upward. Position the gap
directly over that of the second segment. Fig.
21 shows the segments correctly installed.

No. 4 Oil Control Ring (above piston pin) ......... Chrome-plated, duaflex laminated ring,. and
should be installed, as follows:

1. Install the internaI expander in the ring

groove.

2. Spiral two of the chrome-plated rails onto

the piston (one at a time), and locate them at
the bottom of the groove.

3. Install the center spring on top of the two

rails.

4. Spiral the other two rails onto the piston

(one at a time), and locate them in the top of
the groove.

5. Turn the rails so that the gaps are stag-

gered around the piston near the piston pin
holes.

No. 50il Control Ring (below piston pin) ......... Cast iron scraper ring and may be installed
with either side up.

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INSTALLING THE PISTON AND

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES

1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod

with the word "Front" on top of the piston
toward the front of the engine, and the connect-
ing rod location numbers opposite the cam-
shaft.

NOTE: If the old cylinder liners are

serviceable and are to be re-used,
they should be deglazed.

2. Make sure aIl parts are clean, then, re-

move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coat-
ing of oil to the cylinder liner bores and the
piston assemblies.

3. Stagger the ring gaps of the one-piece

rings, then, using a piston ring compressor,
start the assembly into the cylinder liner bore.
Make sure that the top of the piston marked
"Front" is installed as indicated, and that the
piston and connecting rod assembly is installed
in the proper cylinder location.

4. Rotate the crankshaft until the approp-

riate crankpinjournal is at B.D.C., then, press
the assembly into the cylinder bore until the
top of piston is slightly below the block face.
5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the
connecting rod and the bearing insert, and in-
staIl the upper insert in place.
6. Lubricate the upper bearing insert and
crankpin journal, then, pull the rod assembly
into position onto the crankpin, making sure
that the bearing insert is still correctly located.
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap
and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it
into the cap.
8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the
botiom insert.
Fig. 23 - Removing Cylinder Liner from Cylinder Block
When installed, the top of the liners must
extend a specified distance below the face of
the cylinder block. Replacement cylinder lin-
ers fit into the cylinder bores from 0.001"
loose to O. 001" tight.
INSPECTION
1. Thoroughly clean the old cylinder liners
and inspect them for scoring or other damage.
Replace liners that are scored or show other
signs of damage.

9. With the cap lo~ation number opposite the
camshaft side of the engine, position the cap
in place and install the bolts, using NEW SELF-
LOCKING NUTS. Tighten the connecting rod
nuts to 45 - 50 ft. -lbs. torque.
CYLINDER LINERS
The cylinder liners are made of cast iron
and are of the dry type. The cylinder liners
are manufactured with an inside diameter of
3. 6015" - 3.6025".
2. Carefully measure the inside diameter of
the cylinder liner at the upper portion of the
piston ring travel area.
3. If the cylinder liners are worn to the
point that the cylinder taper exceeds O. 008",
the liners must be replaced. If the amount of
cylinder taper is within specifications and the
liner appears serviceable, then, CAREFULLY
remove any cylinder ridge present and deglaze
the liners before installing the piston and con-
necting rod assemblies.

Printed in U.S.A 17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE
Fig. 24 - Cylinder Liner Insta"ed and Located Correctly
REPLACING THE CYLINDER LINERS
To replace the cylinder liners, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the piston and connecting rod as-
semblies, as outlined earlier.
2. Use a sleeve puller with puller plate MFN
8308 special tool and remove the cylinder liner
from the top of the cylinder block, as shown in
Fig. 23.
The diameter of the cylinder block bore is
3.6875" - 3.6885". BE CAREFULL NOT TO
DAMAGE THE CYLINDER BLOCK BORE.
3. After removing the cylinder liner, THOR-
OUGHLY clean the cylinder block bore, with
particular attention given to the top recess for
the shoulder of the liner.
After cleaning the cylinder block bore, check
the complete liner contact area in the block to
make sure it is free 'from burrs or damage.
Remove any burrs present.
4. Carefully clean the new cylinder liner.
THIS 18 VERY IMPORTANT. If kerosene is
used to wash the liner, the liner should be
thoroughly dried before it is installed.
lJJPORTANT: MAXE SURE THE
BURE AND THE CY LINDER LINER
.ARE CLEAN. Also, care lit Ils ! be
llscd ùz tlze /zalldlùzg of Uze lillers, as
!lIC stig/Iles! dalllage or burr call
18
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
r-
Fig. 25 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Parts
1. Camshait Thrus! Spring 3. Qil Filler Co ver
2. Timing Gear Caver 4. Front Cronkshoft Oil Seol
cause considerable distortioll to Uze
liner after it is illstalled.
5. Make sure the cylinder block bore and
the cylinder liners are thoroughly cleaned as
outlined, then, chill the new service liners and
press them fully in place by hand. When cor-
rectly installed, the top of the liner must be
located flush with the top of the cylinder block
to 0.004" below the face, as shown in Fig. 24.
6. Make sure the cylinder liners are fully
seated and allow a period of time for the liners
to "settle in", then, measure the inside diame-
ter of the liner ta make sure there is no dis-
tortion present. Use either an inside micro-
meter or a dial indicator and check the inside
diameter in two directions (at right angles) at
the top, center and bottom of the bore. The
cylinder liner should be concentric and measure
from 3.6015" - 3.6025" in diameter. In the
event the readings should indicate 0.0025", or

GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 26 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of
Connecting and Related Components
1. Woter Pump to Inlet Connection Hose 4. Generator
2. By·Pass Hase 5. B,cathe, Pipe
3. Gcnerotor Mounting Brackets 6.
more, total distortion of the liner would be
unsuitable for use.
TIMING GEAR COVER AND
FRONT CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The timing gear cover is made of cast alu-
minum and is manufactured with facings for
mounting the water pump and ail filler cover.
The oil filler cover, No. 3, Fig. 25, is con-
veniently located directly in front of the inj ec-
tian pump drive gear ta facilitate removal of
the injection pump.
The front crankshaft oil seaI, No. 4, Fig. 25,
is of the spring-loaded type and is contained in
the timing gear caver. The camshaft thrust
spring, No. 1, Fig. 25, is riveted ta the back
P,;nted 'n U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
side of the cover and controIs camshaft end-
play.
REMOVAL
To remove the timing gear caver, refer ta
Fig. 26, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove fan blade assembly, fan beU and
generator.
2. Disconnect and remove the air breather
pipe.
3. Disconnect hases from water pump and
remove water pump from engine.
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley boIt and
washer from front end of crankshaft.
NOTE: The pulley baU has a normal
right-hand threaà.
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley.
6. Remove the long timing gear caver boUs
securing the generator brackets and remove
brackets from engine.
7. Remove the capscrews securing the tim-
ing gear cover and carefully remove the caver
to prevent damaging the front oil seaI.
NOTE: Observe that the bottant cap-
Pu!ley screw below the front ail seal has a
copper washer.
REPLACING THE FRONT OIL SEAL
1. Remove the old seal by pressing it out
the front of the caver. Do not attempt to pry
the old ail seai out of the caver. Such a prac-
tice may easily score the surface and cause
future oilleakage.
2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal bore in the
cover.
3. Using a new gasket, install the cover in
place and loosely boU it ta the timing gear
housing, using three or four capscrews. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT
THIS TIME.
4. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
ta correctly position the caver in relation to
the crankshaft.
19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE
Fig.26A - Timing Gear Coyer With Oil Seal Properly Installed
5. Tighten the capscrews at this time to
hold the cover in its proper relationship to the
crankshaft.
6. Remove the tool, then lightly coat the
bore in the cover with sealing compound.
7. Lubricate the lip of the seal with oil, then
place the seal onto the short stepped side of
MFN 747-A so that the lip will be TOWARD the
engine.
8.· Slide the tool and the seal onto the crank-
shaft, then use the pulley boU and washer to
push the tool and oil seal into the bore of the
cover. The tool is designed so that, when it
fully contacts the front face of the cover, the
seal will be correctly located 1/4" inside the
front face of the cover.
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COYER
To install the timing gear cover with the oil
seal in place, proceed, as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean all of the gasket sur-
faces.
NOTE: If the oil slinger was removed
earlier, install it onto the front of the
cr a n k s Il a ft, with the outer fl,anged
portion facing forwœrd.
20
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 27 - Timing Gears With Marks Properly Aligned
1. Timing Geor Marks
2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the
cover in place and install three or four cap-
screws to hold it in position. 00 NOT FULLY
TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT THIS TIME.
3. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
to correctly position the cover in relation to
the crankshaft.
4. Install the remaining capscrews and tight-
en them at this time to hold the cover in its
proper relationship to the crankshaft.
NOTE: Observe, as shown in Figs. 26
and 26A, that the bottonz caps crew be-
low the front oil seal has a special
sealing washer.
5. Remove the special tool, then complete
reassembly by reversing the disassembly pro-
cedure.
TIMING GEARS
The timing gear train, as shown in Fig. 27,
consists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear,
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 28 - Meesuring Timing Geer Becklesh
camshaft gear and injection pump drive gear.
The crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and
the injection pump through the large idler gear.
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to
the front of the cylinder block and also driv~s
the hydraulic pump for applications equipped
with power steering.
AlI of the timing gears are marked during
production and, when reassembling the engine,
aIl marks must align when No. 1 piston is at
T. D. C. on compression stroke; see No. 1,
Fig. 27. AlI replacement timing gears are
marked and are available in standard size only.
NOTE; Due to the odd nunzber of teeth
in the idler geœr, the complete set of
timing marks will align only once ev-
ery 18 crankshaft revolutions.
CHECKING TIMING GEAR SACKLASH
To check timing gear backlash, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the timing gear Coyer as outlined
earlier.
2. Check the backlash between the timing
gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge, as
shown in Fig. 28. The backlash between any
Pc,ntcd 'n U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 29 - Meesuring Becklesh of Oil Pump Geers
two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
tween 0.003" - 0.006".
NOTE: Also, check the backlash be-
tween the crankshaft geœr and the oil
pump idler gear; see Fig. 29. Correct
clearance between these two gears is
0.012" - 0.018".
3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not
within these limits, the gears should be re-
placed. Replacement gears are available only
in standard size and are marked for correct
installation and retiming of the engine.
IDLER GEAR AND HUS
Removal
To remove the idler gear and hub, proceed,
as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear coyer, as out-
lined. Also, remove the rocker arm coyer and
rocker arm shaft assembly.
NOTE: efore attempting to rem ove
any of t e timing gears, make sure
the rocke arm shaft assembly is re-
. moved ta avoid the possibility of dam-
age to th pis tons or valve train if
either tJ e camshaft or cran ks haft
21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 30 - Idler Timing Gear - Identification Fig. 32 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear Hub
and Sequence of Ports 1. Locating Pin 2. Oil Holes
1. Ccpscrew 4. Idler Geor
2. Reta iner Lock 5. Idler Geor Hub
3. Idler Geer Retoiner 6. Hub Locoting Pin
7. Timing Geor Housing
1, Fig. 30, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Fig. 30.

should be turned independently of the

other. 3. Remove the idler gear from its hub, as
shown in Fig. 31.
2. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock,
No. 2, Fig. 30, and remove the capscrew, No.
4. If desired, the idler gear hub may be re-
moved, as shown in Fig. 32.

NOTE: The idZer gear hub is posi-

tioned by a 10 cating pin, No. l, Fig.
32, and has a Zight press fit in the
tilltÏng gear hou sin g and cy linder
bloc!? For this reason, it may be
llecessary, when removing it, to care-
fully pry it out.

Inspection

Carefully clean and inspect aU parts. Make

sure that the oil holes in the idler gear, hub
and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 31, and No. 2,
Fig. 32) are open and clean. New specifications
are, as fol1ows:

Idler Gear:

Fig. 31 - Removing or Installing the Idle. Gear

Bore Diameter ............. 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
1. Locoting Hale for Rctainer Lock and Locoting P:n 2. Oi! Hole
Gear End-Play .............. 0.005" - 0.015"

22
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Idler Gear Hub:

Hub Diameter .............. 2. 123" - 2.1238"
Running Clearance
(Gear to Hub) ........... 0.0012" - 0.0036"

'dler Gear Installation and Retiming the Engine

To in staIl the idler gear and hub, and to time

the engine with the camshait gear, injection
pump drive gear and crankshait gear instaUed,
proceed, as follows:

1. Make sure that the idler gear hub and its

recess in the cylinder block are clean, then
align the hub dowel pin hole (same drilling as
the location hole for the retainer lock) with the
dowel pin and CARE FULLy install the hub.

NOTE: When correctly installed, the

flange s hould be fkts h with the front of
Fig. 33 - Removing or Installing the Camshaft Goor
the timing gear housing.
1. Holes Morked "D" Must Align When Instolling Geor

2. Turn the crankshait until the keyway and

timing mark on the crankshaft gear are straight
up (No. 1 piston at T. D. C. ).
3. With the rocker arm shait assembly re-
moved, rotate the camshait gear and the in-
j ection pump drive gear until their timing
marks are approximately aligned with the cen-
ter of the idler gear hub.
idler timing gear as outlined earlier, then pro-
ceed, as foUows:
1. Remove the three capscrews and shake-
proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
the camshait.

4. InstaU the idler gear so that its three
timing marks align with those on the crankshait
gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
gear.
5. Make sure that aIl timing marks are
aligned as shown in Fig. 27, then install the
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap-
screw. Tighten the capscrew to 50 ft.-Ibs.
torque and lock it in place.
2. Remove the camshait gear as shown in
Fig. 33.
Installation
1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
on the front of the camshait gear the boIt holes
with the letters "D" stamped next to them; see
No. 1, Fig. 33.

NOTE: Check idler gear end-playon
hub. Proper end-play is 0.005"-
0.015". Make sure to install a new
retainer if the old one is worn or
damaged.
6. Install the rocker arm shait assembly and
complete reassembly.
2. Install the camshait gear onto the cam-
shait, making sure that the marked holes (with
the. letters "D" stamped next to them) are
aligned.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the slotted
holes for attaching the gear to the
camshajt.

CAMSHAFT GEAR
3. InstaU the idler gear with aU timing
Removal marks aligned, as outlined earlier, then secure
the rocker arm shait assembly in place and
To remove the camshait gear, remove the complete reassembly.

Printed in U.S.A. 23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fi g. 35 - Crankshaft Gear - Identification

and Sequence of Parts
1. Pulley Capscrew 4. Oil Slinger
2. Wosher 5. Cronkshoft Timing Geor
3. Crankshaft Pulley 6. Timing Ge" Spacer
7. Pulley and Timing Gear Key

CRANKSHAFT GEAR
Fig. 34 - Removing or Instolling the Injection
Pump Drive Geor
The crankshaft gear, as shawn in Fig. 35, is
1. Sio. in Adap.er 2. Geor Loccting Pin keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
shaft with a minus 0.001" ta a plus 0.001"
clearance.

INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR

Removal
The injection pump drive gear is bolted di-
rectly to the injection pump adapter and is sup- 1. Remove the timing gear coyer and idler
ported by the injection pump. gear, as outlined earlier.

2. Remove the ail slinger.

Removal
, 3. Drain the engine ail and remove the oil
1. Remove the idler timing gear as outlined pan, also the bottom half of the timing gear
earlier. housing.

2. Release the locks on the tab washer and 4. Remove the oil pump idler gear.
remove the capscrews securing the injection
pump gear to the injection pump. 5. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes
from the oil pump, then, disconnect and re-
3. Remove the injection pump drive gear; move pump from its dowelled location on the
refer to Fig. 34. front main bearing cap.

6. Use a gear puller and carefully remove

Installation the gear from the crankshaft.

1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 34, in the

gear with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 34, in the adapt-
er and position the gear in place.
2. Install the capscrews and new tab washer
in place. Tighten the capscrews securely and
lock them with the tab washer.
3. Install the idler gear, as outlined earlier,
making sure aIl timing marks are aligned, then
complete reassembly.
Installation
1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 6, Fig. 35,
behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
install it with the chamfer toward the front
main bearing journal on the crankshaft.
2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft
gear facing toward the front, carefully align the

24
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

gear so that its slot is in line with the key, then

press the gear onto the crankshaft.

NOTE: Wh e,n pressing the gear in

place, make sure that the key does
not ride out of the keyway in the
cranks haft.

3. Install the idler timing gear with aIl tim-

ing gear marks aligned, as outlined earlier.

4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil

pump idler gear and oil pump suppl Y and de-
livery pipes.

5. Install the bottom half of the timing gear

housing, making sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the hous-
Fig. 36 - Removing the Comshoft
ing.

6. Install the oil pan.

7. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft,
with the outer flanged portion of the slinger
facing forward.
8. Install the timing gear cover, as outlined
earlier.
CAMSHAFT
2. Remove the rocker arm cover, rocker
arm shaft assembly and fuel lift pump~
3. Lift the tappets and secure them in their
raised position.
4. If aIl of the timing gear marks are not
aligned, then remove the idler gear, as out-
lined earlier, to assure correct engine timing
during reassembly.

The camshaft is made of a special cast iron

alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side
of the cylinder block in su ch a position that the
engine does not require the use of push rods.
The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is
supported by thre.e bearings which are machin-
ed directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft
end-play is controlled by a thrust spring, which
is riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
cover.
REMOVAL
5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its
gear) from the cylinder block, as shown in Fig.
36. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam-
age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
tappets.
INSPECTION
Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft, as
follows:

To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear caver, as out-
lined earlier.
1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals
are excessively scored, nicked or discolored
by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough,
the camshaft must be replaced.

Pr:ntcd in U.S.A. 25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing
journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi-
crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are
worn, the camshaft must be replaced.
New camshaft specifications are, as follows:
Front Bearing Journal ....... 1. 869" - 1. 870"
Center Bearing Journal ...... 1. 859" - 1. 860"
Rear Bearing Journal ........ 1. 839" - 1. 840"
Cam Lobe Lift
(Intake and Exhaust) ...... 0.3093" - 0.3183"
3. Measure the camshaft bearing bores in
the block with a hole gauge and micrometer,
then compare each bore diameter to its mating
journal diameter. Correct clearance between
the camshaft bearing j ournals and the camshaft
bores is O. 004" - O. 008".
INSTALLATION
To install the camshaft in the engine, pro-
ceed, as follows:
NOTE: If tlze caillshaft gear Izas been
reilloved frOiit tlze camshaft, JJlake
s ure ta ins taU the gear to tlze callt -
shaft with the letters "D" in align-
ment, as outliJled earlier.
1. With the tappets supported in their raised
position, carefully install the camshaft into the
cylinder block. If the idler gear was not re-
moved earlier and an of the timing marks were
in alignment, make sure the timing mark on the
camshaft gear is aligned with the mark on the
idler geaI' and ALL TIMING GEAR MARKS
ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
2. If the idler geaI' was removed earlier due
to the timing marks not being in alignment,
then install the idler geaI' as outlined under the
heading "Idler Gear Installation and Retiming
the Engine". MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS
PRO PERL y TIMED.
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly
and adjust the valve tappets to the proper
clearance, as outlined earlier.
26
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
4. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
cover, timing gear cover and complete re-
assembly.
CHECKING VALVE TIMING
To check the valve timing of the AD3. 152 en-
gine, proceed, as follows:
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until both
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are "rocking"
(exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
to open).
NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
be at approximate ly T. D . C. on the EX-
HAUST STROKE.
2. With the crankshaft positioned so that the
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are at "rock
point" , then rotate the crankshaft backward
(counterclockwise) approximately 1/2 turn to
allow the intake valve of No. 1 cylinder to be
adjusted.
3. Adjust the tappet of No. 1 cylinder intake
valve (front valve) so there is 0.043" clearance
between the valve and rocker arm.
• 4. Turn the crankshaft in the normal direc-
tion of engine rotation (clockwise) until the
0.043" clearance is taken up. Stop turning the
crankshaft the instant that the rocker arm con-
tacts the valve.
5. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
lined, remove the plug from the inspection
window in the adapter plate. If the valves. are
properly timed and the procedure correctly
followed, the T. D. C. mark on the flywheel
should be aligned with the mark on the side of
the inspection window.
NOTE: The z;alve timing II/a)' be COIl-
sidered satisfacloYJ' if tlze T. D. C.
}}/ark on tlze flywlzeel is less tlzall 1/3"
away fyoJlt Llze mark Oll tlze inspection
lcilldo IV.
6. Reset the intake valve tappetof No. 1 cyl-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

inder to the normal clearance, as outlined un-

der the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clear-
ance", after checking the valve timing.

TIMING GEAR HOUSING

REMOVAL

To remove the timing gear housing, proceed,

as follows:

1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-

lined earlier.

2. Remove the rocker arm coyer and rocker Fig. 37 - Removing or Instolling the Fuel Injection Pump
arm shaft assembly. 1. Timing Marks

3. Remove the fuel lift pump.

4. Remove the capscrew securing the idler
gear, then remove the retainer lock, retainer
and idler gear.
INSTALLATION
Before installing the timing gear housing,
carefully clean and inspect aIl parts. Replace
any parts that are worn or damaged.

5. Lift the tappets and secure them in their

raised position, then carefully remove the cam-
shaft.
6. Remove the three capscrews and tab
washer securing the injection pump timing gear
and remove gear from injection pump.
NOTE; The front face of the cylinder
block contains two plugs. The upper
one is a large expansion plug closing
the water jacket. The lower plug is a
small one blocking the front opening of
the main oil gallery. Make sure ta

7. Disconnect at both ends and remove aU

fuel lines from the inj ection pump.

IMPORTANT; Cap or otherzuise cover

aU opell fuel COJlnections to prevent
dirt from eJltering tlze fuel system.

8. Remove the three nuts and washers se-

curing the fuel injection pump to the rear of the
timing gear housing and carefully remove
pump, as shown in Fig. 37.

9. Remove oil pan.

10. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof

washers securing the timing gear housingto the
cylinder block, then lightly tap the housing with
a wood en block to separate it from the cylinder Fig. 38 - Removing or Instolling the Bottom Timing
block. Geor Housing Cover

Printed in U.S.A.
27
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

inspect tlze Plugs al/d replace tlzeJJl if

tlzey show sig71s of lealwge.

To install the Timing G€ar Housing, proceed,

as follows:

NOTE: Ta assure correct location of

the timing gear lWIlSillg, il is adcis-
able ta renWl.'e tlze idler geaI' Illlb
froJJt the !zOUSÙlg alld illstall tlze Illlb
onto the frOllt of tlze bloc!?

1. fustall a new gasket onto the front face of

the cylinder block, then carefully install and
boit the housing in place.

2. If the bottom housing cover was removed

earlier, install it as shown in Fig. 38. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE TWO CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME. Use a straightedge, as shown
in Fig. 39, and position the bottom cover so
Fig. 39 - Aligning the Bottom Cover with
Timing Gear Housing that it is flush with the face of the housing, then
tighten the capscrews.

Fig. 40 - Crankshaft and Main Bearings - Identification and Sequence of Parts

l Pu!lcy Copscrcw 7. Cronkshaft Balancc Wcight Il UPPC' Tnr--.:st Woshc~::.
2. Washcr 8 Fron~ Main Bca~~ng lnsc~t - Upper Half 12 Pullcy and T:m:n9 Geo- Key
3. Cronkshoft Pvllcy 9, No. 2 and 3 Ma:n Bcor;ng Inserts - 13 Front Mo;n 8co:'n9 1I1:;c,t-
..1. Oi) SI:ngcr {Throwcr} Upper and Lowcr Lowc~ Half
5. Cronkshoft Tming Geor 10 Reo Ma n 8cor:ng lnscrts
r ~ 1.1. Lowcr ThjuSI V/oshcr::.
6 rm :l1g Geer $paccr Upper and Lowcr lS (jonksnoft Eolance Wc:ght

28
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
3. Install the oil pan.
4. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing, as shown in Fig. 37, with the tim-
ing marks, No. 1, Fig. 37, on the pump and
housing aligned, then secure the injection pump
in place.
5. Install the high pressure fuellines.
6. Align the dowel on the injection pump
gear with the slot in the front of the injection
pump, then install the gear and lock the cap-
screws.
7. With the tappets supported in their raised
position, carefully install the camshaft (with its
gear bolted to it) into the cylinder block.
8. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead
center (key on the front of the crankshaft point-
ing straight up) with the T. D. C. mark on the
Fig. 41 -
1. Location Numbers
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec-
tion hole.
9. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump
gears so that their timing marks are approx-
imately aligned with the center of the idler gear
hub.
10. Install the idler gear so that its three
timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
gears. Tighten the capscrew securing the idler
gear to 50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
11. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
shaft assembly and rocker caver.
12. Install the ail slinger with the outer
dished portion of the slinger facing outward,
then install the timing gear caver as outlined
earlier.
Numbered Main Bearing Caps
2. Black Seriai Number
29
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 1800 to each other.
The crankshaft is statically and dynamically
balanced and is supported by four precision
non-adjustable type main bearings, as shown in
Fig. 40.

The rear of the crankshaft is machined to

provide an oil thrower and an oil return scroU
formed by a single right-hand helix machined
ta a depth of 0.004" - 0.008".

The doweled main bearing caps are numbered

from front to rear, as shown by No. 1, Fig.
41, and cannot be interchanged or replaced.

NOTE: The main bearing bores in the

cylinder block and bearing caps are
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End.Play
'iftachined with the caps in place and
are stamped with a serial number, as
shawn by No. 2, Fig. 41. If, for any
reason, a main bearing cap becomes 2. Measure the gap between the machined
damaged, it will be necessary ta re- shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
place the cylinder block, complete shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
with main bearing caps. feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig. 42.

3. End-play should be within 0.002"-0.015".

Oil seals are provided at the front and rear INSTALL NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END-
. ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal, as PLAY EXCEEDS 0.015".
shawn in Fig. 25, is of the spring-loaded type
and is installed in the timing gear caver. The
rear oil seal is of the rubber core asbestos
rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
retainer, as shown in Fig. 44.

CRANKSHAFT END-PLA Y

The crankshaft end-play is controlled by re-

placeable thrust washers, which are installed
in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
ing cap and bearing bore in the cylinder block.
The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
prevent them from turning out of position.

NOTE: Replacement thrust washers

are available in standard size or
0.007" oversized.
To determine the amount of crankshaft end-
play, proceed, as follows:
Fig. 43 - Crankshaft Thrust Washers (Crankshaft
1. Using care not to damage the crankshaft, Removed to Show Parts More Clearly)
force the crankshaft forward as far as it will 1. Lower Thr\Jst Wosher 2. Upper Thrust Woshcr
3. Vertical Grooves Toword Crankshoft
go.

30
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Replacing Thrusf Washers
To replace worn thrust washers, refer to
Fig. 43, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap.
2. Rotate the old upper halves of the thrust
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder
block.
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the
thrust washers (those without locating lugs) and
rotate them into place WITH THE VERTICAL
GROOVES FACING OUTWARD.
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust
washers from the bearing cap and install the
new ones with the vertical grooves facing out-
ward.
NOTE: A light coating of grease wiU
assist in holding the washers in place.
Make sure that aU of the thrust wash-
ers are installed with the vertical
grooves outward.
5. Using new capscrew locks, install the
rear main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing
capscrews to 90 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque and re-
check crankshaft end-play.
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL.
1. Remove the flywheel from the engine.
NOTE: Use care when removing the
flywheel, as it is only slightly piloted
to the crankshaft.
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter
plate.
3. Remove the water pump, crankshaft pul-
ley, generator and front timing gear cover.
4. Remove the oil pan and remove the bot-
tom half of the timing gear housing.
5. Remove the oil pump supply and delivery
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and
oil pump from engine.
6. Remove the two long boUs and self-lock-
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil
seal retainer (cover) assembly.
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
7. Remove the connecting rod caps and
bearing inserts.
NOTE: Check crankshaft end-play be-
fore removing the crankshaft. If end-
Play exceeds 0.015", make sure to
install new thrust washers when reas-
sembling the engine.
8. Remove the two halves of the oil seal re-
tainer from the rear main bearing cap and cyl-
inder block and remove the old one-piece
gasket.
9. Bend back the capscrew locks, then re-
move the capscrews securing the main bearing
caps and carefully remove the bearing caps
from the engine.
10. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the
cylinder block.
NOTE: Identify and keep aU parts in
order so tkat, if s erviceab le, they 'l7wy
be ins talled in their original locations.
Make sure to ins taU new crankshaft
oil seals before reassembling the
engine.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft.
New specifications are, as follows:
CRANKSHAFT:
Main Bearing
Journal Diameters ........ 2.7485" - 2.749"
Crankshaft End-Play. . . . . . .. 0.002" - 0.015"
Crankpin Journal
Diameters ............... 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
MAIN BEARINGS:
Diameter of Bearing Bore
in Block and Cap ......... 2. 9165" - 2.9175"
Main Bearing Inside
Diameter ............... 2. 752" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance. . . . . . . .. 0.0025" - 0.004"
If any of the main or crankpin j ournals are
worn beyond specifications more than 0.0015"
out-of-round, or tapered more than O. 001 fi,
the crankshaft should either be replaced or re-
ground and fitted with undersized bearings.
31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT

To properly regrind the crankshaft, follow the information and specifications given
below:

1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next
size they can be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.

2. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks.

3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized, make sure to demagnetize it before it is

reground.

4. After regrinding the crankshaft, remove the sharp corners on the oil holes.
AIso, the crankshaft must aga in be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.

THE NECESSARY SPECIFICATIONS FOR REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT JOUR-

NALS ARE, AS FOLLOWS:

IMPORTANT: The surface finish on aU bearing surfaces must not ex-

ceed 16 micro-inches, as measured by a jJropilometer. Also, il is
very important ta maintain the radii quoted on tlze II/ain bearing alld
crankPin journals.

Main 8earing Journal Diameters

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485" - 2.749"

Undersizes:
0.010" 2.7385" - 2.739"
0.020" 2.7285" - 2.729"
0.030" 2.7185" - 2.719"

Rear Main 8earing Journal Width

StandardSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 1. 87425" - 1. 87725"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding. . . . . . . 1. 89125"

NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS 1. 21475" - 1. 22275"

RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375" - O. 109375"

(Must be Maintained) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3/32" to 7/64")

Crankpin Journal Diameters

Standard Sizè 2. 2485" - 2. 249"

Undersizes:
0.010" 2. 2385" - 2. 239"
0.020" 2.2285" - 2. 229"
0.030" 2.2185" - 2.219"

Crankpin Journal Widths

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 562" - 1. 565"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding 1. 5785"

Radius on Ali Crankpin Journals 0.1563" - 0.1719"

(Must be Maintained) • • . . . (5/32" to 11/64")

32
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the
block are clean, then proceed, as follows:
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear-
ing inserts in their proper positions and lubri-
cate them.
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are
not completely interchangeable. Refer
ta the folZowing table ta determine
which inserts are interchangeable.
BEARING INSERTS NO. OF INSERTS
No. 1 Main Insert
Upper Half Only . . . . . . .. . . . . .. •. 1
No. 1 Main Insert
Lower Half Only ............... 1
No. 2 and 3 Main Inserts
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4
No. 4 Main Insert
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2
2. Install the upper halves of the crankshaft
thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block
housing, with the oil grooves outward and the
steel face toward the main bearing cap; refer
to Fig. 43.
NOTE: A light coat of grease will
assist in holding the thrust washers in
place until the crankshaft is installed.
3. Make sure that:
a. The main bearing inserts are correctly
installed and lubricated.
b. Oil grooves in upper thrust washers
are facing outward.
c. The ends of the thrust washers are
level with the face of the block.
4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into po-
sition.
5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-
to their respective bearing caps and lightly
coat them with oil.
6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with
locating tabs) with grease and position them in
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing
cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL
GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD.
P,inted in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS, install the
numbered main bearing caps in their correct
locations. Make sure that the bearing caps are
properly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS
TO 90 - 95 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
NOTE: Install the sliP washer between
the baU Zock and the head of the main
bearing baU. The sliP was her allows
the baU ta turn freely without rotating
the lock.
8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end-play, as outlined
under heading "Crankshaft End- Play". If end-
play exceeds 0.015", installnewthrustwashers.
9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
plete with new oil seals and complete re-
assembly.
NOTE: When installing the Zower half
of the timing gear housing (housing
caver), make sure that it is flush with
the front face of the housing
Bath the flywheel and crankshaftflange
have six evenly spaced attaching hol(3s
and one unevenly s paced ho le. MAKE
SURE TO INSTALL THE F LYWHEEL
SO THAT THE UNEVENLY SPACED
HOLES ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
o
1
Fig. 44 - Rear Crankshaft Qil Seo 1 - Identification of Parts
1. Oil Seal Retaine, A55embly (With Oil Seal Installcd)
2. Capscrew and Shakcproof Washcr
3. Clamping Boit ond Speciol Self·Locking Nut
33
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
Fig. 45 - Reor Qil Seol Retainer Assembly Correctly Instolled
REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The rear crankshaft oil seal is a two-piece
rubber core asbestos rope type seal and is con-
tained in a two-piece retainer, as shown in
Fig. 44.
Each half of the oil seal retainer is machined
to accommodate the oil seal. New oil seals can
be installed with the crankshaft in position.
Fig. 45 shows the rear oil seal retainers prop-
erly installed in place.
REMOVAl
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seal, pro-
ceed, as follows:
1. Remove the flywheel.
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter
plate from the cylinder block and oil pan.
3. Remove the special self-Iocking nuts
from the two long clamping boIts that pass
through the oil se al retainer and remove the
boIts.
4. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof
washers from each half of the oil seal retainer
and remove the retainers from the cylinder
block and rear main bearing cap.
34
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
0.010 - 0.020 INCH
ABOVE FACE
Fig. 46 - Oil Seol Must Extend 0.010" -0.020" Beyond Face
Oll SEAl REPLACEMENT
Before installing the new oil seals, soak them
in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
sure to carefully clean the seal grooves and old
gasket material from the oil seal retainers.
To install the new oil seals, place each half
of the seal retainer (one at a time) in a vise
and proceed, as follows:
1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seal into each end of the groove in the
seal retainer, allowing the seal to project
0.010" - O. 020" BEYOND both ends of the joint
face. This amount of projection assures cor-
rect contact between the end faces of the seals
when the retainer halves are installed around
the crankshaft.
IMPORTANT: A projection exceedillg
that quoted IItllSt be avoided, because
the excess /!Lay not seUle in the re-
tainer groove and litay be forced over
tlze joint face as the retailler lzalves
are pulled together. Tlzus tlze retain-
ers may be lzeld s liglztly apart and
cause an oil leak.
Due to the interference between Uze
seal and its groove, it is possible Uzal
tlze sealmay not fully seat inlo tlze
grooue, givùzg tlze ùltpression tlzal il
is too long. EACH SEAL IS OF THE
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT
BE TRIMMED.
2. The middle of the ail seal will bulge out
of the groove and must be pushed in with the
fingers, by working from the center, until weIl
bedded in the groove. Use a round bar of metal
and, by rolling and pressing, further bed the
ail seal in place. MAKE SURE THAT THE
SEAL EXTENDS 0.010" - 0.020" BE YOND
BOTH ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE, as shawn
in Fig. 46. Any gap at this joint when the seals
are installed will allow ail ta leak past the seaI.
3. Repeat the above steps for the other half
of the seal retainer.
INSTALLING THE OIL SEAL RETAINERS
1. Remove aIl of the old gasket mate rial
from the sealing faces of the cylinder black and
rear main bearing cap, then install a new gas-
ket, using a suitable sealing compound.
2. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail se al
retainers with sealing compound and COAT
THE INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE
OIL SEAL WITH GRAPHITE GREASE.
3. Assemble the ail seal retainers around
the crankshaftand LOOSELY boltthem together.
4. Position the seal retainer assembly sa
that the hales align, then LOOSELY bolt it ta
the black and rear bearing cap, using shake-
proof type washers.
5. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
6. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing
the seal retainer assembly ta the cylinder black
and main bearing cap.
7. Install the transmission housing adapter
plate on the dowels at the rear of cylinder black
and secure the housing in place.
8. Install the flywheel.
FLYWHEEL
REMOVING THE fL YWHEEL
1. Release the tabs securing the flywheel
boIt locks.
2. Remove the 6 capscrews which secure
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
the flywheel in place and carefully lift the fly-
wheel from the crankshaft flange.
3. Remove the clutch pilot bearing (except
torque convertor type flywheels) by tapping it
out the back of the flywheeI.
REPLACING THE fL YWHEEL RING GEAR
1. The flywheel ring gear is shrunk onto the
flywheel, and ta remove it, partly cut through
the gear and chisel cut it from the flywheel.
NOTE: An alternate method of re-
moving the ring gear is to flame-heat
a localized portion of the ring gear ta
expand il, then carefully tap the gear
off the flywheel.
2. Carefully clean the outside diameter of
the flywheel where the ring gear is to be 10-
cated.
3. Heat the ring gear ta an approximate
temperature of 475 0 F.
4. Position the ring gear sa that the lead-in
side of the teeth is toward the front of the fly-
wheel, then lay the ring gear in position on the
flywheel and allow it to cool. Make sure the
ring gear is fully installed against the flywheel
shoulder.
INSTALLING THE fL YWHEEL
1. Carefully clean the mating faces on the
crankshaft flange and flywheel. Failure ta ob-
serve this precaution may result in a broken
crankshaft, due ta the flywheel running out of
true.
2. Observe the 7th untapped hole (unevenly
spaced) in the crankshaft flange.
3. Install the flywheel ta the crankshaft
flange so that the unevenly spaced hale in the
flywheel is in line with the unevenly spaced
hale (7th untapped hale) in the flange. This in-
sures the flywheel timing marks are in a cor-
rect position in relation ta the crankshaft.
4. Install the 6 flywheel capscrews, using
new boIt locks, and tighten the capscrews suf-
ficiently ta hold the flywheel securely ta the
crankshaft. DO NOT LOCK THE CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME.
35
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
Fig. 47 - Measuring the Flywheel Face Run-Out
5. Measure the flywheel "Run-Out", as
follows:
a. Check the flywheel face "Run-Out" with
a dial indicator, as shown in Fig. 47.
The total indicator reading should not
exceed 0.001" per inch of radius from
the flywheel center to the point of
measurement.
b. Check the run-out on the outer diam-
eter (periphery) with a dial indicator,
as shown in Fig. 48. The total indicator
reading should not exceed O. 012".
NOTE; When JJtaking these checks,
aPPly pressure against the center of
the flYloheel ta eliminate any crank-
slzaft end-play which cauld cause a
false reading.
6. If either of these checks of flywheel "run-
out" exceeds the specified limits, remove the
36
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 48 - Measuring the Run-Out on the Outer
Flywheel Diameter
flywheel, then reclean the mating surfaces and
inspect for burrs. Reinstall the flywheel and
again check the run-out.
7. When satisfied that the flywheel is run-
ning true, tighten the flywheel capscrews to
75 ft.-Ibs. torque.
8. Secure the capscrews by bending over the
boIt locks.
9. AlI flywheels, except torque convertor
type - check that the new clutch pilot bearing
is of a clearance fit on the input shaft, then in-
staIl it into the flywheel. Make sure to drive
or press only on the outer race and install the
bearing fully in place, until it contacts the
shoulder inside the flywheel.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 1

DUAL CLUTCH
35, 50 AND 65 MF & TO TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

Description and Operation • • • . . . . . . . . . • •• l

Adjusting the Clutch • . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . • • 2
Removing the Clutch • . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . • • 3
Disassembling the Clutch • • . . • . . . . . . . • . •• 3
Inspecting the Clutch • • . . . . . • • . . . . . . . • , 5
Assembl i ng the CI utch • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .• 6
Installing the Clutch. • . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . •• 8
Trouble-Shooting the Clutch. . • . . . . . . . . . .• 8
Clutch Testing Specifications ••...•....••• 10

The Dual Clutch consists of a forward (primary) pressure plate and dry cushioned
disc which is attached to the transmission input shaft, and a rearward (secondary)
pressure plate and dry disc which is attached to the hydraulic pump and power take-off
input shaft. The primary pressure plate is spring-Ioaded by twelve silicon-chrome
alloy coil springs located between the clutch cover and the primary pressure plate.
The secondary pressure plate is spring-Ioaded by an annular Belleville type spring
located between the clutch cover and the secondary pressure plate or false flywheel
ring.

The faIse flywheel ring is interposed between and integrated with the primary and
secondary· clutch sub-assemblies, and is secured to the flywheel by the same cap
screws that attach the clutch cover. In operation, the clutch springs exert pressure
against the clutch pressure plates, this in turn transmits the pressure through the
discs to the false flywheel ring for the secondary clutch and to the engine flywheel for
the primary clutch, thus establishing a firm frictional contact between the respective
discs and flywheel faces.

Depressing the clutch pedal through the lst stage moves the clutch release fork,
which in turn contacts the clutch release bearing, moving it forward on the retainer
and bringing it in contact with the clutch release fingers. The bearing depresses the
fingers which in turn causes the primary pressure plate to retract from the disc and
release the pressure on it. This interrupts the power flow to the transmission.
Depressing the clutch pedal further through the 2nd stage (noticeable by an increased
resistance to overcome) causes the same release fingers to move the primary pres-
sure plate to a point where it contacts and causes the secondary pressure plate to
retract from its respective disc, thus releasing the frictionaI contact between the disc
and the false flywheel ring face. This interrupts the power flow to the hydraulic pump
and power take-off input shaft.

The combination coil and Belleville spring dual clutch has been used in all 35 (MF &
TO) tractors since Tractor SeriaI Number 177395, MF 50 Tractors since Tractor
Seriai Number 515395 and aU models of the MF 65 Tractor.

PRINTEO IN U. S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1

SERVICING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

35, 50 and 65 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENCES

There are five parts in the 184 541 M91

clutch assembly (used in the 35 and 50 (MF
& TO) tractors) which are changed in the
184 543 M91 clutch assembly (used in the MF
65 tractors). These changes are not aU evi-
dent, therefore, use care when ordering parts.

NOTE: Be sure to use the correct

parts whenever servicing the cluteh
assembly. This cluteh may be used
only with the ventilated type flywheel.

ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH

ADJUSTING THE RELEASE LEVER HEIGHT

Split the tractor between the engine and

transmission li not previously done. When the
clutch assembly has been properly attached to Fig. 2 Adjusting Clutch Finger Height
the flywheel, with a NEW primary disc in
place, the clutch release lever height should dise, the cluteh should first be install-
be checked using the special gauge (No. 3, ed with a new dise in Place and the
Fig. 1). The release lever height is measured adjustments made. Then remove the
from the machined surface of the clutch cover cluteh assembly and install the par-
to the adjusting screw on the release levers as tially worn dise without altering the
illustrated in Fig. 2. Loosen the lock nut and adjustments.
turn the adjusting screw in (or out) as required
to obtain the proper height. Tighten the lock ADJUSTING THE SECONDARY PRESSURE
nut securely and recheck the adjustment. PLATE CLEARANCE

NOTE: ft is very important that the
cluteh release levers be adjusted with
a NEW primary disc installed. If it
is desired to reinstall a partially worn
The proper clearance between the adjusting
cap screws and the secondary pressure plate
is 0.090 t 0.002 inch. Using the special 0.090
inch feeler gauge (No. 2, Fig. 1), the adjustment
is made as iUustrated in Fig. 3. Loosen the
lock nut on the adjusting cap screw, turn the
cap screw in (or out) until the 0.090 inch feeler
gauge can be inserted between the cap screw
head and the secondary pressure plate. Hold
the cap screw and tighten the lock nut to lock
the adjusting cap screw. Recheck the clear-
ance. Be sure the clearance is the same for
an three of the adjusting screws.

NOTE: If a partially worn, but still

servieeable secondary dise is to be
used in the eluteh, the cluteh should be
adjusted to this partially worn seeond-
ary disq., It should be kept in mind,
however, that the cluteh release lever
Fig. 1 Special 10015
1. "T" Bolts 3. Clutch Finger Height Adjusting Tooi
height should always be adjusted with
2.0.090 Inch Feeler Gouge 4. Clutch Dise Aligning Tooi a NEW primary dise installed.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHffL ASSfMSLlfS

Fig. 4 Installing the uT" Bolts

Fig. 3 Adjusting Secondory Pressure Plate Clearance
DISASSEMBLING THE DUAL
This adjustment can be made through the
CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
inspection cover on the boUom of the clutch
housing if absolutely necessary. 1. Punch mark the engine flywheel, the clutch
cover, 9 inch pressure plate, the flywheel plate
REMOVING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
'FROM THE FL YWHEEL
1. Split the tractor between the engine and
the transmission.

2. Install the 1/4" x 6" special "T" boUs

with nuts and washers through the holes in the
clutch cover to hold the assembly together
while removing it from the flywheel.

NOTE: Tighten the "T" boU nuts

evenly until the release levers are de-
pressed completely. (The coil springs
will be compressed to their solid
height.) See Fig. 4.

3. Reference mark the clutch assembly and

flywheel and remove the cap screws which se-
cure the cover assembly to the engine flywheel.

4. Remove the clutch assembly and primary

friction disc from the flywheel using care not
to damage or distort the air ring between the
clutch assembly and the ventilated flywheel. Fig. 5 Removing the Clutch

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & fL YWHEEL ASSEMSLIES
Fig. 6 Clutch Assembly Nomencloture
1. Lower Pivot Pin
2. Cotter Pin
3. Link Pin
4. link
5. Air Ring
6.11" Friction Dise
7. 11'' Pressure Plote
and the 11 inch pressure plate so reassembly
can be made maintaining the original clutch
balance. See Fig. 5.
NOTE: ft is necessary to mark the
cover in two places.
2. Unhook the release lever torsion spring
ends (No. 22) from clutch cover (No. 16, Fig. 6)
releasing the springs and lever arm preload.
3. Loosen the 0.090 inch adjustment cap
screw lock nut (No. 8) and tightèn the cap
screws (No. 11, Fig. 6) until they bottom in the
Il in~ pressure plate.
4. Back-off the "T" boit nuts evenly until
it is possible to drive the upper release lever
pivot pin retainer pins (No. 21) down suffi-
ciently to remove the upper release lever pivot
pin (No. 20, Fig. 6). See Fig. 7.
NOTE: Donot attempt to drive the re-
tainer. pin com.tJletely out of the cover
4
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART t
8. Adjusting Screw Lock Nut 16. Clutch Cover
9. Insulating Washer 17. Release Lever
10. Coil Spring 18. Adjusting Screw Lock Nut
11. Adjusting Screw 19. Adjusting Screw
12. False Flywheel 20. Upper Pivot Pin
13.9" Friction Dise 21. Retainer Pin
14.9" Pressure Plote 22. Torsion Spring
15. Belleville Spring
assembly. The pins can be removed
very easily once the cover has been
removed from the clutch assembly.
5. Remove the upper release lever pivot pins
and torsion springs. See Fig. 8.
6. Loosen the nuts on the "T" boIts evenly
until the coil springs (No. ·10, Fig. 6) are fully
extended and the cover is free.
7. Remove the "T" boIts.
8. Lift off the clutch cover, Belleville pres-
sure plate spring (No. 15), the 9-in. pressure
plate (No. 14), the 9-in. friction disc (No. 13)
and flywheel plate (No. 12, Fig. 6).
9. Remove the coil pressure springs and ~'
pressure spring insulating washers (No. 9)
from the 11-in. pressure plate and remove the
lower release pivot pins (No. 1, Fig. 6) from
the pressure plate. See Fig. 9.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1
Fig. 7 Removing Retainer Pins
10. Turn the cover assembly over and drive
out the upper release lever pivot pin retainer
pins. See Fig. 10.
This completes the clutch disassembly except
for the 0.090 inch adjustment pusher cap screws
which may be removed at this time ifnecessary.
Fig. 8 Removing Upper Pivot Pins
MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
Fig. 9 Removing Lowe} P,vot Pins
It is recommended that the pilot bearing and
release bearing be replaced each time one or
more clutch friction discs are installed in the
clutch assembly.
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
1. Test the coil springs and replace those
not meeting minimum specifications.
Replace insulating washers each time a
spring is replaced and whenever the washers
show signs of deterioration or excessive heat.
2. Replace the Belleville washers whenever
there is evidence of excessive heat.
3. Inspect the upper and lower pivot pins and
pin holes for wear and grooving.
Fig. 10 Removing Retainer Pins
1. Retoiner Pins
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART t

Fig. 11 Installing Belleville Spring

4. Check the release lever torsion springs
for damage.
5. Examine clutch facings for damage, signs
of overheating and excessive wear. Check for
loose rivets and damaged driving splines.
Replaces if necessary.
6. Inspect the clutch cover for damage.
ASSEMBLING THE DUAL
CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
1. Place the clutch cover upside down on a
bench.
Fig. 13 Assembling Sec:ondary Clutch
2. Place the 9-in. pressure plate Belleville
spring in the cover, convex side up, and cen-
tralize it in the groove. See Fig. 11.
NOTE: For 35 & 50 (MF & TO) Trac-
tors use a red paint marked Belleville
spring. For MF 65 tractors use a blue
paint marked Belleville spring. See
Fig. 12.
3. Place the 9-in. pressure plate on the
Belleville spring with the shoulder side against
the spring. Align the punch marks.

Fig. 12 Belleville Spring

1. Peint Merk Fig. 14 Build.Up of Primary Pressure Plate

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R. YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES

4. Place the 9-in. friction disc assembly,

centered, on the pressure plate with the hub
side away from the flywheel.

5. Place the flywheel plate on the friction

disc with the smooth side toward the disco
Align the punch marks.

6. Bolt the cover and flywheel plate together

tightly with three 5/16" x 1-1/2" bolts through
the cover to flywheel mounting holes. See
Fig. 13.

7. Place the lI-in. pressure plate, face

down, on a bench and install the pressure
spring insulating washers and pressure springs
over the raised buttons on the pressure plate.
Install the adjusting cap screws and lock nuts,
bottoming the cap screws in the lI-in. pressure
plate. See Fig. 14.
8. Add a light coat of "Lubriplate (Grade
70)" to the lower release pivot pins and insert
them into one side of the tabs.
9. Place the cover assembly on the pressure
springs, being certain the springs are seated
on the raised buttons of the cover assembly
and that the marks are aligned.
10. Insert the "T" boUs through the cover
assembly and bottom them in the lI-in. pres-
sure plate. See Fig. 15.
Fig. 16 Installing Lower Pivot Pins
NOTE: Use this method of installation
of the release levers because the re-
lease levers may bind between the
levers and the cover assembly, when
tightening the "T" boU nuts, causing
damage to the cover assembly.
12. With the release levers in position,
tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until the upper
release lever pivot pins can be inserted easily.
NOTE: Be sure when tightening the
"T" boU nuts that no binding of the
release levers occurs within the cover.
13. Install the upper release lever pivot pins
and springs. See Fig. 17.

11. Tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until

the flywheel plate just clears the lower release
pivot pins. Install the release levers and lower
pivot pins. See Fig. 16.

Fig. 15 Assembling Primary and Secondary Clutch Fig. 17 Installing Upper Pivot Pins

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & fL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1

14. Secure the upper release lever pivot pins

with new retainer pins driven in from the top
down.

NOTE: Always use new retainer pins

whenever the clutch is disassembled.
It is also recommended that the hole
in the clutch cover, through which the
pin is inserted, be distorted slightly
with a punch on the top of the cover.

15. Hook the release lever torsion springs

in position in the recesses in the clutch cover
as shown in Fig. 17.

16. Tighten the "T" boU nuts evenly until

the release levers are completely depressed.
(The coil springs will be compressed to their
solid height.)
17. Remove the c1utch cover to flywheel plate
securing boits from the mounting holes. The
clutch assembly is now ready for installation.
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
1. Place the ventilated flywheel air ring in
position on the flywheel.
2. With the clutch pilot tool (No. 4, Fig. 1),
bserted through the 9-in. driven and ll-in.
c1utch discs, insert the clutch assembly into
the ventilated flywheel and fasten it to the fly-
wheel with the mounting boUs. Tighten the
mounting boUs to a torque of 28-33 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: It is extremely important that
the pressure plate Belleville spring be
centralized in the cover assembly. If
if is not centralized, adjust the "T"
boU nuts, until the spring can be re-
centered.
Fig. 18 Assembly Hold.Down Bolts
1. Hold.Down Bolts
3. Remove the clutch pilot too!.
4. Remove the "T" boUs from the c1utch
cover assembly and adjust the c1utch release
lever height and secondary pressure plate
clearance. See page 2.
NOTE: Should if become necessary to
install an entirely new clutch cover
assembly, the assembly received trom
the repair parts will have three (3)
cap screws securing the assembly as
shown in Fig. 18. These cap screws
MUST be removed once the assembly
is installed to the engine flywheel.
5. Reassemble the tractor.
NOTE: Place a light coat of "Lubri-
plate (Grade 70)" on the PTO and
Main drive shaft before reassembly.

COMBINATION COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLUTCH

TROUBLE-SHOOTING CHART

PROBLEM - Clutch drag or spin

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a) Oil or grease on friction disc facings. InstaIl new friction disco

b) Improper pedal adjustment not allowing Correct pedal adjustment.

free movement to release bearing.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART
POSSIBLE CAUSE
c) Damaged pressure plate or clutch cover.
d) Friction disc hub binding on splined drive
pinion shaft.
e) Distorted friction disc.
f) Broken facings or friction disc.
g) Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch.
PROBLEM - Clutch slip
POSSIBLE CAUSE
a) Oil or grease on friction disc facings.
b) Weak coil or Belleville spring. If excessive
slip is allowed to occur, the heat generated
will soften the springs and aggravate the
trouble.
c) Binding of clutch pedal mechanism.
d) Improper pedal adjustment preventing full
engagement.
PROBLEM - Clutch grabbing
POSSIBLE CAUSE
a) Oil on friction dis.c.
b) Binding of clutch pedal mechanism.
c) Worn out friction disc facings.
PROBLEM - Clutch chatter
POSSIBLE CAUSE
a) Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction
disc facings.
b) Contact area friction facings not evenly
distributed. NOTE: 100% contact will not
occur until clutch has been in use for some
time, but contact area should be evenly
distributed round the facings.
c) Buckled friction disc(s).
MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHEEL ASSEMBUES
CORRECTION
Replace defective part.
Clean up splines and smear with small quantity
of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)".
Install new friction disc.
Install new friction disc.
Remove clutch from flywheel and clean with
dry rag. See that aIl working parts are free.
CORRECTION
Install new friction disc.
Install a new set of thrust springs (single
clutch), or a new Belleville spring (dual clutch).
Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft bear-
ings in the transmission case are self-lubri-
cating. Oil or grease should ON NO ACCOUNT
be applied.)
Correct pedal adjustment.
CORRECTION
Install new friction disc.
Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft bear-
ings in tlle transmission case are self-lubri-
cating. Oil or grease should ON NO ACCOUNT
be applied.)
Install new friction disc.
CORRECTION
Install new friction disc.
Adjust release levers correctly, using gauge.
If this does not cure the trouble, install new
friction disc.
Install new friction disc.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CtUTCH & Ft YWHEEt ASSEMBLIES GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 1

PROBLEM - Clutch Rattle

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a) Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damaged fric- Install new parts as necessary.

tion disco Worn parts in release mechanism.
Excessive backlash in transmission. Wear
in transmission bearings.

PROBLEM - Abnormal facing wear

POSSffiLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a) Usually caused by riding the clutch and Instruct operator on proper operation.
excessive slippage.

PROBLEM - PTO stops when tractor is

halted - (Dual Clutch)

POSSffiLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a) Insufficient dual plate clearance. Adjust clearance.

PROBLEM - PTO cannot be stopped -

(Dual Clutch)

POSSffiLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a) Excessive dual plate clearance. Adjust clearance.

COMBINATION COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLUTCH

SPECIFICATIONS

Item MF(and TO)35 and 50

. MF 65

Spring Color Yellow Lavender

Number of coils - Total 11-1/2 10
Number of coils - Active 9-1/2 8-7/64
Free Length 2-45/64 in. 2-21/64 in.
Length in use - Minimum 1-11/32 in. 1-11/32 in.
Solid Height - Maximum 1-9/32 in. 1-9/32 in.
Test Length 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in.
Test Load 80-88 lbs. 111-123 lbs.
Belleville Color Mark Red Blue

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2

SINGLE CLUTCH-AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL TYPE

MF 35-50 AND 202

INDEX
Page
Remove Clutch & Pressure Plate............... l
Disassemble Pressure Plate 000000.0000000000.0 l
Assemble Pressure Plate 0'0'0'0000000'00000000 2
Install Clutch and Pressure Plate '000000000000' 3

SINGLE CLUTCH-AGRIC.- 2. While turning out alternately, remove the

bolts securing the pressure plate. Then care-
IND. MF 35-50-202 fully remove the pressure plate and clutch
With the center housing and transmission disco
separated from the tractor as outlined in
"Group 2, Section B, Part 1" the clutch and
pressure plate may be removed as follows:

DISASSEMBLE PRESSURE PLATE

REMOVE CLUTCH 1. Refer ta Fig. 2 and back off the release
lever adjusting screws No. 1. Remove cotter
1. Refer ta Fig. 1 and insert pilot tool OTe pins No. 4 from release lever pins No. 3.
355 through the clutch disc No. 2 and into pilot
bearing of flywheel. 2. With just the pressure plate supported as
shawn in Fig. 4, apply enough pressure on the
caver ta compress the release springs. Re-
move release lever retaining pins No. 3 and
release levers No. 4.

3. Remove the caver plate No. 7, spring

cups No. 8 and release springs No. 9.

4. If the assembly is of the industrial type,

refer ta Fig. 3 and remove insulating washer
No. 10 and washer retainer No. 11.

INSPECT PRESSURE PLATE

1. If the unit being serviced is the agricul-
tural type, measure the free length of the lav-
ender springs. Replace any that are less than
2-9/16". Place the springs under 180 lb. load
and replace those that measure less than
1-13/16". Place the brown springs under 150
Fig. l - Typic:al Clutc:h and Pressure Plate Mo.unting lb. la ad and replace those that measure less
1. Pressure Plate Assembly 2. Dise - Cluteh 3. Pilot - Tooi OCT 355 than 1-13/16".

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2

Fig.2 • Pressure Plate Details and Relative Loc:ation of Fig. 3 • Pressure Plate Details and Relative Loc:ation of
Parts - Agric:ultural Type Parts - Industrial Type
1. Bol! - Relecse Lever Adius!ing 6. Spring - Relecse 1. Bol! - Release Lever Adiusting 7. Coyer - Pressure
2. Nu! - Lock 7. Cover - Pressure Plo!e 2. Nu! - Lock 8. Cup - Pressure Spring
3. Pin - Releose Lever 8. Cup - Pressure Spring 3. Pin - Releose Lever 9. Spring - Pressure
4. Pin - Cotler 9. Spring - Pressure 4. Pin - Cotler 10. Wosher - Insulo!ing
5. Lever - Releose 10. Plo!e - Pressure 5. Lever - Releose 11. Washer - Re!o iner
6. Spring - Re leose 12. Plo!e - Pressure

2. If the unit being serviced is the industrial
type measure the free length of the springs and
replace those that are less than 2-1/2". Place
springs under 150 lb. load and replace those
that measure less than 1-21/32".
No. 11 over the bosses of pressure plate fol-
lowed by insulating washers No. 10.
Place release springs No. 9 in position on
bosses of pressure plate.

3. Check the finished surface ofthe pressure 2. If the unit being serviced is the agricul-
plate for score marks or burned areas. If tural type, refer to Fig. 2 and alternately
either condition exists it may be refinished pro- place the lavender and brown springs over the
viding not more than .0625" is removed. bosses of pressure plate.

4. Inspect the facing of the clutch disc for 3. Place cups No. 8 over clutch release
glaze, damage or excessive wear. If either of springs.
these conditions exist or the facing is worn to
within 3/32" of the rivets a new clutch disc Being careful so as not to dislodge springs,
must be installed. place coyer in position over springs and pres-
sure plate.
5. Inspect the surface of the flywheel for
score marks, If this condition is noted the fly- 4. With the pressure plate supported on bed
wheel must be removed and refinished. of press as shown in Fig. 4, apply enough pres-
sure to collapse springs.
6, Inspect the clutch release bearing for ex-
cessive wear or rough spots. If either con- 5. Refer to Fig. 4 and place release lever
dition is noted a new bearing must be installed. No. 1 in position with the spring hooked against
the under side of cover.

Install retaining pin No. 2 and secure with

ASSEMBLE PRESSURE PLATE cotter pin.

1. If the unit being serviced is the industrial 6. Refer to Fig. 5, and place gauge No. 4,
type, refer to Fig. 3 and place spring rètainers tool OCT-FT 359, across the pressure plate

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 35, 50 & 202 SINGLE CLUTCH

Fig.5 • Adjusting Clutch Release Lever

1. Screw - Releose Lever Adjusting 3. Lever - Release
2. Locknut 4. Gouge - Tooi OTC·FT-359
Fig.4 • Removing or Installing Clutch Release Lever
1. Lever - Release 2. Pin - Lever Retoining

2. Refer to Fig. 1 and place clutch disc No.

cover and release lever No. 3. Turn adjusting
screw No. 1 until the release lever just con-
tacts the gauge. Hold adjusting screw and tigh-
ten lock nut No. 2.
2 in position against flywheel with the shorter
hub toward engine.
Insert pilot tool OCT 355 through disc and in-
to pilot bearing of flywheel.

Adjust the remaining levers. 3. Place pressure plate assembly in position

on flywheel and start the pressure plate retain-
ing boUs. Alternately tighten and torque boUs
INSTALL CLUTCH to their specified torque.

1. Apply a coating of lubriplate to the inter- 4. Install center housing and transmission
naI splines of clutch disco as outlined in "Group 2, Section 2, Part 1 ".

3
•
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 1

35, 50 AND 65 TRACTOR TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

INDEX
Page
Removing the Transmission . • . • • 1
Inspecting the Transmission. • . . . 2
Changes to the Reverse Geor Cluster 2
DisassembJing the Transmission . • • 3
Assembling the Transmission • • • . 7
tv\ain Drive Shaft Retainer AssembJy
and Countershaft Drive Gears .11
PJanetary Gear AssembJy .13
Transmission Lubrication .15
Special Toois • • . • . .15

35 and 65 Dual Clutch Transmission 35 Single Clutch Transmission

4. Remove brake pedals from right side of

REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION
To disassemble the transmission, it is neces-
sary to split the tractor between the transmission
housing and the engine as outlined in the Individ-
ual Engine Sections, Group I.
The following items are removed so the trans-
mission can be removed from the differential
center housing and mounted on a stand.
1. Drain the oil from the transmission and
differential housings.
2. Remove step plates from either side of
the tractor.
3. Remove exhaust system from manifold
back through the muffler.
the tractor and the brake cross shaft. Remove
brake rod assembly from both sides of the
tractor.
NOTE: To remove the brake cross
shaft, take out the woodruff key on one
side of the tractor and slide the shaft
out of the opposite side of the tractor.
5. Remove the neutral safety switch (No. 1,
Fig. 1) from the transmission housing.
6. Attaching an overhead crane to the steer-
ing column as shown in Fig. 1, remove the
attaching boUs and lift off the steering gear
mechanism and instrument panel as a unit.

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP JI - SECTION B - PART 1

INSPECTING THE TRANSMISSION

Whenever the transmission is disassembled,
the foUowing items should be checked:
1. Inspect the gears for signs of chipped or
missing teeth. Replace as required.
2. Inspect aU bearings in the transmission
for signs of damage and excessive wear. Re-
place as needed.
3. Inspect the oil seals in the main drive
shaft retainer assembly for damage and signs
of leakage. Replace the seals.
4. Check aU thrust washers for excessive
wear and chafing. Replace as required.

CHANGES TO REVERSE GEAR CLUSTER

AlI tract ors after SeriaI No. 171549 are
supplied with an improved reverse gear cluster.
The improved parts are not interchangeable
individually with the previously produced parts
and therefore, aIl three parts, the main shaft
Fig. 1 Removing Steering Mechanism
1. Neutral Salety Switch 3. Lower Ends 01
low speed gear, the reverse cluster, and the
2. Detent Springs Shift Levers countershaft, must be serviced as a unit.
Also the improved cluster uses 56 loose needle
NOTE: Make sure the steering mech- bearings; the ear lier production parts use caged
anism is lifted straight up until the needle bearings.
gear shift levers (No. 3, Fig. 1) are
disengaged.

7. Place a floor jack under the differential

center housing. Remove the attaching boUs and
separate the transmission from the differential
center housing as shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 3 Rear View of Transmission

1. Lock Screw 5. Planetary Gear Assemb Iy
2. Lock Wire 6. Stop Plate and Selector Pin Lock
3. Planetary Shifter Fork 7. Reverse Gear Shaft Stop
Fig. 2 Separating Transmission From Differentiai 4. Planetary Shilt Coupler

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION NOTE: The reverse gear cZuster and

shaft have been removed from aU illus-
1. Remove the detent springs (No. 2, Fig. 1) trations except Fig. 8 so the "power
2. Insert a magnetized rod in the holes where flow" through the transmission may be
the springs were located, lift out the detent seen.
pins.
3. Remove the lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and
lock screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary
shifter fork (No. 3, Fig. 3).
4. Remove the planetary shifter fork and the
shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
5. Remove the attaching cap screws and re-
move the planetary gear assembly (No. 5, •
Fig. 3).

NOTE: The planetary gear assembly is

•
doweUed to the transmission case but
can be easily separated by using two
screw drivers as shown in Fig. 4.
•

Fig.5 Releasing Shift Rails

1. Lock Wire 2. Lock Screw

Fig. 4 Removing Planetary Gear Assembly

6. Remove the lock wires (No. 1, Fig. 5)
and lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) from the
shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12) and the plane-
tary selector (No. 3, Fig. 12).
7. Remove the stop plate and selector pin
lock (No. 6, Fig. 3) at the rear of the trans-
mission. Fig. 6 Removing Shift Rails

NOTE: Once the stop plate is removed,

the lock pin (No.5, Fig. 12) may be
slid out from either side of the stop
plate.
8. Remove the shift rails (Nos. 14, 15, 17,
Fig. 12) and the shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12)
from the transmission as shown in Fig. 6.
9. Note Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11. Observe
the "power flow" through the transmission as
the transmission is placed in the different
gears. Notice the PTO "power flow" shawn
in Fig. 7.
Fig. 7 Transmission Neutral Position

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1

Fig.8 Transmission Reverse Gear

Fig. 9 Transmission lst Gear Fig. 11 Transmission 3rd Gear

Fig. 12 Transmission Nomenclature

1. Detent Spring 11. Oi 1 Seol 21. Snop Ring 31. PTO Drive Geor 41. live PTO Sholt 51. Boil Bearing
2. Detent Pin 12. Boil Beoring 22. Beoring Housing Cover 32. Snop Ring 42. Snop Ring 52. Snop Ring
3. Plonetory Selector 13. PTO Drive Shaft 23. Housing Cover Gosket 33. Countershalt Main Drive Geor 43. Boil Beoring
4. Shifter Forks 14. Planetory Shift Rail 24. Snap Ring 34. Bail Beoring 44. lst·Reverse Siiding Gear
5. Selector Pin Lock 15. lst.Reverse Gear Shift Rai125. Snap Ring 35. Snap Ring 45. Countersholt
6. Stop Plate 16. Main Drive Shaft 26. Bail Bearing 36. Oil Seol 46. 2nd·3rd Siiding Geor
7. Planetary Shifter Fork 17. 2nd·3rd Gear Shift Rail 27. PTO Bearing Housing 37. Boil Bearing 47. Coged Needle Becring
8. Clutch Pilot Bearing 18. Main Shaft 28. Beoring Housing Gosket 38. Snap Ring 48. Snop Ring
9. Retainer Housing 19. Snap Ring 29. Thrust Washer 39. Boil Bearing 49. 3rd Gear Pinian
10. Retoiner Housing Gosket 20. Bail Beoring 30. Snap Ring 40. Snap Ring 50. 2nd Gear Pinion

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION

10. Remove the front power take-off bearing

cap (No. 22, Fig. 12).
11. Remove the snap ring (No. 24, Fig. 12)
from the end of the live power shaft.
12. Remove the PTO bearing housing (No. 27,
Fig. 12) by using two pusher cap screws (No. 1,
Fig. 13) in the tapped hales of the housing as
shawn in Fig. 13.
NOTE: The single clutch transmission
doesn't contain aPTO bearing or bear-
ing housing.

Fig. 14 Removing Live PTO ShaH

1. Lock Wi re 2. Loc k Screw

Fig. 13 Removing PTO Bearing Housing

1. Pusher Cap Screw;

13. Using internaI snap ring pliers, remove

the internaI snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12) from the
PTO main drive gear (No. 31, Fig. 12).
Fig. 15 Removing Drive Shaft Retainer
NOTE: The single clutch transmission 1. Main Drive Shalt Retainer Assembly 2. PTO Main Drive Gear

doesn't have a PTO drive gear.

14. Remove the live PTOshaft (No. 41, Fig. 12)
by sUding it out of the front of the transmission
as shawn in Fig. 14.
NOTE: This allows the PTO drive gear
(No. 2, Fig. 15) ta drop dawn as shawn
in Fig. 15 sa the main drive shaft re-
tainer assembly can be remaved. There
isn't any live PTO shaft in the single
clutch transmission.

15. Using pliers, disconnectthe ciutchrelease

bearing carrier return spring (Nos. 3, 6, Fig.
16) from the bearing carrier. Fig. 16 Transmission Housing
16. Slide the clutch release bearing and car- 1. Clutch Fork Shaft 5. Clutch Release Bearing Carrier
2. Clutch Release Fork 6. Clutch Release Spring
rier (Nos. 4, 5, Fig. 16) from the end of the shaft 3. Clutch Release Spring 7. Clutch Fork Shalt
as a unit. 4. Clutch Release Bearing

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TR AN SMISSION 5 GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART

17. Remove the lock wire (No. 1, Fig. 14:)
and lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 14) from the
clutch release shaft fork (No. 2, Fig. 16).
18. Slide the clutch shafts (Nos. 1, 7, Fig. 16)
out the side of the transmission housing and
remove the fork.
19. Remove the attaching cap screws and
remove the main drive shaft retainer assembly
(No. 1, Fig. 15) as shown in Fig. 15.
20. Place a block between the two sliding
main shaft gears (Nos. 44, 46, Fig. 12) as shown
in Fig. 17.
NOTE: The countershaft is a solid one
piece shaft in the single clutch trans-
mission and is removed in the same
manner that the countershaft is re-
moved in the dual clutch transmission.
It is not necessary to use OTe Step-
Plate No. 630-6 when removing the
countershaft [rom the single clutch
transmission. Use apunch in the center
hale of the countershaft at the rear of
the transmission.

Fig. 17 Removing the Main Shaft

21. Remove the snap ring (No. 42, Fig. 12)

from the front end of the main shaft.
22. Using a brass rod 20 to 24 inches long,
carefully drive the main shaft (No. 18, Fig. 12)
from the transmission, toward the rear, as
shown in Fig. 17.
23. Remove the sliding gears (Nos. 44, 46,
Fig. 12) and the front PTO gear (No. 31, Fig. 12)
from the transmission housing.
24. The rear bearing (No. 20, Fig. 12) on
the main shaft (No. 18, Fig. 12) may be re- Fig. 18 Removing the Main Shaft Seo ring
moved by pressing the bearing toward the front
or over the long part of the shaft as shown in 29. Remove the two countershaft gears (Nos.
Fig. 18. 49, 50, Fig. 12).

25. Remove the snap ring (No. 32, Fig. 12)
from the front of the countershaft main drive
gear (No. 33, Fig. 12).
26. Remove the countershaft main drive gear
by sliding it off the front of the countershaft.
27. Remove the snap ring (No. 52, Fig. 12)
from the rear of the countershaft.
28. Using OTe Step Plate No. 630-6, care-
fully drive the countershaft forward, out of the
rear bearing (No. 51, Fig. 12).
30. Remove the countershaft and front bearing
(No. 37, Fig. 12) from the front ofthe transmis-
sion as shown in Fig. 19.
31. Remove the attaching cap screw and the
reverse shaft stop (No. 7, Fig. 3) at the rear of
the transmission.
32. Withdraw the reverse gear cluster shaft
shown in Fig. 20 from the rear of the transmis-
sion.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION R - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION

NOTE: The reverse gear cluster is
suspendedon 56 loose needle bearings.
Care must be taken not to lose any of
these bearings. See Page 2 for dif-
ferences in the reverse gear clusters.
33. Remove the rear countershaft bearing
(No. 51, Fig. 12) from the rear of the transmis-
sion.
2. Install the snap ring (No. 48, Fig. 12) on the
countershaft.
3. Work the countershaft and front bearing
through the front of the transmission housing far
enough to install the two countershaft gears. The
countershaft in the single clutch is a one piece
shaft.
NOTE: Install the countershaft gears
with the small gear to the rear with the
long hubs of the gears together as shown
in Fig. 23.

Fig. 19 Removing the Countershaft

Fig. 21 Reverse Gear Cluster Installed

Fig. 20 Reverse Gear Cluster

1. Gear eluster 3. Shaft
2. Thrust Washer

ASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Install the reverse gear cluster with a
thrust washer (No. 2, Fig. 20) on each side of
the cluster and the large gear toward the rear
of the transmission as shown in Fig. 21. Install
the shaft, stop and cap screw.

NOTE: To install the needle bearings

in the hubs of the reverse gear cluster,
use a light coating of grease. Fig. 22 Install ing the Rear Countershaft Bearing

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 23 Countershaft Instolled
4. Push the countershaft in as far as possible
and wedge a wooden block in the front compart-
ment of the transmission, as shown in Fig. 22,
to prevent the countershaft from moving forward.
5. Using a piece of 2 inch pipe (inside
diameter) carefully drive the rear countershaft
bearing (No. 51, Fig. 12) into place as shown in
Fig. 22.
NOTE: Install the bearing with the snap
ring to the outside of the transmission.
,
CAUTION: Wheneverusingpipe to drive
in a bearing, make sure that the pipe
contacts the inner race only. The pipe
end should be threaded and a cap in-
stalled. Drive against the cap.
6. Install the rear countershaft snap ring (No.
52, Fig. 12) and remove the wedge.
7. Place the sliding main shaft gears in posi-
tion in the transmission.
NOTE: The larger gear goes to the
front with the fork groove to the rear.
The two gear cluster is installed with
the larger gear to the rear. See Fig. 7.
8. Install the snap ring (No. 19, Fig. 12) on the
transmission main shaft.
9. Install the rear bearing (No. 20, Fig. 12) on
the transmission main shaft.
8
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART t \
NOTE: Start the rear end of the shaft
into the bearing and press the shaft in
until therear snapring(No. 21, Fig. 12)
will fit into the groove.
10. lnstall the transmission main shaft and
rear bearing as a unit from the rear of the
transmission. Place the sUding gears on the
shaft as it is inserted into the transmission.
11. Install the planetary gear assembly by
placing the front ring gear thrust washer (No. 4,
Fig. 24) i~to the recess on the dowelled side of
the planetary ring gear (No. 3, Fig. 24).
12. Place the front ring gear cover (No. 2,
Fig. 24) and the front cover shim (No. 1, Fig.
24) over the dowels of the planetary ring gear.
NOTE: The cover plate is turned so the
oil grooves face the bronze thrust wash-
er. The shim is next to the transmis-
sion housing.
Fig. 24 Planetary Gear Assembly
1. Shim
2. Frent Ring Geer Cover
7. Pinion Geer Sheh
8. Pinion Geer Thrust Wesher
3. Plenetery Ring Geer 9. Pinion Geer Carrier
4. Ring Geer Thrust Wesher 10. Ring Geer Thrust Wesher
5. Pinion Geer Thrust Wesher 11. Reer Ring Geer Cover
6. Pinion Geer 12. Plenetery Shih Coupler
13. Holding the thrust washer into the recess
of the ring gear with the finger tips, lightly tap
the dowelled ring gear into place at the rear of
the transmission with a lead or bronze hammer
as shown in Fig. 25.
NOTE: The thrustwasher must remain
in the ring gear recess and be free to
rotate.
14. Install the pinion carrier assembly (No. 9,
Fig. 24) in the ring gear.
15. Install the rear ring gear thrust washer
(No. 10, Fig. 24) in the recess of the ring gear.
16. lnstall the rear cover plate (No. 11, Fig.
24) with the grooves facing the thrust washer
and secure with the appropriate cap screws.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION

NOTE: Make sure the thrust washer is

not jarred from the recess in the ring
gear while installing the rear cover
plate.

Fig.25 Installing the Planetary Ring Gear Fig.26 Installing PTO &aring Housing
1. Spacers 2. Boit
1. Planetary Ring Gear 3. Lead Hammer
2. Thrust Washer 27. Position a new or serviceable gasket
17. Use a suitable piece of pipe (1-5/8 inch (No. 28, Fig. 12) on the front bearing housing
insidediameter) and drive the front main shaft (No. 27, Fig. 12) and draw the'housinginto posi-
bearing (No. 43, Fig. 12) into position. tion using a bolt with spacers in the tapped hole
18. Install snap ring (No. 42, Fig. 12). in the end of the shaft as shown in Fig. 26.
19. Install the countershaft main drive gear NOTE: Draw the bearing housing in
(No. 33, Fig. 12) with the long hub toward the so that two cap screws may be in-
front. stalled.
NOTE: The PTO drive gear has an in- 28. Install the two cap screws and tighten the
ternal snap ring groove. bearing housing into place, as shown in Fig. 27.
29. Remove the bolt and spacers from the
20. Install the snap ring (No. 32, Fig. 12) on tapped hole in the shaft.
the front end of the countershaft.
21. Position the PTO drive gear (No. 31,
Fig. 12) in the transmission housing with the
snap ring groove towards the front.
22. Use a new or serviceable gasket and
in staIl the main drive shaft retainer assembly
and tighten the cap screws.
23. Install the live PTO shaft (No. 41, Fig.
12).
24. Wedge a block behind the PTO drive gear
to hold it as far forward as possible.

25. Install the snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12)

in the groove of the PTO drive gear and remove
the wedge.

26. Install the thrust washer (No. 29, Fig. 12)

on the end of the live PTO shaft.

NOTE: The thrust washer must be

positioned so that the small shoulder
will face the bearing. Fig. 27 Tightening the Bearing Housing ln Pasition

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 28 Pulling Live PTO Shah Into Position
1. Steel Piete 2. Boit
30. By using a steel plate across the two boIt
heads, and a boIt in the tapped hole in the end of
the shaft, draw the shaft through the bearing
enough to install the snap ring as shown in
Fig. 28.
31. Install the snap ring (No. 24, Fig. 12)
to the front end of the live PTO shaft.
32. Remove the cap screws securing the
bearing housing to the transmission housing.
33. Use a new or serviceable gasket, (No. 23,
Fig. 12) install the cover plate (No. 22, Fig. 12)
and tighten the cap screws.
34. Install the clutch release shaft fork as
shown in Fig. 16.
NOTE: The longer clutch pedal shaft is
installed on the left side of the trans-
mission housing.
35. Install the set screws (No. 1, Fig. 29) and
lock with wire as shown in Fig. 29. Install the
return springs.
36. Install the planetary shift rail (No. 14,
Fig. 12) and selector (No. 3, Fig. 12).
37. Position the selector and tighten the set
screw (No. 2, Fig. 5) and lock with wire.
NOTE: Do not install the planetary shift
fork at this time.
38. Install the two transmission forks (No. 4,
Fig. 12).
NOTE: The forks are identical and may
be installed in either location.
10
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1
Fig. 19 Clutch Release Shaft Fork and Bearing Installed
1. Set Screw 2. Lock Wire
39. Install the two transmission shift rails
(Nos. 15, 17, Fig. 12).
NOTE: Install the shift rails with the
milled fiat for the lock to the rear of
the transmission and on top. Make sure
that the two selector lock grooves in the
rail are toward the center.
40. Install the set screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) lock-
ing the shifter forks totheshiftrails. Lock with
wire.
41. Install the shifter rail stop and selector
lock at the rear of the transmission as shown in
Fig. 3.
42. Install the planetary shift coupler (No. 4,
Fig. 3) and shift fork No. 3, Fig. 3).
43. Tighten the set screw (No. 1, Fig. 3)
locking the shift fork to the planetary shift rail.
Lock with wire.
44. Assemble the transmission to the center
differential housing using a new or serviceable
gasket.
NOTE: This may be accomplished by
removing the PTO shifter lever and
cover as a unit from the left side of the
differential housing. Install the trans-
mission to the differential housing with-
out the rear drive shaft and couPler
assembly. Place the rear drive shaft
and couPler assembly into position after
the transmission has been joined to the
differential center housing through the
PTO shifter lever and cover assembly
opening.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1
CAUTION: Make sure a cotter pin of
the proper size is placed through the
rear drive couPler after the couPler
has been installed.
45. Install the detent pins (No. 2, Fig. 12) and
springs (No. 1, Fig. 12) as shawn in Fig. 12.
46. Use a new or serviceable gasket; install
the steering assembly and instrument panel as a
unit.
MAIN DRIVE SHAH RETAINER ASSEMBL y AND COUNTERSHAH DRIVE GEARS
REMOVAL OF MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER
ASSEMBLY
Fig. 30 Main Drive Shah Retainer Assembly
1. Bearing Surface
Ta remove the main drive shaft retainer as-
sembly, ·shown in Fig. 30, it is necessary ta split
the tractor between the engine and the transmis-
sion housing. After splitting the tractor:
1. Remove the front power take-off bearing
housing cap (No. 22, Fig. 12).
2. Remove the snap ring (No. 24, Fig.
from the end of the live power shaft.
3. Remove the PTO bearing housing (No.
Fig. 12) using two pusher cap screws in
tapped hales of the housing as shawn in Fig.
NOTE: No PTO bearing or bearing
housing present in the single clutch
transmission.
4. Use internaI snap ring pliers, and remove
the internaI snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12) from the
PTO main drive gear (No. 31, Fig. 12).
35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Make sure the shift levers are
positioned properly in their respective
selectors when lowering the steering
and instrument panel assembly.
47. Connect the planetary shifter safety switch
wires and replace the rubber boot.
48. Complete the reassembly operation by
reversing the remaining steps in "Removing
the Trans mission.' ,
NOTE: No PTO drive gear present in
the single clutch transmission.
5. Remove the front PTO shaft (No. 41, Fig. 12)
by sliding it from the front of the transmission
as shawn in Fig. 14.
NOTE: This allows the front PTO gear
ta drop down as shown in Fig. 15 sa the
main drive shaft retainer assembly can
be removed. There is no front PTO
shaftpresentin the single clutch trans-
mission.
6. Use pliers, disconnect clutch release bear-
ing carrier return spring. (Nos. 3, 6, Fig. 16)
from the bearing carrier.
7. Slide the clutch release bearing and carrier
(Nos. 4, 5, Fig. 16) from the end of the shaft as a
unit.
8. Remoye the lock wire (No. 1, Fig. 14) and
lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 14) from the clutch
release shaft fork (No. 2, Fig. 16).
9. Slide the clutch shafts (Nos. 1, 7, Fig.
16) out the side of the transmission housing and
remove the fork.
10. Remove the attaching cap screws and the
main drive shaft retainer assembly (No. 1, Fig.
15) as shown in Fig. 15.
12)
27,
the
13.
Fig. 31 Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
1. Snop Ring
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1

DISASSEMBL y OF MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER 3. Use a lead or brass hammer, and care-
ASSEMBLY fully ririve the PTO main drive shaft from the
retainer assembly housing as shown in Fig. 34. '-------
The main drive shaft retainer assembly, shown If necessary', the roller bearing on the main
in Fig. 30, may be disassembled as follows: drive shaft an\:{ the two roller bearings on the
1. Use a screw driver or a pair of pliers, and PTO main drive shaft can now be replaced.
remove the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 31) from the NOTE: Always use a press when re-
rear of the assembly and remove the main drive
placing roller bearings on the main
shaft (No. 1, Fig. 32) as shown in Fig. 32.
drive shaft and the PTO main drive
shaft.
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap the
main drive shaft to start if out of the
retainer assembly. USE ONLY A BRASS
HAMMER. .
CAUTION: The front section (No. 1,
Fig. 30) of the main drive shaft is suP~
ported by the clutch pilot bearingin the
flywheel. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN-
EVER DRIVING AGAINST THIS SEC-
TION OF THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT.

Fig. 34 Removing PTO Main Drive Shaft

1. PTO Main Orive Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly
Housing

ASSEMBL y OF THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT

RETAINER

Fig. 32 Removing Main Drive Shaft The main drive shaft retainer assembly
1. Main Drive Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly shown in Fig. 35 may be assembled by reversing
the preceding disassembly procedure.
The PTO shaft oil seai and Main Drive Shaft
oil seal are now accessible and maybe replaced.

2. Remove the internaI snap ring (No. 1, Fig.

33).

Fig. 35 Exploded View - Drive Shaft Retainer Assembly

1. Main Drive Shaft 3. Retainer Assembly Housing
2. PTO Main Drive Shaft

NOTE: It is very important that

protective coverings, like those shown
in Fig. 36, be used to cover the shaft
Fig. 33 Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
splines while the shafts are being in-
1. Snap Ring stalled through the oil seals.

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1
Fig. 36 Drive Shaft Protective Coverings
INSTALLING THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER
ASSEMBLY
The main drive shaft retainer assembly may
be installed by reversing the removal procedure.
NOTE: Make sure new or serviceable
gaskets are used when replacing the
PTO bearing housing, PTO bearing
housing cap and the main drive shaft
retainer assembly.
REMOVAL OF COUNTERSHAFT DRIVE GEARS
1. Remove the styering gear assembly and
instrument panel as a unit as outlined in "Re-
1
moving the Transmission".
2. Remove the main drive retainer assembly
as outlined in "Removal of Main Drive Shaft
Retainer Assembly".
3. Remove the detent springs (No. 2, Fig.1 ).
4. Inserting a magnetized rod in the holes
where the springs were located, lift out the detent
pins.
5. Remove the lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and
lock screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary
shifter fork (No. 3, Fig. 3).
.THE PLANET ARY GEAR ASSEMBL y
OPERATION OF THE PLANETARY GEAR
ASSEMBLY
The planetary ring gear is attached to the
transmission housing and cannot rotate. As the
transmission main shaft rotates the planetary
pinions, which are in constant mesh with the
planetary ring gear, rotate. The carrier assem-
bly travels at 1/4 the main shaft speed.
When the shift coupler is shifted to the rear it
is in the low range position. The external splines
of the coupler mate with the internaI splines of
35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
6. Remove the planetary shifter fork and the
shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
7. Remove the attaching cap screws and the
planetary gear assembly (No. 5, Fig. 3).
NOTE: The planetary gear assembly is
dowelled to the transmission case but
can be removed by using two screw
drivers as shown in Fig. 4.
8. Remove the lock wires (No. 1, Fig. 5) and
lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) from the shifter
forks (No. 4, Fig. 12) and the planetary selector
(No. 3, Fig. 12).
9. Remove the stop plate and selector pin
lock (No. 6, Fig. 3) at the rear of the transmis-
sion.
NOTE: When the stop plate isremoved,
the lock pin (No. 5, Fig. 12) may be
removed from either side of the stop
plate.
10. Remove the shift rails (Nos. 14, 15, 17,
Fig. 12) and the shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12)
from the transmission as shown in Fig. 6.
Il. Lift the PTO drive gear from the trans-
mission housing.
12. Remove the snap ring (No. 32, Fig. 12)
in front of the countershaft main drive gear
(No. 33, Fig. 12).
13. Slide the gear forward, off the counter-
shaft, and lift it from the transmission housing.
INST ALLING THE COUNTERSHAFT DRIVE GEARS
The countershaft drive gears may be installed
by reversing the removal procedure.
NOTE: The PTO drive gear has an in-
ternal snap ring groove. Install the two
countershaft main drive gears with the
long hubs towards the front.
the planetary carrier assembly. Therefore, the
drive shaft between the transmission and the
differential is traveling at the same rate of speed
as the carrier assembly.
When the shift coupler is shifted to the front,
it is in the high range position. The internaI
splines of the shift coupler mate with the splines
of the transmission main shaft, causing the drive
shaft between the transmission and the differ-
ential to travel at the same speed as the trans-
mission main shaft.
13
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP II - SECTION 8 - PART 1

3. Lift out the pinion c~rrier assembly (No. 9,

Fig. 24) as shown in Fig. 37.
4. The pinion gears (No. 6, Fig. 24) may be
removed from the pinion carrier assembly by
driving out the pinion gear shaft (No. 7, Fig. 24)
as shown in Fig. 38.

NOTE: The piniongears contain a double

row of needle bearings. Care must be
used wh en removing the pinion gears
that none of these bearings are lost.

ASSEMBLING THE PIN ION CARRIER ASSEMBL y

1. The pin ion gears are replaced into the
pinion carrier with a full set of needle bearings
in each gear and a thrust washer (Nos. 5, 8,
Fig. 24) on each side of the pinion gear.
2. The pinion gear shaft may then be placed
into the carrier and driven in with a rawhide
Fig. 37 Removing the Pinion Carrier Assembly mallet. Make sure that the shafts do not extend
beyond the machined face of the pinion gear car-
REMOVAL OF THE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY rier.
The planetary gear assembly is at the rear of
the transmission. If it is necessary to remove NOTE: Do not damage the machined
only the planetary gear assembly, the tractor surface of the pinion carrier.
has to be separated between the differential
center housing and the transmission.
When the tractor has been separated and the
rear of the transmission is exposed the planetary
gear assembly may be removed as follows:
1. Remove lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and lock
screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary shifter
fork (No. 3, Fig. 3).
2. Remove the planetary shifter fork and the
. planetary shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
3. Remove the attaching cap screws and re-
move the planetarygear assembly(No. 5, Fig. 3).

NOTE: The planetary gear assembly

is dowelled to the transmission housing
but can be removed with two screw
drivers as shown in Fig. 4.

DISASSEMBLING THE PLANETARY GEAR

ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the shim (No. 1, Fig. 24) front cover

plate (No. 2, Fig. 24) and rear coyer plate (No.
11, Fig. 24).

2. Remove the front ring gear thrust washer

(No. 4, Fig. 24) and the rear ring gear thrust Fig. 38 Removing the Pinion Gears
1. Pin ion Carrier 3. Pinion Geer Shaft
washer (No. 10, Fig. 24). 2. Pinion Geor

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 1
INST AL.LING THE PLAN ET ARY GEAR ASSEMBL y
1. Place the front ring gear thrust washer
(No. 4, Fig. 24) into the recess on the dowelled
side of the planetary ring gear.
2. Place the front ring gear cover (No. 2,
Fig. 24) and the front cover shim (No. 1, Fig. 24)
over the dowels ofthe planetary ring gear (No. 3,
Fig. 24).
NOTE: The cover plate is turned so that
the oil grooves face the bronze thrust
washer. The shim is next to the trans-
mission housing.
3. Hold the thrust washer into the recess of
the ring gear with the finger tips, and lightly tap
the dowelled ring gear into place on the rear of
the transmission with a lead or bronze hammer
as shown in Fig. 25.
TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LUBRICATION
The oil used in the hydraulic system is also
used to lubricate the transmission and differ-
ential.
Capacity of these combined units is 8 U.S.
(6-1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specificag.ons are:
S. A. E. 90 for temperatures above 50 oF.
S.A.E. 80 for temperatures below 50 F.
SPECIAL TOOLS
The following tools, not normally available at
local hardware stores, are required to service
the transmission.
1. Two cap screws - 3/8 inch diameter, 16
35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
NOTE: The thrustwasher must remain
in the recess and be free to rotate.
4. Install the pinion carrier assembly (No. 9,
Fig. 24) in the ring gear.
5. Install the rear bronze thrust washer (No.
10, Fig. 24) in the recess of the planetary ring
gear.
6. Install the ring gear cover (No. 11, Fig. 24)
and secure planetary gear assembly to trans-
mission housing with the cap screws.
NOTE: Make sure that the thrustwasher
is not jarred from the recess in the
ring gear while installing the rear cover
plate.
Additional oil must be added if the require-
ments of an external hydraulic system are great-
er than 1-1/2 gallons. This additional oil must
be drained from the housing if the external
hydraulic system is disconnected.
N. C. thread, with at least 3 inches of thread.
2. Step Plate Number 630-6 from O. T. C. Set
Number 630-S
3. InternaI and externai snap ring pliers.
15
 MASSEY-FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 3

MUL TI- POWER TRANSMISSION MF 35-50-65

Index
Page

Remove Transmission • • • • • • l
Disassemble Transmission • . • • 2
Inspect Transmission • • • • • • • • 14
Disassemble Input Shaft Retainer •• 5
Assemble Input Shaft Retainer 6
Disassemble Hydraulic Clutch 6
Assemble Hydraulic Clutch. '7
Assemble Transmission 8
Install Transmission 11\1

DESCRIPTION 2. Disconnect and remove the step plate

The multi-power transmission although sim-
ilar in design to the Dual Range, incorpo-
rates a hydraulically actuated clutch mounted
on the input shaft and operated by an externally
mounted lever, and an over-running clutch as-
sembly mounted on the forward end of the trans-
mission countershaft.
from each side of tractor.
3. Remove the muffler and muffler inlet
pipe.
4. Disconnect and remove the brake rods
and brake pedals. Remove Woodruff key from
brake cross shaft and withdraw shaft.

A control valve mounted on the input shaft
retainer and connected to the external lever,
provides the method for directing the hydraulic
fluid from the hydraulic pump to the hydraulic
clutch.
5. Remove the bolts securing the transmis-
sion cover. Then with a:
chain hoist attached
to the steering mechanism as shown in Fig. 1,
lift cover and steering assembly straight up
and away f,rom transmission.

OPERATION
With the lever in the "LOW RANGE POSI-
TION" no hydraulic fluid enters the hydraulic
clutch, and the transmission is driven thru the
main drive pinion No. 17, Fig. 7, and the
countershaft drive gear No. 45.

Movement of the control lever to the "High"

position allows the fluid to enter the hydraulic
clutch and engages the clutch discs, thus
transferring the drive through the input over-
drive pinion No. 13 and the countershaft over-
drive gear No. 43.

REMOVE TRANSMISSION
With the tractor split between the transmis-
\)
sion and engine as outlined in the Individual
Engine Section, the transmission may be re-
moved as follows:

1. Drain the lubricant from transmission Fig. 1 - Removing or Installing Transmission Cover
and differential. and Steering Mechanism

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3

Fig. 2 • Removing or Installing Transmission Fig.3 • Clutch" Housing Details and Relative
Location of Parts
1. Spring - Release Bearing Relurn 9. Lever - Valve Shiller
2. Carrier - Release Bearing 10. Rad - Shifter
6. Remove neutral switch and detent springs. 3. Screw - Sel 11. Volve - Oil Conlrol
Using a magnetized rad, remove detent balls 4. Fork - Release Bearing 13. Relainer - Main Inpul Shah
5. Shah - Clulch Release 14. Shah - Main Inpul
from the forward end of shifter rails. 6. Shah - Clulch Release 15. Boit - 3/8" x 1·318" NC
7. Une - Oil Inlel 16. Caver - Housing
8. Brackel - Valve Shiher Lever 18. Housing - Fronl PTO Bearing
7. Disconnect the hydraulic Une from the 19. Gaskel - Housing
hydrauUc pump to the transmission.
2. Remove setscrews No. 3 and withdraw
8. Place a suitable jack stand under the cen- clutch release shafts No. 5 and No. 6 and, re-
ter housirtg. With a chain hoist attached to the lease fork No. 4.
transmission as shown in Fig. 2, remove boUs
securing the transmission. Then move the Disconnect and remove oil inlet Une No. 8.
transmission away from center housing.
3. Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove bolts
securing main drive shaft retainer No. 1"3.
DISASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION Then remove retainer, valve and valve operat-
ing mechanism shown in Fig. 5.
10 Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove springs No. 1
from clutch release bearing carrier No. 2. 4. Remove boUs No. 15, Fig. 1 and with-
Then withdraw carrier and bearing as an as- draw housing caver No. 16 and caver gasket.
sembly. Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove snap ring No. 31
and spacer No. 32 from forward end of PTO
shaft.

5. Refer ta Fig. 4 and thread a 3/8" x 4" Ne

baU in each of the puller holes in bearing hous-
ing No. 3.

AUernately turn boUs and withdraw bearing

and housing.

6. Refer to Fig. 6 and remove boUs No. 1

and rail stop plate No. 3.

7. Remove setscrews No. 4 from planetary

Fig.4 • Removing PTO Gear Bearing and Bearing Housing shift fork No. 5, withdraw shift fork and plane-
1. Gear - PTO 2. Bearing 3. Housing - Bearing tary coupler No. 6.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, 50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION

13. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove snap ring

No. 33 from forward end of PTO shaft No. 39.
Withdraw shaft and PTO gear No. 37.

14. Using a soft hammer, drive counter-

shaft No. 48, Fig. 7, forward just enough to
remove snap ring No. 50 at the forward end of
countershaft pinion No. 51.

15. Place tool MFN 830, Fig. 11 in position

on overdrive gear No. 2 and drive gear No. 3.
Tighten boUs finger tight. Remove snap ring
No. 40, Fig. 7, from forward end of counter-
shaft.

16. Using a drüt~drive countershaft back far

enough to lüt tool and gear assembly out of
transmission.

17. With a soft hammer" drive countershaft

forward and out of rear bearing. Withdraw
countershaft from forward end of transmission
then, remove countershaft pinions No. 51,
Fig. 7 and No. 52.
Fig.5 - Removing or Installing Main Input Shaft Retainer
1. Relainer - Inpul Shaft 2. Valve - Oil Conlrol
3. Proleclor - Seol - Tooi OTC·FT 357 18. If required, refer ta Fig. 7 and remove
boU No. 55 and stop No. 57. Withdraw reverse
idler shaft No. 58, idler gear No. 63 and
thrust washers No. 64.

8. Remove setscrews No. 7 from planetary

selector No. 8 and shüter forks No. 12 and No.
14. Withdraw shüt rails No. 9, No. 13 and No.
15 and shüter forks No. 12 and No. 14.

9. Remove bolts No. 16 securing planetary

gear No. 17. Using two screwdrivers directly
opposite, pry the planetary gear away from the
transmission housing.

10. Using a long screwdriver against the

main shaft inner snap ring No. 1 as shown in
Fig. 8, drive main shaft and rear œaring No
2 out of housing.
11, With gears No. 3 and No. 4 held against
the rear of transmission housing as shown in
Fig. 9, move the main shaft No. 2 forward to
its limits.
Rapidly withdraw shaft allowing the front
bearing No. 1 to strike against the gear. Re-
peat the above operation until the front bearing
is forced off main shaft. Withdraw main shaft, Fig. 6 - Typical Shifter Rails and Planetary Gear Installation
gears and bearing from transmission. 1. Boll- 3/8 x 7/8 NC 9. Rail - Plonelory Shifier
2. Lackwosher 10. Spring - Oelenl
3. PlaIe - Slop 11. Bail - Delenl
12. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove spacer No. 4. Screw - Sel 12. Fork - Shifter - Law and Reverse
5. Fork - Plonelory Shift 13. Rail - Shifter - Law and Reverse
18. Refer to Fig. 10 and remove input shaft 6. Coupler - Plonelory 14. Fork - Shifter - Inler. and High
No. 1, main drive pinion No. 3, overdrive 7. Screw - Sel 15. Rail -: Shifter - Inter. and High
8. Seleclor - Plonelory Shifter Rail 16. Boit
pinion No. 5 and hydraulic clutch No. 6. 17. Geor - Plonetory

3
 M R
ASSEY -FE GUSON P " _ SECTION 8 _ PART 3
GROU

TKRA~N: S: .:M.:.:1
- 19.
U_ __
SSIONS
_'.,1"
froamsUI'table
SI.ng
No 53 lower rear
~. operung
driver,
-

------~~-- INSPECT
move bear-
r.e of trans-
Wash all ANSMISSION
INSPI
TR
clean solven
P'''::nd dry with com
. . on housing in a
ts and transmlsSplressed
__ air.
mission.
mg . _____________________

l
.:1
a 37

j
36
35
32

~' ~/f?
-

-------~~~~;~~:~:.!os;ion Details
° •'"'"' ". ~".: _".."."
39. S ion Ring
. an d Relative Locat _ofPTO
Parts
Shah
1.
1 Relainer Oil
Sea:- g Relainer f Transmlss haft
Ring 40. Snap Overdrive 51. Pin~on: Counlershalt
52. Pin,~n Counlershaft
F',. 7 .- ShH,". G", __ CI""hJ ••
2. Bush.ln :. Main Drive Sha 1
'''''1 _CI""'
I~. C.;~::"
3 Retclner Sh.' - Mo., ". " . " 1" - " ...,," ". 53. Beorlng
4' Gasket ". . - , .. h". ". C.., 6... 1" " C..,,, 0,1 .. Go..
5: Snap. Ring ". "". - , ..dl.
:";;;'- Mol" 0,1.. ,.. C.... -
30. G"'" _ ".,,1". ,i 6,,"0' _ "'.kO,' ..
,,: G... _
54.
55.
Snop R ,nY8" x 7/8 NC
Boit - 3 her
6. B~a!lng_ PTO ". " , 31. ",""o. ". ,,,'" _ . 56. Lockwo~ev. Idler Geor
7 P,",on l'
. Ring - Sec mg IS. "'" - ,"" Sh." 32. G" '''. " "...1". ,_ '''''m;, ...o 57. Sto~ - Reverse Geor
58. Sho t - Thrust
. c ."0... ,.,'..dl.
8.
9 Seo 1 - Oil 10. '6,,1'
" ',;• Mo
- "''' ".
,.. ,"",,,. ..:
~~:r. ;~aConstan!
20. 10 ''''''. . "..,,"._ 59. Washer - Flot .
la: Sna~ RingThrusi ".
23. ShOl
22. Gear:
Gear -. and High "36:
7 '"" _,,,,
Bearing
Gear P " Mesh 50.. '"" el". 60. Washer -:. Needle
SnopRln~ Boil ~8:
61. Beorlng
11. Was er - embly .
12. Clu:ch
13. Pin,on - npu
ASt
t Overdrive
25.
24. Bearlng $nop Ring 62. Spacer Reverse Idl,r
63. Geor-

4

GROUP II - SECTION B - PART 3
Fig. 8 • Removing Main Shah and Rear Bearing from Housing
1. Snap Ring 2. Bearing - Main Shah - Rear
NOTE: Do not wiPe parts or inside of
transmission housing with a material
that leaves lint.
1. Inspect aU gears for chipped or broken
teeth and replace those where either condition
is present.
2. Check aU bearings for bind or rough spots.
If either condition is noted a new bearing must
. he installed.
3. Inspect aU shafts for excessively worn or
damaged splines. Replace shaft where either
condition is present.
4. Inspect the bushings in the countershaft
drive gear No. 41 and forward end of input
shaft retainer No. 3.
5. Inspect aU thrust washers and replace
those that are worn or scored.
6. Check the needle bearings in the input
shaft and reverse idler gear. Replace bearings
if worn or damaged.
7. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove and discard
sealing rings No. 8 and No. 14.
DISASSEMBLE INPUT SHAFT RETAINER
1. Remove control valve from retainer No.
2, Fig. 13. Remove snap ring No. 8 and with-
draw PTO pinion No. 5.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 35, ,50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION
Fig. 9 • Moving Front Bearing from Main Shaft
1. Bearing - Main Shah Front 3. Gear - Low
2. Shah - Main Shah 4. Gear _ Intermediate and High
3. Shah - Main 2. Remove and discard pinion sealing rings
No. 6.
3. Using tool MFN 850 as shown in Fig. 14,
drive oil seal out of pinion.
4. If required, remove snap ring No. 4,
Fig. 13 and with bearing supported on bed of
press, press bearing No. 7 from pinion.
5. Using a sharp chisel, drive seal off for-
ward end of retainer.
INSPECT INPUT SHAFT RETAINER
1. Inspect bearing for bind or rough spots
and replace if either condition exists.
2. Check pinion for damage or excessive
wear at gear teeth and splines. Replace pinion
if either condition is noted.
Fig. 10 • Removing or Installing Input Shaft
1. Shaft - Input 4. Washer - Thrust
2. Spacer - Input Shaft 5. Pin ion - Overdrive
3. Pinion - Main Drive 6. Clutch - Hydroulïc
5

TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 11 - Removing or Installing Overdrive and Countershaft
Drive Gear Assembly
1. Holder - Gear - Tooi MFN 830 3. Gear - Counlershalt _ Drive
2. Gear - Overdrive 4. Counlershafl
ASSEMBLE INPUT SHAFT RETAINER
1. If removed, start bearing No. 7, Fig. 13
over forward end of pinion. Support bearing on
bed of press and press pinion into bearing.
Install snap ring No. 4.
2. Place new sealing rings No. 6 on pinion.
3. Refer to Fig. 15 and place a new seal No.
3 over end of installer, tool MFN 849, with
the lettered end down, then carefully drive in
pinion and against shoulder.
4. Start pinion No. 5, Fig. 13 in retainer.
Using a soft hammer, drive pinion and bearing
into position and install snap ring No. 8
5. Refer to Fig. 16 and place seal guide No.
3, tool MFN 848-B in seal installer No. 2.
Place oil seal No. 4 on installer with the se al-
ing portion up.
Fig. 13 • Input Shaft Retainer Details and Relative
Location of Parts
1. Seal- Oil
2.
3.
Relainer - Inpul Drive Shalt
Gaskel
4. Snap Ring
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3
Fig. 12 • Removing or Installing Transmission Countershaft
1. Counlershalt 2. Beoring - Counlershafl
Start seal over forward end of retainer and
carefuUy drive into position.
DISASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
1. Refer to Fig. 18 and remove snap ring
No. 9 from clutch housing.
2. Remove clutch retaining plate No. 8,
piston return springs No. 7, clutch discs No. 6
and plates No. 5.
3. AUow the clutch housing No. 1 to be
dropped on bench several times with the open
end down and jar the piston out of housing.
4. Remove and discard sealing rings No. 2
and No. 3 from piston and inner hub of housing.
INSPECT HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
Wash aU parts in a clean solvent and dry with
compressed air.
NOTE: Do oot wiPe parts with a ma-
terial tkat leaves lint particles .
1. Inspect the clutchdiscs for damage, scor-
ing or excessive wear and replace if any of the
above conditions are noted.
5. Pin ion - PTO
2. Check the clutch plates for damage or
6.
7.
Ring - Sealing
Bearing
score marks. Light score marks may be
8. Snap Ring dressed off with crocus clutch.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, 50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION

enough pressure to permit the installation of

snap ring No. 9.

DISASSEMBLE PLANETARY GEAR

1. Refer to Fig. 21 and support planetary
carrier No. 1 on bed of press. Press shaft
No. 2 out of pinion No. 3 and carrier.

2. Remove gear, bearings, spacers and

thrust washers.

3. Remove the remaining planetary gears as

outlined above.

Fig. 14 - Removing Oil Seal from PTO Pinion

1. Pinion - PTO 2. Remover - Seol - Tooi MFN 850

ASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH

1, Refer to Fig. 18 and place a new sealing
ring No. 2 on inner hub of clutch housing. In-
staIl a new sealing ring No. 3 on clutch piston
No. 4.

2. Start clutch piston in housing with the hub

end up. Using a small screwdriver, move the
sealing ring into its groove and the piston into
the housing.

3. Place clutch plate No. 3, Fig. 19 in

housing with the tangs registering in one ser-
ration off the ail inlet hale. Place clutch disc
No. 3 in position on plate.

4. Install the remaining clutch plates and

discs in sequence with the tangs on the clutch
plates staggered.

5. Place a clutch return spring No. 7, Fig.

18 in position on each tang of the lower clutch
plate.

60 Place clutch retaining plate in housing. Fig. 15 • Installing PTO Pinion Oil Seal
1. Pinion - PTO 2. Instoller - Seol - Tooi MFN 849
Support housing on bed of press and apply just 3. Seol - Oil

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3

INSPECT PLANETARY GEAR

1. Inspect the gears for chipped or broken
teeth and replace il either condition is present.

2. Check the needle bearings and thrust

washers for excessive wear. Replace those
parts where either condition is noted.

ASSEMBLE PLANET ARY GEAR

1. Place a coating of grease to one side of

each thrust washer No. 6, Fig. 20, and a coat-
ing to needle bearings No. 9, spacers No. 8.

2. Place a thrust washer No. 6 on bench with

the side having the grease up. Place planetary
pinion No. 7 on thrust washer.

3. Insert spacer No. 8 in planetary pin-

ion. Place the first rOw of needle bearings
around the inside diameter of pinion.
Fig. 17 - Installing Input Shaft Bearing
1. Snalt - Input 2. Beoring - Need le
3. Installer - Tooi MFN 216

4. Insert center spacer No. 8 followed by

the second row of needle bearings. Place third
spacer in position on upper row of bearings
followed by second thrust washer.

5. Place pinion and thrust washer assembly

in pOsition in planetary carrier.

6. Support carrier on bed of press with the

hub end down. Then carefully press shaft into
position.

ASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION
1. If removed, refer to Fig. 7 and apply a
coating of grease to one side of each thrust
washer No. 59 and the inside diameter of the
idler gear No. 63.

Place thrust washer on bench with the coated

side up. Then position idler gear on thrust
washer. Insert a dummy shaft .312" x 1-7/8"
through idler gear.

Insert flat washer No. 60 over shaft and into

Fig. 16 - lristalling Retainer Oil Seal
1. Retoiner - Input Snolt
2. Installer - Seol _ Tooi MFN 848.A
3. Guide - Seal - Tooi MFN 848·B
4. Seal - Oil
gear. Install the first row of needle bearings
No. 61 in gear followed by spacer No. 62. As-
semble the second row of bearings in gear fol-
lowed by second flat washer No. 60 and thrust
washer No. 59.
Place idler gear assembly in transmission
with the smaller gear diameter forward. Then

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, 50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION

Fig. 18 • Cluteh Details and Relative Location of Parts

1. Housing - Cluteh 4. Piston - Cluteh 7. Spring - Piston Return
2. Ring - Piston 5. Plote - Cluteh 8. Plote - Cluteh Retaining
3. Ring - Piston 6. Dise - Cluteh 9. Snap Ring

carefully install icUer gear shaft No. 58 through

rear transmission opening and into idler gear.
Secure shaft with stop No. 57 and boit No. 55.

2. If removed, refer to Fig. 7 and place

snap ring No. 50 over countershaft No. 48 and
allow it to float free at the undercut position of
shaft.
3. Refer to Fig. 12 and start countershaft
No. 1 in lower front opening of transmission.
Place forward countershaft pinion No. 7,
Fig. 22 over countershaft with the hub end to
the rear followed by countershaft pinion No. 5
with the hub end forward.
4. Refer to Fig. 7 and place thrust washer
No. 46 over forward end of countershaft No. 48.
Fig. 19 • Removing or Installing Cluteh Dise
1. Housing - Cluteh 2. Plate - Cluteh 3. Dise - Cluteh
8. With the PTO shaft fully engaged with the
PTO gear, drive hub of gear into front bearing.
Refer to Fig. 7 and install thrust washer No.
34 and snap ring No. 33. Install housing coyer
No. 29 with a new gasket No. 30.
9. Start bearing No. 53 over end of counter-
shaft then, with a wood block between PTO gear
and overdrive gear, drive rear countershaft
bearing into position.

5. Move countershaft No. 4, Fig. 11, back 10. Refer to Fig. 7 and engage splines of
just far enough and place gear assembly No. 2 overdrive pinion No. 13 in hydraulic clutch.
and No. 3 over forward end of countershafto

Rotate countershaft and gears slightly to the

left and right to achieve full shaft engagement.
Refer to Fig. 22 and install snap ring No. 11
over forward end of countershaft.

6. Move countershaft forward and pinions

No. 5 and No. 7, Fig. 22 back. Install snap
ring No. 23 in groove of countershaft.

7. Refer to Fig. 22 and place PTO gear No.

12 in position with the hub end forward. Insert
PTO shaft No. 24 through countershaft and PTO
gear.
Refer to Fig. 7 and place a new gasket No. Fig. 20 • Planetary Gear Details and Relative Location of Parts
32 on bearing housing No. 31. Using two 3/8" x 1. Caver - Ring Gear 7. Pinion - Planetary
7/8" Ne boUs, attach bearing housing to the 2. Wosher - Thrust 8. Spaeer
3. Gear - Planetary Ring 9. Bearing •. Need le
front lower opening of transmission as shown 4. Pin - Dowel 10. Shoh - Pin ion
5. Carrier - Planetory 11. Caver - Ring Gear
in Fig. 3. 6. Washer _ Thrust 12. Shim _ Cover Shim

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3

Apply a coating of grease to one side of thrust

washer No. 17 and attach it ta input overdrive
pinion No. 13. .

11. Refer to Fig. 10 and place hydraulic

clutch No 6, overdrive pinion No. 5, thrust
washer No. 4 and main drive pinion No. 3 in
position. Then insert input shaft through gear
and c1utch assembly.

12. Refer ta Fig. 7 and place spacer No. 18

in the forward side of center opening with the
offset to the front. Move clutch and gear as-
sembly back and against spacer.

13. Refer to Fig. 9, and insert main shaft

No. 2 through upper transmission opening.
Place inter and high gear No. 4, over shaft
Fig. 22 • Cutaway View of Multi·Power Transmission
with the smaller gear diameter forward. Place 1. Gear - Inter and High 13. Snap Ring
low gear over shaft with the hub end to the 2. Shaft - Main 14. Pin ion - PTO
3. Snap Ring .15. Clutch - Hydraulic
.cear. Start bearing No. lover forward end of 4. Bearing _ Main Shaft 16. Pinion _ Overdrive
shaft. 5. Pinion - Countershaft 17. Pin ion - Main Drive
6. Bearing _ Countershaft 18. Washer - Thrust
7. Pin ion - Countershaft 19. Spacer
8. Shaft - Countershaft 20. Gear - Low
14. Refer to Fig. 23 and place tool, MFN- 9. Gear - Countershaft 21. Fork - Shi/ter
10. Gear - Overdrive 22. Fork - Shifter
. 458 in back side of upper center opening. 11. Snap Ring 23. Snap Ring
Start forward end of main shaft through tool, 12. Gear - PTO Constant Mesh 24. Shaft - PTO
25. Bearing - Main Shaft Front
then using a soft hammer, drive main shaft
into bearing. Move main shaft back and re-
move tool. 16. Refer to Fig. 5 and using a new gasket
attach oil control valve No. 2 to input shaft re-
15. Start front main bearing into center tainer No. 1 with the boit having the copper
opening then, with the input shaft properly washer installed in front right opening.
aligne d, drive main shaft and bearing into
position. 17. Refer ta Fig. 7 and install new sealing
rings No. 15 on input shaft No. 14. Place
thrust washer No. 11 over input shaft with the
bronze side toward the front.

18. Refer ta Fig. 5 and place seal protector

FT 357 over forward end of input shaft. Using
a new gasket install input shaft retainer.

19. Refer ta Fig. 3 and install lever bracket

No. 8, lever No. 9, shifter rad No. 10 and
secure with boIts. Install ail inlet line No. 7.

20. Place release bearing fork No. 4 in

position and install c1utch release shafts No. 5
and No. 6. Tighten setscrews No. 3, and in-
stalllockwire.

21. Applya light coating of lubriplate over

splines of PTO pinion. Install c1utch release
bearing and carrier No. 21 over pinion and
secure with return springs No. 1.

22. Refer ta Fig. 20 and place thrust washer

No. 2 in the doweled side of planetary gear No.
Fig. 21 • Removing Planetary Pinion Shaft
1. Carrier 3. Pinion - P!onetory
3. Place caver No. 11, over dowels followed
2. Shaft - Pinion 4. Washer - Thrust by shim No. 12.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3
Fig. 23 • Installing Bearing on Main Shaft
1. Shaft - Main 2. Bearing - Bali
3. Installer - Bearing - Tooi MFN·458
23. Refer to TIg. 6 and place planetary ring
gear in position with the dowels registering in
transmission housing.
NOTE: Check to be certain that the
thrust washer remains in its proper
position.
24. Install planetary gear No. 5, Fig. 20 in
ring gear No. 3 followed by outer washer. In-
stall outer coyer No. 1 and secure with boUs.
25. Refer to Fig. 6 and start planetary shift
rail No. 9 in transmission. Start selector No.
8 over forward end of shift rail and move rail
forward to its limite Position selector and
tighten setscrew.
Place shift fork No. 5 in coupler No. 6 and
over shift rail No. 9. Tighten setscrew.
26. Place shifter fork No. 12, in groove of
low gear No. 20, Fig. 7 and install shifter
rail No. 13. Tighten setscrew.
Place shifter fork No. 14, Fig. 6 in groove
of inter and high gear. Ihstall shifter rail No.
MF 35, 50, 65 MUL.TI POWER TRANSMISSION
15 and tighten setscrew. Secure setscrews with
lockwire.
Install stop plate No. 3 and secure with boUs
No. 2.
INST ALL TRANSMISSION
1. Apply a new gasket ta the mounting sur-
face of center housing.
2. With the transmission supported on a
chain hoist as shown in Fig. 2, align the trans-
mission with the center housing. Move trans-
mission into position and secure with nuts and
bolts. Tighten boUs to their specified torque.
3. Insert a detent ball in the transmission
opening at the forward end of each shifter rail
followed by a detent spring. Install neutral
switch.
4. Apply a new transmission coyer gasket.
Refer to Fig. 1 and install coyer on transmis-
sion being certain the shift levers are properly
engaged. Install coyer boUs and tighten to
their specified torque.
5. Install brake cross shaft and insert Wood-
ruff key in keyway. Install brake pedals and
brake rods.
6. Install muffler, muffler inlet pipe and the
step plates.
7. Fill the transmission with 8 US gallons
(6-1/2 Imp. Gallons) of S.A. E. 80 mineraI oil.
8. Reassemble the remaining portion of
tractor as outlined under Individual Engine
Section.
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART l

DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE ASSEMBLy

MF & TO - 35, 50, 202 & 204 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page
Changes to the Differentiai Pin ion
and Rear Axle Assembly. • • • • • 2
Checking the Rear Axle End-Play. •. 3
Check for Excessive End-Play . • • 3
Rear Axl e Assembl y. • . • • . • •• 3
Differentiai and Pin ion Assembly . • 7
Differentiai, Transmission and
Hydraulic System Lubrication •• 13
Special Tools. • • • • • • •• • .14

Fig. 1 • Differentiai, Pinion and Rear Axle Assembly

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE
The differential, pinion and rear axle as-
sembIy, shown in Fig. 1, is an assembly of
three units.
Before disassembling any of the differential,
pinion and rear axle assembly, check the end-
play of the axle as outlined in the section
"Checking the Rear Axle End-Play".
The tooth contact or mesh pattern of the ring
gear and pinion is non-adjustable.
CHANGES TO THE DIFFERENTIAL
PIN ION & REAR AXLE ASSEMBL y
TRACTOR REAR AXLE CHANGES
Two important changes have been made in
the rear axle and center housing to improve
the rear axle structure. The changes were:
1. The studs which are used to attach the
axle trumpet housing to the tractor center
housing were changed from 7/16 inch diameter
to 1/2 inch diameter.
2. The number of studs which are used to
attach the bearing retainer to the wheel end of
the axle trumpet housing was increased from
six to twelve.
SERVIC/NG THE REAR AXLE
In connection with these changes, special step
studs have been made available for servicing.
These are listed in your current parts book.
There are several variations in the way the
new strengthened parts can be used to service
the oider tractors.
1. If it is necessary to install the new type
center housing, which is· tapped for 1/2 inch
studs, it will be necessary to drill or ream the
inner flange boIt holes of the axle trumpet
housing to 17/32 inch diameter to clear the 1/2
inch studs.
2. If it is necessary to install the newtrumpet
housing having 17/32 inch holes in the inner
flange, to the old type center housing which is
tapped for 7/16 inch studs, it will be necessary
to install the special step studs in the center
housing. These special step studs are 7/16
N.C. on one end and 1/2 N.F. on the other.
NOTE: YVhen this installation is made
the new type trumpet housing will have
twelve holes in the outer [lange to at-
tach the bearing retainer. If the old
style bearing retainer is to be used,
six of the holes in the outer [lange of
the trumpet housing will not be used.
2
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1
3. If it is necessary to install a new type
bearing retainer on the older type axle trumpet
housing, use six studs installed in every other
hole of the bearing retainer housing.
4. If it is necessary to use an older type
brake backing plate with a new type axie trumpet
housing and bearing retainer, it will be necessary
to drill 6 additional 17/32 inch holes in the
brake backing plate to accommodate the twelve
studs.
REPLACEMENT OF PINION BEARINGS
In the event pinion bearings are replaced, it
is mandatory that the correctly associated
pinion bearing and sleeve assembly be used.
Following are the correctly associated as-
semblies:
1. Center housings with part number suffix
M-l which have a positioning shoulder in the
pinion sleeve bore requires 181 251 M92 sleeve
assembly fitted with bearing cup 195 164 Ml.
Bearing cone 195 163 Ml must be used with the
above sleeve assembly.
2. Pinion sleeve and associated required parts
used in the center housing M-2 through M-5 may
be installed in M-l center housings if the
positioning shouider in the pinion sleeve bore is
machined to the rear 0.065 inch as a minimum
or removed entirely. When the positioning
shoulder is relieved or removed the center
houstng with this modification should be identi-
fiable; therefore, change the embossed part
number suffix on the center housing to M-2.
NOTE: Do not skim the pinion sleeve
bore area during the machining opera-
tion.
3. Center housings with part number suffixes
M-2 through M-5 require: 181 251 M93 sleeve
assembly fitted with bearing cup 185 778 Ml
which requires using bearing cone 831 888 Ml.
REPLAONG THE RING GEAR
When replacement of the ring gear and mated
pinion is necessary, secure the ring gear to the
differential case with bolts (825 776 Ml) and
nuts (891 947 Ml) supplied with the new ring
gear. Do not stake the nut but secure with
LOCTITE sealant cement, grade AV, per the
following instructions:
1. Nuts and bolts are to be degreased with
trichlorethylene or a similar solvent.
2. Apply two drops of Loctite sealant, Grade
AV, evenly to the first threads of the bolts.
3. Assemble differential case and ring gear
using bolts (825 776 Ml) treated with Loctite
and nuts (891 947 Ml).
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1
4. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 110 - 120
ft.-Ibs.
CHECKING THE REAR AXLE END-PLAY
1. Jack up and support the rear of the tractor
so that both wheels are off the ground.
2. Turn one of the wheels and observe the
direction of rotation of the other wheel.
a. If the wheels turn in the same direction,
there is insufficient clearance between the ends
of the axle shafts.
b. If the wheels rotate in opposite direc-
tions, there is sufficient clearance between the
ends of the axle shafts. Check for excessive
end-play.
Fig. 2 - Measuring Axle End-Play
CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE END-PLAY
1. Attach a dial indicator. Fig. 2 shows the
indicator attached after the brake drum has
been removed. If the brake drum has not been
removed, the indicator may be attached behind
the brake backing plate with the point riding
against the edge of the brake drum.
2. Observe the end-play indicated.
NOTE: End-play must not be less than
0.002 inch and not exceed 0.008 inch.
ADJUSTING THE END-PLAY
1. To adjust the end-play, remove the axle
shaft as outlined in "Removal of the Axle Shaft"
and:
a. Add shims to increase the end-play.
b. Remove shims to decreasethe end-play.
By measuring the shim thickness with a micro-
meter, it is easy to remove sufficient shims the
first time ta give the correct end-play.
2. Install the axle shaft as outlined in "In-
stalling the Rear Axle".
35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE
NOTE: After the axle has been in-
stalled, make a final check of the end-
Play with a di al indicator.
REAR AXLE ASSEMBL y
The rear axle assembly consists ofaxle
housings, semi-floating axle shafts, bearing
retainers, bearings, oil seals, and brake as-
semblies.
The inner ends of the axle shafts are splined
to the differential side gears. The outer ends
are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The tapered bearings and retainer rings pre-
vent the axle shafts from moving out of the
housing, while the inward movement is con-
trolled by the axles butting together in the
differential.
REAR AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBL y
Removal of the Ax/e Shaft
Use the following procedure to remove either
one or bath of the rear axle assemblies.
1. Jack up the tractor and support it under
the axle housings.
2. Drain the oil from the differential center
housing and rear axle.
3. Remove the fender. See Section C, Group
IV.
4. Remove the wheel and tire as a unit. See
Section B, Group IV.
5. Remove the brake drum retaimlng screws
and remove the brake drum.
Fig. 3 - Removing the Axle Shaft
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
OIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1

Fig. 4 • Rear Axle Nomenclature

1. Oil Seal 6. Gasket 11. Gasket
2. Retoiner Housing 7. Shim Pack 12. Bearing Cup
3. Bearing Cup 8. Oil Seol 13. Expansion Plug
4. Tapered Bearings 9. Trumpe! Housing 14. Broke Drum
5. Retainer Collar 10. Brake Shaft Bushing 15. Axle Shaft

6. Remove the nuts attaching the retainer and
the brake back plate to the axle housing.
7. Remove the axle shaft and retainer as an
assembly from the axle housing as shown in
Fig. 3.
NOTE: Use care wh en removing the
axle sa that no ail cornes in contact
with the brake shoes.
Disassembly of Rear Ax/e
1. Remove shims (No. 7, Fig. 4).
2. Remove the brake back plate.
NOTE: If the brakes are not going ta
be serviced leave them assembled ta
the back plate. Remove back plate and
brakes as an assembly.
3. Remove the retainer collar (No. 5, Fig. 4).
NOTE: Ta remove the collar, drill a
hale in the coUar as shawn in Fig. 5
and split with a cold chis el.
4. Remove the bearing housing (No. 2) bearing
cup (No. 3) and bearing (No. 4, Fig. 4) as shown
in Fig. 6.
5. Remove the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) from
the bearing housing as shown in Fig. 8.
6. Using a tool like that used in Step 5, re-
move the bearing cup from the bearing housing.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

Fig. 5· Removing the Retainer Cailar Fig. 6· Removing the Bearing Housing Assembly

Inspection of the Rear Ax/e

Check the axle shaft, shown in Fig. 7, as
follows:
1. Inspect the axle splines for excessive wear
or damage. Replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cup (No. 3) and bearing
(No. 4, Fig. 4) for damage, freedom of move-
ment and excessive wear. Replace if necessary. Fig. 7· Rear Axle Shaft
3. Inspect the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) for
damage. Replace if necessary.
Assembly of the Rear Ax/e
1. Install bearing cup (No. 3, Fig. 4) in the
bearing housing.

2. Install the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) in the

bearing housing as shown in Fig. 9.

3. Install the housing on the axle shaft.

4. Pack the bearing with wheel bearing grease

and install the bearing (No. 4, Fig. 4) on the
axle shaft.
NOTE: Where old bearings are being
used, make sure that aU of the old
grease and metal chiPs are cleaned
trom the bearing. Fig. 8. Removing the Oil Seal

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1

Installing the Rear Axle

1. Carefully insert the axle with shim pack ~.
and gasket (if used) in position, through the oil
seal (No. 8, Fig. 4).
2. Continue installing the axle by reversing
the steps listed in the procedure for "Removal
of the Axle Shaft"

REMOVAL OF AXLE HOUS/NG AND SHAFr

AS AN ASSEMSL y
1. Drain the differential center housing and the
axle housing.
2. Jack up the tractor and support it under
the differential center housing.
3. Remove the fender.
4. Remove the wheel and tire as a unit.
5. Disconnect the brake pedal linkage at the
brake shaft.
6. Remove the nuts securing the axle housing
to the differential center housing.
NOTE: Either attach a lifting device
or black up the axle housing.
Fig. 9 - Instolling the Oil Seol 7. Remove the axle housing and shaft as a unit
from the differential center housing as shown in
5. Heat the bearing retainer collar to a dull
Fig. 13.
red and quickly install it on the shaft.

NOTE: Do this with the axle in the

vertical position.

6. Place the shim pack (No. 7, Fig. 4) and

gasket into position.

NOTE: Do not use a gasket on those

axles retained ta the trumpet housing
by 12 studs. Use a gasket on axles re-
tained by 6 studs.

Fig. la - Removing the Oil Seol Fig. 11 • Removing the Beoring Cup

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

THE AXLE SHAFT HOUSING ASSEMBL y

Removal of the Axle Housing
1. Remove the axle shaft and housing as an
assembly as outlined in the previous section.
2. Remove the axle shaft from the housing as
outlined in "Removal of the Axle Shaft".
Inspecting the Axle Housing

1. Inspect the oil seal (No. 8, Fig. 4). Replace

if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
for damage, pitting and excessive wear. Re-
place if necessary.
3. Inspect the housing for cracks and damage
to the machined surfaces. Replace ifnecessary. Fig. 13· Removing the Axle Shaft and Housing
Installing the Axle Housing
Install the axle housing to the differential
center housing by reversing the "Removal of
the Axle Housing" procedure.
NOTE: Be sure to use a new gasket
between the axle housing and the differ-
ential center housing.
DIFFERENTIAL AND PINION ASSEMBL y
The differential shown in Fig. 14, is composed
of a mated bevel ring gear and pinion, four
differential pinions mounted on a spider, and
two side gears. Replaceable thrust washers
back up the differential pinions and side gears.
Two tapered roller bearings located on each
end of the differential case suspend the entire
differential assembly between the axle housings.

Fig. 12· Installing the Bearing Cup

Disassembly of the Axle Housing

1. Remove the oil seaI (No. 8, Fig. 4) from

the axle housing as shown in Fig. 10.
2. Remove the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
from the axle housing as shown in Fig. Il.
3. Remove the expansion plug (No. 13, Fig. 4)
from behind the brake cross shaft bushing.
4. Remove the brake cross shaft bushing (No.
10, Fig. 4).

Assembly of Axle Housing

1. Using an appropriate step plate and driver,

drive in the oil seal (No. 8, Fig. 4).
2. Drive in the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
as shown in Fig. 12.
3. Drive in the brake cross shaft bushing
Fig. 14. Differentiai and Ring Gear
using a step plate and driver.
1. Identification Mark 2. Lockwire

7
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE
The drive pinion is straddle mounted.in relation
to the ring gear with two tapered roller bearings
at its front and one roller bearing at its rear.
The pinion shaft has a mounted spur gear for
driving the power take-off shaft in proportional
ground speed.
DlffERENTlAL ASSEMSL y
Removing tlte Differentiai
1. Remove the left axle shaft and housing as
a unit. See Page 6.
2. Slide the differential assembly out of the
differential center housing from the left side
of the tractor as shown in Fig. 15.
DÎsassembling tlte Differentiai
1. Place an identification mark (No. 1, Fig.
14) on both halves of the differential case as
shown in Fig. 14.
2. Remove lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 14) and
remove the retaining bolts.
3. Separate the case halves and lift out the
side gears, spider and pinions.
4. Remove the bearings as shown in Fig. 16.
5. Remove the ring gear from the differential
case.
NOTE: The ring gear is riveted to the
differential case on earlier models.
To remove, drill the rivets. BoUs are
supp lied for attaching a new ring gear
to the differential case.
Inspecting tlte Differentiai
1. Inspect the gears of the assembly for
chipped or missing teeth. Replace ifnecessary.
2. Inspect the bearings for freedom of move-
ment, pitting and excessive wear. Replace if
necessary.
3. Inspect thrust washers for chafing and
excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
Fig. 15· Removing the DifferentiaI Assembly
8
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART
Assembling tlte Differentiai
1. Attach the ring gear to the differential
case as outlined on page 2. Tighten the bolts
attaching the ring gear to a torque of 110-120
ft.-lbs.
2. Press the bearings into position on the
differential case.
3. Place the left hand differential case on the
bench with the teeth of the ring gear up.
4. Position the thrust washer (No. 10) and
side gear (No. 9, Fig. 17) into the case as
shown in Fig. 18.
5. Position the spider (No. 8) pinion gears
(No. 2) and thrust washers (No. 1, Fig. 17) on
the side gear as shown in Fig. 19.
6. Position the remaining side gear (No. 7)
and thrust washer (No. 6, Fig. 17) as shown in
Fig. 20.
NOTE: The entire unit will look like
Fig. 21 when inserted in the difterential
case.
7. Position the right hand diffe:r:ential case
and secure with bolts. Tighten the boUs to
47-53 ft.-lbs. torque and lock with wire.
NOTE: Make sure that the identifica-
tion marks (No. 1, Fig. 14) are aligned.
8. Using a di al indicator, check the backlash
between the side gears and the pinion.
NOTE: Recommended backlashofO.003
to 0.008 inch may be adjusted by chang-
ing any of the thrust washers.
Fig. 16· Removing the Bearings
 MASSEY -FERG USON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 2 & 204 DlFFERENTlAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

Fig. 17· Differentiai Nomenclature

1. Thrust Washer 6. Thrust Washer 11. Snap Ring 16. Tapered Bearing 21. Spiral Sn op Ring
2. Pin ion Geor 7. Side Gear 12. Pin ion Pilot Bearing 17. PTO Drive Hub 22. Ring Gear
3. Bearing Cup 8. Spider 13. Mein Drive Pinion 18. Tab Washer 23. Left Hall Differentiai Case
4. T apered Beoring 9. Side Gear 14. Tapered Bearinq 19. Look Nut 24. Tapered Bearing
5. Right Hall Differentiai Case 10. Thrust Washer 15. Pinion Beoring Sleeve 20. PTO Drive Pin ion 25. Beoring Cup

Installing the DifferentiaI

1. Install the differential so that the ring gear

is on the left side of the tractor.

2. Install the differential by reversing the

procedure "Removing the DifferentiaI".

NOTE: Be sure to use new or service-

able gaskets between the differential
center housing and the axle housing.

3. Check the backlash between the pinion and

ring gear. Allowable backlash is 0.003 to 0.025.
Check the backlash at a minimum of 4 places
on the ring gear.

4. Check the end-play as outlined in" Adjusting

the Rear Axle End-Play" and adjust if necessary. Fig. 18· Instolling Differentiai Side Gear

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 1

Fig. 19. Installing Spider and Pinions

THE PINION ASSEMSL y

Removal of the Pinion

1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover as outlined

in Group III, Section A.
2. Remove the cotter pin (No. 1) rear drive
shaft (No. 2) and rear drive shaft coupler (No. 3,
Fig. 22).
Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 21) and
ground speed PTO drive pinion (No. 20, Fig. 17).
NOTE: Not aU tractors are equipped
with ground speed PTO.
3. Remove the left axle shaft and housing as
a unit. See Page 6.
Fig. 21 • Differentiai Gears
4. Slide the differential unit to the left enough
to allow the rear bearing on the main drive
pinion shaft to pass by.
5. Remove the boUs attaching the pinion bear-
ing sleeve (No. 15, Fig. 17) to the differential
center housing.
6. Unlock the tab washer (No. 18) andremove
the lock nut (No. 19, Fig.17) as shown in Fig. 23.
7. Remove the PTO ground speed drive hub
(No. 17, Fig. 17).
8. Using two cap screws in the tapped holes
of the flange of the bearing sleeve, push the
sleeve out of the housing as shown in Fig. 24.

Fig. 22 • Center Housing Nomenclature

Fig. 20. Installing DifferentiaI Side Gear 1. Cotter Pin 2. Rear Drive Shah 3. Rear Drive Coupler

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

Fig. 25 • Removing Pinion Pilot Bearing

3. Remove the pilot bearing (No. 12, Fig. 17)

from the pinion as shown in Fig. 25.

4. Remove the tapered bearing (No. 14, Fig.

17) from the pinion as shown in Fig. 26 .

Fig. 23· Removing Main Drive Pinion

Disassembling the Pin ion

1. Remove the pinion from the pinion bearing
•
sleeve.
2. Remove the snap ring (No. 11, Fig. 17).

Fig. 24 • Removing Pinion Bearing Sleeve Fig. 26. Removing Pinion Tapered Bearing

11
 --- --------~--------

MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1

NOTE: It will be necessary ta use a

heavy punch and hammer at several
points around the perime ter of the
bearing as shawn in the inset of Fig.
26 sa that the bearing plate may be
installed.
Inspect;ng the P;n;on
1. Inspect the pinion gear for damage ta the
gear and splines. Replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cups for damage, pitting
and excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
3. Inspect the bearings for damage, pitting,
freeness of movement and excessive wear. Re-
place if necessary.
4. Inspect the ground speed PTO drive gears
(where present) for chipped or missing teeth.
Replace if necessary.
Assembl;ng the P;n;on
1. Press the tapered bearing onto the pinion
(No. 14, Fig. 17) as shawn in Fig. 27.
2. Press the pilot bearing (No. 12, Fig. 17)
onto the pinion with the chamfered side (see
inset, Fig. 28) towards the bevel gear as shawn
in Fig. 28.
3. Install the snap ring (No. 11, Fig. 17) on
the end of the pin ion shaft.
4. Install the pinion bearing sleeve (No. 15),
tapered bearing (No. 16), PTO ground speeddrive
hub (No. 17), tab washer (No. 18), and lock nut
(No. 19, Fig. 17) on the pinion shaft.
5. Place the flange of the bearing sleeve in a
vise and draw the lock nut down tight ta make
sure that the bearings are seated.
6. Loosen the lock nut and draw it up until
6- 8 inch-lbs. rolling torque is obtained or until
a slight drag is noticed as the pinion is turned
in its bearings.

NOTE: Fig. 29 shows a spanner with a

hale drilled at exactly 3 inches [rom
the center of the pinion shaft. Attaching
a spring scale ta this point, it réquires
2 ta 2-5/8 pounds pull ta equal 6 - 8
in.-lbs. torque.
Installing the P;nion Assembly
1. Install the pinion assembly into the housing.
Tighten the bolts ta a torque of 80 - 85 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: ft may be necessary ta draw
the bearing sleeve into the housing by
using two cap screws with spacers as
shawn in Fig. 30.
Fig. 27. Installing the Tap.r.d B.aring
2. Install the PTO ground speed drive pinion
(No. 20) and spiral snap ring (No. 21, Fig. 17)
as shawn in Fig. 31.
3. Slide the differential unit back into position,
and aUach the left axle shaft and housing by
reversing the removal procedure.
4. Check the backlash between the pinion and
ring gear. Allowable backlash is 0.003 inch ta
0.025 inch. Check the backlash at a minimum
of 4 places on the ring gear.
5. Install the rear drive shaft and coupler.
NOTE: Make sure a cotter pin of the
proper diameter and length is installed
in the drive shaft coupler.

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

Fig. 30 - InstaIIing the Bearing Sleeve

",~,_.,'d"" *;;j;w""

Fig. 28 - Installing the Pilat Bearing

Fig. 31 - Installing PTO Graund Speed Oriv.. Gears

6. Install the hydraulic lift cover as outlined

Fig. 29 - Prelaading Pinian Bearings in Group III, Section A.
DIFFERENTlAL, TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LUBRICATION
The oil used in the hydraulic system is also are:
used to lubricate the transmission and differ- S. A. E.90 for temperatures above 50o F.
e nti al. S. A. E. 80 for temperatures below 50°F.
Capacity of thes€ combined units is 8 U.S. Additional oil must be added if the require-
(6 1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specifications ments of an external hydraulic system are

13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE
greater than 1 1/2 gallons. This additional oil
must be drained from· the housing if the external
hydraulic system is disconnected.
SPECIAL TOOLS
The following special tools are required to
service the differential, pinion and rear axle
14
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1
assembly:
1. Spanner Number MF3 from O. T. C. Set
Number MF - 400.
2. 2 Cap Screws - 9/16 inch diameter with
approximately 2 1/2 inches of N. C. (12) thread.
3. Various step plates from O. T. C. Set Num-
bers 630-S and 630-T.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1

POWER lAKE-OFF SHAFl ASSEMBLY

35, 50 AND 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

Servicing the Output Shaft Assembly • . . . . . . . • • . . . . •• 3

Servicing the Ground Speed PTO
Drive Gears •• • • • • . • • . . • • . . • • . . • . • . . • . • . •• 4
Servicing the Front Output Shaft
Support Assembly • • • • • . • • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . • • 5
Servicing the Output Shaft Extension
Assembl ies •••.••.•....•.•..••••••.•...•• 6

The power take-off shaft,. shown in Fig. 1, projects from the rear of the tractor
center housing and has a 1-3/8 inch spline with an annular groove for positive con-
nection of implement couplings.
A removable cap protects the splines when the shaft is not in use. The shaft
itself is supported at the rear by a baIl bearing and at the front by a needle roller
bearing. The pilot on the front of the PTO shaft inserts into a needle bearing in the
hydraulic pump thus supporting the rear of the pump. Double seals keep dirt out of
the bearing and prevent oil from leaking out of the differential center housing. The
power take-off is engaged by a lever, located on the left side of the tractor center
housing, which selects either proportional engine speed or proportional ground speed.
The lever also has a neutral position which disconnects the drive.

Fig. l - PTO Shaft
1. PTO Ground Speed Drive Geor 2. PTO Ground Speed Driven Geor
LIVE PTO
The deluxe tractor is fitted with dual clutch
and live PTO. The PTO drive from the engine
is controlled by the clutch pedal in the bottom
half of its range. The initial movement of the
clutch disengages the transmission only; addit-
ional downward movement disconnects the hy-
draulic pump and PTO shaft. On the basic
tractor the hydraulic pump and PTO shaft and
transmission are driven directly by the trans-
mission countershaft, and on the deluxe tractor
by a drive shaft which passes through a hollow
countershaft assembly, and is therefore inde-
pendent of the transmission. (See aIso Clutch and
Transmission Sections of this Service Manual.)

PRINTED IN U. S.A.
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-Off & 8ELT PULLEY GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 1

ADVANTAGES OF THE LIVE PTO
Live PTO allows such machines as a baler
or combine to operate continuously without
being affected by the tractor stopping and
starting, and enables the operator to hait the
tractor's forward motion, permitting the com-
bine or baler to clear a particularly heavy
stand of grain or roughage. Moreover, since
the PTO drive shaft rotates the hydraulic pump,
the operator, when using a manure loader, will
be able to have continuous control over the
fork height without having to select neutral
gear to maintain the drive to the pump.
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED
The proportional engine speed drive of the
PTO is selected by pulling the shift lever
upward to engage the internaI splines of the
ground PTO driven gear (No. 1 Fig. 1) with
the splines on the rear end of the hydraulic
pump drive shaft. The PTO is driven at 18/50
of the engine r.p.m. It should be noted that
the PTO shaft is coupled behind the hydraulic
pump shaft, the pump is therefore constant
running and continues to operate even when
the PTO is disengaged.
PROPORTIONAL GROUND SPEED
The proportional ground speed drive PTO
is engaged by pushing the shaft lever down-
ward (toward the ground) thereby shifting
the ground PTO driven gear (No. 1, Fig. 1)
into mesh with the gear (No. 2, Fig. 1) splined
to the rear axle driving pinion. The PTO shaft
speed is then related to the ground speed of
the tractor and the shaft revolves once for

~
®

Fig. 2 - PTO Nomenclature

1. Ccp 10. Shift Lever 19. Drive Hub*
2. Spccers 11. Roll Pin 20. PTO Output Shaft
3. Retciner Plate 12. Flot Wcsher 21. Bearing RetcÎner
4. "0" Ring 13. Oil Seal 22. Needle Becring
5. Secl Retciner 14. Side Caver 23. Shaft Sleeve
6. Oil Secl 15. Plunger Spring 24. Sleeve Bushing
7. Sncp Ring 16. Fork Plunger 25. Ground Speed Driven Geor
8. Becring 17. Gasket
9. Sncp Ring 18. Shift Fork *Replaces No. 25 on tractors not having ground speed PTO.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP JI - SECTION 0 - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-OFF

approximately every 19 inches of travel by

the rear wheels.
NOTE: If the tractor is reversed, the
direction of rotation will also be re-
versed. Many implements will be
damaged if operated in reverse.

SERVICING THE OUTPUT SHAFT

ASSEMBLY
REMOVING THE OUTPUT SHAFT
1. Drain the ail from the differential center
housing.
2. Remove the nuts and spacers (No. 2) check
chain brackets and the retaining plate (No. 3,
Fig. 2) from the rear center housing.
3. Pull the shaft (No. 20). seal retainer (No.
5), seal (No. 6) and rear bearing (No. 8, Fig. 2)
as an assembly from the rear of the tractor
as shawn in Fig. 3. Fig. 4 - Removing Rear Support Bearing

DISASSEMBLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE OUTPUT

Remove the following:
a. The ail seal retainer (No. 5, Fig. 2)
from the output shaft.
b. The "0" ring (No. 4, Fig. 2) from around
the ail seal retainer.
c. The ail seal (No. 6, Fig. 2) from the
retainer.
d. The snap rings (Nos. 7 and 9, Fig. 2).
e. The Bearing (No. 8, Fig. 2) as shawn
in Fig. 4.
SHAFT ASSEMBL y
Inspect the following and replace if necessary.
a. The shaft splines for distortion and
damage.
b. The "0" ring, from around the seal
retainer, for damage.
c. The ail seal for damage and signs of
leaking.
d. The bearing for damage, pitting, freedom
of movement and excessive wear.

Fig. 3 - Removing Output Shaft Fig. 5 - Instoll ing Oil Seol

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-Off & SElf PULLEY
Fig. 6 - Installing Rear Support Bearing
ASSEMBLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT
1. Using a press, replace the ail seaI into
the retainer as shawn in Fig. 5.
2. Install snap ring (No. 7, Fig. 2) on the
output shait.
3. Install the shaft into the bearing as shawn
in Fig. 6. Press the shait in and install snap
ring (No. 9, Fig. 2).
4. Lubricate the chamfered edge (No. 1, Fig.
7) and carefully work the lubricated ail seal and
retainer onto the shait.
INSTALLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT
1. Lubricate the retaining "0" ring with a
good grade of brake fluide
Fig. 7 - Installing Oil Seal Retainer
1. Chamfered edge
4
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1
2. Position the "0" ring (No. 4, Fig. 2)
onto the ail seal retainer.
3. Install the output shait from the rear of
the tractor.
NOTE: Use care so the HO" ring and
oil seal are not damaged during in-
stallation. If the hydraulic pump is in
place, loosen the dowel pins and guide
the pilot into the needle bearings.
4. Replace the retainer plate and check chain
brackets. Tighten the nuts ta a torque of 35
ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: On MF 65 Tractors, tighten the
Allen he ad set screws in the retainer
plate to a torque of 35 [t.-lbs.
5. Align the hydraulic pump as outlined in
Group III, Section A, Part 1 and tighten the
dowel pins.
SERVICING THE GROUND SPEED
PTO DR IVE G EARS
REMOVING THE GROUND SPEED
DRIVE GEARS
Remove the following:
a. The hydraulic lift caver as outlined in
Group III, Section A, Part 1.
b. the cotter pin from the rear drive
shaft coupler.
c. the rear drive shait and coupler.
d. the spiral snap ring and the ground
speed PTO drive gear pinion from Us hub on
the pinion gear shaft.
e. the PTO shift lever and caver assembly
from the left side of the differential center
housing.
f. The PTO output shait as outlined on
Page 3.
g. The hydraulic pump as outlined in Group
III, Section A, Part 1.
h. The ground speed PTO gear (No. 25,
Fig. 2) from the sleeve bushing.
NOTE: Tractors without ground speed
PTO drive, remove the drive hub (No.
19, Fig. 2).
INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE GROUND
SPEED DRIVE GEARS
1. Inspect the gears for damaged teeth. Re-
place il necessary.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 1 Mf 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-Off

NOTE: Backlash between the ground
speedPTO gears (Nos. 1 and 2, Fig. 1),
when installed and meshed, shall be
0.002 to 0.008 inch.
2. Inspect the needle bearing (No. 22, Fig. 2)
for excessive wear and freedom of movement.
Replace if necessary.
3. Inspect the bushing (No. 24, Fig. 2) for
excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
INSTALLING THE GROU ND SPEED
DRIVE GEARS
Install the ground speed PTO drive gears
by reversing the procedure outlined for re-
moval.
a. Sleeve bushing from the sleeve.
b. The needle bearing from the retainer.
INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE FRONT
OUTPUT SHAFT SUPPORT
Examine the parts of the front output shaft
support for damage and excessive wear. Check
the needle bearing.
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT OUTPUT
SHAFT SUPPORT
1. Press the needle bearing in until it is
flush with one side of the retainer.
NOTE: Always press (or drive) against
the lettered side of a needle bearing.

2. Align the locking lip with the lip slot in

NOTE: To provide tractors, not so
equiPped, withground speed PTO drive,
rePlace the drive hub (No. 19) with the
drive gear (No. 25, Fig. 2).
SERVICING THE FRONT OUTPUt
SHAFT SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
REMOVING THE FRONT OUTPUT
SHAFT SUPPORT
1. Remove the following:
the sleeve and press the bushing in until it
is flush with the face of the sleeve.
INSTALLING THE FRONT OUTPUT
SHAFT SUPPORT
1. Drive the sleeve in from the front until
the shoulder seats against the housing.
2. Position the holes in the needle bearing
retainer at top and bottom and drive the re-
tainer in from the rear of the center housing.
See Fig. 9.

, a. The hydraulic lift cover. See Group nI, NOTE: Drive the retainer in until it is
Section A, Part 1. flush with the face of the bore in the
b. The rear drive shaft and coupler. differential center housing.
c. The PTO output shaft as outlined on
Page 3. 3. Complete installation by reversing "a"
d. The hydraulic pump. See Group In, through "f" of Step 1 in "Removing the Front
Section A, Part 1. Output Shaft Support" .
e. The left axle shaft and housing. See
Group II, Section C.
f. The differential unit. See Group II, Sec-
•
tion C.

2. Using step plate and driver, drive out the

needle bearing and retainer as a unit as shown
in Fig. 8.
3. Remove the PTO shaft sleeve from the
front by using a step plate and driver through
the rear of the differential center housing.

DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT OUTPUT

SHAFT SUPPORT

Press out the following: • Fig. 8 - Removing Front Support Bearing Retainer

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SELT PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1

Fig. 10 - PTO Shaft Extension (7-13/16 and 14-1/8 inches)

Fig. 9 - Installing Front Support Bearing Retainer
1. Guard 5. Extensi on Shalt
2. Snap Ring 6. Spacer
SERVICING POWER TAKE-OFF 3. Bearing
4. Extension Housiog
7.
8.
Coupler
Coupler Pin
SHAFT EXTENSION ASSEMBLIES Assemble the shaft extension by reversing
When using the Massey-Ferguson tractor with thE;! removal procedure.
most pull-type power take-off operated equip- To disassemble the extension shown in Fig.
ment, adapter kits and shields will be necessary 11.
to convert the tractor to meet A.S.A.E. re-
quirements for a standard hitch. 1. Remove the boUs attaching the shield (No.
The extensions are available in three lengths 3) to the differential center housing.
for the 35 and 50 (MF and TO) tractors and in 2. Take out the lock boU (No. 2) and slide the
one length for the MF 65 tractor. Length extension shaft (No. 1) off the end of the out-
selection is based upon the distance from the put shaft.
center of the drawpin ho le to the end of the
PTO shaft. This distance must not be greater
than 14 inches.
Removal and installation of the various ex-
tensions is quite evident, therefore, only the
disassembly, inspecting, servicing and assembly
of these units will be covered.

DISASSEMBLING THE SHAFT EXTENSIONS

To disassemble the shaft extension, as shown

in Fig. la, remove the following:

1. BoUs attaching extension housing to the

rear of the tractor center housing.
2. Coupling pin (No. 8). Remove the ex-
tension coupling (No. 7) and spacer (No. 6).
3. Snap ring (No. 2).
4. Shaft (No. 5) and bearing (No. 3) from the
housing.
5. Bearing off the shaft with a press.

Thoroughly clean the parts and examine them

for dainage and excessive wear. Replace if Fig. 11 - PTO Shaft Extension (3-1/2 inches)
necessary. 1. Shalt Extension 2. Lock Boit 3. Guard

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART t MF 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-OFF

Fig. 12 - PTO Shaft Extension (9 inches)

1.Guord 8. Oil Seol
2.Housing Cover 2. Topered Beoring
3.Beoring Cup 10. Topered Beoring
4.Lubrican! Spoc~ 11. Extension Shah
5.Beoring Cup 12. Coupling Pin
6.Extension Housing 13. Coupler
7.0il Seol

Thoroughly clean the parts and examine them
for damage and excessive wear. Replace if
necessary.
Assemble the shaft extension by reversingthe
removal procedure.
To disassemble the PTO shajt extension shown
in Fig. 12, remove the following:
1. BoUs holding the shield (No. 1) and housing
cover (No. 2) in place.
NOTE: Use care wh en removing the end
cap so that the shim pack is not lost or
damaged.
2. BoUs holding the extension housing (No. 6)
to the differential center housing.
3. Slide shaft (No. 11) from rear side of
housing.
4. Coupling (No. 13) from shaft.
5. Oil seals (Nos. 7 & 8) from housing.
6. Tapered bearings (Nos.9&10)from shaft.
7. Bearing Cups (Nos. 3 & 5) from the housing.
Examine the extension shaft assembly com-
ponents for excessive wear and damage. Check
the oil seals for signs of leaking. Inspect the
tapered bearings for excessive wear and free-
dom of movement. Examine the bearing cups
for pitting and damage. Replace an parts not
meeting minimum standards.
1. To assemble the PTO shaft extension in-
stan:
a. Bearing cup (No. 5) into the housing.

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SElf PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1

e. Coupler (No. 13) onto shaft. Rivet over

end of pin.

NOTE: Outside dimension (head to

head) must not exceed 2-1/2 inch.

2. Notice the area (No. 4) left between the

Fig. 13 - Installing the Tapered Bearings
1. Groove
b. Bearing cup (No. 3) into the housing
cover.
c. Oil seals (Nos. 7 & 8) into the housing
and cover.
d. Bearings (Nos. 9 & 10) onto the shaft.
Pack the bearings with ball and roller bearing
grease before installation.
NOTE: Position so that bearings are
centered over groove as shown in Fig.
13.
bearing cups in Fig. 12. Pack this area of the
housing with approximately 1/8 lb. of ball and
roller bearing grease.
3. Lubricate the oil seals with brake fluid
and carefully install the shaft into the housing.
4. Install the original shim pack and start
the bearing cup (No. 3) into the housing.
5. Draw the bearing cup into position by
pulling the cover into position with the three
cap screws. Tighten the cap screws to a
torque of 33 to 38 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: It shouldrequire 5 to 10 in.-lbs.
torque (a slight drag) to turn the shaft
in its bearings. To adjust preload, re-
move shims to increase torque and add
shims to decrease torque.
6. Bolt the extension assembly to the differ-
ential center housing and install the shield.

PTO SHAFT SPECIFICATIONS CHART

Number of Splines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Major Diamters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.371 - 1.373 (1-3/8) inch
Minor, Diameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.098 - 1.108 (1-3/32) inch
Width of Splines . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.338 - 0.340 inch
Length Available for Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 inch
Diameter of Holes . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21/64 inch
Distance From Hole Center to Shaft Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.625 inch
Minor Diameter of Grooves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.160 - 1.155 inch
Distance From Groove Center to Shaft End: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1/8 inch

PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED CHART

Engine PTO Pulley Belt

Speed Shaft Speed Speed
(RPM) Speed (RPM) (ft./min)
(RPM)

1500 540 1002 2360

2000 720 1340 3148

PROPORTIONAL GROUND SPEED

1 shaftrevolution per 19 inches (approximately) of travel of the rear wheels.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 3

SERVICING THE BELT PULLEY

3 S, 50 AND 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

Servicing the 35 & 50 (MF & Ta) Selt Pulley

and the MF 65 Light-Duty Bel t Pulley •••••••••• 1

Servicing the MF 65 Heavy-Duty Belt

Pulley •••••••••••••••.••.•.•••••••••• 3

SERVICING THE 35 & 50 (MF & TO)
BEL T PULLEY AND THE MF 65
LlGHT -DUTY BELT PULLEY
The beU pulley is a self-contained attachment
mounted to the PTO housing and driven by the
PTO shaft. The ratio of speeds of the pulle y to
the PTO shaft and engine is 1.84 to 1, and 1 to
1.51 respectively.
Note that there is a choice of pulley sizes for
any one pulley rate; however, each size is
based on a specific engine RPM. In most
cases the engine RPM required to operate the
beU equipment will be determined to a large
degree by the horsepower or load requirements
of the equipment. In general, the greater the
load involved, the more horsepower will be
required, and consequently a higher engine
RPM will be necessary .

SELECTING DRIVEN PULLEY DIAMETER • CA UT/ON: To avoid static elec-

tricity when using the belt and
To determine the diameter of the driven pulley, ground the tractor by wraPPing
pulley, necessary to obtain a given RPM, refer a chain around the front axle and drop
to th.e right hand side of the- table, Fig. 1. one end
..
on the ground.
Belt DRIVEN PULLEY - RPM DESIRED
Engine PTO Pulley Speed
RPM RPM RPM (ft/min) 600 800 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400

DRIVEN PULLEY - DIAMETER NECESSARY

1000 360 662 1547 10 7~ 6 4~ 3Yl
1200 432 795 1859 12 9 7Yl 5 4 3~
1400 504 927 2165 14 10Yl 8~ 6 4Yl 4 3Yl
1500 540· 992 2320 15 11 9 6 5 4 3\12
1600 576 1060 2478 16 12 9Yl 7 5Yl 4Yl 3~
1700 611 1127 2632 17 13 10~ 7Yl 5Yl 4Yl 4 3Yl
1800 648 1192 2788 18 13~ 11 8 6 5 4 3~
1900 684 1250 2920 19 14~ 11Yl 8 6Yl 5Yl 4Yl 4 3~
2000 720 1325 3097 20 15 12 8Yl 6Yl 5 4~ 4 3Yl
2100 756 1391 3253 21 16 12~ 9 7 6 5 4Y2 4
This table is based on an average slippage 1055 of 3% between the drive and driven pulleys at· ail speeds.
However, it should be noted that as the diameter of a pulley decreases the per cent of slippage will
increasei thus pulleys smaller than 3h in. should not be used unless absolutely necessary.

Fig. 1 - Pulley Diometer Selection Table

PR!NTfD IN U. S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SELT PUUEY GROUP 1/ - SECTION D - PART 3

Fig. 2 - Belt Pulley Nomenclature

1. Pulley Assembly 7. Bearing Cane 13. Snap Ring 19. Drive Gear Assembly
2. Castellated Nut 8. Bearing Cup 14. Bali Bearing 20. Gasket
3. Washer 9. Expansion Plug 15. Drive Hous ing 21. Needle Bearing
4. Oil Seal- 10. Cotter Pin 16. Drive Pin ion 22. Oil Seal
5. Drive Hub 11. Costellated Nut 17. Bearing Cane 23. Input Bearing Hous ing
6. Oil Seal 12. Washer 18. Bearing Cup

REMOVING THE BELT PULLEY
Remove the beU pulley as a unit by unscrewing
the 4 cap screws securing it to the PTO housing.
DISASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY
Refer ta Fig. 2, and remove:
1. In put shaft bearing housing, No. 23, from
housing assembIy, No. 15.
2. Expansion plug, No. 9, from housing as·
sembly, No. 15.
3. Cotter pin, No. 10, nut No. 11 and washer
No. 12from pulley drive gear assembly, No. 19.
4. Pulley drive gear assembIy, No. 19, by
driving it out of housing.
5. Pulley, No. 1, from hub, No. 5.
6. Cotter pin, nut No. 2, washer No. 3 and seai
No. 4 from pulley drive pinion, No. 16.
7. Hub, No. 5, from pulley drive pinion.
8. Pulley drive pinion from housing.
9. Snap ring, No. 13, and ball bearing, No.
14, from housing.
10. Seal, No. 22, from input bearing housing.
11. Needie bearing, No. 21, from pulley drive
gear shaft.
12. Oil seaI, No. 6, from drive pulley housing
assembIy.
13. Inner and outer bearing canes, Nos. 17
and 7.
14. Inner and outer bearingcups, Nos. 18 and 8.
1NSPECTING THE BELT PULLEY
1. Clean all parts thoroughly and inspect for
wear or damage.
2. The drive pinion and gear may be replaced
separateIy. A" matched set" is not required.
ASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY
1. Lightly grease the sealing surfaces of ail
seais and rotate shafts as they pass through
the new ail seais.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 3
Fig. 3 - Installing the Selt Pulley
2. Reverse the disassembling procedures to
assemble the unit.
3. When assembled, tighten nut on pinion shaft
until 2-4 inch pounds is required to rotate the
shaft, then, back off on the nut until cotter pin
can be inserted. Tighten nut on drive gear shaft
to adjust the backlash of bevel gears to 0.004-
0.006 inch, then, back off on the nut until cotter
pin can be inserted.
1NSTALLING THE BEll PULLEY
1. Refer to Fig. 3 and prepare tractor for
installing beU pulley as follows:
Remove:
a. PTO cap.
b. Check chain anchor brackets.
NOTE: Install the brackets with chains
attached to upper holes to prevent
restriction of lower links.
2. The beU pulley may be installed in anyone
of three positions as shown in Fig. 3. Do not
install in an "up" position.
3. Install the beU pulley unit to the PTO
housing and secure with 4 cap screws.
4. Fill beU pulley gear housing with SAE 80
for winter and SAE 90 for summer straight
mineraI oil to filler plug opening. (This is
the same as hydraulic system oil).
SERVICING PROCEDURES FOR THE
MF 65 HEAVY -DUTY BELT PULLEY
The he avy-duty beU pulley is a self-contained
unit, however, a special pulley adaptor kit
consisting of a PTO extension and a belt pulley
adaptor housing is necessary for attaching the
assembly to the MF 65 tractor.
MF 35, 50 & 65 SELT PULLEY
Fig. 4 - Preparing Tractor for Installation
1. Adapter Housing
2. PTO Extension
3. Retoining Pin
SELECTING DRIVEN PULLEY DIAMETER
To determine the diameter of the driven
pulle y , necessary to obtain a given RPM, refer
to the right hand side of the table, Fig. 1.
Note that there is a choice of pulley sizes for
any one pulley rate; however, each size is
based on a specific engine RPM. In most
cases the engine RPM required to operate the
beU equipment will be determined to a large
degree by the horsepower or Ioad requirements
of the equipment. In general, the greater the
load invoived, the more horsepower will be
required, . and consequently a higher engine
RPM will be necessary.
• CA UT/ON: To avoid static elec-
. tri city when using the belt and
pulley, ground the tractor by wrapPing
a chain around the front axle and drop
one end on the ground.
REMOVING THE BELT PULLEY
Remove:
1. Retaining pin, No. 3, Fig. 4.
2. BeU pulley as a unit.
3. Adaptor housing, No. 1, Fig. 4, by removing
four nuts securing it to PTO housing.
DISASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY
Refer to Fig. 5, drain oil, and remove:
1. Input bearing housing assembIy, No. 1,
from pulley drive housing assembIy, No. 6.
2. Gasket, seal, No. 2, and needle bearing,
No. 3, from input bearing housing.
3. Expansion plug, No. 14, nut, No. 15, and
washer, No. 16.
4. Pulley drive gear, No. 4 (drive it out of
housing).
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & BELT PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 3

5. Pulle y, No. 5, from hub, No. 10.

6. Nut, No. 13, and washer, No. 12, from
pulley drive pinion, No. 21.
7. Hub and seaI, No. 11, from pinion.
8. SeaI, No. 9, and outer bearing cane, No. 8,
from housing.
9. Pinion from housing.
10. Inner bearing cane, No. 20, from housing.
11. Snap ring, No. 17, and baIl bearing, No.
18, from housing.
12. Inner and outer bearing cups, Nos. 7 and
19, from housing.
INSPECTING THE BELT PULLEY
Clean and inspect aIl parts thoroughly and
xamine for wear and damage.
lSSEMBLING AND INSTALLING THE BELT
PULLEY
Fig. 6 - Installing the Belt Pulley

Fill with SAE 80 for winter (SAE 90 for sum-

Tô âssemble and install the belt pulley, re- mer) straight mineraI (hydraulic system ail)
verse the procedures for disassembly and re- ta filler plug opening.
moval respectiveIy.

Fig. 5 - Belt Pulley t~omencloture

1. Input Bearing Hou.sing 7. Bearing Cup 13. Caslellaled NUI 19. Bearing Cup
2. Oil Seal 8. Beoring Cone 14. Expans ion P lug 20. Bearing Cone
3. Needle Bearing 9. Oil Seal 15. Caslellaled Nul 21. Drive Pin ion
4. Drive Geor Assembly 10. Drive Hub 16. Washer
5. Pulley Assembly 11. Oil Seal 17. Snap Ring
6. Drive Assembly Housing 12. Washer 18. Bali Bearing

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

PART l

INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

MF & TO 35, 50, AND 65 TRACTOR
INDEX
Page Page
Hydraulic System Changes ....•....•...... 1 Seryicing the Hydraulic Pump ............ 17
Hydraulic System Trouble Shooting ....•.•.. 2 Hydraulic Valye Reseating Tooi .....•..... 23
Inspecting the Hydraulic System ...•.•..•.. 5 Hydraulic System, Differentiai and
Adjusting the Hydraulic System ..•..••..••• 8 Transmission lubrication .....•........ 26
Seryicing the Hydraulic Lift Coyer ..•...•. 11 Hydraulic System Specifications ..•....... 27

There is no "sure-fire" shortcut by which the internaI adjustment of the hydraulic

system can be checked externally. It is strongly recommended that whenever any
malfunction of the hydraulic system of the Massey-Ferguson Tractor is encountered,
the cause of which is not readily apparent, the hydraulic adjustments should be
checked in a careful, systematic manner, following the procedure outlined in this
manual.

NOTE: Always check implements for proper adjustment and

damage. Damaged or bent plow beams, cultivator frames, etc,
will have an adverse effect on the operation of the system.

It is not necessary to split the tractor when working on the hydraulic system. It
must be kept in mind that excessive "tear-down" is done throughout this manual for
reasons of clarity and ease of photography.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHANGES

Sorne changes were made in the hydraulic
system of the early "35" tractors.
The main change was the increase of pres-
sure of the hydraulic system from 2,000 p.s.i.
to 2,500 p.s.i. This change required that the
lift cover and lift linkage also be strengthened.
Along with this change, the bore size of the
pump piston was changed. This increased the
efficiency of the pump by approximately 30%
and makes the pump capable of delivering
slightly over 4 gallons per minute at approxi-
mately 2,000 r.p.m.

CAUTION: Only the strengthenedparts

may be used whenservicing the 2,500
p.s.i. hydraulic system.
The pressure relief valves are easily identi-
fied; however, extreme care must be exerted
that the relief valve of the correct pressure is
used.
Notice in Fig. 1 the identifying shoulder Fig. 1 • Pressure Relief Valves
present on the 2,500 p.s.i. pressure relief 1. 2000 p.s.i. Volve
2.2500 p.s.i. Volve
valve. 3. Identily Shoulder

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Tractors affected by these changes are as
follows:
AU Ferguson "35" tractors up to, and in-
cluding, tractor seriaI No. 169395 were manu-
factured with the 2,000 p.s.i. hydraulic system.
Below are listed the tractor seriaI numbers
of aU "35" tractors manufactured with the new
2,500 p.s.i. hydraulic system.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169396, to
and including 169407.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169419, to
and including 169428.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169467, to
and including 169554.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169567 and
aU "35" tractors above this wiU be manufactured
with the 2500 p.s.i. hydraulic system. AU
MH 50 (utility) since seriaI No. 500630 and
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
PROBLEM
1. Implement will not raise.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(a) Lift cover instaUed so that the ends of the
vertical levers are behind the roller on the
valve lever.
(h) Sticking control valve
(c) Leak in system
(d) Broken, bent or damaged control linkage.
(e) Faulty relief valve
(f) Broken or damaged internaI pump parts.
2
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
MH 50 (Row Crop) since seriaI No. 500001
and an MF 50 tractors· have the 2500 p.s.i.
system. AU MF 65 tractors have the 2,500
p.s.i. system.
Below are listed the tractor seriaI numbers
of an "35" tractors which were manufactured
with the 2,000 p.s.i. hydraulic system.
An "35" tractors up to and including tractor
SeriaI No. 169395.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169408 to, and
including 169418.
Beginning at tractor SeriaI No. 169429 to, and
including 169466.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169555 to, and
including 169566.
Tractor seriaI No. 169566 is the last "35"
tractor which was produced using the 2,000
p.s.i. hydraulic system.
NOTE: The tractor serial number is
the only positive, external method of
identifying whatis builtinto the tractor.
Always refer to your Service Bulletin
file when in doubt.
CORRECTION
Install lift cover correctly. See Page 17.
Remove inspection cover and check valve. If
valve does not operate smoothly, remove pump,
determine cause and correct.
Remove inspection cover and check system
while operating. Check for leaks at the ram
cylinder, standpipe, control valve, and pump
side chambers. Replace seals when necessary
to correct.
Remove inspection cover and determine if link-
age is putting control valve to intake when
operational lever is raised. If not, remove
lift cover and determine cause.
Ch~ck valve while operating system. Replace
valve if leaking.
Will probably be indicated by a noisy pump.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 Mf 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM

(g) Frozen ram cylinder Remove inspection cover and check to see if
relief valve is blowing.

(h) Lift arms binding Raise lower links by hand, they should fall of
their own weight.

(i) Implement weight too great for the system Do not lift more than the system can handle
without operating the relief valve.
PROBLEM

2. Implement lüts but will not lower

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) Sticking control valve Remove inspection cover and check valve. If
valve does not operate smoothly, remove pump,
determine cause and correct.

(b) Damaged control valve spring Remove inspection cover, check valve to deter-
mine if spring will put valve to discharge. If
not, rem ove pump, determine cause and correct.

(c) Lift arms binding Adjust cap screws so that lower links will faU
of their own weight. .

PROBLEM

. 3. Jerky or uneven lift when the operational

lever is raised.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) One or more inoperative side chamber Remove pump and disassemble check valve seats
valves. and check for dirt or foreign material.

PROBLEM

4. Relief valve blows wben operational lever is

raised to the transport position.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) Quadrant stop not properly positioned. Check and adjust stop as outlined on Page 10 .

Ch) Check chains twisted Correct

(c) Check chains installed in the lower holes of Correct

the anchor brackets.

(d) Lower links reversed Correct

(e) Weight of implement too great Do not attempt to lift excessive weight.

3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

PROBLEM

5. Implement will not lower or will raise when

the operational lever is moved to the lower stop.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) Stop incorrectly located Locate bottom stop as outlined on Page 10 .

(b) Valve lever adjusting nut too tight. Adjust valve lever, then check operationallever
bottom stop.

(c) The self-Iocking adjusting nut on the hori- Adjust the vertical levers as outlined on Page 9.
zontal spring guide for the position control
linkage too loose.

PROBLEM

6. Unable to obtain slow drop when operational

lever is moved into the response sector of the
quadrant.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) Eccentric cam on vertical position control Adjust eccentric cam as outlined on Page 10.
lever not proper ly positioned with respect to
the position control cam arm.

(b) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust horizontal spring self-Iocking nut first,
adjusted too tight after adjusting eccentric cam. then adjust eccentric cam.

PROBLEM

7. Erratic action or poor control when operating

in draft control with light pressure or tension on
the top link.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) End play in master control spring. Check and adjust. See Page 9.

(b) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust as outlined on Page 9.

for draft control linkage too tight.

(c) Damaged control linkage. Locate trouble and correct.

PROBLEM

8. Draft control will not allow implement to

obtain sufficient depth.

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

(a) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust as outlined on Page 9 .

for draft control too loose.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

PROBLEM

9. When operating in position control with

knurled nut set on quadrant, implement does not
return to the same position when the operational
lever is raised and lowered again to the stops.

POSSIBLE CA USE CORRECTION

(a) Rollers on p'osition control link assembly Replace assembly.

worn or binding.

The above suggested problems and corrections are concerned primarily with adjustments and
indications of maladjustments which are peculiar to the internaI hydraulic system. It should be
pointed out, that some problems which, at first might appear to be the result of some malfunction
of the hydraulic system, can be the direct result of at least two other causes: 1) failure to operate
the system as it was designed to be operated and 2) maladjusted implements or implements having
severely worn or damaged parts.

INSPECTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Before attempting to inspect any of the parts

of the hydraulic system, make sure that the
parts are weIl cleaned and that they will remain
clean.

CA UTION: Be very careful ta keep dirt

and grit tram entering the hydraulic
system.

Inspecting tlte Master Control Spring

1. Make sure that the control spring is free
in its bore and does not bind.
2. Make sure that the control spring is free
from rust.

'nspecting tlte Quadrant Levers

3. Check the friction washers for excessive
wear. Replace if necessary. Fig. 2 • Miking the Cams

6. Measure the cam blocks, both inside and

Inspecting tlte Hydraulic Pump
Remember, whenever using a micrometer or
measuring device of any type, always make
your measurements in s.everal places to bè
sure that aIl wear will be discovered.
4. Measure the diameter of the cams at
several locations with a suitable micrometer
as shown in Fig. 2.
5. Measure the bearing jounals of the cam-
shaft at several locations as shown in Fig. 3.
Inspect the camshaft for scoring and damage
from foreign material.
across the parallei faces as shown in Fig. 4
and Fig. 5.
7. Measure the distance between the parallei
inside faces of the piston yoke as shown in
Fig. 6.
8. Measure the pistons as shown in Fig. 7.
Inspect the pistons for out-of-round and scoring.
9. Measure the cylinder bore in the valve
chamber as shown in Fig. 8. Inspect the
cylinder bore for egg shape, out-of-round, and
scoring.

5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

Fig. 6 • Miking Between Parallel Faces

Fig. 3· Miking Camshaft Bearing Journals

Fig. 7. Miking Piston Diameter

Fig. 4· Miking Cam Black Inside Diameter

Fig. 8· Miking Cylinder Bore

Fig. 9 • Miking Camshaft Bearing

Fig. 5 • Miking Across Parallel Faces (New Type Pump)

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

10. Measure the inside diameter of the bronze

bearings as shown in Fig. 9 and Fig. 10. Inspect
the needle bearings for looseness. Inspect the
bronze bearings for scoring.
11. Place the oscillator drive assembly in
its proper position in the fork assembly. Slide
the drive assembly back and forth several
times and determine if the drive is free to move
in the fork assembly without binding or sFcking.
If binding is present, dress the square end of
the drive assembly LIGHTLY with a fine cut
file or emery cloth until the binding has been
removed.
NOTE: Any binding between these purts
will cause the control valve to stick.

12. Examine the control valve carefully for

signs of scoring or grooving. Replace if
necessary.

Fig. 11 • Miking Lift Cylinder Inside Diameter

Fig. 10 • Miking Camshaft Bearing

(Old Type Pump)

Insped;ng the Hyclraulic Lift Cover

13. Inspect the ram cylinder for signs of wear

or scoring. Replace if necessary. Measurethe Fig. 12· Miking Lift Piston Diameter
cylinder with an inside micrometer as shown
in Fig.11.
14. Inspect the piston for signs of wear and
scoring. Measure the piston with a micrometer
as shown in Fig. 12.
15. Remove the piston rings with an expander.
Using the head of a piston, insert them in a
new cylinder as shown in Fig. 13. Check the
gap with a feeler gauge as shown in Fig. 14.
Regardless of the condition of the old rings,
it is advisable to use a new set of rings
whenever either the cylinder or the piston is
replaced.
16. Measure the lift shaft bearings both inside
anci out. See Fig. 15 and Fig. 16. Fig. 13. Installing Piston Ring ln Cylinder

7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

Fig. 17· Miking Lift Shaft Bearing Journals

Fig. 14 • Checking Piston Ring Gap
17. Measure the lift shaft bearing journals with
a micrometer. See Fig. 17.
18. Measure the lift shaft bearing bore in the
lift cover as shown in Fig. 18.
19. Inspect the linkage for freedom of move-
ment. "Free-up" any areas where binding is
present.
20. Inspect the linkage rollers and cams for
damage or excessive wear.

Fig. 18. Miking LiH ShaH Bearing Bore

ADJUSTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

This procedure assumes that the oil is at the
proper level and that the tractor has been
operated until the temperature reaches "opera-
ting temperature" .

Acljusting the Hyclraulic Lift Arms

Fig. 15 • Miking lnside Lift ShaH Bearing 1. Adjust the cap screws shown in Fig. 19,
in the ends of the lift arm shaft by:

a. Lift the attached lower lift links to

their uppermost position.

NOTE: Donothave a drawbar attached.

b. Tap the lift links lightly with the hand

to start their movement downward.

c. Tighten (or loosen) the cap screws until

the lift links, once started, will fall by
Fig. 16 - Miking Outside Lift ShaH Bearing their own weight.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAt HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

NOTE: If the cap screws are too tight,
the lift arms will bind and cause erratic
action of the system. Lock the cap
screws in position with the clip shown
in Fig. 19.
Adjusting the Quadrant Friction Washers
2. The quadrant friction washers should be
adjusted so that the quadrant levers work
smoothly and easily and will still hold their
position on the quadrant.
control spring retainer nut (No. 5, Fig.
28) in or out as required to eliminate
end-play. End-Play may be caused by
having the retainer nut either too loose
or too tight. If the end-Play cannot be
removed, the mas ter control spring
must be removed and adjusted as out-
lined on Page 16.

NOTE: These friction washers should

never be lubricated with any type of oil
or grease. If excessive binding occurs,
the quadrant and washers can be coated
with dry or colloidal graPhite to pre-
vent them from binding on the quadrant.

Adjusting the Master Control Spring

3. Detach tractor from any attached imple-

ment and place lower links in their lowered
position. Shut off the tractor.
4. Place the quadrant levers at their re-
spective Sector Marks on the quadrant, that is,
the hydralever (often referred to as "Position
Control" lever) at the "Fast' , position and
draft lever between the two dots on the quad-
rant. See Nos. 4 and 6, Fig. 20.
5. Remove the two Allen head cap screws (No.
1, Fig. 20) which attach the hydraulic lift rocker
link to the control spring housing and check
the master control spring for end-play.
Fig. 20 • Hydraulic Lift Cover - Top View
1. Allen Head Boit 4. Droit Control Sector Marks
2. Allen Head Set Screw 5. Lower Permanent Stop
3. Upper Permanent Stop 6. Position Control Sector Marks
Adjusting the Internai Linkage
6. Remove the right inspection side cover.
Wedge the top of the control valve lever to the
rear and away from the ends of the vertical
levers.
7. Position the lift arms in the fully down
position.

Fig. 19 • Adjusting Hydraulic Lift Arms

1. Adiusting Cap Screws
2. Locking Clip
3. lift Arm Washer

NOTE: If end-Play is present, loosen

the Allen head set screw (No. 2, Fig.
20) in the right size of the control
spring housing and using the 0 TC FT-
358 Spanner wrench, turn the mas ter
Fig. 21 • Hydraulic Lift Coyer· Bottom View
1. Pc>sition Control Adiusting NtJt 4. Position Control Vertical Lever
2. Droit Control Adiusting Nut 5. Droit Control Vertical Lever
3. Front Edge - Lever Brocket Support Siot 6. Raller Corn

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

8. Make sure that the quadrant levers are

between their respective sector marks shawn in
Nos. 4 and 6, Fig. 20.
9. Loosen nut on raller cam (No. 6) and rotate
cam counterclockwise, away from the vertical
lever arms (Nos. 4 and 5, Fig, 21).
10. Maintain a slight pressure on the position
control vertical lever (No. 5, Fig. 21) towards
the front of the tractor.
11. Tighten (or loosen) the adjustingnut (No. 1)
until the position control vertical lever strikes
the front edge of the lever support bracket
slot (No. 3, Fig. 21)
12. Reverse the direction of rotation of the
nut until the position control vertical lever
moves approximately 1/32" from the front
edge of the lever support bracket slot.
13. Exerting pressure against the position con-
trol vertical lever towards the front of the
tractor, force the vertical lever against the Fig. 23 - Marking Lift Caver and Lift Arm
front edge of the bracket slot. their lowest positions.
14. While holding the lever against the front 19. Start engine and idle at 450 - 500 r.p.m.
edge of the bracket slot, rotate the cam (No. 20. Tighten control valve adjusting nut (No. 1,
6, Fig. 21) clockwise until it contacts the Fig. 22) until the implement starts to raise.
vertical' lever arms and tighten the nut to a 21. Raise the position control lever until the
torque of 5-6 ft.-Ibs. implement begins to slowly lower.
15. Placing light pressure against the draft
control vertical lever (No. 4) tighten (or loosen) 22. Position the lower permanent stop (No. 5,
the adjusting nut (No. 2, Fig. 21) until the Fig. 20) next to the pOSition control lever and
position of the draft control vertical lever is tighten.
the same as that of the position control. 23. Loosen the permanent upper stop (No.3,
16. Remove the wedge and allow the control Fig. 20) on the "Position Control" quadrant
valve lever to come in contact with the vertical and move the position control lever to the
control lever. top until the relief valve releases.
Acljusting the Control Valve Lever
17. Attach a 2 or 3 bottom plow, or a weight
of approximately 500 lbs. to the tractor.
18. Loosen the lower permanent stop (No. 5,
Fig. 20) on the "Position Control" quadrant
and position both of the quadrant levers at

Fig. 22 - Hydraulic Pump

1. Lever Assembly Adjusting Nut Fig. 24 - Adjusti ng Upper Permanent Stop

10

GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
24. Using a chisel, mark the relationship be-
tween the lift arms and the hydraulic lift cover
as shown in Fig. 23.
25. Lower the implement enough to separate
the two marks by approximately 1/8". See
Fig. 24.
26. Position the upper stop (No. 5, Fig. 20)
next to the position control lever and tighten.
27. Raise and lower implement several times
sa as ta expell any air trapped in the system.
Checking the Response Control Settings
28. Place position control lever on its sector
marks in the "Fast" response region.
29. Raise and lower the implement with the
draft control lever.
NOTE: If the implement lowers rapidly,
"Fast" response setting is correct.
30. Place position control lever in the "Slow"
response position.
31. Raise and lower implement several times
with the draft control lever.
NOTE: If the implement lowers slowly,
"Slow" response is properly set.
SERVICING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT
COVER
Removing the nr'.II ••r Lift Caver
1. Remove
, Section C.
Fig. 25 • Re';'oving T ransfer Plate
1. Hydraulic PUlnp 2. Standpipe
3; Transler Plate
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
NOTE: Make sure that the hydraulic
litt arms are aU of the way down be-
fore attempting to remove the transfer
plate.
2. Remove the transfer plate (No. 3) and
standpipe (No. 2, Fig. 25).
CAUTION: If extreme resistance is met
rotate the transfer plate while lifting.
DO NOT USEA PRY TO REMOVE THE
PLATE.
3. Remove the cap screws securing the lift
cover ta the differential center housing.
4. Disconnect the lower lift links.
5. Remove the lift caver. See Fig. 26.
. See Group IV,
Fig. 26· Removing Hydraulic Lift Cover
DISASSEMBLING THE LIFT COVER
Removing and Disassembling the Master
Control Spring
1. Remove the special cap screws (No. 1,
Fig. 20) from the lift rocker link.
2. Remove the Allen set screw (No. 2, Fig.
20) and remove the control spring retainer
nut (No. 5, Fig. 28).
3. Remove the master control spring
assembly shown in Fig. 27 and place it in a
vise. Remove the overload stop disc from the
control spring bore.
4. Slide the rubber boot (No. 4) down towards
the spring and remove the rubber plug (No. 2,
Fig. 28) in the end of the control spring
clevis.
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART

Fig. 19 • Hydraulic Lift Caver

fig. 27· Master Control Spring Assembly
5. Drift out the clevis pin (No. 3) and turn
the slotted end of the control spring plunger
(No. 8, Fig. 28) clockwise with a screwdriver.
6. Once the plunger is unscrewed from the
clevis all of the individual parts are accessible.
Removing the Quadrant
7. Remove the Allen Set screw (No. 1, Fig.
29) which secures the quadrant to the lift
cover.
8. Remove the quadrant from the lift caver
by sliding it out of the side of the hydraulic
lift cover.
Removing the Control Linkage
9. Grasp the spring guide rod with a pair of
locking-type pliers as shown in Fig. 30. Pull
the guide rod forward, compressing the spring,
1. Quadrant Set Screw
until the end of the guide rod cornes out of
the support bracket. Allow the guide rod to go
back against the support bracket as shown in
Fig. 3l.
10. Carefully remove the self-Iocking adjusting
nut.
11. Grasp the guide rod firmly as shown in
Fig. 30, and remove it from the lift cover.
NOTE: Use care when removing the
guide rod [rom the lift cover so that
the compressed spring is not released
too rapidly.
12. Remove the position control vertical lever
from the lift caver.
13. Follow Steps 6 through 9 ta remove the
draft control vertical lever.
NOTE: Remove the draft control verti-
cal lever after Step 6 and before Step
7.

Fig. 28 • Master Control Spring • Exploded View

1. Control Spring Clevis and Rocker link 5. Retainer Nut
2. Rubber Plug 6. Control Spring
3. Clevis Pin 7. Spring Seat
4. Rubber Boot 8. Plunger Fig. 30 • Grasping Spring Guide Rad

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
Fig. 31 • Removing Spring Guide Rod
1. Hydraulic lift Cylinder 2. lever Support Bracket
Fig. 32 • Removing Lift Shaft
1. Allen Head Pipe Flug
14. Remove the Allen pipe plug (No. 1, Fig.
32) from the left side of the lift cover.
15. Remove the Allen he ad set screw (No. 2,
Fig. 33) from the lift cover.
16. Remove the link shaft (No. 1, Fig. 33)
sliding it out of the side of the lift coyer as
shown in Fig. 34.
17. Remove the draft control link assembly
(No. 3) and the position control link assembly
(No. 4, Fig. 33) from the lift cover.
Removing the Lift CylincJer
18. Remove the bolts attaching the lever sup-
port bracket (No. 2, Fig. 31) to the lift cylinder
(No. 1, Fig. 31).
MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Fig. 33 • Removing Link Shaft Assembly
1. link Shaft 3. Draft Control link Assembly
2. Allen Head Set Screw 4. Position Control link Assembly
Fig. 34 • Removing Link Shaft
19. Drift out the roll pin (No. 2) and remove
the piston connecting rod (No. 3, Fig. 35).
20. Remove the bolts attaching the lift cylinder
to the coyer and remove the lift cylinder.
NOTE: The lift cylinder may be re-
moved and rePlaced without disturbing
any of the control linkage. Remove the
boUs attaching the lever support brack-
et to the lift cylinder and then the boUs
attaching the lift cylinder to the lift
cover.
21. Remove the piston from the lift cylinder.
Removing HycJraulic Lift Arms
22. Unlock the clips from the bolt heads and
remove the bolts and lift arm washer (No. 3,
Fig. 19).
13
 MASSEY -FER G USON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

Fig. 37 - Removing Lift Shaft

NOTE: The quadrant is keyed to the

Fig. 35 • Removing Connecting Rod shaft.
1. lift Rom Arm 2. Roll Pin 3. lift Piston Conneeting Rod
28. Remove the woodruff key.
29. Remove the shaft.
23. Slide the lift arm (No. 6, Fig. 36) off the 30. Repeat Steps 22 through 25 for removal of
shaft as shown in Fig. 32. position control shaft. See Fig. 38.
24. Grasp the lift arm on the opposite side of
the lift cover and pull the lift arm and shaft ASSEMBUNG AND ADJUST/NG THE HYDRAUUC
from the cover as shown in Fig. 37. LIFT COVER

NOTE: Resistance met is offered by Assemb'ing the Quadrant

"0" rings between the lift shaft bear- 1. Assembly quadrant by reversing dis-
ings. Once removed the lift arm may assembly procedure.
be removed from the shaft.
NOTE: TVhen tightening the self-locking
Disassemb'ing the Quadrant nuts on the end of the quadrant shafts,
25. Remove bolts aUaching the draft control make sure that the nuts are tightened
quadrant to the position control quadrant. until sufficient drag is obtained to hold
26. Remove the nut on the end of the draft the levers in position but not so tight·
that it is difficult to move the levers.
control shaft.
27. Remove the draft control quadrant from
the shaft.

Fig. 36. Lift Shaft Assembly Fig. 38 • Quadrant Assembly

1. "0" Rings 3. Lift Arm Washers 5. Lilt Shaft 1. Position Control Shaft 3. Position Control Quadrant 5. Dralt Control Lever
2. lift Shalt Bearings 4. Locking CI ips 6. Lift Arms 2. Droit Control Shalt 4. Position Control Lever 6. Droit Control Quadrant

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Assembling and Installing the Hvdrau'ic Lift Arms

2. Place two of the shaft bushings with an
"0" ring between them on one end of the shaft.
NOTE: Lubricate the HO" ring with
SAE 80 or 90 oil before installing.
3. Making sure that the master spline is
aligned, assemble the lift arm onto the lift
shaft. Position the lift arm washer, clip and
tighten bolts.
4. Place the remaining bushings, with a lub-
ricated "0" ring between them, into the lift
caver.
5. Position the hydraulic lift ram arm in the
lift caver. See No. 1, Fig. 35.
6. Starting the lift arm shaft from the side of
the caver which does not have the bushings
and "0" ring installed, install the shaft, align-
ing the shaft master spline with the master
spline in the lift ram arm.
7. Assemble remaining lift arm, making sure
thatethe master spline is aligned.
8. Position the remaining lift arm washer,
clip and thread in boUs tight. Loosen bolts
on one side only in preparation for adjustment.
Assembling and Installing the Hydrau'ic Lift
Cylinder
9. Assemble ring set onto piston using a
Fig. 39. Installing the Lift Piston
piston ring expander.
14. Attach the lever support bracket ta the
NOTE: Install the rings so that the ring lift cylinder. Tighten the boUs ta a torque of
gaps are 1800 from each other. 20 ta 25 ft.-Ibs.

10. Install a piston ring compressor and install Assemb'ing and Installing the Cantrol Linkage
the piston sa that the rings enter the cylinder and Quadrant
first. See Fig. 39.
15. Place the position control and draft con-
NOTE: Lubricate the piston and cy- trol links in the lift caver as shawn in Fig. 40.
Linder with SAE 80 or 90 oil before
installation.
11. Position the "0" ring (No. 1, Fig. 40)
in the lift caver.
12. Position the cylinder on the lift caver and
secure with boUs. Tighten boUs ta a to:.que
of 65 ta 70 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: On the earlier modeled lift
covers, the two long boUs go to the
rear.
13. Install the piston connecting rad and drive
in the roll pin until it is approximately centered.
NOTE: Lubricate the ends of the con-
nectingrod and the mating sockets with
a heavy dutY moly grease before in- Fig. 40 • Installing the Lift Cylinder
stallation. 1. "0" Ring

15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
16. Slide the shaft, with the small end entering
first, into position. Start the Allen head set
screw.
17. Install the quadrant and lock in position
with the Allen head set screw. Tighten the
screw to a torque of 20 to 25 ft.-lbs.
NOTE: Whenever the hydraulic lift
cover isremoved, always check to make
sure that this set screw securingthe
quadrant to the lift cover is tight.
18. Align the control link rollers and the quad-
rant rollers.
19. Making sure that rollers are not moved,
slide the shaft in until a minimum amount of
end-play is present in the link assemblies.
Lock by tightening the Allen head set screw
(No. 2, Fig. 33).
20. Install the Allen head pipe plug in the
left side of the lift cover. Tighten to a torque
of 36-42 ft.-lbs.
21. Using locking type pliers, install guide rod
and spring by placing threaded end through the
hole nearest the lift cylinder and at the front
of the lift cover. Compress the spring and
place the end of the guide rod against the sup-
port bracket.
NOTE: Do not allow it to enter its
guide. hole at this time.
22. Position the draft control vertical lever
on the guide rod with the dowel towards the
lift cylinder. See Fig. 41.
23. Align the vertical lever with the control
link and then allow the rear end of the guide
rod to enter the hole in the support bracket.
24. Install the position control vertical lever
with the dowel towards the quadrant side of the
Fig. 41 • Draft Control linkage
16
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
Fig. 42 • Position Control linkage
lift cover. See Fig. 42.
25. Install the position control guide rod and
spring. Repeat Steps 21 through 23.
Assembling, Acliusting ancl Installing the Master
Control Spring
26. Set the control spring plunger on the bench
with the threaded, slotted end up.
27. Place the control springseatontheplunger
with the "cupped" side down.
28. Place the control spring on the plunger and
seat, centering it over the extended portion
of the control spring seat.
29. Place the spring retainer nut on the
plunger with the threaded end down.
30. Place the rubber boat on the plunger. See
Fig. 28.
31. Holding the assembly in your hands, screw
the plunger counterclockwise into the clevis
until the plunger is snug and the spring is
slightly compressed.
32. Turn the plunger until the slots align with
the closest hales and install the clevis pin.
NOTE: Continue this until the spring is
very snug but can still be rotated by
hand. Do not attempt ta check the ad-
justment without installing the clevis
pin as rotation of the spring will change
the adjustment of the plunger.
33. Install the master control spring assembly
in t'he lift caver first making sure that the over-
load stop disc is in its proper position.
34. Tighten the retainer nut, using OTC tool
No. FT-358 until there is no end-play present.
NOTE: End-play may be caused by
having the retainernuttoo tight as well
as tao 100se.
35. Tighten the Allen set screw to a torque
of 40-65 ft.-Ibs. ta hold the retainer nut in
position.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

36. Replace the rubber boot in the grooves pro-

vided.
37. Install the special cap screws in the lift
rocker link. Tighten the cap screws to a torque
of 45 to 60 ft-lbs.
Acliusfing the Vertical Control Levers

38. Adjust the vertical control levers as out-

lined on Page 9
INSTALLING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER
1. Remove the inspection cover from the
right side of the differential center housing.
2. Wedge the control valve lever assembly to
the rear.
3. Position a gasket and install the lift cover,
less the standpipe and transfer plate, making
sure that the vertical levers are in front of
the upper end of the control valve lever.
NOTE: Make sure that the lift arms
are all of the way down before attempt-
ing to install the lift cover. Torque
the nuts to 45 to 50 ft.-lbs.
4. Remove the wedge.
5. Install the standpipe and transfer plate.
Tighten the cap screws to 45 to 50 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
NOTE: Make sure that the HO" rings
on each end of the standpipe and the one
in the transfer plate are in their proper
position and are either newor service-
able.
6. Adjust the hydraulic lift arms, see Page
8 .
7. Adjust the control valve lever assembly
as outlined on Page 10 .
Fig. 43· Hydraulic Pump • Old Type
4. Remove the PTO shaft as outlined in Group
II, Section D.
5. Remove the dowel assembly from each side
of the differential center housing.
6. Remove the pump from the top of the dif-
ferential center housing.
Disassemb/ing the Hyclrau/ic Pump
NOTE: The two pumps shown in Fig.
43 and Fig. 44, presently in the field
are basically the same pump. Be-
cause of their similarity, only one
disassembly and assembly procedure
will be given.
1. In the older type pump, mark the relation-
ship between the pump body and the bronze
bearing. See Fig. 45~
2. Remove the lever assembly adjusting nut.
(No. 1, Fig. 44).

SERVICING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

The hydraulic pumpsused in Massey-Ferguson
tractors are fUll-floating, constant running, posi-
tive, four cylinder, scotch yoke piston type
pumps. The pump delivers oil for a systèm
which provides impIe ment draft tontrol with
response selection, impIe ment position control
and overload protection of attached implements.
Removing the Hyclraulic Pump
1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover, see Page
11.
2. Remove the cotter pin through the rear
drive shaft coupler.
3. Slide the rear drive shaft coupler over
the rear drive shaft and remove the shaft and Fig. 44· Hydrauli<; Pump • New Type
coupler from the differential center housing. 1. Lever Assembly Adjusting Nul

17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

Fig. 47· Removing the Valve Plate

1. Lock Wire 2. Set Screw

6. Remove the boit securing the bracket lever

(No. 5, Fig. 49) ta the pump body and remove
the bracket lever.

Fig. 45 • Marking Camshaft Bearing and Pump Body
1. Scribe Mcrk
3. Remove the lever assembly (No. 1, Fig.
49) as shown in Fig. 46.
4. Remove the attaching cap screws and
remove the control valve plate (No. 3, Fig.
49) and the valve lever guide bracket (No. 2,
Fig. 49) from the pump body as shown in Fig.
47.
5. Remove the control valve plate, control
valve (No. 10), spacer (No. 1) valve sealing
washers (Nos. 2, 5 and 9) control valve
spacer (No 3) control valve "0" rings (Nos.
6 and 8) and "0" ring retainer (No. 7, Fig.
48) from the control valve chamber in the pump
body. Use of the "bent wire tool" (No. 4,
Fig. 48) makes this job easier.
7. Remove the locking wire (No. 1) and set
screw (No. 2, Fig. 47) from the oscillator link.
8. Remove the snap ring (No. 9) oscillator
retainer washer (No. 8) and control valve
oscillator assembly (No. 7, Fig. 49) from the
pump body.
NOTE: The control valve oscillator
assembly is removed from the front of
the pump as sho'lpn in Fig. 50. In the
new type pump, expand the snap ring
(No. 1, Fig. 51) and slide the oscillator
assembly out of the snap ringandPump.

<1 NOTE: Never grasp the control valve

by the slot edges. These edges are
normally very sharp.

Fig. 48 • Control Volve Assembly

1. Spocer Wcsher 5. Seoling Wosher 9. Sealing Wosher
2. Seoling Wosher 6. "0" Ring 10. Control Valve
3. Control Volve Spocer 7. "0" Ring Retoi ner 11. Inlet End, Control Volve
Fig. 46 • Removing the Lever Assembly 4. Bent Wire Tooi 8. "0" Ring

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Fig. 49 • Hydraulic Pump • Exploded View

1. Conlrol Valve Lever Assembly 3. Conlrol Valve Ploie 5. Upper Valve Lever Guide 7. Oscillalor Assembly 9. Snap Ring
2. Lever Assembly·Guide Brackel 4. See Fig. 48 6. Oscillalor link 8. Oscillalar Relainer Washer 10. Pump Valve Relainer

9. Remove the pump valve retainer (No. 10,
Fig. 49) from the pump body by removing the
two cap screws attaching it to the pump body.
NOTE: In the newer type pumps, the
valve cham ber plug is held in Place by
a snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 52).
10. Using a 1/4" national course thread, of 20
threads to the inch, stove bolt, approximately
2-1/2 to 3" long, remove the valve chamber
plug assembly (No. 1, Fig. 53) by screwing the
stove bolt into the threads provided in the plug
and pulling the plug out of the valve chamber.
See Fig. 54.

Fig. 51 • Removing Oscillator Assembly. New Type

Fig. 50. Rel1loving vscillator Assembly • Old Type 1. Snap Ring

19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

Fig. 54 - Removing Valve Chamber Plugs

14. Separate the pump bodies and lift out the

Fig. 52 - Removing Valve Chamber Plug Retainer
1. Snap Ring
NOTE: The resistanceinremoving this
plug is caused by the "0" ring (No. 2,
Fig. 53) which holds the valve chamber
plug in place.
11. Remove the valve chamber plugs and out-
let valve springs (No 3, Fig. 53) from the valve
chambers.
12. Tip the pump over and allow the outlet
valves (No. 4), the inlet valve springs (No. 5),
and the inlet valves (No. 6, Fig. 53) to drop
out of the valve chamber.
NOTE: NEVER USEA MAGNET WHEN
WORKING ON A HYDRAULIC PUMP.
13. Remove the boUs holding the pump to-
gether.
camshaft and the pump piston assemblies. See
Fig. 55.
15. Remove the "0" rings which seal pass-
ages between the pump bodies.
16. Remove the cotter pin from the front
coupler and remove the front coupler. See
Fig. 55.
17. Remove the piston assemblies from the
shaft.
NOTE: The two cam blocks are not
interchangeable. The one cam block
has a shoulder where the oscillator cam
follower rides. See Fig. 56.
Disassemb/ing the Control Valve Oscillator
1. Remove the snap ring (No. 1, inset to Fig.
57).

9
W
NOTE: Use care whenever remo'Ving
the snafJ ring as the spring (No. 4) will
force out the spring retainer disc (No.
5, Fig. 58) trom the housing.

Fig. 53 - Valve Chamber Assembly

1. Valve Chamber Plug 4. Outlet Valve
2. "0" Ring 5. lnlet Valve Spring
3. Outlet Valve Spring 6. lnlet Valve
7. Dowel PifTS Fig. 55 - Removing Camshaft Assembly

20
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Fig. 58 - Oscillator Assembly - Exploded View

1. Sn op Ring 4. Control Volve Spring
2. Oscillotor Housing 5. Retainer Dise
3. 05cillotor Drive A55embly 6. Snop Ring

Assembling the Control Valve Oscillator

Reassemble this unit by reversing the dis-
assembly procedure.
Fig. 56 - Cam Block, Camshaft Bearing and Piston Yoke
Differences NOTE: The spring may be rePlaced by
holding the housing in a vise and using
2. Remove the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 58) one hand ta hald the spring in place, re-
from the opposite end of the oscillator assembly
housing.
Inspeding the Hydraulic Pump

Inspect the hydraulic pump as outlined on

Page 5. Replace the parts not meeting mini-
mum specifications.

Fig. 59 - Cross-Seetioned ViE!w of Tooi Installed

1. Upper Pilot Surface 4. In.let Volve Seot
Fig. 57 - Oscillator Assembly 2. Cuttina Edges 5. Lower Pilot'Surface
1. Snop Ring 3. Exhoust Volve Seot

21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Fig. 60 • Using Reseating Toal
Place the spring retainer disc and snap
ring ta their proper positions.
Assembling the Pump
1. Replace the side valve assemblies in their
chambers and replace the plugs.
2. Place the left hand half of the pump on the
bench with the piston openings up and the side
chamber valve plugs toward you, your left will
then be the rear of the pump.
NOTE: This step is for the aIder type
pumps. Assemble the pump bodies to-
gether making sure that aU of the "0"
rings are rePlaced or serviceable.
3. Place the cam blockwith the shoulder (see
Fig. 56) and the oscillator cam follower on
the front cam of the shaft so that the cam
follower will be between the cam blocks.
NOTE: The long end of the camshaft is
towards the control valve end of the
pump. The short end of the camshaft
is towards the front.
4. Place the remaining cam block on the other
cam.
5. Place the piston assemblies on the cam
blocks so that the beveled edges of the assemblies
are to the outside. See Fig; 56.
NOTE: On the new type pumps the piston
yoke is not beveled. RePlace yokes sa
that the machined surfaces are ta the
outside.
6. Place the two bronze bushings on the shaft.
Each bushing has one inner edge chamfered,
22
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
see Fig. 56. This end of the bushing should go
on the shaft first to properly position the dowel
hales for the dowel pins (No. 7, Fig. 53). The
two bushings are identical and may be installed
in either position.
NOTE: In the new type pumps press in
the bushings until they are flush with
the outside of the pump body. Position
the ail grooves (No. l, Fig. 61) sa that
they are on a horizontalline as shown
in Fig. 61.
7. Position the shaft and piston assemblies in
the left pump half, and align the marks to pro-
perly position the bushings.
NOTE: The camshaft is installed sa
that the long end of the camshaft is
towards the control valve end of the
pump.
8. Position the right half of the pump, making
certain that the dowel pins (No. 7, Fig. 53)
enter the holes in the bushings.
NOTE: Dowel pins are not present in
the new type pumps.
9. Install the cap screws and tighten to 50-
55 ft.-lbs., torque.
10. Install the valve retainer handle and tighten
the cap screws to 50-55 ft-:-Ibs. torque.
11. Insert the first sealing washer (No. 9, Fig.
48) "0" ring (No. 8, Fig. 48) the pressure side
bushing (No. 7, Fig. 48) and the second "0"
ring (No. 6, Fig. 48) in the control valve bore
of the pump.
12. Position a sealing washer (No. 5) inlet
bushing (No. 3) and second sealing washer
(No. 2, Fig. 48) on the inlet end (No. 11) of
Fig. 61 - Sandwich Type Pump - Exploded View
1. Oi 1 Groove
 M'ASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1\1 - SECTION A - PART 1
Fig. 62 - Hydraulic Pump - Old Type
the control valve (No. 10, Fig. 48) and care-
fully place the assembly in position.
13. Install the control valvewasher (No. 1, Fig.
48), Plate (No. 3) and lever guide bracket (No. 2,
Fig. 49) and tighten the cap screws.
14. Install the oscillator assembly, washer
and snap ring.
15. Tighten the set screw and lock with wire.
16. Position the control valve lever assembly
and turn the self-Iocking nut on until flush with
the end of the adjusting boIt.
MF 35, 50 & 65 -INTERN-AL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
;,...~-.>,
HYDRAULIC VALVE RESEATING TOOl
The hydraulic valve seat reseatingtooI, Num-
ber N-6007, may be used to reseat damaged
valve seats in aIl hydraUllic system pumps used
in the MF, MH, F and TO 35, 40, 50, 65, 202
and 204 tractors, both present and previous
production.
If the valve seats are not too badly damaged
or worn several reseating operations may be
performed if only enough metal is removed to
"clean up" the upper seat in each bore. When
23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
the upper seat has been "cleaned up" , the lower
seat will be automatically reseated.
Using the Valve Seat Reseating Tool
1. Disassembly the pump and apply lubri-
cating oil to the valve bores.
2. Place the pump body in a soft-jawed vise
as shown in Fig. 60.
3. Carefull insert the reseating tool in the
valve bore as shown in Fig. 60.
Fig. 63 - Hydraulic Pump - New Type
24
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
Do not drive or apply extreme force to bring
the cutting edges (No. 2) into contact with the
valve seats (Nos. 3, 4, Fig. 59). The amount
of resistance encountered will vary from une
pump to another because of the allowable manu-
facturing tolerances.
NOTE: If extreme resistance is en-
countered, it will normally be due to
the Pilot (No. 5) binding in the bore of
the inlet valve seat (No. 4, Fig. 59).
This binding occurs because the inlet
seat has been severely beaten by hy-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
draulic force during prior pump opera-
tion. This closes the tolerances in the
bore of the seat. Ifthis condition exists,
insert a tapered screw driver into the
inlet valve bore and carefully rotate
several times to clean away the' pro-
truding metal.
4. Rotate the tool in a c1ock-wise direction.
Exert a firm, steady sidewise and inward
pressure at the 'same time as shown in Fig.60.
The new seats will be properly aligned and
refaced as a result of the tool being held true
in the bore by the upper (No. 1) and lower (No.
5, Fig.59) piloting surfaces.
NOTE: Chatteringofthe valve seat will
resultif the tool is not held in constant
with the valve seat. If the seat becomes
chattered, insert the tool far enough to
remove the high spots first. After
h~gh spots have been removed. com-
pletely insert the tool and finish re-
seating the valve seat.
NOTE: Remove only enough metal to
Hclean up" the upper seatin each bore.
Do not remove an excessive amount
ofmetal.
5. Examine the seat frequently. The seat
surfaces should appear smooth and without
grooves or checks in the metal. Further re-
seating may be necessary if the seats were
severely grooved or damaged.
6. Clean pump bodies thoroughly witn solvent
and dry with compressed air. MAKE SURE
THAT ALL OF THE MET AL CUTTINGS AND
RESIDUE LEFT BY THE RESEATING OPERA-
TION ARE REMOVED FROM THE PUMP BODY.
NOTE: Upon close inspection, after the
seats have been cleaned up, they may
seem porous although smooth in overall
appearance. This conditionis no cause
for concern since the inlet and outlet
valves are a harder metal and will
serve to polish the seating surface as
they wear-inunder hydraulic pressure.
7. Always install new inlet valves and outlet
valves in the pump body after it has been re-
seated. Check the valves and springs for
magnetism as this may cause erratic action of
the hydraulic system. Assemble the pump and
install it in the tractor.
MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
8. Clean up the reseating tool, oil, cover the
cutters, and store in a clean place for future
use. If the tool should become wornJ or dull,
it may be sent to Nuday Company, 17510
Wyoming, Detroit 21, Michigan for recondition-
ing.
CA UTION: The working life of this
tool depends upon the care it receives.
Do not drop or abuse the tool; the
cutting edges are made of an extremely
hard and brittle metal and will shatter
when improperly handled. Refer. to
decal on tool shaft for further in/or-
màtion.
The hydraulic pump reseating tool N-6007 may
be obtained through the Massey-Ferguson
Branches or ordered directlyfrom Nuday Com-
pany, 17510 Wyoming, Detroit 21, Michigan.
Price of the tool is $33.80 F.O.B. Detroit.
Installing the Hyclraulic Pump
1. Place the pump in position in the differential
center housing.
2. Install the dowel pins on either side of the
differential center housing.
NOTE: Notice that the dowel on the left
side of the tractor fits loosely while
the dowel on the right side fits very
snug. Place the dowels in position but
do not tighten them at this time.
3. Install the PTO shaft as outliryed in Group
n, Section D, Part 1.
4. Fill the differential center housingwith the
correct oil to the proper level.
5. Start the engine and allow it to idle.
NOTE: With the dowels loose while the
engine is idling, the pump automatically
aligns UseZ! with the PTO shaft.
6. Tighten the right dowe 1 first and then
tighten the left dowel.
7. With the engine still at an idle, shift the
PTO selection lever into the various selections
available several times.
NOTE: If binding is present, and it is
ditficult to change the PTO selection,
usually the pump will be out of align-
ment. Loosen the dowels and retighten
while the engine is idling.
8. Install the rear drive shaft and coupler
after the engine has been stopped.
25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

NOTE: Make sure that a cotter pin of tial.

of the pr()jJer diameter and length is
installed in thereardrive shaftcoupZer.
9. Install the hydraulic lüt cover. See Page
17.
10. Complete adjusting the hydraulic system as
outlined on Page 8.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, DIFFERENTIAL
AND TRANSM1SSION LUBRICATION
The oil used in the hydraulic system is also
used to lubricate the trailsmission and differen-
Capacity of these combined units is 8 u. S.
(6-1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specifications
are:
S.A.E. 90 for temperatures ab ove 500 F.
S.A.E. 80 for temperatures below 500 F.
Additional oil must be added if the require-
ments of an external hydraulic system are
greater than 1-1/2 gallons. This additional
oil must be drained from the housing if the
external hydraulic system is disconnected.

\
/

Fig. 64 - Lift Assembly

26
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

SPRING TESTING SPECIFICATIONS

Outlet Valve Spring (180 928 Ml)
Ounces Pressure @ 13/16 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 26 Ounces

Inlet Valve Spring (180 927 Ml)

Ounces Pressure @ 1 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 22 Ounces

Control Valve Spring (180 940 Ml)

Ounces Pressure @ 3-7/16 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 56 Ounces

CAM BLOCKS (180 924 Ml AND 180 925 Ml)

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.000 - 2.001 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter .". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.005 inch
Distance Across Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.317 - 2.320 inch
Minimum Distance Across Parallel Faces . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.314 inch

HYDRAULIC LIFT CYLINDER (184 442 Ml)

1 Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9995 - 3.0010 inch

HYDRAULIC LIFT CYLINDER (180 967 Ml)

1 Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4995 - 2.5010 inch

HYDRAULIC PUMP BODY (180 919 M91)

Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.802 - 0.803 inch
Maximum Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.804 inch

PISTON ASSEMBL Y (181 043 Ml)

Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.322 - 2.325 inch
Maximum Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.328 inch
Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8005 - 0.8010 inch
Minimum Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7995 inch
Piston Ring Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum . . . 0.0075 inch
Minimum . . . 0.0025 inch
Piston Ring Gap to be measured with ring inserted in a new cylinder

CAMSHAFT (180 922 M91)

Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.996 - 1.997 inch
Minimum Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.993 inch
Diameter of Camshaft Bearing Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3745 - 1.3750 inch

CAMSHAFT BEARING (Bronze) (181 046 Ml)

Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 7 49 - 1. 750 inch
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3770 - 1.3775 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3785 inch

27
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAl HYDRAUlIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1

VALVE CHAMBER BODY (184 471 Ml)

Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9140 - 0.9150 inch
Maximum Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 0.9155 inch

PISTON ASSEMBL Y (184 470 Ml)

Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.322 - 2.325 inch
Maximum Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.328 inch
Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9125 - 0.9130 inch
Minimum Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9120 inch
Piston Ring Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum . . . . . . 0.0075 inch
Maximum. . . . .. 0.0025 inch
Piston Ring Gap to be measured with ring inserted in a new cylinder

CAMSHAFT (181 993 M91)

Outside Diameter of Cams . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.996 - 1.997 inch
Minimum Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. 993 inch
Diameter of Camshaft Bearing Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3745 - 1.3750 inch

PUMP BODY (182 005 M91 AND 182 006 M91)

Camshaft Bearing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6198 - 1.6208 inch

CAMSHAFT BEARING (Needle) (195 950 Ml)

Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6200 - 1.6205 inch

.
CAMSHAFT BEARING (Bronze) (195 949 Ml)
Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6210 - 1.6215 inch
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3775 - 1.3780 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3790 inch

28
 MF-13S and MF.1SO Tractor Service Manual

Description Part

Front Axle & Steering

Continental l-145 Gas Engine 2

Perkins AG3-152 Gas Engine 3

Perkins AD3-152 Diesel Engine 4

Clutches 5

Standard 6 Speed Transmission 6

Standard 8 Speed Transmission 7

Multi-power Transmission 8

Differentiai, Pinion & Rear Axle 9

Power Take Off & Internai Hydraulic System 10

 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

PART ll-FRONT AXLE AND STEERING-

MF 135 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP -

DIESEL MODEL ............................. 2
Filling The Reservoir ....................... 2
Removal .................................. 2
Disassembly ............................... 2
1nspection ................................ 3
Reassembly ................................ 3
Installation ............................... 4

ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP -

GASOLI NE MODEl ......................... 4
Fi Il i ng The Reservoi r .......•............... 4
Removal .................................. 4
Disassembly ............................... 5
1nspection ................................ 6
Reassembly ....................•........... 6
Installation ............................... 6

SERVICI NG THE STEERI NG GEAR

HOUSINGS .......................•.•..••.. 7
Preparations For Servicing Steering
Gear Housings ...................•.•...... 7
Completing Tractor Reassembly ..•..........•. 10
Power Steering Gear Housing ........••.....• 11
Disassembly ....•........................ 11
Inspection ........................••.... 14
Reassembly .....•....................•.. , 14
Manual Steering Gear Housing .......••...... 16
Disassembly ....•....................•... 16
1nspecti on .............................. 16
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16

SERVICI NG THE FRONT AXlE . . ........... .... 17

Removal .................................. 17
Installation ................................ 18

ADJUSTMENTS .............................. 18
Toe-In ................................... 18
Front Axle Wheel Bearings .................. 18
Power Steering Gear Housing ........•....... 18
Manual Steering Gear Housing .•••..•....•... 19

SPECiFiCATIONS ............................ 19

p,'ntcd in U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

FILTU
SPRING-O

Fig. l - Instolled Yiew of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Diesel

ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING
PUMP- Diesel Model
FlLLlNG THE RESERVOIR
Fig. 2 - Disossembling the Steering Pump - Diesel
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.

2. Remove filler plug and fill reservoir with

oil conforming to MF Specification M-lllO
until oil level is even with the fiUer opening.
3. Replace fiUer plug, start engine and
operate steering wheel in both directions to in-
sure the entire system is filled.
4. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
5. Repeat these operations until the oil level
remains even with the filler opening.
DISASSEMBL y
1. Remove the four retaining screws, Fig.
2, and remove the reservoir.
NOTE: At this time, the filter, filter
spring and reservoir "Ol/-ring may be
removed.
2. Place drive gear, Fig. 3, between two
blocks of wood in a vise. Remove nut from
shaft.

3. Remove drive gear and key.

REMOVAL 4. Remove pump from vise and remove the

1. Disconnect the two hydraulic lines, Fig.
1, and plug the ports.
2. Remove mounting bolts and remove the
pump from the Tractor.
four capscrews securing back cover, Fig. 3, to
housing.
NOTE: Place an identifying mark on
back cover and housing to ensure
proper reassembly.

3. Remove the gasket and discard it. 5. Remove the two gears from housing.

6. Using a brass welding rad, remove dia-

4. Drain the oil from the reservoir and phragm, Nylatron gasket, protector gasket and
clean the pump thoroughly. "V" seal, Fig. 3.

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

POPPET SEAT

+
1Q"'-- POPPET BALL
NUT"
DRIVE GEAR

1---- POPPET SPRI NG ~

KEY

o
FILTER

t
"O"-RING
./ T TT'
lDLER GEAR
SPRING
f
FILTER

RESERVOIR
"O"-RING

& "V" SEAL

Fig.3 - Disassembled Vlew of Engine-Driven Steering Pump - Diesel

7. If poppet assembly is ta be removed, re- 2. Inspect reservoir cover for damage and
move pappet seat, baIl and spring, Fig. 3. distortion.

NOTE: Count the number of tu'ms
made when removing the seat. This
must be installed with the same num-
ber of turns.
8. The relief valve has been pre- set by the
manufacturer to open at 1125 psi and should not
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve
has been experienced.
9. If relief valve is going to be replaced,
remove relief valve from housing and install a
new valve. Tighten to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
INSPECTION
3. Inspect facing surfaces of cover plate and
housing for scoring and rough surfaces.
4. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-
way and for excessive wear in bearing areas.
5. Inspect gears for nicked or broken teeth.
REASSEMBLY
Refer to Fig. 3.
1. If poppet assembly has been removed, re-
install into its proper place in housing. (See
Fig. 2.)

1. Replace filter element, "O"-rings, gas-

kets, diaphragm, "V" seal and jam nut with new 2. Install new "V" seai into back cover with
parts. the open part of the seal facing down.

PrÎnted in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J35 TRACTOR
3. Install new protector gasket, Nylatron
gasket and diaphragm over !!V!! seal.
NOTE: Install diaPhragm with
BRONZE FACE UP and with slots in
diaPhragm on suction side of pump.
Entire diaPhragm must fit inside of
raised rim of "v" seal.
4. Slide gear and shaft into position in hous-
ing and install idler gear into its place in hous-
ing.
NOTE: The paint mark on the end of
the idler gear shaft is installed facing
down.
5. Install back cover and secure with mount-
ing boIts. Tighten to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re-
mains within its seat in "V" seal.
6. Install key into keyway and position drive
gear in place on shaft. Secure with new nut.
Tighten to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque and "stake" the
nut.
7. Position new fiIter (with "O"-ring) and
spring into place on housing.
8. Install new reservoir "O"-ring.
9. Apply a light coating of petroleum jeUy
ta the inner edge of the reservoir and install
the reservoir. Tighten retaining screws to
2-4 ft.-Ibs. torque.
'NSTALLA TlON
Refer ta Fig. 1.
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
pump mounting surface of timing gear housing
and place new pump gasket into position.
2. CarefuUy insert the pump drive gear into
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and install
mounting boIts. Tighten boIts to 30-35 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con-
nect return Une to its respective port. Tighten
to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. fustall oil pressure
gauge between pump and pressure line.
4. Fill reservoir with oil conforming to MF
4
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
Specification M-1110 until it is even with the
filler opening.
5. Start engine to operate pump and turn
steering wheel to left and right full travel limite
Check pump and reservoir for leaks and be
certain that oil level remains even with fiUer
opening.
6. With engine running, check pressure
gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
1100-1200 psi. If the pressure reading is cor-
rect, proceed to Step #7. If incorrect, replace
the relief valve with a new one. Tighten to
40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
7. Shut off engine and remove pressure
gauge. Connect pressure Une to pump. Tight-
en to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque.
8. Remove fiUer plug to check for correct
fluid level. Maintain fluid level even with fiUer
opening.
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING
PUMP-Gasoline Model
F'LLlNG THE RESERVOIR
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
2. Remove reservoir cover and fill reser-
voir with oil conforming to MF Specification
M-1110 until oillevel is even with the "FULL"
mark.
3. Replace cover and tighten cover boIt (fin-
ger tight).
4. Start engine and operate steering wheel
in both directions to insure the entire system
is filled. Position front wheels in a straight
forward direction and shut off engine.
5. Repeat these operations until the oillevel
remains even with the "FULL" mark.
REMOVAL
Refer to Fig. 4.
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
2. Disconnect h y d ra u l i c lines, remove
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

HorrS1NG

SHAFT
1; RELIEF
VALVE
YRONT PLATE
10

DRIVE
GE.'\.R

Fig.6 - Disassembled View of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Gasoline

Fig.4 - Installed View of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Gasoline
2. Remove filter element from reservoir
and gasket from reservoir seat core.

mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractor and
plug ports and lines.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump)
and thoroughly clean the mounting surface.
3. Remove reservoir seat core and cap-
screw securing reservoir to pump body and re-
move reservoir.
4. Remove "O"-ring, spring and baU from
housing.

5. Place pump body in a holding fixture and

DISASSEMBL y remove nut from drive gear shaft. Remove
drive gear and key.
Refer to Figs. 5 and 6.
6. Remove bolts securing front plate to
1. Remove coyer bolt, coyer and gasket housing. Separate front plate from housing and
from reservoir. remove idler gear and lead gear and shaft as-
sembly.

7. Remove diaphragm from front plate. Re-

move spring and baH from suction side of front
plate.

8. Remove back-up gasket, gasket protector

and diaphragm seal from front plate.

9. If the lead gear shaft oil seal shows evi-

dence of leakage, remove the seal from the
front plate.
DRIVE ('EAR
1
1
1
10. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
o ~"
manufacturer to open at 1125 psi and should not
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve
FILTER t
GASKET
has been experienced. The valvemay then be
removed and a new valve installed. Tighten to
Fig. 5 - DisQssembling the Steering Pump Gasoline
40-50 ft.-lbs. torque.

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR
INSPECTION
1. Replace filter element, gaskets, seals,
diaphragm, "0" -rings, and spring and ball (Fig.
6) with new parts.
2. Inspect facing surfaces of front plate and
housing for scoring and scratches.
3. Inspect gears for nicks and burrs. Re-
move any sharp edges with crocus clotho
4. Inspect drive gear and shaft for broken
keyway.
REASSEMBLY
Refer to Figs. 5 and 6.
1. Saturate new "0" -rings, seals, gaskets
and lead gear shaft seal in clean hydraulic oil.
Apply a film of clean hydraulic oil to metal
parts of pump.
2. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3
form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
in front plate. Press new seal into position
(flush to surface of bore) and stake in three
places.
NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal
was not removed from front plate.
3. Install new diaphragm seal into Hs groove
in front plate with the "open" part of the seaI
facing the DRIVE GEAR.
4. Carefully install new gasket protector,
followed by new back-up gasket, over dia-
phragm seal.
5. Drop new baIl and new spring into hole on
suction si de of front plate and place new dia-
phragm on top of gasket.
NOTE: The two notches in diaPhragm
must go on suction side of pump and
bronze side of diaPhragm must face
upward.
6. Install lead gear and shaft into front plate
and place idler gear into front plate with paint-
ed (or marked) end of shaft toward the DRIVE
GEAR.
7. Position front plate onto housing and se-
cure with bolts. Tighten evenly to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
6
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm and
seals remain within their groove in
front plate.
8. Install new'''O''-ring into its groove in
housing. Insert ball, followed by spring, into
top of housing.
9. Install reservoir seat core and gasket
onto reservoir. Fasten reservoir onto housing
with capscrew and washer. Tighten core and
capscrew to 10-15 ft.-lbs. torque.
10. Install key into its groove and slide
drive gear over shaft. Secure in place with nut
and washer. Tighten to 15-20 ft.-lbs. torque.
Il. Rotate the drive gear by hand and check
for freedom of movement. The pump should
have a certain amount of drag, but should ro-
tate freely after a short period of turning.
INSTALLA TlON
Refer to Fig. 4.
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
pump mounting surface of timing gear housing
and place new pump gasket into position.
2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and install
mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to 3D-35 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con-
ne ct return line to its respective port. Tighten
to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. Install oil pressure
gauge between pump and pressure line.
4. Install new filter element and fill reser-
voir with oil conforming to MF Specification
M-1110 until it is even with the "FULL" mark.
Install reservoir cover.
5. Start engine to operate pump and turn
steering wheel to left and right full travel limite
Check pump and reservoir for leaks and be
certain that oil level remains at "FULL" mark.
6. With engine running, che c k pressure
gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
1100-1200 psi. If the pressure reading is cor-
rect, proceed to Step #7. If incorrect, remove
the relief valve and install a new one. Tighten
to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

Fig. 7 - Right-Hand Si de View of Gasoline Engine

1. Air Cleaner Hose 2: Starter Safety Switch Wires 3. Multi-Power Linkage 4. Tachometer Cable 5. Oil Pressure Une 6. Generator Wires

7. Shut off engine and remove pressure e. Disconnect air cleaner hose, No. 1,
gauge. Connect pressure line to pump. Tight- Fig. 7, starter safety switch wires, No.
to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. 2, and tachometer cable, No. 4.

8. Remove reservoir cover to check for f. Disconnect oil pressure line, No. 5,
correct fluid level. Maintain fluid level even and the two wires, No. 6, leading to
with "FULL" mark. Replace reservoir cover. generator.

g. Working on the other si de of the Trac-

tor, disconnect the light wires, No. 6,
Fig. 8, at the light switch.
SERVICING THE STEERING
GEAR HOUSINGS NOT E: Disconnect wire leading fram
fuse ta connectar.
PREPARATIONS FOR SERVICING
STEERING GEAR HOUSINGS
h. Disconnect wires, Nos. 3, 4 and 5,
1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso- leading to the starter solenoid. Dis-
line Model, proceed as follows: connect wire, No. 2, leading to the coil.

a. Remove the hood, hood cap and grille i. Drain enough coolant from the radiator
as an assembly. to allow the water temperature line,
No. 1, to be disconnected and discon-
b. Disconnect and remove the battery. ne ct the line.

c. Close fuel shut-off valve, disconnect j. Remove steering wheel assembly.

fuel line, disconnect sending unit and
remove fuel tank. k. Remove the two capscrews securing the
instrument housing to the steering col-
d. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 3, umn bracket and remove the mounting
Fig. 7, hand throttle linkage- and choke boIts securing the instrument housing
cable. and the battery carrier in place.

Printed in U.S.A. 7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

Fig. 8 - Left-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine

1. Wcter Temperature Line 2. Wire ta Coil 3. Wire ta Solenoid 4. Wire ta Solenoid 5. Bottery Positive Coble 6. Ught Wires - To Light Switch

1. Remove instrument housing and battery 2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel
carrier. Model, proceed as follows:

NOTE: Insure tkat ail pressure line

and water temperature line are not a. Remove the hood, hood cap and grille
damaged. as an assembly.

Fig. 9 - Right-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine

1. Air Cleoner Hase 3. Starter Sofety Switch Wires 6. Wires ta Solenoid
2. Multi-Power Linkage 4. Tochometer Cable 7. Wires ta Generator
5. Bottery Ground Strop

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

Fig. 10 - Left-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine

1. Water Temperature Une 3. Fuel Shut·Off Red 6. Fuel Fi Iter Meunting Bolts
2. Bleed Bock Line 4. Oil Pressure line 7. Shut·Off Red Return Spring and Clip
S. Cross Shah te Injection Pump Rod

b. Disconnect and remove the battery. j. Remove the fuel filter mounting bolts,
No. 6.
c. Close the fuel shut-off valve and dis-
connect the fuelline.
k. Disconnect the cross shaft to injection
d. Disconnect the sending unit and the fuel pump rod, No. 5, and the oil pressure
line at the back of the tank, and remove tine, No. 4.
the fuel tank.

e. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 2, 1. Drain enough coolant from the system
air cleaner hose, No. 1, and starter to allow the water temperature tine,
safety switch wires, No. 3, Fig. 9. No. 1, to be disconnected and discon-
nect the tine.
f. Disconnect tachometer cable, No. 4,
and rem ove battery ground strap, NOTE: If the Tractor is equiPped with
No. 5. lights, disconnect the wires leading ta
the light switch. Disconnect the wire
g. Disconnect wires, No. 6, on starter leading from the fuse ta the cannectar.
solenoid and wires, No. 7, on genera-
tore
m. Remove steering wheel assembly.
h. Working on the other si de of the Trac-
tor, disconnect the bleed back line,
No. 2, Fig. 10, and the line at the "T" n. Remove the two capscrews securing
fitting. the instrument housing to the steering
column bracket and remove the mount-
ing boUs securing the instrument hous-
i. Unhook the fuel shut-off rod return ing and the battery carrier in place.
spring, No. 7, and rem ove the return
spring clip. Disconnect the fuel shut-
off rod, No. 3, at the injection pump o. Remove instrument housing and battery
and remove the rod from the unit. carrier.

Printed in U.S.A. 9

MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35 TRACTOR
NOTE: Insure that ail pressure line
and water temperature line are not
darnaged.
p. If desirable, remove fuel filter from
unit.
COMPLETING TRACTOR REASSEMBLY
1. If Tractor being serviced is a Gasoline
Model, proceed as follows:
a. Position instrument housing in place
and install mounting bolts.
b. Conne ct hand throttle linkage, Multi-
Power linkage, No. 3, Fig. 7, and
choke cable.
c. On tractors having Multi- Power, ad-
just shift linkage until control rod will
be completely down when control lever
is in "High".
d. Connect air cleaner hose, No. 1, Fig.
7, and starter safety switch wires,
No. 2.
e. Install the tachometer cable, No. 4,
Fig. 7, and conne ct the oil pressure
line, No. 5.
f. Connect wires, No. 6, Fig. 7, leading
to generator.
g. Working on the other side of the Trac-
tor, connect wires, Nos. 3, 4 and 5,
Fig. 8, to the starter solenoid and
wire, No. 2, to the coil.
h. Connect water tempellature line, No. 1,
Fig. 8, and light wires onto light
switch.
i. Install fuel tank, connect sending unit,
connect fuel line and turn on fuel shut-
off valve.
j. Install steering wheel assembly.
k. Position battery in place and connect
battery.
1. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an
assembly. Open the hood and connect
the hood stop lever.
m. Fill the cooling system to the proper
level.
10
---- ------------
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
n. Refer to the sub-heading "Filling The
Reservoir - Gasoline Model" and fill'
the reservoir.
2. If Tractor being serviced is a Diesel
Model, proceed as follows:
a. Position instrument housing in place
and install mounting bolts.
b. Connect Multi-Power linkage, No. 2,
Fig. 9, air cleaner hose, No. 1, and
tachometer cable, No. 4.
c. On tractors having Multi- Power, ad-
just shift linkage until control rod will
be completely down when control lever
is in "High".
d. Connect starter safety switch wires,
No. 3, Fig. 9, battery ground strap, No.
5, wires, No. 6, onto starter solenoid
and wires, No. 7, onto generator.
e. Working on the other side of the Trac-
tor, conne ct oil pressure line, No. 4,
Fig. 10, the cross shaft ta injection
pump rod, No. 5, and water tempera-
ture line, No. 1.
f. Connect the fuel shut-off rod, No. 3,
Fig. 10, and the return spring and clip,
No. 7.
g. Install fuel filter mounting bolts, No. 6,
Fig. 10, and conne ct fuel lines at filter.
h. Install fuel tank, conne ct fuel lines at
"T" fitting, Connect fuel line at back
of fuel tank, conne ct fuel sending unit
and turn on fuel shut-off valve.
i. If Tractor is equipped with lights, con-
nect light wires to light switch. Con-
nect wire leading from fuse to con-
nector.
j. Install steering wheel assembly.
k. Position battery in place and connect
battery.
1. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an
assembly. Open the hood and connect
the hood stop lever.
m. Fill the cooling system to the proper
level.
n. Air-bleed the fuel system.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

Fig. 11 - Installed View of Steering Gear Assembly

1. Rack Guide Caver 4. Qil line - Bleed 6. Return line
2. Qi 1 Une 5. Side Cover Capscrews 7. Pressure Line
3. Oil Line 8. Side Caver

Fig. 13 - Removing or Instolling Cylinder Assembly

o. Refer to the sub-heading "Filling The

Reservoir - Diesel Model" and fill the 1. Disconnect drag links from Pitman arms.
reservoir. Remove Pitman arms from Pitman shafts and
remove dust seals.

POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING 2. Remove oil lines, Nos. 2, 3 and 4, Fig.
11. Disconnect oil lines, Nos. 6 and 7.
Disassembly
3. Remove rack guide coyer, No. 1, and
Refer to the sub-heading "Preparations For shims.
Servicing Steering Gear Housings" on Page 7
and proceed as instructed. 4. Remove capscrews, No. 5, securing side
coyer in place. Using a plastic mallet, tap the
upper Pitman shaft from the housing. Remove
the lower Pitman shaft in the same manner.

5. To separate the side covers from the

Pitman shafts, turn the adjusting screw clock-
wise. See Fig. 12.

6. Remove the capscrews securing the pow-

er cylinder to the housing and remove the cyl-
inder as shown in Fig. 13. Remove old gasket
and discard i t.

11 1
7. Carefully rem ove the piston from the
housing. See Fig. 14.

8. To disassemble the piston assembly, re-

fer to Fig. 15 and proceed as follows:

Fig. 12 - Pitman Shafts Removed a. Remove nut and washer and slide
1. Lacknut 3. Side Caver 6. Lower Pitman Shaft piston, No. 2, from the piston rod.
4. "O"·Ring
" Washer
5. Adiusting Screw
7. Upper Pitman Shaft Remove the second washer.

Printed in U.S.A. 11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

Fig. 16 - Disassembling the Steering Gear Housing

1. Oil Seol 3. Locknut 5. Vol ve
2. "O"·Ring 4. Pre-Lood Spring 6. Valve Adapter

9. Remove the valve cover assembly and

remove the oil seaI, No. 1, Fig. 16, and the
"O"-ring, No. 2.
Fig. 14 - Removing Piston
10. Remove the capscrews securing the
valve adapter, No. 6, and the valve, No. 5, to
the housing and remove the valve, valve adapter
b. Remove adapter, No. 4, and rack stop and steering shaft as an assembly.
plate, No. 6.

11. Place the steering shaft in a holding fix-

c. Remove piston rings, No. 1, and "0"- ture and remove the locknut and the pre-Ioad
rings, No. 3. spring, Nos. 3 and 4, Fig. 16.

Fig. 15 - Disassembled View of Piston Assembly

1. Piston Rings 2. Piston 3. "0" ~Rings 4. Adapter 5. Oil Seol 6. Rock Stop PI ate 7. Piston Rod 8. Rack

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

Fig. 17 - Disassembled View of Valve and Adapter

1. locknut 4. Thrust Bearing 7. Valve Assembly la. Thrust Washer (large) 13. "O"·Ring )6. "O"·Ring
2. Pre·load Spring 5. Th·rust Washer (large) 8. Valve Spool 11. Thrust Bearing 14. Adapter 17. Steering Shaft
3. Thrust Washer (smoll) 6. Banio Fittings 9. Bali Check Plunger Assemblies (5) 12. Thrust Washer (small) 15. Needle Bearing 18. Ball·Nu-t

12. Very carefully slide the valve from the 16. Carefully slide adapter, No. 14, from
steering shaft and remove the two thrust wash- the steering shaft.
ers and the thrust bearing, Nos. 3, 4 and 5,
Fig. 17.
17. Remove thrust washer, No. 10, thrust
NOTE: Ensure that the five ball check bearing, No. 11, and thrust washer, No. 12,
Plunger assemblies are not lost. from the adapter.

13. Remove the five ball check plunger as-

semblies, No. 9, Fig. 17. 18. Remove "O"-rings, Nos. 13 and 16,
from the adapter.
14. Carefully slide the valve spool, No. 8,
from the valve.
19. Remove needle bearing, No. 15, and oil
seal. Do not remove the ball-nut, No. 18,
15. Remove the four Banjo fittings, No. 6, from the steering shaft. These are serviced as
from the valve and remove the "O"-rings. an assembly only.

Printed in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR
Fig_ 18 - Identifying Groove on Volve Spool Must be
Locoted on Sorne Side os Port Morkings
Inspection
1. Replace "OIT-rings, oil seals, ball check
plunger assemblies, piston rings, needle bear-
ing and the cylinder gasket with new compo-
nents.
2. fuspect Pitman shafts, rack and steering
shaft assembly for worn or broken teeth.
3. fuspect thrust bearings for worn or pitted
balls and thrust washers for wear.
Reassembly
1. fustall new oil seal into the valve adapter,
followed by needle bearing, No. 15, Fig. 17.
2. Place new "OIT-ring, No. 16, into the bot-
tom groove in the adapter and carefully slide
the adapter over the steering shaft.
NOTE: Do not slide the adapter tao
far down the shajt or the s eal may be
damaged when brought back into posi-
tion.
3. Slide the smaller thrust washer, No. 12,
(with the bearing groove facing away from the
ball-nut) down the shaft.
4. Slide thrust bearing, No. 11, (with
"closed" side facing the ball-nut) down the
shaft.
14
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
5. Slide the larger thrust washer, No. 10,
(with the bearing groove facing the ball-nut)
down the shaft.
6. Install new "O"-ring, No. 13, into top'---'
groove in adapter.
7. Very carefully install the control valve
spool into the valve body.
NOTE: InstaU the spool so the identi-
fying groove is on the same side of the
valve body as the ports marked "FR"
and ''RT''. See Fig. 18.
8. Carefully slide the valve over the steer-
ing shaft.
NOTE: Fort marking "FR" and ''RT''
must face upward.
9. Drop the five valve plungers containing
the baU and cube (see inset in Fig. 17) into the
openings in the valve.
NOTE: The end of the Plungers con-
taining the BALL must be next to the
valve adapter.
10. Now drop the five springs into position,
followed by the remaining five valve plungers.
11. Install the larger thrust washer, No. 5,
Fig. 17, (with the bearing groove facing away
from the valve).
12. Install thrust bearing, No. 4, (with the
"closed" side facing away from the valve).
13. fustall the smaller thrust washer, No.
3, (with the bearing groove facing the valve).
14. fustall the pre-load spring, No. 2, with
the concave side facing the valve.
15. Place the assembly in a holding fixture
and install locknut, No. 1. Tighten to 20-30
ft.-lbs. torque (this will seat bearings and
washers) then back off 1/4 turne Stake nut into
keyway.
16. Install Banjo fittings with new "0"_
rings.
17. Partially pack the steering gear housing
with a good grade of calcium-soap grease.
(Equivalent to Standard OH "C fudustrial
Grease # 30". )
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

18. Carefully position steering shaft as-

sembly into housing. Install capscrews and
tighten to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque.

NOTE: Position the bleed outlet (on

the adapter) toward the front. Posi-
tion the valve so the "PR" and "RT"
ports are on the left-hand side of the
Tractor.

19. Install new oil seal and new "O"-ring

(Nos. 1 and 2, Fig. 16) into the valve cover as-
sembly. Install the cover with the "flat" side
to the rear. Tighten capscrews to 20 ft.-Ibs.
minimum torque.

20. To reassemble the piston assembly, re-

fer to Fig. 15 and proceed as follows:

a. Install new oil seal, No. 5, and "0"-

rings, No. 3, onto adapter, No. 4, and
new piston rings, No. 1, onto piston,
No. 2.
Fig. 19 - Correct Installation of Upper Pitman Shah
b. Slide rack stop plate, No. 6, onto the
piston rod, with the flanges facing the
rack, No. 8.
24. Position the side cover in place and turn
c. Slide adapter onto piston rod, wi th the the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the
oil seal facing the rack. screw bottoms.

d. Install washer, piston, No. 2, (with the 25. Install si de cover capscrews and tighten
machined surface facing away from the to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. Install washer and
rack) washer and nut. locknut. Leave locknut loose at this time.

e. Carefully insert piston assembly into 26. To install the upper Pitman shaft, refer
the housing. to Fig. 19 and proceed as follows:

NOTE: Piston rings must be com- a. Turn the steering wheel to its extreme
pressed. left (counterclockwise) direction.

f. Install Banjo fi ttings wi th new "0"- b. Position power rack so it is almost in

rings. the extreme forward position.

21. Position new gasket into place and in- c. Install the upper Pitman shaft so the
staIl the cylinder assembly as shown in Fig. last tooth on the power rack will mesh
13. Tighten capscrews to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque. wi th the valley "Ali in Fig. 19.

NOT E: Install so ports are facing up-
ward and ta the left.
22. Temporarily install the steering wheel.
Rotate the steering wheel to its extreme travel
in a clockwise direction.
23. Hold the lower Pitman shaft, No. 6, Fig.
12, with the BLANK portion of the gear down
and install so that the lower tooth on the steer-
ing shaft meshes with the groove next to this
BLANK portion.
d. Continue to pack the steering gear
housing until a total quantity of 1-3/4
pints of grease is in the housing.
e. Position the side cover in place and
turn the adjusting screw counterclock-
wise until the screw bottoms.
f. Secure side cover in place with cap-
screws and tighten to 20-30 ft,-lbs.
torque. Install washer and locknut.
Leave locknut loose at this time.

Printed in U.S.A. 15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

27. Refer to the heading, "Adjustments-

Power Steering Gear Housing", and adjust the
steering gear as instructed.

28. After final adjustments have been per-

formed, proceed as follows:

a. Position steering wheel in its centered

posi tion and rem ove the steering wheel.

b. Install oil lines, Nos. 2 and 3, Fig. 11.

Tighten to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.

c. Install oil Hne, No. 4. Tighten to 7 -10

ft.-Ibs. torque.

d. Connect oillines, Nos. 6 and 7.

en to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Tight-
~_ _ _ _ I
Fig. 20 - Steering Sheft Assembly Removed -
e. Install dust seals and Pitman arms. Menue 1 Steering
(These are master splined to insure 1. Steering Sholt Housing 3. Shims 6. Boll·Nut
correct installation.) Tighten nut to 2. "0" ·Ring 4. Steering Shoh Assembly 7. Bearing
5. Beoring
100-125 ft.-Ibs. torque.

f. Conne ct drag links to Pitman arms.

29. Refer to the sub-heading, "Completing Inspection

Tractor Reassembly", on Page 10, and proceed
as instructed. 1. Replace "O"-ring with a new one.

2. Inspect bearings for damage and wear. .~.

MANUAL STEERING GEAR HOUS'NG

Disassembly Reassembly

Refer to the sub-heading "Preparations for 1. Install steering shaft assembly, No. 4,
Servicing Steering Gear Housings" on Page 7, Fig. 20, and housing, No. 1, with the original
and proceed as instructed. shim pack.

1. Dis conne ct drag links from Pitman arms.
Remove Pitman arms from Pitman shafts and
remove dust seals.
2. Remove capscrews securing side covers
to housing. Using a plastic mallet, tap the up-
per Pitman shaft from the housing. Remove
the lower Pitman shaft in the same manner.
2. To adjust the pre-load on the bearings,
proceed as follows:
a. Temporarily install the steering wheel
and check the amount of pull that is re-
quired to move the steering wheel
through its centered position. It should
be 1 to 1-1/2 pounds pull.

3. Remove steering shaft housing, No. 1, b. Adjust the pre-Ioad on the bearings by
Fig. 20, and shims, No. 3. Remove "O"-ring, adding to, or removing from, the shim
No. 2. pack.

4. Remove steering shaft, No. 4, with ball-

nut, No. 6, and bearings, Nos. 5 and 7, as an NOTE: A MINIMUM of THREE .002"
assembly. thick and TWO . 005" thick shims are
requirèd.

DO NOT REMOVE THE BALL-NUT FROM

THE SHAFT. These are serviced as an as- 3. Rotate the steering wheel to its extreme
sembly only. travel in a clockwise direction.

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
Fig. 21 - Installing the Lower Pitman Shaft
1. Master Tooth 3. B!ank Portion on Lower
2. Lost Tooth on Steering Shoft Pitman Shaft
4. Hold the lower Pitman shaH with the
BLANK portion of the gear down and install so
the lower tooth on the steering shaft meshes
with the groove next to this BLANK portion.
See Fig. 21.
5. Partially pack the steering gear housing
with a good grade of calcium-soap grease.
(Equivalent to Standard Oil fIC Industrial
Grease #30".)
6. Position the side cover in place and tum
the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the
screw bottoms.
7. Install side cover capscrews and tighten
to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque. Install washer and
locknut. Leave locknut loose at this time.
8. Hold the upper Pitman shaft with the
BLANK portion of the gear up and install so
that the last tooth on the Pitman shaft is next
to the master tooth, No. 1, Fig. 21.
9. Continue to pack the steering gear hous-
ing until a total quantity of 2 pints of grease is
in the housing.
10. Position the side cover in place and tum
Printed in U.S.A.
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING
Fig. 22 - Removing the Front Axle
the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the
screw bottoms.
11. Secure si de cover in place with cap-
screws and tighten to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Install washer and locknut. Leave locknut loose
at this time.
12. Refer to the heading "Adjustments -
Manual Steering Gear Housing" and adjust the
steering gear as instructed.
13. After final adjustments have been per-
formed, position steering wheel in its centered
position and remove the steering wheel.
14. Install dust seals and Pitman arms.
(These are master splined to insure correct in-
stallation.) Tighten nut to 100-125 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
15. Conne ct drag links to Pitman arms.
16. Refer to the sub-heading "Completing
Tractor Reassembly" on Page 10, and proceed
as instructed.
SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
REMOYAL
Refer to Fig. 22.
1. Open the hood and disconnect the hood
stop lever.
17
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11

2. Remove hood, hood cap and grille as an

assembly.
3. Place a jack beneath the engine.

4. Remove the boIts securing the axle ex-

tensions to the front axle and pull the exten-
sions away from the axle. Block them up as
shown in Fig. 22.

5. Remove the pivot pin retaining boU.

6. Attach a sUding hammer puller to the

pivot pin and remove the pin.

7. Remove the front axle from the Tractor

and inspect the axle pivot bushing. If bushing
must be replaced, press out old bushing and
Fig. 23 - Preporing for Toe-In Adjustment
press in new bushing.

INSTALLATION
1. Reposition front axle in Tractor and in-
stan pivot pin. Secure in place with pivot pin
retaining -boU.
NOTE: After final adjustments are
made, the two drag links are to be
same length.

2. Connect the axle extension assemblies ta
the front axle. Tighten boUs securely.
3. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an
assembly.
4. Open the hood and connect the hood stop
lever.
FRONT AXLE WHEEL BEA RINGS
1. Pack wheel hub with a good grade of lith-
ium base bearing grease suitable for use in
roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings
and spaces outward from bearings must be
packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in-
terior) must be packed half full.

2. Tighten adjustment nut to 30-40 ft.-Ibs.

ADJUSTMENTS
TOE-IN
1. With the front wheels in a straight ahead
position, measure between the tire rib centers
(at hub height) at both the front and rear of the
wheels. The front measurement should be from
0" ta 1/4" less than the rear measurement for
correct toe-in.
2. If this measurement is not obtained, dis-
conne ct the drag Unk at the steering arme
torque while slowly rotating hub to properly
seat bearings.
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of
slots in line with cotter pin hole.
4. Back off the adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots
(cotter pin hole will be covered).
5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter
pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin.
NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut.

NOTE: This adjustment must be per- 6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-lbs. torque
formed on BOTH drag links. upon installation of wheel.

3. Loosen the clamp boIt, Fig. 23, and tum

the drag link end "in" or "out" until the correct
length is obtained. POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING

4. Tighten the clamp boIt and conne ct the 1. If drag links are connected ta Pitman
drag link to the steering arm. arms, disconnect them.

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

2. Refer to Step 15 under the sub-heading NOTE: A MINIMUM of three .003

"Power Steering Gear Housing - Reassembly",
Page 14, and adjust the pre-Ioad on the steer-
ing shaft.
3. Loosen the locknuts securing the ad just-
ing screws in place and turn the adjusting
screws at least two turns from the tight posi-
tion.
4. With the steering wheel in the center of
its travel, turn the adjusting screw on the low-
er Pitman shaft until a pull of 1-1/4 to 1-3/4
pounds is obtained at the rim of the steering
wheel. Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-lbs.
torque.
5. Adjust the upper Pitman shaft
same manner until a pull of 2 to 2-1/2
is obtained at the rim of the steering
Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-Ibs.
6. Install the rack guide cover and shims.
Adjust the pre-Ioad on this cover (by the use of
shims) until an additional 1/8 to 1/4 pound pull
is obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
After ail adjustments are made, the total pull
required to turn the steering wheel through its
center of travel should be 2-1/8 to 2-3/4
pounds.
inch and two . 005 inch thick shims
must be used.
MANUAL STEERING GEAR HOUSING
1. If drag links are connected to Pitman
arms, disconnect them.
2. Refer to Step 2 under the sub-heading
"Manual Steering Gear Housing - Reassembly",
Page 16, and adjust the pre-Ioad on the steer-
ing shaft bearings.
3. Loosen the locknuts securing the adjust-
ing screws in place and turn the adjusting
in the screws at least two turns from the tight posi-
pounds tion.
wheel.
torque. 4. With the steering wheel in the center of
its travel, turn the adjusting screw on the low-
er Pitman shaft until a pull of 2 to 3 pounds is
obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
Tighten locknut to 25-35 ft.-lbs. torque.
5. Adjust the upper Pitman shaft in the
same manner until a pull of 3-1/2 to 5 pounds
is obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-Ibs. torque.

SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP-Gas and Diesel
Type . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positive displacement/gear
Hydraulic Fluid . . . . • . . . • . . . M-1110
Displacement (per revolution) . 304 cubic inch
Delivery:
@ 1000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 1.0 gpm
@ 2000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 2.3 gpm
@ 3000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 3.6 gpm
@ 4000 pump rpm @ 800 psi . 5.0 gpm
Relief Valve:
Type . . . . . Poppet
Setting 1125 psi + 75 psi
- 25 psi
Reservoir:
Location . . . . . Integral to pump
Filter Element Replaceable cartridge
Capacity 1 U. S. qt. (approx.)
BoIt Torque (3/8") . . . . . . 30-35 ft.-lbs.

STEERING AXLE
Wheel Nut Torque.
Wheel Bearing Torque
Toe-In Adjustment . .
.... .... , ... . . .. .. 76-85 ft.-lbs.
30-40 ft.-lbs .
0-1/4 inch

Printed in U.S.A. 19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

PART 12-FRONT AXLE AND STEERING-

MF 150, 165 AND 175 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page Page

ENGI NE-DRIVEN STEERI NG PUMP- Installation .••...•....••..••..••.••.... 14

DIESEL MODEl •....•........•.............. 2 MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and
Filling The Reservoir ........•••.....•••••.. 2 MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models ...•.••.••.•..• 15
Removing The Pump .••.••.•...•..•.••..•••. 2 Removal ............................... 15
Installing The Pump ...•..........•.•...••.• 2 Disassembly ..••••••.•••......•.•.....•• 15
Servicing The Pump-MF 150 ...•.•....••.••• 3 Inspection .•.••..•••.•...•••.•..•.••.•. 16
Disassembly .•• • • • • • . • . . . . . . . • • . . • • . • . • • 3 Reassembly ..•••...•.••••......•.......• 16
1nspection •.••..•.•.••...••......•.•.•.• 3 Installation. • . • . • . . . . • • . . . • . • . • • • . . . . • . . 16
Reassembly .••.•••..•.•.. . • • • . . . . . • • • . . . . 3
Servi c i ng The Pump-MF 165 and MF 175 . • • . • . 4 SERVI CI NG THE STEE RI NG GEAR HO USI NG ... 17
Disassembly ••••••••....•••••••.••••••.•• 4 Preparations For Servicing Steering
Inspection .••.••.•••.••...••.••.•••••••. 5 Gear Housing .••••.•••.•••••••.••••....••. 17
Reassembly .••.•••••..•.•••••......••••.. 6 Completing Tractor Reassembly •.•••••.••••.. 19
Disassembling The S.teering Gear Housing 21
ENGI NE-DRIVEN STEERI NG PUMP- Reassembling The Steering Gear Housing .••.• 21
GASOLI NE MODEl .••••.••..•.•...••.••••.• 6
Filling The Reservoir .•••••.•••••.•••••••.•• 6 SERVICI NG THE FRONT AXlE ................ 22
Removal ...••.•.••.•••...••••••••••.••••.. 6 MF 150 Row Crop Models .................. 22
Disassembly •..•.••••••.••.•••••.•••••••••• 6 Removal .••..••••••••••••••.•.•••••••.• 22
Inspection ..••••.•.••••••••••••.••.•••••.. 7 Inspection .•.••••••.••••.•.•••••••••••• 23
Reassembly ..••••.•••••••.••••••••••••••••• 7 Installation. • . • • • • • •• ••• • •• • • • • • • •• • • • •• 23
1nstallation ..•••••.••••..•.•••••.••••••••• 8 MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models •••••••• 23
Removal and Installation •••.••••••••••••• 23,24
HYDRAULIC CYL! NDER AND VAlVE........... 8 Dual Tricycle Models .••.••••.•.••••••••••• 25
Removal .••.••••••••••.•..••••.•••..••.••. 8 Removal .•••.••••.••••••.•.•.•••••••••. 25
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models ..•..•. 8 Disassembly. . • • • • . • • . • • • . • • • • • • • • •. • • • •• 25
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and MF 165 Reassembly .••••••••.••.•.•••••••••••••• 25
Dual Tricycle Models •.••••••.•...••.•.•• 10 Installation .•.••••.•..•....•.••••• , • . • .• 26
Disassembly-Control Valve .••.••.••••.••••.. 10
Inspection-Control Valve ..••.••.•.•••••••.. 11 ADJUSTMENTS ............................. 26
Reassembly-Control Valve •...••.•.•.•••••.• 11 Toe-In •••••••••.•..•.•••••..••••••.••••• 26
Disassembly-Cyl i nder ..••...•••.•..••••••.• 11 Drag Link ••.••••.•.•••••••..•••••••.••••• 26
Inspection-Cylinder .••.•.••.••.•.••••••••• 12 Steering Axle Wheel Bearings-Row Crop Models 27
Reassembly-Cylinder ..••••••.••.•..••••••.• 12 Steering Axle Wheel Bearings-
Installation ..•.•••.••••.•••.•••.••••••••••• 12 Dual Tricycle Models .••••.••••••••••••••.. 27
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models ..••••. 12 Axle Pivot Pin End-Play- MF 150 ........... 27
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and Axle Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 165 and MF 175. 27
MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models •••••••••••••• 13 Steering Gear Housing ..................... 28
Steering Valve............................ 28
PEDESTAl SHAH ............................ 13
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models . • •• • •• .• 13 SPECiFiCATIONS........................... 29
Removal ••.•••••••••••••••••••••••.••. 13,14
Inspection ••••.••••.••••••••••••••••..•• 14 TROUBlE-SHOOTING ...................... 30

This Part of the Manual contains the recommended removal, overhaul and installa-
tion procedures that should be taken when servicing the steering system on the MF
150, 165 and 175 Tractars.
Determine the possible cause of any malfunction by consulting the "Trouble-Shoot-
ing" Section of this Manual before any attempt is made ta repair the system. Follow-
ing this practice will result in more accurate maintenance of the steering system and
will aid in preventing unnecessary repairs.

Printed in U.S.A: 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP-
Diesel Model
FILLING THE RESERVOIR
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
2. Remove fiUer plug and fill reservoir with
oil conforming to MF Specification M-1110 un-
til oillevel is even with the fiUer opening.
3. Replace fiUer plug, start engine and
operate steering wheel in both directions to
insure the entire system is fiUed.
4. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
5. Repeat these operations until the oillevel
remains even with the fiUer opening.
REMOVING THE PUMP
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
2. Dis conne ct hydraulic lines, remove
mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractar
and plug ports and lines.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump)
and thoroughly clean the mounting surfaces.
Fig. 1 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump -
MF 165 & MF 175 - Diesel
2
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
INST ALLING THE PUMP
Refer to Figs. 1 and 2.
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
pump mounting surface on timing gear housing
and place new pump gasket into position.
2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and instaU
mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to 28-32 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
3. Remove plugs from ports and Unes. Con-
nect return line ta its respective port. Install
oil pressure gauge between pump and pressure
line.
4. Fill the reservoir through the fiUer open-
ing with oil conforming ta MF Specification
M-ll10 until it is even with the fiUer opening.
Install fiUer plug.
5. With the engine running, check pressure
gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
1500 psi. If the pressure reading is correct,
proceed ta Step 6. If incorrect, perform the
foUowing:
NOTE: If the Tractor being serviced
is an MF 150, the relief valve must be
replaced. Tighten new valve to 40-50
ft. -lbs. torque.
a. If relief valve has not been disassem-
bled, shut off engine. Disassemble,
clean and reassemble the relief valve.
'"-----/
Fig. 2 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

2. Place drive gear, Fig. 4, between two

blocks of wood in a vise. Remove nut from
shaft.

3. Remove drive gear and key.

4. Remove pump from vise and rem ove the

capscrews securing back cover, Fig. 4, to
housing.

NOTE: Place an identifying mark on

FI LTER back co ver and on housing to ensure
SPRING-O
proper reassembly.

5. Remove the two gears from the housing.

6. Using a brass welding rod, remove dia-

phragm, Nylatron gasket, protector gasket and
"V" seal, Fig. 4.

7. If poppet assembly is to be removed, re-

move poppet seat, ball and spring, Fig. 4.

NOTE: Count the number of turns

made when removing the seat. This
must be installed with the same num-
ber of turns.
Fig.3 - Disassembling the Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel
8. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve
has been experienced. The valve should then
Run engine and adjust plug until reading be removed and replaced with a new one.
is correct. Tighten valve to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.

b. If relief valve has been disassembled, NOTE: Relief valve is serviced as an

adjust plug until pressure reading is assembly only.
correct.

6. Shut off engine, remove pressure gauge Inspection

and conne ct line.
7. Install new Welch plug (if applicable).
8. Remove fiUer plug and refiU the reser-
voir to maintain the fluid level even with the
fiUer opening. Replace fiUer plug.
1. Replace filter element, "O"-rings, gas-
kets, diaphragm, "V" seal and jam nut with new
parts.
2. Inspect facing surfaces of cover plate and
housing for scoring and rough surfaces.

3. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-

SERVICING THE PUMP-MF 150 way and for excessive wear in bearing areas.

Disassembly· 4. Inspect gears for nicked or broken teeth.

1. Remove the four retaining screws, Fig. Reassembly

3, and remove the reservoir.
Refer to Fig. 4.

NOTE: At this time, the filter, filter 1. If poppet assembly has been removed,
spring and reservoir "0 If-ring may be reinstall into its proper place in housing. (See
removed. Fig. 3.)

Printed in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF ISO, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

POPPET SEAT

t
•
ô __ POPPET BALL
DRIVE GEAR
1- POPPET SPRI NG ~

ot FILTER
"O"-RING
I/KE, T T T
IDLER GE AR
SPRING

•
FILTER

RESERVOIR
"O"-RING
+ /
DIAPHRAGM
~'
t(~\
'-~ ~'

"

/
NYLATRON GASKET,
PROTECTOR GASKET
& "V" SEAL

Fig. 4 - Disassembled View of Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel

2. Install new "V" seal, with the open part
of the seal facing down, into back cover.
3. Install new protector gasket, Nylatron
gasket and diaphragm over "V" seal.
NOTE: Install diaPhragm with
BRONZE FACE UP and with slots in
diaPhragm on suction side of pump.
6. Install key into keyway and position drive
gear into place on shaft. Secure with new nut.
Tighten to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque and "stake" the
nut.
7. Position filter (with "O"-ring) and spring
into place on housing.
8. Install new reservoir "O"-ring.

4. Slide gear and shaft into position in hous- 9. Apply a light coating of petroleum jelly
ing and install idler gear into its place in hous- to the inner edge of the reservoir and install
ing. the reservoir.

NOTE: The paint mark on the end of

the idler gear shaft is installed facing
down. SERVICING THE PUMP-MF J65 and MF J75

5. Install back cover. Tighten bolts evenly Disassembly

to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Refer to Fig. 5.
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re-
mains within its seat in "v" seal. 1. Remove reservoir retaining nut and

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

(23)
22 'sai,..!!' l'
21 ~~

19
/
/'

~~~ ~
Vll4 :~~15""
Fig. 5 - Exploded View of Steering Pump - MF 165 & MF 175 - Diesel
1. Pump Assembly 5. Reservoir "O"-Ring 9. Spring Seoting Cup 13. Body Seal 17. Beorings (4) 21. Oil Seol
2. Pump·to·Engine Gosket 6. Spring Retaining Pin 10. Filter Element 14. Center Body 18. Following Gear 22- Drive End Body
/~
3. Drive Pin ion 7. Center Stud 11. Reservai r Retoi ner 15. Relief Valve 19. Key 23. Body Bolts
4. Reservoir 8. Spri ng 12. Reservoir End Body 16. Body Seol 20. Leading Gear and Shaft 24. Body Front Seol

washer. Lift reservoir, No. 4, and "O"-ring, 7. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
No. 5, from reservoir end body, No. 12. manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not
be disassembled unless a malfunction of the
2. Remove filter element, spring seating valve has been experienced. The valve may
cup, spring, center stud and spring retaining then be disassembled by removing the Welch
pin, Nos. 10, 9, 8, 7 and 6, from housing. Re- plug and removing the valve components.
move reservoir retainer, No. 11.

3. Remove drive pinion and key, Nos. 3 and Inspection

19, from shaft.
1. Filter element, snap rings, bearings,
4. Remove body boUs, No. 23, securing gaskets and seals are to be replaced with new
drive end body, No. 22, and center body, No. parts.
14, to reservoir end body.
2. Check the OLD filter element for evi-
5. Separate housings and remove bearings, dence of metal particles and other foreign ma-
No. 17, leading gear, No. 20, and following terials which may indicate future mechanical
gear, No. 18. failure within the system.

6. Remove body seals, Nos. 13, 16 and 24,

and oil seal, No. 21. (MF 175 Tractor pump 3. Inspect the facing surfaces of the pump
has a gasket located behind seal, No. 24, that bodies for scratches.
must be removed.)

4. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-

NOTE: Do not remove ail seal, No. 21, way and for excessive wear in the bearing
unless rePlacement is necessary. areas.

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

Reassemb/y

Refer to Fig. 5.

1. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3

form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
in drive end body, No. 22. Press new seal into
position (flush to surface of bore) and stake in
three places.

NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal

was not removed.

2. Install new seals, Nos. 13, 16 and 24.

NOTE: If MF 175 is being serviced,

a new gasket must be installed behind
seal, No. 24.
Fig. 6 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump -
MF 150,165& 175 - Gas
3. Install new bearings, No. 17, leading
gear, No. 20, and following gear, No. 18.
Place pump bodies, Nos. 22, 14 and 12, in
their proper sequence and install bolts, No. 23. M-ll1O until oil level is even with "FULL'f
mark.
4. Install drive pinion and key, Nos. 3 and
19, onto shaft, No. 20. 3. Replace cover, start engine and operate
steering wheel in both directions to insure the
5. Install reservoir retainer, No. 11. Po- entire system is filled. Position front wheels
sition filter element, No. 10, spring seating in a straight forward direction and shut off
cup, No. 9, spring, No. 8, and spring retaining engine.
pin, No. 6, in place on center stud, No. 7, and
install stud into reservoir retainer, No. 11. 4. Repeat these operations until the oillevel
remains ev en with the "FULL" mark.
6. Install new "O"-ring, No. 5, and position
reservoir onto reservoir end body. Install re..:
taining nut and washer. REMOVAL

7. If the relief valve assembly, No. 15, has Refer to Fig. 6.

been removed, reinstall the assembly; less the
Welch plug. (Final adjustment is to be made 1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
during test. ) ward direction and shut off engine.

8. Rotate the drive gear by hand to check 2. Disconnect h y d r au 1 i c lines, remove

for freedom of movement. The pump should
have a certain amount of drag but should rotate
freely after a short period of turning.
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING
PUMP-Gasoline Madel
FILLING THE RESERVOIR
mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractor and
plug ports and lines.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from -tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump)
and thoroughly clean the mounting surface.
DISASSEMBL y

1. Position front wheels in a straight for- Refer to Figs. 7 and 8.

ward direction and shut off engine.
1. Remove cover bolt, cover and gasket
from reservoir.
2. Remove reservoir cover and fill reser-
voir with oil conforming to MF Specification 2. Remove filter element, gasket, reservoir

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

COVEH

~RELI~F
VAT"VE
FRONT PLATE
o

DRIVE
GEAR

Fig.7 - Disassembling the Steering Pump - Fig. 8 - Di sassembled View of Steering Pump -
MF 150, 165 & 175 - Gas MF 150, 165 & 175 - Gas

seat core, the capscrew securing the reservoir INSPECTION

to the pump body and the reservoir.
1. Replace filter element, gaskets, seals,
3. Remove "O"-ring, spring and bail from di aphragm, "O"-rings, and spring and ball,
housing. Fig. 8, with new parts.

4. Place pump body in a holding fixture and
rem ove nut from drive gear shaft. Remove
drive gear and key.
5. Remove bolts securing front plate to
housing. Separate front plate from housing and
remove idler gear and lead gear and shaft as-
sembly.
6. Remove diaphragme Remove spring and
ball from suction side of front plate.
2. Inspect facing surfaces of front plate and
housing for scratches.
3. Inspect drive gear and shaft for broken
keyway.
4. Check the OLD filter element for evi-
dence of metal particles and other foreign ma-
terials which may indicate future mechanical
failure within the system.

7. Remove back-up gasket, gasket protector REASSEMBLY

and diaphragm seal from front plate.
Refer to Figs. 7 and 8.

8. If the lead gear shaft oil seal shows evi-
dence of leakage, remove the seal from the
front plate.
9. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve
has been experienced. It will then be necessary
to rem ove the relief valve and install a new
one. Tighten to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque upon in-
stallation.
1. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3
form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
in front plate. Press new seal into position
(flush to surface of bore) and stake in three
places.
NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal
was not removed.
2. Install new diaphragm seal into front
plate with the "open" part of the seal facing the
DRNE GEAR.

NOTE: Relief valve is serviced as an 3. Install new gasket protector, followed by

assembly only. new back-up gasket, over diaphragm seal.

Printed in U.S.A. 7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF ISO, 165 & 175 TRACTORS
4. Drop new ball and new spring into hole on
suction side of front plate and place new dia-
phragm on top of gasket.
NOTE: The two notches in diaPhragm
must go on suction side of pump and
bronze side of diaPhragm must face
upward.
5. Instalilead gear and shaft into front plate
and place idler gear into front plate with paint-
ed (or marked) end of shaft toward the DRIVE
GEAR.
6. Install front plate. Tighten bolts evenly
to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re-
mains within ifs groove in front plate.
7. Install new "0" -ring, Fig. 7, ball and
spring.
8. Install reservoir seat core and gasket
onto reservoir. Fasten reservoir onto housing
with capscrew and washer. Tighten core and
capscrew to 10-15 ft.-Ibs. torque.
9. Install key into its groove and slide drive
gear over shaft. Install nut and washer. Tight-
en to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque.
10. Rotate the drive gear by hand to check
for freedom of movement. The pump should
have a certain amount of drag but should rotate
freely after a short period of turning.
INSTALLA TION
Refer to Fig. 6.
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
pump mounting surface of timing gear housing
and place new pump gasket into position.
2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and install
mounting bolts. Tighten to 30-35 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con-
nect return line to its respective port. Tighten
to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque. Install oil pressure
gauge between pump and pressure line.
4. Install new filter element and fill reser-
voir with oil conforming to MF Specification
8
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
M-1110 until oillevel is even with the "FULL"
mark. Install reservoir caver.
5. Start engine and turn steering wheel to
extreme left and right. Shut off engine and re-
check oil level. It must remain at the "FULL"
mark.
6. With engine running, check pressure
gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
1500 psi. If the pressure reading is correct
proceed to Step 7. If incorrect, remove the
relief valve and install a new one. Tighten
valve to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
7. Shut off engine and remove pressure
gauge. Conne ct pressure line. Tighten to 20-
30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
8. Remove reservoir cover to check for
correct fluid level. Maintain fluid level even
with "FULL" mark. Replace reservoir cover.
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER AND VALVE
REMOVAL
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Mode/s
Two different types of steering arrangements
are used on the MF 165 and MF 175 Tractors
havingthe Row Crop front axle. Therefore the
removal, installation and adjustment proce-
dures of the cylinder and valve will differ. Re-
fer to Figs. 9 and 11, which show these two
steering arrangements and follow the appropri-
ate procedures for the Tractor being serviced.
ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 9
Refer to Figs. 9 and 10.
1. Remove grille door, grille and side
panels.
2. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Plug
ports.
3. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 5,
securing steering arm link, No. 4, to the upper
steering arm, No. 9.
4. Disconnect drag link, No. 8, and remove
snap ring, No. 11.
5. Remove upper arm from pedestal shaft.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

8. To separate the main arm from the cyl-

inder and valve assembly, remove the two bolts
from the head end of the cylinder and remove
the cylinder pivot pin.

ARRANGEMENT AS SHaWN IN FIG. 11

1. Remove grille door, grille and side

panels.

2. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Plug

ports.

3. Remove swivel and link assembly, No. 4.

4. Disconnect drag link, No. 6, and remove

snap ring, No. 10, and shim, No. 11.
Fig. 9 - Steering Cylinder and Volve
1. Anchor Pin 5. Clevis Pin & 8. Drog Link End
2. Return Line Catter Pin 9. Upper Steering Arm 5. Back out setscrew, No. 7, a sufficient
3. Pressure Line 6. Pivot Pin 10. Main Arm
4. Steering Arm Link 7. Setscrew 11. Snop Ring number of turns to allow the upper steering
arm, No. 5, to be removed. Remove upper
arme

6. Remove cotter pin securing cylinder an-
chor pin, No. 1, in place and remove the an-
chor pin. Using a punch, carefully drive cyl-
inder rod in far enough to clear the flange on
the axIe support.
NOTE: Driving the rad in will force
ail out the cylinder port.
7. Loosen the clamp bolt securing the main
steering arm, No. 10, Fig. 9, to the pedestal
shaft and remove the cylinder, valve and main
arm as shown in Fig. 10.
6. Remove cylinder anchor pin, No. 1. Us-
ing a punch, carefully drive the cylinder rod in
far enough to clear the flange on the axIe sup-
port.
7. Remove the cylinder, valve and main
arm, No. 9, from the pedestal shaft.
8. To separate the main arm from the cyl-
inder and valve assembly, remove the two bolts
from the head end of the cylinder and remove
the cylinder pivot pin.

Fig. 11 - Steering Cylinder and Volve

1. Anchor Pin 5. Upper Steering Arm 6. Locknut
2. Return Line 6. Drog Link End 9. Main Arm
3. Pressure Line 7. Setscrew 10. Snop Ring
Fig. 10 - Remaving Cylinder and Volve Assembly 4. Swivel and Link 11. Shim

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GiROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

5. Remove capscrews securing cylinder

support, No. 1, to the axle support.
6. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 4.

7. Remove clamp bolts, No. 6.

8. Drive out the pin as shown in Fig. 13, and

lift the valve and cylinder assembly from the
axl.e support.

9. To separate the cylinder from the cylin-

der support, drive out the pin, No. 8, Fig. 12.

DISASSEMBL y -Control Valve

Fig. 12 - Steering Cylinder and Valve Refer to Fig. 14.

1. Cylinder Support 4. Cotter Pin & 6. Clamp Bolts
2. Return Line Clevis Pin 7. Grille Plate
3. Pressure Line 5. Pivot Pin 8. Pin 1. Place cylinder assembly in a holding fix-
ture. Locate a hole in the spool by pulling the
spool against the spring pressure and rotating
it at the same time. Once located, insert a
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 small punch through the return port (nearer
and MF 165 Dual Tricycle Mode/s head end of cylinder) and into the hole in the
valve spool.
Refer to Figs. 12 and 13.
2. Remove valve linkage end, No. 14, by
1. Remove hood cap, grille and side panels unscrewing it from the valve spool. Remove
as an assembly. punch.

2. Remove grille plate, No. 7, Fig. 12. 3. Remove oil seal, No. 7.

3. Turn the steering wheel to its extreme
left position to align pivot pin, No. 5, with the
notch in the axl.e support.
4. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3.
4. Remove screws, No. 1, and remove cap,
No. 2, and dust seal, No. 3.
5. Push valve spool, No. 8, out the end of
the valve body.

Fig. 14 - Exploded View of Valve Assembly

1. Screw 6. Volve Body En d Cap 1O. Woshers
2. Cap 7. Oil Seol 11. Spring
3. Dust Seol 8. Spool 12. Retaining Ring
4. "O"·Ring 9. "O"_Ring 13. "Qu_Ring
Fig. 13 - Remaving Cylinder Pivot Pin 5. Steel Boil s (2) 14. Volve Linkage End

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

6. Remove retaining ring, No. 12, and allow
washers and spring, Nos.. 10 and 11, to fall
from the valve body.
7. Remove "O"-rings, Nos. 4, 9 and 13.
body and new "O"-rings, Nos. 9 and 13, onto
valve spool and linkage end.
2. Place new washer, spring and washer
over end of spool and install linkage end, No.
14. Tighten securely.

INSPECTION-Control Valve 3. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic

oil to the valve spool and carefully install spool
1. Replace "O"-rings and oil seal with new into housing from the linkage end.
parts. Thoroughly clean and dry all other parts
of the valve. 4. Secure in place with retaining ring,
No. 12.
2. Inspect components for nicks and
scratches. 5. INSU RE THAT ALL PAINT AND BURRS
ARE REMOVED FROM LINKAGE. Using a
3. Check spring and replace if broken. driver, carefully install new oil seal, No. 7.

4. Remove all paint and burrs from valve 6. Install dust seal and cap, Nos. 3 and 2.
linkage end.

DISASSEMBL y -Cylinder
RfASSEMBL y -C ontrol Valve
Refer to Fig. 15.
Refer to Fig. 14.
1. Remove retaining bolts. Remove valve
1. Install new "O"-ring, No. 4, into valve body end cap, No. 3, and oil tube, No. 8.

Fig. 15 - Exploded View of Cylinder Assembly

1. Oust Seal 4. Pi ston Assem bly 7. Back·Up Washer 10. Back·Up Washcr 13. Back·Up Washer
2. "TH·Ring 5. Spring 8. Oil Tube 11. "OH-Ring 14. "0" ·Ring
3. Valve Body End Cop 6. "0" ·Ring 9. Cylinder End Cap 12. PistanTube 15. Pi ston Rin gs

Printed in 1 !.S.A, 11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS
NOTE: Ensure that sjJring, No. 5, be-
hindthe ail tube is not lost.
2. Carefully remove piston assembly, No. 4,
from piston tube, No. 12.
3. Remove piston tube from cylinder end
cap, No. 9, and remove "O"-ring and back-up
washer, Nos. 11 and 10, from end cap.
4. Remove "O"-ring and back-up washer,
Nos. 14 and 13, from piston tube and rem ove
piston rings, No. 15.
5. Remove "O"-ring and back-up washer,
Nos. 6 and 7, from each end of ail tube.
6. Remove dust seal, No. 1, and "T"-ring,
No. 2, from valve body end cap.
INSPECTION-Cylinder
1. Thoroughly clean all parts of the cylin-
der •. The dust seal, "T"-ring, "O"-rings and
back-up washers are ta be replaced with new
parts.
2. Inspect piston assembly and piston tube
for scratches and excessive wear.
REASSEMBLY-Cylinder
Refer to Fig. 15.
1. Lubricate ail "Oft-rings in clean hydrau-
lie ail. Install new back-up washer, No. 10,
followed by new "O"-ring, No. 11, onto cylin-
der end cap, No. 9.
2. Install new back-up washer, No. 13, fol-
lowed by new "O"-ring, No. 14, onto piston
tube, No. 12.
3. Install new back-up washer, No. 7, fol-
lowed by new "0" -ring No. 6, onto each end of
ail tube, No. 8.
4. Install new "T"-ring, No. 2, followed by
new dust seal, No. 1, into valve body end cap,
No. 3.
NOTE: Install dust seal as shawn in
cut-away view in Fig. 15.
5. Lubricate the sealing areas and inside
diameter of the piston tube and insert the piston
tube into the valve body end cap.
12
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
6. Install piston rings, No. 15, and apply a
light coating of clean hydraulic oïl to piston and
rad.
7. Very carefully insert piston assembly
into end cap and piston tube.
NOTE: Piston rings must be com-
pressed.
8. Place spring, No. 5, into valve body end
cap and insert ail tube, No. 8.
9. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic
ail ta sealing are a of cylinder end cap, No. 9,
and install end cap.
10. Install retaining bolts. Tighten evenly
to 8-12 ft.-lbs. torque.
INSTALLA TION
MF J65 and MF J75 Row Crop Models
ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 9
1. Position main arm, No. 10, in place and
install cylinder pivot pin, No. 6. Install the
two clamp boIts and tighten to 47 -53 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
2. Slide cylinder and lower arm into place,
aligning master spline on pedestal shaft with
that on main arme
3. After cylinder is in place, turn front
wheels ta the left to force the piston rad
through the flange on the axle support.
4. Install cylinder anchor pin, No. 1, and
secure with cotter pin.
5. Tighten clamp boit on main arm to 47 -53
ft.-Ibs. torque.
6. Install upper arm, No. 9, in plac~ and
secure with snap ring, No. 11.
7. Connect steering arm link, No. 4, to up-
per arme
8. Connect drag link, No. 8, and hases, Nos.
2 and 3. Tighten hase fittings ta 18-28 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
9. Refer to the appropriate sub-heading (Gas
or Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fiU the
reservoir.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

10. Refer to the heading "Adjustments- 4. Connect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Tighten to
Steering Valve-MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop 18-28 ft.-lbs. torque.
Models" and adjust the steering valve.
5. Install grille plate, No. 7.

ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 11
1. Position main arm, No. 9, in place and
install cylinder pivot pin. Install the two clamp
bolts and tighten to 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque.
2. Slide cylinder and lower arm into place,
aligning master spline on pedestal shaft with
that on main arme
3. After cylinder is in place, turn front
wheels to the left to force the piston rod
through the flange on the axle support.
6. Install hood cap, grille and side panels
as an assembly.
7. Refer to the appropriate sub-heading (Gas
or Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fill the
reservoir.
8. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
Steering Valve-MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150
and MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models" and adjust
the steering valve.

4. Install cylinder anchor pin, No. 1. PEDESTAL SHAFT

5. Install upper arm, No. 5, and ONE shim,
No. 11, and secure in place with snap ring,
No. 10.
6. Check pedestal shaft end-play. End-play
should not exceed .040" clearance. (Add addi-
tional shims as required.)
7. Install swivel and link assembly, No. 4.
8. Connect drag link, No. 6, and hoses,
Nos. 2 and 3. Tighten hose fittings to 18-28
ft.-lbs. torque.
MF J65 AND MF J75 ROW CROP MODELS
Two different types of pedestal shafts are
used on the MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
Tractors. Therefore, the removal and instal-
lation procedures of the pedestal shaft will dif-
fer. Refer to Figs. 16 and 17, which show
these two steering arrangements, and follow
the appropriate procedures for the Tractor be-
ing serviced.
Removal (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J6)

9. Refer to the appropriate heading (Gas or 1. Refer to the appropriate removal proce-
Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fill the dures as outlined in the heading "Hydraulic
reservoir. Cylinder And Valve-MF 165 And MF 175 Row

10. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-

Steering Valve-MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
Models" and adjust the steering valve.

MF J50 Row Crop and MF 150 and

MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models

Refer to Fig. 12.

1. Position cylinder and valve assembly into

place and install cylinder support, No. 1, to
axle support. Tighten bolts to 47 -53 ft.-lbs.
torque.

2. Align holes and install pivot pin, No. 5,

~', through the bottom. Install clamp bolts and
tighten to 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque.

3. Install clevis pin and cotter pin, No. 4. Fig. 16 - Preparing for Pedestal Shaft Removal

Printed .n U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, 165 & J75 TRACTORS
Fig. 17 - Preporing for Pedestal Shaft Removal
Crop Models" and remove the cylinder and
valve assembly.
2. Remove the clamp boIt securing the low-
er steering arm to the pedestal shaft and re-
move the arm from the shaft.
3. Carefully remove the shaft from the axle
support.
Removal (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J7)
1. Dis conne ct tie rods at the lower arme
2. Remove the snap ring from the top of the
shaft and carefully remove the shaft.
Inspection
1. Clean the pedestal shaft and check for
wear and damage.
2. Inspect upper and lower bushings in axle
support. If bushings need replacing, press out
old bushings and press in new bushings.
3. Using special taol MFN182, line ream the
top and bottam bushings as shown in Fig. 18.
(Bushings must be line reamed to ~~i inch.) î:
Installation (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J6)
1. Apply a light coating of grease to the in-
14
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 18 - Line Reaming the Pedestal Shah Bushings
side diameter of the bearings and to the entire
diameter of the pedestal shaft.
2. Carefully insert pedestal shaft through
the top of the axle support, while at the same
time, piloting the shaft into the lower steering
arme
NOTE: Master splines must align.
3. Install the clamp boIt and tighten se-
curely.
4. Refer ta the appropriate installation pro-
cedures as outlined in the heading "Hydraulic
Cylinder And Valve-MF 165 And MF 175 Row
Crop Models" and install the cylinder and valve
assembly.
Installation (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J7)
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the in-
side diameter of the bearings and to the entire
diameter of the pedestal shaft.
2. Carefully insert the pedestal shaft
through the bottom of the axle support and into
the main and upper steering arms.
NOTE: Master sPline on pedestal
shaft must align with master sPline on
main steering arm.
3. Install shim and snap ring. ..~
4. Conne ct tie rods to the lower arme
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

3. Disconnect the drag link, No. 2, at the

valve connecting arm, No. 3, and position it
out of the way.

4. Remove the clamp boIt securing the lower

steering arm to the pedestal shaft.

5. Remove the mounting boIts securing the

pedestal shaft housing, No. 1, Fig. 19, in place
and remove the pedestal shaft assembly as
shown in Fig. 20.

Disassemb'y
1. Remove the dust seal from the bottom of
the pedestal shaft and the snap ring from the
Fig. 19 - Preparing tor Pedestal Shatt Removal top of the shaft.
1. Pedestal Shaft Housing 2. Drag Link 3. Valve Connecling Arm

2. Remove the grease fittings and place the

assembly in a press. Remove the shaft as
shown in Fig. 21.
MF 150 ROW CROP AND MF 150 AND
MF 165 DUAL TRICYCLE MODELS 3. To remove the adjusting pin, screw it
through and out of the valve connecting arme
Removal
4. Do not remove the bushings from the
Refer to Fig. 19. components unless their condition warrants re-
placement.
1. Refer to the removal procedures as out-
lined in the heading "Hydraulic Cylinder And
Valve-MF 150 Row Crop And MF 150 And MF
165 Dual Tricycle Models" on Page 10 and re-
move the cylinder and valve assembly.

2. Remove the left, rear side panel and dis-

conne ct the drag link at the levershaft.

Fig. 20 - Removing the Pedestal Shaft Assembly Fig. 21 - Removing Pedestal Shah from Housing

Prinled in U.S.A. 15
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

Inspection connecting arme Place the valve connecting

arm and the cylinder connecting arm into the
1. Clean aH parts thoroughly and inspect housing.
them for wear or damage.
3. Carefully insert the pedestal shaft into
2. If bushings must be replaced, press in the housing assembly while at the same time
and ream as follows: positioning the master spline on the shaft so it
is BETWEEN holes "A" and "B" on the cylin-
der connecting arme See Fig. 22.

Bushing Location Finished Diameter Line Ream 4. After the shaft is properly timed ta the
Pedestal Shaft 90° to cylinder connecting arm, and partially started,
Housing - Upper 1..5005 ta 1..50 15 casting faces place the assembly in a press and press the
Pedestal Shaft 90° to shaft inta place.
Hausing - Lower 1.8755 ta 1.8765 casti ng faces
Valve Cannecting Arm - 90° ta
Upper and Lower 1. .5005 ta 1..50 15 casting faces 5. Install snap ring, dust seal and grease
Cyl (nder Connecti ng Arm as i s none required fittings.

Installation
Reassembly
1. Carefully insert pedestal shaft assembly
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the through the top of the axle support, while at the
bushings and ta the entire diameter of the ped- same time piloting the shaft into the lower
estal shaft. steering arme

2. Install the adjusting pin into the valve

NOTE: The master sPline on the low-
er steering arm must be positioned to
the EXTREME RIGHT (while facing
the Tractor) of the master sPline on
the pedestal shaft. See Fig. 23.

FRONT OF TRACTOR

Fig.22 - Pedestal Shaft Correctly Timed Fig. 23 - Pedestal Shaft Correctly Timed
to Cyli'llder Connecting Arm to Lower Steering Arm

16
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

2. Install the clamp boit on the lower steer- in the order in which certain procedures must
ing arm and the mounting boIts on the pedestal be performed.
shaft housing. Tighten ta 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque.
1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel
3. Connect the drag link to the valve con- model, proceed as follows:
necting arm and to the levershaft. Install left,
rear side panel. a. Remove left and right rear panels.

4. Refer to the installation procedures as b. Remove hood and hood cap as an as-
outlined in the heading "Hydraulic Cylinder And sembly.
Valve-MF 150 Row Crop And MF 150 And MF
165 Dual Tricycle Models" on Page 13, and in- c. Remove battery access door. Dis con-
stall the cylinder and valve assembly. nect and remove battery.

d. Remove steering wheel assembly.

SERVICING THE STEERING e. Close fuel shut-off valve and discon-
GEAR HOUSING nect fuel line, No. 1, Fig. 24.

PREPARATIONS FOR SERVICING f. Disconnect sending unit. Disconnect

STEERING GEAR HOUSING fuellines, Nos. 2 and 3, at the "T" fit-
ting. Remove fuel tank.
Although minor differences exist between the
MF 150, 165 and 175 Tractors, the basic oper- g. Disconnect fuel shut-off cable, No. 5,
ations that must be performed will be the same fuel cross-over rod, No. 6, and oil
for all three models. The differences will be pressure line, No. 9.

~.

Fig. 24 - Left-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine - MF 150

1. FJel Line 3. Fuel Line - 4. Woter Temperature Line 6. Fuel Cross·Over Rad 8. Bottery Ground Strop
2. Bleed·Bock Line Ta Fuel Tank 5. Fuel Sour·Off Cable 7. Drag Link End 9. Qil Pressure line

Printed in U.S.A. 17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS
Fig. 25 - Right-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine - MF 175
1. light Wires 2. Fuel lines - Ta Filte,
h. Remove battery ground strap, No. 8.
i. Drain enough coolant from the cooling
system ta allow water tempe rature line
to be disconnected and disconnect the
Une.
j. Discèmnect light wires, No. 1, Fig.
25, at the connectar. Disconnect wire
leading from fuse to connector.
k. Disconnect fuellines, No. 2, at the fuel
fiUer.
1. Disconnect safety switch wires, No. 3,
tachometer cable, No. 4, wires on gen-
erator, No. 5, and wire(s) on starter
solenoid. Di s conn e ct Multi-Power
linkage.
m. Remove mounting boUs securing in-
strument housing in place and rem ove
instrument housing.
18
G,ROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
3. Starter Safe1y Switch Wires 4. Tachometer Cable S. Wires - Tc Generator
2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso-
line model, proceed as follows:
a. Remove left and right rear panels.
b. Remove hood and hood cap as an as-
sembly.
c. Remove battery access door. Dis con-
nect and rem ove battery.
d. Remove steering wheel assembly.
e. Close fuel shut-off valve and discon-
nect fuelline, No. 1, Fig. 26.
f. Disconnect sen ding unit and remove
fuel tank.
g. Remove battery ground strap, No. 4.
h. Disconnect wires, No. 3, leading to
coil and to starter solenoid.
i. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 5.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

Fig. 26 - Left-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine - MF 150

1. Fue! Line 2. Water Temperature line 3. Wires - To Generotor and Solenoid 4. Bottery Grou nd SIrop 5. Multi-Power Linkage

j. Drain enough coolant from the cooling a. Position instrument housing in place
system to allow the water tempe rature and install mounting bolts.
line, No. 2, to be disconnected and
disconnect the line. b. Connect wire leading from fuse ta con-
nector and connect light wires, No. 1,
k. Disconnect light wires, No. 2, Fig. 27, Fig. 25, to!he light switch.
at the connector. Disconnect wire
leading from fuse to connector. c. Connect fuel lines, No. 2, starter
safety switch wires, No. 3, tachometer
1. Disconnect starter safety switch wires, cable, No. 4, wires to generator, No.
No. 3, spring to throttle linkage, No. 1, 5, and wire(s) to starter solenoid.
and oil pressure line, No. 4. Conne ct Multi-Power linkage.

m. Disconnect tachometer cable, No. 6, d. Conne ct oil pressure line, No. 9, Fig.
and wires on generator, No. 5. 24, battery ground strap, No. 8, fuel
cross-over rod, No. 6, fuel shut-off
n. Remove mounting bolts securing in- cable, No. 5, and water temperature
strument housing in place and remove line, No. 4.
instrument housing.
e. Install fuel tank, connect Hnes, Nos.
3 and 2, at the "T" fitting, and connect
hne, No. 1, at the fuel shut-off valve.
COMPLETING TRACTOR REASSEMBL y Connect fuel sending unit.

1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel

model, proceed as follows: f. Install steering wheel assembly.

Printed in U.S.A. 19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

Fig. 27 - Right-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine - MF 165

1. Spring te Hand Threttle 2. Li ght Wi res 3. Sterter Sefety Switch 4. Qil Pressure Line 5. Wires - To Gencrator 6. Tachometer Cable

g. Position battery ln place, connect bat- c. Connect starter safety switch wires,
tery using a negative ground and install No. 3, spring to throttle linkage, No.
battery access door. 1, oil pressure line, No. 4, tachometer
cable, No. 6, and wires on generator,
h. Install hood, hood cap and left and No. 5.
right rear panels.
d. Install battery ground strap, No. 4,
i. Fil! cooling system to the proper level. Fig. 26, connect wires, No. 3, leading
to coil and to starter solenoid and con-
j. Bleed the fuel system. nect Multi-Power linkage, No. 5.

k. Refer to the appropriate heading "Fill- e. Connect water temperature line, No. 2.
ing The Reservoir" and fil! the reser-
voir. f. Install fuel tank, connect sen ding unit
and fuelline, No. 1, and open fuel shut-
off valve.
2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso-
line model, proceed as follows: g. Install steering wheel assembly.

a. Position instrument housing in place h. Position battery in place, conne ct bat-

and install mounting bolts. tery using a negative ground and install
battery access door.

b. Connect wires, No. 2, Fig. 27, to the

light switch and conne ct wire leading i. Install hood, hood cap and left and
from fuse to the connector. right rear panels.

20
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

"0 "-RING------.....

SEp.TING C:;P - )0 00
BEA..'l.ING RP.CE ::~~:

WORM GEAR SHAFT

v,-r-
1""')
'~$--
~<~ ~-------BEARING R~CE

~ SEATING CUP

Fig. 28 - Removing the Levershatt Assembly

Fig. 30 - Steering Gear Nomenclature

j. Fill cooling system to the proper level. 4. Remove worm gear shaft, bearing races
and seating cups. See Fig. 30.
k. Refer to the heading "Filling The Res-
ervoir" and fill the reservoir. 5. Drive out oil seal and the two bushings
as shown in Fig. 31.

6. Thoroughly clean all parts and inspect

DISASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING for wear and damage.

1. Remove drag link from Pitman arma Re-

move Pitman arm from levershaft.
2. Remove gear housing side coyer and pull
levershaft from housing as shown in Fig. 28.
3. Remove column coyer, shims and "0"-
ring as shown in Fig. 29.
REASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING
1. Install levershaft bushings and ream to
provide 0.0005 to 0.003 inch clearance.
CLEAN THOROUGHLY AFTER REAMING.
See Fig. 32.

Fig. 29 - Removing the Column Caver Fig. 31 - Removing Oil Seal and Bushings

Printed in U.S.A. 21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS
Fig. 32 - Reaming Levershaft Bushings
2. fustalilevershaft oil seal.
3. fustall lower bearing seating cup into the
housing with the recess facing the worm gear.
4. fustall lower bearing race so the ball
bearings are seated in the cup.
5. Slide upper bearing race over the steer-
ing shaft with the ball bearings facing away
from the worm gear.
6. Slide the upper bearing seating cup over
the steering shaft, with the recess facing the
worm gear.
7. Carefully insert steering shaft assembly
into the housing until the end of the shaft rests
in the bearing race and the seating cup.
8. Replace bushing in column cover with a
new one and carefully slide column cover, with
original shim pack, over the steering shaft.
DO NOT install "0" -ring at this time.
9. fustall steering wheel assembly.
10. Attempt to pull up and push down on the
steering wheel to check for steering shaft end-
play.
NOTE: If end-Play is present, re-
rnove sufficient thickness of shims ta
place a slight drag on the shaft as it is
turned. (Shims are available in thick-
nesses of . 002", .003" and. 010".)
22
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 33 - Pitman Arm Correctly Insta lied Onta Levershaft
11. Remove steering wheel and column
cover. Position a lubricated "O"-ring into the
groove in the column cover. fustall column
cover and the adjusted shim pack onto the hous-
ing, being careful not to damage "O"-ring.
12. Lubricate levershaft and install it
through the bushings and the oil seaI.
13. Back the adjusting screw out of the side
cover a few turns and install side cover, using
a new gaske t.
14. fustall the Pitman arm, aligning the
timing marks. See Fig. 33.
15. Fill the gear housing with M-1129A oil
until it is even with the fiUer opening.
16. Adjust the steering gear as outlined in
the heading "Adjustments-Steering Gear Hous-
ing" •
SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
MF J50 ROW CROP MODfLS
Removal
1. Position wheels straight forward and shut
off engine.
2. Place a jack beneath the engine and dis-
connect the tie rods at the lower arme
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 34 - Front Axle Instolled on MF 150 Row Crop Tractor
3. Place a jack or stand beneath the axle
and rem ove the thrust plate and shims, Fig. 34.
4. Remove the mounting boUs securing the
front axle pivot support in place and remove
the support.
5. Carefully slide the axle assembly from
the Tractor.
Inspection
1. Inspect pivot pin bushings for wear. If
replacement is necessary, remove old bush-
ings, install new bushings and ream as follows:
Location Fini shed Diameter
Reer Pivot Pin Bushing 2.0015 to 2.0045 inches
Front Pivot Pin Bushing 1.8765 to 1.8795 inches
2. If the spindle bushings are to be replace d,
remove old bushings, press in new bushings
and line ream to 1. 249-1. 250 inches.
Installation
1. Carefully slide the axle assembly into
place.
2. Position the pivot support, Fig. 34, over
pivot pin and install mounting boUs.
Printed in U.S.A.
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
Fig. 35 - Preparing for Axle Removal
3. Refer to the sub-heading "Adjustments-
Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 150" and adjust the
end-play.
MF 165 AND MF 175 ROW CROP MODELS
There are two different types of pedestal
shaft assemblies used on the MF 165 and MF
175 Row Crop Tractors. Therefore, the re-
moval and installation procedures of the steer-
ing axle will differ •. Refer to Figs. 35 and 36.
which show these two steering arrangements,
and follow the appropriate procedures for the
Tractor being serviced.
Removal and Installation (Arrangement
as Shown in Fig. 35)
1. To remove the axle, proceed as follows:
a. Position wheels straight forward and
shut off engine. Place a jack beneath
the engine.
b. Disconnect tie rods at pedestal shaft
and crank.
c. Remove snap ring and shim from top
of pedestal shaft and carefully remove
shaft.
d. Place a jack or stand beneath the axle.
e. Remove hair pin and retaining pin se-
curing pivot pin in place.
23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

f. Using a sliding hammer, remove pivot

pin. Remove thrust washer and shims.

g. Use the jack beneath the engine to

raise the Tractar so the axle will clear
the axle support and remove the axle.

h. If pivot pin bushings are to be replaced,

remove old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream to 1.8765-
1. 8795 inches.

i. If spindle bushings are to be replaced,

remove old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream to 1. 249-1. 250
inches.

Fig. 36 - Preparing for Axle Removal

2. To install the steering axle, proceed as
follows:

a. Position axle in place and install pivot

pin LESS shims but WITH thrust wash-
er. Secure with retaining pin and hair
pin.
b. Refer ta heading "Adjustments-Pivot
Pin End-Play-MF 165 And MF 175"
and proceed as directed.
c. Apply a light coating of grease to ped-
estaI shaft and install pedestal shaft,
aligning master spline on shaft with
master spline on main steering arme
Install shim and snap ring.
d. Connect tie rods.
e. Check pedestal shaft end-play. End-
play should not exceed 0.040" clear-
ance. (Add additional shims as re-
quired. )
f. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
Steering Valve" and check (and adjust
if necessary) the steering valve.
follows:
remove clamp bolt and remove lower
arme
c. Remove hair pin and retaining pin (or
setscrew and jam nut) securing pivot
pin in place.
d. Using a sliding hammer, remove pivot
pin. Remove thrust washer and shims.
e. Remove the axle from the Tractor.
f. If pivot pin bushings are to be replaced,
press out old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream to 1.8765-
1. 8795 inches.
g. If spindle bushings are to be replaced,
press out old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream ta 1. 249-1. 250
inches.
2. To install the steering axle, proceed as

a. Position axle in place and install pivot

Removal and Installation (Arrangement pin LESS shims but WITH thrust wash-
as Shown in Fig. 36) er. Secure with retaining pin and hair
pin (or setscrew and jam nut).
1. To remove the axle, proceed as follows:
b. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
a. Position wheels straight forward, shut Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 165 And 175"
off engine and place a jack beneath the and proceed as directed.
engine.
c. Install lower arm onto pedestal shaft '-----./
(aligning master splines) and secure
b. Disconnect tie rods at the lower arm, with clamp bolt. Connect tie rods.

24
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 37 - Removing the Axle Pedestal Assembly
DUAL TRICYCLE MODELS
Removal
1. Remove bumper and weights (if installed).
2. Place a jack beneath the engine and re-
move the clamp boIt securing the lower steer-
ing arm to the pedestal shaH.
3. Remove the mounting boIts securing the
lower axle support to the upper axle support.
4. Carefully raise the jack far enough to lift
the pedestal shaft out of the lower steering arm
as shown in Fig. 37.
NOTE: The axle pedestal must be
held ta prevent it fram falling.
5. Remove the assembly from the Tractor.
Disassembly
1. Remove the wheels.
2. Remove boIt, No. 3, Fig. 38, lockwasher
and washer.
3. Remove clamp boIt, No. 2, and remove
arms, Nos. 1 and 4, from the axle pedestal
shaft.
4. Remove the mounting bolts securing the
axle pedestal assembly to the lower axle sup-
port and separate the two components.
Printed in U.S.A.
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
Fig. 38 - Preparing to Disassemble the Axle Pedestal
1. Lower Steering Arm 3. Boit
2. Clamp Boit 4. Axle Pedestal Shah Arm
5. Separate the axle pedestal shaft assembly
from the housing.
6. Remove oil seal, bearing cone and bear-
ing cup from each end of the housing.
7. If the axle spindle is to be replaced, re-
move the cotter pin and the slotted nut from the
end of the shaH.
8. Clean aU components thoroughly.
Reassembly
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the en-
tire surface of the axle pedestal shaft.
2. If shaH was removed, reinstaU and se-
cure in place with slotted nut and cotter pin.
3. Slide new oil seaI foUowed by new bear-
ing cone over shaft. Pack cone with wheel
bearing grease.
4. Pack the "spindle end" of the housingwith
1 oz. of wheel bearing grease and install the
bearing cup.
5. Install new bearing cup oil seal and bear-
ing cone into "top" ofaxle pedestal housing.
Pack bearing cone with wheel bearing grease.
6. Carefully slide housing over shaft, being
careful not to damage seals and bearings.
25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS
NOTE: The limit stop on the housing
must be jacing the jrant when the as-
sembly is installed. Also, the axle
pedestal shajt must be forward of the
spindle shajts. (MF Part No. should
be in front.)
7. Install lower axle support arms, Nos~ 1
and 4, Fig. 3B, aligning master spline on arm,
No. 4, with master spline on axle pedestal
shaft. Install clamp boit, No. 2.
B. Install washer, lockwasher and boit, No.
3. Tighten sufficiently to remove all bearing
end-play and lock into position.
9. Install wheels.
Installation
1. Position the assembly beneath the Trac-
tor and CAREFULLY lower the Tractor far
enough to start the pedestal shaft inta the lower
steering arme
NOTE: The master sPline on the low-
er steering arm must be positioned ta
the EXTREME RIGHT (while facing
the Tractor) of the master sPline on
the pedestal shajt. See Fig. 39.
FRONT OF TRACTOR
Fig. 39 - Pedestal Shah Correctly Timed
to the Lower Steeri n9 Arm
26
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
2. Align the lower axle support with the up-
per rude support and lower the Tractor just far
enough to start the mounting bolts •.
3. After mounting bolts are started, lower
the Tractor and tighten the mounting bolts se-
curely.
4. Ensure that lower steering arm is in the
proper place and tighten the clamp bolt to 47 -53
ft.-Ibs. torque.
5. Install bumper and weights (if equipped).
ADJUSTMENTS
TOE-IN
1. With the front wheels in a straight ahead
position, measure between the tire rib centers
(at hub height) at both the front and rear of the
wheels. The front measurement should be from
0" to 9/16" less than the rear measurement for
correct toe-in.
2. If this measurement is not obtained, dis-
conne ct the tie rode
3. Loosen the nut, adjust the rod length as,,_/
required and tighten the nut.
4. Conne ct the tie rod.
DRAG LlNK
1. Position wheels straight ahead.
2. Turn steering wheel until Pitman arm is
vertical.
3. Adjust the drag link end until it will fit
into its place in the Pitman arme
4. Drag links should have the following
lengths (measured from the center of the end
assemblies).
a. MF 150 Row Crop & Dual Tricycle-
40-11/16" (~ 1/16")
b. MF 165 Row Crop-43-5/B" (~1/16")
c. MF 165 Dual Tricycle-44-1/4"
(! 1/16") '--..-/
d. MF 175 Row Crop-43-5/B" (~1/16")
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
NOTE: Drag link must be adjusted so
the wheels will hit the wheel stops
BEFORE the Pitman arm travels
through its complete travelo
STEERING AXLE WHEEL BEARINGS-
Row Crop Models
1. Pack wheel hub with a good grade of lith-
ium base bearing grease suitable for use in
roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings
and spaces outward from bearings must be
packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in-
terior) must be packed half-full.
2. Tighten adjustment nut to 30-40 ft.-Ibs.
torque while slowly rotating hub to properly
seat bearings.
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of
slots in line with cotter pin hole.
4. Back off the adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots
(cotter pin hole will be covered).
5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter
pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin.
NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut.
6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque
upon installation of wheel.
STEERING AXLE WHEEL BEARINGS-
Dual Tricycle Models
1. Pack wheel hub with a good grade of lith-
ium base bearing grease suitable for use in
roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings
and spaces outward from bearings must be
packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in-
terior) must be packed half full.
2. Tighten adjustment nut to 180 inch-pounds
torque while slowly rotating hub to properly
seat bearings.
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of
slots in line with cotter pin hole.
4. Back off adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots (cotter
pin hole will be covered).
5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter
pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin.
NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut.
Printed in U.S.A.
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque
upon installation of wheel.
AXLE PIVOT PIN END-PLA Y-MF J50
1. To check for pivot pin end-play, position
a jack beneath the engine and support the unit
until the front wheels are free to rotate.
2. Measure the end-play between the thrust
plate and the pivot support.
3. End-play should be .002" to .010".
Shims are available in .002", • 005" and
• 010" thicknesses.
AXLE PIVOT PIN END-PLA Y-MF J65 and MF J75
1. To check for pivot pin end-play, position
a jack of adequate capacity beneath the engine
and support the unit until the front wheels are
free to rotate.
2. Position axle as far rearward as pos-
sible. Measure the distance between the axle
and the axle support at the point where the
shims are installed.
3. If there is not a .002" to .010" clear-
ance, perform the following:
a. Place a suitable support beneath the
axle.
b. Remove hair pin and retaining pin se-
curing pivot pin in place.
c. Using a sliding hammer, pull the pivot
pin far enough to allow the shims to be
removed and remove shims.
d. Reinstall pivot pin, thrust washer, re-
taining pin and hair pin-LESS SHIMS.
e. Position front axle as far rearward as
possible.
f. Measure the distance between the axle
and the axle support at the point where
the shims are to be installed.
g. After measurement is determined, re-
move pivot pin and shim for a .002"
to .010" clearance and reinstall pivot
pin.
27

MF J50, J65 & 175 TRACTORS
STEERING GEAR HOUSING
1. Adjust the worm shaft end-play as out-
lined in Steps 8 through 11 of, "Reassembling
The Steering Gear Housing" Page 22. If the
gear housing has not been disassembled, re-
move drag link from Pi tman arm and back the
adjusting screw out of the side cover a few
turns.
2. Check worm shaft for end-play. Adjust
thickness of shim pack according ta the amount
of end-play discovered.
3. After worm shaft end-play has been
checked and adjusted, turn steering wheel until
the steering gear assembly is in its center or
straight ahead position.
4. Turn the adjusting screw until there is a
slight drag (felt at the rim of the steering
wheel) as the steering gear assembly passes
through its center or straight ahead position.
Tighten locknut.
STEERING VALVE
Although three different arrangements are
used on the MF 150, 165 and 175 Tractars, the
adjustment procedures for the MF 150 Row
Crop and the MF 150 and MF 165 Dual Tricycle
Tractors will be the same as for Fig. 41.
However, the MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
Tractors use two different arrangements;
therefore, the adjustment procedures will dif-
fer. Refer ta Figs. 40 and 41, and follow the
Fig. 40 - Adjusting the Steering Valve
1. Clevis Pin & 2. Setscrews
Cotter Pin 3. Upper Steering Arm
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
appropriate procedures for the Tractar being
serviced.
Arrangement as Shown in Fig. 40
1. Check and adjust (if necessary) the steer-
ing gear housing as outlined in "Adjustments-
Steering Gear Housing".
2. Place wheels in a straight forward direc-
tion.
3. Loosen the setscrew locknut, No. 5, and
tighten the setscrew, No. 4, until all free play
is eliminated.
4. Back off the setscrew, No. 4, 2/3 of a
turn (.060").
5. While holding upper steering 'arm, No. 3,
against setscrew, adjust setscrews, No. 2,
until clevis pin, No. 1, can be inserted freely.
6. Back off setscrew, No. 4, an additional
2/3 of a turn and secure in place with locknut.
Arrangement as Shown in Fig. 4J
1. Check and adjust (if necessary) the steer-
ing gear housing as outlined in "Adjustments-
Steering Gear Housing".
2. Place wheels in straight forward direc-
tion.
Fig.41 - Adjusting the Steering Valve
4. Setscrew 1. S teering Arm link 3. Pin Locknut
5. Setscrew Locknut 2. Clevis Pin & Cotter Pin 4. Adjusting Pin
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING

3. Loosen the pin locknut, No. 3, and tighten
the adjusting pin, No. 4, until all free play is
eliminated.
4. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 2,
and adjust the steering arm link, No. 1, so that
clevis pin, No. 2, can be inserted freely.
NOTE: Linkage must be in horizantal
alignment. --
5. Back off the adjusting pin, No. 4, SEVEN
turns. Start engine and turn steering wheel in
both directions.
6. Continue adjusting control valve linkage
until steering wheel can be turned in both di-
rections with the same amount of effort and the
relief valve can be forced at each extreme po-
sition.
NOTE: DO NOT BACK OUT AD-
JUST!NG PIN, NO. 4, MORE THAN
9 FULL TURNS.

SPECIFICA TlONS
STEERING PUMP-Gas & Diesel:

Type . . . . . . . Positive displacement/gear

Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . • . . . . . M-1110

Displacement:
@ 1000 pump rpm @ 800 psi . 1.1 gpm
@ 2000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 2.65 gpm
@ 3000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 4.2 gpm
@ 4000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 5.7 gpm

Relief Valve Setting 1500 psi

Reservoir:
Location Integral to pump
Filter Element Replaceable cartridge
Capacity . . . • 1 U. S. qt. (approx.)

STEERING AXLE:

Wheel Nut Torque 76-85 ft.-Ibs.

Wheel Bearing Torque:

Row Crop Models . . 30-40 ft.-lbs.
Dual Tricycle Models 180 inch-pounds

Toe-In • • • • . • • . . 0-1/4 inch

Axle Pivot Pin End-Play. .002-.010 inch

Printed in U.S.A. 29
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12

TROUBlE-SHOOTING

PROBLEM-Power Restricted to One Side Only

Possible Cause Correction

a. Incorrect ad justme nt of steering valve a. Adjust as outlined in " Adjustment-

linkage Steering Valve"

PROBLEM-Front Wheel Shimmy

Possible Cause Correction

a. Steering gear improperly adjusted a. Adjust as outlined "Adjustments-

Steering Gear Hôusing"

b. Loose wheel bearings b. Adjust as outlined in " Adjustments-

Steering Axle Wheel Bearing"

c. Pedestal assembly (Dual Tricycle c. Refer to Step 6 of the reassembly pro-

models) installed incorrectly cedures under the heading "Servicing
The Front Axle-Dual Tricycle Models"

PROBLEM-No Power Assistance

!
Possible Cause Correction

a. Low oil level a. Fill to correct level

b. Malfunctioning relief valve b. Adjust or replace valve

c. Improper steering valve adjustment c. Refer to heading "Adjustments-Steer-

ing Valve"

d. Restricted lines d. Check lines

e. Excessively worn pump e. Replace pump

PROBLEM-More Turning in One Direction Than in the Other-

MF J50 Row Crop and MF J50 & J65 Dual Tricycle Models Only

Possible Cause Correction

a. Pedestal shaft incorrectly timed a. Refer ta installation procedures in the

heading "Pedestal Shaft-MF 150 Row
Crop And MF 150 And MF 165 Dual
Tricycle Models"

30
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1

PART 1 -Z-145 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INfORMATION
Engine Application MF 135 and 150 Tractors, Also MF 2500 Fork Lifts
Bore . . . . . . . . . . 3-3/8 inches
Stroke . . . . . . . . . 4-1/16 inches
Number of Cylinders ......... 4
Total Piston Displacement .145 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . 7.1to1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1-3-4-2
Engine Brake Horsepower - Corrected 41 min., 42 max. @ 2000 rpm
(mfg. rating with std. accessories)
Maximum Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... " 125 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm
PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped with PTO shaft) . . . . . . . 35.3 max., 32 min.
@ 2000 engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm
Low Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . ·450
Rated Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
High Idle Speed (no load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200
Compression Pressure (warm engine, aU spark
plugs out @ 150 rpm cranking speed) 145-160 psi
Tappet Setting:
Intake . O. 011 inch "hot", O. 013 inch" cold"
Exhaust . . . O. 013 inch "hot", O. 015 inch" cold"

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIfICATIONS

Torque Tensions

Cy linder Head . 70-75 ft. -lbs.

Connecting Rods 40-45 ft. -lbs.
Main Bearings 85-95 ft. -lbs.
Flywheel . . . . 70-75 ft. -lbs.
Rocker Arm Supports . 20-25 ft.-Ibs.
Manifolds . . 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Camshaft Nu t . . . 70-80 ft. -lbs.
Oil Pan . . . . . . 12-16 ft.-Ibs.
Timing Gear Cover 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Water Pump Nuts 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Spark Plugs . . . . 32-38 ft. -lbs.

Pistons

Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8595 - 0.8597 inch

Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin hole):

P,inlod ,n U.S.A. Rcviscd 366 1

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1

Pistons (continued)

Identification Piston Skirt Diameter (Inches) Cylinder Size

Letter Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt (Inches)

A-l 3.3725-3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750

A 3.3730-3.3735 3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
B 3.3735-3.3740 3.3725-3.3730 3.3755-3.3760
C 3.3740-3.3745 3.3730-3.3735 3.3760-3.3765
D 3.3745-3.3750 3.3735-3.3740 3.3765-3.3770
E 3.3750-3.3755 3. 3740 -3. 3745 3.3770-3.3775

Cylinder Sleeve

Inside Diameter of Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . See above chart

Location of Sleeve Relative to Top Face
of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. 001 to O. 004 inch above

Piston Pins

Pin Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8591 - 0.8593 inch

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . · . . . . O. 0004 inch

Piston Rings

Ring Side Clearance:

Top Compression Ring . . . . . · 0.0035 - 0.005 inch
No. 2 and 3 Compression Rings Q. 0035 - O. 0055 inch
Oil Control Ring . . . . . · . . . Not applicable
Maximum Side Clearance . Must not exceed 0.0025
inch over new maximum
side clearance
Ring End Gap (an ohe-piece rings). . . . . . . . . . . .0.010 - 0.020 inch (measured
in a 3. 375 inch bore)

Connecfing Rods

Inside Bushing Diameter (finished). . . . . . . O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter. . . . . . . . 2.0615 - 2.062 inches
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size) 1. 9378 - 1. 9388 inches
Crankpin Journal Diameter . 1. 9365 - 1. 9375 inches
Bearing Clearance . O. 0003 - O. 0023 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Maximum Clearance . • . . 0.0033 inch
Rod Side-Play . . . . O. 005 - O. 011 inch

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

Crankshaft and Main Bearings

Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9365 -1.9375 inches

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . 2. 249 - 2. 250 inches
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size) . 2.2505 - 2.2515 inches
Main Bearing Clearance O. 0005 - O. 0027 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Maximum Clearance . . . . O. 0037 inch
Crankshaft End-Play O. 004 - O. 008 inch

Valves

Valve Tappet Clearance:

Intake . . . . . . . . O. 011 inch "hot", 0.013 inch" cold"
Exhaust . . . . . . . 0.013 inch "hot", 0.015 inch "cold"
Valve Head Diameter:
Intake . . . . . . 1. 273 - 1. 283 inches
Exhaust . . . . . 1. 135 - 1. 145 inches
Valve Face Angle:
Intake . . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . .
Valve Stem Diameter:
Intake . 0.3141 - 0.3149 inch
Exhaust . . . . . . . O. 3124 - 0.3132 inch

Valve Seats

Valve Seat Angles:

Intake . . . . . . · . . . . . . . 30 0
Exhaust . . . . . · . . . . . . . 45 0
Seat Contact Width 1/16 to 3/32 inch
Maximum Seat Run-Out · . . . 0.002 inch

Valve Guides

Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/32 inch below top face of he ad

Inside Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . 0.3157 - 0.3172 inch
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide):
Intake Valves . O. 0008 - O. 0031 inch
Exhaust Valves . . . . . . . . . . O. 0025 - 0.0048 inch

Valve Springs

Free Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 2-1/16 inches

Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . . . 1-45/64 inches
Spring Pressure @ 1-45/64 Inches Length . . . 47 - 53 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open. . . . . . . . . . . 1-27/64 inches
Spring Pressure @ 1-27/64 Inches Length . 96 - 104 lbs.

3
.~---_ . ._ - - - - - -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1

Valve Lifters

Stem Diameter . . . . . . · O. 5615 - O. 562 inch

Valve Lifter Bore in Block O. 5625 - O. 5633 inch
Clearance Limits . . . . . O. 0005 - O. 0018 inch

Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly

Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter · O. 6221 - 0.623 inch

Inside Bushing Diameter · O. 624 - O. 625 inch
Bushing Clearance . . . . . · 0.001 - 0.0029 inch

Valve Timing (Crankshaft Degrees)

Intake Valve Opens . · .. 00 T.D. C.

Intake Valve Closes · 35 0 A. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens · 40 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closes. · .. 00 T.D. C.

Timing Gears

Timing Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 to 0.002 inch

Camshaft

End-Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.003 - 0.007 inch

Tappet Lift - Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . 0.212 inch
Camshaft Bearings:
Front Bearing:
Journal Diameter . . 1. 808 - 1. 809 iIlches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 8115 - 1. 8125 iIlches
Bearing Clearance . . . 0.0025 - O. 0045 inch
Center Bearing:
Journal Diameter. . . 1. 7455 - 1. 7465 iIlches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 749 - 1. 750 iIlches
Bearing Clearance . . O. 0025 - O. 0045 inch
Rear Bearing:
Journal Diameter 1. 683 - 1. 684 inches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 6865 - 1. 6875 inches
Bearing Clearance . . 0.0025 - 0.0045 inches

FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Fuel

Minimum Octane Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICA TlONS

Carburetor

Make and Model No. . . . . . . . . . . . . Marvel-Schebler TSX 882

Float Level . . . . . 1/4 inch from top of float to body gasket surface
Adjustments:
Idle Adjusting Needle . Approx. 1 to 1-1/2 turns open
Main Adjusting N eedle Approx. 1-1/2 to 2 turns open
Engine Speeds:
Low Idle Speed · 450 rpm
High Idle Speed 2200 rpm

LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICA TlONS

Type of Oil . . . . . . . API "MS" (heavy-duty, detergent)

Viscosity:
Above 90 0 F . . . . . . · . SAE 30
From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. · . SAE 30
From 10 0 F. to 32 0 F . . . SAE 20W
From - 10 0 F. to + 100 F. SAE 10W
Crankcase Capa city:
Wi th ou t Filter Change . . 5 U. S. quarts
With Filter Change . . . . 6 U. S. quarts
Recommended Oil Change Interval . Every 100 hrs. operation
Recommended Oil Filter Change Interval . Every 200 hrs. operation
Normal Operating Pressure . . . . . . . 20-30 psi
Minimum Oil Pressure 7 psi at low idle speed
Type of Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . Gear type
Relief Valve Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 30 psi
Backlash in Oil Pump Gear . O. 004 - O. 008 inch

COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Radiator Pressure Cap:

AlI Applications Except MF 2500. · . . . . . 7 psi
MF 2500 Application . . . . . . · . . . . 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 3/4 inch
Thermostat Opening Temperature · . . . 1600 F.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Battery

Make and Part Nos. Used:

AlI applications except MF 2500 Massey-Ferguson Part No. 832 706 M2
MF 2500 Application . . . . Massey-Ferguson Part No. 832 709 M2
Specifications for 832 706 M2:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20-Hr. Rate. 41
No. of Plates Per Cell . . . 7
Battery Ground . . . . . . . . · Negative
Specifications for 832 709 M2:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20-Hr, Rate, 95
No. of Plates Per Cell 17
Battery Ground . . . . . . . . · Negative

Prir~tC'd i~, U.S.A. Rcvi scd :3 66 5

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1

Spark Plugs

Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 mm
Normal Heat Range:
MF Part No. 1027 896 M91
Champion D-16
A.C. C-85
Auto-Lite BT-8
Gap . . . 0.025 inch
Torque . . . 32 -38 ft. -lbs.

Distributor

Make and Model No. Delco-Remy 1112644

Point Gap . . . . . . · 0.018 to 0.024 inch
Dwell Angle . .. . . . · . . . . . 31 0 - 340
Point Spring Tension . . . . . . 15 - 23 ozs.
Static Engine Timing · . . . . 60 B. T.D. C. @ 450 rpm
Maximum Engine Advance · 240 - 28 0 B. T. D. C. @ 2000 rpm
End-Play . . . . . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . 0.002 - 0.010 inch

Co il

Make and Model No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1115062

Sterting Mator

Make and Model No. Used . Delco-Remy 1107329

Pinion Clearance . . . . . . 0.010" to 0.140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (oz.) .' . 35
No Load 'l'est:
Volts . . . . . . . · . . . . .. . 10.6
Minimum Amps. . 49 (inc!udes solenoid)
Maximum Amps •. 76 (includes solenoid)
Minimum rpm 6200
Maximum rpm . . 9400
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3
Minimum Amps. 270 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 310 (includes solenoid)

Generator

Make and Model NoTs. Used:

AIl Applications Except MF 2500. · . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100435
MF 2500 Application . . Delco-Remy 1100735 (alternator)
DR 1100435:
Rotation Viewing Drive. Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . A
Brush Spring Tension . . . 28 oz.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICA TlONS

Generator (Cont'd.)

Field Current (80 0 F.):

An1pS . 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps 00 0 00' 0 0 0 0 0 25
Volts 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 14.0
DR 1100735 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End Either
Circuit . . 0 0 0 0 0 •• '0 oB
Field Current (80 0 F. ):
Amps. 0 0 • 0 •• 0 • 2.2 - 2.6
Volts 0 0 0 • • • • 0 0 12
Cold Output at Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . 30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output 32 amps.

PrinTcd in U.S.A. Rcviscd 3 66 7

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1

Generator Regulator

Make and Model Used:

An Applications Except MF 2500 Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2500 Application Delco-Remy 1119513

DR-1118981:
Circuit A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap. · 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range. 13. 6 - 14. 5
Adjust to 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. · 0.020"
Point Opening · 0.020"
Adjust to Close at 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range. 11. 8 - 14.0 volts

DR-1119513:
Circuit. .B
Polarity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap. . 0.015 inch'
Point Opening. . 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range 3.8 - 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap *
Point Opening. 0.014 inch
Voltage See Temperature - Voltage Chart**

TEMPERATURE-VOLTAGE CH ART

Regulator Ambient
Temperature (Degrees 65 95 105 125 145 165 185
Fahrenheit)

13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1

Voltage Setting to to to to to to to
15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9

* Adjust Air G?_P only when necessary to ob tain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. After Bench Repair Only, set air gap to ap-
proximately O. 067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustme nt.

** Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05 - O. 4 volt lower than on upper contacts.

Rev' scd 3 66
8
 ) ) )

:? MF 2500 FORK LIFT WIRING DIAGRAM Gl

~
::0
0
c C
C/>
'1J
!>
~
0
<

~
~
REAR LAMPf;
Ul
0-
0-
/TI
()

INSTANT REVERSE -0-1

MODELS ONLY -4."',
L.....:......_ _ _ FRONT LAMPS
MANUAL SHUTTLE~ Z
MODElS ONLY I~ T
0
YELLOW 14 GA. ~~
GRAY 16 GA.
. Ott
'1J
:l>
RED,flfflITE
""i6Gii
BROWN 12 r,A. ::0 ~
Fl'SE
-1 »
~
~
m
-<
1
"TI
m
~ ~
BATTERY
UV
16 "':/\. G)
~ C
~
IG~ITION COlL BLACK VOLTAGE REGULATOR
0
F Z

J.IGIITER

BAT

12 VOLT-rœGA'~'IVE GROUNO SYSTI:r.,

STAR'i'ER KOTOR A.C. GE!IEVi.TOT' DIODE RECTIFIER

(INTI:GAAL HI Til
GENERATOR)

VI
HT y.HT ~ ~ ."
HT HT
~
î î ï î
"T" ..... "'='

SPARK PLIJGS
or
:;;
ri
l>
-4

.....
ë5
2:
VI
 ) ) )

~ MF 135 TRACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM Ci)

;;
CL
:::0
0
~
C
SPARK PLUGS IGNITION COlL li
'p

;0
o
HEAD LAMPS
0
<
~
c.
CL
(f)
g: fTI
YELLOW ()
+ 14 GA
-0--i
Z
0

li
»
cJ--" :::0 ~
TACHOHETER ASSY.
\
--i »
V')
\
V')
\ POWER SUPPL Y LIGHT SWITCH
m
rot ~.n.J.I!.. GA_,
OIL PRESSURE GAGE v- - - - - Ir GRAY
• 1
GRAY 16 GA -<
1
,1 ."
1 Il
m
1 l' BROWN 16 GA ;:0
,1 PiNK 14 GA ~-
FUEL GAGE G')
C
V')
FLASHER
WATER TEMP. GAGE
FUEL SENDING UNIT
WARNING
LAMP SW 0
(ACCESSORY) Z

AMMETER ASSY ...3' _..J

RED 14 GA
YELLOW W/BLACK 14 GA t t \. f:=d' r COMBINATION WORK
& WARN 1NG LAMP
BLACK W/YELLOW
16 GA

NEUTRAL SWITCH

Vl
BATTERY
~
S
~
STARTING MOrOR GENERATOR

::!
o
<.0
:z
Vl
..... MF 150 TRACTOR WIRING DIAGRAMS ~
o oo
:;!!

-
~
~
li!
FENOER MOUNT rn
HEAD LAMPS 2:
Ci)
L.H. SIDE R.H. SIDE
Z
rn
LlGHT SWlfCH

L1GHT SWJTCH
HOOO MOUNT
HEAD LAMPS
AHPS FOR UCH FILAMENT

~
L1GHT SWITCH AS USED FOR FLAT TOP
FENDER MOUNTED HEAOLAMPS
»
V\
V\
OFF m
TERMINAL 4
PANEL LAMPS
TERMINAL 1
TD !MBOARD LAMPS -<
i
on
m
;g
Q
Ci) c
V\
QUTBOARD. INBOARO • REAR lUTH AUXILIARY
::0 0
511ITCH
LAMP SOeKET
DUTBOARO, INBOARD, PANEL 1 REAR ~tTH 0 Z
POSITIONS AUKlLlARY LAMP SOeUT •
OUTBOARD, PANEL 1 REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
C
LAMP soeUT '"0
L1GHT SWlTeH AS USEO FOR HOOO
MOUNTEO HEAOLAMPS
OFF
0
TERMINAL 4
TO HEAOLAMPS TERMINAL 1
(BRIGHT) TO PANEL LAMPS
Ul
fil
()
TERMINAL 3
TO HEAOLAMPS
(OIM'
1 AUKlLlARY
--i
0
Z
1 HEAOLAMPS· OIN, REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
SwITCH
POSITIONS
LAMP SOUEf
HEAOLAMPS •
1 PANEL
BRIGHT, REAR WITH AUKlLlARY 0
LAMP soeKET & RANEL
3 HEAOlAMPS· BRIGHT 1 REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
LAMP SOUEl

'"0
;u
o
»
< ::0
o
CL -i
0-
0-

( ( (
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

PART 2-Z-145 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INDEX
Page Page
Introduction .............•................. 2 Cylinder Head Installation .......•.•••..•..•. 11
Engine Description ....................... . 2 Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance.. ....• ...... 12
Engine Identification ......•.•............. 2 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly •.......... 14
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly ................. . 3 Cylinder Sleeves ........................... 18
Cylinder Head .•••...•........•........... 5 Timing Gear Cover and Front
Intake Valves ......•.•..........•.•...•.•.. 6 Crankshaft Qi 1 Seal ....................... 20
Exhaust Valves ...•.................•.•.... 7 Timing Gears . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 24
Valve Guides •••.•.•..•.•.••.•.•...•....... 8 Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . .. 27
Valve Seats ....•................•........ 9 Crankshaft and Main Bearings . . . . .. .. . . .. ... .. 31
Valve Springs. • • . • . • . • . . . . . • • . • . • . . • • • . • • .• 11 Rear Crankshaft Oi 1 Seal ..••........•.....•.. 36
Cylinder Head Reassembly .•.....•..•.•..... 11 F Iywheel . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • • . . . • . . • • . . . . . . . . .. 37

Fig.l - Cross-Sectionol View of Engine

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

INTRODUCTION
This part of the manual is concerned with the Overhaul Procedures for the Conti-
nental Z-145 Engine. All of the procedures and service information contained in this
part pertain only to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular applica-
tion in which the engine may be used.

Where right and left-hand sides are mentioned, it refers to the engine as viewed
from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from the front of the
engine.

NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning the lubrication

System and the other engine systems for the basic Z -145 Engine, refer
to the appropria te part within this section of your manual.

The replaceable cylinder sleeves are of the

wet-type and are made of cast irone The sleeves
are shouldered and have a:: clearance fit in the
cylinder block. Two "0" -ring seals are used
in conjunction with each sleeve to prevent cool-
ant leakage.

The valves are vertically located in replace-

able cast iron guides and are operated by mush-
room-type tappets located in the cylinder block,
through push rods to the rocker arms.

The crankshaft is supported by three main

bearings and is precision ground and balanced.
All main bearing and connecting rod bearing
surfaces are hardened to provide maximum
service. Crankshaft end-play is controlled by
the center main bearing.

The aluminum alloy pistons are cam ground

and have four piston rings. The top piston ring
is chrome plated to reduce wear and provides a
Fig. 2 - Front Left-Hond View of Engine much longer life of the piston rings and sleeves.

Oil se aIs are provided at the front and rear

ENGINE DESCRIPTION
The Model Z-145 Engine is a 4-cylinder, 4-
stroke cycle, overhead-valve-type gasoline en-
gine with a bore of 3-3/8 inches and a stroke of
4-1/16 inches. The engine has a total piston
displacement of 145 cubic inches and a com-
pression ratio of 7. 1 to 1.
The Z-145 Gasoline Engine has a maximum
corrected brake horsepower of 42 (subject to
official confirmation). Maximum engine torque
is 125 ft. -lbs at approximately 1300 rpm.
of the crankshaft. The front oil seal is a stan-
dard spring-Ioaded type se al and is located in-
side the timing gear cover. The rear oil seal
is also a spring-Ioaded type seal, but is con-
tained 'in a retainer assembly which is attached
to the rear face of the cylinder block and the
rear main bearing cap.
The camshaft is gear driven at one-half
crankshaft speed by the helical cut timing gears
and is supported by three bearings machined
directly inside the cylinder block.

The cylinder block is made of cast iron and ENGINE IDENTIFICATION

is cast integrally with the crankcase. The sides
of the cylinder block extend below the axis of Each engine may be easily identified by a
the crankshaft to form a stüfening skirt. plate which is attached to the left-hand side of

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
SUPPORT CAPSCREWS
PUSH ROD
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
the cylinder block. The plate has the Engine
Model Number, the Specification Number and
the Engine SeriaI Number stamped on it. This
data is of vital importance in obtaining the cor-
rect parts; always include this information on
your parts order.
The Specification Number on the plate pro-
vides important information, as it is a Code
Number used to identify certain component dif-
ferences that are required for the various en-
gine applications.
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y
REMOVAL
To remove rocker arm shaft assembly, refer
to Fig. 3, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the rocker arm coyer.
NOTE: Install spring-loaded clothes
pins onto the pus h rods before remov-
ing the rocker arm assembly. This
procedure will prevent them from ac-
cidentally falling into the block.
2. Gradually loosen and remove the two
rocker support capscrews and nuts securingthe
rocker arm assembly and lift entire assembly
from engine, as shown in Fig. 4.
ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 4 - Removing or Installing Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
(Throttle Linkage Not Exactly As Shown)
3. Remove push rods and install in a num-
bered rack.
DISASSEMBL y
If the rocker arm assembly requires ser-
vicing, it may be disassembled, as follows; re-
fer to Fig. 7:
1. Remove cotter pins from each end of the
shaft.
2. Remove the rocker arms, supports and
springs from shaft. Identify rocker arms so
that they can be reinstalled in their original lo-
cations.
3. Wash the shaft and parts in a solvent and
blow out oil holes with compressed air. Make
sure aIl oil holes are open.
INSPECTION AND SERVIC/NG
Rocker Arms and Rocker Arm Shaft
The rocker arm shaft is ground to an outside
diameter of O. 6221 - o. 623 inch and is made
with lubrication holes and a retaining pin hole.
Inspect the following parts:
1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surface
3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J 45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Fig. 5 - Measuring the Rocker Shaft for Wear

'Fig. 6 - Measuring the Rocker Arm Bushings for Wear

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Use a new
shaft if it ras scoring or "shoulders" due to
wear.

2. If no serious wear or scoring is present, Push Rods

use a micrometer and measure the diameter of
the shaft at the points where there has been Roll all of the push rods on a level surface
rocker arm bearing wear, as shown in Fig. 5. and carefully check them for straightness. Dis-
Use a new shaft if diameter is less than 0.621 card any bent or damaged push rods.
inch.
NOTE: When bent push rods are en-
countered, make sure to investigate
3. Use a ho le gauge and measure the inside and correct the cause of the bending.
diameter of the rocker arm bushings, as shown
in Fig. 6. Discard rocker arms that measure
more than O. 626 inch. Maximum permissible
clearance between the shaft and rocker arms is
0.005 inch.

NOTE: The rocker arms are of

stamped and welded construction, with
a bronze bushing pressed in Place and
broached to a diameter of O. 624 to
0.625 inch. The bushing is not ser-
viced separately and, if it is worn or
defective, the complete rocker arm
mus t be rePlaced.

4. Check the valve stem and push rod contact

surfaces of the rocker arm for wear or pitting.
Replace the rocker arm if the contact surfaces
are severely worn or pitted.
Fig. 7 - Rocker Arm Shoft - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
ROl.k~r Arrr
5. Inspect the rocker shaft supports for 1. Cottcr Pin
2. Washcr
.1. Short Spring
5. 7 R" Ro<.kt·r i\rm
fi
7. "Sl"
S. Lonn 5.pr:ng
cracks or other damage. 3. Cork Plug 6. R(l(.kr'f Arm Sllpport 9. t.Dl Otll1':.1 rin

4
 MASSEY-FERGUS ""'N
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
REASSEMBL y AND INSTALLATION
To reassemble the rocker arm assembly re-
fer to Fig. 7 and follow the steps listed.
1. Oil all rocker arm bushings.
2. Notice that each rocker arm is stamped
either "7R" or "SL", meaning that it is a right
or left-hand rocker arm, and they are not in-
terchangeable.
NOTE: AU of the supports, No. 6,
Fig. 7, are interchangeable and have a
s lot in the side to fit the retaining Pin.
Due to this slot, the shaft can be as-
se'mbled only in the correct position.
3. Use the locating pin, No. 9, Fig. 7, as a
starting point. With the pin toward you, as-
semble from the center toward each end, as
shown. If they were removed earlier, make
sure to install new plugs, No. 3, Fig. 7, in the
ends of the rocker shaft.
4. Install the push rods and the valve stem
caps.
5. Install the rocker arm shaft assemblyand
gradually tighten the nuts and capscrews secur-
ing the supports to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque.
6. Adjust the valve clearance as outlined
under the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet
Clearance", then complete reassembly.
CYLINDER HEAD
The cylinder head is of the valve-in-head
type and contains the combustion chambers and
coolant passages. The cylinder head is made of
cast iron and utilizes replaceable valve guides
and exhaust valve seat inserts.
In addition, the cylinder head contains a "fuse
plug", which is located on top of the head. The
plug can be easily identified after the rocker
coyer has been removed, as it is a liS-inch
pipe plug with a "screwdriver slot". The fuse
portion of the plug is located in the bottom end
of the plug and is made of a tin and lead alloy
having a melting point of 257 0 F.
The fuse plug can be a definite help in trou-
ble- shooting the cause of severe engine damage,
as it acts as a "tattle-tale" by indicating exces-
sively high engine temperatures.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
The fuse portion of the plug will melt out only
if the engine temperature is allowed to reach an
extreme level, caused by the lack of coolant.
If the engine is operated without sufficient
coolant and reaches an excessive temperature
which will melt the fuse, various kinds of dam-
age may occur. These damages may be in the
form of piston seizure, cracked cylinder head
or cylinder block, valve burning and- warpage
of various parts.
It is a good practice to remove and check the
fuse plug when the engine is serviced. If a
melted fuse plug is found, make sure to check
all areas of the engine to determine the extent
of possible damage.
THE FUSE PLUG WILL NOT ::MELT AS
LONG AS THE RECOMMENDED COOLANT
LEVEL AND NORMAL OPERATING TEMPER-
ATURE ARE MAINTAINED.
REMOVING THE CYLINDER HEAD
To remove the cylinder head, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the rockerarm coyer.
2. Remove the rocker arm shaft assembly
and push rods.
3. Disconnect and remove the spark plugs.
4. Disconnect and remove the manifold heat
shield, if it is attached.
5. Disconnect the carburetor control rod at
the carburetor end, then remove the carburetor
from the manifold assembly.
6. If the valves require servicing, remove
the manifold assembly at this time.
NOTE: The operation of the exhaust
valve roto caps may be checked at this
stage. Wipe the oil from the top of the
rotocap and marI, the top with apencil.
LIGHT LY rap the end of the exhaust
valve stem approximately 20 times
with a RUBBER MALLET and observe
the pencil mark. If the mark turns
and indicates that the valve is rotating,
the rotocap may be considered satis-
factory for further operation. Re-
place rotocaps that do oot ratate.
DO NOT RAP THE END OF THE
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Fig. 9 - Removing or Installing the Valve Retainer Locks

Fig.8 - Removing or Installing Cylinder Head

VALVE STEM WITH A HARD METAL
OBJECT, AS IT WILL DAMAGE THE
VALVE STEM.
INT AKE VALVES
Each intake valve is a one-piece steel for-
ging with a retainer pin hole driUed through the
end of the stem. The valve, valve spring and
retaining assembly is shown in Fig. 10.

7. GraduaUy loosen the cylinder head nuts The intake valve is held in place by the valve
in a REVERSE ORDER to the tightening se- spring, an oil guard and a retainer, which, in
quence shown in Fig. 19, and carefully re-
move the cylinder head, as shown in Fig. 8.

INSPECTION AND DISASSEMBL y

1. Discard the old head gasket and remove

carbon deposits from the combustion chamber,
gasket surfaces and valve heads with a scraper
and a stiff wire brush. Be careful not to dam-
age the gasket surfaces of the head. Clean aU
rust and dirt from the water passages and
check the head for cracks or damaged gasket
surfaces.

2. Check the flatness of the cylinder head

with a straightedge and feeler gauge. Check it
lengthwise at three different locations and
crosswise at five different locations. Maxi-
mum lengthwise variation is O. 004 inch low in
the center, gradually decreasing toward the
ends. Maximum crosswise variation is O. 003
inch. Reface the cylinder head if these limits
are exceeded.

3. Using a "C"-type valve spring compres-

sor, as shown in Fig. 9, remove the valve
spring retainer locks, retainers, springs, and
oil seals on intake valves.
Fig. 10 - Intake Valve and Related Parts
1. Intoke Volve J. Neoprene Seol
4. Place valves in a numbered rack so they 2. Velve Spring 5. Inteke Velve Spring Reteiner
3. Intek. Velve Oil Guerd 6. Reteiner Pin
will not be mixed in handling. 7. Velve Stem Cep

6

GROUP 0 - SECTION 0
Fig. 11 - Exhau.st Valve and Rl1lated Parts
1. Exhaust Valve 3. Exhaust Valve Rotocap
2. Valve Spring
turn, is secured by the retainer pin inserted
through a hole in the stem near the tip. A neo-
prene seal is located between the oil guard and
the spring retainer. It prevents excessive oil
being sucked into the cylinder through the valve
guide. A new seal should be instaUed whenever
the valves are serviced. The cap is fitted over
the top of the valve stem and should be free to
rotate without binding on the stem.
The dimensions and markings of the intake
valves are listed, as foUows:
Face Angle ............................ 300
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . .. 0.3141 - 0.3149 inch
Total Length ....................... 4 inches
Head Marking .......................... "IN"
Head Diameter .......... 1. 273 - 1. 283 inches
EXHAUST VALVES
The exhaust valve is a one-piece forging and
is made of a special alloy steel. The valve has
a retainer lock groove cut in the stem near the
tip, and has a O. 130 inch diameter hole drilled
in the end for the valve stem cap. The valve,
valve spring and retaining assembly is shown in
Fig. 11.
The dimensions and markings of the exhaust
valves are listed, as follows:
MASSEY -FERGUSON
- PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
·.Fig.12· - Exhaust Valve Rotocap
4. ·Yolvé Locks
5. Valye Stem Cap
Face Angle ............................ 44 0
Stem Diameter ......... 0.3124 - 0.3132 inch
Total Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1/64 inche s
Head Marking ......................... "EX"
Head Diameter . . . . . . . .. 1. 135 - 1. 145 inches
The exhaust valves of aU Z-145 gasoline en-
gines are equipped with "rotocaps", see Fig.
12, which increase the life and efficiency of the
valves. The function of the rotocap is to pos-
itively rotate the valve at a predetermined rate.
Any time that the valve cover is off with the
engine running, they should be observed to
make sure they are rotating properly. If the
rotocaps are damaged or defective, they should
be replaced and the valve clearance reset. Tne
roto caps are secured to the exhaust valve by
split-type retainer locks.
INSPECTING THE VAl. VES
Thoroughly clean aU valves and carefuUy
inspect them for defects, such as deep burns,
necking, stem scuffing or worn keeper grooves.
If valves appear to be in good condition, check
with the proper gauges for the foUowing:
1. Measure thickness of valve margin. Dis-
card the old valve if the margin thickness is
less than 1/2 the thickness of a new valve.
2. Measure the stem diameter. If measure-
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE
.. -
NEW VALVE REFACED VALVE
.1.--_ _ _. . . .
!~===:::t
T T
A A
IF AREA "A" IS LESS THAN 50% OF
NEW VALVE, BEPLACE VALVE
Fig. 13 - Allowable Margin Thickness of Refaced Valves
ment is more than 0.0015 inch below that of
new valve stem (0.3141 inch new intake and
0.3124 inch new exhaust), it should be dis-
carded.
SERVICING THE VAL VES
Intake valves should be refaced to a30 0 angle,
0
exhaust valves to a 44 • Notice that the exhaust
valve seat is ground to 45 0 , leaving an inter-
ference angle of 10 • The intake valve does not
have an interference angle. Discard all valves
having less than 50% of original margin thick-
ness after they have been refaced. To check
this dimension, compare the refaced valve with
a new valve. Refer to Fig. 13. Maximum
valve face run-out must be less thanO. 002 inch.
VALVE GUIDES
The valve guides are made of cast iron and_
are interchangeable for both the intake and ex-
haust valves.
The inside diameter of new valve guides
when the y are installed is 0.3157.- 0.3172inch.
The valve guides have a fine spiral groove
machined in the bore, similar to the barrel of
a rifle. The groove assists in maintaining pro-
per lubrication of the valve stem and helps to
prevent varnish formation.
8
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
1
DRIVER OTC- FT - 52
LOCATING GAUGE
OTC-FT-53
LOCATING GAUGE
OTC-FT-54
Fig. 14 - Special Tools for Replaci •• g Valve Guides
The valve guides DO NOT REQUIRE REAM-
ING, in fact, the groove is only O. 002 inch deep
and reaming would quickly destroy its effec-
tiveness.
The desired clearance between the valve "'---.--/
stems and guides is O. 0015 inch for the intake
valves and O. 0035 inch for the exhaust valves.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean the valve guides, removing
lacquer and other deposits. Do not use tools
that would remove metal and damage the guide
bore.
Measure the inside diameter of the valve
guides and replace guides if diameter is more
than 0.3182 inch, or if valve guide-to-stem
clearance exceeds specifications.
REPLACING VALVE GUIDES
Worn valve guides may easily be replaced
with the use of the OTC Special Tools, shown
in Fig. 14.
Before attempting to install the valve guides,
observe that the bushing-type locating gauges
are not of the sa me -length.
The longer bushing (Special Too! OTC - FT - 54)
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 15 - Replacing Worn Valve Guides
is used to locate the guide for the exhaust,
valves, whereas the shorter bushing locates the
guides for the intake valves.
NOTE: The location of the exhaust
valves may be easily identified by the
srnaller valve seat diarneters and by
the fact that their spring seats are lo-
cated farther front the top face of the
cy linder head.
To replace the valve guides, proceed, as
follows:
1. Using a press, install the appropriate
bushing over the old valve guide which is to be
replaced.
2. Slide the new valve guide onto the driver
(Special Tooi OTe FT-52). Place the tool and
the new valve guide on top of the old guide, with
the piloted end of the tool in the old guide.
NOTE: The valve guides are non-di-
rectional and can be ins talled with
either end up.
3. Operate the press as shown in Fig. 15
and push the driver fully down until the bushing
makes contact with the driver. The advantage
of using this method is that, as the new guide
is pressed into position, it forces the old guide
out and automatically locates the new guide
3/32 inch below the top face of the cylinder
head.
NOTE; The guides are made of cast
iroJl and must be PRESSED in place.
Do not altempt to drive them m.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
4. After installing new valve guides, make
sure to reface the valve seats.
VALVE SEATS
The intake valves seat directly in the cylin-
der head. The exhaust valves seat in replace-
able-type valve seat inserts. Intake valve
seats have a 300 angle, whereas the exhaust
valve seats have a 45 0 angle.
INSPECTING THE VALVE SEATS
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit-
ting, cracking, burning or other evidence of
leakage. If any of these conditions exist, or if
new valve guides have been installe d, the seats
must be refaced.
If any exhaust seat inserts are cracked, loose
or badly burned, they must be replaced.
SERVICING THE VALVE SEATS
Reconditioning the valve seats is very im-
portant because the seating of the valves must
be perfect for the engine to deliver full power
and performance.
Another important factor is the cooling of the
valve heads. Good contact between each valve
and its seat in the head is imperative to insure
that the heat in the valve head will be properly
carried a way.
Several different types of equipment are
available for refacing valve seats; the recom-
mendations of the manufacturer of the equip-
ment being used should be carefully followed to
obtain proper results.
Regardless of what type of equipment is used,
it is essential that valve guides be free from
carbon or dirt to insure proper centering of
pilot in the guide.
To reface the valve seats, proceed, as
follows:
1. Install the pilot in the valve guide bore.
NOTE: lt is preferable to use a Pilot
having a soUd stem with a long taper,
as aU seats must be ground concentric
and square with both new or worn
valve guides.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEI. Z- J45 ENGINÈ
WRONG RIGHT
Fig. 16 - Valve Location in Cylinder Heod
2. Place roughing stone or forming stone
over pilot and just clean up the valve seat. Use
a 45 degree stone for the exhaust seats and a
30 degree stone for the intake seats.
3. Remove roughing stone or forming stone
from pilot, in staIl finishing stone on pilot and
cut just enough metal from the seat to provide
a smooth finish. REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH
METAL TO CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE
OF THE VALVE SEAT.
4. Remove pilot and carefully clean the cyl-
inder head to remove aIl chips and grindings
from the above operations.
5. After refacing the valve seats and valve
faces, mark each valve face with a pencil so
that the marks are around the valve and about
1/4 inch apart across the valve face. Place
the valve in the cylinder/head and exert a firm
pressure on it, then rotate the valve approxi-
mately 1/2 turn in each direction.
6. Remove the valve and check the face
carefully. If an of the pencil marks have not
been removed at the point of contact with the
valve seat, it will be necessary to repeat the
refacing operation and again recheck for proper
seating.
7. Carefully observe the location where the
valve seat contacts the valve face and the width
of the valve scat. The scat should be located
10
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 17 - Method of Narrowing Valve Seats
so that it contacts the middle portion of the
valve face and have a width of 1/16 inch t03/32
inch.
If the seat contact area is too wide and is im-
properly located, the valve seat may be nar-
rowed by using a 15 0 stone to reduce the out-
side diameter, or using a 60 0 or 75 0 stone to
increase the inside diameter. Refer to Figs.
16 and 17.
NOTE: After the narro/ced-dou'll seat
has been broughlzrilllin sjJeci/icaliolls,
il should be retouched li.!;1illy /cüli LI/e
original stone to rel/loce ml.\' lmrrs or
feathered edges.
REPI.AClNG EXHAUST VAl. VE SEAT INSERTS
Valve seat inserts are used only for the ex-
haust valves and are held in place by the inter-
ference fit.
If any of the exhaust seatinserts are loose,
cracked or otherwise damaged, they should be
replaced with new service replacement inserts.
The service replacement inserts are 0.010 inch
oversize.
When replacing any of the valve seats, l'cier
to the information listed below and follow the
instructions for the particular makC' of equip-
ment being used.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

6. Reface the new valve seat insert with a

45 degree stone, following the procedure out- _
lined earlier.
1. 2635"
TO
1.26-45"
VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs are interchangeable for the
1. 2595" intake and exhaust valves. The springs do not
TO -~
have damper coils and may be installed either
1. 2605" end up.

Discard any springs that do not have square

ends, also those that are discolored, damaged
or otherwise defective. If springs appear to be
in good condition, check them in a spring tester
and compare readings with the foIlowing speci-
fications:

Approximate Free Length ... .. 2-1/16 inches

Fig. 18 - Dimensions of Oversize Replacement
Spring Length Valve Closed .... 1-45/64 inches
Insert and Counterbore Spring Load @ 1-45/64 inches
Length ..................... 47 - 53 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open ..... 1-27/64 inches
Spring Load @ 1-27/64 Inches
1. Re move the old insert. Length .................... 96 - 104 lbs.

2. Install a new valve guide.
3. Re-machine the old counterbore diameter
to 1. 2595 - 1. 2605 inches, as shown in Fig. 18,
to accomodate the O. 010 inch oversize insert.
This dimension will provide the correct 0.003 -
O. 005 inch interference for the replacement in-
sert. The following chart shows the dimen-
sions for the STANDARD PRODUCTION IN-
SERTS AND COUNTERBORES.
Replace any valve springs having spring
pressures more than 10% below the minimum
production specüications.
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y
Make sure aIl parts are thoroughly clean and
serviceable, then proceed, as follows:

1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with

Outs ide D iometer Inside Diameter engine oil.
Interference Fit
of Insert of Counterbore
2. Install the valves in their original guides.
1.2535 - 1.2495 - 0.003 -
1.2545 inches 1.2505 inches 0.005 inch
3. Install the valve spring and retainer as-
sembly over each valve; see Figs. 10 and 11
for proper sequence of parts. Use new retainer
pins and neoprene seals on the intake valves.
When machining the counterbore, make sure
to go deep enough with the tool to clean up the 4. Compress springs and instaU retainer
bottom so that the new insert will have full con- locks.
tact to carry away the heat.

4. Chill the new insert in dry ice for ap-

proximately 30 minutes before installation.
5. Install the insert in the counterbore by
using a pilot and pressing the insert in place.
This assures it being seated firmly on the bot-
tom of the counterbore.
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
1. Make sure the cylinder head studs are
tight and in good condition and that the sealing
surfaces of the cylinder block and cylinder
head are clean and not damaged.

11

MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE
" , :8'#' .
;5~:i :,6,: :'i~ ~ ~
" '
® @
CD CD CD
@ CD CD Ci)
'"
Fig, 19 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
2. Observe that the cylinder head gasket is
marked "bottom" and install the gasket over
the cylinder head studs, with the bottom side of
the gasket contacting face of block.
NOTE: The new cylinder head gasket
is pre-coated and requires no sealer.
However, if difficulties are encoun-
tered with gasket sealing, coat bath
s ides of the gas ke t with Aviation
Grade Permatex or heat-resisting
aluminum paint and assemble it im-
mediately.
3. Install the cylinder head and carefully
tighten the cylinder head nuts to 70 - 75 ft.-lbs.
torque following the tightening sequence shown
in Fig. 19. Make sure to use a torque wrench
and go over aU of the nuts twice before finally
pulling them down to the proper torque.
4. Install the push rods in their original lo-
cations, making sure each one is properly 10-
cated in the socket of the tappet.
NOTE: If the push rads are "bumped"
or "jarred" in the pro cess of install-
ing the rocker assembly, it is possible
for them ta faZZ down into the cylinder
block. For this reason, it is a good
practice ta attach a spring-loaded
clothes pin ta each puslz rad.
5. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in
place, then install the valve stem caps and
gradually and alternately tighten the supports to
20 - 25 ft. -lbs. torque.
6. Make an initial valve clearance adjust-
ment with the engine "cold". Adjust intake and
exhaust valve clearance to 0.015 inch. Refer
to heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance"
for procedure.
7. If the manifold assembly has been re-
moved, use a new gasket, then install the man-
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
ifold assembly and tighten the manifold nuts to
25 - 30 ft.-lbs. torque.
iÎi:
~J
~. ~
8. Install the carburetor and reconnect the
carburetor control rode
9. Install the rocker arm cover and spark
® "
plugs.
NOTE: After the engine lzas been
started and allowed ta reach operating
temperature, re-torque the cylinder
head and adjust the valve tappet clear-
ance "hat" ta 0.013 inch, with the en-
gine running ai a slow idle.
ADJUSTING VALVE
TAPPET CLEARANCE
Both the intake and exhaust valve clearances
should be set at O. 013 inch "hot", or at 0.015
inch "cold". The engine firing order is 1-3-4-2.
To adjust the valve tappet clearance with en-
gine "cold", proceed, as follows:
1. Turn the crankshaft clockwise (viewed
from front) until the T. D. C. mark on the fly-
wheel is positioned in the middle of the inspec-
tion hole and both of the rocker arms of No. 4
(rear) cylinder are "rocking" (exhaust valve
closing and intake valve opening).
NOTE: At this point, No. 1 cylinder
is approximately at T. D. C. on com-
pression stroke, with bath valves
closed.
2. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
lined, loosen the locknuts on the rocker arms
for No. 1 cylinder and, with a O. 015 inch feeler
gauge between the valve stem and the face of
the rocker arm, turn each adjusting screw until
the correct clearance is obtained. Tighten
locknuts and recheck clearance.
3. Turn the engine crankshaft clockwise ap-
proximately 1/2 of a turn until No. 2 cylinder
rocker arms are "rocking" and adjust the valve
tappet clearances of No. 3 cylinder.
4. Turn the crankshaft another 1/2 of a turn
until No. 1 cylinder rocker arms are "rocking"
and adjust the tappets for No. 4 cylinder.
5. Turn the crankshaft another 1/2 of a turn
until No. 3 cylinder rocker anus arc "roc king"
and adjust the tappets for No. 2 cylinder.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

SLEEVE

~ ~ , ,

CYLiNDER HEAD STUDS

)··;;;;;;;t;::~;;i:::>··\;····,...
,~ ~:.~
"·.. ..>",,,,,,,,i:;ii;'''·-:;:'
~
~ ~~~:;,O
~ fb~'

,
/

TIMING
GEAR
COYER

Fig. 20 - Cylinder Black - Idenification of Connecting and Related Ports

CYLINDER BLOCK INSPECTING THE CYI.INDER BI.OCK

The cylinder block is a one-piece casting
with drilled oil passages which eliminate aIl
external lubrication oil lines. The oil and
coolant passage openings in the top of the block
register with similar openings in the head, thus
joining the passages in the head with those in
the block. The block is properly machined to
accept the heavy-walled, cast, wet-type cylin-
der sleeves.
Fig. 20 shows the cylinder block, main bear-
ing caps and various other connecting and re-
lated parts.
After the block has been stripped of aU re-
. moveable parts, the entire casting, including
the oil and coolant passages, should be thor-
oughly cleaned and inspected, as follows:
1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
plugs showing signs of leakage.
2. Inspect the cylinder head studs to make
sure they are installed tightly and are not
stripped or otherwise damaged.
3. Thoroughly inspect the block for cracks.

13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J 45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Each piston is -f'i.tled with four piston rings;

three compression rings and one oil control
ring. The top compression ring and the steel
rails of the oil control ring are chrome plated
for minimum wear and long engine life. .

AlI pistons are notched at the bottom of the

skirt, as shown in Fig. 21, to indicate the cor-
rect positioning of the piston inside the cylin-
der. THE PISTON MUST BE INSTALLED
WITH THE NOTCH TOWARD THE FRONT OF
THE ENGINE.

The upper ends of the connecting rods are

fitted with replaceable bronze piston pin
bushings.

The crankshaft ends of the connecting rods

are fitted with replace able precision-type bear-
ing inserts. Replacement bearing inserts are
available in O. 002 inch, O. 010 inch and O. 020
inch undersize. The bearing inserts are lead
base, babbit overlay type, with steel bac king.
1. Piston 5. ConneCling Rod
2. Piston Pin Retainers
3. Piston Pi n
6.
7.
Bearing Inserts
Connecting Rod Cap
The connecting rods have an OIL SPRAY
4. Connecting Rad Bushing 8. Connecting Rad Boit with Lock HOLE, as shown in Fig. 21, and are numbered
from the front of the engine, with the numbers
TOWARD THE CAMSHAFT SIDE OF THE EN-
GINE. The oil spray hole provide s lubrication
These may sometimes occur between the cyl- to the thrust side of the piston and cylinder
inders or around the studs. sleeve which is located on the right-hand side
of the cylinder.
4. Use a straightedge and feeler gauge to
inspect the top face of the cylinder block for The piston pins are of the full floating type
possible warpage due to extreme overheating and are secured in place by snap rings. Re-
or other abnormal operation. placement pins are available in standard size
and O. 003 inch and O. 005 inch oversize.
Check the flatness in three different locations
lengthwise, and five different locations cross-
wise. The maximum permissible variation is REMOVING PISTON AND
O. 004 inch low in the center lengthwise, gradu- CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES
ally decreasing toward the ends, or O. 003 inch
crosswise. Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they may
The cylinder block should be resurfaced if be removed, as follows:
these limits are exceeded.
1. Drain oil and coolant from engine, if it
has not already been done.

2. Remove cylinder head.

PISTON AND CONNECTING
ROD ASSEMBL y 3. Remove oil pan.

Fig. 21 shows the parts of the piston and
connecting rod assembly.
The pistons are made of a special aluminum
alloy and are cam ground. The piston skirt is
slightly tapered, being larger at the bottom
than at the top.
4. Disconnect the oil intake line at the oil
pump and the oil strainer support at the center
main bearing cap and remove the oil strainer
assembly and intake oil line as one complete
unit.
5. Inspect the sleeves, as outlined under the

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
heading "Inspecting and Servicing the Cylinder
Sleeves", to determine if they are reusable.
6. Carefully remove any cylinder ridge
present inside the cylinder sleeves with a ridge
reamer. Refer to heading "Inspecting and
Servicing the Cylinder Sleeves" for additional
information.
NOTE: If the cylinder sleeves are
worn (tapered) more than O. 008 inch,
make sure to install a new matched
set of piston and sleeves after the old
pistons have been removed.
7. Rotate the crankshaft until the piston to
be removed is at the bottom of its stroke, then
release the locks and remove the connecting
rod boUs, caps and bearing inserts.
NOTE: Keep the caps, inserts and
boUs in numerical arder sa that each
part can be reassembled with its mat-
ing part after the Pistons and rads are
removed. If the rods are not already
numbered, do sa at this time.
8. Push the piston and connecting rad as-
sembly out of the top of the block, carrying
with it aIl the carbon and metal chips left from
the cleaning and ridge reaming operation. When
doing this, be careful not to damage the sleeves
with the sharp corners and rough edges of the
connecting rod.
NOTE: Make sure to Zay out aU parts
in their arder of removal sa that, if
serviceable, they may be reinstalled
in their original cy linders .
9. Remove and discard the old piston rings,
then clean the entire piston and connecting rod
assembly.
10. Repeat steps No. 6 through 9, if ail the
piston and connecting rad assemblies are to be
removed.
REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECTING ROD
To separate the piston from the connecting
rod, remove the snap ring from each end of the
piston pin bore, then slip piston pin out of the
piston.
PISTON PINS
The piston pins are of the full floating type
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
and are retained in the piston bosses by snap
rings. New standard size pins are O. 8591 -
0.8593 inch in diameter. Replacement pins are
supplied in standard size and O. 003 inch and
O. 005 inch oversizes.
Correct fit of new piston pins is O. 0002 -
0.0006 inch CLEARANCE in both the piston pin
bore and connecting rod bushing. The piston
pin should have a light push fit when checked at
room temperature.
NOTE: Be careful when fitting piston
Pins. With modern honing equiPrnent,
Pins should be fitted by actual clear-
ance and not by feel. Note that, while
a light push fit is mentioned, there is
a definite clearance of the piston Pin
in bath the piston and connecting rad
bushing.
Us e new snap rings when ins talling
pis ton pins.
CONNECTING RODS
The connecting rods are .made of forged steel
and have an I-beam cross section for struc-
tural rigidity.
The weight of the connecting rods is accurat-
ely held within 1/4 ounce variation to provide
smooth engine operation.
The connecting rods have an oil spray hole
which supplies lubrication to the thrust face of
the cylinder wall. To assure correct installa-
tion, both the rods and caps are numbered from
the front of the engine with the numbers
TOWARD THE CAMSHAFT SillE OF THE EN-
GINE.
New Connecting Rod Specifications are, as
follows:
Bearing Data:
Crankpin Journal
Diameter . . . . . . .. 1. 9365 - 1. 9375 inches
Connecting Rod Bearing Bore
Diameter . . . . . . .. 1. 9378 - 1. 9388 inches
Bearing Clearance. . .. O. 0003 - O. 0023 inch
Desired Clearance ......... 0.0015 inch
Maximum Clearance. . . . . . .. O. 0033 inch
Connecting Rod Side-Play ... O. 005 - 0.011 inch
15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Hone the new bushing to an inside diameter

of O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch for new standard size
pins. Proper clearance between the piston pin
and the bushing is O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch.

Conneding Rod Alignment

The piston pin hole in the connecting rad

must be parallel to and in plane with the bear-
ing end of the connecting rode

Rad alignment may be checked on a fixture

with the piston pin assembled in the rod before
assembling the piston, but regardless of this
preliminary check, the complete piston and rod
assembly must be rechecked and there must
not be more than 0.002 inch twist or out-of-
squareness when checked over a spread of ap-
proximately 4 inches.

If the connecting rod is bent or twisted, it

Fig. 22 - Special Tools for Replacing Connecting Rod Bushings may be straightened to bring it within the above
specification.
NOTE: The Pistons are cam ground
Piston Pin Hole Data: and are slightly tapered. This must
Bushing Bore Diameter - Installed be ta ken into consideration when
But Unfinished ..... O. 8465 - O. 8485 inch checking the alignment of the com-
Bushing Bore Diameter - plete piston and connecting rad as-
Finished Size ....... O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch sembly, since the diameter in line
Piston Pin Diameter - with the pis ton pin will be less at the
Standard Size ...... O. 8591 - O. 8593 inch top of the skirt than at the bottom.
Bushing Clearance ..... O. 0002 - 0.0006 inch
Desired Clearance ............. 0.0004 inch
PISTONS
Always check connecting rods for proper
alignment. Discard or straighten any rods that AU of the pistons, including service replace-
are misaligned. ment pistons, are fitted with a sleeve at the
factory and are available only in matched sets.
Replace connecting rod bushings whenever This is done to insure the best possible fit, a
new pistons or new standard size pins are in- condition necessary for an efficient, quiet run-
stalled. If bushing clearance exceeds specifi- ning engine.
cations and the old pistons are reusable, the
bushings may be honed and fitted with oversize Each matched set consists of a piston and
pins. cylinder sleeve which has been graded by size
and coded with a letter at the factory. The
code letters and their respective sizes are, as
Bushing Replacement follows:
When replacing the connecting rod bushings,
use the special OTC Tools, as shown in Fig. 22.
Support the connecting rod in a press and use Piston Skirt. Diameter (Inches)
Identification Cylinder Size
the bushing remove collar OTC-FT-350 in con- Letter
Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt
(Inches)
junction with mandrill OTC-813 to press out
the old bushing. To install the new bushing, A-l 3.3725-3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750
position the bushing on the connecting rod WITH A 3.3730-3.3735 3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
B 3.3735-3.3740 3.3725-3.3730 3.3755-3.3760
THE OIL HOLES ALIGNED, then use bushing C 3.3740-3.3745 3.3730 -3. 3735 3.3760-3.3765
installer collar OTC-FT-351 with the mandrill D 3.3745-3.3750 3.3735-3.3740 3.3765-3.3770
and press the new bushing in place. E 3.3750-3.3755 3.3740-3.3745 3.3770-3.3775

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

Thoroughly inspect the pistons, if the old No. 2 and 3 Compression

sleeves do not require replacement. Discard Rings . . . . 0.0035 ;.. 0.0055 inch
pistons that are scored, or otherwise damaged. No. 4 on Ring Not applicable
If pistons appear serviceable, proceed, as Maximum Side
follows: Clearance Must not exceed O. 0025 inch
over new maximum side
1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter clearance
at a right angle to the piston pin.
Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
NOTE: The piston is cam-ground and or bent lands.
has a skirt which is slightly tapered,
being larger at the bottom than at the 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear and
top. check the piston pin fit in the piston. For quiet
operation, the pin should have a clearance of
2. Inspect for worn or dam age dring 0.0002 - 0.0006 inch in the piston. If a new
grooves. New piston ring groove clearance standard size piston pin has excessive clear-
specifications are, as follows: ance, the piston and the connecting rod bushing
may be honed and fitted with oversize piston
No. 1 Compression pins. Refer to heading "Piston Pins" for addi-
Ring . . . . . . . . . O. 0035 - O. 005 inch tional information.

INSTAI.I.ING THE PISTON RINGS

NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the cylinder sleeves. To do this, use an
inverted piston and insert each one-piece ring, one at a time, approximately 2 INCH-
ES DOWN IN THE BORE. Bring the edge of the piston up against the ring to square it
up in the cylinder bore. Proper ring end gap in a new sleeve is 0.010 - 0.020 inch
for aU of the one-piece piston rings.

When instaUing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for all of the one-piece
rings. Install the lowest groove ring first, then the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct place-
ment is, as follows, refer to Fig. 23:

Description and Placement of Piston Rings

No. 1 Compression Ring Taper-faced chrome plated cast iron ring and
MUST be installed with side marked "Top"
toward top of piston.

No. 2 and 3 Compression Rings ............. . Taper-faced cast iron rings and MUST be in-
stalled in second and third grooves, with side
marked "Top" toward top of piston.

No. 4 Oil Control Ring ..................... . Three-piece type r in g, consisting of two

chrome plated steel rails and a self-expanding
spacer. This ring should be installed, as
follows:

a. Place the self-expanding spacer in the bot-

tom ring groove. Position it so that the ends
are above the solid portion of the groove bot-
tom, approximately in line with the piston pin
hole.

17
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J45 ENGINE
TOP COMPRESSION RING
-(CHROME PLATED-TAPER FACED)
2ND 'AND 3RD GROOVE
COMPRESSION RING
(PLAIN - TAPER FACED)
Fig. 23 - Production Piston Ring Arrangement
INSTALLING THE PISTON AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMSL y
1. Make sure pistons and connecting rods
are assembled correctly, with the notch on the
pistons toward the front of the engine and the
connecting rod numbers toward the camshaft
side of the engine.
NOTE: The oil spray Jwle in the rod
must be toward the thrust side of the
cylinder (opposite camshaft side of
engine).
2. Make sure aU parts are clean, then re-
move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coating
of oil to the cylinder sleeves and the piston
assemblies.
3. Stagger the ring gaps and, using a piston
ring compressor tool, start the assembly into
the cylinder. Make sure that the assembly is
installed in the proper cylinder location and is
properly positioned with the piston notches
toward the front. The connecting rod numbers
must be toward the camshaft side of the engine.
4. Rotate the crankshaft until the appropri-
ate crankpin journal is at B. D. C., then press
the assembly into the cylinder bore.
5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the
connecting rod and the bearing insert, then in-
stan the upper insert in place.
6. Lubricate the bearing insert and crankpin
journal, then pull the rod assembly into posi-
tion onto the crankpin. Make sure that the
bearing insert is still correctly located.
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap
18
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
b. While holding ends of spacer butled, care-
fully spiral one of the rails onto the piston and
install it on the top side of the spacer. Locate
the rail gap approximately 1 - 2 inches to the
LEFT of spacer ends.
c. Install the remaining rail onto the piston in
the sa me manner, but locate it below the spac-
er, and position the rail gap approximately 1 -
2 inches to the RIGHT of the spacer gap.
d. Inspect the final assembly to make certain
the spacer ends are not overlapped.
DO NOT CUT OFF ENDS OF SPACER.
and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it
into the cap.
8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the
bottom insert.
9. With the cap location number toward the
camshaft side of the engine, position the cap in
place and install the bolts, using new locks.
Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 40 - 45
ft. -lbs. torque and lock them.
CYLINDER SLEEVES
The cylinder sleeves are made of cast iron
and are of the wet type. The sleeves are sealed
into the block by two neoprene '!O"-rings,
which fit in grooves around the bottom of the
sleeve.
NOTE: The grOO1;es and the "O"-rings
are manufactured to very close toler-
ances and s lzould be treated with care
at aU times.
The top of the sleeves are shouldered and fit
into recessed diameters in the top of the cylin-
der block. The sleeves are designed so that
they will protrude 0.001 - 0.004 inch above the
top surface of the cylinder block. This causes
the sleeve to be forced down tightly against the·
bottom of the recessed diameter, thus forming
a seal when the cylinder head is bolted down.
The bottom of the sleeves have rod clearance
which must be toward the sides of the cylinder
block. ~
Replacement sleeves are not available indi-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

vidually, but are supplied in complete matched

piston and sleeve sets.

Each matched set consists of pistons and

sleeves which have been graded by size and
coded with a letter at the factory. The code
letters and their respective sizes are, as
follows:

Piston Skirt Diameter (lnches)

Identification Cylinder Size
Letter (Inches)
Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt

A-l 3.3725~3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750

A 3.3730-3.3735
B 3.3735-3.3740
C 3.3740-3.3745
D 3.3745-3.3750
E 3.3750-3.3755
3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
3.3725-3.~730 3.3755-3.3760
3.3730-3.3735 3.3760-3.3765
3.3735-3.'3740 3.3765-3.3770
3.3740-3.3745 3.3770-3.3775

INSPECTING AND SERVICING Fig. 24 - Measuring Sleeve Height

THE CYLINDER SLEEVES

1. Thoroughly clean the carbon from around

the top of the old cylinder sleeves and inspect
them for scoring or other damage. Replace
sleeves that are scored or otherwise damaged.
2. Determine the original size of the cylin-
der sleeve by measuring the diameter of the
sleeve at the TOP unworn portion (above the
piston ring travel area).
NOTE: New s leeves are made s lightly
tapered, being 0.0002 inch to 0.0015
inch larger at the bottom than at the
top.
3. Carefully measure the inside diameter of
the sleeve at the top portion of the piston ring
travel area. Compare the worn diameter with
the unworn diameter and determine the amount
of cylinder taper present.
4. If the amount of taper is less than O. 008
inch, the sleeves may be considered satisfac-
tory for further use, providing a new set of
service re-rings is installed during reassem-
bly. IF THE TAPER EXCEEDS 0.008 INCH,
THE SLEEVES SHOULD BE REPLACED.
5. Carefully remove the cylinder ridge and
deglaze the sleeve s if they are to be reused.
MAKE SURE TO THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE
SLEEVES AFTER THEY ARE DEGLAZED.
NOTE: It JJtay be necessary to secure
the s leeve 'bz place to keep it from
turnmg white ridge reaming. One way
of securing the sleeve is to cut a
length of PiPe, which can be inserted
over the s tuds and drawn down on the
flange of the sleeve to hold it in po-
sition.
REPLAC/NG THE CYLINDER SLEEVES
To replace the cylinder sleeves, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the piston and connecting rod as-
semblies as outlined.
2. Use a sleeve puller and pull the sleeve
out the top of the cylinder block.
3. Thoroughly clean the sleeve recess and
the "O"-ring sealing surfaces in the cylinder
block. Make sure to remove aH rust and scale
from the block to permit metal-to-metal con-
tact and to prevent damaging the new "O"-rings
when the sleeves are installed.
4. Install the new sleeves in the cylinder
block, without the "O"-ring seals, to determine
the amount they protrude above the cylinder
block.
Lay a straightedge across the top of each
sleeve and use a feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig.
24, ta measure the height. The sleeves shauld

19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENGINE
SHIM - IF REQUIRED
Fig. 25 - Height of Sleeve Above Block
proj ect from O. 001 - 0.004 inch above the face
of the block, as shown in Fig. 25, thus per-
mitting a slight pressure build-up where the
gasket contacts the sleeve. The slight pressure
build-up assures a good seai at this point. It
may be necessary to shift the sleeves from one
bore to another until the desired projection can
be obtained. If the correct proj ection cannot be
obtained by shifting the sleeves, install shims
in order to raise them. The shims are avail-
able in 0.0015 and 0.003 inch thickness.
NOTE: Be careful, when. s hifting the
Ilez!" sleeves, to keep the mating pis-
tOIlS and s leeves together. The Pis-
tons and s leeves must be of the same
code size.
5. Remove the sleeve, selected for each
bore, and install the new "O"-ring seais. Make
sure the seals are not twisted during installa-
tion, otherwise they are very likely to leak.
To prevent any possibility of twist, slip a fin-
DOT MARKS ON TOP OF SLEEVES
CENTERLINE OF
CRANKSHAFT
SLEEVE NOTCHES
Fig. 26 - Cylinder Sleeves Correctly Positioned in Block
20
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
OIL FILLER CAP
GOVERNOR BUMPER SPRING
BUMPER SPRING ADJUSTING SCREW
GOVERNOR LEVER ASSEMBLy \
/
CRANKSHAFT OUST SEAL
CRANKSHAFT PULLEV
PULLEV WASHER
PULLEV RETAINING BOLT
/
Fig. 27 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Parts
ger under the seals, and run the finger around
the sleeve two or three times, allowing the seal
to slide back in place without a twist.
6. Thoroughly lubricate the "O"-ring seals
on each sleeve with brake fluid or petroleum
jelly.
7. Position the sleeve so that the two notches
are toward the sides of the cylinder block, as
shown in Fig. 26. Install the sleeve in the cyl-
inder block and pre ss it in place with the palm
of the hand. If the seal contact surfaces and
the recess in the cylinder block have been
carefully cleaned, the sleeve should be able to
be pushed in place by hand, without the need of
additional force.
TIMING GEAR COVER AND
FRONT CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The timing gear cover, as shown in Fig. 27,
is made of cast iron and contains the front
crankshaft oil seal and governor lever assem-
bly. The coyer is dowel located to the cylinder
block to assure correct positioning of the front
oil se al in relation to the crankshaft.
The governor lever is supported by the tim-
ing gear coyer and operates in two sets of
needle bearings located inside the coyer.
REMOVING THE TIMING GEAR COVER
To remOve the timing gear coyer proceed,
as follows:
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 28 - Removing Crankshaft Putley

1. Remove the fan beIt and fan blade assem-
bly.
2. Re move the crankshaft puUey boIt and
remove the pulley, using a puller tool, as shown
in Fig. 28.
further operation, provided the seai contact
surface on the pulley is in good condition.
Make sure to examine the sealing surface on
the puUey very carefully, since any roughness
or scratche s will eventually damage the seaI
and cause an oil Ieak.

3. Disconnect the carburetor control rod at
governor lever end.
4. Remove the breather tube from the rocker
arm cover.
If the pulley surface is damaged, it must
either be repIaced or saIvaged by building up
the damaged surface, then turning the surface
again to the specified size and very carefuUy
polishingit.

5. Either remove the oil pan or remove the Replocing front Crankshoft Oil Seol
three front oil pan capscrews and Ioosen aU
other remaining capscrews securing the ail pan. 1. Carefully press or evenly tap the oId oil
seaI out of the timing gear cover.
6. Remove aU of the bolts and capscrews
securing the timing gear caver. Carefully sep-
arate the bottom and rear gaskets from it and
remove the cover from the two dowels on the
front face of the cylinder block.

FRONT CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL

Inspect the front ail seal carefuUy to deter-
mine whether or not it is worn or damaged. If
the oil seal shows any signs of damage or wear,
it should be replaced. Do not take chances
~, with questionable oil seaIs.

If the ail seal is in new condition and shows

no signs of cuts or wear, it may be reused for Fig. 30 - Location of Front Crankshaft Oi 1 Sea 1

21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

CARBURETOR C.ONTROL ROD

~.~
\ . ~
GOVERNOR cUP ASSEMBLY "

~ r
r GOVERNOR LEVER
ANDSHAFT

-~~
~\1~"..
NEEDLE BEARINGS

ROCKER LEVER

Fig. 31 - Governor Lever Assembly - IdënÙfication

and Sequence of Part::

Fig. 33 - Reor View of Timing Geer Cover

NOTE: Do not attempt ta pry the old
seal out of the caver. Such a practice
may score the caver and cause leak-
age. SERVICING THE GOVERNOR LEVER
ASSEMBL y AND NEEDLE BEARINGS

2. Clean the oil seal bore in the cover. The governor lever shaft is supported in the
timing gear cover by two sets of needle bear-
3. Lightly coat the bore in the cover with ings. Refer to Fig. 31 showing the lever and
sealing compound. other related parts.

4. Lubricate the lip of the new oil seal with
oil.
5. Position the se al so that the lip of the
seal will be toward the engine, then PRESS the
new oil seal into the rear of the cover, as
shown in Fig. 29. When properly installed, the
oil seal should be flush with the rear face of
the cover, as shown in Fig. 30.
Observe that two seais are used with the
lever shaft. The outer seal is a dust seal,
whereas the inner one is an oil seal.
The governor lever is held in position by a
pin through the rocker lever and shaft.
Whenever the timing gear cover is removed,
the governor lever should be checked for bind-
ing or looseness in the needle bearings. If
side movement of the shaft or binding in the
needle bearings is evident, the shaft and bear-
ings should be removed and serviced, as
follows:

1. Remove the governor lever shaft.

a. Remove the pipe plug from front face

of timing gear cover, as shown in
Fig. 32.

b. Drive the governor shaft pin, as shown

in Fig. 32, out of the rocker lever and
shaft, then remove rocker lever and
withdraw shaft from cover.

Fig. 32 - Pipe Plug Removed from Timing Gear Cover 2. Remove the dust seal and, with a suitable

22

GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 34 - Removing Old Needle Bearings
from Timing Gear Cover
tool, carefully remove the old oil seal out of
the bore in the cover.
3. Use a small punch and drive in the short
bearing stop pin (shown in Fig. 33) until it lS
free, then remove it from inside the bore.
4. Carefully drive the old needle bearings
out of the cover, using a mandrel, as shown in
Fig. 34.
5. Using the same mandrel, carefully drive
the new inner bearing into the caver until it is
positioned sa that it just clears the stop pin
hale. Install a new pin into the hole. Refer to
Fig. 33, showing the inner bearing and stop pin.
Fig. 35 - Insta lIing New Governor Shoft
MASSEY -FERGUSON
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 36 - ail Slinger and Governor Cup Assembly
Properly Ins ta lied
6. Carefully drive the outer needle bearing
into the bore until it isflush with the botlom of
the counterbored oil seal hole.
7. Drive the new oil seaI into position, as
shown in Fig. 35, until it contacts the bottom of
the counterbore. Install the dust seal into the
cover.
8. Insert the governor shaft through the cov-
er and install the rocker lever onto the shaft.
Line up the hole in the shaft and lever, then
drive a new pin into the hole to secure the two
together.
9. Install the pipe plug into the front of the
caver.
10. Check the shaft ta make sure it rotates
freely without binding. Binding of the shaft
will cause improper governor operation.
NOTE: If improper governor opera-
tion has been encountered, back the
bumper s crew "out" until il jus t clears
the bumper spring and check the loca-
tion of the lever end of the bumper
spring. The spring should be loœted
so that the rear edge is 1 ülch below
the rear face of the cover.
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COVER
1. If removed earlier, install the governor
cup assembly into the camshaft and position it
sa the lip is approximately at the 8 o'clockpos-
ail Seo 1
ition, as viewed from the front.
23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

NOTE: The oil slinger on the crank-

shaft must be installed so that the out-
er flanged portion is facing forward,
as s hown in Fig. 36.
2. Using a new cover gasket, install the
timing gea:r cover onto the two dowels in the
front face of the cy linder block.

NOTE: The cover gasket should be

trimmed so that it is flush with the
bOttom sealing surface.
3. Depending upon the method of disas-
sembly used earlier, either install the oil pan
or install the front oil pan capscrews, and
tighten all of the remaining capscrews which
were loosened earlier.

4. Install the dust seal in the cover and in-
staIl the pulley onto the crankshaft. Install the
pu1Jey washer and boIt, then block flywheel and
tighten pulley boIt securely.
NOTE: If the governor bumper screw
has been replaced or the adjustment
s crew "setting" has been altered in' an
attempt to correct improper operation,
then back the governor bumper screw
"out" to the point where it is not con-
tacting the bumper spring. Use this
adjustment as a starting point.
The governor lever should have ap-
proximately 13/16 inch travel when
mèasured at the upper carburetorcon-
trol rod ho le, without any linkage
attached.
5. Install the breather tube onto the rocker
arm cover.
Fig, 37 - Crankcase and Camshaft Gears Properly Timed
timing. Each gear is key-Iocated and has a
slight interference fit with its shaft.
Replacement timing gears are supplied in
standard size, undersize and oversize in order
to accurately maintain the correct backlash for
aIl engines.
The camshaft and main bearing bores in the
cylinder block are line bored at the factory.
The bores are then very carefuIly measured to
determine the exact center-to-center distance
between the two bores. After the exact dis-
tance has been measured, the block is then
marked with a code on the front surface to pro-
vide a means of identifying the correct timing
gear combination to be used.

6. Connect the carburetor control rod at
governor lever end.
NOTE: For additional information
concerning the governor operation and
linkage adjustment, refer to the part
within this section of your rnanual
dealing with the fuel system.
TIMING GEARS
The crankshaft and camshaft timing gears are
made of cast iron and have helical type teeth
for quiet operation. Both the crankshaft gear
and the camshaft gear have timing marks, as
shown in Fig. 37, to assure correct engine
There are three code letters used to identify
the relationship of the camshaft and main bear-
ing bores. Letter "S" is used to designate a
block that is bored with a standard center-to-
center distance. The letter "0" is used to in-
dicate that the distance between the bores is
oversize, whereas a letter "U" is used to des-
ignate an undersize condition. The number
within the undersize (Letter "U"), or the over-
size (Letter "0") indicates the amount of de-
viation of one-thousandths of an inch gradua-
tions. Fig. 37 shows a block with a code-
marking.
All timing gears are marked with the same
above-mentioned codes to allow both production
and rebuilt engines to be accurately fitted with
timing gears.

24
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig_ 38 - Measuring Timing Geer Becklesh
Replacement timing gears are available in
standard size, O. 001 and O. 002 inch oversize,
and in O. 001 and O. 002 inch undersizes.
When replacing timing gears in an engine
block, the sum total of the two GEAR MARK-
INGS SHOULD BE EQUAL TO THE NUMBER
THAT IS STAMPED ON THE BLOCK. For ex-
ample: If the cylinder block was stamped with
a ""N" marking, as shown in Fig. 37, a "'U"
crankshaft gear could be used with a "'U" cam-
shaft gear to provide the required 0.002 inch
undersize combination. Also, an "s" size gear
could be used in conjunction with a "N" size
gear to provide the correct undersize.
INSPECT/NG THE TIMING GEARS
Whenever the engine is disassembled, the
timing gears should be inspected, as follows:
1. Visually inspect the timing gears. If any
of the teeth are broken, damaged, or badly
worn, the gears MUST be replaced.
2. Measure the backlash in the timing gears
with a thickness gauge or dial indicator, as
shown in Fig. 38. Proper timing gear backlash
is from O. 001 to O. 002 inch clearance.
NOTE; Worn crankshaft and carn-
s haft bearings can also cause exces-
sive backlash. If excessive backlash
ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig_ 39 - Removing the Camshaft Timing Geer
is experienced, make sure the crank-
shaft and camshaft bearings and jour-
naIs are in good condition.
Replace timing gears if backlash exceeds
O. 002 inch. Excessive backlash and camshaft
end-play will damage the cam gear governor.
When installing new gears, check them to
make certain there is enough clearance be-
tween the gears. One method of checking the
clearance is to hold a finger at the junction of
the two gears and, with a light hammer, tap the
rim of the camshaft gear and note if there is
vibration felt at this point. If there is a vibra-
tion and a 0.0015 inch feeler gauge will not
enter the gap between the two gear teeth, the
gear fit is within specifications.
REMOVING THE TIMING GEARS
To remove the timing gears, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the rocker arm cover and grad-
ually loosen the rocker support bolts and nuts
until the rocker arm shaft assembly is fully re-
leased.
2. Removè the timing gear cover as outlined
earlier.
NOTE: Remove ail pan ta allow pro-
25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL. Z-145 ENGINE
per installation of camshaft timing
gear when engine is reassembled.
3. Remove the oil slinger from the front of
crankshaft and the governor cup assembly from
front of camshaft.
NOTE: Check the camshaft end-Play
before removing the camshaft gear.
End-play should be within 0.003-0.007
inch. Install new thrust washer during
reassembly if end-play exceeds spec-
ifications •
4. Remove camshaft nut securing the gover-
nor driver assembly and camshaft gear, then
remove driver assembly.
NOTE: Examine the driver assembly
to make sure it is not damaged or ex-
c~ssively worn. The race should ro-
tate freely without binding.
5. Remove the camshaft timing gear with a
puller, as shown in Fig. 39, or CAREFULLY
pry the gear, using a suitable tool, on both
TAPPET
\ CAMSHAFT
,,
,
Fig. 40 - Comshaft - Identification of Connecting and Related Parts
26
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
sides between the block and gear to prevent
cocking or damaging th,e gear.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the
governor eup bore in the front of the
camshaft.
6. Install bolts into the two tapped holes in
the crankshaft timing gear and remove gear
with puller.
7. Carefully examine the camshaft thrust
plate. If excessive end-play was found earlier,
or if the thrust plate shows any indication of
SCOrlh': or wear, a new thrust plate should be
installed without que stion.
INSTAL.L.lNG THE TIMING GEARS
To install the timing gears, proceed, as
follows:
1. With the key in place and the oil pan re-
moved, CAREFULLY BLOCK THE CAMSHAFT
FORWARD, using a suitable tool which will not
damage the camshaft.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

2. Position the camshaft gear onto the cam-

shaft and LIGHTLY TAP the gear until it is
fully driven into place. Make sure the camshaft
is blocked forward to prevent the rear end from
bumping the expansion plug at the rear of the
block, and to prevent the camshaft key from
damaging the thrust washer.

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to in-

s taU the gear by pulling it into place
with the camshaft nut.

3. Install the governor driver assembly onto

the camshaft gear and CAREFULLY TIGHTEN
THE CAMSHAFT NUT TO 70 - 80 FT.-LBS.
TORQUE. DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE
CAMSHAFT NUT.

4. Make sure the timing gear marks are in

alignment, then carefully drive the crankshaft
timing gear onto the crankshaft. Make sure
the crankshaft keys are fully located and do not
ride out of place as the gear is driven on. Fig_ 41 - Meosuring Camshaft End-Play

5. Check timing gear backlash as outlined

earlier. Backlash should not exceed 0.002 inch.
6. Install the governor cup assembly in the
front of the camshaft.
7. Install the oil slinger onto the front end
of crankshaft. Slinger should be positioned so
the outer flanged portion is facing forward.
Camshaft end-play is controlled by a thrust
plate which is bolted to the front of the cylinder
block. Normal camshaft end-play is 0.003-
0.007 inch. Fig. 40 shows a view of the cam-
shaft, thrust washer and v:arious other related
parts.

8. Install the timing gear cover as outlined
earlier, and install the oil pan.
9. Tighten the rocker support bolts and nuts,
and adjust the valve clearance "cold", as out-
lined earlier.
10. Install rocker arm cover and complete
reassembly.
New camshaft specifications are, as follows:
Front Journal
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 808 - 1. 809 inches
Center Journal
Diameter ........... 1. 7455 - 1. 7465 inches
Rear Journal
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 683 - 1. 684 inches
Cam Lob Lift .................... 0.212 inch

REMOVING THE CAMSHAFT

CAMSHAFT To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows:

The camshaft is made of cast iron and is
supported in the cylinder block by three cam-
shaft bearing journals. The journals operate
directly in machined bores inside the block
(without bushings) with a normal operating
clearance of O. 0025 - O. 0045 inch.
The camshaft lobes have specially designed
opening and closing ramps which provide re-
duced wear of the lobes and valve seats, and
quiet engine operation.
1. With engine mounted on engine stand, re-
move rocker arm cover, rocker arm shaft as-
sembly and push rods.
2. Disconnect and remove the distributor.
3. Remove the oil pan, oil screen and intake
oilline assembly.
4. Remove timing gear caver as outlined
earlier.

27
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEl Z-J45 ENGINE
Fig. 42 - Removing or Installing Camshaft
5. Remove oil slinger from crankshaft and
governor cup assembly from front of camshaft.
6. Check camshaft/end-play - set up a dial
indicator, as shown in Fig. 41, and carefully
pry the camshaft rearward as far as possible.
Set the indicator at "zero", then carefully pry
the camshaft forward as far as possible and
observe the dial indicator reading. Camshaft
end-play should be between 0.003 - 0.007 inch.
Install a new thrust plate during reassemblyif
end-play exceeds 0.007 inch.
7. Check timing gear backlash as outlined
earlier. Install new timing gears during reas-
sembly if backlash exceeds O. 002 inch. Refer
to heading "Inspecting the Timing Gears" for
additional information concerning backlash.
8. Remove camshaft timing gear as outlined
unde r the heading "Removing the Timing
Gears".
9. Turn the engine upside down so that the
mushroom tappets will fall away from the cam-
shaft and will not interfere with its removal.
10. Remove the spe cial cap s c rew sand
shakeproof w a s h ers securing the cam s h a ft
thrust plate. Carefully move the camshaft for-
ward out of the cylinder block.
NOTE: Be careful rwt to damage the
calJtsJzaft lobes or journals.
28
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 43 - Engine Camshaft - Not Ail Oil Hales Shown
Fig. 42 shows removing the camshaft from
the cylinder block. The crankshaft and other
assemblies have been removed to show parts
more clear ly .
INSPECTING THE CAMSHAFT
Thoroughly clean the camshaft in solvent.
Make sure all of the oil holes in the camshaft,
as shown in Figs. 42 and 43, are open and
clean.
1. Visually inspect the camshaft journals
and lobes for wear or damage. If the y are
damaged or show apparent wear, the camshaft
should be replaced.
2. Inspect the distributor drive teeth on the
camshaft for damage or wear. Replace cam-
shaft if teeth are damaged or badly worn.
3. Measure the diameter of the bearing
journals with a micrometer. If the journal di-
ameters measure less than the following speci-
fications, the shaft should be replaced.
Minimum Front Journal
Diameter . . . . . . 1. 807 inches
Minimum Center Journal
Diameter . . . . . 1. 7445 inches
Minimum Rear Journal
Diameter . . . . . 1. 682 inches
4. Measure the bearing bores in the cylinder
block with a hole gauge and a micrometer, then
compare each bore diameter to its mating
journal diameter. The block and/or camshaft
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

should be considered unfit for further use if the sitioned with No. 4 piston at TDC on
running clearance exceeds O. 007 inch. compression stroke.

10. Adjust the valve clearance "cold" as

INSTAI.LlNG ,THE CAMSHAFT outlined earlier.

Before installing the camshaft, check the
front relief opening, as shown in Fig. 43. If
this opening is obstructed, the governor will
not operate properly.
1. Lubricate the journals and lobes with oil,
then carefully slide the camshaft into the cylin-
der block, being careful not to damage the
lobes or journals.
2. Position the new thrust plate so that the
side with the chamfer is toward the front jour-
nal. Install the special capscrews with the
shakeproof washers and tighten them to 15 - 20
ft.-lbs. torque.
3. With the oil pan removed, block the cam-
shaft forward, using a suitable tool which will
not damage the camshaft.
4. With the camshaft blocked forward and
the gear marks aligned, carefully tap the cam-
shaft timing gear fully into place on the cam-
shaft. - rocker arms.
NOTE: DO NOT A TTEMPT TO PULL
THE GEAR ONTO THE CAMSHAFT
WITH THE NUT. Refer to heading
"Installing the Timing Gears" for ad-
ditional information.
5. Install the governor driver assembly and
carefully TORQUE the camshaft nut to 70 - 80
ft.-lbs. DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE NUT.
11. Install rocker arm cover and complete
reassembly.
CHECKING VALVE TIMING
To check the valve timing of the Z-145 en-
gine, proceed, as follows:
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until both
rocker arms of No. 4 cylinder are "rocking"
(exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
to open).
NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
be at approximately T.D. C. on com-
pression stroke.
2. With No. 1 cylinder at T. D. C. on com-
pression stroke, adjust the intake and exhaust
valve clearances of No. 1 cylinder sa there 1s
0.014 inch clearance between the valves and
T. D.C.
INTAKE OPENS
o'0
6° B.T.D.C.
@450 H.P.M.

6. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft

and the governor cup assembly in the camshaft.
Install timing gear cover.

7. Install the oil screen and line assembly,

then install oil pan.

8. Install rocker arm shaft assembly and

push rods.

9. Install the distributor and make an initial

timing of the engine. Make sure to reset the
engine timing later, using a timing light with INTAKE
the engine running. CLOSES

i
NOTE; If the crankshajt kas not been B.D.C.
rotated after the timing marks were
aligned. the engine will already be po- Fig. 44 - Volve Timing for Z-145 G050line En9~ne

29
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

3. Rotate the engine in the normal direction spection window and check the location of the
of engine rotation until No. 1 piston is weIl T. D. C. mark on thé flywheel. If the valves are
started on the exhaust shoke. Then, grip the proper ly timed and the procedure has been
exhaust push rod for No. 1 cylinder and slowly correctly followed, the T. D. C. mark should be
turn the crankshaft until the exhaust push rod very nearly aligned with the pointer in the win-
just breaks free. The instant the push rod dow. Refer to Fig. 44, showing a dia gram of
breaks free, the exhaust valve will be fully the valve timing.
seated. At this stage, the intake valve push rod
for No. 1 cylinder should have started to tight- NOTE: You can expect sorne variation
en, indicating that the intake valve is starting (2 degrees either way frorn the speci-
to open. fication) due to this field-type check.
Ho wev er , if the check is carefully
4. Remove the plug from the flywheel in- rnade and you are off rnore than 5 de-

®------
®~-----+-

Fig. 45 - Crankshaft and Main Bearing - Identification af Connecting and Related Parts
1. (ronksholt P u llcy 130lt 6. Qil Pump Shlm - If RCqUlfCd 10. Rear Mein Bcoring Cap 14. Reer Main Bcoring Inscrt (Upper Holf)
2. Pcllcy Woohc, 7. Dillntokc Serccn Acocrnbly 11. Rcor Main Bcoring Insert (Lowc, Hall) 15. Cronkshoft Kcys .~
3. Crank::..hofl P:.;llcy 8 Center Mein 8cortng (ap 12. Reer Oil Seol Gaskct 16. Crankshaft Timing
.1. Fro;:t Main !3canng Cap 9. Rear 1'.10111 Gcaring Cap Packing 13. Rear Cronkshoh Oil 5eol Geer
5 0;1 Pcmp À'.ccrnbly 17. OilSlingcr

30
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES

grees early or late for both valves, it Figs. 45 and 46 show the crankshaft, main
would indicate tkat the timing is one bearing inserts, bearing caps and other related
tooth off, or the possible installation parts.
of a wrong camskaft.
Crankshaft and main bearing specifications
5. Make sure to reset the intake and exhaust are, as follows:
valve for No. 1 cylinder to the normal clear-
ance after checking the valve timing. Crankpin Journal
Diameter ............ 1. 9365-1. 9375 inches
Crankcase Bore
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS Diameter . . . . . . .. .. 2.4365-2.4372 inches
Main Bearing Inside
The crankshaft is made from a one-piece Diameter ............ 2.2505-2.2515 inches
steel forging and is heat-treated, precision Main Bearing Journal
ground and balanced for maximum service. Diameter .............. 2.249-2.250 inches
The crankshaft is supported by three precision Main Bearing
nonadjustable type main bearings. Clearance ............ O. 0005-0. 0027 inch
Desired Main Bearing
The main bearing inserts are tin - plated, Clearance .................... O. 0015 inch
babbit overlay type, with steel backing. Maximum Main Bearing

Fig. 46 - Crankshaft and Main Bearings - Identification of Parts

1. Crankshaft 3. Center Mein Beoring Inserts 5. Rear Main Beoring Insert (Lower Half) 7. Center Main Bearing Cap
2. Front Main Bcoring Inserts 4. Rear Main Becring Insert (Upper Holf) 6. Rear Main Bcoring Cap 8. Front Main Beoring Co p

31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

Clearance •.............•.•... O. 0037 inch

Crankshaft End- Play ....... O. 004-0.008 inch
Finish on An Crankshaft
Bearing J ournals and
Thrust Faces ............ 20 mico-inches

Crankshaft fillet radü:

Radii on AlI Crankpin Journals .... 3/32 inch

Radius on Front Main Journal .... 3/32 inch
Radii on Center Main Journal .... 3/32 inch
Radii on Rear Main Journal •..•••. 1/8 inch

The ail pump_ is mounted on the front main

bearing cap and is secured by the main bearing
boIts.
Fig. 47 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Play
The rear main bearing cap acts as a filler
black and is a section of the cylinder black.
The bearing cap uses packing on each side, as
shawn in Fig. 45, ta prevent ail leakage into
the clutch housing. thrust face on the crankshaft and the outside
face of the center bearing insert with a feeler
on seals are provided at the front and rear gauge.
ends of the crankshaft.
If a dial indicator is used, zero the gauge,
The front ail se al is of the spring - loaded then carefully force the crankshaft rearward as
type and is contained in the timing gear caver, far as it will go and observe the indicator
as shawn in Fig. 27. The rear ail seal is also reading. Fig. 47 shows checking the end-play
a spring-Ioaded type ail seal, but is contained with a dial indicator.
in a retainer assembly, which is attached ta
the rear face of the cylinder black and rear 3. If crankshaft end - play exceeds O. 00 9
main bearing cap. inch, install new center main bearing inserts.

Crankshaft end - play i s controlled by the

flanged center main bearing.
Replacement main bearing inserts are avail-
able in standard size and in O. 002 in c h, O. 010
inch and 0.020 inch undersizes.
New main bearings can be installed from be-
low without removing the crankshaft.
CRANKSHAFT END-PLA Y
Crankshaft end - play is controlled by the
flanged c e nt e r main bearing, a s shawn i n
Fig. 46. Normal end-play is O. 004-0. 008 inch.
Ta determine the amount of crankshaft end-
play in the engine, proceed, as follows:
1. With the ail pan removed, usecare not
ta damage the crankshaft and force the crank-
shaft forward as far as it will go.
2. Measure the gap between the machined
MAIN BEA RING INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT-CRANKSHAFT INSTALLED
Ta inspect the main bearings and replace
them with the crankshaft installed, proceed,
as follows:
1. Remove the ail pan.
2. Disconnect and remove the ail screen and
intake ail !ine assembly as one unit.
3. Remove each main bearing cap, one at a
time, then carefully wipe the ail from the bear-
ing insert and crankshaft journal.
NOTE: Wlzell removing the rear main
bearing cap, make sure to rem ove
the two smalt capscrews, shown 1;2
Fig. 50, whic" retain the rear ail seal
ta the bearing cap before atteIJ/ pting
ta pull the cap out.
4. Carefully inspect the bearing insert and
the crankshaft journal. If the bearing insert

32
 MASSE Y -fERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

shows indication of scoring, flaking-out or ap-

parent wear, the bearing must be replaced.

NOTE: While the lining of a new

bearing insert is smooth and highly
polished, only a very few hours of en-
gine operation will completely change
its appeCfi"ance. The bearing surface
becomes a leaden gray in color and
develops very minute craters, almost
cellulCfi" in appearance. This appeCfi"-
ance is a natural chCfi"acteristic of the
beCfi"ingand in no way indicatesfailure.

If the crankshaft is scored or shows apparent

wear, it must be removed and reground. The
crankshaft is tocco-hardened sa that the jour-
naIs are subject to very little wear and it is
normally safe ta use unless scored or cut from
lack of lubrication.

5. If the main bearing insert and journal ap-

pear serviceable, the bearing clearance should
be checked, as follows:
a. With the engine inverted on an engine
stand, place a piece of 0.002-0.004
inch size plastigage the full width of
the bearing journal.
NOTE: If the engine is in the normal
operating position, place the plastigage
in the bearing cap and make sure to
support the weight of the crankshaft
close to the bearing being checked to
hold the crankshaft up against the up-
per main bearing ins erts •
Fig- 48 - Specia 1 Toal far Removing or Insta IIing
Upper Ha If of Bearing
7. If the bearing inserts are worn or dam-
age d, they may be replaced, as follows:
a. Remove the worn upper half of the
bearing with the special tool, as shown
in Fig. 48. The tool, which is ob-
tainable at most parts suppliers, should
be inserted into the oil hole in the
crankshaft. Remove the old bearing
half with the special tool by rotating
the crankshaft in the normal direction
of engine rotation (clockwise).

b. Install the bearing cap and tighten the IMPORTANT: AL WAYS PRACTICE
bearing capscrews to 85-95 ft. -lbs. EXTREME CLEANLINESS WHEN RE-
torque. MOVING AND INSTALLING NEW
BEARINGS IN THIS MANNER.

IMPORTANT: Do not turn the crank- b. Lubricate the bearing surface of the
shaft white the plastigage is between new upper insert and install it with the
the bearing and journal. use of the special tool by rotating the
crankshaft counterclockwise.

c. Remove the bearing cap, then check the
width of the flatiened plastigage at its
widest point with the graduations on the
plastigage container.
d. If clearance is 0.0037 inch, or more,
install new bearing inserts without
question.
c. Remove the special tool from ail hole
in crankshaft and install the new lower
half of bearing into the bearing cap.
d. Using plastigage, install the bearing
cap and check the clearance of the new
bearing, following the same procedure
as outlined earlier.

6. Perform steps Nos. 3 through 5 in suc- 8. If the clearances of aIl main bearings are
cession for each main bearing, until aU three within specifications, lubricate the journals
bearings have been checked for clearance. and the bearing surface of the lower inserts.

33
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE
9. Install the front main bearing cap, ail
pump shim (if required) and ail pump.
10. Install center main bearing cap.
11. Carefully clean the old paclting from
the grooves in the rear main bearing cap and
the sealing faces on the cylinder block.
12. Install the rear main bearing cap. Make
sure the bearing cap is properly positioned so
it is flush with the bottom and rear faces of the
cylinder block.
13. Fully tighten the front, center and rear
main bearing capscrews to 85 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque.
NOTE: Check the backlash in the oil
pump gear. Backlash should be 0.004-
0.008 inch.
14. Lock all of the main bearing capscrews
with wire.
15. Install the capscrews and the special
sealing washers which secure the rear oil seal
to the rear main bearing cap. Tighten cap-
screws ta 8-10 ft. -lbs. torque.
16. Install the packing into each side of the
rear main bearing cap, as follows:
Fig. 49 - Tooi for Insta lIing Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap
34
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
a. The packing must beinstalledyby u.s e
of a packing tool. Fig. 49 shows a
packing tool which Can be made of
3/16 inch rad with one side ground off
for clearance, this section ta be slight-
ly longer than the depth of the grooves.
Another very satisfactory tool can be
made from an old long stem screw-
driver by cutting off the end and grind-
ing a flat surface along the length of
one side to allow the packing to feed
into the hole.
b. Dip the packing tool in National Oil
Seal Cement, or its equivalent, and
coat the full length of the groove with
cement.
c. Twist the candIe - wick packing tight,
making a "pig-tail" twist, and force it
in the groove, by hand, using the pack-
ing tool. Fig. 50 shows installing the
packing with a tool made from a long
stem screwdriver.
d. Every four twists, dip the tool in ce-
ment, then using a hammer, drive the
packing in solidly as far as it will go.
Fig. 50 - Installing Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
e. Repeat the above operations until both
grooves are completely filled, without
vOids, then trim off the excess packing
flush with the surface, using a raz or
blade. Wipe off any excess cement on
filler block.
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt ta pack
the groove full m one operation, as
there will be areas where the packing
is not solid and leaks will occur.
17. Complete reassembly by installing the
oil screen with intake oil line assembly, and
the oil pump.
REMOVING THE CRANKSHAFT
To remove the crankshaft while the engine is
mounted on a stand, proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the rocker arm cover and release
the rocker arm shaft assembly.
2. Remove oil pan and remove the oil intake
screen with intake oil line as one unit.
3. Remove the clutch assembly, flywheel
and rear crankshaft oil seaI.
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley and timing
gear cover. AIso, remove oil slinger from
front of crankshaft and governor cup assembly
from camshaft.
5. If the crankshaft gear requires replace-
ment, pull it off the crankshaft, using a suit-
able puller.
6. With the engine inverted, remove the con-
necting rod bearing caps and push the rads
clear of the crankshaft.
NOTE: Keep the bearing caps and
their bearing inserts in arder sa they
do not become interchanged. Mark
any rads and caps that are not num-
bered.
7. Remove the front main bearing capscrews
and remove the oil pump, oil pump shim (if
required) and front main bearing cap.
8. Remove capscrews securing the center
and rear main bearing caps and remove the
caps.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
NOTE: Keep the bearmg caps and
inserts in arder sa they do not be-
come interchanged.
9. Carefully lift crankshaft from cylinder
block. Reinstall main bearing caps to prevent
themfrom becoming damaged.
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft,
as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the crankshaft in a tank
of solvent. Clean an drilled passages with a
rüle brush and blow out aIl passages with com-
pressed air.
2. Visually inspect the bearing journals for
scoring or apparent wear. If any su ch evidence
is visible, the crankshaft is unfit for further
use and must either be reground and fitted with
undersize bearings or replaced.
3. Place the crankshaft on "V" blocks and
check the run-out at the center main bearing
journal with a dial indicator. Replace crank-
shaft if run-out exceeds O. 003 inch.
4. Measure each bearing journal with a mi-
crometer at a minimum of four places to de-
termine the amount of wear, t;:tper, or out-of-
round. (a) If any of the journals are worn
0.001 inch, or more, beyond the minimum dia-
meter, (b) 0.0015 inch or more out-of-round,
or tapered 0.001 inch, or more, the crankshaft
should either be reground or replaced.
Replacement bearing inserts are available
in standard size and 0.002 inch, 0.010 inch
and O. 020 inch undersizes.
New cra~shaft s p e c if i c a t ion s are, as
follows:
Main Bearing Journal
Diameters . . . . 2.249-2.250 inches
Crankpin Journal
Diameters . . . 1.9365-1.9375 inches
INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT
To install the crankshaft, make sure aU of
the oil passages are open and clean and that the
main bearing bores in the block are c1ean,
then proceed, as follows:
35
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2

1. InstaU the upper main bearing inserts in
their proper positions and lubricate them.
NOTE: The upper and lower-halves of
the front and center main bearings are
interchangeable for each particular
bearing.
THE UPPER AND LOWER HALVES
OF THE REAR BEARING ARE NOT
INTERCHANGEABLE. The upper half
of the rear rnain bearing has two large
ail ho les , whereas the lower half has
five small hales.
2. CarefuUy clean the main bearing caps
and the new lower halves of the bearings. Make
sure the packing grooves in the rear main bear-
ing cap are clean.
gage container. If clearance is 0.0033 inch,
or more, install new bearing inserts without
question. Desired bearing clearance is 0.0015
inch.
9. If the bearing clearance is within speci-
fications for aIl of the connecting rods, lubri-
cate the hearing inserts and journals and in-
staIl the bearing caps. Tighten the connecting
rod capscrews to 40-45 ft.-Ibs. torque and lock
them in place.
10. Install the governor cup assembly in
front of camshaft and oil slinger onto front of
crankshaft. Oil slinger must be installed with
outer flanged portion facing forward.
11. Install the timing gear cover and crank-
shaft pulley as outlined earlier.

3. CarefuUy lower the crankshaft into place 12. Install the rear oil seaI, flywheel and
and check the bearing clearances with plasti- clutch assembly.
gage as outlined ear lier.
13. Install the oil screen with intake oilline
NOTE: If the crankshaft gear is in- assembly, and install the oil pan.
s talled, rnake sure it is properly timed
with the carnshaft gear. 14: Tighten the rocker arm support boUs
and nuts to secure the assembly in place and
4. If clearances 0 f aU main bearings are install the rocker cover.
within specifications, apply a light coating of
oil to the main bearing journals and lower in-
serts. InstaU the main bearing caps and tight- REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
en them to 85 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque.
The rear crankshaft oil seal is a spring-
NOTE: For additional information
concerning ins talling the rrtain bearing
caps and packing the rear cap, refer
ta heading "Main Bearing Inspection
and Replacerrtent - Cranks haft In-
stalled".
5. Lock the main bearing capscrews with
wire.

6. If the crankshaft gear was removed ear-

lier, carefully drive the gear into place, with
the timing gear marks aligned.

7. Carefully clean the connecting rods, caps,

j ournals and bearing inserts, then assemble
the inserts into the connecting rods ~nd bear-
ing caps.

8. Me a sur e the connecting r 0 d bearing

clearance, one at a time, by using plastigage
and installing the bearing cap. Tighten the
con nec tin g rod capscrews to 40-45 ft. -lbs.
torque, then remove the bearing cap and com-
pare the width of the flattened plastigage at its
widest point with the markings on the plasti- Fig. 51 - Engine with Rea. Oil Seal Assembly Installed

36
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
loaded type seal and is contained in a retainer
assembly which is attached to the rear face of
the cylinder block and rear main bearing cap.
Replacement oil seals are not sold indivi-
dually, but are available as a complete assem-
bly already installed in the oil seai retCliiner.
Fig. 51 shows the rear oil seai assembly in-
stalled.
REPL.AClNG THE OIL. SEAL.
To replace the oil seal complete with its re-
tainer, proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the clutch assembly and flywheel.
2. Remove the oil pan.
3. Working from inside the crankcase, re-
move the two capscrews and their special seaI-
ing washers from the front side of the rear
"main bearing cap.
NOTE: These two capscrews retain
the bottonl of the oil seal and are spe-
cially designed to allow reJJtoval of the
rear bearing cap witlzout the need of
removing the flywheel.
4. Remove the three capscrews securing the
retainer assembly to the cylinder block and re-
move the retainer complete with old oil seal.
5. Remove the old gasket, if it is stuck to
the cylinder block and bearing cap, then care-
fully clean the gasket sealing surfaces.
6. Carefully examine the surface 0 n which
the oil seal makes contact. Any scratches or
other damage to this surface must be poli shed
out, otherwise the new seal will become dam-
aged and allow oilleakage.
7. Carefully inspect the rear chamferred
edge of the crankshaft to make sure it is smooth
and free of any sharp edges or burrs which
could damage the seal as it is being installed.
Stone off any burrs or sharp edges before at-
tempting to install the seal.
8. Apply a light coating of oil on the outer
rear surface of the crankshaft, then, using a
new gasket with sealing compound, carefully
start the new oil seal onto the c ranks hait.
"Wobble" the seal slightly as it is being pushed
on to get the seai Hp into position on the shaft.
ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
9. Position the retainer assembly so the two
threaded holes are aligned with the holes in the
rear bearing cap. Working from inside the
crankcase, install the two capscrews with the
special sealing washers into the front face of
the rear bearing cap and tighten them finger-
tight.
10. Install the three capscrews and washers
securing the retainer assembly to the cylinder
block and tighten them finger-tight.
11. Gradually tighten all of the capscrews to
8-10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
12. Complete reassembly by installing the
oil pan, flywheel and clutch assembly.
FLYWHEEL
REMOVING THE FL YWHEEL.
1. Remove the clutch assembly.
2. Remove the four nuts and washers secur-
ing the flywheel. Tap the flywheel with a soft
mallet to loosen it and lift the flywheel from
crankshaft.
CAUTION: Hold the flywheel securely
white tapping it to prevent il front
dropping and causing personal injury.
3. Inspect the face of the flywheel for scor-
ing, or evidence of overheating.
4. Replace the starter ring gear if any of
the teeth are broken or badly worn.
5. Inspect the clutch pilot bearing. Replace
hearing if there is any indication of roughness.
REPL.ACING THE RING GEAR
1. Drill a 1/4-inch hole nearly through the
ring gear. Be careful not to drill into the fly-
wheel.
2. Split the ring gear, using a chisel.
3. Carefully clean t~e outside diameter of
the flywheel where the new ring gear is to be
located.
4. Expand the new gear by uniformly heating
it to approximately 4500 F.
37
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE
5. Position the gear so the lead-in side will
be toward the front of the flywheel. Lay the
ring gear in position on the flywheel and ailow
it to cool. Make sure the ring gear is fully
located against the flange on the flywheel.
INSTAI.LlNG THE FI. YWHEEI.
1. Carefuily clean the mating faces on the
crankshaft flange and flywheel.
2. Observe the 4 holes in the flywheel and
the ends of the studs in the crankshaft. The
flywheel studs are located in such a way that
the flywheel can be bolted "only" in one position
to the crankshaft. . 6. If the pilot bearing was removed earlier,
3. Place the flywheel in position on th e
crankshaft. Install the nu t sand shakeproof
washers, then tighten the nuts to 70-75 ft.-lbs.
torque.
4. Using a dial indicator, carefuily check
the face of the flywheel for "run-out". The
total indicator reading should not exceed O. 001
inch for each inch of radius from ·the flywheel
center to the point of measurement.
38
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
NOTE: When making the above check,
the spark plugs should be removed te
allow the flywheel te turn freely. Ap-
Ply pressure against the center of the
flywheel te eliminate any crankshaft
end-play which could cause a false
reading.
5. If the flywheel face run-out is excessive,
remove the flywheel, then re-clean the mating
surfaces and inspect them for burrs. Re in-
stail the flywheel and again check the face for
run-out. Replace flywheel if it has excessive
face run-out.
install a new one in place from the rear of the
flywheel. Make sure to drive (or press) only
the outer. race and locate the bearing so that it
is flush with the rear of the flywheel.
NOTE: New Pilot bearings are pre-
lubricated and are shielded on both
sides
7. Install the clutch assembly, as outlined
in Group TI - Section A.
 SUPPLEMENTAL AND CHANGE INFORMATION CONCERNING
PERKINS AG3.152 GASOLINE ENGINE

This material includes new supplemental and change information which affects the servicing procedures
for the AG3.152 Engine write up within Group 0 - Section W.

Holders of the Five Volume Technical Maintenance Manual should insert this information within their
Manual and use it until such time that Section W is reprinted.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Checking and Adjusting Carburetor and Throttle Linkage

Changes Affecting Servicing - AG3.152 Engines ................................................... 2

Spark Plugs ................................................................................... 2
Exhaust Valve Seat Inserts ..................................................................... 4
Engine Tightening Torques ..................................................................... 5
Pistons ....................................................................................... 5
Rear Main Bearing Cap ........................................................................ 5

This information is also applicable to ICM machines using the AG3.152 Engine.
 CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CARBURETOR AND
THROlTLE LINKAGE FOR MF 135 AND MF 150 TRACTORS
1

To adjust, refer to the following chart and proceed as outlined.

Engine Speeds:
Low Idle Speed .................................................................. 725-775 rpm
Maximum Engine Speed (No-Load) ............................................ 2225-2275 rpm
Ignition Timing (Crankcase Degrees and RPM):
Static Setting .................................................................. 12 B.T.D.C.
0

Desired Dynamic Setting ...................................... Adjust to provide 26 B.T.D.C.

0

@:, 2000 rpm or higher

1. Choke Adjustment - Disconnect air intake until engine rpm begins to decrease. Then turn
hose. Operate choke knob and observe position of needle "out" until engine operates smoothly
choke plate in carburetor to make sure it will at the highest rpm.
fully open and close.
d. Readjust low idle speed to final setting
Adjust choke cable so plate will be FULL Y of725-775 rpm.
open when choke knob is located 1/16 inch away
from panel. Reconnect air intake hose and 4. Hand Throttle Linkage - If throttle link-
tighten clamp securely. age is being replaced or improper governor opera-
tion has been encountered, proceed as outlined.
2. Carburetor Control Rod - With the engine
stopped, disconnect carburetor control rod clevis
from governor control lever. See Figs. 1 and 2.
THE ENGINE MUST NOT BE OPERATED
WITH THIS CONTROL ROD DISCON-
NECTED.
Move the governor control lever fully rearward
(if linkage is connected, by moving the hand
throttle to the maximum throttle position). Then
move carburetor control rod rearward to the max-
imum throttle position and observe location of
pin holes in governor lever and clevis.
If control rod is properly adjusted, it will be
necessary to move the clevis forward slightly (ap-
proximately 1/32 inch toward the closed position)
to align the pin holes. Readjust clevis length if
required, retighten locknut and reconnect clevis Fig. 1 - Typical AG3.152 Engine Carburetor and
to governor control lever. MAKE SURE PIN Governor Control Linkage - MI135 Tractors
FITS FREELY AND THAT CLEVIS DOES
NOT BIND AGAINST LEVER.
3. Carburetor and Distributor Adjustment,
See Figs. 1 and 2.
. a. Start engine and allow it to reach normal
operating temperature. TEMPORARIL y
lower engine idle speed to approximately 500
rpm by adjusting the idle speed stop screw.
This will aid in adjusting carburetor idle mix-
ture and prevent the distributor advance mech-
anism from operating.
b. Install timing light and check that dis-
tributor is timed to the proper static setting
(before distributor advance mechanism starts
operation). Readjust timing as required.
c. Check and adjust the idle mixture. To Fig. 2 - Typical AG3.152 Engine Carburetor and
adjust, turn idle mixture adjusting needle "in" Governor Control Linkage - MF 150 Tractors

-1-
 MF 135 Model Tractors, See Figs. 1 and 3.
a. Check and readjust length of the gover-
nor control rod if required. The rod should be
18-3/4 inches long from end of plunger b cen-
terline of rod end.
After adjusting, attach rod to governor con-
trollever and to throttIe arm assembly.
b. Check and readjust length of the throt-
tIe adjusting rod assembly if required. The rod
assembly should be fi inches long between cen-
terline ofball joints.
After adjusting, attach rod to throttIe arm
assembly and to throttIe clamp assembly.
c. With the hand throttIe lever positioned
against the low speed stop, lock the throttIe
clamp assembly onto the throttIe shaft.
d. With linkage connected, operate hand
throttIe lever and check the amount of force
required to move the lever. The lever should
require 4-1/2 to 5-1/2 lbs. breakaway load mea-
sured at end of lever. To alter this setting, re-
position the spring clamp to change the amount
of compression on the friction washer.
MF 150 Model Tractors, See Figs. 2 and 4.
a. Check and readjust the length of the
governor control rod assembly if required. The
rod assembly should be 19-5/8 inches long from
end of plunger to centerline of rod end.
After adjusting, attach rod to governor con-
trollever and to throttIe arm assembly.
b. Check and readjust length of the throttIe
adjusting rod assembly, if required. The rod
assembly should be 4-11/16 inches long between
centerlines ofball joints.
After adjusting, attach rod to throttIe arm
assembly and to the throttIe lever assembly.
c. With the hand throttle lever positioned
against the low speed stop, lock throttle lever
CHANGES AFFECTING SERVICING OF
AG3.152 GASOLINE ENGINES
SPARK PLUGS
Engines SeriaI No. 152 UA 15061A and up have a different cylinder head which requires a new longer
reach spark plug. The new plug installed in production engines is Champion UN-12Y and is a 14 mm, 3/4"
reach type plug. THIS NEW PLUG MUST NOT BE INSTALLED IN ENGINES PRIOR TO SERIAL
NO. 152 UA 15061A. The spark plug gap is 0.025 inch and the tightening torque is 20-30 ft.-Ibs. for the new
spark plugs.
-2-
assembly onto hand throttle shaft.
d. With linkage connected, operate hand
throttIe lever and check the amount of force
required to move the lever. The lever should
require 4-1/2 to 5-1/2 lbs. breakaway load mea-
sured at end of lever. To alter this setting,
equally turn the two friction disc adjusting
nuts.
5. Check and Adjust Maximum Engine
Speed as Follows-
MF 135 Model Tractors:
a. Start engine, move hand throttIe lever
to full throttIe position against the high speed
stop.
b. Check maximum engine speed (no-Ioad).
If speed is incorrect, readjust length of gover-
nor control rod, shown in Fig. 3, until proper
speed is obtained. Turn plunger and shorten
rod to increase speed, or lengthen to decrease
speed. Make sure to retighten nut after adjust-
ment is completed.
MF 150 Model Tractors - See Fig. 4.
a. Start engine and move hand throttle
lever to full throttle position against the high
speedstop.
b. Check maximum engine speed (no-Ioad).
If speed is incorrect, readjust length of the
throttIe adjusting rod assembly until proper
speed is obtained. Short en rod assembly to in-
crease speed, or lengthen to decrease speed.
6. Recheck ignition timing at full throttIe to
verify proper operation of distributor advance
mechanism. As engine speed is increased from low
idle rpm, the ignition timing should progressively
advance and level off at approximately 2100 en-
gine rpm. Readjust timing slightly as required, to
provide the desired dynamic setting at maximum
engine speed.
7. Operate the tractor and check for proper
governor and engine operation.
"""---- BAND
THROTTLE
LEVER

FRICTION
WASHER

THROTTLE
SBAFT THROTTLE
CLAMP
1 ASSEMBLY
5

THROTTLE
ARM
ASSEMBLY

CARBURE TOR
GOVERNOR CONTROL CONTROL ROD
ROD ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)

Fig. 3 - Parts Book View of MF 135 Gas Tractor

Throttle Linkage

-3-
 RAND
THROTTLE
LEVER
THROTTLE ADJUSTING
ROD ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)
THROTTLE
ARM
ASSEMBLY

STAR
SPRING CARBURE TOR
CONTROL ROD
ASSEMBLY
FRICTION
DISCS
/'

,.-tr"
:' THROTTLE
LEVER
ASSEMBLY GOVERNOR CONTROL
ROD ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)

Fig. 4 - Parts Book View of MF 150 Gas Tractor

Throttle Linkage
EXHAUST VALVE SEAT INSERTS
The Stellite inserts installed in latest production engines have a 0.002 to 0.0035 interference fit and are
further retained by the cylinder head being "Rolled-Over" the insert, as shown in Fig. 5.
If it should become necessary to replace an insert, follow the information and specifications listed below.
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Cylinder Head Insert Bore ................................................. 1.478 - 1.479 inches
Valve Seat Insert Diameter ............................................... 1.4810 - 1.4815 inches
Insert Fit in Head ............................................... 0.002 - 0.0035 inch Interference
Cylinder Head Recess ........................................................ 0.250 - 0.255 inch

-4-
 HEAD

DIA • ....

DIA • ....

Fig. 5 - Sectional Drawing Showing Exhaust Valve

Seat 1nsert 1nstalled in AG3.152 Engine

1. The rolled-over metal must be machined out to the diameter of the original bore for the insert, before
the old insert can be removed.
2. The seat insert is directional and should be installed as shown in Fig. 5.
3. Use dry ice to shrink the new insert and full y press it into position. Do not drive insert into position
or use lubricant.
4. After installation, roll-over metal on head to secure insert and cut a 46° valve seat in insert to the
dimensions shown in Fig. 5. Minimum valve seat width is 0.067 inch. Rand lap valve to its seat and deter-
mine proper valve and seat contact.

ENGINE TIGHTENING TORQUES

Crankshaft Pulley Capscrew - The torque of this capscrew has been reduced from 140-150 ft.-Ibs. to
100-110 ft.-Ibs.
Oil Pan to Cylinder Block Clamping Bracket - For engine applications, which are equipped with the
clamping bracket, tighten as follows:
1/2" Clamping Bracket Nut ................................................... 100-110 ft.-Ibs.
5/8" Clamping Bracket Setscrew ............................................. 160-175 ft.-Ibs.

PISTONS
The pistons are not directional, however, sorne pistons may have a letter "F" stamped on the crown.
This letter can be disregarded when installing new pistons. If old pistons are to be reused, they should be
reinstalled in their original position and in same cylinder location.

REAR MAIN BEARING CAP

Before reinstalling the rear main bearing cap, thoroughly clean and lightly coat the butting faces of the
bearing cap and cylinder block with sealing compound.

-5-
 MASSEY -FERGUS ON

GROUP 0 - BASIC ENGINES AND PROCEDURES

SECTION W - PERKINS AG3.152 ENGINE

This service information should be inserted into the Technicai Maintenance Manual under
Group 0 - Section W.

The information within this section has an altered format utilizing major topic headings
instead of separate Manual Parts as used in previous engine Sections. This improved format
having only one index, will allow the reader to more quickly locate the desired information
without referring to other indexes.

INDEX
Page Page

GENERAL INFORMATION AND Reassembling and Installing

TROUBLE-SHOOTING ......... . 1 Cylinder Head ......... 22

Introduction ..........•...... 1 Pistons and Connecting Rods 22

Engine Identification ......... . 2
Engine Trouble-Shooting Chart. 3 Removing Pistons and
Connecting Rods ....... 23
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 5 Removing Piston Pins ..... 23
Installing New Piston Pin
General Specifications ...... . 5 Bushings .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Torque Tension Specifications . 6 Checking Connecting Rod
Engine Overhaul Specifications. 6 Alignment ............. 24
Lubrication System Assembling Pistons and
Specifications ............. . 12 Connecting Rods .....•. 24
Fuel System Spec ifications ..•. 14 Installing New Rings .. . . . 24
Cooling System Specifications . 15 Installing Pistons and
Electrical System Specifications 15 Connecting Rods ....... 25

ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES 19

Cylinder Block and Liners. .. .. 26
Adjusting Valve Tappet
Clearances ................ . 19 Removing Cylinder Liners. 26
Cylinder Head ..•............ 19 Preparation for Installing
New Liners ...•....... 26
Removing Cylinder Head .. 19 Installing New Service
Removing Valves ....... . 19 Liners ............... 27
Rocker Arms .......... . 20
Valve Guides .......... . 21
Tappets .••............. 21 Crankshaft, Main Bearings and
Cylinder Head Studs 21 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ... 27

- i -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

INDEX (Continued)

Page Page

Installing New Main Timing Case ............... . 38

Bearings and Thrust
Washers ............. . 27 Removing the Timing Case 38
Removing Crankshaft .... . 29 Installing the Timing Case 39
Balance Weights ........ . 29
Regrinding Crankshaft ..•. 29 Timing .................... . 40
Installing Crankshaft ..... 30
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal .. 31 Resetting Engine Timing .. 41
Checking Valve Timing ... 41
Timing Gear Coyer and Front Checking Ignition Timing .. 41
Crankshaft Oil Seal ....... . 32
Flywheel and Backplate 42
Removing Timing Gear
Coyer ............... . 32 Flywheel Backplate .....•. 42
Removing Governor Control Flywheel .............. . 42
Cross Shaft •.......... 33
Installing Governor Control LUBRICATION SYSTEM ......... . 44
Cross Shaft .......... . 33
Replacing Front Crank- Oil Circulation ..•........... 44
shaft Oil Seal ......... . 34 Motor Oil .•..•.............. 46
Installing Timing Gear Oil Pressure ............... . 46
Coyer .•....•......... 34 Oil Pressure Relief Valve .... . 46
Oil Filter ....•.............. 46
Timing Gears ............•.. 35
Replacing Filter Element .. 46
Checking Timing Gear
Backlash .......•...... 35 Removing, Cleaning and
Removing Idler Gear and Installing Oil Pan Strainer .. 47
Hub ................ . 35 Removing Oil Pan ........... . 47
Installing Idler Gear and Installing Oil Pan ........... . 47
Hub ....•............ 35 Removing Oil Pump .••....•.. 48
Removing Camshaft Gear .. 36 Disassembling Oil Pump ..... . 48
Installing Camshaft Gear .. 36 Inspecting Oil Pump ........•. 49
Removing Distributor and Reassembling Oil Pump ....•.. 50
Governor Dri ve Gear ... 36 Installing Oil Pump .......... . 50
Installing Distributor and
Governor Drive Gear ... 37 FUEL SYSTEM 51
Camshaft .................. . 37 Carburetor 51
Removing Camshaft 37 Description ...........•. 51
Installing Camshaft .....• 38 Operation ........•..... 52
Camshaft End Play ...... . 38 Overhaul Procedure ..... . 55

- ii -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

INDEX (Continued)

Page Page

Governor and Distributor Drive 60 Disassembling Water

Pump ................ . 63
Removing Governor BalI Reassembling Water Pump . 64
Race Assembly ......•. 60 Installing Water Pump .... 64
Installing Governor BalI
Race Assembly ....... . 60 Thermostat ............•.•.. 64
Removing Governor and
Distributor Drive Shaft .. 60
Installing Governor and
Distributor Drive Shaft 61
Removing Distributor
Drive Shaft Housing . 61 IGNITION SYSTEM 65
Installing Distributor
Drive Shaft Housing .• 61 Distributor ...........•.....• 65
Cap and Rotor .......... . 65
COOLING SYSTEM 63 Wiring ................ . 65
Contact Point Assembly .. . 66
Water Pump ................ . 63 Condenser ............. . 66
CentrifugaI Advance
Removing Water Pump 63 Mechanism .......... . 66

- iii -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Manual is concerned
with servicing of the perkins AG3.152 Gas-
oline Engine as shown in Figs. land 2. All
of the procedures and service information
assume the engine has been removed from
the machine and pertain only to the basic
engine itself.
The information given is specifie to this
engine and should be used in conjunction
with normal workshop practices. Where the
removal, disassembly and installation of a
part is obvious, the procedure has been
omitted from the text. Similarly, references
to cleaning of parts, inspection and the use
Fig. 1 - Front Left-Hand View of AG3. 152
Engine
- l
of new gaskets have largely been omitted,
Bill IT MUST BE CLEARL y UNDERSTOOD
THAT THESE ROUTINE PRACTICES MUST
BE PERFORMED.
Where reference to right and left-hand
sides of the engine are mentioned within the
text, this refers to the engine as viewed
from the rear of the flywheel. DIRECTION
OF ENGINE ROTATION IS VIEWED FROM
THE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY END OF THE
ENGINE.
THOROUGHL y CLEAN THE ENGINE
BEFORE DISASSEMBLING. MAKE SURE
TO COVER ALL FUEL OPENINGS AS SOON
AS THEY ARE EXPOSED TO PREVENT
DIRTFROMENTERING THE CARBURETOR.
Fig. 2 - Reer Right-Hand View of AG3. 152
Engine
-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

ENGINE IDENTIFICATION

The engine Serial Number is located on

the exhaust manifold side of the engine near
the top of the cylinder block as shown in
Fig. 3. Shown below is an example of the
SeriaI Number and its meaning.

152 UA 364 A

J J L
CUBIC INCH
DISPLACEMENT

MANUFACTURER'S CODE l IDENTIFICATION LETTER

FOR GASOLINE ENGINES·

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

ALWAYS MENTION THE COMPLETE EN-

GINE SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
REPLACEMENT PARTS.

Fig. 3,- View Showing Seriai Number Location

- 2 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING

ENGINE TROUBLE-SHOOTING CHART

Problem Possible Cause

Low cranking speed 22, 31, 35, 38

Will not start l, 5, 30, 31, 32, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 54, 55

Stalls l, 5, 28, 29, 37, 40, 41, 42, 44, 47, 48, 51, 52

Misfiring at idling speed l, 5, 28, 29, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48,
52

Misfiring at high speed l, 27, 28, 32, 34, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 46, 47, 50

Misfiring on acceleration l, 29, 32, 40, 42, 46, 50

Loss of Power l, 5, 6, 9, 10, 24, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37,
40, 41, 42, 46, 47, 50, 52, 54

Overheating 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 22, 30, 32, 46, 47, 49

Low oil pressure 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25

High oil pressure 18, 21, 22

Excessive crankcase pressure 7, 8, 9, 24

Starts but stops 45, 53

Races on no load condition 10

Erratic performance 36

Noisy 2, 25, 28

High oil consumption 3, 4, 7, 15, 18, 22, 24, 25 -

Knocking 25, 26, 27, 46

Key to Trouble-Shooting Chart

1. Dirty or incorrectly gapped spark 7. Partially choked breather pipe

plugs 8. Worn or sticking piston rings
2. Piston slap 9. Cylinder head gasket blown
3. Worn valve guides 10. Governor faulty or set wrong
4. Oil pan overfilled Il. Thermostat stuck
5. Carburetor float setting incorrect 12. Fan belt slipping
6. Exhaust system restricted 13. Radiator or system partially blocked

- 3 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Key to Trouble-Shooting Chatt (continued)

14. Coolant level in system too low 37. Distributor cam worn
15. External oilleak 38. Po or electrical connections
16. Loose or restricted lubricating oil 39. Cracked distributor head
pipes 40. Unserviceable H. T. coil or con-
17. Pressure relief valve sticking open denser
18. Pressure relief valve stickingclosed 41. Unserviceable H. T. heads
19. Oil pump suction pipe- faulty 42. Contact points dirty, pitted or in-
20. Oil pump worn correctly gapped
21. Pressure gauge incorrect 43. Damp H. T. leads
22. Incorrect grade of lubricating oil 44. Air leak in intake manifold
23. Insufficient oil in oil pan 45. Fuel tank vent blocked
24. Worn bores 46. Incorrect grade fuel
25. Worn or damaged bearings 47. Dirt or water in carburetor
26. Piston striking a valve 48. Idling speed incorrect
27. Broken valve spring 49. Lean carburetor mixture
28. Valve clearance incorrect 50. Carburetor jets dirty or partially
29. Worn, burned or pitted valves blocked
30. Incorrect valve timing 51. Choke adjustment incorrect
31. Starter motor unserviceable 52. Idling mixture incorrect
32. Incorrect ignition timing 53. Vapor lock
33. Incorrect automatic advance 54. Dirty or blocked fuel feed pipe
34. Unserviceable rotor arm 55. Carburetor flooded
35. Battery not fully charged
36. Distributor drive shaft worn

- 4 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Type ........................... Three cylinder, four stroke cycle gasoline engine

Firing Order . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3

Bore 3.6 inches (91 1 5mm)

Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 in. (127mm)

Compression Ratio ...................................................... 7.5 : 1

Displacement .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 152 cubic inches (2.5 litre)

Tappet Clearances (Hot) ................................ Inlet 0.012 in. (0, 30mm)

Exhaust 0.015 in. (0,3Smm)

Oil Pressure ................ 30-60 psi (2.1-4.2 kgf/cm 2) at maximum engine speed
and normal operating temperature

Ignition Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 0 B. T. D. C. (Static) Adjust to provide 26 0

B. T.D. C. at 2000 rpm or over

Oil Pan Capacity High level - 12.75 U. S. pints, 10.75 U. K. pints

(6.1 litre)
Low Level - 9.25 U. S. pints, 7.75 U.K. pints
(4.4 litre)

Spark Plug ......................... Champion UJ-S, 14mm thread, 0.025 inch gap

Contact Breaker Points Gap •................................ 0.021 in. (O,51mm)

Engine Brake Horsepower (Mfg. Minimum Rating with Accessories) 41 at 2000 rpm

Maximum Engine Torque (Mfg. Minimum Rating) 119 ft. -lbs. at 1100-1200 rpm

Engine Speeds

Low Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 725 -77 5 rpm

Rated Engine Speed .............................................. 2000 rpm
Maximum Engine Speed (No Load) ..•.......................... 2225-2275 rpm

- 5 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

TORQUE TENSION SPECIFICATIONS·

Component Screw Size UNF Ft. -Lbs. kgfm

Cylinder Head Nuts .................. . 7/16 55-60 7,6-8,3

Connecting Rod Nuts (Cadmium
Plated) ............................ . 7/16 40-45 5,53 - 6,22
Main Bearing Setscrews ...........•... 9/16 110-115 15,21 - 16
Balance Weight Retaining Setscrews ....• 7/16 50-55 6,91 - 8,3
. Camshaft Gear Retaining Setscrews .... . 5/16 19-21 2,63 - 2,9
Idler Gear Hub to Block Setscrew ......... . 1/2 45-50 6,22 - 6,91
Crankshaft Pulley Retaining Setscrew ..• 7/8 140-145 19,35 - 20
Flywheel Setscrews .................. . 1/2 74-80 10,23 - 11,06
Distributor Drive Gear Retaining
Nut (L. H .) •...•...........•.•.•.•. 3/4 25-30 3,46 - 4,15
Spark Plug .............. : ............• 14mm 20-30 2,77 - 4,15

*These torques apply with the threads clean and lightly oiled. Do not exceed these values
as damage could ocçur.

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS

Cylinder Head

CylinderHeadDepth ..........•............................... 3.0in. (76;2mmJ

Valve Seat Angle ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 46
Valve Guide Parent Bore Diameter ............. 0.4995-0.5005 in. (12,69/12,71 mm)
Valve Seat Widths (Minimum)
Inlet ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.080 in.- (2,03 mm)
Exhaust 0.067 in. (1,70 mm)

Valve Guides

Inside Diameter .............................. 0.3145-0.3155 in. (7,99/8,01 mm)

Outside Diameter ......................... 0.50125-0.50175 in. (12,73/12,74 mm)
Interference Fit of Guide in Cylinder Head .... 0.00075-0.00225 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)
OverallLength ...............•......•.................... 2.25 in. (57, 15 mm)
Guide Protrusion Above Cylinder Head Top Face .... 0.370-0.380 in. (9,40/9,65 mm)

Intake Valve

ValveStemDiameter ...............•..........• 0.311-0.312 in. (7,90/7,92 mm)

Clearance Fit of Valve in Guide ................ 0.0025/0.0045 in. (0.06/0,11 mm)
Valve Head Diameter ............. .••..... .•... 1.532/1.536 in. (38,91/39,01 mm~
Valve Face Angle ........................•... ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .. 46
Valve Head Depth Below Cylinder Head Face .....•. 0.057/0.080 in. (1,45/2,03 mm)

- 6 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Intake Valve (Continued)

Overall Length .............................. 4.486-4.514 in. (113,94/114,65 mm)

Sealing Arrangement ......•...........................•......... Rubber oil seal

Exhaust Valves

Valve Stem Diameter .........................•. 0.311-0.312 in. (7,90/7,92 mm)

Clearance Fit of Valve in Guide ................ 0.0025-0.0045 in. (0,06/0, Il mm)
Valve Head Diameter ................•....•...• 1. 313-1. 317 in. (33,35/33,45 mm)
Valve F ace Angle ................•......................................... 46 0
Valve Head Protrusion Above Cylinder Head Face ••. 0.056-0.076 in. (1,42/1,93 mm)
Overall Length ..•.••....•......•....•..•.•.• 4.639-4.667 in. (117,83/118,54 mm)

Inner Valve Springs

Fitted Length .. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 1.1875 in. (30,16 mm)

Load at Fitted Length ........................... 8.0 ± 1 ft. -lbs. (3,63 ± 0,45 kgf)

Outer Valve Springs

Fitted Lengths •...............................•............. 1. 50 in. (38, 1 mm)

Load at Fitted Length ....................... 22.75 ± 2 ft. -lbs. (10,34 ± 0.91 kgf)

Tappets

Overall Length ....................•..•................. 4.4375 in. (112,71 mm)

Tappet Shank Diameter •.......•............. 0.6225-0.62375 in. (15,80/15,84 mm)
Tappet Bore in Cylinder Head •.............•. 0.6245-0.62575 in. (15,86/15,89 mm)
Running Clearance in Cylinder Head Bore ...... 0.00075-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)
Outside Diameter of Tappet Foot ........................... 1.125 in. (28,57 mm)

Rocker Shaft

Overall Length of Shaft .............•••.......•....•..••.• 12.25 in. (311,15 mm)

Outside Diameter of Shaft ......•......•.•• 0.62225-0.62375 in. (15,80/15,84 mm)

Rocker Levers

Bore Diameter of Rocker Lever ....•....•... 0.6245-0.62575 in. (15,86/15,89 mm)

- 7 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Clearance of Rocker Lever Bore on

Rocker Lever Shaft .....................•.• 0.00075-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)

Tapper Clearances (Hot)

Inlet .................................................. . 0.012 in. (0,30 mm)
Exhaust •.................................•............. 0.015 in. (0,38 mm)

Pistons

Type .......................................................... Cavity in crown

Overall Height, Skirt to Crown .........•................... 4.037 in. (102,54 mm)
Center Line of Piston Pin to Piston Crown •.....• 2.160-2.164 in. (54,86/54,97 mm)
Bore Diameter for Piston Pin ................ 1.24975-1.25000 in. (31,74/31,75 mm)
Compression Ring Groove Widths, Top and Second 0.0957-0.0967 in. (2,43/2,46 mm)
Scraper Ring Groove Width ....................... 0.252-0.253 in. (6,40/6, 43 mm)

Piston Rings

Top - Compression .........•...•................ Chrome Plated - Parallel Faced

Second - Compression •.... . . .• . . • • . . . . . . . . Internally Chamfered - Parallel Faced
Scraper .. . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . •. Chrome F aced - Oil Control
Compression Ring Widths ••••................ 0.0928-0,0938 in. (23,57/23,82 mm)
Ring Clearance in Groove ...................... 0.0019-0.0039 in. (0,05/0,10 mm)
Ring Gap (Measured in 3.6015 in. (91,48 mm) Bores 0.01l/0.016 in. (0,28/0,41 mm)

Piston Pins

Type .................. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully floating

Outside Diameter .....•......•............... 1.24975-0.250 in. (31,74/31,75 mm)
Fit in Piston Boss ...........•...•. 0.00025 in. interference to 0.00025 in. clearance
(-0,006 mm/+O, 006 mm)
Clearance Fit in Connecting RodBushing •...•.• 0.0005-0.00175 in. (0,01/0,04 mm)

Piston Pin Bushings

Type .......................................•.•• Steel backed - lead bronze lined

Outside Diameter ....••....................... 1. 3785-1. 380 in. (35,01/35,05 mm)
Length .................................... 1.0475-1.0575 in. (26,61/26,86 mm)
Interference Fit in Connecting Rod ...•......... 0.0023-0.0055 in. (0,06/0,14 mm)
Inside Diameter after Finishing .............. 1. 2505-1. 2515 in. (31,76/31,79 mm)

- 8 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Connecting Rods

Cap Location to Connecting Rod •............•...•........... Connecting rod bolts

Bore Diameter Bearing End ..................• 2.3950-2.3955 in. (60,83/60,84 mm)
Bore Diameter Bushing End •................ 1.37475-1.37620 in. (34,92/34,95 mm)
Width ....................................... 1. 5502-1. 5525 in. (39,37/39,43 mm)
Rod Side Clearance on Crankpin .•.............. 0.0095-0.0148 in. (0,24/0,38 mm)

Connecting Rad Bearings

Type ............................. Pre-finished, steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Shell Thickness .............................• 0.0715-0.07175 in. (1,81/1,82 mm)
Inside Diameter ............................. 2.2515-2.2525 in. (57,19/57,21 mm)
Bearing Running Clearance...................... 0.0025-0.004 in. (0,06/0,10 mm)

Cylinder Block

Height of Cylinder Block Between Top and

Bottom Faces ........•...............• 13.7405-13.7435 in. (349,01/349,08 mm)
Depth of Recess for Cylinder Liner ............•.. 0.150-0.152 in. (3,81/3,86 mm)
Diameter of Recess for Cylinder Liner .......... 3.815-3.820 in. (96,90/97,03 mm)
Parent Bore Diameter for Cylinder Liner ....... 3.6875-3.6885 in. (93,66/93,69 mm)
Main Bearing Parent Bore Diameter •........... 2.9165-2.9175 in. (74,08/74,10 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 1 (Front) ......... 1. 874-1. 877 in. (47,60/47,68 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 2 ............... 1. 864-1. 867 in. (47,35/47,42 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 3 ............... 1.844-1.847 in. (46,84/46,91 mm)

Cylinder Liners

Type ..................................................... Dry-Interference Fit

Outside Diameter of Liner

Production Type •........................... 3.6895-3.6905 in. (93,71/93,74 mm)

Service Replacement Type (Pre-finished) 3.6875-3.6885 in. (93,66/93,69 mm)

Inside Diameter of Liner (Installed in Block)

Production Type (After Finishing) ...........• 3.6015-3,6025 in. (91,48/91,50 mm)

Service Replacement Type (Prefinished) •.....• 3.6025-3.6035 in. (91,50/91, 52mm)

- 9 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Fit of Liner in Cylinder Block

Production Type ......•............. 0.001-0.003 in. interference (0,02/0,08 mm)

Service Replacement Type ............. 0.001 in. interference to 0.001 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,02 mm)
Flange Thickness ..•......................•..... 0.148-0.152 in. (3, 76/3, 86 mm)
Outside Diameter of Flange .................... 3.803-3.808 in. (96,60/96,72 mm)
Depth of Liner Flange Below Top Face of
Cylinder Block ................................ 0.000-0.004 in. (0,00/0,10 mm)
Overall Length of Liner ..................... 8.495-8.505 in. (215,77/216,03 mm)

Crankshaft

Main Journal Diameter ........................ 2.7485-2.749 in. (69,81/69,82 mm)

Main Journal Width - No. 1 ..................... 1. 420-1. 424 in. (36,07/36,17 mm)
Main Journal Widths ~ Nos. 2 and 3 ........... 1.2147-1.2227 in. (30,85/31,06 mm)
Main Journal Width - No. 4 .................. 1. 8742-1. 8772 in. (47,60/47,68 mm)
Fillet Radii - Main Journals ................. 0.09375-0.109375 in. (2,38/2,78 mm)
Crankpin Diameter ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2.2485-2.249 in. (57, 11/57,12 mm)
CrankpinWidth ................................ 1.562-1.565 in. (39,67/39,75 mm)
Fillet Radii - Crankpins .................... 0.15625-0.171875 in. (3,97/4,54 mm) ~
Surface Finish, AlI Pins and Journals ............ 8-16 micro in. (0,2-0,4 microns)
Oil Seal Helix Diameter ..•..................... 2.799-2.800 in. (71,09/71,12 mm)
Oil Seal Helix Depth .............................. 0.004-0.008 in. (0,10/0,20 mm)
Crankshaft End Play ......................... 0.00225-0.01525 in. (0,06/0,39 mm)
Regrind Undersizes, Main Journals and Pins* ........•. 0.010 in (0, 25 mm), 0.020 in.
(0,51 mm) andO.030 in. (0,76 mm)

"Fillet radii and surface finish must be maintained du ring crankshaft regrinding. Length
of No. 4 main journal must not exceed 1. 89125 in. (48,04 mm) after regrinding; where
necessary, use oversize thrust washers to suit. Lengths of crankpins not to exceed
1.5785 in. (40,09 mm) after regrinding.

Crankshaft Thrust Washers

Type ......................................... Steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Position in Engine ....•.....•........... Cylinder block, rear main bearing housing
Thrust Washer Thickness - Standard ............. 0.12l-0.123 in. (3,07/3,12 mm)
Thrust Washer Thickness - Oversize ........... 0.1285-0.1305 in. (3,26/3,31 mm)

Main Bearings

Type ...............••.•..•...... Pre-finished, steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Shell Width - No. 1 ............................ 1.295-1.305 in. (32,89/33,14 mm)

- 10 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Main Bearings

Shell Width - Nos. 2 and 3 ..................•• 0.990-1.000 in. (25,15/25,40 mm)

Shell Width - No. 4 ........................... 1.595-1.605 in. (40,51/40,77 mm)
Shell Thickness .............................. 0.082-0.08225 in. (2, 08/2, 09 mm)
Inside Diameter ............................... 2.752-2.7535 in. (69,90/69,94 mm)
Main Bearing Running Clearance .................. 0.003-0.005 in. (0,08/0,13 mm)

Camshaft

No. 1 Journal Diameter ....................... 1.869-1.870 in. (47,47/47,50 mm)

No. 2 Journal Diameter .•.. . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • 1. 859-1. 860 in. (47,22/47,24 mm)
No. 3 Journal Diameter ....................... 1.839-1.840 in. (46,71/46,74 mm)
Running Clearance AH Journals ................•...• 0.004-0.008 in. (0,1/0,2 mm)
Cam Lift....................................... 0.308-0.322 in. (7,82/8,18 mm)
Oil Feed for Rocker Shaft Lubrication •. . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . • . .• No. 2 Camshaft Journal

Camshaft Gear

No. of Teeth ...........................................•.......•....•••.... 50

Camshaft Hub Diameter •••.................. 1.9985-1.9995 in. (50, 76/50, 79 mm)
Camshaft Gear Bore.......................... 1.9995-2.001 in. (50,79/50,82 mm)
Transition Fit of Gear to Hub .•...............• 0.000-+0.0025 in. (0,00/0,06 mm)

Distributor Drive Shaft Gear

No. of Teeth ..........•..................................•...••......•....• 50

Distributor Drive Shaft Diameter for Gear .....• 0.8435-0.8445 in. (21,42/21,50 mm)
Distributor Drive Shaft Gear Bore ............. 0.8438-0.8450 in. (21,43/21,46 mm)
Fit of Gear to Shaft .................. O. 0007 in. interference to O. 0015 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,04 mm)

Idler Gear and Hub

No. of Teeth .•...........................•...........•.....•.............•. 90

Idler Gear Bore .....•..•......•....•••....... 2.125-2.1266 in. (53,97/54, 02 mm)
Outside Diameter of Hub •...................•. 2.123-2.1238 in. (53,92/53,94 mm)
Idler Gear Boss Width ...•.........•....••.•.. 1.3175-1.3225 in. (33,46/33,59 mm)
Idler Hub Width .............................. 1.3275-1.3325 in. (33,72/33,85 mm)
Idler Gear End Play .............................. 0.005-0.015 in. (0,13/0,38 mm)

- 11 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Crankshaft Gear

No. of Teeth .................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25

Bore Diameter ............................... 1.4995-1.501 in. (38,09/38,12 mm)
Outside Diameter of Crankshaft ............... 1.5000-1.5005 in. (38,10/38, Il mm)
Fit of Gear on Cr ankshaft ........•..... 0.001 in. interference to 0.001 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,02 mm)

LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Recommended Type of Oil .......................... See Text for recommendations

Recommended Oil Viscosity:

Above 90 0 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30
From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. ................................... SAE 20 or 20-20W
From 0 0 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 10W
Below 0 0 F. ...................................................•.... 5W -20

Normal Oil Pressure .•.•.... 30-60 psi (2.1-4.2 kgf/cm 2) at maximum engine speed
and normal operating temperature

Oil Pan Capacity:

At High Level Mark .•...•.... 12.75U. S. pints, 10.75 Imperialpints (6.1 litre)
At Low Level Mark ........... 9.25 U. S. pints, 7.75 Impe'I'ial pints (4.4 litre)

Oil Change Interval

Change Oil at regular intervals . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . .. Every 100 hrs. of operation

Oil Filter

Type .......................••.. Full-flow with replaceable paper type element

Element Change Interval ...•. Replace element every other oil change (200 hrs.)
By-Pass Valve Opens ........................•.• 13-17 psi (0.91-1.19 kgf/cm 2)
Type of Valve ......•.......•.....................•....... Spring loaded baIl

Oil Pump

L ubricating Oil Pump Idler Gear

No. of Teeth .. co ........... " .......... " • • • • 21

.. • • • .. .. • .. • • • • .. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • • • .. ••

Parent Bore Diameter for Bushing ..............• 0.750-0.751 in. (19,05/19,07 mm)
Outside Diameter of Bushing ................. 0.7520-0.7535 in. (19,10/19,14 mm)

- 12 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Lubricating Oil Pump Idler Gear (Continued)

Interference Fit of Bushing in Gear ............... 0.001-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)

Inside Diameter of Bushing - Fitted •..........• 0.6562-0.6572 in. (16,67/16,69 mm)
Outside Diameter of Idler Gear Shaft ....•.... 0.65475-0.65535 in. (16,63/16,65 mm)
Clearance Fit of Shaft in Bushing ............. 0.00085-0.00245 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)
Ilder Gear End Play .........•....•............•• 0.005-0.026 in. (0, 13/0,66 mm)
Backlash between idler Gear and Crankshaft Gear 0.0075-0.0125 in. (0,19/0,32 mm)

Lubricating Oil Pump Drive Gear

No . of Teeth .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 19
Bore Diameter for Drive Shaft ................ 0.4962-0.4972 in. (12,60/12,63 mm)
Drive Shaft Diameter ........•............... 0.499-0.4995 in. (12,67/12,69 mm)
Interference Fit of Gear on Shaft ••.............. 0.0018-0.0033 in. (0,05/0,08 mm)
Backlash between Drive Gear and Idler Gear .•••..... 0.012-0.018 in. (0,30/0, 46mm)

Pump Clearances

Inner Rotor to Outer Rotor ...................... 0.0005-0.0025 in. (0,01/0,06 mm)

Outer Rotor to Pump Body............ ...........• 0.01l-0.013 in. (0,28/0,33 mm)
Inner Rotor End Clearance ....................... 0.0015-0.003 in. (0,04/0,08 mm)
Outer Rotor End Clearance ....................• 0.0005-0.0025 in. (0,01/0,06 mm)
Drive Shaft Bore in Pump Body .•...............•• 0.500-0.501 in. (12,70/12,73 mm)
Drive Shaft Diameter ........................ 0.499-0.4995 in. (12,67/12,69 mm)
Clearance Fit of Drive Shaft in Pump Body Bore ••.. 0.0005-0.002 in. (0,01/0,05 mm)

Oil Pressure Relief Valve

Type ..... • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . .. Spring loaded plung~r

Pressure Setting ..............•..............•••... 50-65 psi (3,52/4,57 kgf/cm)
Length of Plunger ..•..•....•................•............. 0.781 in. (19, 84 mm)
Outside Diameter of Plunger •................ 0.5585-0.5595 in. (14,18/14,21 mm)
Inside Diameter of Valve Housing Bore ....•.. 0.5605-0.5625 in. (14,24/14,29 mm)
Clearance of Plunger in Bore ..................... 0.001-0.004 in. (0,02/0,10 mm)
Outside Diameter of Spring ..................... 0.389-0.405 in. (9,88/10,29 mm)
Spring- Free Length ..........•.....•...................... 1. 5625 in. (39, 69 mm)
Spring-Solid Length ....................................... 0.812 in. (20,62 mm)

- 13 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W

FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Fuel

Recommended Fuel • . . . . . .. . Use a dependable brand of regular grade gasoline.

Fuel should have a minimum octane rating of 94 by
research method, or 86 by motor method

Carburetor

Make and Model Number Zenith, Model 267 JX 9 (MF No. 517 099 M91)
equipped with electric fuel shut-off solenoid

Idle Adjusting Needle .... Approx. 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 turns out. Turn screw"out"
to make idling mixture richer, turn " in"
for leaner mixture

Main Jet •..........•.•.•...•............•........• Fixed non-adjustable type

Float Level •.........•.•......... Set float-Ievel 0.187-0.202 inch from face of

gasket (gasket installed) to nearest edge of float
with carburetor inverted and needle valve in place

Low Idle Speed 725-775 rpm

Maximum Engine Speed (no-load) •....•.....•.......•......... 2225-2275 rpm

CARBURE TOR PART SPECIFICATIONS

PART SIZE ZENITH PART NO.

Venturi 21 mm ---
Main Jet 1.25 mm #25
Idle Jet 0.80 mm #16
Idle Air Restriction 1.5 mm #30
Main Discharge Jet 3.0 mm #60
Well Vent 0.85 mm #17
Fuel Valve Seat 1. 75 mm #35

Governor and Distributor Drive

Distributor Drive Shaft Journal Diameter - Front 0.9984-0.992 in. (25,36/25,38 mm)
Rear 0.7484-0.7492 in. (19,01/19,03 mm)
Distributor Drive Housing Bore for Shaft - Front 1.000-1.0008 in. (25,40/25,42 mm)
Rear 0.7500-0.7508 in. (19,05/19,07 mm)
Running Clearance of Shaft in Bore -
Front and Rear ............................. 0.0008-0.0024 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)

- 14 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Governor and Distributor Drive (CoI1tinued)

Distributor Drive Shaft End Play •...•.......•.•.. 0.004-0.010 in. (0,10/0,25 mm)
Running Clearance of Thrust Plate Shaft in
Governor Drive Shaft •........•..•••..•..... 0.0015-0.0035 in. (0,04/0,09 mm)

COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Type of Cooling System ......•.•.•.......•.......•.•...... Water pump circulation
Fan Belt Tension ..........••....•... Adjust to provide 1/2 to 3/4 inch belt deflection
when depressed with 20-25 lbs. load midway
on longest span between pulleys

Thermostat

Type .................................................................... Wax

Opening Temperature ••.•............................. 175-182 0 F (79,5/83,5 0 C)
Fully Open Temperature ... . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . . .. 200-205 0 F (93,5/96 0 C)
Valve Lift .................................•.....•........ 0.375 in. (9,52 mm)

Water Pump

Type ....•.......................•................................. CentrifugaI

Impeller to Body Clearance ...................... 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,51 mm)
Outside Diameter of Shaft for Pulley .......... 0.6262-0.6267 in. (15,90/15,92 mm)
Inside Diameter of Pulley Bore ............... 0.6239-0.6247 in. (15,85/15,87 mm)
Interference Fit of Pulley on Shaft ...... .•••..•.. 0.0015-0.0028 in. (0,04/0,07 mm)
Inside Diameter of Impeller Bore •.•.•...•..•.. 0.6249-0.6257 in. (15,87/15,89 mm)
Interference Fit of Impeller on Shaft ••.••......•• 0.0005-0.0018 in. (0,01/0,04 mm)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Spark Plugs

Make (Std. Equipment) ....•••..••.•..•....••..•...••.......• Champion UJ - 8

Size ........................................ 0 • 14 mm
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••

Gap ...... "..................................................... 0.025 inch

Distributor

Make and Model No. ........•••.....•.•..•....•...••••• Delco-Remy 1112457

Type of Advance ............•..................•.•............. CentrifugaI
Direction of Rotation (viewing drive end) .......•...• • . . . . . • . . • • . • .. Clockwise
Point Gap ............•.............•.•.••.....•....••••••• Set at 0.021 inch

- 15 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Distributor (Continued)

Cam Angle ... 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • • •45°-48 0

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••

Point Spring Tens ion ....•..•..•...•.•...........•.. 19 - 23 oz. (behind contact)

Drive Shaft End Play •...............•..............••...•. 0.002-0.010 inch

Ignition Timing (Crankshaft degrees and rpm)

Static setting ...................................................... 12°
Desired setting ........... Adjust to provide 26 0 BTDC at 2000 rpm, or over

Distributor Advance Data (Distributor degrees and rpm)

Type ." .......... il • • • Linear
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • •

Advance at 250 rpm ......•................................. 0.0 0 to O. 60

Advance at 1000 rpm ..........................•.........•...... 60 to 80
Advance above 1000 rpm ................•........•.............. 60 to 80

Ignition Coi!

Make and Model No. Used ••.....••..•..•............... Delco-Remy 1115071

Volts ......... ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12
Primary Resistance at 750 F. . •••.••........•.....•.•........... 3.2-4 OHMS
Secondary Resistance at 75 0 F. • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . .• 6500-9500 OHMS

Starter Motor

Make and Model No. Used ..•.•...••...•........••••.•.. Delco-Remy 1108397

Rotation - Viewing Drive End .•.•..•.........•.......•.....•..... Clockwise

No Load Test:
Volts .............................................. 9 fil • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Minimum Amps (includes solenoid) •. • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . • . . . . .. 50

Maximum Amps (includes solenoid) •............•........•........•... 80
MiIÙ.mum RPM .............................•.... 5500 CI • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Maximum RPM . 10, 500

e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • •

Pinion Clearance .......................................... 0.010-0.140 inch

Alternator:
Make and Model Used ....................•... Delco-Remy 1100772 or 1100805
Circuit ....... ,. ............................... .,.,. .................. ,..... B

Field Current (80 0 F):

Amps .................... 2.2-2.6 0 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Volts ..................•......................... '.' ..... , ......... , 12

- 16 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Cold Output at Specified Voltage:

Specified Volts • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 14
Amps ........•.......................................................• 21
Approx. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . .• 2000
Amps •....................................•...................•••..... 30
Approx. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • .. 5000

Rated Hot Output 32 amps.

- 17 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKIN5 AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

REGULATOR

Make and Model Used . · . Delco-Remy 1119513

Circuit B
Polarity· · · · Negative

Field Relay:
Air Gap .·· . . · .. 0.015 inch
Point Opening · ·. 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range · 3.8 - 7.2

Voltage Regulator:
. ·. .
. ·· ·
Air Gap *
Point Opening · · · 0.014 inch
Voltage . · · · See Temperature- Voltage Chart** "-/

Temperature-Voltage Chart

Regulator Ambient
Temperature (Degrees 65 95 105 125 145 165 185
Fahrenheit)

13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1

Voltage Setting to to to to to to to
15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9

* Adjust Air Gap only when necessary to obtain specified difference

between voltage settings of upper and lower contacts. After Bench
Repair Only, set air gap to approximately 0.067 inch; then, make
final air gap adjustment.

** Operation on lower contacts must be O. 05 - O. 4 volt lower than on

upper contacts.

- 18 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
ADJUSTING VALVE TAPPET
CLEARANCES
Remove rubber plug in flywheel housing
inspection hole.
Rotate crankshaft until the T.D.C. line
on the flywheel is in the center of the in-
spection hole and No. 1 piston is on com-
pression stroke (both valves fully c1osed).
Check and adjust clearances on Nos. l,
2, 3 and 5 valves (No. 1 valve is nearest the
water pump end of the engine). Refer to
Fig. 4.
Turn crankshaft one revolution (360 0 )
and repeat for Nos. 4 and 6 valves.
Fig. 4 - Adjusting Valve Clearance
- 19 -
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Replace rubber plug.
Thetappetc1earances (hot) are 0.012 in.
(0,30 mm) inlet and 0.015 in. (0, 38 mm)
exhaust.
CYLINDER HEAD
Removing Cylinder Head
Drain water from radiator and cylinder
block.
Disconnect hose connections to water
pump and intake manifold.
Remove oilpipe from camshaftoil pres-
sure reducer to cylinder head.
Remove carburetor and intake manifold.
Remove exhaust manifold and heat
shield.
Remove H. T. leads and spar k plugs.
Remove cylinder head cover.
Disconnect oil pipe to rocker shaft and
rem ove rocker shaft assembly.
Remove cylinder head nuts and remove
head as shown in Fig. 5.
Removing Valves
Depress the spring cap and springs us-
ing a valve spring compressor and remove
the two valve locks.
Remove the spring caps and rotators
(on exhaust valves).
Remove inner and outer springs and in-
take valve seals.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Fig. 5 - Removing or Installing Cylinder Head Fig. 6 - Volve Location Numbers

If the rocker bores are worn, new rock-

Remove valves. er arm assemblies must be installed.

Valve faces and seals canbe reconditioned When disassembling rocker shaft as-
in a normal manner. The valve face and sembly, note the sequence of parts to facili-
seat angle is 46 0 • Do not unnecessarily re- tate reassembly. See Fig. 7.
face valves and valve seats. Then lightly
hand lap each valve to its valve seat and de-
termine that it is seating properly.

The maximum clearance between the

head of the valve and the cylinder head face
should not exceed 0.080 in. (2,03 mm) below
for the intake valves and 0.076 in. (1,93 mm)
above for the exhaust valves.

The intake valve seat has a 35 0 "flare"

machined between the seat and the cylinder
head.

AlI production engine valves are num-

bered to their respective cylinders as shown
in Fig. 6.

Rocker Arms

Examine the rocker bores for wear.

They should be an easy fit on the shaft with- Fig. 7 - Rocker Shaft Assembly - Identification
out excessive side play. of Ports ~.

- 20 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

properly. Both ends are chamfered; one at

45 0 and the other at 20 0 • The 20 0 chamfered
end should be inserted into the cylinder head
first and then pressed into the parent bore
0.370"-0.380" ABOVE
until the 45 0 chamfered end is 0.370-0.380
4 END (9,4 ,65rnrn)
in. (9,4/9,65 mm) above the cylinder head
top face as shown in Fig. 8.

Tappets

The running clearance between the top of

the tappet and the rocker arm should be
0.012 in. (0,30 mm)for the intake valves and
0.015 in. (0,38 mm) for the exhaust valves.
When adjusting this clearance, tighten tap-
pet locknut securely, so that it does not
loosen in service. Refer to Fig. 4.

Cylinder Head Studs

Fig. 8 - View Showing Valve Guides Properly
Located
Valve Guides
If valve guides are worn, or damaged,
replace with new ones.
When pressing new guides in, care must
be ta ken to make sure that they are installed
AlI studs on the cylinder head and top
face of the cylinder block shouldbe examined
for looseness or damage. The cylinder head
nuts should also be checked for thread dam-
age. If the cylinder head holding studs are
removed for any reason it should be noted
that they are of three different types. It is
essential that these are installed correctly
to maintain even torque on the cylinder head
nuts. Refer to Fig. 9.

~.~';;"'.' ;::". -~.' .'

fig. 9 - View Showing Proper Cylinder Head Stud locations

- 21 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

•
;'~>{;il,U~1' '.'"';"lY:':

.~
•• JINM ·4
•• 0 • -- ".
\
'~.,':'i,r.T .' ~ ';:
I~

Fig. 10 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies

- Sequence of Parts Fig. 12 - Assemble Rocker Shaft so Siot is
Aligned with Punch Mark for Proper
Reassembling and Installing Cylinder Lubri cati on
Head Install a new cylinder head gasket cov-
Install valves, washers, rotators, seaIs, ered with a thin coating ofsealing compound.
caps, and locks, taking care that the num- Lower the head into position on its studs and
bers stamped near to the valve seats cor- torque it down to the correct value following
respond to the numbers stamped on the the tightening sequence shown in Fig. Il.
valves. See Figs. 6 and 10.
Reinstall rocker shaft assembly. Make
Make sure, before installing head, that sure that the correct shaft lubrication posi-
the faces of both the head and the cylinder tion is obtained. This is when the slot in
block are perfectly clean. the end of the shaft lines up with the punch
mark on the rocker pedestal, as shown in
Fig. 12. Reset tappet clearances and re-
build head in the reverse arder to disassem-
bly.

PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Fig. 11 - Cyl inder Head Tighten ing Sequence
The pistons are of aluminum alloyand
have a bowl-shaped cavity in the crown.
There are three piston rings fitted ... two
compression rings and one oil control ring
... all above the piston pin. The pistons are
connected to the connecting rod by full float-
ing-type piston pins.
The connecting rad bearings are of the
thin wall type consisting of a thin steel shell
lined with plated aluminum tin.

- 22 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

Fig. 13 - Connection Rod Location Numbers Fig. 14 - Removing or Installing Connecting

Rod Cap

To assure correct installation, the pis-

tons are marked on their piston crowns, 5 . Remove piston and connecting rod out
number one being at the front of the engine. top of block as shown in Fig. 15.
The letter "F" for front is also stamped on
the crown. 6. Repeat for the other two pistons and
rods.
The connecting rods and caps are
marked correspondingtotheir position in the
engine as shown in Fig. 13. 7. Keep aU piston, rod, cap sets as
separate assemblies.

Removing Pistons and Connecting Rods

1. Remove Cylinder head.

2. Remove oil pan. Removing Piston Pins

3 . Remove oil pump. Remove the snap rings from the pistons.
4. Turn engine until connecting rod is at Warm the pistons in oil heated to a
bottom of stroke, then remove cap and upper temperature of 100 0 to 1200 F. (38 0 to 49 0
bearing shell. Refer to Fig. 14. C. ) to free the piston pins.

- 23 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

~~
(
l!
1
.!--
1
,.-l 9-
: :
0 0
..-1 5" 5" ..-1
0
. 0
.
+1 +1
...:1 r-.. ...:1

4-
Fig. 16 - Connecting Rod Alignment

With the connecting rod bushing fitted

Fig. 15 - Removing or Install ing Piston and the limit of.± 0.010 in. (0,25 mm) is re-
Connecting Rod Assemblies duced to±0.0025 in. (0,064 mm).

Installing New Piston Pin Bushings Assembling Pistons and Connecting

The piston pin bushings are a press fit
in the connecting rods.
Press out the old bushing and press in
the new bushing with a suitable driver tool.
Make sure that the oil hole is aligned with
the hole in the top of the connecting rod.
Finish the new bushings to the dimension
given in "Specifications" and check rods for
proper alignment.
Checking Connec.ting Rod Alignment
Large and small end bores must be
square and parallel to each other within the
limits of.± 0.010 in. (0,25 mm) measured 5
in. (127 mm) each side of the axis of the rod
on test mandrel as shown in Fig. 16.
Rods
If original pistons are to be reused, they
must be installed on their respective rods.
Both piston and rod are marked to corres-
pond with their cylinder position in the en-
gine. The piston crown is stamped with the
letter "F". This side should be fitted to
the front of the engine. Position connect-
ing rod in the piston and insert the piston
pin. To do thi s, warm the piston in oil to a
temperature of 1000 to 120 0 F. (38 0 to 490
C . ). The piston pin can then easily be
pu shed into position. Then install snap
rings. DO NOT DRIVE PINS INTO PLACE.
Installing New Rings
Check piston rings for correct gap. "--./
See "Specifications" .

- 24 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Fig. 17 - Engine Piston Ring Arrangement
Install the rings on the piston in the fol-
lowing positions. Refer to Fig. 17.
Top-chrome plated parallel faced com-
pression rings.
Middle-parallel faced, internally cham-
..
fere d compresslOn rmg. Marked "BTM".
Bottom-composite type, chrome-plated
rail scraper ring.
When installing the scraper ring, fit the
expander first, then the upper and lower
rails and finally install the side spring be-
tween the rails.
- 25 -
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
Fig. 18 - Install ing Piston and Connecting Rod
Assembl ies
Installing Pistons and Connecting Rods
Connecting rods and caps are marked
to indicate their original position in the en-
gine. The numbers are stamped on the same
side of the connecting rod and cap which is
machined to take the locating lips of the
bearings. Lubricate cylinder bores and us-
ing a piston ring compressor tool install
pis ton and rod assembly into the bore as
Shown in Fig. 18.
THE SIDE OF THE CONNECTING ROD
ST A M P E D WITH ITS POSITI ON NUMBER
SHOULD BEINSTALLED TOWARD THE LU-
BRICATING OIL FILTER BOWL SIDE OF
THE ENGINE. Turn the crankshaft until the
appropriate crankpin is at bottom center,
pull the connecting rod to the crankpin and
insert the hall bearing. Install the cap and
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

bearing making sure that the mar kings on the

rod and cap coincide. Torque the connecting
rod nuts to the tension given in "Specifica-
tions" .

CYLINDER BLOCK AND LINERS

The cylinder block is fitted with replace-

able cast iron, dry-type cylinder liners.
Production type cast iron cylinder liners are
an interference fit and require boring and
honing to size after installation. Service
type cast iron liners, available through
parts department, are a transitional fit and
being pre-finished, require no further ma-
chining after installation.

Cylinder liners fitted to the AG3 .152 en-

gine cannot be rebored. When they are
worn to such an extent whereby engine per-
formance is affected, they should be re-
placed.

Removing Cylinder Liners

1. Remove cylinder he ad as outlined

earlier.

2. Remove piston and connecting rod as-

semblies.
3. Use a heavy duty sleeve puller with
special tool puller plate MFN 8308 and re-
move liners from top of cylinder block. Be-
cause of the 0.001-0.003 inch interference
fit of the production type liners, a high pulling
force may be required. The use of hy-
draulic pulling equipment is recommended
to reduce servicing time. However, a
mechanical puller may be used. Refer to
Fig. 19.
Fig. 19 - Removing Cyl inder Liners using Spe-
cial Tooi MFN 8308 Puller Plate
cause considerable distortion of the liner
bore when installed.
After removal of the old liner, the par-
ent bore must be thoroughly cleaned both in
the top recess of the liner flange and in the
parent bore itself. A check must be made to
make sure that the whole areas of contact
with liners in the cylinder block are free
from burrs, corrosion or damage.

Preparation for Installing New Liners
Great care must be taken in handling,
transit and storage of new liners, as the
slightest burr or damage is suffident to
Make sure that the new liner is thor-
oughly clean before installation. If solvent
is used to wash the liner, it is important
that the liner be thoroughly dry before in-
stallation.

- 26 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Throughout the whole operation, ex-
treme cleanliness is essential as the entry
of the smallest particle of grit or other
foreign matter is sufficient to cause local
distortion of the liner bore.
Installing New Service Liners
1. Either; (1) chill the new prefinished
type liners and push them fully in place by
hand or (2) lubricate the outside diameter of
cylinder liner, then use special tool MFN
8308 and PRE S S liner fully into cylinder
block. Avoid using a brush or rag to apply
oil to prevent any possibility of foreign par-
ticles getting onto the surface. Make sure
that the flanges at the top of the liners do not
fouI the counter-bore at the top of the parent
bore thus causing distortion at the top of the
internaI diameter of the liner.
Fig. 20 - Measuring Location of Cylinder
Liners
- 27 -
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
2. When fully located, the top face of
the liner flange should be between 0.000 in.
(0,00 mm) and 0.004 in. (0,10 mm) below
the top face of the cylinder block. Refer to
Fig. 20.
3. It is advisable to allow a settling
period to elapse before checking the fitted
internaI bore diameter of the liner. The
acceptable limit for cast iron service liners
is 3.6025-3.6035 in. (91,50/91,52 mm).
Each new liner should be checked in three
positions -- top, center and bottom; the
readings beingtaken transversely and paral-
leI to the center line of the cylinder block at
each position.
4. Having installed the new liners, the
remainder of the reassembly operations are
a reversaI of the removal procedure.
CRANKSHAFT, MAIN BEARINGS AND
REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The crankshaft runs in four, pre-fin-
ished replaceable shell bearings, lined with
plated copper lead or aluminum tin. The
crankshaft is equipped with two cast iron
balance weights, one at the front crank web
and the other at the rear crank web, giving
full rotating balance. Replaceable steel
backed, aluminum tin-lined main bearings
are fitted, locating in position by tabs in
slots on the main bearing housings.
Installing New Main Bearings and
Thrust Washers
If the main bearings or thrust washers
have to be replaced or inspected, it can be
done without removing the crankshaft.
1. Remove oil pan, oil pump, flywheel,
etc.
2. Ta replace main bearings:
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Fig. 21 - Removing Upper Main Bearing Inserf

a. Remove bearing cap in question,

remembering to remove only one
cap at a time.

b. Loosen the remaining cap set-

screws one or two turns.
c. Remove lower half of bearing
from cap.
d. With a suitable piece of wood,
push out the top half of the bear-
ing by rotating it on the crank-
shaft, applying the wood to the
side opposite the bearing lip as
shown in Fig. 21.
e. Inspect the bearing shells and if
they require replacement. insert
a new half bearing into the top.
plain end first and a new half
bearing into the cap.
f. Install cap and tighten setscrews
lightly before proceeding to the
next bearing. ,
g. When bearings and caps have an
been installed, tighten to the tor-
que gi ven in "Specifications".
Fig. 22 - Removing Rear Main Bearing Cap
The thrust washers fit in recesses
provided on either side of the rear
main bearing housing and cap.
3. To replace thrust washers :
a. Remove setscrews securing rear
oil seal housing in place. then
remove oil seai housing haives.
b. Remove rear main cap and the
two bottom hai ves of the thrust
washers. Refer to Fig. 22.
c. The two top half thrust washers
can be removed by sliding them
around from one side with a
piece of wood until they can be
removed.
d. To install new' thrust washers,
lightly coat the two upper halves ~

- 28 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
with lubricating oil and slide them
in the recesses provided on either
side of the rear main bearing
housing. The STEEL side of the
thrust washers should be toward
the bearing housing.
e. Place the two lower halves on
either side of the rear main bear-
ing cap and install the cap.
f. Tighten the bearing cap securing
setscrews to the torque given in
"Specifications" .
g. Secure the rear main oil seal half
housings with new self-Iocking
nuts.
Removing Crankshaft
1. Remove water pump, generator,
crankshaft pulley and timing gear cover.
2. Remove oil pan, oil pump, flywheel
and rear oil seal housing.
3. Remove connecting rod caps and
their bearings.
Fig. 23 - Removing or Installing Crankshaft
- 29 -
4. Remove crankshaft rear main oil
seal housing bolts.
5. Remove main bearing setscrews and
remove caps.
6. Lift out· crankshaft as shown in Fig.
23.
Should the crankshaft gear require re-
placement make sure that the timing mark
stamped on it faces to the front when in-
stalled in position. The distance piece be-
tween the gear and the crankshaft must be
installed with the chamfer to the rear. If
the main bearings are to be used again, they
should be suitably marked so that they may
be reinstalled in their original positions.
Balance Weights
Should it be necessary to replace crank-
shaft balance weights, they are normally
supplied in wired pairs and must be fitted as
a pair. Should a single balance weight re-
quire replacing, this must be done selec-
tively so there is no greater variation than 1
oz. (0,28 kg) between individual weights.
Regrinding Crankshaft
Before proceeding to regrind the crank-
shaft, the following points should be checked
to make sure it is suitable for further ma-
chining.
1. The crankshaft should be crack-de-
tected before regr inding. It must, of
course be remembered to demagnetize the
crankshaft after crack-detecting, in order to
remove any polarization which may be pres-
ent.
2. The main journal and crankpin diam-
eters should be checked to determine the
next-appropriate size to which the crankshaft
can be reground: Le. --0.010 in. (0,25 mm)
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
~E:RKIN5 AG 3. 152 E:NGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W

-- 0.020 in. (0,54 mm), or -- 0.030 in.

(0,76 mm). If the crankshaft requires to be
reground below 0.030 in. (0,76 mm) it is
recommended that a new crankshaft be in-
stalled.

3. The dimensions given in "Specifica-

tions" for the crankpin width apply only to
a standard crankshaft. It will be appreciated
that this dimension may increase as the
crankpins are reground, but after regrind-
ing the maximum width should not exceed
1.5785 in. (40,09 mm). During regrinding,
aIl the limits must be adhered to, and the
main journals and crankpins must be free
from grinding marks.

NOTE: It is important that the

RADII on the main journals and
crankpins are maintained. If these
are neglected, a fatigue fracture is
hable to occur.

Aiter regrinding, the sharp corners on

the oil holes should be removed and the
crankshaft crack-detected again and de-
magnetized.
Installing Crankshaft
Fig; 24 - Rear Crankshaft Thrust Washers -
Crankshaft Removed to Show Parts
More Clearly

1. Make sure that aIl oil passages are sure the thrust washers on bearing cap are
open and clean. installed correctly.

2. Check main bearing setscrews for
stretch or damaged threads. Damaged set-
screws must be replaced.
3. Clean bearing housings and place
upper bearings in position.
4. Place crankshaft in position.
5. Smear the two upper thrust washers
with lubricating oil and slide in recesses
provided on either side of the rear main
housing. Refer to Fig. 24.
7. When installing the main bearing
caps, make sure they are located in their
respective positions and are installed the
correct way around. The caps are num-
bered, No. l starting at the front of the en-
gine. Each cap is also marked with an iden-
tification number. When in st a Il e d, this
number should read in line with the same
number stamped on the" cylinder block bot-
tom face. Refer to Fig. 25.
8. Tighten main bearing setscrews to
proper tension. Refer to Fig. 26.

6. Installlowerhalves of main bearings 9. Check crankshaft end play. See Fig.

to bearing caps and place in position. Make 27.

- 30 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W
Fig. 25 - Main Bearing Cap location and Iden-
tification Numbers
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal
The housing consists of two halves
bolted around the rear of the crankshaft
which has a shallow spiral oil return groove
recessed to a depth of 0.004 to 0.008 in.
(0,10 to 0,20 mm). The bore of the housing
is machined to accommodate a rubber cored
asbestos strip. The strip consists of two
sections, one for each haH of the oïl seal
housing.
Fig. 26 - Tightening Main Bearing and Con-
necting Rod Caps to their Proper
Torques
- 31 -
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
Fig. 27 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Play
When installing the seal with the crank-
shaft in position, the following procedure
should be adopted:
1. Set up one haH housing in a vise with
the seal recess on top.
2. Place approximately 1 in. (25 mm) of
the strip, at each end, into the ends of the
groove, making sure that each end of the
strip projects 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,50
mm) beyond the haH housing joint face. Al-
Iow the middle of the seal to bulge out of the
groove during this operation.
3. With thumb and finger, press the
remainder of the strip into the groove work-
ing from the center. Then use any conveni-
ent round bar to further bed in the strip by
rolling and pressing its inner diameter.
This procedure takes advantage of the fric-
tion between the strip and the groove at the
ends, to compact the rope, while making
sure that the projections of the end faces of
the rope remain as set.
4. Install oil seal to other half housing
in a similar manner.
5. Install new gasket coated with a
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

suitable sealing compound to cylinder block

and rear main bearing cap face.

6. Coat gasket faces of the housings

with suitable sealing compound.

7. Smear a film of graphite grease over

the exposed inside diameter surface of the
oil seaI.

8. Coat the hall housing butt faces with

sealing compound.

9. Lubricate the crankshaft rear end oil

return groove.

10. Place the half housings in position

on the engine (hall housing with shroud to the
top) and locate aU setscrews finger tight.
Refer to Figs. 28 and 29.

Il. Tighten the c1amping bolts to a tor-

que of only 4 to 6 ft. -lbs. (0,55/0,83 kgf m).

12. Tighten the setscrews in the cylin-

der block and main bearing cap to a torque of
12 ft. -lbs. (1,66 kgf m).
Fig. 29 - Removing or Install ing Upper and
13. Finally tighten clamping bolts to a Lower Halves of Qi 1 Seal Housing
(Engine Shown Inverted)
torque of 12 ft.-lbs. (1,66 kgf m).

TIMING GEAR COVER AND FRONT

CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL

Removing Timing Gear Coyer

1. Remove fan belt and generator.

2. Remove water pump and hoses.

3. Disconnect carburetor control rod.

Refer to Fig. 30.

4. Remove breather pipe.

5. Remove crankshaft puUey.

Fig. 28 - View of Upper and Lower Halves 6. Remove timing gear coyer setscrews.
Showing Qil Deflector Shroud Note the different lengths used.

- 32 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 32 - Governor Rocker Cross Shaft -

Sequence of Parts

7. Remove timing gear cover.

Removing Governor Control Cross

Shah
Fig. 30 - Yiew of Timing Gear Cover and 1. Remove roll pin, retaining external
Related Parts lever, and remove lever. Refer to Fig. 31.

2. Remove internaI lever.

3. Press shaft toward the ail filler side

of the caver and release needle bearing.

4. Press shaft in the opposite direction

removing collar, bearing, ail seal, felt
washer and retainer. Refer ta Fig. 32.

Installing Governor Control Cross Shaft

1. Assemble collar, bearing, ail seal,

felt washer and retainer on the shaft and
press into caver. Refer ta Figs. 32 and 31.

2. Press needle bearing into the caver

at the other end of the shaft until it just con-
tacts an 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) feeler gauge
between the shaft shoulder and the needle
FiS' 31 - Rear Yiew of Timing Gear Cover bearing end face as shown in Fig. 33.

- 33 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

41

®
®
@- ~

~36
35 "'
:.n
'~

Fig. 68 - Carburetor Assembly - Sequence of Parts (Callouts Keyed to Text)

- 54 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

KEY

SPECIAL TOOL

SPACER

,r
Il
II
/1

"
Il
/1

"
Il
/1
11.-

CRANKSHAFT

Fig. 35 - Sectional View Showing Timing Gear

Cover Locating Sicle of Special Tooi
MFN 747 AA - Shown being Usecl
with Qi 1 Seal in Place
TIMING GEARS
The camshaft gear, crankshaft gear,
idler gear and distributor drive gear, are
suitably marked during production to facili-
tate re-timing. Fig. 36 shows the timing
marks correctly positioned with No. 1 piston
at T.D.C. on compression stroke.
Checking Timing Gea r 8acklash
1. Remove timing gear coyer as out-
lined earlier.
2. Check backlash between the timing
gears with a feeler gauge. Refer to Fig. 37.
Backlash between idler gear and its other
three mating gears should be 0.003 in.
(0,08 mm) minimum). Backlash between
crankshaft gear and oil pump gear should be
Fig. 36 - View of Timing Gear Showing Timing
Marks Alignecl
0.0075-0.0125 in. (0,19/0,32 mm). Refer
to Fig. 38.
Removing Idler Gear and Hub
1. Bend back the locking tab on the idler
gear retaining setscrew and remove the set-
screw, tab washer and idler gear retaining
plate.
2. Remove idler gear from its hub as
shown in Fig. 39.
3. Remove idler gear hub from its ma-
chined location as shown in Fig. 40.
Installing Idler Gear and Hub
1. Install the idler gear hub so that the
small locating dowel in the cylinder block
aligns with the ho le in the hub.

- 35 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSO~
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE
Fig. 37 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash Be-
tween Idler Gear and its Other Three
Mating Gears
2. InstaU the idler gear to the hub with
aU timing gear marks lined up.
3. Install retaining plate, tab washer
and setscrew. Torque to the value gi ven in
"Specifications". Make sure that the idler
gear has end play of 0.005-0.015 in. (0,13/
0,38 mm).
Removing Camshaft Gear
Remove the three securing setscrews
and remove camshaft gear.
Installing Camshaft Gear
1. Rem 0 ve idler gear and rel e a s e
rocker assembly to enable camshaft to be
- 36 -
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Fig. 38 - Measuring Backlash Between Crank-
shaft Gear and Oil Pump Gear (En-
gine Shown Inverted)
tumed. On the camshaft hub the letter "D"
is stamped and on the camshaft gear the
"D" is cast. The gear must be installed on
the camshaft so that the two letters are
aligned as shown in Fig. 41.
2. Reinstall and tighten setscrews.
3. Install idler gear with aIl timing
marks aligned.
4. Sec ure rocker assembly.
Removing Distributor and Governor
Drive Gear
1. Remove governor thrust plate assem - '-----.-/'
blyas shown in Fig. 42.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

Fig. 39 - Removing or InstaJ 1ing Idler Gear Fig. 40 - Removing or Insta /1 ing Idler Gear
Hub

2. The nut retaining the baIl race as-

sembly and the governor gear has a left-
handed thread. The nut is stamped "L.H.".

3. Unscrew retaining nut and remove

baIl race assembly.
CAMSHAFT
4. Release governor gear from its
keyed location. Removing Camshaft

1. Remove rocker shaft assembly.

Installing Distributor and Governor 2. Remove timing gear co ver .

Drive Gear
Installation of the gear is the reversaI
of removal. Refer to Figs. 43 and 42. Tor-
que retaining nut to value given in "Specifi-
cations" .
3. Align aIl timing gear marks.
4. Lift tappets and remove camshaft as
shown in Fig. 44 taking care not to damage
journals, cams or tappets.

- 37 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Fig. 41 - Camshaft and its Gear are Marked
with letters "D" to Indicate Proper
Gear Installation
Installing Camshaft
1. Lüt tappets and carefuily install the
camshaft into the cylinder block, taking care
not to damage journals, cams or tappets.
Make sure ail timing marks line up.
Fig. 42 - Removing or Installing the Governor
Thrust Plate Assembly
Camshaft End Play
The camshaft end play is taken up by a
thrust spring which is attached to the rear
of the timing gear cover, as shown in Fig.
31.
TIMING CASE

2. Install timing gear cover. Removing the Timing Case

1. Remove timing gear cover as out-

3. Reinstail rocker shaft assembly and lined earlier.
check and re-set valve tappet clearances if
necessary. 2. Remove· rocker shaft as sembly .

3. Remove oil pan.

4. Remove timing case bottom cover as

shown in Fig. 45.

- 38 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

Fig. 43 - View of Governor Gear with Bail Fig. 45 - Removing or Install ing Timing Case
Race Assembl y Removed Bottom Coyer (Engine Shown In-
verted)

5. Remove idler gear and hub, camshaft,

and governor drive gear.

6. Remove distributor, distributor drive

shaft and oil feed pipe to distributor drive
housing.

7. Remove distributor drive hou sing

from rear of timing case.

8. Remove setscrews securing timing

case to cylinder block and remove timing
case.

Installing the Timing Case

Fig. 44 - Removing or Installing Camshaft - 1. To locate timing case to block, in-

Shown w ith Head Removed staIl the idler gear hub.

- 39 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Fig. 46 - Aligning Timing Case with Bottom Fig. 47 - AI igning Bottom Coyer with Timing
Face of Cyl inder Block (Engine Shown Case (Eng ine Shown Inyerted)
Inyerted)

7. Install idler gear with timing gear

2. Usinganew gasket, install the timing marks aligned.
case to the cylinder block.
8. Install distributor drive housing
3. Align the bottom of the timing case drive shaft.
with the block bottom face as shown in Fig.
46. 9. Line up timing marks and install
governor gear.
4. Install the timing case bottom cover
and using a straight edge align the edges of 10. Install drive housing oil feed line
the bottom cover and the timing case face as and distributor.
shown in Fig. 47.
Il. Reinstall oil pan and timing gear
cover.
5. Turn the engine crankshaft until No.
1 piston is at T. D. C. (key on crankshaft ver-
tically upwards). TIMING
6. Lift tappets and carefully install When the engine is timed on production,
camshaft. certain marks are stamped on the gears, so

- 40 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

that if for any reason the timing is dis- wheel mar king. The tolerance for valve tim-
turbed the engine can easily be reset to its ingis plus or minus 2-1/20. There is no ad-
original timing. The gears are marked as justment for valve timing. Provided the gear
follows: is correctly installed onto the camshaft, the
timing can only be one or more teeth out.
With the engine correctly timed with No. When timing is found to be correct, reset
1 piston on its compression stroke, center valve clearances.
punch marks on the idler gear correspond
with Hnes or center punch marks on the
camshaft, crankshaft and governor drive Checking Ignition Timing
gears. Refer to Fig. 36.
a. Ignition Timing (Statie)
NOTE: With all the timing marks
aligned, the crankshaft will have to Set No. 1 piston to l2 0 B. T .D.C.
be turned 18 times before all the on its firing stroke. The mark
timing marks will align again. on the flywheel, as shown in Fig.
48, should be aligned with the
dot on the side of the aperature
Resetting Engine Timing in the flywheel housing. Install
the distributor wi th the contact
Bring No. l piston to T. D. C. on its com-
pression stroke. That T. D. C. has been ob-
tained can be checked by examining the fly-
wheel where the T. D. C . mark should be
central within the inspection aperture, or
the front of the crankshaft where the key for
the crankshaft gear should be at T . D. C.

Install the camshaft gear making sure

the letter "D", stamped adjacent to one of
the fixing holes, is in alignment with the
letter "D" stamped on the camshaft nose.
Refer to Fig. 41. Install the governor gear
onto its keyed location. Refer to Fig. 43.

Reinstall the idler gear making sure

aIl timing marks line up as shown in Fig.
36.

Checking Valve Timing

Turn the engine until maximum lift is

obtained on No. 3 cylinder exhaust valve. In
this position, set the valve clearance on No.
1 inlet valve toO.043 in. (1.09 mm). Turn
the engine in the normal direction of the ro-
tation until the tappet of No. l inlet valve
just tightens. At this point No. l should be Fig. 48 - View of Flywheel Showing Timing
at T. D . C ., and can be checked with the fly- Marks

- 41 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

breaker points just breaking for

No. 1 cylinder, connect the dis-
tributor low tension cable to the LIMITS FOR
negative terminal of the ignition FL YWHEEL BACKPLATE ALIGNJ\1ENT
coU. Connect a suitable test
lamp to the negative terminal of HOUSING DIAMETER LIMITS
the ign i ti on coU and ground.
Swing the distributor untU the Up to 14.25 in.
test lamp just goes out and tighten (362 mm) ....... 0.006 in. (0,15 mm)
the distributor clamp.
Over 14.25 in.
(362 mm) to 20.125
b. Ignition Timing (Dynamic) in. (SU mm) .... 0.008 in. (0,20 mm)

To check dynamic ignition timing, Over 20.125 in.

use a timing light attached to No.
1 cylinder and an electric ta-
chometer. Start the engine and
direct the light to the timing hole
in the flywheel housing. Careful-
ly move the throttle lever to the
"wide open" position (2225 to
2275 rpm) and observe the timing
readings. With the engine prop-
erly timed and the distributor ad-
vance mechanism operating prop-
erly, the timing should gradually
increase to a reading of 26 0
BTDC at 2000 rom without any
further advance above this speed.
Advance, or retard, timing if
necessary by loosening the dis-
tributor clamp and turning the
distributor body. Turn in the
direction of rotation of the rotor
to retard, and against direction
of rotation to advance. Clamp
distributor when correct setting
is found.
(SU mm) to 25.5
in. (648 mm) ... 0.010 in. (0,25 mm)
Over 25.5 in.
(648 mm) to 31 in.
(789 mm) ...... . 0.012 in. (0,30 mm)
AlI adjustments to be carried out on the
backplate, and never on the cylinder block
face, to bring the backplate within the limits
above. Refer to Fig. 49.
Flywheel
The alignment of the flywheel face should
be within the limit of 0.001 in. (0,02mm)
per inch (25, 4 mm) of flywheel radius from
the crankshaft axis ta the c10ck gauge
plunger. Press the crankshaft one way when
carrying out this check to take up end play.
Refer to Fig. 50.

The run out of the flywheel should not

exceed 0.012 in. (0.30 mm) total indicator
FLYWHEEL AND BACKPLATE reading. Refer to Fig. 5l.

1 Flywheel Backplate

When installing the backplate check that

the alignment of the face is within the limit
listed.

- 42 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S

Fig. 49 - Measuring Alignment of Flywheel Fig. 50 - Measuring Flywheel Face Runout

Backplate

Fig. 51 - Measuring Runout on Outer Diameter of Flywheel

- 43 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oll CIRCULATION

The system of lubrication comprises

pressure feed to the main and connecting
rod bearings, camshaft bearings, distribu-
tor and governor drive, rocker shaft assem-
bly and timing drive. The pump draws oil
through the strainer in the oil pan and de-
livers it by a pipe inside the crankcase
through a drilling in the side of the cylinder
block to the lubricating oil filter.

Oil passes through the filter and then

through an internaI drilling in the cylinder
block to the pressure rail which is an inter-
naI passage within the crankcase. Holes
Fig. 52 - View of Camshaft Oil Tunnels
drilled in the crankcase webs feed oil from
the pressure rail to the main bearings and journal, only a reduced quantity of oil can
holes in the crankshaft webs carry oil to the pass to the rocker shaft du ring each revolu-
connecting rad bearings. Surplus oil re- tion of the camshaft. This reduced pres-
turns to the oil pan. sure oil feed is also piped to the distributor
and governor drive housing and lubricates
An oil seal prevents oil leaking along the distributor drive shaft and governor.
the crankshaft at the rear end and oil thrown The overflow of oil from the rocker shaft
from this seal returns to the oil pan. flows from the cylinder head into the cam-
shaft tunnel and from the front of the tunnel
The connecting rod bushings are lubri- on to the timing gears and then returns to the
cated by splash and oil mist. oil pan. See Fig. 52. Exterior oil line
arrangement is shown in Fig. 53. Further
Running in the front of the cylinder
block is an internaI passage which connects
with the pressure rail. The oil cornes out
from this passage on the camshaft side of
the engine and is deli vered along an external
pipe to the lower drilling in the center cam-
shaft bearing journal.

As the camshaft revolves, oil is picked

up and carried around in the narrow slot ma-
chined in the center camshaft journal until
it escapes through the upper drilling in the
camshaft tunnel. The oil then flows through
a pipe to the cylinder head where another
pipe conveys it to the hollow rocker shaft
which feeds oil to the rocker ann bushings,
etc. It will be appreciated that due to the
small capacity of the slot on the camshaft Fig. 53 - View of External Oil Feed Lines

- 44 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W LUBRICATION SYSTEM

MOTOR OIL
Use Massey-Ferguson M-ll09 Heavy-Duty Motor oil, an S-l of "Supplement-l"
qualified oil meeting the requirements for API Service Classification "MS" (gasoline
engines) and "DM" (diesel engines)·.
Massey-Ferguson M-1132 AU Seasons Multi-Grade Motor Oil is also recom-
mended, especially during the winter season or whenever a wide range of ambient
temperatures maybe encountered. This is a superior quality, MIL-L-2l04B qualified,
SAE 10W-30 viscosity oil.
Similarly qualified oils marketed by other reputable suppliers may be used in lieu
of the Massey-Ferguson lubricant indicated above.
THESE MOTOR OILS ARE HEA VY - DUTY DETERGENT-TYPE OILS WHICH ARE
COMPOUNDED WITH SPECIAL ADDITIVES TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY ENGINE
OPERATION. NON-DETERGENT OR STRAIGHT MINERAL TYPE MOTOR OILS
MUST NOT BE USED.

Operating Condition Recommended Viscosity Grade

Based on
Ambient Air Temperature Single Viscosity Multi - Viscosity
"----"
Above 90 0 F SAE 30 SAE 10W-30, or 20W-40

32 0 to 90 0 F SAE 20W SAE 10W-30

0 0 to 32 0 F SAE 10W* SAE 10W-30, or 5W-20*

Below 00 -------- SAE 5W-20*

* THE USE OF SAE 5W-20 OR SAE lOW MOTOR OILS MAY CAUSE INCREASED OIL
CONSUMPTION. WHEN THESE OILS ARE USED, CHECK OIL LEVEL MORE
OFTEN. Whenever the engine is operated under continuous heavy load conditions.
where cold starting is no problem (i. e.: Use of block heaters or warm buildings)
the use of a heavier grade motor oil is recommended.

RECOMMENDED CHANGE PERIOD

Under the normally severe operating conditions typical for this type of machine,
the engine crankcase lubricant should be changed after every 100 hours of operation.
Change oil filters with every other oil change.

CAPACITY

Crankcase Refill • . • •• . .. . . . . . • • . • •. . . • . . . . .• • . . . • . • .• Approx. 6 U. S. Qts.

With Filter Element Change . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . • • . • . • •• Approx. 6.5 U. S. Qts.

- 45 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

lubrication for the timing gears is provided
by means of a drilling in the block between
the horizontal drilling referred to previous-
ly and the idler gear hub. Oil from this
drilling escapes through a hole in the idler
gear boss.
When the pre-determined pressure set-
ting is exceeded, the valve opens and sorne
of the oil is released to return to the oil
pan. This continues untU the oil warms up
and flows at the desired pressure. The
valve then closes.

MOTOR OIL OIL FILTER

The importance of proper c1ean motor

oil cannot be overemphasized. AlI refer- Replacing Filter Element
ences to engine oil should be taken to mean
the type of motor oils described in the chart 1. Unscrew setscrew securing filter
on page 45. bowl at bowl base as shown in Fig. 54.
The oU level should be checked with the
engine "cold" and on level ground. When 2. Remove fUter bowl, as shown in Fig.
checking the oU level of a "hot" engine, 55.
make sure to allow suffident time for the
oil to return back into the oU pan. DO NOT 3. Remove element and discard
OVERFILL ABOVE THE" FULL" MARK ON
THE DIPSTICK.

OIL PRESSURE
See that oU pressure is registered on
the gauge.

The actual pressure may vary with in-

di vi dual engines, but the oil pressure at
maximum engine speed and normal working
temperature should be 30-60 psi (2,1-4,2)
kgfjcm 2 ).

There will be a pressure drop whUe

idling and a slight decrease in normal work-
ing pressure when the engine is hot.

OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

The oU relief valve, which is located in
the oil pump body, prevents the pressure
from becoming excessive as might other-
wise happen when the oil is cold.

The relief valve comprises a spring-

loaded plunger. Fig. 54 - Removing Filter Bowl Setscrew

- 46 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Fig. 55 - Removing or Installing Filter Bowl Fig. 56 - Removing or Install ing Oil Pan
Strainer
4. Wash bowl in cleaning fluide
To reassemble, reverse the order of op-
5. Install new rubber gasket in filter erations.
head casting.

6. If necessary replace gaskets in the

REMOVING OIL PAN
bowl.
Drain motor oil and remove dipstick.
7. Install new element, tighten bowl
securing setscrew and run engine to check Remove setscrews securing oil pan to
for leaks. flywheel housing where necessary.

Remove setscrews securing oil pan to

crankcase and lower oil pan.
REMOVING, CLEANING AND
INSTALLING OIL PAN STRAINER
INSTALLING OIL PAN
Drain and remove oil pan.
Lightly smear crankcase faces with a
Remove strainer from end of suction thin coating of sealing compound and place
pipe and wash in cleaning fluide Refer to gaskets in position ma king sure an holes
Fig. 56. Ene up.

- 47 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

When placing gaskets in position, it is

important that the mitered ends go right up
into the recesses of the timing case bottom
coyer and rear main bearing cap. Lightly
- coat cork gaskets with sealing compound and
place in the grooves provided in the timing
case bottom coyer and rear main bearing
cap.

Place oil pan in position and loosely in-

stall setscrews.

Where applicable, install setscrews se-

curing rear of oil pan to flywheel housing
and tighten.

Tighten setscrews, securing oil pan to

crankcase.

Install dipstick and oil drain plug.

REMOVING OIL PUMP

Remove oil pan (see previous heading).

Remove the three setscrews at the bot-

tom of the timing gear coyer and the two nuts Fig. 57 - Removing or Install ing Qi 1 Pump
at the bottom of the timing case. Then the
timing case bottom half can be removed.

Disconnect the delivery pipe from the

oil pump to cylinder block.

Remove snap ring and move idler gear

forward.

Unscrew the three setscrews securing

the oil pump to the front main bearing cap
and remove oil pump as shown in Fig. 57.

DISASSEMBLING OIL PUMP

Remove suction and deli very pipes.

Remove idler gear.
The idler gear shaft is pinned to the
pump body and if this shaft is to be removed, Fig. 58 - Removing or Install ing the Rubber
the pin must be driven out first. Sealing Ring

- 48 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Withdraw driven gear.

Unscrew the three retaining screws and

remove the pump end plate.

Remove rubber sealing ring. Refer to

Fig. 58.

The shaft, inner and outer rotors can

then be removed.

The oil relief val ve is located in the body

of the lubricating oil pump. It is an ad just-
able valve but unless special test equipment
is available, no attempt should be made to
dismantle it. The breaking pressure is set
and adjusted before the engine leaves the
Fig. 60 - Measuring Clearance Between Outer
factory .
Rotor and Pump Body

INSPECTING OIL PUMP

1. Thoroughly clean al! parts and in-
spect the rotors for cracks or scores.
2. Instal! the drive and driven rotors
in the pump body making sure the cham-
fered edge of the outer rotor enters the pump
body first. Check the clearance between the
maximum diameter of the inner rotor and
the mmlmum diameter of the outer rotor at
al! points. Refer to Fig. 59.
3. Check the clearance between the
dri ven rotor and the pump body. Refer to
Fig. 60.
4. Check the clearance between the top
of the rotors and the end of the pump body
withfeeler gauges and straight edge as shown
in Fig. 61.

Fig. 59 - Measuring Clearance Between Inner Fig. 61 - Measuring Clearance Between Rotors
and Outer Rotor and End of Pump Body

- 49 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Oil pump clearances (new) are given in Install idler gear shaft, if this has
" Specifie ations" . been removed, and lock with pin.

NOTE: Should an oil pump be worn Install idler gear.

to such an extent it adversely af-
fects the working oil pressure, a
replacement pump should be ob- INST ALLING THE OIL PU MP
tained. The component parts of the
oil pump are not supplied individ- Install oil pump onto front main bearing
ually. Therefore, if any parts re- cap and secure with three setscrews.
quire replacement, a new pump
should be installed. Secure idler gear with snap ring.

Install oil suction and deli very pipes to

REASSEMBLING THE OIL PUMP and from oil pump.

Install outer rotor. inner rotor and Install timing case bottom half and se-
shaft in oil pump body. cure with two nuts and washers to timing
case top half.
Replace rubber sealing ring
Install the three setscrews at the bot-
Replace endcover and secure with three tom of the timing gear cover.
screws.
Press on driven gear and make sure Install oil pan in accordance with pre-
pump rotates freely. vious instructions.

, /
~

- 50 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W' FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL SYSTEM
CARBURETOR
Description
The carburetor, shown in Fig. 62, is of
the updraft type and is equipped with a fixed
main jet and a eiectrically operated fuel
shut-off solenoid. The solenoid acts to pre-
vent fuel flow whenever the ignition swi tch is
turned off.
The carburetor is of a single barrel de-
sign with a single venturi, twin floats and a
semi-concentric fuel bowl to permit opera-
ation at quite extreme angles without flood-
ing or starving the engine. This design is
"balanced" and "sealed", since aIl air for
fuel bowl ventilation and idle operation must
enter through the air cleaner. The fuel
supply system' consists of a threaded fuel
inlet elbow, fuel valve (needle and seat),
float assembly and float chamber (fuel bowl).
The idle system provides two idle dis-
charge holes, an idle air passage, idle air
bleed, idle adjusting needle, idle jet and
fuel passage.
The high-speed (main metering) system
consists of the venturi, main jet calibration,
well vent and discharge jet.
The economizer system consists of a
drilled hole from the throttle bore into a
channel communicating with the air space in
the fuel bowl, and a restriction in the chan-
nel venting the fuel bowl to the air intake.

The choke system is of the semi-auto-

matic type and provides a choke plate with a
spring-Ioaded poppet valve mounted on a
shaft located inside the air intake and is op-
erated externally by a lever attached to the
choke shaft.

FUEL SHUT-OFF
~ SOLENOID

Fig. 62 - View of Carburetor Assembly

1. Screw 3. Spring 5. Gasket
2. Gasket 4. Plunger Fig. 63 - Fuel Supply System

- 51 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE
Operation
Fuel Supply System
Fuel under pressure is supplied through
the fuel inlet elbow, fuel valve (needle and
seat) to the float chamber. The float in the
float chamber automatically regulates the
opening through the fuel valve to maintain
the proper level of fuel in the fuel bowl to
meet the demands of the engine speed and
load. See Fig. 63.
Jdle System
At idle speed, the throttle plate is ad-
vanced slightly to expose the upper idle dis-
charge hole to engine manifold vacuum (suc-
tion), as shown in Fig. 64. This suction is
transmitted to the idle jet through a passage
connecting the idle discharge holes with the
idle jet. Fuel for idle is supplied through
the main jet to a well directly below the
main discharge jet. The fuel for idle flows
IDU AOJUSTING
Nil OU
~__ ~IIMAI~INT
Fig. 64 - Idle System
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
up from this weIl through a restricted driIl-
ing into the idle fuel pick-up passage. From
here it is metered through the idle jet cali-
bration before entering the (vacuum) pas-
sage leading to the idle discharge holes.
Just above the idle jet, the fuel mixes with
air admitted to the (vacuum) passage through
a permanent air bleed located beside the ven-
turi. The idle air bleed controls the air
mixed with the idle fuel. Since the fuel-air
mixture for idle may be discharged from
one or both idle discharge holes, the system
is referred to as a two-hole idle system.
The second (lower) hole discharges fuel-air
mixture into the throttle bore only when the
throttle plate is opened slightly beyond slow
idle. The idle adjusting needle, located in
the throttle body at the upper idle discharge
hole, controls the amount of idle fuel-air
mixture discharged into the air stream.
TURNING THE IDLE ADJUSTING NEEDLE
IN (CLOCKWISE) RESULTS IN A LEANER
MIXTURE; TURNING THE NEEDLE OUT
(COUNTERCLOCKWISE) RES U L TSIN A
RICHER IDLE FUEL-AIR MIXTURE. Low ,--.-/
idle speed is set by the throttle stop screw
not by the idle adjusting needle.
Ail ALIID
Fig. 65 - High Speed (Main Metering)
System
- 52 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
High-Speed (Main Metering) System
Refer to Fig. 65.
As the throttle is opened beyond the idle
range, the suction on the idle discharge
holes diminishes while the increased volume
of air passing through the venturi to the en-
gine starts to draw fuel from the main dis-
charge jet of the high-speed system. The
main jet in the base of the fuel bowl con-
troIs the fuel delivery during the cruising
range of operation. To assure a proper mix-
'ture ratio, a small amount of air is admitted
through the weIl vent and passage to air
bleed holes in the main discharge jet below
the level of fuel in the metering weIl. This
air bleed feature helps destroy the surface
tension of the fuel to permit a steady, smooth
delivery offuel to meetengine requirements.
Economizer System
During part throttle range of operation,
the fuel bowl is subjected to manifold vac-
uum "back suction" through the drilled hole
in the throttle bore, wh ich lowers the pres-
sure on the fuel in the fuel bowl and retards
the flow of fuel through the metering sys-
aOWL ViNT
ECONOMIZER SYSTEM
Fig. 66 - Economizer System
- 53 -
FUEL sys'iEM
tems, see Fig. 66. This results in the car-
buretor being operated on leaner mixture
ratios during part throttle operation. As
the throttle is advanced to wide open posi-
tion, the "back suction" applied to the fuel
in the fuel bowl diminishes, permitting the
pressure in the fuel bowl to return to air
intake pressure. The main jet then flows to
full capacity supplying the richer mixture
required for full power operation. This
system provides economical fuel-air mixture
ratios du ring part throttle range of operation
while still permitting the richer mixture ra-
tios requires for full load and power oper-
ation.
Choke System
Refer to Fig. 67.
Closing the choke plate when starting a
cold engine restricts the entrances of air to
the carburetor and creates an increase in
suction at the jets. This increase in suction
causes more fuel to be drawn into the en-
gine to provide the richer mixture needed for
Fig. 67 - Choke System
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

41~----~~

@'"-------i~
@......-----
®-----~
~ :,
35 r - - - - - _ - - f (

Fig. 68 - Carburetor Assembly - Sequence of Parts (Callouts Keyed to Text)

- 54 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Cold starting, as soon as the engine begins to
run, the spring-Ioaded poppet valve on the
choke plate opens to prevent over-choking
or flooding of the engine . As the engine
warms up, the choke must be gradually
opened manually to the wide open position.
Overhaul Pro~edure
Identify Carburetor - - Check part num-
bers on metal identification dise which is
pinned or riveted to the top of the air intake
or float bowl cover. The inside number is
the Zenith assembly number. The other
number next to the outer edge of the dise, is
the Massey-Ferguson part number for the
assembly. Use the part number to obtain
the correct repair kit.
For identification of parts during dis-
assembly and reassembly, refer to Fig. 68
showing an exploded view of parts in their
proper sequence.
NOTE: Several special tools are
mentioned within the following text.
These are Zenith tools and may be
obtained from a local Zenith Dis-
tributor or dealer.
Disassembly
Separating the fuel bowl and throttle
body assemblies:
1. Remove hex head plugs (11 and 39)
and elbow (not shown) from bosses on throt-
tle body (1).
2. Remove four bowl to body screw and
lockwasher assemblies (20).
3. Raise throttle body slightly to sep-
arate bowl to body gasket (14) from fuel
bowl (19) and then remove throttle body as-
sembly, being careful not to damage floats
(12).
- 55 -
1
FUEL SYSTEM
Disassembly of Throttle Body
1. Invert throttle body assembly and
remove float axle (13) from slotted end of
hinge bracket. Pull axle out of hinge bracket
from opposite side and then remove float as-
sembly (12) and fuel valve needle (36).
2. Remove bowl to body gasket (14)
from machined surface of throttle body and
rem ove venturi (35).
3. Remove fuel valve seat (37) and fiber
washer (38) from throttle body.
4. Remove idle jet (40) from passage in
machined surface of throttle body near fuel
valve seat, using small screwdri ver.
5. Remove idle adjusting needle (10)
and friction spring (9) from side of throttle
body bore.
6. Back out throttle stop screw (7) until
threaded end is flush with throttle lever.
Close throttle and mark across throttle
body and lever as a guide to correct re-
assembly of parts. If required, file off
ri veted or peened end of throttle plate
screws flush with throttle shaft, being care-
fuI not to damage throttle plate or throttle
body bore. Remove throttle plate screws
(3) and throttle plate (2).
7. Remove throttle shaft and stop lever
assembly (8) from throttle body and drive
out shaft hole plug (42), using a 6" length of
1/4" rod inserted through the opposite
shaft hole.
8. To remove shaft hole seal (5) and
retainer (6), screw a 5/16" fine thread
taper tap into the retainer until tap is firmly
seated. Then insert a long punch or rod
through the opposite shaft hole and drive the
punch against the end of the tap until the re-
tainer is free of the throttle body
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE
Disassembly of Fuel Bowl Body
1. Remove fuel shut-off solenoid and
washer from bottom of fuel bowl.
2. Remove drain plug (25) from fuel
bowl.
3. Remove discharge jet (22) and fiber
washer (21).
4. Remove main jet (17)and fiber wash-
er (18) from bottom of fuel bowl.
5. Remove weIl vent jut (15) from center
of large opening in mac~ined surface of the
fuel bowl.
6. Close choke and scribe across choke
lever (30), choke bracket (28) and across
air intake, adjacent to lever, as a guide to
correct reassembly. Remove choke lever
spring (31). Remove choke plate screw and
lockwasher assemblies (34), choke plate (33),
choke shaft and lever assembly (30).
7. Remove choke bracket screws and
lockwasher assemblies (29) andchoke
bracket (28).
8. Drive out shaft hole plug (16), using
6" length of 1/4" rod inserted through op-
posite shaft hole.
9. To remove choke shaft seal (26) and
retainer (27), screw a 5/16" fine thread
taper tap into retainer until tap is firmly
seated. Then in s e r t Ion g punch or rod
through opposite shaft hole and drive punch
against end of tap until retainer is free of
air intake body.
Cleaning
Thoroughly clean aIl metal parts using a
dependable brand of carburetor cleaner and
rinse in solvent. Blow out aIl passages and
channels in the castings with compressed
air. Reverse the air flow through each
- 56 -
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
passage to insure the removal of aIl dirt par-
ticles. NEVER USE A WIRE OR DRILL TO
C LEAN OUT THE JETS.
Inspection
Inspect aIl parts and replace anythat are
damaged or worn. Always use the correct
repair kit for the carburetor assembly be-
ing serviced. If inspection reveals that the
fit of the throttle shaft is sloppy in the throt-
tle shaft bushings, it will be necessary to
install new throttle shaft bushings, as de-
scribed in the following procedure.
Replacement of Throttle Shajt
Bushings
To rebush the throttle body, the follow-
ing Zenith tools, as weIl 3.S new bushings and
oversize plug, must be available:
C161-73-1 Counter-bore Reamer, C161-
7l-1 Line Reamer, C161-72-1 Bushing
Driver, Throttle Shaft Bushings and Over-
size Plug.
l. Place a suitable center in drill press
bed. With one throttle shaft hole on this
center, bring spindle down until counter-
bore reamer contacts opposite shaft hole,
then set stop on drill press to length of
bushing.
2. Counter-Bore hole to accommodate
bushing, using C161-73-1 Cou nt e r-Bo r e
Reamer.
3. Dr ive th rot t l e shaft bushing into
place, using C161-72-1 Bushing Driver.
4. Ream this bushing, using C161-71-1
Line Reamer. The opposite shaft hole is
used as a "pilot" to align reamer in bush-
ing.
5. Turn throttle body casting over and .'--./
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
prepare opposite hole to take bushing. It
will be necessary to reset stop on spindle as
described above. Counter-bore hole, using
C161-73-1 Counter-Bore Reamer.
6. Drive second throttle shaft bushing
into place, using C161-72-1 Bushing Driver.
7. Line ream this bushing as the final
machining operation, using C 161-71-1 Line
Reamer.
8. Aiter the new throttle shaft bushings
are in place, a new "oversize" plug should
be installed in the throttle shaft hole.
Reassembly
Assembly of Fuel Bowl Body
1. Install seal (26) in open side of re-
tainer (27) and place completed assembly on
C 161-72 -1 Bushing Driver. Seal lip should
be positioned so Hp will be toward outside of
carburetor seal entrance of air after in-
stallation. Insert small end of driver into
choke shafthole; start retainer into counter- f
bore of body and lightly drive retainer into
body until flush with machined surface.
2. Install shaft hole plug (16), using
light hammer.
3. Refer to match marks made at time
of disassembly and install choke bracket
(28), bracket attaching screws and lock-
washers (29).
4. Install choke shaft and lever assem-
bly (30) and rotate shaft so that cut out sec-
tion faces out. St art choke plate (33) into
place with poppet valve stem and spring
facing into air intake as shown in Fig. 68.
Press choke lever against shaft boss to cen-
ter choke plate in c10sed position, and start
choke plate screws (34) into place. When
plate is properly centered, tighten screws
securely.
- 57 -
FUEL SYS-r"EM
5. Install choke lever spring (31) to re-
turn choke to side open position.
6. Install main jet (17) and fiber wash-
er (18) in threaded hole at bottom of fuel
bowl.
7. Install well vent jet (15) in fuel bowl
and tighten.
8. Install main discharge jet (22) and
fiber washer (21) in large threaded passage
on bottom of fuel bowl.
9. Install drain plug (25) in fuel bowl.
10. Install fuel shut-off solenoid and
washer.
Assembly of Thrott1e Body
1. Insert throttle shaft seal (5) in open
end of retainer (6) and place completed as-
sembly on Ç161-72-1 Bushing Driver. In-
sert small end of driver into throttle shaft
hole; st art retainer into counter-bore of
throttle body and lightly drive retainer into
body until flush with niachined surface or
slightly below surface, to avoid interference
with throttle lever.
2. Insert throttle shaft and stop lever
assembly (8) in throttle body. Rotate throt-
tle shaft to wide open position and insert
throttle plate (2). Rotate shaft to closed po-
sition and hole plate c10sed with fingers.
Start throttle plate screws (3) and leave
screws loose. Center throttle plate in bore
and tighten screws securely.
3. Install throttle shaft hole plug (42)
in side opposite throttle lever, using a light
hammer to drive plug in flush with face of
boss.
4. Install id1e adjusting need1e (10)
friction spring (9) in body. Turn idle need1e
in lightly against its seat, than back out
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE
Fig. 69 - Installing Float Assembly
needle to the setting listed in "Specifica-
tions", as a preliminary adjustment.
5. Install idle jet (40) in counter-bored
passage beside fuel valve seat port in un-
derside of throttle body.
6. Install fuel valve seat (37) and fiber
washer (38), in fuel valve seat port.
7. Place new throttle body to bowl gas-
ket (14) on machined surface of throttle
body. Then install fuel valve needle (36) in
seat and position float assembly (12) in
hinge bracket. Refer to Fig. 69.
8. Insert float rude (13) through hinge
bracket at side opposite slot and guide rude
through float hinge.
9. To insure correct fuel level in the
float chamber, check distance from face of
gasket (gasket installed) to nearest edge of
float with throttle body inverted and needle
val ve in place. This dimension should be
0.187 -0.202 inch and may be checked quite
easily by using 3/16 inch and 7/32 inch drill
bits as go and no-go guages. Refer to Fig.
70. To increase or decrease this distance,
use long nose pliers to bend lever uniformly
close to float bodies.
- 58 -
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Fig. 70 - Proper Float Leve 1 Setting
NOTE: Do not bend, twist or apply
pressure on the float bodies. The
float bodies when viewed from the
free end must he centered and at "_j
right angles to the machined surface
of the throttle body and must move
freely on the float axle. Do not pry
or press the float lever against the
needle valve since this can cause
damage to the needle valve.
10. Install plugs (11 and 39) and elbow
(not shown) in original port locations.
Assembly of Throttle and Fuel
Bowl Bodies
1. Insert venturi (35) in fuel bowl.
Venturi is notched to assure exact position-
ing of flat toward front of carburetor.
2. Carefully join fuel bowl assembly to
throttle body assembly, using care to avoid
damaging floats. Align screw holes in fuel
bowl with holes in gasket and throttle body.
3. Start aIl four bowl to body screw
and lockwasher assemblies (20) and then,----../
tighten screws uniformly and securely.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W FUEL SYSTEM

OIL LINE

END

WASHER

DISTRIBUTOR
DRIVE HOUSING

GOVERNOR AND
DISTRIBUTOR
DRIVE GEAR

NUT GOVERNOR THRUST

~~-PLATE ASSEMBLY

Fig. 71 - Governor and Distributor Drive - Identification and Sequence of Parts

- 59 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

4. Hold throttle lever in closed position

and turn throttle stop screw (7) in until it
just contacts the stop pin, then tum screw
in 1-1/2 additional tums as a preliminary
idle speed adjustment.

Assembly is now completed.

GOVERNOR AN D DISTRIBUTOR DRIVE

Refer to Fig. 71 for a view of the parts
in their proper sequence.

NOTE: For additional information

concerning governor cross shaft as-
sembly and governor gear, refer to
previous headings "Timing Gear
Coyer and Front Crankshaft Oil
Seal" and "Timing Gears" .

Removing Governor Bali Race Assembly

1. Remove timing gear cover. Fig. 72 - Removlng Distributor

2. Remove governor th ru st plate as sem-

bly. Removing Governor and Distributor
Drive Shaft
3. Unscrew the left hand threaded re-
taining nut and remove ball race assembly. 1. Remove timing gear cover.

2. Remove thrust plate and ball race as-

semblies.
Installing Governor Bali Race Assembly
3. Remove distributor clamp and dis-
1. Install ball race assembly. tribut or . Refer to Fig. 72.

2. Torque retaining nut to value gi ven in 4. Remove distributor drive housing

"Specifications" . end coyer as shown in Fig. 73.

3. Locate thrust plate in drive shaft
making sure that the stop peg on the assem-
bly is positioned so that it will locate cor-
rectly in the timing gear cover.
4. Install timing gear cover.
5. Unscrew dri ve shaft thrust washer
securing setscrew and remove thrust wash-
er, as shown in Fig. 74.
6. Remove governor gear and distribu-
tor drive shaft, as shown in Fig. 75.

- 60 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W FUEL SYSTEM

Fig. 73 - Removing or Install ing Distributor Fig. 74 - Removing or Installing Governor

Drive Housing End Cover Drive Shaft Thrust Washer

Installing Governor and Distributor Removing Distributor Drive Shah

Drive Shah Housing

1. Install di stribu tor drive shaft and 1. Remove distributor clamp and dis-
thrust plate. tributor.

2 . Install governor drive gear. 2. Remove oil feed pipe to housing.

3. Install distributor drive housing end 3. Remove governor gear.

coyer.
4. Unscrew the three hou sing retaining
4. Install distributor and adjust igni- nuts and withdraw housing from rear of tim-
tion timing. ing case, as shown in Fig. 76.

Installing Distributor Drive Shah

5. Install governor thrust plate and baIl Housing
race assemblies. 1. Install housing to rear of timing
case.
6. Install timing gear cover. 2 . Install governor gear.

- 61 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Fig. 75 - Removing or Installing Governor Fig. 76 - Removing or Installing Distributor

and Distributor Drive Shaft Drive Shaft Housing

3. Install oil feed pipe to housing. 4. Install distributor and reset ignition
timing.

- 62 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
COOLING SYSTEM
The cooling water is circulated by a
centrifugaI type pump which is mounted on
the front of the timing gear cover. It is
driven by a v-belt from the engine crank-
shaft and provision is made for fitting a fan
on the front end of the water pump pulley.
The pump does not require relubrication
as the bearings are treated with a special
quality grease before assembly.
WATER PUMP
Removing Water Pump
Drain Cooling System.
Fig. 77 - Removing or Installing Water Pump
Assembly
- 63 -
COOLING SYSTEM
Remove fan.
Loosen generator securing setscrews
and remove fan belt.
Remove water pump inlet and outlet
hose connections.
Unscrew setscrews securing the water
pump to the timing gear coyer and remove
water pump, as shown in Fig. 77.
Disassembling Water Pump
Remove the water pump pulley using a
suitable tool. The tapped holes in the pulley
can be utilized for this purpose, as shown in
Fig. 78.
Fig. 78 - Removing Water Pump Pulley
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W

Press the water pump shaft and bear-

ings out from the water pump body, re-
move impeller and seal. The shaft and
bearings are manufactured as one assembly
and cannot be disassembled.

Reassembling Water Pump

Press shaft and bearing assembly into

the water pump body, the longer end of the
shaft being to the rear.

Install water pump seal.

Install four mounting setscrews in their

respective holes.

Press on water pump pulley until front

face is 0.687 in. (17,46 mm) from end of
shaft.

Press impeller onto rear of shaft mak-

ing sure 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,51 mm)
clearance is maintained between the blades
of the impeller and the pump body. Refer
to Fig. 79.

Fig. 80 - Removing or Install ing Thermostat

Installing Water Pump

Using sealing compound, install gasket

to pump mounting face.

Install water pump to timing gear cover.

Install water hoses, fan belt and fan.

THERMOSTAT
The thermostat can be rem 0 ve d as
Fig. 79 - Measuring Impeller Clearance shown in Fig. 80. "----./

- 64 -
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W IGNITION SYSTEM

IGNITION SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTOR

NOTE: For additional information

concerning ignition timing refer to
previous heading "Timing", under
Engine Overhaul portion of text.

The distributor is of the lightweight type

with a centrifugaI advance mechanism. The
contact breaker assembly plate is mounted
on the main casting, with the centrifugaI ad-
vance mechanism installed beneath it. Re-
fer to Figs. 81 and 82. Distributor must be
connected to negative terminal on coU.

Cap and Rotor

Remove two screws securing cap to

body casting. Lift off cap and the dust coyer

Fig. 82 - Distributor Advance Mechan ism

under it. Examine cap and rotor for chips

and cracks and carbonized paths resulting in
high tension leakage to ground. The rotor
arm contact spring should be checked for
positive location with the button in the cap.

Wiring

Examine low and high tension cables for

Fig.81-DistributorAssembly
brittle or cracked insulation and breaks.
Defecti ve leads will lead to mis sing and mis-
firing. AlI connections should be c1ean and
tight to reduce resistance. Make sure aIl
leads are pushed fully home in the cap con-
tacts and the rubber boots are a good fit on
their cap mouldings.

- 65 -
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE
Contact Point Assembly
Contact points with a grey frosty ap-
pearance have a greater surface of contact
than new points and will provide satisfactory
service until most of the tungsten has worn
off.
Pitted contacts should not necessarily be
replaced unless the pitting or transference
exceeds 0.020 in. (0,51 mm). Points can
be cleaned with a sharp contact file or by
using a fine stone. Care must be taken to
make sure that the contact faces remain
parallel.
When setting the contact point gap, turn
the crankshaft· in the normal direction of
rotation until the heelof the breaker lever is
on the peak of one of the cam lobes. Loosen
the contact point retaining screw and using a
Fig. 83 - Setting the Contact Point Gap
- 66 -
GROUP 0 - SECTION W
screwdriver blade in the slots provided, set
the point gap to 0.021 in. (0,53 mm) as
shown in Fig. 83.
To check contact breaker spring tension,
use a small spring scale hooked just behind
the contact, and at 900 to the contact. The
tension measured just as the contacts break
should be 19 to 23 ounces (539 to 652 grams).
Spring tension can be altered by bending.
A very light smear of cam lubricant
should he put on the cam every 250 hours
and one or two drops of light engine oil on the
breaker lever pivot. Care should be taken
when lubricating as any oil trace on the con-
tact points will cause rapid burning of the
points.
Condenser
The condenser may be checked with a
good quality condenser tester if desired.
The checks should comprise the following:
1. Insulation resistance
2. Series resistance
3. Capacity.
Centrifugai Advance Mechanism
Check springs by rotating rotor arm in
direction of rotation and then releasing.
The springs should return rotor arm without
sticking. ~.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON

. GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

PART l-AD3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Engine Application . . AIl MF 135, 150, 2135 Series and 2244 Tractors, also MF 203
Tractors, SeriaI No. 659002115, and up, and MF 205 Tractors,
SeriaI No. 659101250, and up, and aU MF 2500 Fork Lifts

Bore . . . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . 3
Piston Displacement . . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio. . 18.5 ta 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3

Maximum Brake Horsepower - Corrected

(mfg. rating with std. accessories):
AU Applications Except MF 2244 . . . . . 42 @ 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . 44 @ 2250 rpm

Maximum Torque ... 119 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm

PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped

with PTO shaft). . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 max., 35 min. @ 2000
engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm

Combustion System ............. . . . . . . Direct inj ection

Low Idle Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse). 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . 620-650 rpm

Rated Engine Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . . 2250 rpm

High Idle Speed (no load):

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application. 2390 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 010" "Hot"
0.012" "Cold"

TORQUE TENSIONS

Cylinder Head 55-60 ft.-lbs.

Connecting Rads 45-50 ft.-lbs.
Main Bearings . 90-95 ft.-lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . 75 ft.-Ibs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . 50 ft. -lbs.
Balance Weight Capscrews 50- 55 ft. -lbs.
Injector Hold-Down Nuts . . 10-12 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews .. 18 ft.-lbs.

Rcissved 12-65 1
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

ENG/NE REBUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Pistons

Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin holes):

Top Piston Skirt Diameter 3.5919"-3.5929"
Bottom Piston Skirt Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5955"-3.5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"
Piston Height Relative to Top Face of Cylinder Block. 0.001" below to 0.004" above

Cylinder Liners

Inside Diameter of Liner 3.6015"-3.6025"

Cylinder Block Bore . . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Outside Diameter of Liner:
Service Liners. . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Production Liners 3.6895"-3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . From O. 001" interference to 0.001" clearance
Production Liners From 0.001" to 0.003" interference
Location of Cylinder Liner Flange:
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to O. 004 11 below

Piston Pins

Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . . . . . . . . 0.0005"-0.00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . Minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025"

Piston Rings

Ring SideClearance (one-piece rings):

Compression Rings . . . . . . 0.0019"-0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.004"
Ring End Gap (one-piece rings)
(ring gap measured in a 3. 600" bore) 0.009"-0.013"

Connecfing Rods

Inside Bushing Diameter (finished) . . . . . . 1. 2505"-1. 2515"

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . 2.3950"-2.3955"
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.2515"-2.2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2.2485"-2.249"
Bearing Clearance 0.0025"-0.004"
Rod Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095"-0.0148"

2 Rcissucd 12-65
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS

Crankshaft and Main Bearings

Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 2.2485"-2.249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . 2.7485"-2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.752"-2.7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003"-0.005"
C rankshaft End - Pla,y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.015"

Valves

Valve Head Diameter:

Intake . . . . 1. 532"-1. 536"
Exhaust. . . . . . . 1. 313"-1. 317"
Stem Diameter . . . . 0.311"-0.312"
Stem Clearance Limits. 0.002"-0.0045"
Face Angle . . . . . . . . .. Production 45 0 -44 0 service
Valve Interference Angle - Service . 10 (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010" (hot), 0.012" (cold)
Valve Head Clearance Below Face of Cylinder Head
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060"-0.073"

Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 46 0 -service 45
Seat Contact Width . . . 1116" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Run-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"

Valve Guides

Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · . 0.584"-0.594"

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 0.3145"-0.3155"
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide) . . . . . · 0.0025"-0.0045"

Valve Springs

lImer Springs: (if so equipped)

Approximate Free Length . . · 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed . .1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length · 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . · 27/32"
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length 21-25 lbs.
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length . . . . . . . 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length 21-25 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . 1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length. 48-52 lbs.

R~'iss_('d i2-65 3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

Tappets

Stem Diameter . 0.62225"-0.62375"

Tappet Bore in Head 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits . . . 0.00075"-0.0035"

Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly

Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . 0.6225"-0.62375"

Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits (shaft-to-bushing). 0.00075"-0.0035"

Valve Timing (Crankshaft Degrees)

Intake Valve Opens. . 13 0 B. T. D. C.

Intake Valve Closes . 43 0 A. T. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens. 46 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closed 100 A. T. D. C.

Timing Gears

Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003"-0.006"

Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter. . . . 2.123"-2.1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2.125"-2.1266"
Clearance Limits . . .0.0012"-0.0036"
Idler Gear End,... Play. . . . .. 0.005"-0.015"

Camshaft

Cam Lobe Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3093"-0.3183"

Camshaft End- Play. Controlled by spring on rear of timing gear cover

Front Bearing:
Front J ourrial Diamater 1. 869" -1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1.874"-1.877"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"

Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" -1. 360"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864"-1. 867"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"

Rear Bearing:
Rear Journal Diameter. 1. 839" -1. 840"
Real' Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844"-1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . ... 0.004"-0.008"

4 Rcissccd 12·6j
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICA TI ONS

FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Materials Specifications)

LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL fUEL OILS

ASTM Designation: D975-59T
Carbon
Wa'., R.,i-
and du. on 90% Viscosity
Sedi- 10pe.- DisfiJ- at 100· F.
ment, cent lotion Kinematie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Fla.h Pour per. Resid- A.h, Temper_ een,i,toke. Coppe.
Point, Point, cent uum, percent otures (o. Saybolt Sulf_., Slrip
deg. deg. by vol.. p.'" by deg. Univ.rsal percent Corro-- Cetane
Fah •. Fahr. ume cent weight Fahr. sec.) by Weight sion Number
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min_
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 0.01 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4)
legol
No. 2-D 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
Summer Operation or (32.6) (45)
legal
For cold weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is to be operated.
low-atmospheric temperatures as weil as engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetane ratings.

Fuel Lift Pump

Type . . Mechanically operated, Diaphragm type

A. C. Delco - No. 7950504

Operating Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 psi

Injection Pump

Make and Model No:

AU Applications except MF 2244 . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Models
3230060, 3230080 and3230110

MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Model No. 3230070

Injection Timing - Static:

All Applications Èxcept MF 2244. 240 BTDC
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 26 0 BTDC

Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor:

For Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder E

Low Idle Speed Setting:

An Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/Instant Reverse) .725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/Instant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . .620-650 rpm

High Idle Speed Setting:

All Applications Except MF 2244. 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 2390 rpm

Reiso:;.ued 12-65 5
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

Fue' 'niectors

Type and Model No.. . CAV multi-hole, long stem nozzle (CAV
holder No. BKBL67SD5151 - CAV nozzle
No. BDLL150S6372)

Nozzle Opening Pre~sure:

Used Injectors (more than 25 hrs. operation) . . 2500 psi
New Injectors or Old Injectors with New Springs 2720 psi
Spray Hole Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098"

Fue' Filters

Change Interval:
Primary Element. . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary Element. Every 1000 hours of operation

LUSR'CAT/ON SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Type of Oi'

API Service Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "DG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)

Viscosity

Above 900 F . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30

From 32 o F. to 90 0 F. . SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 100 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . SAE 10 W
From - 10° F. to + 100 F. SAE 5W or 5W/20

Crankcase Capacity

An Applications Except MF 2244 . . 6 U. S. Quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

quart for filter change

MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 7 U. S. quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

quart for filter change

Oi' Change Period

Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours of operation

Engine Oi' Pressure

Normal Operating Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at regular operating speeds

6 Reissued 12-65
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEC'F'CA TlONS

Oil Pump

Capacity. . . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm

Idler Gear Bushing (inside diameter) . · 0.6562"-0.6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter. . 0.65475"-0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . 0.00085"-0.00245"
Idler End- Playon Hub . . . . . . 0.005"- 0.018"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . 0.012"-0.018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance. O. 006" maximum
Outer Rotor-to- Pump Body Clearance O. 010" maximum
Top of Rotors to Face of Pump Body Clearance 0.003" maximum

Oi' Pressure Relief Valve

Relief Valve Setting . · . . . . 50-65 psi

Relief Valve Spring:
Free Length. . . . . . . · ... " 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4" 5-1/4 to 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1". . . 11-1/2 to 13-1/2 lbs .

.~ Oil Filter

Change Perioél . Every other oil change (200 hours)

By- Pass Valve Opens. . . 13-17 psi (differential pressure)

COOUNG SYSTEM

Radiator Pressure Cap:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 and MF 2500 7 psi
MF 2244 and MF 2500 Applications 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2"-3/4"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance . 0.010"-0.020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . 175 0 -182 o F.

ELECTR'CAL SYSTEM

Battery

Make Used . . . . . . . . . . MF, Part No. 832709 M2, 17 plates per cell
Volts ........ . · . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20 Hr. Rate · . . . 96
Battery Ground . . . . . . . · Negative

Roi ssuod 12·65 7

 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1

Generator

Make and Model Nols. Used:

An Applications Except MF 2244, 2500 and MF 150 . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100437
MF 150 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100438
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications. . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100720 (alternator)

DR-1100437 and 1100438:

Rotation Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . A
Brush Spring Tension . . . 28 oz.
0
Field Current (80 F. ):
Amps. . . . . . . . . 1. 58-1. 67
Volts . . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output @Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps. . . . . . . . 25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0

DR-1100720 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Either
Circuit . . . . . . . . B
Filed Current (80 0 F):
Amps . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 2.6
Volts . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output At Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . 30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output .32 amps.

Starfing Mofor

Make and Model Nols. Used.

An Applications Except MF 2244 Delco-Remy 1107512
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1107540

DR-1107512 and 1107540:

Pinion·Clearance . . . . O. 010" to O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (oz. ) . . . . . . . , 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps. · 75 (includes sole no id)
Maximum Amps. 100 (includes solenoid)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM · . . . . . . . . . 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . .. 5
Minimum Amps. 720 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 870 (includes solenoid)

8 Reissued 12-65
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEClflCA TI ONS

Generolor Regulator

Make and Model Used:

AU Applications Except MF 2244 and 2500. Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications Delco-Remy 1119513

DR-11189B1:
Circuit A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap . 0.075"
AUowable Voltage Range. 13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to. . 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. 0.020"
Point Opening. . 0.020"
Adjust to Close At 12.8 volts
AUowable Closing Range . • 11. 8-14.0 volts

DR-1119513:
Circuit B
Polarity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap 0.015 inch
Point Opening. 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range. 3.8- 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap *
Point Opening 0.014 inch
Voltage . See Temperature - Voltage Chart **

TEMPERATURE-VOLTAGE CHART

Regulator Ambient
Temperature (Degrees 65 85 105 125 145 165 185
Fahrenheit)

13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13. 1

Voltage Setting to to to to to to to
15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9

*Adjust Air Gap onlywhen necessary to obtain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. Afler Benclz Repair Only, set air gap to
approximately O. 067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustment.

**Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05-0.4 volt lower than on upper contacts.

9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

PART 2-AD3.152 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INDEX
Page Page
Introduction 1 Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance ........ , ...... 11
Engine Description .......................... . 2 Cylinder Block (Stripped) ...................... 12
Engine SeriaI Number ....................... . 3 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly ............. 13
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly ................... . 3 Cylinder Liners ........ , ............... " ..... 17
Cylinder Head .............................. . 4 Timing Gear Cover and Front
Valves ..................................... 7 Crankshaft Oil Seal ......................... 19
Valve Guides ............................... 7 Timing Gears ................................ 20
Valve Seats ................................. 8 Camshaft .................................... 25
Valve Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Timing Gear Housing .......................... 27
Tappets- .................................... 9 Crankshaft and Main Bearings ................... 30
Cylinder Head Reassembly ..................... 10 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ., ..................... 35
Cylinder Head Installation ..................... 10 Flywheel .................................... 35

INTRODUCTION

This part of this manual is concerned with the overhaul procedures for the Perkins
AD3. 152 Diesel Engine. An of the procedures and service information contained in
this part assume that the engine has been removed from the tractor and pertain only
to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular application in which the en-
gine may be used.

NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning tlze lubrication

systeJJ{ and the otlzer engine systems of the AD3.152 engine, refer to
the appropriate part witlzin tlzis section of your liwnual.

Before starting disassembly, make a complete diagnosis of the engine to be sure

that an overhaul is really necessary. If the overhaul is necessary, inspect the en-
tire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that must also be
corrected before it is assembled and returned to the customer.

Thoroughly steam clean the engine before disassembling it or removing any com-
ponent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise cover an fuel
openings as soon as the y are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINESS IS VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVER-EMPHASIZED.

Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers ta the en-
gine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from
the front.

Printcd in U.S.A.
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 1 - Front Left.Hand View of AD3.152 Engine Fig. 2 - Rear Right.Hand View of AD3.152 Engine

ENGINE DESCRIPTION jected into the chamber by means of a multi-

hole, long stem type of in je ctor •
The AD3. 152 Diesel engine, as shown in
Figs. 1 and 2, is a three-cylinder engine using
dry cast iron liners with a bore of 3.6" and a The fuel injection pump is made by C. A. V.
stroke of 5". The engine has a total piston and is of the D. P. A. distributor type, with a
displacement of 152.7 cubic inches and a com- built-in mechanical gove"mor. The pump is
pression ratio of 18.5 to 1. The AD3.152 en- flange-mounted to the back of the timing gear
gine has a maximum corrected brake horse- housing and is gear-driven through an idler
power of 42 (subject to official confirmation). gear by the crankshaft gear.
Maximum engine torque is 119 ft.-Ibs. occur-
ing at an engine speed of approximately
1300 rpm.
The fuel system is of the direct-injection
type, employing a toroidal chamber machined
in the crown of each piston. The fuel is in-

Fig. 4 - Front Support Marked to Show

Correct Positioning of Siot
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly 1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Slot Corrcctly Positioncd

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

The valves are vertically located in replace-

able guides in the cylinder head and have two
valve springs for each valve. The valves are
operated by tappets in the cylinder heaè from
the gear-driven camshaft, which is located
high on the right-hand side of the c y li n der
block.

The crankshaft is supported by four main

bearings and is forged from chrome molybde-
num steel, with induction-hardened main bear-
ing journals. Crankshaft end-play is control-
led by replaceable thrust washers installed on
each side of the rear main bearing.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

Each AD3.152 engine has a seriaI number
stamped on a machined surface located on the
left-hand side of the cylinder block, near the
top.
Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
The beginning engine seriaI num ber was 1. Rocker Sho ft 6. Rocker Shoft Spocer
2300251. Always mention the engine seriaI 2.
3.
Rocker Shoft End Plug
Snop Ring
7.
8.
Rocker Shoft Spring ((enter)
Rocker Shoft 0;1 Une
number when ordering parts. 4. Rocker Shoft Brocket 9. Rocker Shoft Spring (Front
(Support) and Reor)
5. Rocker Shoft Spring (Front 10. Right·Hand Rocker Arms
ond Rear) 11. Left-Hond Rocker Arms

ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y

REMOVAL
To remove the rocker arm shaft assembly,
refer to Fig. 3 and proceed, as follows:
1. Disconnect the breather pipe hose, then
remove nuts securing rocker arm cover and
remove cover from engine.
2. Disconnect oil line to rocker arm shaft
at cylinder head end.
3. Work from the center to bath ends and
gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker
shaft supports.
4. After loosening the nuts, remove them
and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cylinder head.
DISASSEM8L y
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft
assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannot
be interchanged. Observe also that there is a
slot, No. 2, Fig. 4, in the front end of the
rocker shaft and that it is aligned with a punch
mark, No. 1, Fig. 4, on the front support
bracket. The amount of oil circulating to the
rocker assembly can be adjusted by position-
ing this slot. The punch mark on the front
support bracket (stamped 300 from vertical
position) shows where the slot must normaUy
be set.
NOTE: Only in the event of inadequate,
or excessive, rocker arm lubrication
should the slot be repositioned. Mini-
mum oil flow occurs with the s lot in
the vertical position.
To disassemble the rocker arm shaft as-
sembly, refer to Fig. 5 andproceed, as foUows:
1. Remove the retaining snapring from each
end of the rocker shaft.
2. Remove the support brackets, rocker
a r ms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker
shaft oilline from rocker shaft. Lay aU parts
in order so they may be installed in ·their
same locations.
INSPECTION
Clean aIl parts in a suitable solvent; make
sure aU oil holes are open and proceed, as
follows:

Printed in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 6 - Rocker Arm Shoh Assembly Correctly Assembled

1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft
if it is badly worn or scored.

2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms

that have seized and have loose bushings. AIso,
discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces. Fig.6A - Cylinder Head - Identification
ond Sequence of Parts
1. End Plate Cover 8. Cylindcr Head
NOTE: Rocker ar-ms and bushings are 2. Volve Guide 9. Thermostat Body
3. Lower Volve Spring Retainer 10. [nJine Lift Sracket
not serviced separately and if either 4. Outer Volve Spring 1l. Tappet
is worn or daJJtaged, new rocker 5.
6.
Cop Reto iners (Keepers)
Upper Valve Spring Cap
12. Intake Va 1ve
13. Exhaust Valve
arms are available with bushings in- 7. Inner Valve Spring 14. Exhaust Manifold
stalled and reallled to proper size.
3. Measure diameter of bearing surfaces on
rocker shaft and inside diameterof rocker arm 4. Connect the rocker shaft oil line to the
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker cylinder head.
arm bushings and shaft is O. 0075" - O. 0035".
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance 5. Adjust the valve tappet clearances "cold",
exceeds 0.0045". as outlined under the heading "Adjusting Valve
Tappet Clearance".

REASSEMBL.Y AND INSTAL.L.ATION 6. Install the rocker arm cover, using a

new gasket, and conne ct the breather pipe hose.
To reassemble and install the rocker arm
assembly, proceed, as follows:

1. Install all parts in their correct sequence,

as shown in Figs. 5 and 6. Make sure that the
slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
matched and lined up with the punch mark on
the front support bracket, also, that the stud
holes in the support brackets are toward the
intake manifold side of engine. Rocker arms
are right-handed and left-handed and must be
positioned as shown in Figs. 3 and 6.
CYLINDER HEAD
The cylinder head is of thevalve-in-headtype
and is made of high grade cast iron alloy.
The tappets are contained in the cylinder head
and operate directly in the head without the use
of push rods.

2. Complete reassembly by installing a new
snapring at each end of the rocker shaft.
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in
place and progressively tighten the rocker shaft
support nuts down eve1lÜ, until they are sec-
urely tightened.
The valves operate in replaceable cast iron
valve guides installed in the cylinder head and
seat directly in the head without the use of seat
inserts.
Fig. 6A shows the parts contained in the cyl-
inder head and various related aUaching parts.

4
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 7 - Cylinder Head - Identification of Fig. 8 - Cylinder Head - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components Connecting and Related Components

REMOVAL in Fig. 16, then carefuIly remove the cylinder

To remove the cylinder head, THOROUGHLY
C LEAN THE ENGINE and proceed, as follows;
refer to Figs. 7 and 8:
1. Disconnect the upper end of the by-pass
hose from the thermostat housing.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose from
the rocker arm cover.
3. Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds.
4. Remove oil line between cylinder block
and cylinder head. This oil line provides oil
to the cylinder head for the rocker arm shaft
assembly.
head, as shown in Fig. 9.
INSPECTION
Disassemble the cylinder head, then thor-
oughly clean it and other connecting parts.
Make sure aIl sealing surfaces are clean and
not damaged. Clean aU scale from the water
passages in the cylinder head and inspect head
for possible cracks. Use a straightedge and
determine if cylinder head is warped due to
overheating or extreme operation. If neces-
sary, the cylinder head may be resurfaced up
to 0.012"; however, UNDER NO CmCUM-

5. Disconnect and remove the injector leak-

off line assembly from the injectors.

6. Disconnect and remove the three high

pressure fuel lines between the fuel injection
pump and fuel injectors.
IMPOR TANT: Cap or otherwise cover
aU fuel openings to prevent dirt from
entering the fuel system.

7. Remove the fuel injectors.

8. Remove the rocker arm cover.

9. Disconnect the rocker shaft oil line at the

cylinder head. Work from the center to both
ends and graduaUy loosen the nuts securing the
rocker arm shaft supports. After loosening,
,~ remove nuts and lift rocker shaft assembly
from cylinder head.

10. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE-

VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown Fig.9 - Removing or Instolling the Cylinder Head

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. '52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig_ 10 - Valve Location Numbers and Valve Arrangement

STANCES MUST ITS THICKNESS BE RE-

DUCED BELOW 2. 988" (3" thickness new).

IMPORTANT: If it is necessary to
resurface the lzead, make certain,
when asselitbling it, that the valves are
within the specified distance below the
face of the cylinder head.
Examine the water> jacket plugs on. the cyl-
inder head and aU of the cylinder black studs
for looseness, damaged or stripped threads.
Replace all damaged or defective parts.

NOTE: Make a special point to in-

spect for and remove an)' old injector
sealing washers which may have re-
IItained in the c)!linder lzead.
Fig_ 11 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies
The nozzle r e ces ses in the Izead 1. Exhoust Volve J. lnncr Valve Spr;ngs
2. Intokc Volve 5. Outer Valve Springs
IltUS t be carefully cleaned, usillg a 3. Lowcr Volve Spr:ng Rcto:ncrs 6. Upper Volve Spr~ng Caps
soft suitable tool that will not damage 7. Cop Reto;ners (Keepers)

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 12 - Removing or Instolling the Volves
the sealing surface, to prevent possi-
b le leakage.
VALVES
The valves are retained in the cylinder head
by caps and split-type cap retainers. Intake
and exhaust valves are not interchangeable.
Both the intake and exhaust valves are manu-
factured with 45 0 angle faces and have stem
diameters of 0.311" - 0.312".
All of the valves and the bottom face of the
cylinder head are numbered to show the correct
valve locations. Refer to Fig. 10 showing the
locating numbers and the arrangement of the
intake and exhaust valves.
The valves, valve springs and retaining as-
semblies are shown in Fig. 11.
New valve specifications are, as follows:
INTAKE VALVES:
Face Angle ............................. .45 0
Stem Diameter .............. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length ........................... 4. 5"
Head Diameter .............. 1. 532" - 1. 536"
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
EXHAUST VALVES:
0
Face Angle ............................ 45
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4. 5"
Head Diameter. .............. 1. 313" - 1. 317"
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION
To remove the valves, use a valve spring
compressor, as shown in Fig. 12. Place
valves in a numbered rack so that, if the y are
to be re-used, they may be installed into their
original valve guides. The original valves are
numbered consecutively from the front of the
engine.
Thoroughly clean and inspect aIl valves. If
valves appear to be in good condition, measure
the following:
1. Thickness of Valve Margin - Discard
valves with margins less than 1/32".
2. Stem Diameter - Discard valves that
have scored stems or a stem diameter of
0.310", or less.
SERVICING
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a
440 face angle (one degree interference angle
used). Discard any valves that are bent or
have a margin thickness of 1/32", or less,
after refacing.
VALVES GUIDES
Intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable. Inside diameter of new valve
guides is 0.3145" - 0.3155". The desired
clearance between the guide and valve stem is
0.0025" - 0.0045" for both intake and exhaust
valves. Replacement valve guides are pre-
sized and do not require reaming.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-
place guides that are badly worn, scored, or
otherwise dalllaged. Measure the inside dia-
meter of the valve guides and replace guides if
diameter is more than 0.3155", or if valve
guide-to-stem clearance exceeds 0.0045".
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE
TOP FACE OF
45 0 CHAMFER
\r--1'-~
" 20 0 CHAMFER
Fig. 13 - Shoulderless Va Ive Guide Properly
Insta lied and Located
REPLACEMENT
Remove valve guides by pressing them out
the top of the cylinder head. To in staIl new
valve guides, use a piloted drift 0.002" smaller
than the inside diameter of the guides.
Insert the 20 0 chamferred end (both ends are
chamferred, but with different angles) from the
TOP of. the cylinder head. PRESS (DO NOT
DRIVE) THE VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD
UNTIL THE TOP END (45 0 CHAMFERRED
END) EXTENDS 0.584" - 0.594" ABOVE THE
TOP FACE OF THE HEAD, as shown in Fig. 13.
IMPORTANT: Malw sure ta reface the
valve seats after installing !leu; valve
guides ta insure COJlcentricity of the
seat ta tlze Ilew guide.
VALVE SEATS
The intake and exhaust valves seat directly in
the cylinder head, with no seat inserts being
used.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit-
ting, burning or other evidence of leakage. If
any of these conditions exist or if new valve
8
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
VALVE HEAD 0,060- 0,073 INCH BELOW
FACE OF CYLINDER HEAD
\
Fig. 14 - Intake and Exhaust Valves Must be Located
within a Specified Distance Selow Face of Cylinder Head
guides have been installed, the valve seats
must be refaced.
SERVICING
Reface the intake and exhaust valve seats to
a 45 0 angle (one degree interference angle
used). REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH MET AL TO
CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE
SEAT.
NOTE: The heads of the intal?e and ex-
haus t valves, when ins talled in tlze
cylillder lzead, IIlUSt be located between
0.060" - 0.073" below tlze cylinder
head face, as shown in Fig. 14. DO
NOT reface the valve seat or valve ta
the Point that tlze valve depth exceeds
tlze amount specified.
VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs, caps and split-type re-
tainers are interchangeable for the intake and
exhaust valves. Two valve springs are used
for each valve. Neither one of the springs .'---.-/.
have damper coils and may be installed with
either end up.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 15A - Cylinder Head Gasket and Grip

Rings Properly Insta lied

shows a tappet removed from the cylinder

head.
Fig. 15 - Tappet - Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Toppet Foce 3. Adjusting Screw Locknut
2. Toppet Stem 4. Toppet Adjusting Screw

REMOVAL

INSPECTION To remove the tappets, proceed, as follows:

Discard any valve springs that do not have 1. Remove the cylinder head.
square ends, also those that are discolored,
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-
pear to be in good condition, check in a spring nut.
tester and compare readings with the following
specifications: 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
they may be installed into their original bores.
OUTER SPRING:

Approximate Free Length .......... 1-25/32"

Spring Length Valve Closed ........... 1-1/2" INSPECTION
Spring Pressure at
1-1/2" Length ................ 21-25 lbs. Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect
Spring Length Valve Open ........... 1-5/32" them, as follows:
Spring Pressure at
1-5/32" Length ............... 48-52 lbs. 1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and
that they will slide into their bores under their
INNER SPRING: own weight.

Approximate Free Length ............ 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed .......... 1-3/16"
Spring Pressure at 1-3/16" ........ 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . . . . . .. 27/32"
Spring Pressure at 27/32" ....... 21-25 lbs.
2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the
tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet should be
replaced.
NOTE: Do not regrind the face of the
tappet.

TAPPETS 3. Measure the tappet bore and the tappet

stem diameter. Clearance between bore and
The tappets are of the mushroom-type and stem should be between 0.00075" - 0.0035".
operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15 Install new tappets if clearal).ce is excessive.

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
Fig. 16 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y
Make sure aIl parts are clean and service-
able, then proceed, as foIlows:
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with
engine oil.
2. Using a valve spring compressor, install
the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
Fig. 11 for proper sequence of parts.
3. Replace thermostat body and water outlet
connection if they have been removed. Use new
gaskets and a sui table sealing compound.
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cyl-
inder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the new cylinder head gasket
with an aviation grade sealing compound (non-
hardening).
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top
Front" and install it onto the block in this
position.
10
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
3. InstaIl the two grip rings onto the rear-
most stud near the left-hand side of the engine,
as shown in Fig. 15A.
4. Apply a light coating of non-hardening
sealing compound around the by-pass connec-
tion of the thermostat housing and carefully in-
staIl the cylinder head in place, being careful
not to damage the by-pass hose.
5. Tighten the cylinder he ad nuts, in the se-
quence shown in Fig. 16, to 55-60 ft.-lbs.
torque.
NOTE: Illstall a lcasher IlIldel' ll/e !lIfL
Oil the cylinder head stud, SllOlCil by
No. 15 in Fig. 16. This stue! lises
grip rings OJl if to prevelll Uze 111-
s lallatioJl of anotlzer head gas hel 1clzi c1/
is sÙI/ilar and could be accideillall.l'
ills talled.
6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
Make sure that the slotted end of the rocker
shaft is toward the front of engine and that the "---./
slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
support.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

7. Install the ail line b.etween cylinder head

~" and black. This ail line supplies the ail for
lubrication of the rocker arm shaft assembly.

8. Adjust the valve tappet clearances to

O. 012", "cold", as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance".

NOTE: The valve tappet clearances

s Jwuld again be readjus ted with the en-
gine "hot" to 0.010" clearance, after
the engine has been s tarted and the
cylinder head nuts have been re-
tightened.

9. Install injectors, USING NEW COPPER

WASHERS, and tighten the nuts down EVENLY
to 10-12 ft. -lbs. torque. MAKE SURE TO
INSTALL ONLY ONE WASHER UNDER EACH
INJECTOR.

NOTE: Each inje ctor sJwuld slide

freely into place and not bind. Bind- Fig. 16A - Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance
ing or "canting" of the injector will
cause improper injector operation.
THIS IS ESP ECIALLY IMPORTANT
FOR THE LONG TYPE INJECTOR To adjust the tappet clearance "cold", pro-
NOZZLES USED IN AD3.152 EN- ceed, as follows:
GINES.
1. Remove the rocker cover.
10. Install the high pressure fuel Hnes be-
tween the fuel injection pump and injectors.
2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole
NOTE: Be sure both ends of each fuel in the left front side of the transmission hous-
line are connected before fully tight- ing adapter plate.
ening the lines.

11. Install the intake and exhaust manifolds.
12. Using a new gasket, install the rocker
arm cover and reconnect the breather pipe
hose.
NOTE; Retighten the cylinder head
nuts after the engine has been started
and allowed to reach normal operating
temperature.
ADJUSTING VALVE
TAPPET CLEARANCE
The design of the three-cylinder crankshaft
(three throws - 1200 apart) makes it necessary
to use a slightly different procedure for adjust-
ing the valve tappet clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve tappet clearances should
be set at 0.010", "hot", or at 0.012", "cold".
TL~ engine firing order is 1-2-3.
3. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) so that
No. 1 piston is coming up on compression
stroke, then continue turning until the T. D. C.
mark on flywheel is positioned in the middle of
the inspection hole.
4. Check and adjust tappet clearances for
valve Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, as shown in Fig. 16A.
Refer to Fig. 10 if in doubt about location of
valves.
5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
(clockwise - 3600 ) with the T. D. C. mark on
the flywheel positioned in the middle of the in-
spection hole, then adjust the tappet clearances
for valve Nos. 4 and 6.
6. Replace plug in inspection hole and com-
plete reassembly.

Prinred in U.S.A. 11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig- 17 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps

Marked for Proper Identification
1. Block Identification Number

Fig. 16B - Cylinder Block - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components
1. Cylinder Liner 6. Boit Lock thoroughly cleaned and the block inspected, as
2.
3.
Cylinder Head Stud
Cylinder Heod Gosket
7.
'8.
Slip Washer
Main Bearing Cap Boit
follows:
4. Cylinder Black 9. Rear Oil Seal (Only Lower Half Shown)
5. Main Bearing Cap 10. Rear Oil Seal Cover Assembly
Il. Transmission Housing Adapter Plate 1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
plugs showing signs of leakage.

2. Inspect for and replace studs and cap-

CYLINDER BLOCK (Stripped)
The cylinder block is a one-piece casting
made of heavy-duty cast iron alloy and is prop-
erly machined to accept the dry-type cast iron
cylinder liners. Fig. 16B shows the parts con-
tained in the cylinder block and other related
attaching parts.
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block
and main bearing caps are machined with the
caps in place. For this reason, the bearing
caps are not replaceable and cannot be inter-
changed between cylinder blocks or located in
different positions.
For identification purposes, the main bearing
caps are numbered from the front of the engine
and both the cylinder block and main bearing
caps are marked with a seriaI number. The
caps must always be installed in their original
locations, with their seriaI number toward the
seriaI number on the block; see No. 1, Fig. 17.
screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
wise damaged. MAKE SURE THAT ALL STUDS
ARE SCREWED TIGHTLY IN THE BLOCK.
3. Carefully inspect the cylinder block for
possible cracks due to freezing, severe over-
heating, or damage.
4. Visually inspect the top face of the cylin-
der block for scoring or other damage. Use a
straightedge and feeler gauge and inspect the
top face of the cylinder block for possible war-
page due to extreme overheating or other ab-
normal operation. The face of the cylinder
block must not be damaged and should be true
within 0.003". If the top face of the cylinder
block is damaged or is not true and exceeds the
amount specified, it may be refaced lightly,
providing the block thickness is not reduced
below 13.731" and the piston height (when
measured at T. D. C.) and sleeve location is
maintained within their proper limits in rela-
tion to the face of the cylinder block, after the
refacing operation.

INSPECTION 5. Use a dial indicator and check the parent

cylinder bores in the cylinder block. Measure
After the cylinder block has been stripped of the inside diameter in two directions (at right
aH removeable parts, the entire casting, in- angles) at the top, center and bottom of each
cluding the oil and coolant passages, should be bore. MAKE SURE THE BORES ARE THOR-

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

Fig. 18 - Piston and Connecting Rad Assembly - Fig. 19 - Pistons Marked with Word "Front"
Identification and Sequence of Parts to Indicate Correct Positioning
1. Pi ston 5. Connecting Rod
2. Piston Pin 6. Beoring Inserts
3. Piston Pin Retainers 7. Boit ond Self·Locking Nut
4. Connecting Rod Bushing 8. Connecting Rod Cop
Five piston rings are instaUed to each pis-
ton: three compression rings and one oil ring
above the piston pin and one oil ring below the
OUGHLY CLEAN WREN PERFORMING THIS pin.
CHECK. The cylinder block bores must not be
out-of-round more than 0.001". The connecting rods are fitted with replace-
able piston pin bushings. The crank end of the
If the bores are distorted due to overheating rods are fitted with interchangeable, precision
or other abnormal conditions, they can be trued type bearing inserts. Replaceable connecting
up by very lightly honing them to an inside di- rod bearing inserts are available in standard
ameter of 3.6875" - 3.6885". size and 0.010", 0.020" and 0.030" undersize.
The connecting rods and bearing caps are num-
Under no circumstances should the bores be bered from the front of the engine, as shown in
honed to the extent that a new cylinder liner, Fig. 20, with the numbers opposite the cam-
which has been carefully cleaned and lubricat-
ed, will slide fully in place under its own
weight.

PISTON AND CONNECTING

ROD ASSEMBL y
Fig. 18 shows the parts of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam-
ground and are made of a special light alumi-
num alloy.

AU pistons are marked with the word

"Front", as shown in Fig. 19, to indicate tpe
correct positioning of the piston inside the
cylinder. Fig. 20 - Connecting Rods Are Numbered from Front of
Engine and Are Graded by Weight

Printed in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

shaft side- of the engine. Connecting rods are connecting rod bolts and remove the bearing
graded by weight and are also numbered, as cap AND THE CONNECTING ROD BOLTS.
shown in Fig. 20, to indicate their weight.
9. Remove piston and connecting rod as-
The code numbers and their respective sembly from top of block.
weights are, as follows:
, NOTE: Identify and Zay out aU parts
Rod Weight . in their order of removal so that, if
(includes bearing cap, piston s erviceable, they JJlay be reins talled
Numbers pin bushing, also nuts and bolts) in their original cy linders .

No. 9 ..... 3 lbs. , o ozs. - 3 lbs. , 20zs. 10. DISCARD THE OLD PISTON RINGS and
No. 10 ..... 3 lbs. , 2 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 40zs. thoroughly clean th!'! entire piston and conne ct-
No. 11 ..... 3 lbs. , 4 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 60zs. ing rod assembly.
No. 12 ..... 3 lbs. , 6 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 80zs.
No. 13 ..... 3 lbs. , 8 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 100zs.
No. 14 ..... 3 lbs. , 10 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECTING ROD
No. ,15 ..... 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 140zs.
To separate the piston from the connecting
The full floating-type piston pins are retained rod, first, remove the snapring from each end
by snaprings and are available in standard size of the piston pin, then heat piston in oil or
only. water to 1000 - 1200 F., and slip piston pin out
of the piston.

REMOVING THE PISTON AND CONECTING RODS

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBI.IES
Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they should
be removed, as follows:
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Remove rocker arm cover, rocker as-
'sembly and cylinder head, as outlined earlier.
3. Remove the oil pan.
4. Turn the crankshaft until the piston to be
removed is at the botiom of its stroke.
Check connecting rods for proper alignment.
Discard or straighten any rods that are mis-
aligned.
NOTE: REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF
THE SAME WEIGHT. RePlacement
rods are not nunzbered as to the cor-
rect cylinder location and should' be
J/tarked prior to installation.
Install new piston pin bushings whenever new
pistons and pins are installed, or if inside
bushing diameter exceeds 1. 2515".

5. Remove the oil pump suction and delivery
pipes.
6. Carefully remove any carbon that may
have formed at the top of the cylinder liner
bore.
7. Very carefully feel the upper piston ring
travel area to determine if there is any cylin-
der ridge present inside the cylinder liner.
If there is a cylinder ridge in the cast iron
cylinder liner, then, determine if the cylinder
liner is to be re-used and carefully remove the
ridge to allow removal of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly.
8. Remove the self-locking nuts from the
Connecting rod bearing inserts are available
in standard size or in 0.010", 0.020" and
0.030" undersize.
New specifications are, as follows:
Crankpin Diameter .......... 2.2485" - 2.249"
Rod Bearing Inside
Diameter ............... 2.2515" - 2.2525"
Bearing Clearance .......... O. 0025" - 0.004"
Rod Side-Play ......... " .. 0.0095" - 0.0148"
Replacing the Bushings
When replacing piston pin bushings, support
the connecting rod in a press and press out the
worn bushings. To install the new bushing,

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

position the bushing on the connecting rod;
makeAmre oil hole in bushing is in line with oil
ho le in connecting rod, then, use a bushing
driver to press the new bushing into place.
Ream the excess material from the bushing and
then finish-hone the bushing to an inside diam-
eter of 1. 2505" - 1. 2515". Proper clearance
between the piston pin and the piston pin bush-
ing is 0.0005" - 0.00175".
PISTON PINS
Piston pins are 1. 24975" - 1. 250" in diameter
and are available only in standard size. The
full-floating type piston pins are retained in the
piston by snaprings.
New pins fit from minus O. 00025" to plus
0.00025" clearance in the piston.
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to
0.0005" - 0.00175" clearance.
To install the piston pins, lubricate them
with oil, then, heat the pistons in hot oil or
water to 1000 - 120 0 F. and slide the piston
pins in place by hand.
tons that are scored or otherwise damaged. If
pistons appear serviceable; proceed, as follows:
1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
at a right angle to the piston pin.
NOTE: The Piston is cam-ground and
is s lightly tapered (O. 003" - O. 004 ' ?,
being larger at the bottoln than at the
top. New bottom piston skirt diameter
is 3.5955" - 3.5965". Discard pis-
tons that are collaps ed or worn.
2. Inspect for worn ring grooves. New pis-
ton ring groove clearance specifications are,
as follows:
No. 1 Compression Ring.... 0.0019" - 0.0039"
No. 2 Compression Ring.... 0.0019" - O. 0039"
No. 3 Compression Ring ........ Not applicable
No. 4 Oil Ring ................. Not applicable
No. 5 Oil Ring ............... O. 002" - O. 004"
Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
or bent lands.

InstaU NEW snaprings when installing piston

pins. 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
Discard pistons with bores that measure more
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1. 250" or those that, when fitted with a
new piston pin, require less than a light hand
Piston Inspection push fit at room te mperature , using oil. Cor-
rect clearance between piston pin and piston
Thoroughly inspect the pistons. Discard pis- bore is from minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025".

Piston Ring Description and Installation

NEVER INST ALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the lower unworn portion of the cylinder
liner. Proper ring end gap in a new liner is 0.009" - O. 013" for aU of the one-piece
piston rings.

When instaUing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aU of the one-piece
rings. InstaU the lowest groove ring first, then, the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct placement
is, as follows; refer to Fig. 21:
No. 1 Compression Ring ....................... Chrome-plated, parallel-faced cast iron ring,
and may be installed either side up.

No. 2 Compression Ring .............. . . . . . . . .. Parallel-faced, cast iron ring and may be in-
/~ stalled either side up.

No. 3 Compression Ring ....................... Four - piece, segmented - type ring and each
piece must be carefully spiraled onto the piston
by hand, as follows:

Printed in U.S.A. 15
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. J52 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

1. Place. one of the segments (aH 4 are identi-

lST GROOVE
COMPRESSION RING
cal) hori-zontally in the palm of the hand and
{Chrome PICI!ed PClrcllet Foced}
radially compress it, as shown in Fig. 22.
Notice that, when the ring is compressed, the
ring ends either point up or down, depending
(PloînPorolleIFo(;ed)
upon which side of the segment is turned up.

2. Fit the first segment onto the piston so that,

when held and radially compressed, the ring
ends point downward. Position this ring at the
bottom of the groove, with the gap over the
piston pin bore.

3. Fit the second segment on top of the first

5TH GROOVE
Oll CONTROL RING
so that, when held and compressed as described
above, the ring ends point upward. Position the
Fig. 21 - Piston Ring Arrangement in AD3.152 Engine
gap at 1800 to the first segment gap.

4. Fit the third segment on top of the second

so that, when held and compressed as des-

~\ \
cribed, the ring ends point downward. Position
the ring with the gap over the piston pin bore
and at 1800 to the second ring gap.

'-. " 5. Fit the fourth segment on top of the third so

Fig. 22 - Ring Ends Point Either Up or Down, Depending
Upon Which Side of the Segment Is Turned Up
that, when held and compressed as described,
the ring ends point upward. Position the gap
directly over that of the second segment. Fig.
21 shows the segments correctly installed.

No. 4 Oil Control Ring (above piston pin) . . . . . . . .. Chrome-plated, duaflex laminated ring, and
should be installed, as follows:

1. InstaH the internaI expander in the ring

groove.

2. Spiral two of the chrome-plated rails onto

the piston (one at a time), and Iocate them at
the bottom of the groove.

3. Install the center spring on top of the two

rails.

4. Spiral the other two rails onto the piston

(one at a time), and locate them in the top of
the groove.

5. Turn the rails so that the gaps are stag-

gered around the piston near the piston pin
holes.

No. 5 Oil Control Ring (below piston pin) . . . . . . . .. Cast iron scraper ring and may be installed
with either side up.

16
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INSTALLING THE PISTON AND

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES

1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod

with the word "Front" on top of the piston
toward the front of the engine, and the conne ct-
ing rod location numbers opposite the cam-
shaft.

NOTE; If the old cylinder liners are

seruiceable and are to be re-used,
they should be deglazed.

2. Make sure aIl parts are clean, then, re-

move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coat-
ing of oil to the cylinder liner bores and the
piston assemblies.

3. Stagger the ring gaps of the one-piece

rings, then, using a piston ring compressor,
start the assembly into the cylinder liner bore.
Make sure that the top of the piston marked
"Front" is installed as indicated, and that the
piston and connecting rod assembly is installed
in the proper cylinder location.

4. Rotate the crankshaft until the approp-

riate crankpinjournal is at B.D.C., then, press
the assembly into the cylinder bore until the Fig. 23 - Removing Cylinder Liner from Cylinder Block
top of piston is slightly below the block face.

5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the

connecting rod and the bearing insert, and in-
stall the upper insert in place.
6. Lubricate the upper bearing insert and
crankpin journal, then, pull the rod assembly
into position onto the crankpin, making sure
that the bearing insert is still correctly located.
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap
and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it
into the cap.
8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the
botiom insert.
When installed, the top of the liners must
extend a specified distance below the face of
the cylinder block. Replacement cylinder lin-
ers fit into the cylinder bores from 0.001"
loose to 0.001" tight.
INSPECTION
1. Thoroughly clean the old cylinder liners
and inspect them for scoring or other damage.
Replace liners that are scored or show other
signs of damage.

9. With the cap location number opposite the
camshaft side of the engine, position the cap
in place and install the bolts, using NEW SELF-
LOCKlNG NUTS. Tighten the connecting rod
nuts to 45 - 50 ft. -lbs. torque.
CYLINDER LINERS
The cylinder liners are made of cast iron
and are of the dry type. The cylinder liners
are manufactured with an inside diameter of
3.6015" - 3.6025".
2. Carefully measure the inside diameter of
the cylinder liner at the upper portion of the
piston ring travel area.
3. If the cylinder liners are worn to the
point that the cylinder taper exceeds o. 008",
the liners must be replaced. If the amount of
cylinder taper is within specifications and the
liner appears serviceable, then, CAREFULLY
remove any cylinder ridge present and deglaze
the liners before installing the piston and con-
necting rod assemblies.

Printed in U.S.A. 17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE
Fig. 24 - Cylinder Liner Installed and Located Correctly
REPLACING THE CYLINDER LINERS
To replace the cylinder liners, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the piston and connecting rod as-
semblies, as outlined earlier.
2. Use a sleeve puller with puller plate MFN
8308 special tool and remove the cylinder liner
from the top of the cylinder block, as shown in
Fig. 23.
The diameter of the cylinder block bore is
3.6875" - 3.6885". BE CAREFULL NOT TO
DAMAGE THE CYLINDER BLOCK BORE.
3. After removing the cylinder liner, THOR-
OUGHLY clean the cylinder block bore, with
particular attention given to the top recess for
the shoulder of the liner.
After cleaning the cylinder block bore, check
the complete liner contact area in the block to
make sure it is freefrom burrs or damage.
Remove any burrs present.
4. Carefully clean the new cylinder liner.
THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT. If kerosene is
used to wash the liner, the liner should be
thoroughly dried before it is installed.
1.11 P OR TAN T: MAXE SURE THE
BORE AND THE CY LINDER LINER
ARE CLEAN. Also, care III[(St be
lIsed ùz tlze lzaJldlùzg of tlte lilzers, as
Ille sliglitest damage OY b[()T calZ
18
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 25 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Ports
1. Camshaft Thrust Spring 3. Oil Filler Cover
2. Timing Gear Cover 4. Front Crankshaft Oil Seal
cause considerable distortiolZ to tlze
liner after il is ùzs talled.
5. Make sure the cylinder block bore and
the cylinder liners are thoroughly cleaned as
outlined, then, chill the new service liners and
press them fully in place by hand. When cor-
rectly installed, the top of the liner must be
located flush with the top of the cylinder block
to 0.004 11 below the face, as shown in Fig. 24.
6. Make sure the cylinder liners are fully
seated and allow a period of time for the liners
to "settle in", then, measure the inside diame-
ter of the liner to make sure there is no dis-
tortion present. Use either an inside micro-
meter or a dial indicator and check the inside
diameter in two directions (at right angles) at
the top, center and bottom of the bore. The
cylinder liner should be concentric and measure
from 3.6015" - 3.6025" in diameter. In the
event the readings should indicate 0.0025", or
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

side of the cover and controls camshaft end-

play.

REMOVAL

To remove the timing gear cover, refer to

Fig. 26, and proceed, as follows:

1. Remove fan blade assembly, fan beU and

generator.

2. Disconnect and remove the air breather

pipe.

3. Disconnect hoses from water pump and

remove water pump from engine.

4. Remove the crankshaft pulley boIt and

washer from front end of crankshaft.

NOTE; The pulley boU has a normal

right-hand thread.
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley.

6. Remove the long timing gear cover boIts

securing the generator brackets and remove
brackets from engine.

7. Remove the capscrews securing the tim-

ing gear cover and carefully remove the cover
Fig. 26 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification af to prevent damaging the front oil seaI.
Connecting and Related Components
1. Woter Pump to Inlet Connection Hose
2. By·Pass Hase
4. Generotor
5. Breather Pipe
NOTE: Observe that the bottont cap-
3. Generator Mounting 8rockets 6. Pulley screw below the front oil seal has a
copper washer.

more, total distortion of the liner would be
unsuitable for use.
TIMING GEAR COVER AND
FRONT CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The timing gear cover is made of cast alu-
minum and is manufactured with facings for
mounting the water pump and oil filler cover.
The oil filler cover, No. 3, Fig. 25, is con-
veniently located directly in front of the injec-
tion pump drive gear to facilitate removal of
the injection pump.
REPLACING THE FRONT OIL SEAL
1. Remove the old seal by pressing it out
the front of the cover. Do not attempt to pry
the old oil seal out of the cover. Such a prac-
tice may easily score the surface and cause
future oil leakage.
2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal bore in the
cover.
3. Using a new gasket, install the cover in
place and loosely boU it to the timing gear
housing, using three or four capscrews. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT
THIS TIME.

The front crankshaft oil seal, No. 4, Fig. 25, 4. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
is of the spring-Ioaded type and is contained in crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
the timing gear cover. The camshaft thrust to correctly position the cover in relation to
spring, No. 1, Fig. 25, is riveted to the back the crankshaft.

Printcd ;n U.S.A. 19
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
Fig. 26A - Timing Gear Cover With Oil Seal Properly Installed
5. Tighten the capscrews at this Ume ta
hold the caver in its proper relationship ta the
crankshaft.
6. Remove the tool, then lightly coat the
bore in the caver with sealing compound.
7. Lubricate the lip of the seal with ail, then
place the seai onto the short stepped side of
MFN 747-A sa that the lip will be TOWARD the
engine.
8. Slide the tool and the seai onto the crank-
shaft, then use the pulley boit and washer ta
push the tooi and oil seal into the bore of the
caver. The tool is designed so that, when it
fully contacts the front face of the caver, the
seal will be correctly located 1/4" inside the
front face of the caver.
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COVER
Ta install the timing gear caver with the ail
seai in place, proceed, as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean aIl of the gasket sur-
faces.
NOTE: Ijthe oil slinger was removed
earlier, install it onto the front of the
cr an k s h a ft, with the outer flanged
portion facing forzvard.
20
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 27 - Timing Geors With Marks Properly Aligned
1. Timing Gear Marks
2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the
caver in place and install three or four cap-
screws to hold it in position. DO NOT FULLY
TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT THIS TIME.
3. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
ta correctly position the caver in relation ta
the crankshaft.
4. Install the remaining capscrews and tight-
en them at this Ume ta hold the caver in its
proper relationship to the crankshaft.
NOTE: Observe, as shown in Figs. 26
and 26A, that the bottom caps crew be-
low the front oil seal has a special
s ealing was her.
5. Remove the special tool, then complete
reassembly by reversing the disassembly pro-
cedure.
TIMING GEARS '~
The timing gear train, as shown in Fig. 27,
consists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear,
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 28 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash
camshaft gear and injection pump drive gear.
The crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and
the injection pump through the large idler gear.
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to
the front of the cylinder block and also drives
the hydraulic pump for applications equipped
with power steering.
AlI of the timing gears are marked during
production and, when reassembling the engine,
aU marks must align when No. 1 piston is at
T. D. C. on compression stroke; see No. 1,
Fig. 27. All replacement timing gears are
marked and are available in standard size only.
NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth
in the idler gear, the complete set of
timing marks will align only once ev-
ery 18 crankshaft revolutions.
CHECKING TIMING GEAR BACKLASH
To check timing gear backlash, proceed, as
follows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined
earlier.
2. Check the backlash between the timing
gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge, as
shown in Fig. 28. The backlash between any
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 29 - Measuring Backlash of Oil Pump Gears
two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
tween 0.003" - 0.006".
NOTE: Also, check the backlash be-
tween the crankshaft gear and the oil
pump idler gear; see Fig. 29. Correct
clearance between these two gears is
0.012" - 0.018".
3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not
withih these limits, the gears should be re-
placed. Replacement gears are available only
in standard size and are marked for correct
installation and retiming of the engine.
IDLER GEAR AND HUB
Removal
To remove the idler gear and hub, proceed,
as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-
lined. Also, remove the rocker arm cover and
rocker arm shaft assembly.
NOTE: Before attempting to remove
any of the tinz ing gears, make sure
the rocker arm slzaft assembly is re-
moved to avoid tlze possibility of dam-
age to the pis tons or valve train if
eitlzer tlze camslzaft or crankshaft
21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 30 - Id 1er Timing Gear - Identification Fig. 32 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear Hub
a nd Sequence of Pa rts 1. Locoting Pin 2. Oi 1 Holes
1. Copscrew 4. Idler Gear
2. Reta iner Lock 5. Idler Gea. Hub'
3. Idler Gear Retaine. 6. Hub Locating Pin
7. Timing Geer Housing
1, Fig. 30, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Fig. 30.

should be turned independently of the

other. 3. Remove the idler gear from its hub, as ''---./
shown in Fig. 31.
2. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock,
No. 2, Fig. 30, and remove the capscrew, No.
4. If desired, the idler gear hub may be re-
moved, as shown in Fig. 32.

NOTE: The idler gear hub is posi-

tioned by a lo cating pin, No. 1, Fig.
32, and has a light press fit in the
tillting gear housing and cylinder
bloclz. For this reason, il may be
necessary, when removing it, to care-
fully pry it out.

Inspection

Carefully clean and inspect aU parts. Make

sure that the oil holes in the idler gear, hub
and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 31, and No. 2,
Fig. 32) are open and clean. New specifications
are, as follows:

Idler Gear:

Fig.31 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear

Bore Diameter ............. 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
1. Locoting Hale for Rctoiner Lock and Locoting Pin 2. Oil Hole
Gear End-Play .............. 0.005" - 0.015"

22
 MASSEY -FER G USON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES

ldler Gear Hub:

Hub Diameter .............. 2. 123" - 2. 1238"
Running Clearance
(Gear to Hub) ........... 0.0012" - 0.0036"

Idler Gear Installation and Retiming the Engine

To install the idler gear and hub, and to Ume

the engine with the camshaft gear, injection
pump drive gear and crankshaft gear installed,
proceed, as follows:

1. Make sure that the idler gear hub and its

recess in the cylinder block are clean, then
align the hub dowel pin hole (same drilling as
the location hole for the retainer lock) with the
dowel pin and CAREFULLY install the hub.

NOTE: VVhen correctly installed, the

flange should be flush with the front of
Fig_ 33 - Removing or Insta lIing the Camshaft Gear
the timing gear housing.
1. Holes Merked "D" Must Align When Instelling Geer

2. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway and

timing mark on the crankshaft gear are straight
up (No. 1 piston at T. D. C.).
3. With the rocker arm shaft assembly re-
moved, rotate the camshaft gear and the in-
j ection pump drive gear until their timing
marks are approximately aligned with the cen-
ter of the idler gear hub.
idler timing gear as outlined earlier, then pro-
ceed, as foUows:
1. Remove the three capscrews and shake-
proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
the camshaft.

4. InstaU the idler gear so that its three
timing marks align with those on the crankshaft
gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
gear.
5. Make sure that aU timing marks are
aligned as shown in Fig. 27, then install the
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap-
screw. Tighten the capscrew to 50 ft.-Ibs.
torque and lock it in place.
2. Remove the camshaft gear as shown in
Fig. 33.
Installation
1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
on the front of the camshaft gear the boIt holes
with the letters "D" stamped next to them; see
No. 1, Fig. 33.

NOTE: Check idler gear end-playon
hub. Proper end -Play is o. 005" -
0.015". Make sure to install a new
retainer if the old one is worn or
damaged.
6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
complete reassembly.
2. InstaU the camshaft gear onto the cam-
shaft, making sure that the marked holes (with
the letters "D" stamped next to them) are
aligned.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the slotted
holes for attaching the gear to the
camshaft.

CAMSHAFT GEAR
3. Install the idler gear with aU timing
Removal marks aligned, as outlined earlier, then secure
the rocker arm shaft assembly in place and
To remove the camshaft gear, remove the complete reassembly.

Printed in U.S.A. 23
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

Fig. 35 - Crankshaft Gear - Identification

and Sequence of Parts
1. Pulley Copscrew 4. OilSlinger
2. Wosher 5. Cronksheft Timing Geor
3. Cronkshoft Pulley 6. Timing Geor Spocer
7. Pulley end Timing Geer Key

CRANKSHAFT GEAR
Fig. 34 - Removing or Installing the Injection
Pump Drive Gear
The crankshaft gear, as shown in Fig. 35, is
1. Siot in Adopter 2. Geor Locoting Pin
keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
shaft with a minus 0.001" to a plus O. 001"
clearance.

INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR

Removal
The injection pump drive gear is bolted di-
rectly to the inj ection pump adapter and is sup- 1. Remove the timing gear coyer and idler
ported by the injection pump. gear, as outlined earlier.

2. Remove the oil slinger.

Removal
3. Drain the engineoil and remove the oil
1. Remove the idler timing gear as outlined pan, also the bottom half of the timing ~gear
earlier. housing.

2. Release the locks on the tab washer and 4. Remove the oil pump idler gear.
remove the capscrews securing the injection
pump gear to the injection pump. 5. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes
from the oil pump, then, disconnect and re-
3. Remove the injection pump drive gear; move pump from its dowelled location on the
refer to Fig. 34. front main bearing cap.

6. Use a gear puller and carefully remove

Installation the gear from the crankshaft.

1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 3.4, in the

gear with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 34, in the adapt-
er and position the gear in place.
2. Install the capscrews and new tab washer
in place. Tighten the capscrews securely and
lock them with the tab washer.
3. Install the idler gear, as outlined earlier,
making sure an timing marks are aligned, then
complete reassembly.
Installation
1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 6, Fig. 35,
behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
install it with the chamfer toward the front
main bearing journal on the crankshaft.
2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft
gear facing toward the front, carefully align the

24
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES

gear so that its slot is in line with the key, then

press the gear onto the crankshaft.

NOTE: Wh~n pressing the gear in

place, make sure that the key does
not ride out of the keyway in the
crankshaft.

3. Instal! the idler timing gear with al! tim-

ing gear marks aligned, as outlined earlier.

4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil

pump idler gear and oil pump supply and de-
livery pipes.

5. Install the bottom half of the timing gear

housing, making sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the hous-
ing. Fig. 36 - Removing the Camshaft

6. Instal! the oil pan.

7. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft,
with the outer flanged portion of the slinger
facing forward.
8. Install the timing gear cover, as outlined
earlier.
CAMSHAFT
2. Remove the rocker arm coyer, rocker
arm shaft assembly and fuel lift pump.
3. Lift the tappets and secure them in their
raised position.
4. If all of the timing gear marks are not
aligned, then remove the idler gear, as out-
lined earlier, to assure correct engine timing
during reassembly.

The camshaft is made of a special cast iron

alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side
of the cylinder block in such a position that the
engine does not require the use of push rods.
The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is
supported by three bearings which are machin-
ed directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft
end-play is controlled by a thrust spring, which
is riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
coyer.
5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its
gear) from the cylinder block, as shown in Fig.
36. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam-
age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
tappets.
INSPECTION

Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft, as

REM o VAL.
To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear coyer, as out-
lined earlier.
follows:
1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals
are excessively scored, nicked or discolored
by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough,
the camshaft must be replaced.

Pr;ntcd ,n U.S.A. 25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing
journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi-
crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are
worn, the camshaft must be replaced.
New camshaft specifications are, as follows:
Front Bearing Journal ....... 1. 869" - 1. 870"
Center Bearing Journal ...... 1. 859" - 1. 860"
Rear Bearing Journal ........ 1. 839" - 1. 840"
Cam Lobe Lift
(Intake and Exhaust) ...... 0.3093" - 0.3183"
3. Measure the camshaft bearing bores in
the black with a hale gauge and micrometer,
then compare each bore diameter ta its mating
j ourn.al diameter. Correct clearance between
the camshaft bearing journals and the camshaft
bores is 0.004" - 0.008".
IN STALLA TlON
Ta install the camshaft in the engine, pro-
ceed, as follows:
NOTE: If the caJltshaft gear lzas been
reilto'L'ed frOiit the cal/lshaft, IItake
s ure ta ins taU the gear to tlze calll-
s haft with the lelters "D" in align-
III ent, as outlùzed earlier.
1. With the tappets supported in their raised
position, carefully install the camshaft into the
cylinder black. If the idler gear was not re-
moved earlier and aIl of the timing marks were
in alignment, make sure the timing mark on the
camshaft gear is aligned with the mark on the
idler gear and ALL TIMING GEAR MARKS
ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
2. If the idler gear was removed earlier due
ta the timing marks not being in alignment,
then install the idler gear as outlined under the
heading "Idler Gear Installation and Retiming
the Engine". MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS
PRO PERLy TIMED.
3. Install the rocker arm shait assembly
and adjust the valve tappets ta the proper
clearance, as outlined earlier.
26
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
4. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
cover, timing gear coyer and complete re-
assembly.
CHECKING VALVE TIMING
Ta check the valve timing of the AD3. 152 en-
gine, proceed, as follows:
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until bath
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are "rocking"
(exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
ta open).
NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
be at approximately T.D. C. on the EX-
HAUST STROKE.
2. With the crankshaft positioned sa that the
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are at "rock
point" , then rotate the crankshaft backward
(counterclockwise) approximately 1/2 turn ta
allow the intake valve of No. 1 cylinder ta be
adjusted.
3. Adjust the tappet of No. 1 cylinder intake
valve (front valve) sa there is 0.043" clearance
between the valve and rocker arm.
• 4. Turn the crankshaft in the normal direc-
tion of engine rotation (clockwise) until the
0.043" clearance is taken up. Stop turning the
crankshaft the instant that the rocker arm con-
tacts the valve.
5 .. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
lined, remove the plug from the inspection
window in the adapter plate. If the valves are
properly timed and the procedure correctly
followed, the T. D. C. mark on the flywheel
should be aligned with the mark on the side of
the inspection window.
NOTE: The valve timing Ilia)' be COil-
sidered satisfaclory if the T.D. C.
IIlark Oil tlze flywheel is less tlzail 1/3"
away frollt tlze marI, Oll the inspectioil
lcilldow.
6. Reset the intake valve tappet of No. 1 cyl-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

iRder to the normal clearance, as outlined un-

cler the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clear-
ance", after checking the valve timing.

TIMING GEAR HOUSING

MM o VAL

To remove the timing gear housing, proceed,

as foHows:

1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-

li-ned earlier.

2. Remove the rocker arm coyer and rocker Fig. 37 - Removing or Installing the Fuel Injection Pump
arm shaft assembly. 1. Timing Marks

3. Remove the fuel lift pump.

4. Remove the capscrew securing the idler
gear, then remove the retainer lock, retainer
and idler gear.
INSTALLA TlON
Before installing the timing gear housing,
carefully clean and inspect al! parts. Replace
any parts that are worn or damaged.

5. Lift the tappets and secure them in their

raised position, then carefully remove the cam-
shaft.
6. Remove the three capscrews and tab
washer securing the injection pump timing gear
and remove gear from injection pump.
NOTE: The front face of the cylinder
block contains two plugs. The upper
one is a large expansion pktg closing
the water jacket. The lower pktg is a
small one blocking the front opening of
the main oil gallery. Make sure ta

7. Disconnect at both ends and remove all

fuellines from the injection pump.

lMPORTANT: Cap or otherzcise cover

aU open fuel connections to prevent
dirt frolil elltering the fileZ system.

8. Remove the three nuts and washers se-

curing the fuel injection pump to the rear of the
timing gear housing and carefully remove
pump, as shown in Fig. 37.

9. Remove oil pan.

10. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof

washers securing the timing gear housingto the
cylinder block, then lightly tap the housing with
a wooden block to separate it from the cylinder Fig. 38 - Removing or Installing the Bottom Timing
block. Geer Housing Cover

Printed in U.S.A. 27
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

inspect tlze plllgs alld rePlace tlzem if

they show siglls of leakage.
To install the Timing Gear Housing, proceed,
as follows:

NOTE; To assure correct locatioll of

the ti1Jting geaI' !zOIlSÙZg, il is adcis-
able to remoL'e tlze idlel' geaI' Ililb
front tlze lzousùzg alld ilzstall Llze 1mb
onto the frOllt of tlze blo cl?

1. Install a new gasket onto the front face of

the cylinder block, then carefully install and
boIt the housing in place.

2. If the bottom housing cover was removed

earlier, install it as shown in Fig. 38. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE TWO CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME. Use a straightedge, as shown
in Fig. 39, and position the bottom cover so
Fig. 39 - Aligning the Bottom Cover with
Timing Geor Housing that it is flush with the face of the housing, then
tighten the capscrews.

Fig. 40 - Cronkshaft ond Main Bearings - Identification and Sequence of Parts

1 Pullay Capscrew 7. Crankshah Balance Weight 11 Upp", Th,ust Washers
2. Woshcr' 8 Front Main Bearing Ins",t - Upper Half 12 Pulley ond T'ming Gea· K"ay
3. Crankshaft Pullay 9. No. 2 and 3 Ma;n Bcor:ng Insc~ts - 13 Front Mo'n 8co~ing Inscrt -'"
.1. Oil Slinger (Thrower) Upper end Lower Lowc~ Holf
5. Cronkshoft T'ming Geor 10 Rear Mo·n 8cor:n9 Inserfs - 11 Lower Th~ust Woshcrs
6 Tim ing Geer Spoccr Upper and Lower 15 Cronkshoh Goloncc Wc ;9ht

28
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
3. Install the oil pan.
4. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing, as shown in Fig. 37, with the tim-
ing marks, No. 1, Fig. 37, on the pump and
housing aligned, then secure the injection pump
in place.
5. Install the high pressure fuellines.
6. Align the dowel on the injection pump
gear with the slot in the front of the injection
pump, then install the gear and lock the cap-
screws.
7. With the tappets supported in their raised
position, carefully install the camshaft (with its
gear bolted to it) into the cylinder block.
8. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead
center (key on the front of the crankshaft point-
ing straight up) with the T. D. C. mark on the
Fig. 41 -
1. Location Numbers
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec-
tion hole.
9. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump
gears 50 that their timing marks are approx-
imately aligned with the center of the idler gear
hub.
10. Install the idler gear 50 that its three
timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
gears. Tighten the capscrew securing the idler
gear to 50 ft.-lbs. torque.
11. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
shaft assembly and rocker cover.
12. Install the oil slinger with the outer
dished portion of the slinger facing outward,
then install the timing gear cover as outlined
earlier.
Numbered Main Bearing Caps
2. Block Seriai Number
29
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

CRANKSHAfT AND MAIN BEARINGS

The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 1800 to each other.
The crankshaft is statically and dynamically
balanced and is supported by four precision
non-adjustable type main bearings, as shown in
Fig. 40.

The rear of the crankshaft is machined to

provide an oil thrower and an oil return seroll
formed by a single right- hand helix machined
to a depth ofO. 004" - O. 008".

The doweled main bearing caps are numbered

from front to rear, as shown by No. 1, Fig.
41, and cannot be interchanged or replaced.

NO. TE: The main bearing,bores in the

cylinder block and bearing caps are
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Pla.y
machined with the caps in Place and
are stamped with a serial number, as
shown by No. 2, Fig. 41. If, for any
reason, a main bearing cap becomes 2. Measure the gap between the machined
damaged, it will be necessary to re- shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
place the cylinder block, complete shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
with main bearing caps. feeler gauge, as shown in Fig. 42.

3. End-play should be within O. 002"-0. 015".

Oil seals are provided at the front and rear INSTALL NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END-
ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal, as PLAY EXCEEDS 0.015".
shown in Fig. 25, is of the spring-Ioaded type
and is installed in the timing gear cover. The
rear oil sea! is of the rubber core asbestos
rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
retainer, as shown in Fig. 44.

CRANKSHAFT END-PLA Y
The crankshaft end-play is controlled by re-
placeable thrust washers, which are installed
in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
ing cap and bearing bore in the cylincier block.
The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
prevent them from turning out of position.

NOTE: RePlacement thrust washers

are available in standard size or
0.007" oversized.
To determine the amount of crankshaft end-
play, proceed, as follows:
Fig. 43 - Crankshaft Thrust Washers {Crankshaft
Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
1. Removed to Show Parts More Cleàrly}
force the crankshaft forward as far as it will 1. Lower Thrust Wosher 2. Upper Thrust Wcshcr
go. 3. Vertical Grooves Toword Cronkshoft

30
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Replacing Thrust Washers
To replace worn thrust washers, refer to
Fig. 43, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap.
2. Rotate the oid upper halves of the thrust
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder
block.
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the
thrust washers (those without Iocating lugs) and
rotate them into place WITH THE VERTICAL
GROOVES FACING OUTWARD.
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust
washers from the bearing cap and install the
new ones with the vertical grooves facing out-
ward.
NOTE: A light coating of grease will
assist in holding the washers in place.
Make sure that aU of the thrust wash-
ers are installed with the vertical
grooves outward.
5. Using new capscrew locks, install the
rear main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing
capscrews to 90 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque and re-
check crankshaft end-play.
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL
1. Remove the flywheel from the engine.
NOTE: Use care when removing the
flywheel, as it is only slightly piloted
ta the cranks haft.
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter
plate.
3. Remove the wafer pump, crankshaft pul-
ley, generator and front timing gear cover.
4. Remove the oil pan and remove the bot-
tom half of the timing gear housing.
5. Remove the oil pump supply and delivery
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and
oil pump from engine.
6. Remove the two long boUs and self-Iock-
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil
seal retainer (cover) assembly.
Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
7. Remove the connecting rod caps and
bearing inserts.
NOTE: Check crankshaft end-Play be-
fore removing the crankshaft. If end-
Play exceeds 0.015", make sure ta
install new thrust washers when reas-
sembling the engine.
8. Remove the two halves of the oil seal re-
tainer from the rear main bearing cap and cyl-
inder block and remove the old one-piece
gasket.
9. Bend back the capscrew locks, then re-
move the capscrews securing the main bearing
caps and carefully remove the bearing caps
from the engine.
10. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the
cylinder block.
NOTE: ldentify and keep aU parts in
arder sa that, if serviceable, they ntay
b e ins talled in their original la cations.
Make sure ta install new crankshaft
ail seals before reassembling the
engine.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft.
New specifications are, as follows:
CRANKSHAFT:
Main Bearing
Journal Diameters ........ 2.7485" - 2.749"
Crankshaft End-Play. . . . . . .. 0.002" - 0.015"
Crankpin Journal
Diameters ............... 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
MAIN BEARINGS:
Diameter of Bearing Bore
in Block and Cap ......... 2. 9165" - 2.9175"
Main Bearing Inside
Diameter ............... 2. 752" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance. . . . . . . .. 0.0025" - 0.004"
If any of the main or crankpin journals are
worn beyond specifications more than 0.0015"
out-of-round, or tapered more than O. 001",
the crankshaft should either be replaced or re-
ground and fitted with undersized bearings.
31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENG8NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2

REGR'ND'NG THE CRANKSHAFT

To properly regrind the crankshaft, follow the information and specifications given
below:

1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next
size they can be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.

2. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks.

3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized, make sure to demagnetize it before it is

reground.

4. After regrinding the crankshaft, remove the sharp corners on the oil holes.
Also, the crankshaft must again be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.

THE NECESSARY SPECIFICATIONS FOR REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT JOUR-

NALS ARE, AS FOLLOWS:

IMPORTANT: The surface finish on aU bearing surfaces must not ex-

ceed 16 micro-inches, as measured by a propilometer. Also, it is
very important to maintain the radii quoted on the Jitain bearing and
crankpin journals.

Main Bearing Journal Diameters

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485" - 2.749"

Undersizes:
0.010" 2.7385" - 2.739"
0.020" 2.7285" - 2.729"
0.030" 2.7185" - 2.719"

Rear Main Bearing Journal Width

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 87425" - 1. 87725"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding. . . . . . . 1. 89125"

NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS 1. 21475" - 1. 22275"

RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375" - 0.109375"

(Must be Maintained) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3/32" to 7/64")

Crankpin Journal Diameters

Standard Size e 0 • • e • • ~ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2.2485" - 2.249"

Undersizes:
0.010" 2. 2385" - 2. 239"
0.020" 2.2285" - 2. 229"
0.030" 2.2185" - 2.219"

Crankpin Journal Widths

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 562" - 1. 565"

Ma.ximum Permissible Width After Regrinding 1. 5785"

Radius on Ali Crankpin Journa's O. 1563" - O. 1719"

(Must be Maintained) . • . . . . • (5/32" to 11/64")

32

GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the
block are clean, then proceed, as follows:
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear-
ing inserts in their proper positions and lubri-
cate them.
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are
not completely interchangeable. Refer
ta the following table ta de termine
which inserts are interchangeable.
BEARING INSERTS NO. OF INSERTS
No. 1 Main Insert
Upper Half Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .
No. 1 Main Insert
Lower Half Only ...............
No. 2 and 3 Main Inserts
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
No. 4 Main Insert
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
2. Install the upper halves of the crankshaft
thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block
housing, with the oil grooves outward and the
steel face toward the main bearing cap; refer
to Fig. 43.
NOTE: A light coat of grease will
assist in holding the thrust washers in
place until the crankshaft is ins talled.
3. Make sure that:
a. The main bearing inserts are correctly
installed and lubricated.
b. Oil grooves in upper thrust washers
are facing outward.
c. The ends of the thrust washers are
level with the face of the block.
4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into po-
sition.
5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-
to their respective bearing caps and lightly
coat them with oil.
6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with
locating tabs) with grease and position them in
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing
cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL
GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD.
Printod in U.S.A.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
ENGINE OVERHAUl PROCEDURES
7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS, install the
numbered main bearing caps in their correct
locations. Make sure that the bearing caps are
properly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS
TO 90 - 95 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
NOTE: lnstall the slip washer between
the baU lock and the head of the main
bearing baU. The slip washer allows
the baU ta turn freely without rotating
the lock.
8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end-play, as outlined
under heading "Crankshaft End- Play". If end-
play exceeds O. 015", install new thrust washers.
1 9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
plete with new oil seals and complete re-
1 assembly.
4 NOTE: When installing the lower half
of the timing gear hausing (housing
2 caver), make sure that it is flush with
the front face of the housing
Bath the flywheel and crankshaftjlange
have six evenly spaced attaching hales
and one unevenly spaced hale. MAKE
SURE TO INST ALL THE F LYWHEEL
SO THAT THE UNEVENLY SPACED
HO LES ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
o
1
Fig_ 44 - Rear Crankshaft Oil Seo 1 - Identification of Parts.
1. Oil Seol Retoiner Assembly (Wlth Oil 5001 Instollod)
2. Copscrew and Shokcproof Woshcr
3. Clomping Boit and Special Self·Locking Nut
33
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE
Fig. 45 - Rear Oil Seal Retainer Assembly Correctly Instolled
REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The rear crankshaft oil seai is a two-piece
rubber core asbestos rope type seai and is con-
tained in a two-piece retainer, as shown in
Fig. 44.
Each half of the oil seai retainer is machined
to accommodate the oil seaI. New oil seais can
be installed with the crankshaft in position.
Fig. 45 shows the rear oil seai retainers prop-
erly installed in place.
REMOVAL
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seaI, pro-
ceed, as follows:
1. Remove the flywheel.
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter
plate from the cylinder block and oil pan.
3. Remove the special self-Iocking nuts
from the two long clamping bolts that pass
through the oil seai retainer and remove the
bolts.
4. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof
washers from each half of the oil seai retainer
and remove the retainers from the cylinder
block and rear main bearing cap.
34
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
ABOVi F ACL
Fig. 46 - Oil Seal Must Extend 0.010" - 0.020" 8eyond Face
OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
Before installing the new oil seals, soak them
in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
sure to carefully clean the seai grooves and old
gasket mate rial from the oil seai retainers.
To install the new oil seaIs, place each half
of the seai retainer (one at a time) in a vise
and proceed, as follows:
1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seai into each end of the groove in the
seai retainer, allowing the seai to project
O. 010" - O. 020" BEYOND both ends of the joint
face. This amount of projection assures cor-
rect contact between the end faces of the seais
when the retainer halves are install€d around
the crankshaft.
IMPORTANT: A projection exceeding
that quoted IJlUSt be avoided, because
the excess JJtay not settle in the re-
tainer groove and JJta)' be forced over
tlze joint face as the retainer Izalves
are pulled together. Tlzus the retain-
ers lita)' be held s lightly apart and
cause an oil leak.
Due to the interference betlceell the
seal alld its groove, it is possible thal
the seal J}tay not fully seat inlo the
grooue, giving tlle ÏJltpression tbal il
is tao long. EACH 8EAL 18 OF THE
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT
BE TRIMMED.
2. The middle of the ail seal will bulge out
of the groove and must be pushed in with the
fingers, by working from the center, until weIl
bedded in the groove. Use a round bar of metal
and, by rolling and pressing, further bed the
ail seal in place. MAKE SURE THAT THE
SEAL EXTENDS 0.010" - 0.020" BE YOND
BOTH ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE, as shawn
in Fig. 46. Any gap at this joint when the seals
are installed will allow ail ta leak past the seaI.
3. Repeat the above steps for the other half
of the seal retainer.
INSTALLING THE OIL SEAL RETAINERS
1. Remove aIl of the old gasket material
from the sealing faces of the cylinder black and
rear main bearing cap, then install a new gas-
ket, using a suitable sealing compound.
2. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail seal
retainers with sealing compound and COAT
THE INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE
OIL SEAL WITH GRAPHITE GREASE.
3. Assemble the ail seal retainers around
the crankshaftand LOOSELY boltthem together.
4. Position the seal retainer assembly sa
that the hales align, then LOOSELY bolt it ta
the black and rear bearing cap, using shake-
proof type washers.
5. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
6. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing
the seal retainer assembly ta the cylinder black
and main bearing cap.
7. Install the transmission housing adapter
plate on the dowels at the rear of cylinder black
and secure the housing in place.
8. Install the flywheeI.
FLYWHEEL
REMOVING THE FL YWHEEL
1. Release the tabs securing the flywheel
boIt locks.
2. Remove the 6 capscrews which secure
Printcd in U.S.A.
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
the flywheel in place and carefully lift the fly-
wheel from the crankshaft flange.
3. Remove the clutch pilot bearing (except
torque convertor type flywheels) by tapping it
out the back of the flywheel.
REPLACING THE FL YWHEEL RING GEAR
1. The flywheel ring gear is shrunk onto the
flywheel, and ta remove it, partly cut through
the gear and chisel cut it from the flywheel.
NOTE: An alternate nzethod of re-
nzoving the ring gear is ta flame-heat
a localized portion of the ring gear ta
expand it, then carefully tap the gear
off the flywheel.
2. Carefully clean the outside diameter of
the flywheel where the ring gear is ta be 10-
cated.
3. Heat the ring gear ta an approximate
tempe rature of 475 0 F.
4. Position the ring gear sa that the lead-in
side of the teeth is toward the front of the fly-
wheel, then lay the ring gear in position on the
flywheel and allow it ta cool. Make sure the
ring gear is fully installed against the flywheel
shoulder.
INSTALLING THE FL YWHEEL
1. Carefully clean the mating faces on the
crankshaft flange and flywheel. Failure ta ob-
serve this precaution may result in a broken
crankshaft, due ta the flywheel running out of
true.
2. Observe the 7th untapped hale (unevenly
spaced) in the crankshaft flange.
3. Install the flywheel ta the crankshaft
flange sa that the unevenly spaced hale in the
flywheel is in line with the unevenly spaced
hale (7th untapped hale) in the flange. This in-
sures the flywheel timing marks are in a cor-
rect position in relation ta the crankshaft.
4. Install the 6 flywheel capscrews, using
new boIt locks, and tighten the capscrews suf-
ficiently ta hold the flywheel securely ta the
crankshaft. DO NOT LOCK THE CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME.
35
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. 152 ENGINE
Fig. 47 - Measuring the Flywheel Face Run-Out
5. Measure the flywheel "Run-Out", as
follows:
a. Check the flywheel face "Run-Out" with
a dial indicator, as shown in Fig. 47.
The total indicator reading should not
exceed 0.001" per inch of radius from
the flywheel center to the point of
measurement.
b. Check the run-out on the outer diam-
eter (periphery) with a dial indicator,
as shown in Fig. 48. The total indicator
reading should not exceed O. 012".
NOTE: When making th.ese checks,
aPPly pressure against the center of
the flywheel to eliminate any crank-
shaft end-Play which could cause a
false reading.
6. If either of these checks of flywheel "run-
out" exceeds the specified limits, remove the
36
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2.
Fig. 48 - Measuring the Run-Out on the Outer
Flywheel Diameter
flywheel, then reclean the mating surfaces and
inspect for burrs. Reinstall the flywheel and
again check the run-out.
7. When satisfied that the flywheel is run-
ning true, tighten the flywheel capscrews to
75 ft.-lbs. torque.
8. Secure the capscrews by bending over the
boit locks.
9. AH flywheels, except torque convertor
type - check that the new clutch pilot bearing
is of a clearance fit on the input shaft, then in-
staIl it into the flywheel. Make sure to drive
or press only on the outer race and install the
bearing fully in place, until it contacts the
shoulder inside the flywheel.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5

PART 5-DUAL CLUTCH-MF 135,

150 AND 165 TRACTORS

INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION .............................. , 1
SPLITTING THE TRACTOR .................... 2
REMOVING THE CLUTCH ..................... 3
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH ................ 3
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY .......... 5
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH ................. 6
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH .................... 8
CONNECTING ENGINE TO TRANSMISSION ...... 9
ADJUSTMENTS .............................. 9
Release Finger Adjustment ................... 9
Secondary Pressure Plate Adjustment ........... 10
Checking and Adjusting Clutch Linkage ......... 10
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ........................ 11

DESCRIPTION
The dual cIutch consists of two dry-type cIutch discs (a primary and secondary). The primary pressure plate is
spring-Ioaded by twelve coil springs located between the cIutch cover and the primary pressure plate. The secondary pressure
plate is spring-Ioaded by a Belleville type spring located between the cIutch cover and the secondary pressure plate. Two
different cIutches are used on the MF 135 Tractor. Either an Il'' or a 12" primary di sc drives the tractor power train and a
9'" or 10" di sc drives the PIO shaft and the hydraulic pump.

The cIutch assemblies can be identified by the type of flywheel they are attached to. The 9" and Il'' discs are attached to
a vented flywheel with an air ring. The 10" and 12" discs are attached to a common flywheel without an air ring. The 10"
and 12" disc cIutch is used on the MF 135 tractor with an 8-speed transmission. The 9" and Il'' discs will be used with a
6-speed or Multi-Power transmission.

The service procedures for either type cIutch are the same, exeept the setting of the release levers. The 9" and Il'' dises
release levers are adjusted by the use of special tool FT 366 as shown in Fig. 21. The 10" and 12" dises release levers are
adjusted by the use of a fabrieated tool made to dimensions shown in Fig. A.

,
2~
f"
J~
,. ~'
--L
2 2,
Fig. A - Release Lever Gauge Sketch (10" and 12" Dise)

Reviseo 1(70 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5

Fig. 2 - Tractor Split Far Enough to Clear Input Shah

Fig. 1 - View of Side Panels and Battery Removed

7. Place wedge blocks between front axle and
engine support to prevent tractor from tipping.

SPLITTING THE TRACTOR NOTE: On tricycle models, it will be

To remove the clutch assembly, it will be
necessary to split the tractor between the en-
gine and transmission.
To split the tractor, refer to the appropriate
heading and proceed as follows:
splitting the MF 150 and 165 Model Tractors:
necessary to support the front end
from above to avoid tipping.
8. Remove capscrews securingtransmission
to engine and carefully roll the tractor far
enough apart to clear the input shaft as shown
in Fig. 2. Then lower the transmission to clear
steering housing and continue to separate the
tractor, as shown in Fig. 3.

1. Remove both rear hood side panels.

2. Remove the battery; disconnect light

wires and safety starter switch wires as shown
in Fig. 1.

3. Remove the capscrews securing sheet

metal to rear of transmission top coyer.

4. On Multi - Power models, disconnect shift

linkage.

5. Remove nuts securing steering gear

housing to transmission top coyer.

NOTE: On Diesel models, it will be

necessary to remove the primary fuel
filter before splitting the tractor.
6. Support transmission and engine on suit-
able jacks. Fig. 3 - Tractor Split For Clutch Removal

2

GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 5
,~
k ~
Fig. 4 - 1/4.lnch "T" Solts
Splitting the MF 135 Madel Tractors:
1. Remove the hood and grille as an as-
sembly.
2. Disconnect fuel linesand remove fuel
tank.
3. Disconnect tachometer drive cable and
generator wires.
4. Disconnect water temperature indicator
wire.
5. Disconnect steering linkage rods at the
rear.
6. Disconnect radius rods and place block
between front axle and radiator support to pre-
vent tractor from tipping.·
7. On Multi-Power models, disconnect shift
linkage.
8. Support engine and transmission on suit-
able jacks or stands.
9. Remove bolts securing engine to trans-
mission, then carefully roll the units apart.
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CWTCH
4'
•
Fig. 5 - Removing the Clutch Cover Assembly
REMOVING THE CLUTCH
1. Split the tractor between the engine and
transmission as outlined under the heading
"Splitting the Tractor".
2. Install the special "T" bolts with nuts and
washers through the holes in the clutch cover
to ho Id the assembly together while removing it
from the flywheel.
3. Tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until the
release levers are completely depressed.
NOTE: The "T" boUs can be made
from a piece of 1/4" "ready baU" ap-
proximately 6" long with a 3" piece of
1/4" rad welded ta the end. See
Fig. 4.
4. Remove the clutch cover retaining cap-
screws. Then carefully remove the clutch
cover assembly and primary friction disc, as
shown in Fig. 5. Use care not to damage the
air ring between flywheel and cover assembly.
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH
1. Punch mark the clutch cover, 9-inch pre-
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5

Fig. 7 - Release Lever Pivot Pins and Springs Removed

7. Lift the clutch caver off the pressure

Fig. 6 - Removing Release Lever Pin Retainers
springs. Then remOve the coil springs and
ïnsulating washers.

8. Lift off the belleville spring, 9" pressure

sure plate, the false flywheel plate and the 11-
inch pressure plate sa reassembly can be made
maintaining the original clutch balance.
2. Unhook the release lever torsion spring
ends from clutch caver releasing the springs
and lever arm preload.
3. Back-off the "T" boIt nuts evenly until it
is possible ta drive the upper release lever
pivot pin retainer pins down sufficiently ta re-
move the upper release lever pivot pin. See
Fig. 6.
plate, friction disc and false flywheel plate.
9. With a punch and hammer, drive the lower
pins out of the release lever links and remove
the lever and links.
NOTE: Two types of lower pivot pins
were used. The early type had a knurl
on one end. Fig. 8 shows this pin be-
ing removed. The later type is a plain
straight pin with a spacer. This pin

NOTE: Do not attempt to drive the re-

tainer pin completely out of the cover
assembly. The pins can be removed
very easily once the cover has been
removedfrom the clutch assembly.

4. Remove the upper release lever pivot

pins and torsion springs. See Fig. 7.

5. Loosen the nuts on the "T" bolts evenly

until the coil springs are fully extended and the
cover is free.

6. Remove the "T" bolts.

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig.9 - Removing Spacer.Type Pivot Pin
kas an interference fit in the spacer to
retain it in position. Fig. 9 shows
this pin being removed. Wh en the
knurled pins are removed, they should
be scrapped and rePlaced with the late
type.
10. Turn the cover assembly over and drive
out the upper release lever pivot pin retaining
pins, No. 1, Fig. 10.
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
1. Test the coil springs and replace those
not meeting the following specifications. The
yellow painted springs should have a reading of
80 to 88 lbs. at 1-1/2" and the lavender springs
Fig. 10 - Clutch Co ver Showing Pins Partly Removed
1. Retoining Pins
Printed in U.S.A
MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CWTCH
Fig. 11 - Bellevi Ile Spring Properly Positioned in Cover
should have a reading of 111 to 123 lbs. at
1-1/2". Replace insulating washers each time
a spring is replaced, and whenever the washers
show signs of deterioration from excessive
heat.
2. Replace the Belleville springs whenever
there is evidence of excessive heat.
3. Inspect the upper and lower pivot pins and
pin holes for wear and grooving. Replace if
necessary.
4. Check the release lever torsion springs
for damage.
Replace if necessary.
5. Examine clutch facings for damage, signs
of overheating and excessive wear. Check for
loose rivets and damaged driving splines. Re-
place if necessary.
6. Inspect the clutch cover for damage.
7. Inspect pilot bearing in flywheel for wear
or damage. Replace if necessary.
8. Check the clutch release bearing by push-
ing in on the face of the bearing while rotating.
If the bearing runs rough, or has noticeable
side movement, it should be replaced.
NOTE: The clutch release bearing is
prelubricated and must not be cleaned
in a solvent.
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5

Fig. 12 - Belleville Spring Identification Fig_ 14 - Springs and Washers Properly Positioned
1. Point Mark On Pressure Plate

REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH spring. For MF 165 Tractors use

a blue paint marked Belleville spring.
1. Place the clutch cover upside down on a See Fig. 12.
bench.

2. Place the 9-inch pressure plate Belleville 3. Place the 9 inch pressure plate on the
spring in the cover, convex side up, and cen- Belleville spring with the shoulder side against
tralize it in the groove. See Fig. 11. the spring. Align the punch marks.

NOTE: For MF 135 and 150 Tractors 4. Place the 9 inch friction disc assembly,
use a red paint marked Belleville centered, on the pressure plate with the hub
side away from the flywheel.

5. Place the false flywheel plate on the fric-

tion disc with the smooth side toward the disco
Align the· punch marks.

6. Boit the cover and flywheel plate together

tightly with three 5/16" x 1-1/2" boUs through
the cover to flywheel mounting holes. See Fig.
13.

7. Place the 11 inch pressure plate, face

down, on a bench and install the insulating
washers and pressure springs over the raised
buttons on the pressure plate. See Fig. 14.

NOTE: If the adjusting capscrews

were removed from the 11" pressure
plate, be sure the threaded holes in
the plate are clean. If dirt is in the
holes the capscrews may bottom, which
Fig. 13 - Flywheel Plate and Cover Bolted Together
could cause damage to the 11" pres-
Prior to Reassembly sure plate.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF J35, J50 & J65 DUAL CLUTCH

. Fig. 15 - Cover Assembly Aligned to Pressure Plate

With the Use of ur" Bolts

Fig. 16 - Insta lIing Lower Pivot Pins

8. Add a light coat of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)"

to the areas shown in Fig. 13.
steps, will eliminate damage to the
9. Place the cover assembly on the pressure cover assembly when the "T" boU nuts
springs. Be certain the springs are seated on are tightened.
the raised buttons of the cover assembly and
that the marks on the cover and pressure plate 12. With the release levers in position,
are aligned. tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until the upper
release lever pivot pins can be inserted
10. Insert the "T" boIts through the cover easily.
assembly and bottom them in the 11 inch pres-
sure plate. See Fig. 15. NOTE: Be sure when tightening the
11. Tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until
the false flywheel plate just clears the lower
release pivot pins. Install the release levers
and lower pivot pins.

NOTE: Two different types of lower

release link pivot pins have been used.
The early type pin kad a knurl on one
end to hold the pin in place. The later
type pivot pin is a plain straight pin
and is used in conjunction with a
spacer between the two release links.
This pin kas an interference fit in the
spacer to retain it in position.
To install the pivot pins, hold the spacer with
a pair of pliers and start pin into place as shown
in Fig. 16. After pin is started, drive it into
the spacer until equal spacing is obtained. Use
care when driving pin in to avoid damage to lug
on pressure plate. An aIternate method is to
.----" use a 5/16 boit as a guide to align the spacer
and links at the opposite side.

NOTE: Installing the clutch release

levers, as described in the preceding Fig. 17 - Installing the Release Lever,Pivot Pins

Pl"il"lt ... .1 in ll.S.A. 7

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
Fig. 18 - Aligning Clutch Dise Using Special Taol MFN 753
"T" baU nuts that no binding of the re-
lease levers accurs within the caver.
13. Install the upper release lever pivot
pins and springs. See Fig. 17.
NOTE: If the release links were re-
moved fram the release levers, the
pins securing them must be installed
with the head of pin taward the thrust
side as Shawn in Fig. 16.
14. Sec ure the upper release lever pivot pins
with new retainer pins driven in from the top
down.
NOTE: Always use new retainer pins
whenever the clutch is disassembled.
It is alsa recommended that the hale
in the clutch caver, through which
the pin is inserted, be staked slightly
with a punch on top of the caver ta
retain the pin.
15. Hook the release lever torsion springs
in position in the recesses in the clutch cover.
16. Tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until the
release levers are completely depressed.
17. Remove the clutch cover to false fly-
wheel plate securing bolts from the mounting
holes. The clutch assembly is now ready for
installation.
8
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig. 19 - Cluteh Assembly Reeeived From Repair Parts
1. Retcin ing Capscrews
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH
1. Place the ventilated flywheel air ring in
position on the flywheel.
2. Inspect the pilot bearing. If worn or
damaged, replace.
Lubricate the bearing.
3. Place the 11" clutch disc against the fly-
wheel with the hub rearward. Then insert the
clutch assembly into the flywheel and secure
with retaining bolts. Tighten bolts to 28-33
ft. -lbs. torque.
4. Install clutch pilot tool MFN 753 into the
two clutch discs and pilot bearing, as shown in
Fig. 18. Then loosen the "T" bolt nuts until
they are free and remove "T" boUs.
5. Remove the clutch pilot too!.
6. Adjust the clutch release lever height and
secondary pressure plate clearance as outlined
under the heading "Adjustments".
NOTE: Shauld it became necessary ta
install a complete new clutch caver
assembly, the assembly r e c e ive d
fram the repair parts will have three
(3) capscrews securing the assembly
as shawn in Fig. 19. These cap-
screws MUST be remaved once the as-
sembly is installed ta the engine fly-
wheel.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig. 20 - View Showing Clutch Release Mechanism
CONNECTING ENGINE TO
TRANSMISSION
1. Inspect the clutch release mechanism be-
fore connecting the tract or together. If the re-
lease bearing or forks are worn or damaged
they must be replaced.
2. Check setscrews securing release fork to
shaft. Tighten setscrews and secure with lock
wire. Fig. 20 shows a view of the clutch re-
lease mechanism.
3. Pack release bearing retainer with lubri-
plate also place a light coating on the input
shaft splines.
4. After the clutch assembly has been ad-
justed as outlined under the heading "Adjust-
ments", carefully roll the tractor together.
NOTE: Use care in aligning the clutch
splines. Do not force the unit to-
gether or damage could result.
5. Adjust the clutch linkage, as outlined
under the heading, "Adjustments".
ADJUSTMENTS
There are two types of adjm5tments to be
made on the clutch. One is the internaI type
which consists of the clutch release finger
Printed in U.S.A.
MF J35, J50 & 165 DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 21 - Adjusting Release Fingers Us ing
Special Tooi FT 366
adjustment and the secondary pressure plate
clearance adjustment. The internaI adjust-
ments should be made while the tractor is
split between the transmission and the engine.
It is impossible to adjust the c1utch release
fingers with the tractor assembled together,
however, the secondary plate clearance can be
checked and readjusted through the inspection
cover.
The external type adjustment conslsts of the
clutch pedal free travel and the clutch pedal
linkage. To make these adj ustments , refer to
the appropriate subheading and proceed as fol-
lows:
RELEASE F/NGER ADJUSTMENT
1. Split the tractor between the engine and
transmission, if not previously done. Use
special tool FT 366 and measure the distance
from the machined surface of the clutch cover
to the adjusting screw on the fingers. Loosen
the locknut and turn the adjusting screw in or
out, as required, to obtain the proper distance.
Tighten locknut and recheck. See Fig. 21.
NOTE: . Always use a new primary
clutch disc to make the release lever
a djustments . If it is desired to use
the old eluteh dise, a new dise should
be installed first and adjustments
made. Then reinstall the old disc.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
Fig. 22 - Adjusting Secondary Clutch Using
Special Tooi MFN 354
SECONDARY PRESSURE PLATE ADJUSTMENT
The proper clearance between the adjusting
screw and the secondary pressure plate is. 090"
on the MF 135 and 150 Tractors. On MF 165
Tractors, the proper clearance is .080".
Special Tooi FT 354, which has been in use for
sorne time, can be used to measure the clear-
ance on the MF 135 and MF 150 Tractors. A
dual purpose tool, MFN 354, with a thickness
of . 080" on one end and . 090" on the other,
has been developed for use on many tractors
equipped with a dual clutch.
To adjust the secondary pressure plate, with
the tractor split between the engine and trans-
mission, use the proper tool and proceed as
follows:
1. Loosen the locknut on the adjusting screw
and turn screw in or out until the correct
clearance is obtained between head of screw
and the secondary pressure plate. See Fig. 22.
2. Tighten the locknut and recheck theclear-
ance. Be sure the clearance is the same on all
three adjusting screws.
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CLUTCH LINKAGE
To check and adjust the clutch linkage, refer
to the particular tractor being serviced and
proceed as outlined:
10
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig. 23 - Checking Clutch Pedal Free Travel
MF 135 Tractors
1. Push down on clutch pedal until a notice-
able resistance is feU (release bearing is con-
tacting clutch fingers). At this point observe
the clearance between the clutch pedal arm
and the bottom of the radius rod clamp. This
distance should be 3/4 inch' as shown in Fig.
23.
2. If this clearance is not 3/4", loosen
clamp in the clutch pedal and insert a punch
through hole in clutch release shaft. Rotate
clutch shaft clockwise until release bearing
contacts clutch fingers. Then locate clutch
pedal on shaft to provide the correct clearance.
Tighten clamp boIt securely and recheck clear-
ance. (The clutch pedal should have 3/4" free
travel. )
MF 150 and 165 Tractors
1. Observe the clutch release arm. With
the clutch pedal in the fully raised position the
release arm should contact the transmission
housing.
2. Depress the clutch pedal until a slight
resistance is feU indicating that the clutch re-
lease bearing is contacting the clutch fingers."-.../'
With the clutch pedal in this position the release
arm should be 1/8" away from the transmission
housing. See Fig. 24.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CLUTCH

3. If the two preceding checks are not as

outlined refer to Fig. 24 and proceed as fol-
lows:

a. Remove pin, No. 2, then loosen boIt

securing arm, No. 3, to the clutch re-
lease shaft.

b. Insert a punch through hole in the clutch

release shaft. Then rotate shaft clock-
wise until release bearing contacts
clutch fingers. Hold release shaft in
this position and locate the release arm
1/8" away from transmission housing.
Tighten clamp boIt securely and re-
check clearance.

c. With the release arm against trans-

mission housing, adjust clevis, No. 1,
until pin will slide freely into upper
hole, with clutch pedal aIl the way up.
Fig. 24 - Clutch Linkage
1. Linkage Clevis 2. Pin 3. Clutch Release Arm

TROUBLE-SHOOTING

Problem - Clutch won't release

Possible Cause Correction

a. Oil or grease on friction disco a. Install new friction disco

b. Improper pedal adjustment. a. Adjust clutch pedal free travel and linkage.

c. Damaged pressure plate or clutch cover. c. Replace defective part.

d. Friction disc hub binding on splined drive d. Clean up splines and smear with small
pinion shaft. quantity of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)".

e. Distorted friction disco e. Install new friction disco

f. Broken facings or friction disco f. Install new friction disco

g. Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch. g. Remove clutch from flywheel and clean
with dry rag. See that aIl working parts are
free.

Printed in [LS.A. 11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
cwrCH & FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
Problem - Clutch slip
Possible Cause
a. on or grease on friction disc facings.
b. Weak coil or Belleville spring. If exces-
sive slip is allowed to occur, the heat gen-
erated will soften the springs and aggravate
the trouble.
c. Binding of clutch pedal me chanis m, pre-
venting its full return to stop.
d. Improper pedal adjustment preventing full
engagement.
e. Clutch disc facings worn.
Problem - Clutch grabbing
Possible Cause
a. Oil on friction disc.
b. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism.
c. Worn out friction di sc facings.
Problem - Clutch chatter
Possible Cause
a. Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction
di sc facings.
b. Contact area friction facings not evenly
distributed. NOTE: 100% contact will not
occur until clutch has been in use for some
time, but contact area should be evenly
distributed round the facings.
c. Buckled friction discs.
d. Improper release lever height.
Problem - Clutch Rattle
Possible Cause
a. Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damage fric-
tion disc. Worn parts in release mechan-
ism. Excessive backlash in transmission.
Wear in transmission bearings.
12
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Correction
a. Install new friction disc.
b. Install a new set of thrust springs (primary
clutch), or a new Belleville spring (secon-
dary clutch).
c. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft
bearings in the transmission case are self-
lubricating. Oil or grease should not be
applied.)
d. Correct pedal adjustment.
e. Install new friction disc.
Correction
a. Install new friction disc.
b. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch Shaft
bearings in the transmission case are self-
lubricating. Oil or grease should not be'-~'
applied.)
c. Install new friction disc.
Correction
a. Install new friction disc.
b. Adjust release levers correctly, using
gauge. If this does not cure the trouble,
install new friction disc.
c. Install new friction disc.
d. Adjust using tool FT 366.
Correction
a. Install new parts as necessary.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CLUrCH

Problem - Abnormal facing wear

Possible Cause Correction

a. Usually caused by riding the clutch and a. Instruct operator on proper operation.
excessive slippage.

Problem - PTO Clutch releases at the same time as the engine clutch

Possible Cause Correction

a. Insufficient secondary plate clearance. a. Adjust clearance.

Problem - PTO will not release

Possible Cause Correction

a. Excessive secondary plate clearance. a. Adjust Clearance.

b. Excessive clutch pedal free travel. b. Adjust linkage.

c. Pressure plate and/or disc damaged. c. Replace as required.

d. Improper release lever height. d. Adjust using tool FT 366.

e. Clevis pin positioned in lower hole on re- e. Reposition clevis pin in top hole.
lease lever arme

COMBINA TlON COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLurCH

SPECIFICA TlONS

Item MF 135 and 150 MF 165

Spring C olor Yellow Lavender

Number of coils - Total 11-1/2 10
Number of coils - Active 9-1/2 8-7/64
Free Length 2-45/64 in. 2-21/64 in.
Length in use - Minimum 1-11/32 in. 1-11/32 in.
Solid Height - Maximum 1-9/32 in. 1-9/32 in.
Test Length 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in.
Test Load 80 - 88 lbs. 111-123 lbs.
Belleville Color Mark Red Blue

Printed in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10

PART 10-SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH-MF 135 AND

150 TRACTORS WITH INDEPENDENT PTO

INDEX

Page

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION .. o •••• o •• o. o. 1

SPLITTI NG THE TRACTOR o ••••••••••••••••••• 1
REMOVI NG THE CLUTCH o................... 3
DI SASSEMBLI NG THE CLUTCH o............... 3
1NSPECTI NG THE CLUTCH o.................. 3
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH o •••••••••••••••• 3
1NSTALLING THE CLUTCH .................... 3
CONNECTING ENGINE TO
TRANSMISSION ............................ 4
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CLUTCH
LINKAGE o ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ....................... 6

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The clutch assembly includes a cover with a
splined hub, a spring-loaded pressure plate and
a friction disc. See Fig. 1.

The splined hub in the clutch cover is con-

nected to the PTO input shaft and the cover is
bolted to the engine flywheel. Therefore, the
clutch cover and the PTO input shaft will turn
whenever the engine is running.

Nine coi! pressure springs are used to obtain

a pressure plate loading of 945 to 1035 lbs.
The pressure plate is controlled by three re-
lease levers.

The friction disc is connected to the main

transmission input shaft and is released by the
clutch release levers and pressure plate. This
controls the tractor drive train and permits the
tractor ground travel to be stopped or started
while the PTO shaft continues to rotate.

SPLITTING THE TRACTOR

Fig. 1 - Sectional View Showing Components
To remove the clutch, it will be necessary to of Clutch Assembly

Printcd in U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBUES
Fig. 2 - View of MF 135 Diesel Tractor Split
for Clutch Remova 1
split the tractor between the engine and trans-
mission.
Refer to the appropriate heading and split the
tractor as outlined.
SPLITTING THE MF 135 MODEL TRACTOR
1. Remove hood and side panel as an as-
sembly. Remove boUs at rear of fuel tank and
block up as shown in Fig. 2.
2. Disconnect tachometer drive cable and
generator wires.
3. Disconnect water temperature indicator
unit from the thermostat housing.
4. Disconnect steering linkage rods at the
rear.
5. Disconnect radius rods and place block
between front rude and radiator support to pre-
vent tractor from tipping.
6. On Multi- Power models, disconnect shift
linkage.
7. Support engine and transmission on suit-
able jacks or stands.
8. Remove boUs securing engine to trans-
mission, th en carefully roll the units apart as
shown in Fig. 2.
SPLITTING THE MF 150 TRACTOR
1. Remove bath hood side panels.
2
GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 10
Fig. 3 - Transmission Moved Rearward
Approximately 4 Inches
2. Remove the battery; disconnect light
wires and safety starter switch wires.
3. On Multi- Power tractors, disconnect shift
control rod at the transmission case.
4. Remove the mounting bolts securing fuel
filter to brackets, on diesel models.
5. Remove capscrews and nuts sëcuring the
steering housing to engine and transmission.
6. Move steering housing rearward and
place on top of mounting studs in engine block
as shown in Fig. 3.
7. Support engine and transmission on suit-
able jacks.
8. Place wedge blocks between front axle
and engine support ta prevent tractor from
tipping.
NOTE: On tricycle models, it will be
necessary to support the front end
from above to avoid tipping.
9. Remove capscrews securing engine ta
transmission.
10. Carefully roll transmission rearward
approximately 4 inches as shawn in Fig. 3 ta
clear input shaft and clutch assembly.
11. Lower the transmission until it is clear
of the steering housing and continue ta separate
from engine.

GROUP Il - SECTION A -
Fig.4 - Installing Caver Onto Pressure Plate and Springs
REMOVING THE CLUTCH
1. Split the tractor between engine and
transmission as outlined under the heading
"Splitting the Tractor ft.
2. Alternately remove the capscrews secur-
ing clutch cover assembly to the flywheel and
remove cover and clutch disc.
3. Inspect the pilot bearing for wear or
damage. If replacement is necessary, remove
bearing using a puller and install new bearing.
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH
1. ~Place the clutch cover assembly in a
press and compress cover until release levers
are free.
2. Remove the retaining pins securing the
levers to the pressure plate and remove the
levers and springs.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 10 MF J35 & J50 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
3. Carefully rélease the press until it is
free. The cover can then be lifted off the pres-
sure plate and springs as shown in Fig. 4.
4. If necessary to remove springs from the
release levers, clamp lever in a vise. Then
pry spring off the lever with a screw driver.
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH
1. Inspect clutch pressure plate for scoring
or damage. Reface or replace as required.
2. Inspect springs for damage. Apply a test
load of 105 lbs. (minimum) to each spring.
The spring should measure not less than 1-7/16
inches in length.
3. Inspect the clutch disc for warp or worn
splines, also excessively worn linings. Re-
place if necessary.
4. Inspect release levers for wear or dam-
age. If release levers are worn, it is an indi-
cation that the release bearing is aiso worn.
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH
1. Lubricate the machined surfaces at pivot
points of the release levers and pressure plate.
2. Place springs and retainers on pressure
plate.
3. Position cover ,..over springs and pressure
plate. See Fig. 4.
4. Place the clutch assembly in a press and
compress the springs until the release lever
pins can be installed. Then install the pins and
cotter keys.
5. Position release lever springs under
Glips. Use a clamp on clutch release lever to
prevent the spring from slipping out of position.
(Vise Grips shown.) Use two screw drivers
and install spring into holes on each side of the
release lever as shown in Fig. 5.
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH
1. Insert special tool MFN 753 through
clutch cover assembly and into hub of clutch
disc (hub of disc toward clutch cover).
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
cwrCH & FL YWHEfL ASSEMBUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10

Fig.7 - Adjusting Clutch Release Levers

Fig. 5 - Installing Springs on Release Fingers

2. Position clutch cover and disc on flywheel
and secure with retaining capscrews as shown
in Fig. 6. Tighten retaining capscrews to 15-20
ft.-lbs. torque. Then remove the aligning tool.
CONNECTING ENGINE TO
TRANSMISSION
1. Inspect the clutch release mechanism be-
fore connecting the tractor together. If the
release bearing or forks are worn or damaged,
they must be replaced.

3. Use special tool MFN 202D and adjust
clutch lever height as shown in Fig. 7.
NOTE: The special tool is marked 11''
on one side and 10-1/2" on the other
side. Use side of tool marked 10-1/2".
2. Check setscrews securing release fork to
shaft. Tighten setscrews and secure with lock
wire. Fig. 8 shows a view of the clutch release
mechanism.
3. Fill chamber in release bearing sleeve
with grease and lubricate input shaft splines.

Fig.6 - Clutch Assembly Installed Showing Special Tooi

Used to Ali gn Clutch Disc Fig.8 - View Showing Clutch Release Mechanism

4

GROUP " - SECTION A -
Fig. 9 - Clutch Linkage on MF 150 Tractor
4. Carefully roll the transmission and en-
gine together while aligning the input shaft into
clutch splines.
NOTE: Use care z,uhen joining these
flUO units together or danzage could
occur to the clutch or input shaft.
Push units complet el}' together before
any boUs are tighlened.
5. Install capscrews securing transmission
to engine and tighten to 50-55 ft.-lbs. torque.
6. On MF 150 models, move steering hous-
ing rearward slightly and down on transmission
cover. Slide housing overmounting studs.
Secure with nut and capscrews.
7. Reconnect lines, wires, etc.
8. Adjust clutch pedal linkage as outlined
under the heading "Checking and Adjusting
Clutch Linkage".
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
CLUTCH LINKAGE
To check and adjust the clutch pedal free
travel and linkage, refer to the particular
tractor being serviced and proceed as outlined:
MF 150 TRACTOR
1. Observe the clutch release arm. With
the clutch pedal in the fully raised position,
the release arm should contact the transmission
housing.
2. Depress the clutch pedal until a slight re-
sistance is feIt indicating that the clutch re-
lease bearing is contacting the clutch fingers.
With the clutch pedal in this position, the re-
lease arm should be 1/8" away from the trans-
mission housing. See Fig. 9.
3. If the two preceeding checks are not as
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 10 MF 135 & 150 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
Fig_ 10 - Checking Clutch Pedal Free Travel
on MF 135 Tractor
outlined, refer to Fig. 9 and proceed as fol-
lows:
a. Remove pin at lower end of linkage rod.
Then loosen boIt securing release arm
to the clutch release shaft.
b. Insert a punch through hole in the clutch
release shaft. Then rotate shaft clock-
wise until release bearing contacts
clutch fingers. Hold release shaft in
this position and locate the release arm
1/8" away from transmission housing.
Tighten clamp boIt securely and re-
check clearance.
c. With the release arm against transmis-
sion housing, adjust linkage between
pedal and arm to 3-3/8" as shown in
Fig. 9.
MF 135 TRACTORS
1. Push down on clutch pedal until a notice-
able resistance is feIt (release bearing is con-
tacting clutch fingers). At this point, observe
the clearance between the clutch pedal arm and
the bottom of the radius rod clamp. This dis-
tance should be 1-1/4 inches as shown in Fig.
10.
2. If this clearance is not 1-1/4", loosen
clamp in the clutch pedal and insert a punch
through the hole in the clutch release shaft.
Rotate clutch shaft clockwise until relsase
bearing contacts clutch fingers. Then locate
clutch pedal on shaft to provide the correct
clearance. Tighten clamp boIt securely and
recheck clearance. (The clutch pedal should
have 1-1/4" free travel.)
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10

TROUBLE-SHOOTING

PROBLEM - Clutch won't release

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Oil or grease on friction disc a. Install new friction disc

b. Improper pedal adjustment b. Adjust clutch pedal free travel and linkage

c. Damaged pressure plate or clutch coyer c. Replace defective part

d. Friction disc hub binding on splined drive d. Clean up splines and smear with small
pinion shaft quantity of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)"

e. Distorted friction disc e. Install new friction disc

f. Broken facing on friction disc f. Install new friction disc

g. Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch g. Remove clutch from flywheel and clean
with dry rage See that all working parts
are free

PROBLEM - Clutch slip

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Oil or grease On friction disc facings a. Install new friction disc

b. Weak pressure springs. If excessive b. Install a new set of pressure springs

slip is allowed to occur, the heat gener-
ated will soften the springs and aggravate
the trouble.

c. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism pre- c. Free bearings (NOTE: The clutch shaft
venting its full return to stop bearings in the transmission case are
self-lubricating. Oil or grease should not
be applied.)

d. Improper pedal adjustment preventing full d. Correct pedal adjustment

engagement
e. Clutch facing worn e. Install new friction disc

PROBLEM - Clutch grabbing

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Oil On friction disc a. Install new friction di sc

b. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism b. Free bearings (NOTE: The clutch shaft
bearings in the transmission case are
self-lubricating. Oil or grease should not
be aPPlied.)

c. Worn out friction disc c. Install new friction disc

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10 MF 135 & 150 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH

PROBLEM - Clutch chatter

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction a. Install new friction disc

disc facings

b. Contact area friction facings not evenly b. -Adjust release levers correctly, using
distributed gauge. If this does not cure the trouble,
install new friction disc

(NOTE: 100% contact will not occur untiZ

cZutch has been in use for some time, but
contact area should be evenly distributed
round the facings.)

c. Buckled friction disc c. Install new friction disc

d. Improper release lever height d. Adjust release levers

PROBLEM- Clutch rattle

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damaged a. Install new parts as necessary

friction disc. Worn parts in release me-
chanism. Excessive backlash in trans-
mission. Wear in transmission bearings.

PROBLEM - Abnormal facing wear

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Usually caused by riding the clutch and ex- a. Instruct operator on proper operation
cessive slippage

Printcd in U.S.A. 7
..~
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION

(Dual Clutch)

INDEX

Page

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMiSSiON ..•••••••. 2

SERVICING THE INPUT SHAFT AND

RETAINER ASSEMBLY •.•••••••..•.•...•.•••.•.• 5
Disassembly •••.••••.•.•••••••••••••••...•.• 5
Inspection ..••.•••••.•••••••••••••••••.••.• 6
Reassembly ..••..•••••••••.••••..•••••••.•••• 6

SERVICI NG THE PLANETARY

ASSEMBLY ..•••••••••••.•••••.••••••.•••••••• 6
Disassembly .•••.•••.•••.••••••••••••••.•••• 6
Inspection •••..•.••.•••••••••••••.••••.•••. 7
Reassembly .•..•••••.•••••••.••.•••••.•••••. 7

REASSEMBLI NG THE TRANSMiSSiON .•••.•.•••• 7

This Section contains the recommended overhaul proçedures for the standard 6-
speed transmission (dual clutch), removed from the tractar and placed on a stand.
Although sorne components will vary slightly, (depending upon the unit in which the
transmission is installed i. e. gasoline or diesel engine) the basic overhaul procedures
will remain the same. Refer to the Tractor Parts Book to ensure that the correct
parts are ordered.

For instructions pertaining ta removal and re-installation from the tractor using
this transmission, refer to the appropriate tractor "write-up".

Printed in U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACTORS DUAL CLUTCH

Fig. 3 - Top View of Transmission

1. Gearshift Rails 2. Planetary Selector 3. Shifter Forks

Fig. l - Rear View of Transmission

1. Lock Screw 3. Planetary Shifter Fark 6. Stop Plate and Selector Pin Lock
2. Lock Wire 4. Coupler 7. Reverse Shaft Retainer
5. Planetary Assembly
2. Remove the planetary as follows:

a. Remove lock wire, No. 2, Fig. 1, and

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION lock screw, No. 1, from planetary
shifter fork, No. 3.
1. Remove the detent springs and detents
from top of housing. b. Remove shifter fork, No. 3, Fig. 1,
and coupler, No. 4.

c. Remove bolts securing planetary as-

sembly to rear of housing and rem ove
planetary assembly as shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2 - Removing Planetary Assembly Fig. 4 - Removing Shift Rails and Forks

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DUAL CLUTCH STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION

COVER PLATl'
'N/GASl'f T

SNAP RING

dd"
SNAP RING

PTO DRIVE SHAFT

Fig.6 - PTO Drive Shaft and Camponents Nomenclature

Fig. 5 - Removing PTO Bearing Housing

1. Bolts 4. IfThrow~Out" Bearing 5. Lock Screws
2. Housing Cap & Corrier 6. Lock Wire
3. Return Spring 7. Releose Fork Fig. 6, to bearing housing retainer.
Remove coyer plate and gasket.

ct. Remove snap ring, Fig. 6, and washer

3. Remove lock wires and lock screws from
shifter forks, No. 3, Fig. 3, and the planetary
selector, No. 2.
4. Remove stop plate and selector pin lock,
No. 6, Fig. 1, at rear of transmission and re-
move shift rails, shifter forks and planetary
selector from the transmission as shown in
Fig. 4.
from forward end of PTO drive shaft.
e. Thread two 3/8" x 4" bolts into puller
holes in bearing housing retainer and
alternately turn bolts to force bearing
housing retainer and bearing, Fig. 6,
from transmission case as illustrated
in Fig. 5.

5. Remove the input shaft andretainer as

follows:

a. Remove the two return springs, No. 3,

Fig. 5, and remove "throw-out" bear-
ing and carrier, No. 4, as an assem-
bly.

b. Remove lock wire, No. 6, Fig. 5, and

lock screws, No. 5, from clutch re-
lease fork, No. 7. Slide the clutch
shafts out the side of the transmission
housing and remove the fork.

NOTE: There are two differently

designed PTO shafts used, but the re-
moval procedures are similar. On
some models, the front bearing is at-
tached to the PTO shaft. On other
models the shaft is aftached to the
PTO gear hub.
Fig. 7 - Removing Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly
c. Remove bolts securing coyer plate, 1. Input Shoft ond Retoiner Assembly 2. PTO Drive Geor

Pri.,ted in U.S.A. 3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACTORS
Fig. 8 - Removing Main Shaft Rear Bearing
f. Using a brass "drift", gently tap PTO
drive shaft rearward from bearing.
Remove PTO drive shaft rearward from
transmission case. This will allow
PTO drive gear ta drop, permitting
the input shaH assembly to be removed.
g. Remove mounting bolts and remove in-
put shaft and retainer assembly as
shown in Fig. 7.
6. Remove the main shaft as follows:
a. Remove snap ring from front end of
main shaft. Using the shaft as a
"sUding hammer", remove the front
bearing. Remove shaft and rear bear-
ing rearward from tr ans m is sion
housing.
b. Remove lst sUding gear, 2nd and 3rd
sUding gear and PTO drive gear from
housing.
4
DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 9 - Removing Countershaft
c. Inspect rear bearing on shaft. If worn
or dam age d, remove snap ring and
press old bearing over the long end of
shaft as shown in Fig. 8.
7. Remove countershaft as follows:
a. Remove snap ring from front of
countershaft drive gear and slide gear
over front of countershaft and remove
from transmission. Remove rear snap
ring from countershaft.
b. Using a brass rod, carefully drive
countershaft forward and out of rear
bearing.
c. Remove 2nd speed pinion and 3rd speed
pinion from countershaft and rem ove
countershaft and front bearing from
front of transmission housing as shown
in Fig. 9.
d. Remove rear countershaft bearingfrom
rear of transmission.
e. Checkgear teeth for excessive wear and
check gear "fit" over shaft splines.
8. Remove capscrew and reverse shaft re-
tainer, No. 7, Fig. 1, securing reverse idler
shaft at rear of transmission housing and re-
move shaft and gear as follows: ~'
a. Insert wooden dowel or rubber hose
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
DUAL CLUTCH STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION

Fig. 10 - Rear View of Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly Fig. 12 - Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
1. Snop Ring 1. Snap Ring

(with a diameter slightly smaller than
the reverse idler shaft and approxi-
mately 2" in length) through hole in
center member of transmission and at
forward end of idler shaft.
e. Remove gear, along with needle bear-
ings, spacer, washers and dowel (hold-
ing bearings in position) from trans-
mission.

b. Use dowel to push idler shaft rearward

from idler gear, allowing the dowel to
retain the 56 needle bearings inside the SERVICING THE INPUT SHAFT
reverse idler gear. AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY
c. Remove idler shaft from housing, while DISASSEMBL y
at the same time preventing spacer
washer from dropping. The input shaft and retainer assembly may be
disassembled as follows:
d. Remove spacer washer and position
dowel so gear may be removed from 1. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 10, from
housing without distrubing needle bear- the rear of the assembly and remove the input
ings. shaft as shown in Fig. 11.

NOTE: It rnay be necessary to bump

the forward end of the input shaft
against a block of wood to start it out
of the refainer assembly.
2. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 12.

3. Use a lead or a brass hammer and care-

fully drive the PTO input pinion from the re-
tainer assembly as shown in Fig. 13.

NOTE: At this time the PTO input

pinion ail seal and the input shaft ail
Fig. 11 - Removing Input Shaft seal may be rePlaced. (Use Special
1. Input Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly Tools FT 356 and FT 357.)

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACJORS DUAL CLUTCH

Fig. 13 - Removing PTO Input Pinion

1. PTO Input Pin ion 2. Reteiner Assembly
Fig. 15 - Drive Shah with Protec:tive Coverings Installed

4. If damaged or excessively worn, the

roller bearing, No. 4, Fig. 14, on the input
shait and the two roller bearings, Nos. 5 and 6,
on the PTO input pinion may be replaced at
this time.
NOTE: Use a press ta rePlace bear-
ings.
pinion oil seal and input shaft oil seal with "lip"
of seals rearward.
2. Place protective coverings FT 356 and
FT 357, (refer to Fig. 15) over shaft splines
and carefully push PTO input pinion into input
retainer and secure with snap ring.

3. Insert input shaft into input retainer and

INSPECTION secure with snap ring.

Visually inspect the overall condition of the

input shaft and retainer assembly components.
If damaged or excessively worn, replace with SERVICING THE
new parts. PLANETARY ASSEMBL y
DISASSEMBL y
REASSEMBLY
1. Remove shim, No. 5, Fig. 16, front
1. Using a suitable tool, install PTO input cover plate, No. 4, rear cover plate, No. 1,
and thrust washers, No. 6..

Fig. 14 - Exploded View of Input Shaft and Assembly Fig. 16 - Exploded View of Planetary Assembly
1. Input Shelt 4. Input Shaft Bearing 1. Rear Cover Plate 4. Front Cover Plote
2. PTO Input Pin ion 5. PTO Input Pinion Bearing 2. Pinion Carrier Plate 5. Shim
3. Retainer Assembly 6. PTO Input Pinion Becring 3. Ring Gear 6. Thrus! Woshers

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 17 - Removing or Installing Pinion Gears
2. Remove plnlOn carrier plate assembly,
No. 2, Fig. 16, from ring gear, No. 3.
3. Press out pinion shafts securing pinions
to carrier plate as shown ln Fig. 17, and re-
move pinions.
NOTE: Each pinion has a double row
of needle bearings. Care must be
taken when removing the pinions so
none of the bearings are lost.
INSPECTION
Visually inspect the over-all condition of the
planetary assembly components. Make sure
components are not damaged or excessively
worn.
REASSEMBLY
1. Carefully place pinion gears into carrier
with a full set of needle bearings in each gear
and a thrust washer on each side of pinion gear.
Needle bearings are installed as fbllows:
Prin1'ed in U~S.A.
STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to aid in
installing needle bearings.
a. Insert one spacer followed by one row
of needle bearings.
b. Insert center spacer on top of needle
bearings followed by a second row of
needle bearings.
c. Insert third spacer on top of bearings.
2. Place pinion shaft into carrier and press
into place. Be careful that shafts do not extend
beyond machined face of pinion gear carrier.
REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION
1. Install reverse idler gear as follows:
a. Apply light coating of petroleum jelly
ta one side of each gear washer and to
inner diameter of idler gear. Place
one gear washer (greased side up) on
ben ch and place idler gear on top of
washer.
b. Insert dowel or rubber hose (that was
used in disassembly) through idler gear
and insert one bearing washer over
dowel and into idler gear.
c. Install first row of needle bearings
into idler gear and place spacer over
dowel and against the needle bearings.
d. Install second row of needle bearings
into idler gear and place remaining
bearing washer and gear washer over
dowel and against bearings and gear.
e. Carefully position idler gear into trans-
mission with small gear forward.
f. Insert idler shaft through rear of trans-
mission housing andslightly into idler
gear to push dowel slightly from idler
gear. (This will provide support of
gear and allow idler shaft to be moved
slightly ta facilitate installation of
spacer. )
g. Install spacer and carefully push idler
shaft through spacer and into idler
gear, while at the same time, remov-
ing dowel from transmission. Se cure
with reverse shaft retainer.
2. Install snap ring (securing 3rd speed
pinion in place) on countershaft and slide
7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACTORS DUAL CLUTCH

Fig. 20 - Installing Planetary Ring Gear

1. Ring Geer 2. Thrus! Wesher 3. Leed Homme,

3. Push countershaft in as far as possible

and wedge a wooden block in frontcompartment
Fig. 18 - View IIlustrating Correct Installation of Countershaft of transmission, as shown in Fig. 19, ta pre-
vent countershaft from moving forward.

countershaft and front bearing through opening
in front of transmission housing and into the
two rear countershaft gears.
NOTE: The large gear (3rd speed
pinion) is installed forward and the
gear hubs facing each other as shown
in Fig. 18.
4. Using a sui table piece of pipe, carefully
drive rear countershaft bearing inta place as
shown in Fig. 19. Install snap ring, securing
rear bearing in place and remove the wedge.
5. Install the main shaft as follows:
a. Place the two main shaft sliding gears
into position in the transmission hous-
ing.
NOTE: The lst sliding gear goes for-
ward with the fork groove rearward.
The 2nd and 3rd sliding gear is instal-
led with the larger gear rearward.

b. Install rear bearing on main shaft with

external retaining ring rearward and
secure with a snap ring on each side.

c. Install main shaft and rear bearing as

a unit, placing sliding gears on shaft
as it is inserted inta the rear of the
transmission.

6. Install the planetary assembly using the

following procedures.

a. Place front thrust washer inta recess

on dowelled side of ring gear, No. 3,
Fig. 16.

Fig. 19 - Installing Rear Countershoft Bearing b. Place front cover plate, No. 4, Fig.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 21 - Installing PTO Bearing Housing
1. Spacers
16, and shim, No. 5, over dowels of
ring gear.
NOTE: Oil grooves in cover plate
must face bronze thrust washer.
c. Holding thrust washer iflto recess of
ring gear, lightly tap ring gear into
place at rear of transmission as shawn
in Fig. 20.
NOTE: Check that thrust washer re-
mains within ring gear.
d. Install pinion carrier assembly, No. 2,
Fig. 16, into ring gear, aligning pin-
ion gears in carrier with splines on
main shaft and ring gear.
e. Install outer thrust washer inside ring
gear and position rear cover plate,
No. 1, Fig. 16, against ring gear while
aligning boit holes. Install mounting
boIts.
NOTE: Oil grooves in cover plate
must face bronze thrust washer.
7. Using a suitable piece of pipe, drive
front main shaft bearing into position and se-
cure with snap ring.
8. Install countershaft drive gear with long
hub forward.
Printed in U.S.A.
STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION
Fig. 22 - Tightening Bearing Housing into Position
2. Boit
9. Install snap ring on front end of counter-
shaft.
10. Position PTO drive gear in transmission
. housing with hub of gear forward.
11. Install input shaft and retainer assembly
with new gasket and tighten mounting boIts.
12. Install front PTO drive shaft through
PTO gear.
13. Insert new gasket on front bearing hous-
ing retainer, Fig. 6, and draw the housing re-
tainer into position using a boit with spacers
in the tapped hale located in the end of the shaft.
Refer ta Fig. 21.
NOTE: Align boU ho les so bearinp:
housing retainer capscrews may be
installed.
14. Install the two capscrews and tighten the
bearing housing retainer into place. Remove
the boit and spacers from the tapped hole in
the shaft as shown in Fig. 22.
15. Using a steel plate across the two boit
heads and a boit inserted in the tapped hole in
the shaft, draw the shaft through the bearing
far enough to install the snap ring on the end
of the shaH. Refer to Fig. 23.
16. Remove the steel plate and install
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
'NDUSTR'AL TRACTORS DUAL CLUTCH

Fig. 23 - Pulling Front PTO Drive Shaft into Position

1. Steel Piete 2. Boit Fig. 24 - Clutch Releose Shah Fork and Bearing Installed
1. Lock Screws 2. Lock Wire

washer and snap ring, Fig. 6, at front end 20. Installplanetary shüt rail and planetary
of front PTO drive shaft. selector. Secure with setscrew and lock wire.

17. Remove the capscrews securing bear-
ing housing retainer, Fig. 6, to transmission
housing and install cover plate and new gasket.
Tighten capscrews.
18. Install clutch release shafts and clutch
release fork. Install setscrews and lock with
wire as shown in Fig. 24.
19. Install "throw-out" bearing and carrier
and secure with return springs.
21. Install shüt forks and shüt rails. Secure'---/
with setscrews and lock wire.
22. Install shüter rail stop and selector lock
at rear of transmission as shown in Fig. 1.
23. Install planetary shift coupler, No. 4,
Fig. 1, and fork, No. 3. Secure with setscrew
and lock wire.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11

PART 11 - 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

- MF 135 THRU MF 175 TRACTORS

INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION 1

SPECIAL TOOLS .......................... .

SPLITTING TRACTOR BETWEEN ENGINE

AND TRANSMISSION (MF 135 SHOWN) ........ .

CONNECTING ENGINE TO TRANSMISSION ... .

REMOVING THE TRANSMiSSiON ............ .

REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION ......... 2

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION ........ 3

SERVICING INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

AND PTO INPUT SHAFT ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 5

REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION.. . . . . . . . 6

SERVICING THE PLANETARY ............... 10

Prlnted ln U.S.A. Page Revised 10.71

 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

DESCRIPTION
~ This transmission consists of a four-speed forward and one-speed reverse "sliding" gear set, compounded by a dual-range
planetary reduction gear set. The dual range planetary, connected to the transmission main shaft, provides eight speeds
forward and two reverse.

SPECIAL TOOLS
AlI special tools are used in compiling the "Repair Time Schedule". The following special tools are listed and defmed for
your convenience.

NUMSER USE

FT 357 1nput shaft seal protector

MFN 849A PTO input shaft seal remover

MFN 850 and 850A Retainer housing bearing and seal installer

MFN 216 PTO input shaft seal installer

MFN 800K Reverse idler needle bearing installer

SPLITTING TRACTOR BETWEEN 8. Disconnect starter and generator wires and remove
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION starter.

1. Disconnect light wires at 11ght switch and remove the 9. Remove boit securing engine to transmission and
hood assembly. carefully roll the two units apart as shown in Fig. 1.

2. Disconnect wires and lines between instrument panel

and engine.
3. Disconnect power steering lines at hose connections.
4. Drain cooling system and disconnect heat sending
unit.
5. Place wedges between front axle and support to
prevent tractor from tipping when split is made.
6. Place suitable stands or jacks under transmission and
engine.
7. Remove battery and remove boIts securing battery
carrier and instrument panel to steering housing.
RECONNECTING ENGINE
TO TRANSMISSION
1. Lubricate c1utch splines and align engine with
transmission as shown in Fig. 1.
2. Carefully roll the two units together and secure with
retaining bolts.
NOTE: Do not use force in securing these units
together as damage could result. Rotate the
flywheel with a suitable bar until splines align,
then push the two units together before
tightening any bolts.
3. Reinstall starter.

4. Reconnect alilines and wires previously disconnected

in splitting the tractor.

5. Reinstall battery and hood assembly.

REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Split tractor as outlined under the heading "Splitting
Tractor Between Engine and Transmission".

2. Drain transmission oil (approximately 8 gallons).

3. Remove boIts securing top coyer to transmission and

remove coyer.

4. Attach a suitable hoist to top of transmission and

place stand or jack under center housing.
Fig. 1 - Splitting Tractor Setween Engine and Transmission 5. Disconnect brake rods and step plates.

Printed in U.S.A.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSM ISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11

REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Attach a suitable hoist to top of transmission as

shown in Fig. 2.

2. Align splines in drive shaft and PTO shaft and attach

transmission to center housing. Tighten retaining bolts
50-55 ft.-lbs. torque.

3. Install step plates and attach brake rods.

4. Place a new gasket on top of transmission over shift

rail detents and springs.

5. Install top cover making sure shift levers are aligned

in shift forks and secure with retaining bolts.

Fig. 2 - Removin9 or Installin9 Transmission 6. Assemble transmission to engine as outlined under

the heading "Reconnecting Engine to Transmission" .
6. Remove bolts securing transmission to center housing
and remove transmission as shown in Fig. 2. 7. Fill transmission with M-1l29A oil.

2
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION

~, NOTE: The following items may be serviced
without removing or completely disassembling
the transmission. However, the service
procedures are the same with the transmission
removed or still on the tractor.

The input shaft retainer, PTO input shaft and PTO front
bearing may be serviced by splitting tractor between engine
and transmission.

The dual range planetary, main shaft and sliding gears or

shift rails and forks ~ay be serviced by splitting tractor
between transmission and center housing.

With the transmission removed from the tractar as

outlined llilder the heading "Removing the Transmission",
refer to Fig. 3 and proceed as follows:

1. Remove input shaft retainer with PTO input shaft Fig. 4 - Positioning Snap Ring at Front of Center Bearing
from front of transmission housing as follows:

a. Unhook springs and remove release bearing and

carrier, No. 1.

b. Cut wire and remove setscrews, slide pins out and

remove release fork, No. 2.

c. Remove brake shaft, No. 3.

2. Remove shift rails and forks as follows:
~, a. Remove bolts securing interlocking mechanism at
rear of transmission and remove plates, spacers and
locking bar.

b. Remove setscrews from shift forks and slide shift

rails rearward out of forks and housing.

c. Remove the shift forks.

3. Remove the planetary assembly from rear of Fig. 5 - Positioning Snap Ring at Rear of Center Bearing
transmission housing as follows:
a. Remove 4 retaining bolts and remove rear coyer,
thrust washer and pinion carrier assembly.

b. If necessary, pry ring gear, inner plate and shim

off dowel pins and remove from housing.

4. Remove main input shaft, sliding gears and main

shaft as follows:
a. Remove snap ring at front of center bearing out of
groove in main shaft and against 3rd gear. See Fig.
4.
b. Slide main shaft and rear bearing rearward and lift
3rd gear out of housing. Then remove main input
shaft from front side of transmission housing.

c. Slide snap ring at rear of center bearing forward

and off main shaft. See Fig. 5.

Fig. 3 - Front View of Transmission d. SIide main shaft and rear bearing out of
1. Release Bearing and 2. Release Fork
transmission housing. Then lift first gear and
Retainer 3. Brake Shaft second and fourth geaI out of housing.

3
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11

Fig. 8 - Snap Ring Moved Forward on Countershaft

c. Alternately tighten two capscrews into the tapped

holes to force bearing and retainer from the shaft.
Two retaining capscrews can be used to start
removal, but longer threads may be required to
completely remove the retainer.

d. Withdraw the PTO shaft from the rear of the

transmission, allowing the PTO driven gear to faH
in the housing. Remove this gear.

Fig. 6 - PTO Shaft Front Bearing Removal 6. Remove the countershaft and gears as follows:
1. Cover 2. "O"-Ring 3. Retaining Ring 4. Washer
a. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 7, from rear of
countershaft. .~
5. Remove PTO shaft and front bearing as follows. See
Fig. 6. b. Bump countershaft forward approximately 1/4".

a. Remove coyer, No. 1. c. Slide snap ring forward on countershaft as shown

in Fig. 8.
b. Remove retaining ring and washer from front end
of PTO shaft. d. Remove snap ring at front of countershaft.

e. Bump countershaft rearward far enough for front

gear to be lifted out of housing .

Fig. 7 - Rear of Countershaft .\

1. Snap Ring 3. Capscrew 5. Retainer Plate
2. Needle Bearing 4. Lock Tab 6. Reverse Idler Shaft Fig. 9 - Pulling Countershaft

4
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART t t 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

SPECIAL TOCL , --
MPN 850 \

SPECIAL TOOL
MFN BSOA

Fig. 12 - Special Tooi to Install Bearing

in Input Shaft Retainer

bearings are loose and will faH out when shaft is

removed.

SERVICING INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

Fig. 10 - Removing Seal trom PTO Input Shaft
f. With a suitable puller, pull countershaft forward
out of rear bearing and housing as shown in Fig. 9.
Then lift remaining gears out of housing.
7. Remove reverse idler gear and shaft as follows: Refer
to Fig. 7.
a. Remove capscrew, No. 3, and slide shaft, No. 6,
out of gear and housing.
b. Remove gear and needle bearings. The needle
AND PTO INPUT SHAFT
The input shaft retainer supports the PTO input shaft
with a baIl bearing at the rear and a caged needle bearing at
the front.
1. Remove bearing retaining ring from housing and
bump splined end of PTO shaft on a block of wood. This
will remove the PrO input shaft and bearing.
If the ball bearing requires replacement, rem ove
retaining ring and press bearing off shaft. Press new bearing
on shaft and secure with retaining ring.
2. Use Special Tool MFN 849A to remove oil se al from
PrO input shaft. See Fig. 10.
3. Use special tool MFN 216 and in staIl seal in PTO

SPECIAL TOOL MPN

MFN 216
f
SPECIAL TOOL
MPN 850A

Fig. 13 - Special Tooi to Install Seal

Fig. 11 - Special Tooi to 1nstall Seal in PTO 1nput Shaft in Input Shaft Retainer

Prlnted ln U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSM ISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11

Fig. 14 - Reverse Idler Gear Fig. 16 - Countershaft in Position Prior

1. Shaft 5. Thrust Washer
to Placing Snap Ring
2. Spacer 6. Thrust Washer
3. Reverse Cluster Gear 7. Spacer
4. Roller Bearings 8. Special Tooi MFN 800K 1. Install reverse idler and shaft as follows:

a. Place special tool MFN 800K in the gear and insert

input shaft. Install seal with lip of seal toward the rear
(toward tool). See Fig. 11.
4. Install bearing in input shaft housing using special
tool MFN 850 and MFN 850A. See Fig. 12. Install seal in
input shaft housing using special tool MFN 850 and MFN
850A. See Fig. 13. Install se al with lip of seal toward
bearing.
5. Slide PTO input shaft intû housing and secure with
bearing retaining ring.
REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION
Inspect aIl parts for wear or damage. Replace if
necessary. Replace aIl gaskets, "0" -rings and seals. Refer to
Fig. 14 for identification and sequence of parts.
a bearing washer, 1 row of needle rollers, a bearing
spacer, another row of rollers and another washer.
Use a light coat of grease to help position the
rollers.
b. Start the idler gear shaft into the housing, keyed
end out, and install the spacer, thrust washer, gear
and another thrust washer, while pushing the shaft
into place. Locate large gear to the rear of the
case. Remove the special too1. See Fig. 15.
c. Turn the shaft so the slot is toward the retainer
boIt hole. Install retainer in place and secure with
boIt and lock tab. See Fig. 7.
2. Install the countershaft and gears as follows: Inspect
ball bearings on shaft and needle bearing inside
countershaft for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
a. Press front bearing on countershaft against gear on
shaft.

Fig. 15 - Reverse Idler Installation

1. Special Tooi 3. Spacer
MFN 800K 4. Shaft
2. Thrust Washers 5. Reverse Cluster Gear Fig. 17 - Pulling Rear Bearing on Countershaft

6
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11
•,.
Fig. 18 - Countershaft and Gears Properly Installed
b. Position the countershaft with the bearing forward
and insert into front lower bore in the
transmission housing.
NOTE: Be sure the snap ring is installed [oose
between splines and gear on the co un tershaft.
c. Place the 2nd and 4th speed gears in the rear
section of the transmission housing. (Second speed
gear is the smallest and must be positioned with
teeth toward rear. Hubs of both gears must be
together as shown in Fig. 16.)
d. Continue sliding countershaft and front bearing
rearward until 3rd speed gear and constant mesh
gear can be installed on forward end of shaft.
Install 3rd and constant mesh gears and slide
countershaft forward in place. See Fig. 16.
e. Install snap ring on front end of countershaft.
Install snap ring in groove against 4th gear.
f. Use same puller boIt used to pull countershaft out
and a piece of 2" I.D. pipe and pull rear bearing on
Fig. 19 - Installing PTO Front Bearing
Printed in U.S.A.
8-SPEED TRANSMISSION
Fig. 20 - Positioning Snap Ring at Rear of Front Bearing
countershaft as shown in Fig. 17. Secure rear
bearing to shaft with retaining snap ring.
3. Install pro shaft and gear as follows:
a. Place pro gear at front end of countershaft with
hub forward and slide pro shaft into gear from
rear of transmission. See Fig. 18.
b. Install a new gasket on the PTO front bearing and
retainer and locate in place with 2 capscrews. Use
a 7/16" boIt, washer and nut with a piece of
1-1/4" I.D. pipe and pull bearing on pro shaft as
shown in Fig. 19.
c. Remove boIt and pipe. Install washer and snap ring
on.end of pro shaft.
d. Install coyer with "0" -ring and secure with
retaining capscrews.
4. Install main shaft, sliding gears and main input shaft
as follows:
a. Inspect bearings on main shaft. If necessary to
replace rear bearing, it must be pressed off and on
the shaft from the forward end (long end of shaft),
with retaining ring on bearing toward the rear.
b. Position 2nd and 4th speed gears in the rear
section of the transmission housing with large gear
rearward. Position Ist gear next with hub of gear
rearward.
c. Start main shaft into rear of housing and into
the se two gears. See Fig. 20.
d. Start snap ring on shaft as shown in Fig. 20.
Continue pushing shaft through center bearing and
place snap ring in 2nd groove.
e. Start another snap ring on shaft and install 3rd
speed gear on shaft with hub of gear rearward.
f. Install main input shaft through front of
transmission and push main shaft completely
7
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 21 - Positioning Snap Ring Against Front Bearing
forward. Place snap ring in grooye in shaft against
center bearing. See Fig. 21.
5. Install planetary assembly as follows: Refer to Fig.
22 for identification and sequence of parts.
a. Place the front coyer (oïl grooyes toward ring gear)
and shim oyer the ring gear dowel pins. Locate the
ring gear on the transmission housing with the
dowel pins and carefully tap into place.
b. Position a thrust washer on the front of the carrier
assembly with tabs in slots. Use a light coating of
grease to hold in place if needed.
c. InstaH the carrier in the ring gear (don't drop the
front thrust washer), place the rear thrust washer
on the carrier and instali the rear coyer. Secure
with retaining bolts.
NOTE: Any tractor equipped with a "twin
Fig. 22 - Planetary Assembly - Identification
and Sequence of Parts
1. Rear Cover 3. Ring Gear 5. Shim
2. Carrier Assembly 4. Front Cover 6. Thrust Washers
8
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11
Fig. 23 - Installing Input Shaft Retainer
plate" auxiliary pump drive must have
clearance between the pump drive and the
lower, left capscrew in the planetary. This
clearance is obtained by placing the eut out in
rear cover on planetary assembly at this
location.
6. Install PTO input shaft and retainer into front of
housing as follows:
a. Place special tool FT 357 on main input shaft and
install retainer and PTO shaft as shown in Fig. 23.
b. Install clutch release mechanism and brake shaft.
See Fig. 24.
7. Install shift rails and forks as follows: Inspect all
gears and snap rings to be sure they are properly installed.
See Fig. 25.
a. Place shift forks in position as shown in Fig. 26.
Fig. 24 - Front View of Transmission
1. Release Bearing and 2. Release Fork
Retainer 3. Brake Shaft
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION a - PART 11 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

Fig. 25 - Gears, Shafts and Snap Rings Properly Installed Fig. 28 - Shift Rails and Forks Properly Installed

Fig. 26 - Shift Forks in Place Fig. 29 - Locking Mechanism Front Plate in Place

Fig. 27 - Shift Rail Location Fig. 30 - Positioning Locking Bar

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSM ISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11

Fig. 31 - Installing Rear Plate

Fig. 33 - Removing Pinion Shaft

Fig. 32 - View of Planetary Shift Mechanism

b. Position rails in housing as shown in Fig. 27.

c. Install rails through shift forks and secure with
retaining setscrews. Lock wire setscrews. See Fig.
1
28.
d. Install front interlocking plate as shown in Fig. 29.
e. Slide locking bar through notches in shift rails as
shown in Fig. 30.
f. Install rear plate with spacers and retaining bolts as
shown in Fig. 31. Fig. 34 - Pinion Assembly - Identification of Parts
1. Shaft 3. Spacer Washer 4. Thrust Washer
g. Install planetary shift fork, coupler and shaft as 2. Needle Rollers 5. Pinion
shown in Fig. 32.
SERVICING THE PLANETARY bore of each pinion and place the pmlOn on a thrust
washer. Install one spacer washer and a row of needle
rollers in the pinion followed by a spacer washer and
1. Place the carrièr assembly in a suitable press and another row of needle roll ers with another spacer washer
remove pinion shafts as shown in Fig. 33.
and a thrust washer.
2. Inspect gear teeth, thrust washers, etc., for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary. Replace pinions in sets only. 4. Support the pinion carrier in a suitable press. Place a
pinion in the carrier and center it between the holes.
3. Position the bearing rollers in the pinions as follows: Carefully press the pinion shaft into place until each end of
Refer to Fig. 34 for identification of parts. Coat the inside shaft is flush with the carrier.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GRO,uP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
PART 8-MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSION-
MF 135, 150 AND 165 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ....•........•. 3
Basic Design .............•................. 3
Description and Operation .•................. 5
Hydraulic Pump and Shift Valve. . • . . . . . . . . .. 5
PTO Pinion and Retainer Assemblies .•.•..... 7
Input Shaft - MF 135 and 150 Standard. . . . . .• 8
Input Shaft - MF 150 Row Crop W/Gas ....... 9
Input Shaft - MF 150 Row Crop W/Diesel
. and MF 165... .. . ..•.••...•.• .•..•..•... 9
Main Drive Pin ion .....•..........•....... 9
Input OID Pinion - MF 135 and 150
Standard .........•..........•.•........ 10
Input OID Pinion - MF 150 Row Crop
W/Gas Engine ........•................. 10
Input OID Pinion - MF 165 Standard ........ 10
Input OID Pin ion - MF 150 Row Crop
W/Diesel and MF 165 Row Crop •......••.. 10
Hydraulic Clutch .....................•... 10
Front PTO Drive Shaft .•.•....•...•........ 11
Countershaft ............................. 12
Standard Drive Gear •.•.................... 12
Overdrive Gear ........•......•........... 12
"Jaw" Clutch Coupler ..................... 13
First, Second and Third Driving Gears •..•.•. 14
Reverse Cluster Gear .•..•......•.•....•.•. 15
Transmission Main Shaft ...........•..•....• 15
Planetary Assembly •..•..................•. 15
Shifter Forks and Rails ...................... 17
Torque Flow Through Transmission ••.......•.•• 20
SERVICING THE TRANSMISSION ......•......•. 20
Removing the Transmission .................... 20
Disassembling the Transmission ..••...•.•...... 27
Removing Shifter Forks and Rails ......••...•. 27
Removing Planetary ......................... 28
Removing Main Shaft and
"Change Speed" Gears .....•.•.....•..•• 28
Removing PTO Main Shaft Retainer ..•....•.. 28
Removing Shift Control Valve Assembly ....•. 30
Removing PTO Pinion Assembly .............. 30
Removing Main Input Shaft ...•........•••.. 30
Removing PTO Front Drive Shaft ..•...•...••. 31
Removing Countershaft •..•..••..••.......•. 34
Prinled in U.S.A.
Page
Removing Reverse Cluster Gear ..•...•.•.... 36
Servicing the Dual Range Planetary .......•..•. 37
Disassembling the Planetary ...•...•.•...... 37
Inspecting the Planetary .•....•............ 37
Reassembling the Planetary ...........•.... 38
Servicing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
and Pinion Assembly .........•.•.......... 38
Disassembling the PTO Main Shaft Retainer .•. 38
Inspecting the PTO Main Shaft Retainer . • . • .. 39
Reassembling the PTO Main Shaft Retainer ... 39
Servicing the Shift Control Valve Assembly ...•. 40
Disassembling the Shift Control Valve ........ 40
Inspecting the Shift Control Valve .•....•... 41
Reassembling the Shift Control Valve ........ 41
Servicing the Hydraulic Clutch .•..••....•.... 41
Disassembling the Hydraulic Clutch ..•...... 41
Inspecting the Hydraulic Clutch ....••...... 42
Reassembling the Hydraulic Clutch ...•..••.. 42
Servicing the Main Input Shaft .••.••......... 43
Disassembling the Main Input Shaft •....•.... 43
Inspecting the Main Input Shaft ....•........ 43
Reassembling the Main Input Shaft .....•.... 43
Inspecting the Transmission ....•.•...••••.... 43
Reassembling the Transmission ••••..•...•••... 44
Reinstalling the Reverse Cluster Gear •.••.... 44
Reinstalling the Countershaft ....•..•..•.... 45
Reinstalling the PTO Front Drive Shaft ......• 45
Reinstalling the Main Input Shaft ...•....... 46
Reinstalling PTO Main Shaft Retainer •..••... 46
Reinstalling Main Shaft and
"Change Speed" Gears ••.....•••...•.... 47
Reinstalling Planetary ••...........••.•.... 47
Reinstalling Shifter Forks and Rails ........•• 47
Reinstalling the Transmission ••.•.•..••....•.• 48
Control Linkage Adjustment .•..•.••.......... 48
SERVICING THE MULTI- POWER HYDRAULIC
PUMP •.......•.•.••..•..•...••.........••. 48
Removing the Multi- Power Pump .•.••.....•.. 49
Disassembling the Multi Power Pump ••••....•• 49
Inspecting the Multi-Power Pump •••• • •.•••.• 50
Reassembling the Multi-Power Pump.. • ..•..•• 50
Reinstalling the Multi-Power Pump... • ••••••. 50
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP' Il - SECTION B - PART 8

This part provides service iIÛormation and data that pertains to the Multi - Power
Transmissions installed in the MF 135, 150 and 165 Tractors.

The purpose of the Multi- Power transmissions is to provide the method of applying
power from the engine while offering a wide selection of ground speeds with usable
and practical speed düference between "Highlt and "Low".

Differences exist within the Multi - Power transmission assemblies that are installed
in the tractor models covered within this part. These differences may be obtained by
comparing the information that pertains to the transmission components as they apply
to the specüic tractor models (i. e., the input shaft assembly used on the MF 165
Standard (Low Clearance) may be compared to the one used on the MF 165 Row Crop
(High Clearance) by referring to the appropriate sub-headings under "Description and
Operation"). These differences are also noted within the headings and sub-headings
pertaining to servicing as they affect servicing procedures.

When the iIÛormation within this part refers to standard type "chassis" and row
crop type "chassis", such as MF 165 Standard or MF 165 Row Crop, a comparison
may be made to low clearance (Standard) and high clearance (Row Crop).

Directions given within this part are as they would appear to the operator seated at
the steering wheel, unless otherwise specüied.

Fig. 1 - Side View Cut.Away of Multi.Power Transmission

1. Multi-Power Pump 3. Plonetary flAssembly" 5. Multi-Power "Geor Set" 7. Shift Control Valve
2. Transmission Main Shaft 4. Siiding Gear Set 6. Hydraulic Clutch 8. "Jow" Clutch Coupler

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
I;;~ j.
-Ft ___,'---""""~Ir
Fig. 2 - Multi-Power "Components" Location
L Multi-Power Hydraulie Pump 2. Multj·Power "Geor Set"
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Four different versions of the multi-power
transmission are covered within this part.
Each of these different transmissions have been
designed for specifie tractors, containing dual
master \clutches. Their specifie use depends
upon the tractor model, whether the tractor is
standard or row crop (high clearance) type and,
in sorne cases, if a gasoline or diesel engine is
installed.
The four versions and their specifie uses
are as follows:
a. The MF 135 and MF 150 Tractors, stan-
dard clearance type, with gasoline or diesel
engine installed.
b. The MF 150 Tractor, row crop (high
clearance) type, with gasoline engine installed.
c. The MF 165 Tractor, standard clearance
type, with gasoline or diesel engine installed.
d. The MF 150 Tractor, row crop (high
Prinfcd În U.S.A.
MF 135, 150 and 765
MULTI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS
3. Hydraul ie Cluteh 4. Shift Control Volve 5. "Jow" Cluteh Coupler
clearance) type with diesel engine installed; and
the MF 165 Tractor, row crop (high clearance)
type, with gasoline or diesel engine installed.
The specifie design of the multi-powertrans-
missions used in the previously mentioned
tractors are different, but the basic design and
operation of these transmissions is the same.
Refer to the appropriate sub- heading for des-
cription and operation of the maj or components
and their related parts, as desired.
BASIC DESIGN
The basic design of the multi-power trans-
missions may be seen by referring to Fig. 1.
These transmission assemblies consists of a
three speed forward and one speed reverse,
sliding "gear set" (No. 4); compounded by a
planetary reduction gear set (No. 3) coupled to
the output end of the transmission main shaft
(No. 2); and further compounded through incor-
poration of five additional major parts, which
are, as follows:
3
 MASSEY -FERG USON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig.3 - "High" Multi-Power Torque Flow Diagram
1. Input Moin Drive Pinion 4. Overdri ve Geer - Countershaft
2. Input Overdrive Pin ion 5. Standard Drive Gear - Ceunt.rsheft
3. Hydraulic Clutch 6 ... Jaw" Type Clutch Coupler
a .. The multi-power hydraulic pump (No. 1).
b. The shi ft control valve (No. 7).
c. The hydraulically actuated clutch (No. 6).
d. The multi-power "gear set" (No. 5).
e. The jaw type clutch coupler (No. 8).
The planetary reduction gear set compounds
the three speed forward and one speed reverse
sliding "gear set", providing six speeds for-
ward and two speeds reverse. These speeds
are further compounded by the multi-power
"parts", providing twelve forward speeds and
four reverse speeds.
The operational functions of the five major
parts are, as follows (refer to Fig. 2):
a. The multi-power transmission hydraulic
pump (No. 1) supplies oil to the shift control
valve (No. 4).
b. The shift control valve (No. 4) regulates
the oil to the hydraulically actuated, multiple
disc clutch (No. 3); or directs the oil back to
sump.
c. The hydraulically actuated, multiple disc
clutch (No. 3) causes the engagement of the
"high range" gears of the multi-power "gear
set" (No. 2) when the shift control valve is
placed in "high" multi-power. This clutch re-
leases when the shift control valve is in "low"
multi-power and the "low range" gears are
engaged.
d. The "high range" gears of the multi-
4
GROUP " - SECTION 8 - PART 8
PLANETARV
- TO FINAL DRIVE
Fig. 4 - "Low" Multi-Power Torque Flow Diagram
1. input Moin Drive Pinion 4. Overdrive Geer - Countershoft
2. Input Overdrive Pinion 5. Standard Drive Geer - Countershoft
3. Hydraulic Clutch 6. "Jaw" Type Clutch Coupler
power "gear set" (No. 2) transmit the power
from the input shaft through the countershaft to
the change speed driving gears when the hy-
draulic clutch is actuated. When the hydraulic
clutch is released, the "low range" gears of
the multi-power "gear set" (No. 2) transmit
the power from the input shaft through the jaw
type clutch coupler (No. 5) to the countershaft.
(The countershaft, in turn, drives the change
speed driving gears. )
e. The "jaw" type clutch coupler (No. 5) is
caused to engage the "low range" gear of the
multi-power "gear set" (No. 2) on the counter-
shaft when the hydraulic clutch is released.
This allows the "low range" gears to drive the
countershaft. When the hydraulic clutch is en-
gaged, the "low range" gears of the multi-
power gear set are allowed to "free wheel" on
the countershaft through the mechanism of the
"jaw" type clutch coupler.
Refer to Fig. 3, which is a diagram showing
the transmitting of power from the engine to the
final drive when "high" multi-power is selected.
When the multi-power switch on the dash-
board of the tractor is in "high", the shift con-
trol valve directs and regulates the oil from the
multi-power hydraulic pump to the hydraulic
clutch (No. 3, Fig. 3). The hydraulic clutch
discs compress, causing the engagement of the
input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 3).
Power from the engine is then transmitted
through the input shaft and the hydraulic clutch
(which is splined to the input shaft) to this pin-
ion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 3). The input over-
drive pinion assembly then drives the over-
drive gear (No. 4, Fig. 3), which, in turn,
drives the countershaft. Power from the coun-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, 150 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUlTl-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

tershaft is transmitted through the engagement

of the selected change speed driving gears and
the "dual range" planetary assembly.

While in "high" multi-power, the input shaft

still drives the input main drive pinion (No. 1,
Fig. 3). (The input main drive pinion may be
made to the input main shaft assembly or a
separate pinion that is splined to the input
shaft, depending upon the transmission ver-
sion.) This main drive pinion drives the stan-
dard drive gear (No. 5, Fig. 3). The standard
drive gear "free wheels" on the countershaft
through the mechanism of the "jaw" clutch
coupler (No. 6, Fig. 3). (The "jaw" clutch
coupler is the only means through which the
standard drive gear may transmit power to the
countershaft. ) INPUT SHAFT
RETArNER

Refer to Fig. 4, which is a diagram showing

the transmitting of power from the engine to the
Fig.5 - Multi-Power Pump and Shift Control Valve
final drive when "low" multi-power is selected.
1. Multi·Power Hydraulic Pump 6. Pump Mounting Brocket
2. Hase Assem bly 7. Tube Assembly
3. P ump Driven Gear (12 Teeth) 8. Pump Drive Gear (58 Teeth)
4. Idler Gear Assembly (20 Teeth) 9. Shift Control Valve
When the multi-power switch on the tractor 5. Tube Assem bly 10. Volve Mounting Gasket

dashboard is placed in low, the shift control

valve dumps the oil from the hydraulic pump
back to sump. There is no oil pressure being
directed to the hydraulic clutch, therefore, the
discs are not compressed, preventing the input
overdrive pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 4) from
being driven by the input shaft through the hy-
draulic clutch. Power from the engine is still
being transmitted through the input shaft and
the input main drive pinion (No. 1, Fig. 4) to
the standard drive gear (No. 5, Fig. 4). Since
the countershaft is not being driven by the input
overdrive pinion (No. 2, Fig. 4) and the over-
drive gear (No. 4, Fig. 4), the speed' of the
standard drive gear and the countershaft be-
come synchronized and the "jaw" type clutch
coupling (No. 6, Fig. 4) is urged into engage-
ment with the standard drive gear by a spring
and the helical splines on the countershaft.
Power is then transmitted from the standard
drive gear to the "jaw" clutch coupler. The
"jaw" clutch coupler, being splined to the coun-
tershaft, drives the countershaft, which, in
turn, drives the selected change speed driving
gears and the "dual range" planetary assembly.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The following description of the multi-power
transmissions used in the MF 135, MF 150 and
MF 165 Tractors includes differences between
the transmission assemblies installed in the
following tractors:
a. The MF 135 and MF 150, with standard
type chassis and with gasoline or diesel engines.
b. The MF 150, with row crop (high clear-
ance) type chas sis and with gasoline engine.
c. The MF 165, with standard type chas sis
and with gasoline or diesel engines.
d. The MF 150, with row crop (high clear-
ance) type chassis and with diesel engine, and
the MF 165, with row crop (high clearance) type
chassis and with gasoline or diesel engines.

Hydraulic Pump and Shift Control Valve

The overdrive gear (No. 4, Fig. 4), being
splined to the countershaft"is also being driven
and, in turn, is driving the input overdrive
pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 4). The input
overdrive pinion is "free wheeling", since the
hydraulic clutch is not engaged and, therefore,
not transmitting power from the input shaft.
The multi-power hydraulic pump (No. 1, Fig.
5) is located in the center housing, mounted on
top of the hydraulic lift pump. The multi-power
pump is a positive displacement, gear type
pump and is driven by a gear train connected
to the transmission power take-off shaft.

Printed in U.S.A.
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

TRACTOR MODEl OIL PRESSURES'§) 500-550 RPM Oll PRESSURE cil 2000 RPM
IIHighM Multi .. Po~r IIlow~ Multi .. Power "High" Muhi~Power "Law" Multi .. Power
MF 135, W /50 Standard 150-160 PSI 20 PSI Mox. 170-180 PSI 50 PSI Mo",
Cleoronee, ond MF /50 Row
Crop (High Clearance) w/g::zs-
aline
'-..../
MF 150 Row Crop (HiSh Clear- f70-180 PSI 20 PSI Mox. 190 .. 200 PSI SOPSI Max.
ance) w/diesel etlg,ne, MF 165
Standord and Row Crop (High
Cle<;m~nee)

Fig. 8 - Regulator Spool Pressure Relief Settings

transmission input shaft is running at 500 - 550

rpm. Pump delivery to the shift control valve
is 3-1/4 gpm when the transmission input shaft
Fig. 6 - Cut-Away View of Shift Control Valve is running at 2000 rpm.
1. Regulalor Plug 5. Washer
2. 'Regulatar Spring 6. Valve Body
3. Regu lator Spoo 1 7. Capscrew (Socket·Heod
The oil is delivered through hose assembly
4. Capscrew (Sockel-Head 1·1/4" Long) (No. 2, Fig. 5), tube assemblies (No. 5 and
7/8" Long) 8_ "O"-Ring
9. Shift Spool No. 7, Fig. 5) and connecting fittings to the
*NOTE: Two different regulator springs cre used,
dependent upon tractor mode!. shift control valve.

The shift control valve (No. 9, Fig. 5) is

The pump is equipped with an intake filter
screen (which may be removed for cleaning)
and an internaI safety relief valve set to open
at 250 psi. The safety relief valve is adjustable
and is incorporated to prote ct the pump and the
transmission from excessive pressure in the
event the regulating "valve" (integral to the
shift control valve) should fail.
mounted on the main drive shaft retainer as-
sembly and is manually actuated by a series of
mechanicallinkages connected to the multi-
power switch on the dashboard of the tractor.
This valve is a manually actuated, spool type,
directional control valve and contains a spring-
loaded, spool type, pressure regulator. Refer
to Fig. 6 for a cut-away illustration of the
multi-power shift control valve.

The pump delivers approximately 1 gpm to
the shift control valve (No. 9, Fig. 5) when the
When the multi-power switch is placed in
"high", the shift spool (No. 9, Fig. 6) moves
out of the valve body. This directs the oil from
the hydraulicpump through the valve chamber
leading into a passage through the input shaft
retainer, PTO pinion assembly, the input shaft
and into the hydraulic clutch, compressing the
clutch discs. When the multi-power switch is
placed in "low", the shift spool moves into the
valve body. This directs the oil through the
valve chamber leading into a passage through
the input shaft retainer that opens back into the
transmission case and the oil is returned to
"sump". (Refer to Fig. 7, which shows oil
flow. )

The spring-loaded regulator spool (No. 3,

Fig•. 6) maintains the desired pressure to the
hydraulic clutch. This spool is spring-Ioaded
to the "closed" position and "opens" to allow
the oil to flow into the passage to the sump
when the oil pressure exceeds the sprmg set-
ting. Refer to Fig. 8, which shows the regula-
tor spool relief settings.

The regulator spring (No. 2, Fig. 6) used in

the MF 135, MF 150 Standard and the MF 150 .~
Fig. 7 - Oil Flow to Hydraulic Clutch and to Sump Row Crop (High Clearance) with gas engine is
"'NOTE: Qil passage to sump opening oround beoring
shown out of true position for clority. different than the spring used in the MF 150

6

GROUP Il - SECTION 8
.-------------------------------------_
1 .- .... ~.,.
, "., ~
1 ~
-~~
Fig. 9 -
1. Thrust Washer
2. Pinion Asscmbly - PTO Main Shah
3. Bearing Snap Ring
4. Gasket - Retoiner
Row Crop with diesel engine, the MF 165 Stan-
dard and the MF 165 Row Crop.
PTO P;n;on and Refa;ner Assemblies
The PTO main drive shaft retainer assembly
(No. 5, Fig. 9) and the PTO main drive shaft
pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 9) are the same
when used on the MF 135, 150 and 165 Tractors.
The retainer assembly (No. 5, Fig. 9) pro-
vides the mounting for the shift control valve
as weil as the means of securing the PTO main
drive shaft pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 9).
This retainer assembly contains internaI pas-
P,inted in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
- PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
... _-
1
/
\, \ '.IIi 1
'1,-
PTO Main Drive Shah Pinion Assembly With Related Parts
5. Re.aine, Assembly - PTO Main Shah 8. Bearing Snop Ring
6. ai 1 Seal - Retaine, 9. Sealing Rings - PTO Main Shaft
7. Beo,ing la. ail Seal - PTO Pinion Assembly
11. Retaine, Bushing
sages to allow oil flow from the shift control
valve to "sump" or to the hydraulic clutch. The
oil passage ta the hydraulic clutch is mated ta
a passage through the PTO pinion assembly
(No. 2, Fig. 9).
Sealing rings (No. 9, Fig. 9) are installed
around the PTO pinion assembly ta prevent
leakage from this passage. An ail seal (No. 6,
Fig. 9) is also installed on the end of the re-
tainer assembly as additional protection against
leakage bet ween the retainer and the PTO pin-
ion assembly. A bushing (No. 11, Fig. 9) is
also installed in the retainer.
The PTO main drive shaft pinion assembly
7

TRANSMISSIONS
USED MF 135 & 150
EXCEPT 150 DIESEL ROW CROP
Fig. 10 -
1. 'Spacer - Input Shah
2. "'Pinion - Main Drive
3. *Washer
4. "'Pinion Assembly - Input Overdrive
'NOTE: Used on MF 150 Row Crop w/diesel and MF 165 (011).
"NOTE: Used on MF 135 and 150 Standard and MF 150 Row Crop w/gas engine.
(No. 2, Fig. 9) contains 19 spur teeth that mate
with the 60 spur teeth PTO constant mesh gear
located on the front PTO drive shaft. (The
front PTO drive shaft "drives" the hydraulic
lift and multi - power pump.) The inner bore of
the PTO pinion assembly contains an ail se al
(No. 10, Fig. 9) which prevents ail flow between
the input shaft assembly and the PTO pinion
assembly. The ail passage through the PTO
pinion assembly mates with an ail passage
through the input shaft assembly leading ta the
hydraulic clutch. Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig.
10) are installed around the input shaft assem-
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
'\
1
Input Main Drive Shaft Assembly With Related Parts
5. Hydraulic Clutch - Multiple Dise 10. Shah Bearing
6. Sealing Rings - Input Shalt 11. "Spacer - Input Shah
7. 'Input Shah Assembly 12. "Input Shah Assembly
8. Piston Ring - $eoling 13. **Pinion Assembly - Input Overdrive
9. Shaft Plug
bly ta seai the passage between the pmlOn and
shaft assemblies. The forward end of the PTO
pinion assembly contains 10 splines, equally
spaced, to mate with the "master" clutch hub.
A thrust washer (No. 1, Fig. 9) is installed be-
tween the PTO pinion assembly and the hy-
draulic clutch, with the steel back toward the
clutch housing.
Input Shah-MF 135 and J50 Standard
The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 12,
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10,
Fig. 10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). The for-
ward end of the transmission main shaft fits
into the needle bearing. The plug is pressed
into the input shaft to seai the oil passage to the
hydraulic clutch, but contains an orifice to aid
in draining this passage (when in "Iow" multi-
power) and to lubricate the needle bearing.
Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are installed
around the input shaft to seai the oil passage
between the shaft and the PTO pinion.
A 16-tooth spur gear is made as a part of the
shaft assembly and mates with the 44-tooth
standard drive gear on the countershaft. (The
spur gear transmits torque to the standard
drive gear.) A 25-tooth spline, to which the
hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) is mated, is
provided on the input shaft. The forward end
of the shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub.
A spacer (No. 11, Fig. 10) is installed be-
tween the input shaft and the front bearing for
the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is
the same as the one used on the MF 150 row
crop with gas engine, but is not the same as the
one used on the other tractor models.
Input Shaft-Mf J50 Row Crop W IGas Engine
The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 12,
Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10, Fig.
10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). The forward
end of the transmission main shaft fits into the
needle bearing. The plug is pressed into the
input shaft to seai the oil passage to the hy-
draulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) and contains an
orifice to aid in draining this passage (in "Iow"
multi-power) and to lubricate the needle bear-
ing. Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are in-
s talled around the input shaft to seai the ail
passage between the shaft and the PTO pinion.
A 15-tooth spur gear is made as a part of the
shaft assembly and mates with the 45-tooth
standard drive gear on the countershaft. (The
spur gear transmits torque to the standard
drive gear.) The input shaft aiso contains a
25-tooth spline, to which the hydraulic clutch
(No. 5, Fig. 10) is mated. The forward end of
the shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub.
A spacer (No. 11, Fig. 10) is installed be-
tween the input shaft and the front bearing for
the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is
the same as the one used on the MF 135 and150
Prîntcd :n U.S.A.
Mf J35, J50 and J65
MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
Standard, but is different from the one used on
the other tractor modeis. )
Input Shah-Mf J50 Row
Crop WIDiesel and Mf J65
The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 7,
Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10, Fig.
10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). (This shaft as-
sembly is the same for the MF 150 Row Crop
with diesel engine, the MF 165 Standard and the
MF 165 Row Crop.) The forward end of the
transmission main shaft fits into the needle
bearing. The plug is pressed into the input
shaft to seal the ail passage to the hydraulic
clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10). The plug contains an
orüice to aid in draining the passage (when the
transmission is in "low" multi-power) and to
lubricate the needle bearing.
Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are installed
around the input shaft to seal the oil passage
between the shaft and the PTO pinion assembly.
The input shaft has a 33-tooth spline, over
which the main drive pinion assembly (No. 2,
Fig. 10) is fitted, in addition to a 25-tooth
spline, to which the hydraulic clutch (No. 5,
Fig. 10) is mated. The forward end of the in-
put shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub.
A spacer (No. 1, Fig. 10) is installed be-
tween the input shaft and the front bearing for
the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is
different from the one used on the MF 150 Row
Crop with gas engine and the MF 135 and 150
Standard. )
A washer (No. 3, Fig. 10) is installed be-
tween the main drive pinion (No. 2, Fig. 10)
and the input overdrive pinion (No. 4, Fig. 10).
Main Drive Pin ion
The main drive pmlOn (No. 2, Fig. 10) used
on the MF 165 Standard has 22 spur teeth that
mate with the 38-tooth standard drive gear on
the countershaft. The main drive pinion used
on the MF 165 Row Crop and the MF 150 Row
Crop with diesel engine has 20 spur teeth that
mate with a 39-tooth standard drive gear on the
countershaft.
The main drive pinion is splined to the input
shaft and transmits torque to the standard drive
gear assembly.
9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Input 0/0 Pin;on-MF 135 and J50 Standard

The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 13,

Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 19
spur teeth that mate with the 40-tooth over-
drive gear on the countershaft. This pinion
assembly also has a 57-tooth spline that mates
with the discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5,
Fig. 10). A replaceable bushing is installed in
the pinion assembly to provide a wear surface
between the pinion and the input shaft.

Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic

clutch through the input overdrive pin ion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
power.

Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J50

Row Crop WIGas Engine
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 13,
Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 18
spur teeth that mate with the 42-tooth overdrive
gear on the countershaft. This pinion assembly
also has a 57 -tooth spline that mates with the
discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10).
A replaceable bushing is installed in the pinion
assembly to provide a wear surface between
the pinion and the input shaft.
Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic
clutch through the input overdrive pinion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
power.
Fig. 11 - Sectional View of Assembled Hydraulic Clutch
1. Clutch Retoiner Plate 5. Piston Ring - Seoling
2. Snop Ring - Retoiner Plate 6. Clutch Housing
3. Piston Return $pring
4. Clutch Plates
7. C!utch "Friction" Dises
8. Clutch Piston
spur teeth that mate with the 36-toothoverdrive
gear on the countershaft. This pinion assembly
also has a 57-tooth spline that mates with the
discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10).
A replaceable bushing is installed in the pin ion
assembly to provide a wear surface between the
pinion and the input shaft.

Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic

Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J65 Standard
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 4,
Fig. 10) used in the subject tractors has 25 spur
teeth that mate with the 33-tooth overdrive gear
on the countershaft. This pinion assembly also
has a 57 -tooth spline that mates with the discs
in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10). A re-
placeable bushing is installed in the pin ion as-
sembly to provide a wear surface between the
pinion and the input shaft.
Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic
clutch through the input overdrive pin ion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
power.
Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J50 Row Crop WIDiesel
Engine and MF J65 Row Crop
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 4,
Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 24
clutch through the input overdrive pinion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
power.
Hydrau'ic Clutch
The hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) trans-
mits torque from the input shaft assembly to
the input overdrive pinion (No. 4, Fig. 10) when
the transmission is operating in "high" multi-
power.
Refer to Fig. 11, which shows a cut-away
view of the assembled hydraulic clutch.
The clutch housing (No. 6, Fig. 11) mates
with the 25-tooth spline on the input shaft as-
sembly and is driven by engine torque. This
housing contains an oil passage which connects
to the oil passage through the input shaft. The
housing also contains bleed holes to drain the
oil from the clutch when the transmission is

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
'1
.. ' ·1 r'
cr-c=-=:y-I ) k~
-l~ ; PUMP DRIVE
GEAR
Fig. 12 - Front PTO Drive Shaft With Related Parts
1. Front PTO Drive Shaft 4. Gasket - Beoring Housing
2. Externol Snap Ring 5. Bearing Housing
3. PTO Constant Mesh Geor 6. Gasket - Housing Cap
switched to "low" multi-power. A sealing ring
(No. 8, Fig. 10) is provided to prevent oilleak-
age between the clutch housing and lower part
of the clutch piston.
The clutch piston (No. 8, Fig. 11) is subject-
ed to oil pressure when operating in "high"
multi-power and compresses the three clutch
friction discs (No. 7, Fig. 11) and the three
clutch plates (No. 4, Fig. 11), allowing torque
to be transmitted to the input overdrive pinion
(No. 4, Fig. 10). The piston contains a sealing
ring (No. 5, Fig. 11) to prevent oil leakage be-
tween the clutch housing and the upper end of
the piston.
The three clutch plates (No. 4, Fig. 11) are
installed in the housing, as shown in Fig. ll.
These plates contain "lobes" that fit into the
splines in the clutch housing and are subjected
to torque from the housing. When these plates
are compressed. by the clutch piston, they
transmit the torque to the clutch friction discs.
The three clutch friction discs (No. 7, Fig.
11) are arranged in the clutch housing as shown
in Fig. 11. These discs mate with the 57-tooth
spline on the input overdrive pin ion (No. 4, Fig.
10) and transmit torque to the pinion when they
are compressed with the clutch plates by the
clutch piston. When operating in "low" multi-
power, the clutch discs and the clutch plates
MF 135, 150 and 165
MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
7. Housing Cap . 10, Spacer Washer
8, Cap Retaining Boit (3/8" x 1·3/8" UNC) II, External Snap Ring
9. Bearing Snap Ring 12, Front PTO Bearing
are not pressed into engagement, therefore,
torque from the clutch housing is not trans-
mitted to the input overdrive pinion.
Six piston return springs (No. 3, Fig. 11)
are installed within the clutch housing to return
the clutch piston when operating in "low" multi-
power. These springs contact the clutch plate
nearest the piston, as shown in Fig. 11.
Front PTO Drive Shaft and Constant Mesh Gear
Fig. 12 shows a cut-away view of the front
PTO drive shaft (No. 1) constant mesh gear
(No. 3), as weIl as the bearing housing and
other related parts.
The front PTO drive shaft (No. 1) fits through
the countershaft and is supported at the rear by
a needle bearing. The forward end of the front
PTO shaft is supported by the PTO constant
mesh gear (No. 3) and bearing (No. 12). The
rear portion of the front PTO drive shaft has a
10-tooth spline to which the pump drive gear is
mated, while the front of this shaft contains an
l1-tooth spline to which the PTO constant mesh
gear (No. 3) is mated. Two grooves are also
provided on the front portion of the shaft to
provide for installation of snap rings (No. 2
and No. 11), which secure the PTO constant
mesh gear.
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
3"
SIDE VIEW
8"
Fig. 13 - Alternate Hausing Cap
The PTO constant mesh gear (No. 3) has 60
spur teeth that mate with and are driven by the
PTO pinion assembly.
An alternate housing cap, shown in Fig. 13,
is used in some assemblies. When this alter-
nate cap is used, the retaining bolts (No. 8,
Fig. 12) are not used. Instead, this cap is se-
cured by four 3/8" x 1-1/4" UNC hex bolts and
3/8" special flat washers.
Torque is transmiUed from the PTO pinion
through the constant mesh gear (No. 3, Fig. 12)
and the front PTO drive shaft (No. 1, Fig. 12)
to the pump drive gear.
Countershaft
Fig. 14 shows a cut-away view of the coun-
tershaft and related parts in assembly arrange-
ment.
The countershaft (No. 10) is supported be-
tween bearings (No. 1 and No. 2) and contains
a needle bearing (No. 6), which supports the
front PTO drive shaft.
Three snap ring grooves are provided on the
countershaft to allow for installation of snap
rings (No. 4, No. 5, and No. 7). The counter-
shaft also contains three different splines and
a spur gear, made as a part of the countershaft.
The 17 -tooth spline at the rear portion of the
12
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
countershaft provides the mating surface for
the 23-tooth "intermediate" pinion (No. B) and
the 33-tooth "high" speed pinion (No. 9). The
13-tooth spur gear, made as a part of the shaft, ~.
drives the 45-tooth "low" speed gear on the
main shaft when engaged. The helical spline
provides the mating surface for the "spring-
loaded" jaw clutch coupler (No. 3), and the
30-tooth spline at the forward end of the coun-
tershaft provides the mating surface for the
overdrive gear (No. 13).
The standard drive gear (No. 12) is also in-
stalled but is not splined to the .counter shaft.
A thrust washer (No. 11) is installed between
the standard drive gear (No. 12) and the coun-
tershaft front bearing (No. 2).
The countershaft transmits torque from the
selected multi-power "gear set" to the selected
change speed "driving gea~s".
Standard Drive Gear
The standard drive gear (No. 12, Fig. 14)
installed on the following tractor models are,
as indicated:
a. This gear, installed on the MF 135 and
MF 150 with standard type "chassis", has 44
spur teeth.
b. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row
Crop with gas engine, has 45 spur teeth.
c. This gear, installed on the MF 165 with
Standard type "chassis", has 38 spur teeth.
d. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row
Crop with diesel engine and the MF 165 Row
Crop, has 39 spur teeth.
Each of the standard drive gears installed in
the previously mentioned tractors contain a re-
place able bushing that provides a wear surface
between the gear and the countershaft. ,They
also contain 31 teeth on the forward side of the
gear that transmits torque to the "jaw" type
clutch coupler (No. 3, Fig. 14) when operating
in "low" multi-power.
Overdrive Gear
The overdrive gear (No. 13, Fig. 14) installed
on the following tractor models are, as indi-
cated:
a. This gear, installed on the MF 135 and
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

,~\
1&,)<
~'~)~~
!,~~h
l~
_____ '-.. . . .
INTERMEDIATE "-,
&
HIGH SPEED - - - - - - - - - _
GEAR LOW & REVERSE
~=---~~---,---l ~ J__...J~1"S(PE_ED_G_EA_R_)zz1~~td:d

Fig. 14 - Countershaft and Related Parts

1. Reor Bcoring - Countershoft 4. Sn op Ring 8. Intermediote PiniOM 12. Standard Drive Geer
2. Front Bcaring - Countcrshoft 5. Snop Ring - High Speed Pinion 9. High Speed Pinion 13. Overdrive Geer
3. "Jow" Clutch Coupler 6. Needle 8eorings 10. Countersho ft 14. Spring
7. Snop Ring 11. Thrust Wosher

MF 150 with standard type "chassis", has 40
spur teeth.
b. This gear, when installed on the MF 150
Row Crop with gas engine, has 42 spur teeth.
Each of the overdrive gears installed in the
previously mentioned tractor models contains a
30-tooth spline that mates with the spline on
the countershaft. Each of the se gears trans-
mits torque from their appropriate input over-
drive pinions to the countershaft.

c. This gear, when installed on the MF 165

with standard type "chassis", has 33 spurteeth. "Jaw" Clutch Coupler
d. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row The "jaw" type clutch coupler (No. 3, Fig.
Crop with diesel engine and the MF 165 Row 14) mates with the helical spline on the coun-
Crop, has 36 spur teeth. tershaft (No. 10, Fig. 14). This coupler con-

P·ontcd ;n U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 15 - First, Second and Third Driving Gears
l. Intermediate and High Speed Gear 3. Intermediate Pinion
2. Law Speed Gear 4. High Speed Pin ion
tains 31 teeth that mate with the standard drive
gear (No. 12, Fig. 14) when operating in "low"
multi - power.
The spring (No. 14, Fig. 14) and the helical
splines on the countershaft cause the coupler to
be urged into engagement with the standard
drive gear when in "low" multi-power. This
engagement allows the standard drive gear to
transmit torque to the countershaft.
When the transmission is placed in "high"
multi-power, the "jaw" clutch coupler is dis-
engaged and the standard drive gear is allowed
to "free wheel".
First, Second and Third Driving Gears
The gears shown in Fig. 15 provide the meth-
od of transmitting torque from the countershaft
to the main drive shaft.
The 23-spur-tooth intermediate pinion (No. 3)
and the 33-spur-tooth high speed pinion (No. 4)
are splined to the countershaft. These pinions
14
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 16 - Reverse Cluster Gear and Related Parts
l. Spacer Washer 4. Bearing Roller (56 Installed)
2. Reverse Gear Washer 5. Raller Washer
3. Reverse Cluster Gear 6. Raller Spacer
transmit torque to the intermediate and high
speed gear (No. 1) on the main shaft. When
this gear on the main shaft. is shifted rearward,
the 46 spur teeth of the gear mesh with the in-
termediate pinion (No. 3). When this gear on
the main shaft is shifted forward, the 36 spur
teeth of the gear mesh with the high speed pin-
ion (No. 4).
The high speed pmlOn on the main shaft is
also constantly meshed to the 21 spur teeth of
the ·reverse cluster gear and is driving this
gear when torque is being transmitted to the
countershaft.
The 45 spur teeth of the low speed gear (No.
2) on the main shaft is driven by the 15 spur
teeth, made as a part of the countershaft, when
the low speed gear is moved forward into en-
gagement.
When the low speed gear on the main shaft is
moved rearward, it engages the 13 spur teeth
on the reverse cluster gear. Torque from the
countershaft is then transmitted from the high
speed pinion (No. 4) to the reverse cluster
gear, which, in turn, drives the low speed
gear. The main shaft is then driven in "re-
verse".
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, ISO and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.Tf·POWER TRANSMISSIONS

SHIFTER SHIFTER
FORK RAIL

Fig. 17 - Transmission Main Shaft and Related Parts

1. Snap Ring - Bearing 4. Law Speed Gear
2. Rear Bearing - Main Shaft 5. Front Bearing.- Main Shah
3. Intermediate and High Speed Gear 6. Snap Ring - Bearing Retaining
. 7. Main Shaft

Reverse Cluster Gear

Fig. 16 shows a cut-away view of the Re-
verse Cluster gear and related parts in as-
semblyarrangement.

The reverse cluster gear (No. 3) has two

sets of spur gear teeth. The 21 spur teeth are Fig. 18 - Planetary Assembly With Related Parts
constantly meshed ta the high speed pinion on 1. Coupler - Planetory
2. Boit (3/8" x 2-5/8" UNC)
8. Carrier Pinian Assembly
9. Pinian Shoft (3 Installed)
the countershaft and are driven by this pinion 3. Thrust Washer - Gear 10. Pinian Thrust Wosher (6 Instolled)
4_ Rear Caver Plate 11. Ring Pinian - Plonetory (3 Instolled)
when torque is supplied ta the countershaft. 5. Ring Geor - Planetory 12. Pinian Washer (9 Installed)
Tbe 13 SpUI' teeth on the reverse cluster gear 6.
7.
Dowel Pin
Pinian Raller (132 Used)
13.
14.
Front Caver Plate
Shim - Front Caver
mesh with and drive the low speed gear on the
main shaft when the low speed gear is shifted
into engagement.
"high" dual range and torque is transmitied
from the main shaft to the rear drive shaft in
Transmission Main Shaft the center housing. This coupler is shifted
rearward in "low" dual range and torque is
Fig. 17 shows a cut-away illustration of the transmitted from the main shaft to the plane-
transmission. main shaft and related parts in tary pinions, which, in turn, drives the coupler
assembly arrangement. and the rear drive shaft.

The transmission main shaft (No. 7) is sup-
ported by bearings (No. 2 and No. 5). The for-
ward end of the shaft fits into the needle bear-
ing installed in the input shaft assembly. The
rear portion of the shaft fits into the dual range
planetaryassembly and mates with the three
18-tooth planetary ring pinions.
range planetary coupler is shifted ta engage
the rear portion of the main shaft when in
The 18 spur teeth on the main shaft provide
for installation of gears (No. 3 and No. 4) which
are mated ta this shaft. Two grooves are also
provided on the main shaft ta allow for installa-
tion of snap rings (No. 6).
The dual P'anefary Assem&'y
Fig. 18 shows a cut-away view of the dual

Printed in U.S.A. 15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

-- ===-==~
d~
-_ ..~ -~ --~
1
_.- --
SHIFT
SELECTOR

: (:,j 1 - 1 • ('
---,;-~ ~----'r f" ..
~t~-~~J ~

Fig. 19 - Shifter Forks and Rails

1. Shi fter Fork - Planetary 3. Plote - Gear Lever Stop 5. Shifter Fork - Intermediate and High 7. Boit (3/R" x 718" UNe)
2. Setscrew 4. Pin - Selector Lock 6. Shifter Fork - Law and Reverse 8. Spring and Plunger - Shifter Roil

range planetary "assembly" and related parts bolted to the rear of the transmission case.
in assembly arrangement.
The shift coupler (No. 1) contains 18 internaI
The dual range planetary is doweled and teeth and 27 external teeth. The coupler is

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8. MUI. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS

shüted forward in dual range "high" and the in-
ternaI teeth mesh with the main shaft. Torque
is then transmitted from the main shaft directly
to the rear drive shaft in the center housing.
The coupler is shifted rearward in dual range
"low" and the internaI teeth are disengaged
from the main shaft. This rearward movement
of the coupler causes the external teeth to en-
gage the teeth in the planetary carrier pinion
assembly (No. 8). Torque is then transmitted
from the main shaft through the planetary to the
coupler and then to the rear drive shaft.
The planetary carrier pinion assembly (No.
8) provides the housing for the three planetary
ring pinions (No. 11). The planetary ring pin-
ions are mounted over rollers (No. 7) and
shafts (No. 9) and mate with the teeth on the
main shaft. These ring pinions also mate with
the 54-tooth ring gear. This ring gear provides
the path for the ring pinions to follow.
,.... ails ta act as a safety device to prevent the
Torque is transmitted from the main shaft to
the ring pinions whenever the shaft is being
driven. (However, torque is not transmitted to
the shift coupler by way of these ring pinions
unless the carrier pinion assembly is engaged
to the coupler. )
Shifter forks and Rails
Fig. 19 shows a cut-away illustration of the
shifter forks and rails.
The shifter forks (No. 5 and No. 6) provide
positive movement of the change speed gears,
while shifter fork (No. 1) provides positive
movement of the planetary shift coupler. These
forks are secured to the shifter rails by screws
which are "safety" wired to prevent their
loosening.
Spring-loaded detent pins (No. 8) hold the
shifter rails in the position selected (in gear or
neutral). At the rear of the transmission case,
a sliding pin is located between the shifter
engagement of more than one change speed
gear at a time. When . one rail is moved, the
pin locates in the notch in the other rail, mak-
ing it immoveable until the other rail is re-
turned to neutral.

----..,

J.....),"':I-----4-------------~7:0ry._--É.:3.-_;r:cP

Fig. 20 - Torque Flow Through PTO Drive ShoH to Multi-Power Pump

Printed in U.S.A.
17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Fig.21 - Torque Flow Through "Low" Multi-Power to Countershoft

)...,..}:.-'::r---.·-------------~--_,..ri-â.__.".~(/
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH

;:~ "l'·
,r',j 1 i' ~
:--;.c o ~-1i-·V.
r,.' " '
,"-~,-U,
1

Fig, 22 - Torque Flow Through "High" Multi-Power to Countershoft

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 • PART 8 MULTI·POWER TRANSMISSIONS

-=--........,.z:'i.1":::+-.,----\~'tr LOW SPEED

/ . ......: ' GEAR

,
i
-1

Fig. 23 -- Torque Flow From Countershaft to "First" Drive Geor and Main Shaft

~___\ ~ I--~'" " t'

Irtf '1
"

) L_--=::":"-:::=-:--- INTERMEDIATE &

p;==--_--,..cdflZ=1- HI G H SPEED G EAR

......
.'.::' 1
-~

Fig. 24 - Torque Flow From Countershoft to "Second" Drive Gear and Main Shaft

Pr:"tcd ir. U.S.A.

19
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

'.

,r,,) i ,
:7-= ~4f". f
f:." -
~.- HIGH SPEED
PINION

Fig. 25 - Torque Flow From Countershaft to "Third" Drive Gear and Main ShaH

TORQUE FLO W THROUGH TRANSMISSION (High Clearance), with gasoline or diesel

Figs. 20 through 28 show the torque flow
through the multi-power transmission. These
figs: are self-explanatory.
SERVICING THE TRANSMISSION
The servicing instructions within this part
pertain to the multi-power transmissions in-
stalled in the following tractor models and
"chassis" types:
a. The MF 135 and 150
Clearance).
b. The MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance),
with gasoline engine.
c. The MF 165 Standard (Low Clearance).
d. The MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance),
with diesel engine, and the MF 165 Row Crop
engines.
The transmissions installed in the previously
. mentioned tractor models are bas ically the
same, but differences do exist between them.
Where these differences affect the servicing
procedures of a particular version of the trans-
mission, the differences will be noted.
REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION
Prior to attempting removal of the transmis-
sion, take into consideration the desired ser-
vicing to be accompli shed and the area affected.
Standard (Low If servicing of the dual range planetary or the
multi-power hydraulic pump is desired and no
other servicing of the transmission is antici-
pated, splitting the tractor between the differ-
ential housing and the transmission may be aU
that is required.
The instructions under this heading pertain .'-...-/
to the complete removal of the transmission
from the tractor.

20

GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
5 ...0WI'I ,"o· 0"
'rIi!UE PO:j. nON
.~
Fig. 26 -
NOTE: The figures referred to within
tlze following instructions are of the
IVIF 165 Tractor witlz diesel engine,
bllt tlze procedures for removal will
aPPly to aU tlze tractors covered with-
il/ tlzis part.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and 165
MUt. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS
Torque Flow From Countershaft to "Reverse" Drive Georand Main Shaft
1. Drain the oil from the transmission and
differential housing.
2. If the Engine has not been reJlioved froJJi
the tractor, proceed,. as follows:
21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

-...... -'- .....

.... --,

'}

Fig_ 27 - Torque Flow From Main Shaft Through "High" Dual Range

"

PLAN ET ARY ;:::p--'n:=~iF=...!L.­

COUPLER

Fig_ 28 - Torque Flow From Main Shaft Through "Low" Dual Range

22
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 29 - Right-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Sheet Metal Removed

1. Broke Pedols 2. Bolts - Step Plate Brocket 3. Broke Cross Shoft 4. Electricol Cou pler 5. Broke Rad - Right·Hond 6. Clevi sPin

Fig. 30 - Left-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Sheet Metal Removed

1. Bolts - Clutch Pivot Brocket 3. Clutch Pcdol 5. Clevis Pin - Clutch L;nkogc 7. Clcv's P',n _ Broke Rad 9. Multi·Power Control Rad
2. Bolts - Step Plate Brocke! 4, Lcft.Hond S'cp Plate 6, Boit - Cross Shoft ~rackct 8. Broke Rad _ Lcft·Hand 10. Brokc Cross Shoft

PrintC'd in U.S_A. 23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig.31 - Steering Housing and Tractor Instrument Support
1. Bolts - Instrument Support to Transmission
2. Solts - Steering Housing to Transmission
a. Remove sheet metal, side panels and
hood assembly, as shown in Fig. 29.
b. Disconnect and remove battery from
carrier.
c. Disconnect the wire beneath right-hand
step plate at coupler (No. 4) and pull
wire free of step plate and bracket.
d. Place a scribe mark on multi-power
shift control rod (No. 9, Fig. 30) to
mark its relative location to the brack-
et at the transmission case and discon-
nect the control rod from the bracket.
NOTE: Do not bend rod. If rod does
not clear the bracket easily, wait until
the steering housing is adequately
supported and the engine is being
rnoved away from the 'transmission
case before attempting to remove con-
trol rod free of bracket. A/ter tractor
"sPlit" has been started, a careful
lowering of the transmission case,
while at the s ame time carefully rais-
ing the steering housing, will free
control rod easily.
e. Remove the bolts (No. 1 and No. 2, Fig.
31) securing the instrument support and
the steering housing to the transmis-
sion case and disconnect the electrical
24
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig ..32 - Removing Transmission Top Cover
connection for the neutral switch from
the transmission.
f. Place floor jacks under the engine oil
pan and the transmission case to sup-
port them adequately in assembly po-
sition when the tractor is "split".
g. Attach a chain hoist around the steering
housing to prevent placing too much
stress on the bolts securing the hous-
ing to the engine.
h. Remove the bolts securing the engine
and transmission case together and
carefully separate the tractor slightly
at this area, allowing the steering
housing to remain attached to the en-
gine and supported by the chain hoist.
Split tractor only as far as necessary
to free the clutch assembly from the
transmission shafts.
NOTE: Use care to prevent damage to
the fuel filter on diesel models as well
as to prevent bending the s hift control
rod (No. 9, Fig. 30).
i. Carefully raise the engine and steering
housing, while at the same time, care-
fully lowering the transmission.
j. Check that shüt control rod (No. 9, Fig.
30) is free of shüt bracket on trans-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
Fig. 33 - Right-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Engine "Split" From Transmission Case
1. Brak. Pedals
2. Bolts - Step Plate Bracket
mission and recheck the area between
engine, steering housing and instrument
support to make sure they are free of
the transmission case.
k. Continue to carefully separate the trac-
tor, while checking that steering hous-
ing and instrument support are free of
the transmission.
1. Remove bolts securing transmission
top cover and remove the cover with
shifter levers straight up from the
transmission, as shown in Fig. 32.
m. Refer to Fig. 29. Disconnect and re-
move right-hand step plate, right-hand
brake rod (No. 5) and brake pedals (No.
l) from the transmission.
Prtntcd in U.S.A.
Mf J35, J50 and J65
MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
3. Right-Hand Step Plate 6. Brake Rod - Right·Hand
4. Brake Cross Shaft 7. Clevis Pin
5. Electrical Coupler
n. Refer to Fig. 30. Disconnect and re-
move left-hand step plate (No. 4), left-
hand brake rod (No. 8), cross shaft
lever bracket, woodruff key from cross
shaft and cross shaft (No. 10) from
transmission case.
3. If the engine has been previously removed
from the tractor, as shown in Fig. 33, proceed,
as follows:
a. Disconnect and remove the battery
from carrier.
b. Disconnect the wire beneath the right-
hand step plate at coupler (No. 5) and
pull wire free of step plate and bracket.
c. Place a scribe mark on multi-power
shift control rod (No. 10, Fig. 34) to
25
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP 1/ - SECTION B - PART 8

Fig. 34 - Left-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Engine "Split" From Transmiss ion Case
1. Bolts - Clu.ch Pivot Brocket 3. Clutch Pedol 5. Clevis Pin - Clutch linkage 7. Broke Rod - left·Hond 9. Broke Cross Shoh
2. Bolts - Step Plote Brocke! 4. left·Hond Step Plote 6. Boit - Cross Shoft Brocket 8. Clevis Pin 10. Multi·Power Control Rod

mark its relative location to the brack- g. Remove boUs securing transmission
et on the transmission and disconnect top cover and remove the cover with
the control rod from the bracket. shifter levers straight up from the
transmission, as shown in Fig. 32.
d. Remove bolts (No. 1 and No. 2, Fig.
35) securing the instrument support and h. Refer to Fig. 33. Disconnect and re-
steering housing to the transmission. move right-hand step plate. (No. 3),
right- hand brake rod (No. 6) and brake
e. Disconnect electrical connection for . pedals (No. 1) from the transmission.
neutral switch from transmission and
recheck area between transmission, i. Refer to Fig. 34. Disconnect and re-
steering housing and support. move left-hand step plate (No. 4), le ft-
hand brake rod (No. 7), cross shaft
f. Attach a chain hoist to the steering lever bracket, woodruff key from cross
housing and carefully lift housing and shaft and the brake cross shaft (No. 9)
instrument support from transmission. from the transmission.

NOTE: Do not attach chain hoist ta

s teering wheel, as possible damage 4. Disconnect the hose assembly located
may result. within the transmission case, between the mul-

26
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUt. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 35 - Steering Housing and Tractor Instrument Support Fig. 37 - Removing Planetary
1. Bolts - Instrument Support to Transmission 1. Plonetary Shift Fork 4. Plonetory - Dual Range
2. Bolts - Steering Housing to Transmission 2. Setscrew 5. Bolts - Plonetory Retaining
3. Plonetory Coupler 6. Sh ifter Rail

ti-power pump and the tube assembly at trans- under the center housing and attach a chain
mission front case. hoist to the transmission case.
/

5. Place a suitable stand or other support 6. Remove the boUs securing the transmis-
sion to the center housing.

7. Carefully" split" transmission from the

center housing, while making sure the center
housing and the transmission is adequately sup-
ported. Place the transmission in a suitable
stand or on block on the floor.

DISASSEMBUNG THE TRANSMISSION

The instructions pertaining to disassembly of

the transmission are written while assuming
that the transmission has been completely re-
moved from the tractor. The procedures are
separated into sub-headings and before a par-
ticular part may be removed, it may be neces-
sary to remove other components first. Refer
to the appropriate sub-headings when directed
for procedures.

Removing Shif#er Forks and Rails

Fig. 36 - Removing Shifter Rails and Forks
1. Ports for Detent Springs and Bolls
2. Shifter Rai! - Law and Reverse
3. Planctary Sh;ft Roil
4. Planctory Shift Selecter
5. Sctscrcws - Shift Forks
6. Rail Stop Plate
7. Bolts - Rail Stop Plate
8. Plonetary Shift Fork
9. Setscrew - Planetory Shift Fork
Refer to Fig. 36 and proceed, as follows:
la. Plonetory Coupler
11. Planetory
12. Shift Fork - Law and Reverse 1. Remove setscrew (No. 9) from planetary
13. Sh;ft Fork - Intermediate and High
14. Shifter Rail -Intermediate and High
shifter fork (No. 8) and slide shifter fork with

Pr:crcd ie U.S.A.
27
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

planetary coupler (No. 10) from planetary

shifter rail (No. 3).
2. Remove neutral switch and detent springs
from ports (No. 1).

3. Use a magnet to remove detent balls from

ports (No. 1).

4. Remove bolts (No. 7) and rail stop plate

(No. 6).

5. Remove locking setscrews (No. 5) from

planetary shift selector (No. 4), low and re-
verse shifter fork (No. 12), and intermediate
and high shifter fork (No. 13).

6. Slide shifter rails (No. 2, No. 3 and No.

14) from transmission case and remove shifter
forks (No. 12 and No. 13) and planetary shift
selector (No. 4).

Removing Planetary

Refer to Fig. 37 and proceed, as follows: Fig. 38 - Relative Location of Main Shaft and Related Parts
1. Snap Ring - Bearing 4. Law Speed Gear
2. Main Shaft 5. Front Beoring - Main Shaft
1. If planetary shifter fork (No. 1) and plan- 3. Intermediote and High 6. Rear Beoring - Main Shaft
etary coupler (No. 3) have not been removed Speed Geor 7. Snap Rings

from the transmission, remove setscrew (No.

2) and slide shifter fork with coupler from
shifter rail (No. 6).
2. Remove bolts (No. 5) securing planetary
"assembly" (No. 4) to transmission case.
3. Insert two screwdrivers between plane-
tary and transmission case, directly opposite
each other, and carefully pry the planetary
"assembly" away from the transmission.
NOTE: Use care to prevent damage to
the shim installed between planetary
and transmission.
4. Remove planetary from transmission and
place on work bench.
2. Insert a heavy screwdriver into main
shaft and place a pry bar between low speed
gear and center member of transmission case,
as shown in Fig. 39.
3. While holding the "change speed" gears
in the poSition shown, pry main shaft front and
rear bearings (No. 3 and No. 5, Fig. 39) from
their "housings".
4. After main shaft has been freed, slide
the shaft rearward and remove front bearing by
using shaft as a sliding hammer and "change
speed" gears from the shaft, while removing
shaft from transmission.

5. Remove snap rings (No. 7, Fig. 38) and

Removing Main Shaft and "Change Speed" Gears remove rear bearing forward from shaft.

Fig. 38 shows a cut-away view of the main

shaft (No. 2) and "change speed" gears (No. 3
and No. 4) installed in the transmission, as
well as an exploded view of these parts.
1. Remove shifter forks, planetary selector,
shifter rails, planetary coupler and planetary
from the transmission. (Refer to the appropri-
ate sub-headings for procedures. )
Removing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
Refer to Fig. 40 for a cut-away illustration
and exploded view of the PTO main shaft re-
tainer and related parts.
Refer to Fig. 41 and proceed, as follows:

28
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUt. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 39 - Releasing Main Shaft From Transmission

1. Intermediate and 2. Low Speed Geor 4. Main Shaft
High Geor 3. Front Beoring 5. Rear Beoring

Fig. 40 - Relative Location of PTO Main Shah

Retainer and Related Parts
1. Bearing - PTO Pin ion Assembly 6. Bush ing
2. Snop Ring 7. Rctaincr
3. Gosket 8. Scaling Rings
4. Seol - PTO Pinion Assembly 9. PTO Pin ion Asscmbly
S. Seo 1 - Retoiner 10. Snop Ring

1. Remove both springs (No. 8) from clutch

release bearing carrier (No. 14).

2. Slide carrier (No. 14) and bearing from

the retainer (No. 13) as an assembly.

3. Remove setscrews (No. 6) from both

Fig. 41 - Removing Clutch Release Bearing sides of bearing release fork (No. 15).
and Carrier From Retainer
1. Shift Control Valve 9. PTO Pin ion Asscmbly
2. Shift Red 10. Input Shoh 4. Remove clutch release shafts (No. 7 and
3. Shi fter Lever - Va l 'le
.1. Oi 1 ln le' Tube
11. HousingCover
12. Boit - Cover Retaining
No. 16) from fork (No. 15) and remove this fork
5. 8rockct -- Shiftcr Lever
6. Sctscrcws
13. Reto ;ner
14. Ca~rier - Rcleasc Bcar;ng
from the transmission case.
7. Clutch Releese Shah- 15. Fork Rclcosc Bcoring
Left·Hond 16. Clutch Releose Shoft -
8. 8cor::19 Rcturn Spring - Releasc Right·Hond 5. Disconnect and remove oil inlet tube (No.

29
Pr:r.'ed :n U.S.A.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 42 - View of PTO Main Shah Retainer
With Clutch Bearing Removed
1. ail Inlet Tube
2. Lever Bracket - Shift Valve
5. Boit
1, Fig. 42) from the transmission and the shift
control valve.
6. Remove bolts (No. 3, No. 4 and No. 5,
Fig. 42) from shift lever bracket (No. 2, Fig.
42) and retainer.
7. Remove shift lever bracket (No. 2, Fig.
42), with attached linkage, from the trans-
mission.
8. Carefully slide retainer and PTO Pinion
assembly, with attached shift control valve,
from the input shaft, as shawn in Fig. 43.
9. Remove gasket (No. 4, Fig. 40) from be-
tween the retainer and the transmission case
and remove the thrust washer (installed between
Hydraulic clutch and PrO Pinion assembly)
from input shaft.
Removing Shift Control Valve Assembly
1. Remove PTO Main Drive shaft retainer
from the transmission. (Re fer ta the appropri-
ate sub-heading for procedures. )
2. Refer ta Fig. 44 and remove the shift
30
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 43 - Removing or Installing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
1. Speciol Tooi OTC·FT·357 - Seol Protector 3. Input Shaft
3. Boit 2. PTO Pinion Assembly 4. Retoiner
4. Boit
control and the valve mounting gasket shawn by
removing the mounting screws securing the
valve to the retainer.
3. Place shift control valve on work bench.
Removing PTO Pinion Assembly
1. Remove PTO Main Drive shaft retainer
from the transmission. (Refer to the appropri-
ate sub-heading for procedures. )
2. Remove snap ring (No. 6, Fig. 45) se-
curing bearing and pinion in retainer.
3. Tap protruding end of pinion shaft against
a wooden block ta free bearing from retainer.
4. Remove PTO pinion assembly from re-
tainer and remove snap ring (No. 7, Fig. 45)
securing bearing (No. 4, Fig. 45) to shaft of
pinion assembly.
5. Press bearing (No. 4, Fig. 45) from pin-
ion assembly (No. 1, Fig. 45).
Removing Main Input Shaft
Refer ta Fig. 46, which shows a cut-away
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
SHIFT CONTROL~­
VALVE
-GASKET
Fig. 44 - Removing Shift Control Volve
illustration and exploded view of the main input
shaft and related parts.
The main input shaft assembly (No. 7) (used
in the MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance) with
diesel engine and in aH models of the MF 165)
has the main drive pinion (No. 2) splined to the
shaft. The main input shaft assembly (No. 12)
(used in the MF 135 and MF 150 Standard (Low
Clearance) and in the MF 150 Row Crop with
gas engine) has the main drive gear as a part
of the input shaft and washer (No. 32 is not
used). (Refer to Fig. 47, which shows the
typical main input shafts used in the previously
mentioned tractors. )
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual
range planetary, the main shaft and "change
speed" gears, and the PTO main shaft retainer
assembly from the transmission. (Refer to the
appropriate sub-headings for procedures. )
2. Pull main input shaft (No. 7, Fig. 46)
forward slightly and remove spacer (No. 1,
MF 135, ISO and 165
MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
-0
Fig. 4S - Removing the PTO Pin ion Assembly
1. PTO Pinion Assembly 4. Beoring - PTO Pin ion Assembly
2. Gasket - Retoiner Mounting 5. Thrust Washer - Pinion
3. Retainer Assembly 6. $nap Ring - Bearing ta Retoiner
7. Snop Ring - Beoring to Shoft
Fig. 46). (Two different types of spacers are
used in the four versions of the transmission.
Refer to Fig. 48, which shows these spacers
and their application. )
3. Carefully remove input shaft toward rear
of transmission case, as shown in Fig. 49,
while at the same time, sliding the foUowing
parts from the shaft:
a. Hydraulic clutch (No. 3).
b. Input overdrive pinionassembly (No. 4).
c. Washer (No. 1). (This washer is not
used in the MF 135/150 Standard and
the MF 150 Row Crop with gas engine).
d. Main Drive pinion (No. 5). (This pinion
is made as a part of the MF 135/150
Standard and the MF 150 Row Crop with
gas engine. )
4. Continue to remove the input s h a ft
through the rear of the transmission case after
the preceding parts have been removed.
Removing PTO Front Shah
Fig. 50 shows a cut-away illustration and
31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP " - SECTION 8 - PART 8

Fig. 46 - Relative Location of Ma in Input Shah and Related Parts

1. Spacer - Input Shaft 4. Pin ion Assembly - Input Overdrive 7. *Input Shaft Assembly 10. Bushing
2. *Pinion - Main Drive 5. Hydraulic Clutch 8. Needle Bearlng .11. Thrust Washer
3. *Washer 6. Sealing Rings 9. Plug - Input Shaft 12. ""Input Shaft Assembly
*NOTE: Used an MF 150 Row Crop w/diesel and MF 165 {ail}.
"NOTE: Used on MF 135 and 150 Standard and MF 150 Row Cr op w/gas engine.

exploded view of the PTO front drive shaft and
related parts.
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual
range planetary, main shaft with "change
speed" g~ars, the PTO main shaft retainer and
the main input shaft (with related parts). (Refer
to the appropriate sub-headings for procedures. )
4. Remove snap ring (No. 8, Fig. 50) and
spacer washer (No. 6, Fig. 50) fromforward
end of PTO front drive shaft.
5. Thread two 3/8" x 4" UNC hex bolts into
the puller holes in the bearing housing, as
shown in Fig. 51.

2. Remove bolts (No. 5, Fig. 50) securing
housing cap (No. 7, Fig. 50) to the bearing
housing (No. 10, Fig. 50). (If alternate hous-
ing cap, shown in Fig. 42, is installed, the cap
retaining bolts are 3/8" x 1-1/4" UNC and
special fiat washers are used.)
3. Remove the housing cap gasket (No. 3,
Fig. 50).
6. Alternately turn bolts to force the bearing
housing and bearing from the transmission
case.
7. Carefully slide PTO front drive shaft
(No. 1, Fig. 50) rearward from countershaft, .~
while removing constant mesh gear (No. 12,
Fig. 50) upward from the transmission case.

32
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf 135, ISO and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUl. T'-PO WER TRANSM'SS'ONS

Fig. 49 - Removing and Reinstalling Input

Shaft and Related Parts
1. 'Washer 3. Hydraulic (Iutch
2. Input Shah Assembly 4. Input Overdrive Pin ion
5. **MaÎn Drive Pinion
'NOTE: Not used in MF 135/150 Standard ond
MF 150 Raw (rap w/gos engi".".
""""NOTE: Main drive pinion mode as a part
of input shah on MF 135/150 Standard
and MF 150 Row (rap w/gas engin •.

Fig. 47 - Main Input Shafts Typical of MF 135,

MF 150 and MF 165 Tractors
1. Main Input Shah Assembly 3. Main Input Shah Assembly
2. Main Drive Pinion Assembly 4. *Wosher
S. Overdrive Pin ion Assembly
'~OTE: Used in MF 150 Row (rop w/diesel ond MF 165 (011) only.

• J60"~ b USED ON
MF 165 AlL
& MF 150 ROW
CROP W/DIESEL
USED ON
MF 135/150
STANDARD
& MF 150 ROW
11. ,30
"

ICRO?W/GAS

2f If

Fig. 50 - PTO Front Drive Shaft With Related Parts

J -'.286
.282" 1. PTO Front Drive Shaft
2. Snap Ring
7. Housing (op
8. Snap Ring
3. Gasket - Housing (op 9. Beoring Snap Ring
4. Beoring la. Becring Housing
Fig. 48 - Input Shaft Spacers Used in MF 135, 5. Boit (3/8" x 1·3/8" UNe) 11. Gasket - Housing
150 and 165 Tractors 6. Spocer Washer 12. Constant Mesh Geor

33
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Removing Countershaft

To provide easier removal and reinstallation

of the countershaft, a suitable "puller" may be'~
made using the following parts (see Fig. 53):

a. A "ready-boIt" 7/8" x 36" approximate.

b. Two nuts (one for each end of the ready

boIt).
Fig. 51 - Removing PTO Front Shaft Bearing Housing
1. Bearing 2. Bearing Housing 3. Boil - 3/8" x 4" UNC c. Two 2-1/2" OD, heavy flat washers.

Fig. 52 - Relative Lacation of Countershaft and Related Parts

1. Snap Ring 5. Hi gh Speed Pinion 9. Overdrive Geer 13. Snop Ring - Pinion Retaining
2. Bearing Snap Ring 6. Coun.ershaf. 10. Needle Bearing 14. Front Beoring - Countershoft
3. Rear Beoring - Countcrshaft 7. Thrus. Washer 11. Bushings 15. Standard Drive Gear
4. Intermediote Spced Pinion 8. Spring - "jaw" Clulch 12. Snap Ring - Overdrive Gear 16 . . . jow" Clutch Coupler

34
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

exploded view of the countershaft and related

parts.

1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual

range planetary, main shaft with "change speed"
gears, PTO main shaft retainer, the input
shaft (with related parts) and the PTO front
drive shaft. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings for procedures.)

2. Remove snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 52) at rear

of countershaft.

3. Install the "puller" through the counter-

shaft, as follows:
Fig. 53 - Pulling Countershaft Forward Using "Puller"
1. Nut 3. "Reody·Bolt" (7/S" x 36") a. Insert the "ready-bolt" (No. 3, Fig. 53)
2. Flot Wosher (2-1/2" O.D.) 4. Cross Bar through the countershaft, taking care to
prevent damage to -the needle bearing
in rear of countershaft.

d. A "cross bar". The "cross bar" should b. Install a flat washer and nut on the
be long enough to go across transmission case "ready-bolt" at rear of countershaft.
(or to go across the front opening for the PTO
bearing housing) and have a hole through center c. Place "c r 0 s s ba r" (No. 4, Fig. 53)
for the "ready-bolt". across front of transmission, insert
"ready-bolt" through cross bar, and
e. One piece of 2" ID pipe, approximately install washer (No. 2, Fig. 53) and nut
12" long. (No. 1, Fig. 53).

Fig. 52 shows a cut-away illustration and 4. Turn the nut on the puller at the forward
end of the transmission case to pull the coun-
tershaft forward just enough to allow for re-
moval of pinion snap ring (No. 13, Fig. 52).

5. Remove the pinion snap ring (No. 13,Fig.

52) from the groove in center of countershaft,
allowing this snap ring to remain on the shaft.

6. Install special tool MFN-830 (No. 3, Fig.

54) around standard drive gear (No. 1, Fig. 54)
and overdrive gear (No. 2, Fig. 54). Tighten
the special tool bolts finger-tight.

7. Remove snap ring (No. 12, Fig. 52) at

front of countershaft.

8. Slide countershaft rearward (just enough

to allow for removal of standard and overdrive
gear) and remove the special tool MFN-830,
with standard and overdrive gears through the
top of the transmission case, as shown in Fig.
54. (This procedure also removes the "jaw"
clutch coupler and spring while holding these
parts in a reassembly position.)

Fig. 54 - Removing or Installing Standard Drive and 9. Remove rear bearing (No. 3, Fig. 52)
Overdrive Gear from Countershaft from shaft and slide thrust washer (No. 7, Fig.
1 Standard Drive Geor 2. Overdrive Geor
3. Special Tooi MFN-S30 - Geor Holder 52) from forward end of shaft.

Pnntcd :n U.S.A.
35
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP /1 - SECTION B - PART 8

Fig. 55 - View of Countershaft with Standard and

Overdrive Gears Removed
1. Front Beoring - Countershoft 2. Intermediote Speed Pin ion
3. High Speed Pinion

10. Slide countershaft forward while re-

placing front bearing (No. 1, Fig. 55) into its Fig. 56 - Relative Location of Reverse Cluster Geer
housing in the center member of the transmis- and Related Parts
sion case. 1. Boit (3/8" X 7/8" UNCl
2. Tabwosher
6.
7.
Wosher - Reverse Geor
Reverse Cluster Geor
3. Stop - Reverse Shaft 8. Raller Beoring (56 Instolledl
4. Reverse Cluster Shoft 9. Washer - Raller Bearings
11. Continue to slide countershaft forward 5. Spocer Wosher .10. Spocer - Raller Eleorings
and out of the transmission case, while at the
same time, sliding the intermediate speed pin-
ion (No. 4, Fig. 52) and high speed pinion (No.
5, Fig. 52) from the countershaft and removing the reverse cluster gear (No. 7, Fig. 56),
them through the top of the case. through the hole in the center member of the
transmission at the forward end of the reverse
c1uster shaft.
Removing the Reverse e'uster Gear
4. Use the dowel (or rubber hose) to push
Fig. 56 shows a cut-away illustration and the reverse c lus ter shaft (No. 4, Fig. 56)
exploded view of the reverse cluster gear and rearward from the cluster gear, allowing the
related parts. dowel to retain the 56 roller bearings (No. 8,
Fig. 56) in position inside of the reverse cluster
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual gear.
range planetary and the main shaft with "change
speed" gears. (Refer to the appropriate sub- 5. Remove the reverse cluster shaft (No. 4,
headings for procedure. ) Fig. 56) from the transmission case, while at
the same time, preventing spacer washer (No.
2. Straighten tabwasher (No. 2, Fig. 56) se- 5, Fig. 56) from dropping.
curing retaining boit for reverse shaft stop
(No. 3, Fig. 56). Remove boit (No. 1, Fig. 56), 6. Remove spacer washer (No. 5, Fig. 56)
tabwasher (No. 2, Fig. 56) and stop (No. 3, Fig. and position the dowel (or' rubber hose) holding
56) from transmission case. the roller bearings (No. 8, Fig. 56) so that the
reverse cluster gear may be removed from the
3. Insert a piece of wooden dowel (such as a transmission.
broom handle) or a rubber hose, with a diame-
ter slightly smaller than the diameter of the 7. Remove the reverse cluster gear (No. 7,
reverse cluster shaft (No. 4, Fig. 56) and a Fig. 56) along with roller bearings, spacer (No.
length approximately the same as the width of 10, Fig. 56), washers (No. 6, Fig. 56) and the

36
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

Fig 57 - Dual Range Planetary - Identification of Parts

1. Reer Cover Plate 7. Front Cover Plate
2. Thrust Wosher 8. Shim
3. Plonetory Ring Geor 9. Thrust Wosher - Pinion Fig. 58 - Removing Planetary Pinions from Carrier
4. Dowel Pins 10. Pin ion Geor - Plonetory
5. Needle Beorings (132 Instolled) 1. Pinion Carrier 3. Pinion Geor
11. Spocer - Needle Beorings
6. Planetary Pin ion Carrier 2. Pinion Geor Shoft 4. Thr:.Jst Washers - Pinion Geor
12. Pinion Shoft

dowel (holding the roUer bearings in position) 57), washers (No. 9, Fig. 57), spacers (No. 11,
from the transmission. Fig. 57) and the needle bearings (No. 5, Fig.
57) from the pinion carrier.

SERVICING THE DUAL RANGE PLANETARY 5. Repeat the preceding steps 3 and 4 until
aU three pinion gears have been removed from
Refer ta the appropriate sub- headings for the pinion carrier.
procedures pertaining ta removing and instaU-
ing the planetary.
Inspeding the Planetary

Disassembling the Planetary Refer ta Fig. 57.

Fig. 57 shows an exploded view of the "dual-
range" planetary and identification of parts.
1. After the planetary has been removed
from the transmission and placed on the work
bench, separate shim (No. 8) front caver plate
(No. 7) thrust washers (No. 2) and rear caver
plate (No. 1) from the ring gear (No. 3).
2. Lift the pinion carrier (No. 6) with the
installed pinion gears from the ring gear and
place the pinion carrier on the bed of a "press".
3. Press pinion gear shaft (No. 2, Fig. 58)
from pinion gear (No. 3, Fig. 58) and carrier
(No. 1, Fig. 58).
4. After the shaft has been pressed free of
carrier, remove the pinion gear (No. 10, Fig.
1. Thoroughly clean aU parts of the plane-
tary with a clean solvent and dry with com-
pressed air.
2. Inspect the pmlOn gears (No. 10) for
chipped or broken teeth and replace the gears
where either damage exists.
3. Check the needle bearings (No. 5), spac-
ers (No. 11) and thrust washers (No. 9) for
damage or excessive wear.
4. Inspect the shim (No. 8), front and rear
caver plates (No. 7 and No. 1) and thrust wash-
ers (No. 2) for damage or excessive wear.
5. Check that the teeth in the pinion carrier
(No. 6) and in the ring gear (No. 3) are not
chipped or broken.

Pr ntcd ln U S.A, 37
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Reassemb'ins the P'anetary

Refer to Fig. 57.

1. After ail parts have been thoroughly

cleaned, dried and inspected, place a light
coating of grease on one side of each thrust
washer (No. 9) and on the needle bearings (No.
5) and spacers (No. 11).

2. Place one thrust washer (No. 9), with

grease side up, on the bench and position pinion
gear (No. 10) over this washer.

"3. Install one spacer (No. 11) inside of pin-

ion gear and place the first row of needle bear-
ings (No. 5) on top of this spacer and around
the inside diameter of pinion gear.

4. Install center spacer (No. 11) inside of

pinion gear and down against needle bearings.

5. Position second row of needle bearings

(No. 5) inside of pinion gear and place third
spacer (No. 11) on top of bearings.

6. Place second thrust washer (No. 9) on top

of third spacer and pinion gear.

7. Position the "assembled" pmlOn gears

correctly in the pinion carrier with the carrier Fig. 59 - Removing Oil Seo 1 Trom PlO Pinion Shah
on the bed of the "press", with its hub-end 1. Special Tooi MFN-850 - Seal Remover 2. PTO Pinion Assembly
down and the shaft hole through the pinion gear
and carrier in alignment.

8. Carefuily press the pinion shaft (No. 12)

in place.
9. Proceed to reassemble the remammg
pinion gears into the pinion carrier as outlined
in the preceding steps.
10. After pinion carrier has been completely
reassembled, position the carrier into the ring
gear (No. 3).
11. Place one thrust washer (No. 2) against
each side of the pinion carrier, making sure
that they also fit completely inside of the ring
gear.
through the planetary to aid in maintaining cor-
rect assembly order.
SERVICING THE PTO MAIN SHAfT
RETAINER AND P'NION ASSEM8L y
Refer to the appropriate sub-headings for
procedures pertaining to removing and rein-
stalling the PTO main drive shaft retainer.
. Disassembling the pro Main
Shaft Retainer and Pinion

12. Place the front and the rear cover plate
(No. 7 and No. 1) against their respective sides
of the ring gear and place shim (No. 8) against
front cover plate. (The slotted cut-away por-
tion of the front cover plate and the shim should
be aligned with each other and at the top of the
planetary when it is reinstailed on the trans-
mission.) Insert planetary retaining bolts
Refer to Fig. 40, which shows a cut-away
and exploded view of the PTO main drive shaft
retainer and related parts.
1. After the retainer has been removed from ~.
the transmission, place it on the work bench
and remove the shift control valve and valve
gasket from the top of the retainer.

38
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 60 - Installing PTO Pinian Shaft Oil Seal
1. PTO Pinion Assembly 2. Special Tooi MFN-849 - Seal Installer
3. Oi 1 Seol - Pinion Shah
2. Remove snap ring (No. 2) securing the
PTO pin ion assembly (No. 9) and bearing (No. 1)
into the retainer.
3. Tap protruding end of pinion shaft against
a wooden block and remove the pinion and bear-
ing from the retainer.
4. Remove sealing rings (No. 8) from the
pinion shaft.
5. If bearing (No. 1) is to be removed from
the pinion shaft, remove snap ring (No. 10) and
use a sui table "press" to remove bearing from
shafl
6. Place pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 59)
on the bench with the gear end down. Install
special to01 MFN-850 (No. 1, Fig. 59) into pin-
Pr:nTcd Ir' U.S A.
Mf 135, 150 and J65
MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
ion shaft and tap seal (No. 4, Fig. 40) from
shaft.
7. Carefully remove retainer seal (No. 5,
Fig. 40) from retainer with a chisel, taking
care to prevent damage to the retainer.
Inspecting the PTO Main Shaft
Refainer and Pin ion Assembly
Refer to Fig. 40.
1. Thoroughly clean aU parts with a suitable
solvent and dry with compressed air.
2. Inspect bearing (No. 1) for binding or
rough spots.
3. Check the pmlOn assembly (No. 9) for
chipped or broken teeth and splines.
4. Inspect bushing (No. 6) for excessive
wear and scoring.
5. Check that the oil passages through the
retainer and the PTO pinion assembly will
allow free passage of oil.
Reassembling fhe pro Main Shaff
Refa;ner and P;n;on Assembly
1. If bearing (No. 1, Fig. 40) has been re-
moved from pinion shaft, start the bearing
over the pinion shaft and use a suitable "press"
to seat bearing. Install snap ring (No. 10, Fig.
40) into its groove.
2. Install new sealing rings (No. 8,. Fig. 40)
into their grooves on the pinion shaft.
3. Place new oil seal (No. 3, Fig. 60) against
end of special tool MFN-849 (No. 2, Fig. 60),
with the leUering end of the seal away from the
special tool.
4. Insert oil seal and special tool MFN-849
into rear portion of pinion assembly (No. 1,
Fig. 60), then carefully tap the oil seal down
against the internaI shoulder of the pinion shaft.
Remove special tool MFN-849 from the pinion
assembly.
5. Insert splined end of pinion shaft into the
retainer and tap the gear end of the pinion as-
sembly against a wooden block until the shaft
is positioned correctly into retainer.
6. Install snap ring (No. 2, Fig. 40) to se-
39
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Fig. 62 - Exploded and Assembled View of Shift

Control Valve
1. Copscrew (7/8" Lenglh) 7. Regu leter Spool
2. Copscrew (1-1/4" Length) 8. Shift Spool
3. Shift Control Volve Body 9. "O"·Ring - Shift Spool
4. Wosher 10. Volve Mounting Gosket
5. Regulotor Plug 11. "O"·Ring - Volve Port
6. Regulotor Spring 12. Fitting

SERVICING THE SHIFT

CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBL y
·Fig.61 - Installing Retainer Qil Seal
1. Special Tooi MFN-848-A - Seol Installer
2. Special Tooi MFN-848-B - Seol Guide Remove the PTO main shaft retainer from
3. Oi 1 Seol - Retoiner
4. Retoiner - PTO Main Drive Shah
the transmission and the shift control valve
from the retainer. (Refer to the appropriate
sub- headings for procedures. )

cure the pinion assembly (No. 9, Fig. 40) into

the retainer (No. 7, Fig. 40).
7. Refer to Fig. 61 and place special tool
MFN-848-B (No. 2) into special tool MFN-
848-A (No. 1).
8. Lubricate the oil seal (No. 3) and place
seaI over seal guide (No. 2) with the sealing
lips toward the installer (No. 1). Push seal
carefully but firmIy into place against the
flange on the seaI installer and remove seai
guide (No. 2).
9. Position oil seal and seal installer (No. 1
and No. 3) carefully against retainer (No. 4)
and over pinion shaft and tap the oil seal into
position. Carefully remove seal installer
(No. 1) from retainer oil seai (No. 3).
Oisassembling Shift Control Valve
Fig. 62 shows an exploded and assembled
view of the shift control valve.
1. After the control valve has been removed
from the PTO main shà.ft retainer, thoroughly
clean the valve with a suitable solvent and dry
with compressed air.
2. Remove fitting (No. 12) and "O"-ring (No.
11) from valve body.
3. Carefully slide shift spool (No. 8) from
valve body and remove "O"-ring (No. 9) from
spool.
4. Carefully remove regulator plug (No.
and washer (No. 4) from valve body.
5. Tap valve body lightly against a wooden

40
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

block and remove regulator spring (No. 6) and

slide regulator spool (No. 7) from the valve.

Inspeding the Shift Control Volve

Refer to Fig. 62.

Replace "O"-rings (No. 9 and No. 11), gasket

(No. 10) and washer (No. 4) with new parts.
ASSEMBLED VIEW
Thoroughly saturate "O"-rings and gasket with
clean transmission oil.

1. Inspect the valve body (No. 3), regulator

spool (No. 7) and shift spool (No. 8) for dam-
age, scoring and wear.

2. Check that regulator spring (No. 6) is not

broken.

3. Check the threads on fitting (No. 12) and

in valve port for nicks or burrs.

Reassembling the Shift Control Valve Fig. 63 - Exploded and Portia 1 Assembled View
of Hydraulic Clutch
1. Snap Ring - Retainer Plate 5. (Iutch Plates
Refer to Fig. 62 .. 2. (Iutch Retainer Plote 6. (Iutch Piston
3. Piston Return Springs (6) 7. Piston Seoling Ring - Outer
4. Clutch "Friction" Dises 8. Piston Seoling Ring - Inner
1. Insert regulator spool (No. 7) into its re- 9. (Iutch Housing

spective bore within the valve body, with the

widest "land" on the spool toward bore opening.

2. Drop regulator spring (No. 6) into place
against the regulator spool and install washer
(No. 4) and regulator plug (No. 5). Torque
plug to 17-22 ft.-Ibs.
3. Install new "O"-ring (No. 9) on shift spool
(No. 8) and insert spool carefully into its bore
in the valve body, with the slotted end of the
spool (slot to which the mechanical linkage is
inserted) protruding from the valve and facing
in the same direction as the valve inlet port.
4. Place new "O"-ring (No. 11) on fitting
(No. 12) and install this fitting into the valve
inlet port.
NOTE; Capscrew containing the cop-
per washer is to be installed in the
valve's right, front rnounting hale (as
would appear facing the valve when
properly mounted on the retainer).
SERVICING THE HYDRAUUC CI.UTCH
Remove the shifter forks and rails, the dual
range planetary, the main shaft with "change
speed" gears, the PTO main drive shaft re-
tainer and the input shaft from the transmis-
sion. (Re fer to the appropriate sub- headings
for procedures. )

5. Place a new mounting gasket (No. 10) on

top of PTO main shaft retainer and position
shaft control valve over gasket, with the valve
inlet port facing forward on the retainer (as it
would appear with retainer installed in the
transmission case).
Disassembling the Hydraulic Clutch
Refer to Fig. 63, which shows an exploded
and partially assembled view of the hydraulic
cluteh.

6. Install capscrews (No. 1) through the
rear holes in the valve body and install cap-
screws (No. 2) into the forward holes (nearest
the inlet port). Torque capscrew evenly to
3- 4 ft. -lbs.
1. After the hydraulie eluteh has been re-
moved from the input shaft assembly, place it
on the beneh with the snap ring (No. 1) upward
and lift the input overdrive pinion fl'om the
cluteh dises.

Printcd in U.S.A. 41
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
2. Carefully remove snap ring (No. 1) se-
curing the retainer plate (No. 2) into the clutch
housing (No. 9) and lift out the piston return
springs (No. 3), clutch friction discs (No. 4)
and clutch plates (No. 5) from the clutch
housing.
3. Turn clutch housing over to place large
opening downward and tap the housing against a
wooden block until clutch piston (No. 6) is
"jarred" from the housing.
4. Remove sealing ring (No. 7) from the
outer groove around clutch piston (No. 6) and
remove sealing ring (No. 8) from its groove in
the hub of the clutch housing (No. 9).
Inspecting the Hydraulic Clutch
Refer to Fig. 63.
Sealing rings (No. 7 and No. 8) should be re-
placed with new parts.
1. Thoroughly clean aIl parts of the clutch
with a suitable solvent and dry with compressed
air.
2. Inspect the clutch discs (No. 4) for dam-
age, scoring or excessive wear and replace if
any of these conditions exists.
3. Check the clutch plates (No. 5) for dam-
age, scoring or excessive wear. If light score
marks are found, they may be removed with a
fine grade of crocus clotho
4. Check inner hub of clutch housing for
chipped or damaged teeth and check that the
piston return springs (No. 3) are not broken.
5. Check that the oil inlet and drain holes
will allow free pasf?age of oil.
Reassemb'ing the Hydrau'ic Clutch
1. After the hydraulic clutch has been
cleaned and inspected, place clutch housing
(No. 9, Fig. 63) on the bench with large open-
ings upward.
2. Install new sealing ring (No. 8, Fig. 63)
into its groove on the inner hub of the clutch
housing (No. 9, Fig. 63).
3. Install new sealing ring (No. 7, Fig. 63)
into its groove around clutch piston (No. 6, Fig.
63) and place the clutch piston into the housing
42
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PARTS
Fig. 64 - Removing or Insfclling Cluteh Plates and Dises
1. Clutch "Friction" Dises 3. Piston Return Spring
2. Clutch Plote 4. Clutch Housing
with the hub side of the piston upward. (The
end of the piston with the sealing ring down-
ward. )
4. Use a small screwdriver to carefully
compress the sealing ring around the piston,
and push piston and ring downward into the
clutch housing.
5. Position one of the clutch plates (No. 5,
Fig. 63) into the clutch housing with the "ear
lobes" of the plate inserted into the serrations;
see Fig. 64.
6. Place one clutch disc (No. 4, Fig. 63)
into position on top of the clutch plate (No. 5,
Fig. 63).
7. Install the remaining clutch plates (No. 5,
Fig. 63) and clutch dises (No. 4, Fig. 63) into
the housing in their correct alternate sequence
(as shown in the assembled view in Fig. 63),
making sure that the "ear lobes" on the clutch
plates (No. 5, Fig. 63) are inserted into the
serrations in the housing in a staggered order;
see Fig. 64. (This procedure allows for cor-
rect installation and positioning of the piston
return springs. )
8. Position the six piston return springs
(No. 3, Fig. 64) into clutch housing and on top
of the "ear lobes" of the lowermost (the first'--...../
installed) clutch plate. (The position of the
return springs to the clutch plate is shown in
the assembled view in Fig. 63.)
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI·POWER TRANSMISSIONS

9. Position the clutch retainer plate (No. 2,

Fig. 63) inside of clutch housing and place the
housing on the bed of a suitable "press".

10. Place the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 63)

against the retainer plate (No. 2, Fig. 63) and
apply just enough pressure against the plate
with the "press" so as to allow installation of
snap ring into its groove in the clutch housing.
Install snap ring into its groove and remove the
hydraulic clutch from the press.

SERVICING THE MAIN INPUT SHAFT

Refer to the appropriate sub- headings for

procedures pertaining to removing and install-
ing the main input shaft assembly.

Oisassembling the Main Input Shaft

Fig. 65 - Insta lIing Needle Bearing into Input Shaft
1. Remove sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46)
L Special Tooi MFN-216 - Beoring Installer 2, Needle Bearing
from the input shaft. 3, Input Shaft Assembly

2. Use a suitable "puller" to remove needle

bearing (No. 8, Fig. 46) from the input shaft
(No. 7, Fig. 46).
NOTE: Use extreme care when re-
moving the needle bearing sa as ta
prevent damage ta the bearing seat
within the shaft and ta prevent possi-
ble damage ta the shaft spur, gear
teeth and/or splines, or damage ta the
shaft plug (No. 9, Fig. 46).
Inspecfing the Mai~ Input Shaft
Thoroughly clean the input shaft with a suit-
able solvent and dry with compressed air.
1. Check the shaft for chipped or broken
splines or spur gear teeth.
2. Check that the oil passages through the
shaft assembly will allow free passage of the
oil.
Reassembling the Main Input Shaft
1. Install new sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46)
on input shaft.
2. Place input shaft on "press" with pinion
end upward, as shown in Fig. 65.
into special tool MFN-216 (No. 1, Fig. 65) and
start the bearing into the input shaft.
4. Press the needle bearing into its seat and
remove the shaft from the "press".
INSPECTING THE TRANSMISSION
In addition to the specific inspection of a par-
ticular part being serviced, the following in-
spection procedures should also be observed
prior to reassembling the transmission:
1. AU parts removed from the transmission
should be thoroughly cleaned with a suitable
solvent and dried with compressed aÏLr. If the
transmission has been completely disassem-
bled, the transmission case shouldl also be
cleaned and dried.
NOTE: Do not wipe the tr-ansmission
parts or the inside of the transmission
case with a material that leaves lint.
2. Inspect aU gears for chipped or broken
teeth and replace those that are damaged.
3. Check all bearings for binding or rough
spots and install new bearings if either condi-
tion is noted.

3. Position needle bearing (No. 2, Fig. 65) 4. Inspect all shafts for excessively worn or

Printcd in U.S.A.
43
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8

damaged splines and replace those that show

either condition.

5. Check the bushing in the standard drive

gear on the countershaft (No. 11, Fig. 52) and
the bushing in the PTO main shaft retainer
(No. 6, Fig. 40) for excessive wear or scoring
and replace, if necessary.

6. Inspect aIl thrust washers and spacers

for wear or scoring and replace if either con-
dition exists.

7. Check the needle bearings installed in the

reverse cluster gear, the countershaft and the
main input shaft for excessive wear or damage
and replace defective parts.

8. Remove sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46)

between input shaft .and PTO pinion assembly,
and sealing rings (No. 8, Fig. 40) between PTO Fig. 66 - Installing Countershaft
pinion assembly and PTO main shaft retainer. 1. Snap Ring - Pinion 2. Front Bearing - Countershoft 3. Countershoft
Replace these sealing rings with new parts.

REASSEMBUNG THE TRANSMISSION

The instructions pertaining to reassembly of
the transmission are separated into sub-head-
ings. Before reassembly of certain parts into
the transmission may be accomplished, it may
be necessary to install other components first.
Refer to the appropriate sub-headings, when
directed, to obtain the correct reassembly
procedures.
10) over "dowel" and down against the roller
bearings.
6. Install the second row of roller bearings
(No. 8) into the cluster gear and place remain-
ing bearing washer (No. 9) and gear washer
(No. 6) over the "dowel" and down against the
bearings and gear.

Reinstalling the Reverse Cluster Gear 7. Carefully position cluster gear (No. 7)
into the transmission with the smaller spur
Fig. 56 shows a cut-away and exploded view gear teeth forward.
of the reverse cluster gear and related parts.

1. Apply a light coating of grease to one side
of each gear washer (No. 6) and the inner di-
ameter of the reverse cluster gear (No. 7).
2. Place one gear washer on the bench with
the greased side up and place the cluster gear
on top of washer.
8. Insert gear shaft (No. 4) through the rear
of the transmission case and slightly into clus-
ter gear to push 11 dowel" slightly from the
cluster gear. (This will provide support of the
gear and allow the gear shaft to be removed
slightly to facilitate installation of the spacer
(No. 5).)

3. Insert "dowel" (or rubber hose) approx-
imately .312" x 1-7/8" through the cluster
gear.
4. Insert one bearing washer (No. 9) over
"dowel" and into cluster gear.
5. Install the first row of roller bearings
(No. 8) into cluster gear and place spacer (No.
9. Install spacer (No. 5) and carefully push
gear shaft (No. 4) through spacer (No. 5) and
into cluster gear, while at the same time, re-
moving "dowel" from the transmission.
10. Place shaft stop (No. 3) against rear of
transmission case and se cure with boIt (No. 1) "---/
and tab washer (No. 2). Bend one "tab" of tab
washer to lock boIt.

44
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

Reinstalling the Countershaft

Fig. 52 shows a cut-away view of the coun-
tershaft and related parts.

1. Check that front bearing (No. 2, Fig. 66)

is correctly installed on its seat on the coun-
tershaft and pinion snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 66)
is installed and free around undercut portion of
counter shaft.

2. Insert countershaft (No. 3, Fig. 66) into

transmission case with the helical splines for-
ward and the rear of the countershaft through
the center member of the transmission case.

3. Place high speed pinion (No. 5, Fig. 52)

over the splines on the countershaft with the
hub end of the pinion rearward.
4. Place intermediate speed pinion (No. 4,
Fig. 52) over the splines with the hub end of the
pinion forward and insert the countershaft
through the rear of the transmission case while
piloting the front bearing (No. 14, Fig. 52)
through the center member of the transmission,
as shown in Fig. 55.
5. Place thrust washer (No. 7, Fig. 52) over
front of countershaft and install standard and
overdrive gears with the use of special tool
MFN-830, as shown in Fig. 54. Rotate the
gears and the countershaft back and forth while
pushing shaft forward into the gears.
6. Install snap ring (No. 12, Fig. 52) into
its groove at the front of the countershaft. Re-
move special too!.
7. Move countershaft forward and pmlOn
gears (No. 4 and No. 5, Fig. 52) rearward and
install pinion snap ring (No. 13, Fig. 52) into its
groove at the center of the countershaft.
8. Push countershaft rearward and slide
rear bearing (No. 3, Fig. 52) over end of shaft.
9. Install the "puller" through the counter-
shaft, as shown in Fig. 67. Turn nut on "ready-
boIt" until the rear bearing has been seated on
the countershaft.
10. Push countershaft forward until the front
and rear bearings are in their housings in the
transmission case.
Fig. 67 - Installing Rear Bear~ng on Countershaft
1. "Reocly.Bolt" (7/S" x 36") 3. Pipe (2" I.D. x 12" Approx.)
2. Flot Wosher (2-1/2" 0.0.) 4. Nut
Reinstalling PTO Front Drive Shah
Prior to reinstalling the PTO front drive
shaft, the countershaft must be installed in the
transmission. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings. )
Fig. 50 shows the PTO front drive shaft with
related parts.
1. Insert PTO constant mesh gear (No. 12)
into position inside of transmission case with
hub end of gear forward.
2. Check that snap ring (No. 2) is installed
and insert PTO front drive shaft (No. 1) through
the countershaft and the PTO constant mesh
gear.
3. Place a new gasket (No. 11) against the
bearing housing (No. 10) and position housing
and bearing against the transmission case while
aligning boIt hales. Attach bearing housing to
transmission apening, using two 3/8" x 7/8"
NC boIts.
4. Check that the PTO front shaft is fully
engaged with the constant mesh gear and force
the gear hub into its bearing seat.
5. Install spacer washer (No. 6) and snap
ring (No. 8) in the forward groove on the shaft.

11. Remove "puller" and install snap ring 6. Remove the two balts securing the bear-
(No. 1, Fig. 52) into its groove at the rear of ing housing ta the transmission case and install
the countershaft. cap gasket (No. 3) and housing cap (No. 7) to

45
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
the housing with bolts (No. 5). Apply non-
hardening "permatex" to boUs before installing.
Reinstalling Main Input Shaft
Prior ta reinstalling the main input shaft, the
countershaft and PTO front drive shaft must be
installed in the transmission. (Re fer ta the
appropriate sub-headings for procedures.)
Fig. 46 shows a cut-away and exploded view
of the main input shaft.
1. Insert the input overdrive pinion (No. 4)
into the hydraulic clutch (No. 5).
2. If washer (No. 3) is used, apply a light
coating of grease ta one side of washer and
place it against overdrive pinion (No. 4).
3. Insert main drive pinion (No. 2), if used,
and the overdrive pinion (No. 4) and hydraulic
clutch (No. 5) into correct assembly position in
transmission case.
4. Start input shaft (No. 7 or No. 12) through
center member of the transmission and through
the main drive pinion (when used), the over-
drive pinion (No. 4) and the hydraulic clutch
(No. 5).
5. Pull input shaft (No. 7 or No. 12) forward
slightly and insert spacer (No. 1) in the for-
ward side of the transmission center member
with the protrusion of the spacer against the
input shaft.
6. Move the input shaft assembly back
against spacer.
Reinstalling PTO Main Shaft Retainer
Prior ta reinstalling the PTO main drive
shaft retainer, the countershaft, the PTO front
drive shaft and the main input shaft should be
installed in the transmission.
1. Check that PTO main shaft retainer and
pinion assembly and the shift control valve have
been properly serviced. (Refer ta appropriate
sub- headings. )
2. Insert thrust washer (No. 5, Fig. 45) over
the input shaft with steel side of washer against
hydraulic clutch.
3. Install special tool OTC-FT-357 (No. 1,
46
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 68 - Inslo lIing Front Bearing on Main Shah
1. Special Tooi MFN-458 - (Beoring Installer) 2. Moin Shoft
3. Front Beoring-
Fig. 43) over the forward end of the input shaft
(No. 3, Fig. 43).
4. Place new gasket (No. 3, Fig. 40) against
mounting surface of the retainer and carefully
guide the retainer over the input shaft and
against the transmission case.
5. Apply non-hardening "permatex" ta the
retainer mounting boIts (No. 3, No. 4, and No.
5, Fig. 42). Check that washer is installed on
boit (holding shift lever bracket) behind bracket
(No. 2, Fig. 42).
6. Install boIts into their respective mount-
ing hales ta secure shift leve:r bracket (No. 5,
Fig. 41) and retainer (No. 13, Fig. 41) ta the
transmission case •. Remove special tool OTC-
FT-357 from input shaft.
7. Connect ail inlet tube (No. 4, Fig. 41) ta
the fitting on the transmission case and the
fitting in the shift control valve (No. 1, Fig. 41).
8. Place release bearing fork (No. 15, Fig.
41) into position and install the clutch release
shafts (No. 7 and No. 16, Fig. 41). Tighten
the setscrews (No. 6, Fig. 41) on both sides of
release bearing fork and lockwire into position.
9. Apply a light coat of lubriplate over
splines of PTO pinion assembly and slide car-
rier (No. 14, Fig. 41) and bearing (No. 13, Fig.
41) over the pinion and install bath return
springs (No. 8, Fig. 41).
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
Reinstolling Moin Shoft
ond "Chonge Speed" Geors
Prior to reinstalling the main shaft and
"change speed" gears, the countershaft, re-
verse cluster gear, PTO front drive shaft and
the main input shaft should be installed in the
transmission. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings for procedures. )
Refer to Fig. 38 for location of main shaft
and related parts.
1. Check that main shaft rear bearing (No.
6) and snap rings (No. 7) are installed.
2. Insert main shaft (No. 2) through rear of
transmission case and place intermediate and
high speed gear (No. 3) over the shaft with the
smaller spur gear teeth forward.
3. Place low speed gear (No. 4) over the
main shaft, with the hub end of the gear (into
which the shifter fork fits) toward the rear of
the transmission, . and start front bearing (No.
5) over the forward end of the shaft.
4. Refer to Fig. 68 and insert special tool
MFN-458 (No. 1) into center member of the
transmission case, as shown. Insert the for-
ward end of the main shaft through the special
too1 and then, use a soft mallet to tap the rear
of the main shaft, causing the front bearing
(No. 3) to seat properly on the main shaft.
5. Slide main shaft rearward, remove the
special tool MFN-458, then slide main shaft
forward to place the bearings in their respec-
tive housings. Check that forward end of the
main shaft is in correct position in the rear of
the main input shaft.
Reinstalling Plonetory
Prior to reinstaUing the planetary, aIl other
parts of the transmission should be assembled,
with the exception of the shifter forks and rails
(these may or may not be installed, as desired).
1. Check that thrust washers (No. 2, Fig.
57) are correctly installed inside of ring gear
(No. 3, Fig. 57) and that front cover plate (No.
7, Fig. 57) and shim (No. 8, Fig. 57) are cor-
r e ct l Y installed over dowel pins (No. 4).
Fig. 57).
2. Refer to Fig. 37 and position planetary
against rear of transmission, aligning the dowel
Printcd În U.S.A.
MF J35, J500nd J65
MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
pins with their respective holes in the trans-
mission case.
NOTE: Check tkat thrust washer re-
mains within the ring gear.
3. Install planetary pmlOn carrier (No. 6,
Fig. 57) inside of planetary ring gear, aligning
the pinion gears in the carrier with the splines
on the main shaft and the ring gear.
4. Install outer thrust washer (No. 2, Fig.
57) inside of ring gear and position rear cover
plate (No. 1, Fig. 57) against the ring gear
while aligning the boIt holes.
5. Secure the p1anetary to the transmission
case with mounting bolts (No. 5, Fig. 37).
6. If shifter forks and rails are instaUed in
the transmission, slide coupler (No. 3, Fig.
37), with shifter fork (No. 1, Fig. 37), into
planetary while piloting the shifter fork over
the shifter rail (No. 6, Fig. 37). Secure with
setscrew (No. 2, Fig. 37) and lockwire set-
screw in place.
Reinstolling Shif#er Forks and Rails
Prior to reinstalling the shifter forks and
rails, aU other parts of the transmission should
be assembled. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings for procedures. )
Refer to Fig. 36.
1. Drop shifter forks (No. 12 and No. 13) in-
ta position on the "change speed" gears.
2. Slide planetary shifter rail (No. 3)
through the transmission and start planetary
shift selector (No. 4) over the shifter rail, with
the forked portion of the selector up and toward
the outside of the transmission case.
3. Slide planetary shifter rail forward into
the transmission case and ta its limits. Posi-
tion selector on rail and tighten setscrew.
4. Slide shifter rails (No. 2 and No. 14)
through the transmission case and the shifter
forks (No. 12 and No. 13).
NOTE: Make sure tkat the cut-away
portion at the rear of the shifter rails
will align properly with the rail stop
plate.
47
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8

Fig. 69 - Top View of Multi.Power Hydraulic Pump Fig. 70 - Front View of Multi.Power Hydraulic Pump
1. Multj·Power Hydraulic Pump 4. Mounting Solts 1. Multi·Power Hydraulic Pump 4. Pump Driven Geor
2. Idler Geor Assembly 5. Mountîng 8racket 2. Mounting Bolts 5. Pump Id 1er Gear Assembly
3. Dri ve Geor 6. Oil Filter - Multi.Power Pump 3. Mounting Bracket 6. Pump Drive Geor

5. Fush shifter rails forward to their limits into the tractor, the control linkage should be
and secure with setscrews (No. 5). adjusted, as follows:

6. Position rail stop plate (No. 6)' against

the rear of the transmission and secure with 1. Loosen setscrew on control rod protrud-
boIt (No. 7). ing from transmission case.

7. Place planetary shift fork (No. 8) into

coupler (No. 10) and insert coupler into plan- 2. Move the muIti-power lever on the trac-
etary, while at the same time, piloting the shi ft tor dashboard to the "high" position.
fork over rail (No. 3). Secure with setscrew
(No. 9).
3. Move the control rod protruding from the
8. Drop detent balls and springs into their transmission completely down.
respective ports (No. 1) and lockwire setscrews
on shifter forks and shift selector in position.
4. Tighten the setscrew on the control rod.

REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION

Reinstall the transmission to the tractor by
following the reverse of the procedure for re-
moval and installing new gaskets.
Apply a light coat of "lubriplate" to the input
shaft before installing the engine to the trans-
mission.
SERVICING THE MULTI-POWER
HYDRAULIC PUMP
The multi-power hydraulic pump is located in
the center housing and is mounted on top of the
hydraulic lift pump. It is a positive displace-
ment, gear type pump and is driven by a gear
train connected to the PTO front drive shaft.

CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT Refer to Fig. 69 and Fig. 70, which show a
top view and front view of the pump assembly
After the transmission has been reinstalled installed in the tractor.

48
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS

@
r0fJ
ri /
Il;-
o
~

Fig. 71 - Multi-Power Hydraulic Pump - Identification of Part

1. Oil Filter 6. Front Body 10. Gear Retaining Screw 14. Key 18. Relief Volve Poppet
2. End Cap 7. Idler Gear Shaft 11. Gasket - Oil Filter 15. Driven Gear - Pump 19. Bushings
3. Capscrews - Fi Iter to Pump 8. Idler Gear Assembly 12. Spring - Relief Valve 16. Snop Ring - Driven Geor 20. Following Gear Shah - Pump
4. Hex·Head Capscrew 9. Wosher 13. Leoding Gear Shaft - Pump 17. Plug - Relief Volve 21. Bushings
5. Allen·Head Capscrew 22. "0" ·Rings

REMOVING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP 2. Remove hex-head screw (No. 4) and

Allen-head screw (No. 5) and remove the end
It is recommended that the tractor be "split" cap (No. 2) from the pump body (No. 6).
between the center housing and the transmis-
sion ta enable the backlash between gears (No. 3. Remove snap ring (No. 16) and slide
5 and No. 6, Fig. 70) ta be checked when the driven gear (No. 15) from the leading gear
pump is reinstalled. This backlash should be shaft (No. 13).
.002" ta .005".
4. Remove key (No. 14) from shaft and slide
1. Remove the mounting bolts (No. 4, Fig. the leading gear shaft (No. 13) and the follow-
69) and lockwashers and lift the pump carefully ing gear shaft (No. 20) from the pump body.
from the mounting bracket (No. 5, Fig. 69).
5. Remove bearings (No. 19 and No. 21)
from the gear shafts.
DISASSEMBLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
6. If desired, remove gear retaining screw
Refer ta Fig. 71. (No. 10), washer (No. 9) and idler gear assem-
bly (No. 8) from idler gear shaft (No. 7).
1. Remove the two capscrews (No. 3) secur-
ing fiUer (No. 1) ta pump and separate filter 7. Carefully remove plug (No. 17) while
and gasket (No. 11). counting the number of turns and tap end cap

Printcd in U.S.A.
49
 ---
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS
(No. 2) against a wood en black ta remove spring
(No. 12) and relief valve poppet (No. 18).
INSPECTING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
Refer ta Fig. 71.
Thoroughly clean all parts with a suitable
solvent and dry with compressed air.
NOTE: Use caYe to prevent damage
to oil jilter s creen.
1. Replace bearings (No. 19 and No. 21),
"O"-rings (No. 22) and gasket (No. 11) with new
parts. Saturate "O"-rings and gasket with
clean transmission ail.
2. Check the pump body (No. 6) and the end
cap (No. 2) for evidence of damage or scoring
and check their respective threaded ports for
nicked or burred threads and obstructions.
3. Check that spring (No. 12) is not broken
and inspect the relief valve (No. 18) for dam-
age. Check plug (No. 17) for damaged threads.
4. Inspect the leading and following gear
shafts (No. 13 and No. 20) for nicked teeth,
excessive scoring or shaft wear in the bearing
areas or on the gear faces and check that key-
way is not damaged.
5. Inspect the gears (No. 8 and No. 15) for
chipped or broken teeth.
REASSEMBLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
Refer ta Fig. 71.
1. Install new "O"-rings (No. 22) on new
front bearings (No. 21) and insert these bear-
ings into the pump body (No. 6).
2. Insert the leading and following gear
shafts (No. 13 and No. 20) into their respective
bearings, with the marked ends to the rear.
3. Insert the new rear bearings (No. 19) in-
ta the end cap (No. 2) and position the end cap
over the protruding ends of the gear shafts and
against the pump body.
50
--- ----------------------------
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
4. Install hex-head (No. 4) and Allen-head
(No. 5) capscrews through their respective lo-
cations in the end cap and thread them into the
pump body.
5. Install key (No. 14) into keyway on the
leading gear shaft (No. 13) and slide the pump
driven gear (No. 15) over the key and secure it
ta the leading gear shaft with snap ring (No. 16).
6. If removed, slide idler gear assembly
(No. 8) over shaft (No. 7) and secure with wash-
er (No. 9) and retaining screw (No. 10).
7. Drop relief valve poppet (No. 18) into its
seat in the end cap (No. 2) and place spring
(No. 12) over the poppet. Thread plug (No. 17)
into end cap and tighten ta the same number of
turns noted during removal.
8. Place new gasket (No. 11) against end cap
and position ail filter (No. 1) over gasket.
9. Install capscrews (No. 3) to secure ail
fiUer ta pump and tighten aIl four capscrews
(No. 3, No. 4 and No. 5) evenly.
REINSTALLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
1. Position pump onto pump mounting brack-
et, as shawn in Figs. 69 and 70.
2. Secure the pump ta the bracket with
mounting boUs (No. 4, Fig. 69).
3. Check that backlash between pump idler
gear (No. 5, Fig. 70) and pump drive gear (No.
6, Fig. 70) is .002" - . 005". If backlash is
not in tolerance, the mounting boUs holding the
bracket ta the hydraulic lift pump may be loos-
ened and the bracket moved radically ta adjust
backlash and the boUs retightened. (The boIt
holes in the bracket contain sufficient clearance
to allow the bracket to be moved in this
manner. )
4. Check that the cotter pin securing the
pump drive gear (No. 6, Fig. 70) to the lift
pump shaft has its head nattened sufficiently ta
clear the pump mounting bracket (No. 3,
Fig. 70).
5. Rejoin the center housing and the trans-
mission, using new gasket.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

PART 5-DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

MF 135, MF 150 STANDARD CLEARANCE
AND MF 150 HI-CLEARANCE GAS TRACTORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLy REMOVAL . 4
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 5
AXLE HOUSI NG ASSEMBLY . . . 5
Removal . . . . . • . . . . . • . 6
Disassembly . . . . . • • • . • • 7
Differentiai Lock Disassembly . 9
Differentiai Lock Reassembly . 10
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . • 11
Carrier Bearing Pre-Load Adjustment 12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment 15
AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY . 15
Removal . . 16
Disassembly 18
Reassembly 19
Installation 20
Lubrication 20
Axle Shaft End Play Adjustment 20
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY 21
Removal .. 21
Disassembly . . . . . . . 22
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 24
1nstallation . • • . . . . 25
DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY 25
Removal .. 26
Disassembly . . . . . . . 28
Reassembly . . . . . . . 31
Installation . . . . . . . 31
Ring Gear and Pinion Backlash Adjustment 33

The procedures outlined in this Part aPPly to aU MF 135 Tractors, aU

Standard Clearance MF 150 Tractors and MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas
Tracfors. Any variations for the procedure on the different tractors
are noted in the appropriate places in the text.

P-intcd in U.S .A.

1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

PART 5-DIFFERENTIAL, PIN ION AND REAR AXLE

MF 135, MF 150 STANDARD CLEARANCE
AND MF 150 HI-CLEARANCE GAS TRACTORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL . 4
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 5
AXLE HOUSI NG ASSEMBL y '" 5
Removal . . . . . . . . . . • • . 6
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . • 7
Differentiai Lock Disassembly . 9
Differentiai Lock Reassembly • 10
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Carrier Bearing Pre-Load Adjustment 12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment 15
AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY . 15 "'---/
Removal . . 16
Disassembly 18
Reassembly 19
Installation 20
Lubrication 20
Axle Shaft End Play Adjustment .. 20
DI FFERE NTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY 21
Removal .. . 21
Disassembly . . . . . . . 22
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 24
Installation . . . . . . . 25
DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY 25
Removal .. 26
Disassembly . . . . . . . 28
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 31
Installation . . . . . . . . 31
Ring Gear and Pin ion Backlash Adjustment 33

The procedures outlined in this Part aPPly to aU MF 135 Tractors, al!

Standard Clearance MF 150 Tractors and MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas
Tractors. Any variations for the procedure on the different tractors
are noted in the appropriate places in the text.

P,intcd in U.S.A
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fig. 1 - Rear Axle Assembly - Sectiona 1 View (Differentiai Lock)

Front and rear, are determined, consider-

ing the engine end as the front of the tractor,
and the drive axle end as the rear. Left and
right are determined looking forward from the
rear of the tractor.

InternaI expanding, self-energizing brakes

are located at the outer ends of the axle shafts.
The brakes are attached to backing plates be-
tween the ax1.e retainer and the rude housing.
They are actuated by mechanical linkage to in-
dividual pedals.

The drive axl.e assembIy is lubricated with

a common transmission and center housing lu-
bricant (M-1129).

Outer ax1.e shaft bearings are lubricated with

bearing grease.

The differential lock mechanism is located

(when present) in the right-hand axle housing.
Carrier bearing pre-load is shim adjustable
and requires use of a special tool. Axle shaft
end play is adjusted by shims. Fig. 2 - Non-Differentiai Lock Rear Axle - R.H. Sectional View

Printed in U.S.A.
----------------------~---- ~----~ ----~~ -- ~-~~-----~---

MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBL y REMOV AL

1. Drain the center housing and transmission
(about 8 gallons without external hydraulics).
One drain plug is located in each housing.

2. Disconnect Multi-Power tractors only-

the hydraulic line connecting the Multi-Power
pump (located in the center housing) to the
Multi-Power shift control valve (located in the
transmission). To gain access to this hydraulic
line, it is necessary to remove either the lift
cover or the transmission cover (steering
gear).

Fig. 3 - Lift Cover Removal or Installation

Fig. 4 - Left Side of Rear Axle Assembly

NOTE: Remove the lift cover as de-

scribed in Group III, Section A, Part
4. Refer to Fig. 3.

3. Remave the step plates.

4. Remove the tail pipe bracket and loosen

the exhaust pipe flange-to-manifold boUs to al-
low the muffler ta be moved as ide.

5. Remove the rear brake rod clevis pins

and detach the brake rods from the brake cam-
shaft levers. Refer to Figs. 4 and 5.

6. Disconnectthe lightwire between the cen-

ter housing and transmission. Fig. 5 - Right Side of Reer Axle Assembly

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION & REAR AXLE

NOTE: Some models do not have a

disconnect plug between the trans-
mission and center housing. It is nec-
essary to remove the wire from the
retaining cliPs to free one end.

7. Drive a wedge between the front axle and

the axle support on both sides of the tractor.

NOTE: On MF 150 Tricycle models,

securely support the engine, trans-
mission and front wheel assembly with
a stable overhead hoist.

8. Securely support the transmission on

blocks or a sui table stand. Fig. 6 - Drive Shaft and Drive Shaft Coupler Position

9. Position a jack under the front of the cen-

ter housing so the axle assembly can be rolled
straight away from the transmission. Bring 4. Install the retaining nuts and tighten to
the jack into contact with the center housing. 50-55 ft.-Ibs. torque.

10. Remove the bolts attaching the center
housing to the transmission.
11. Carefully work the center housing away
from the transmission until the main drive
shaft and PTO drive shaft splines are separated
from the transmission.
12. Roll the drive axle assembly away from
the transmission.
5. Multi-Power Models Only: Reconnect the
hydraulic line from the Multi-Power pump to
the Multi-Power shift control valve.
6. Install the lift cover (if removed) as des-
cribed in Group III, Section A, Part 4.
7. Reconnect the light wire.
8. Attach the brake rod clevises to their re-
spective camshaft levers with the clevis pins
and install the cotter pins.

9. Attach the tail pipe bracket and tighten

DRIVE AXLE
ASSEMBL y INSTALLATION
1. Insert the attaching bolts in the center
housing and place a new center housing-to-
transmission gasket over the bolts.
2. Place the drive shaft coupler and drive
shaft in position on the drive pinion shaft.
NOTE: Position the couPler so the
cotter pin is closest to the transmis-
sion. Refer to Fig. 6.
3. Align the center housing with the trans-
mission, start the main drive shaft, the pump
drive shaft and carefully work the housings to-
gether.
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove
the lift cover (if not previously done)
to properly align the main drive shaft.
the exhaust pipe flange bolts.
10. Install the step plates.
11. Remove jack and blocks.
12. Refill the center housing (and transmis-
sion) with M-1129 oil. Capacity is about 8 U. S.
gallons without external hydraulic require-
ments.
AXLE HOUSING ASSEMBL y
DESCRIPTION
An axle housing assembly is fastened by a
flange to each side of the center housing by a
circle of 15 studs and nuts. The brake assem-
bly and the axle shaft assembly are at the outer
end of each housing. They are attached by 12

P .. : .... -""'...I: ... Il <: A

 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 7 - Axle Housing Assembly - Sectional View

1. Inner AxIe Shaft Oil SeaI 3. Carrier Bearing Cup (L.H.) 5. Expansion PIug 7. Carrier Beoring Cup 8. Bearing ShieId
2. AxIe Hausin 9 4. Broke Comshall Bushing 6. Goskel (5) (R.H.) 9. Cenler Hausing Slud (s)

studs from the axle bearing retainer extending 2. Remove the wheel assembly. Securely
thru the brake backing plate and the flange on block the center housing.
the outer end of the axle housing.
3. Disconnect the lightwires and remove the
Each housing con tains the inner axle bearing fender. Refer to Figs. 4 and 5.
oil seal, differential carrier bearing cup, brake
camshaft bushing and lower link pivot shaft. 4. Disconnect the brake camshaft lever from
The left side housing has attached to it an oil the brake rod clevis.
trough for carrier bearing lubrication. When a
tractor is equipped with differential lock, the
right side housing also contains the differential
lock actuating mechanism in addition to the
regular parts.

Differential carrier bearing pre-Ioad is ad-

justed by placing shim(s), or a selected bear-
ing shield, behind the right-hand carrier bear-
ing cup.

REMOVAL

Refer to Fig. 7.

The axle shaft assembly has been left in

place in the axle housing in the removal and in-
stallation descriptions. Refer to "AXLE
SHAFT ASSEMBLY" for removal and servicing
of that assembly.

1. Lower the lift arms and drain the tractor

center housing. (About 8 gallons without ex-
ternal hydraulics. ) Fig. 8 - Removing or Installing Axle Housing

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fi g. 9 - Axle Housing Assembly Removed (L.H.)
5. Remove the lower lift arm from its stud
on the axle housing. Raise the lift arms by
hand and block the arms high enough to allow
the rude housing to be removed from the cen-
ter housing.
NOTE: The lower link adapters must
be removed from the MF 150 Hi-
Clearance Gas Tractors before the
axle housing can be removed.
6. Attach a hoist and rem ove the axle hous-
ing retaining nuts.
7. Remove the assembly as shown in Fig. 8.
Fig. 9 shows left side axle housing assembly
removed. Fig. 10 shows right side differen-
tial lock rude housing assembly removed.
Fig. la - Axle Housing Assembly Removed (R.H. Diff. Lock)
Prioted in U.S A.
DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 11 - Axle Shaft and B,ake Assemblies
Remova 1 or Installation
DISASSEMBL y
This heading covers only the axle housings,
both differential lock and non-differential lock.
Refer to differential lock heading in this Part
for disassembly of that mechanism.
1. Remove the rude shaft assembly (with
brake assembly) and service as described in
that heading. Refer to Fig. 11.
NOTE: Proceed to Inspection before
removing the following parts. If nec-
essary, comPlete disassembly as fol-
lows.
Fig. 12 - Inner Axle Shaft Qil Seal Pulle, Set-Up
7
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 13 - Removing R.H. Diff. Lock Carrier Bearing Cup

Fig. 15 - Removing Bea ring Shield

2. Remove the inner axle shaft oil seal as

shown in Fig. 12.
3. Remove the düferential carrier bearing
cup with a suitable puller as shown in Fig. 13
and 14.

NOTE: The bearing shield used on dif-

ferential lock models must be removed
as shawn in Fig. 15 before the bearing
is removed.

4. Remove the oil trough. (Left side only.)

Refer to Fig. 9.

5. Punch the expansion plug out and rem ove

the brake camshaft bushing with a rod or pipe
slightly under 1 inch in diameter.

6. Remove the lower link pivot shaft. Drive

out with a soft metal drift to avoid damage to
the tapered seat.

INSPECTION

1. Examine the differential carrier bearing

for damage or excessive wear. Press the
bearing cup against the bearing cone and rotate
the bearing under hand pressure. If roughness
or flat spots are felt, replace both bearing
Fig. 14 - Removing Non-Diff. Lock Carrier Beoring Cup cup and cone.
(L.H. Shown)

8
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fi g. 17 - DifferentiaI lock Cam and Shaft Remova 1

damage, excessive wear and oil leakage. Re-

place, or tighten, as needed.

5. Examine the expansion plug behind the

brake bushing for oil leakage. Replace if
necessary.

DifferentiaI Lock Disassembly

Refer to Fig. 16.

1. Remove the right-hand axle housing as-

Fig. 16 - DifferentiaI lock Assembly - Sectional View sembly as described under that heading.
1. Differentiai Lock Coupler 6. Shaft Oi 1 Seol
2. Shift Fork Shoe 7. Shaft Bushing
3. Coupler Shift Fork 8. Differentiai Lock Pedal Boit 2. Remove the differential lockpedal clamp-
4. Shift Fork Pivot Pin 9. Differentiai Lock Pedal
5. Cam ond Shalt Assembly 10. Shift Fork Bracket ing boit and withdraw the differential lock cam
and shaft assembly from the pedal and the shift
fork bracket. Refer to Fig. 17.

2. Examine the inner axle shaft oil seal for 3. Remove the two shift fork pins.
damage and excessive wear. If there is oil
seepage (not bearing grease) from either side NOTE: These threaded pins are held
of the brake bac king plate, replace the seal in Place with Locfite.
even though no damage is apparent.
4. Remove the shift fork and the two fork
3. Examine the brake camshaft bushing for shoes. Refer to Fig. 18.
damage and excessive wear. Replace if nec-
essary. Remove as described under dis- 5. Remove the differential lockcoupler. Re-
assembly. fer to Fig. 19.
4. Examine the lower link pivot shaft for NOTE: Proceed to "INSPECTION" to

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 S10.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 19 - Differentiai loek Components

1. Shift Fork Brocket 6. Cam and Shaft Assembly
2. Cam Shoft Bushing 7. Shift Fork Pins
3. Cam Shaft Oi 1 Seo 1 8. Shi!t Fork
4. Differentiai Lock Pedal 9. Shift Fork Shoes
5. Pedol Clamping Boit, Nulond Washer 10. Di flerentia 1 Lack Coup 1er
Fig. 18 - Shift Fork Removal

determine if further disassembly is
required. If necessary, comPlete
disassembly as follows:
6. Remove the differential lock shaft oil
seal from the shift fork bracket with a suitable
puller.
7. Remove the brake shaft bushing to allow
removal of the differential lock shaft bushing.
8. Remove the differentiai lock shaft bush-
ing. This bushing may be driven out with a
rod that is slightly under .90" in diameter.
Insert the rod thru the brake camshaft bushing
hole (brake camshaft bushing removed) and
drive the differentiai Iock shaft bushing out.
particularly the shift fork pivot pin holes, the
shift fork shoe holes and the cam follower pin.
Replace the shift fork, or fork shoes, if re-
quired.
3. Examine the shift fork pivot pins for dam-
age or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
4. Examine the cam slot and the shaft of the
differential lock cam and shaft assembly for
damage or excessive wear. Replace if neces-
sary.
5. Examine the differential lock shaft oil
seai for oilleakage, damage or excessive wear.
Replace if necessary.

9. With a suitable press, remove the shift
fork bracket.
NOTE: This bracket kas been pressed
into the axle housing with a pressure
of 6 tons.
6. Examine the differentiallock shaft bushing
for damage or excessive wear. Replace if nec-
essary.
7. Examine the shift fork bracket for dam-
age. Replace if necessary.

Inspection DifferentiaI Lock Reassembly

1. Examine the differential lock coupler for
damage or excessi ve wear, particular ly the
coupler dogs and the internaI splines. Replace
if required.
2. Examine the shift fork shoes and the shift
fork for damage and excessive wear. Note
Thoroughly clean aIl parts to be used in re-
assembly. Refer to Fig. 19 for part locations.
1. Install the shift fork bracket in the axle ~.
housing as follows:
a. Lightly coat the serrated part of the

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5
bracket with a non-hardening gasket
cement.
b. Align the bracket sa that centerline of
the shift fork pin hales is at right an-
gles to the centerline from the rude
housing to the bracket shaft hole.
c. Press the bracket into position. The
shoulder must bottom against the axle
housing. A press of at least 6 tons
capacity is required.
2. Install the differential lock shaft bushing
with a suitable tool. Seat bushing against the
shoulder in the shift fork bracket. This bushing
is prefinished and when in place should have an
I. D. of .8765" to .8785.
NOTE: This bushing is already in
place in a new shift fork bracket.
3. Install the differential lock shaft oil seal
with the seal Hp toward the differential. Apply
a thin coat of gasket cement to the bore in the
shift fork bracket, press the seal into place
and remove any excess cement.
4. Install the differentiallock coupler.
5. Insert the fork shoes in the shift fork and
slide the shoes around the caIlar on the differ-
ential lock coupler. Refer to Fig. 18.
6. Install the shifter fork pins using Loctite,
grade AV, on the threads and tighten securely.
7. Fill the seal lips of the camshaft ail seal
with a good grade of Multi-Purpose Lithium
Base Grease.
8. Position the differential lock pedal be-
tween the bosses on the axle housing and care-
fully slide the camshaft thru the ail seal and
the pedaI. Fit the cam slot over the shift fork
pin. Refer ta Fig. 17.
9. Install the differential lock pedal bolt.
Do not tighten until the pedal travel has been
adjusted after installing the axle housing and
step plate.
10. Determine carrier bearing pre-Ioad as
described under that heading.
11. Install the necessary thickness of bear-
ing shield behind the carrier bearing cup seat
and install the bearing cup. Install the shield,
cup inward. Refer ta Fig. 19.
REASSEM81. y
Thoroughly clean all parts ta be used in re-
assembly.
1. Install the inner axle shaft ail seal with
the seal lip toward the differential. Apply a
Re', ssued 3/68 - Printed in U.S.A.
DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
thin coat of gasket cement to the bore in the
axle housing, press the seal into place and
remove excess cement.
2. Install the lower lift arm pivot shaft.
Tighten the nut ta 120 to 130 ft.-Ibs. torque.
3. Install the brake camshaft bushing. This
is a prefinished bushing. When installed, the
1. D. should be .8765" ta .8785".
4. Install a new expansion plug. Clean the
plug seat and apply a non-hardening gasket
cement to the seat. Insert the plug, high side
up, and rap the center of the plug with a ham-
mer ta flatten and seat the plug. Remove ex-
cess cement.
5. Install the oil trough on the left axle
housing. Refer to Fig. 20
6. Install the left-hand differential carrier
bearing cup. Refer ta Fig. 20.
7. Lubricate the axle bearing as described
under that heading.
8. Install the right-hand carrier bearing cup
after carrier bearing pre-load shimming has
been determined as described inthat heading.
Carrier 8earing Pre-I.oad Adjustment
Carrier bearing pre-load should be checked
(and adjusted as necessary), each time the
drive axle assembly is removed, and must be
checked and set whenever an axle housing,
carrier bearing, differential case or center
housing is replaced. Make pre-Ioad adjustment
from the right side of the Tractor as shown.
The left axle housing must be secured to the
center housing before proceeding. Fig. 21
shows parts of Special Tooi MFN 245UK.
1. Remove the right axle housing, as des-
cribed under that heading.
Fi g. 20 - Carrier Bearing Cup Installation
11
MF J35, MF 150 S1D.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

RING

Fig.21 - Special Taal MFN 245-UK

1. Adopter Ring 8. Center Pin
2. Gouge Spool s - Long 9. Clomping Bor
3. Centering Hub Sleeve - Lorge 10. Gouge Spools - Short
4. C10mping Bor Extensions 11. Woshers
5. Special Nuts - Long 12. Special Nuts - Short
Fig. 23 - Inserting Ada pter Ring in Centering Hub
6. Centering Hub Sleeve - Smoll 13. Looding Screw
7. Centering Hub 14. Stroi ghtedge
b. Non-Differential Lock Models: Place
the adapter ring in the centering hub
2. Remove the gasket from the center hous- and fit the non-differential lock bearing
ing and clean the area around the studs that the cup. Refer to Figs. 23 and 24. Fit the
clamping bar and gauge spools will be mounted centering hub sleeve with the larger
upon. O. D. on the centering hub.
3. Remove the right carrier bearing cup 5. Turn the loading screw out so there will
from the axle housing. Refer to Fig. 13 or 14. be no pressure on the bearing when the clamp-
ing bar is installed.
4. Place the bearing cup on the centering
hub and slide the hub into the differential. 6. Place the clamping bar over the two cen-
ter housing studs shown in Fig. 25 or 25A.
a. Differential Lock Models: Fit the Fasten the clamping bar to the center housing
bearing cup as shown in Fig. 22. AIso, with the two special nuts provided. On non-
fit the sm aller O. D. centering hub differential lock models, use the clamping bar
sleeve on the hub for differentials with extensions and the long nuts as shown.
39 spline side gears.

Fig. 22 - Locating Bearing an Centering Hub - Fig. 24 - Fitting Centering Hub ta Differentiai -
Differentia 1 Lock Non-Differentiai Lock
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 25 - Insta lIing Clamping Bar - Differentia 1 Lock
IMPORTANT: Attach onZy to the studs
shawn.
7. Attach the two gauge spools to the center
housing studs shown in Figs. 26 and 26A.
Tighten to 20 ft.-Ibs. torque. Use the long
spools on non-differential lock models.
8. Tighten the loading screw to 20 ft.-Ibs.
torque while turning the differential. Refer to
Fig. 27.
Fig.25A - Installing Clamping Bar - Non-Differentiai "Lock
Reissued 3/68 - Printed in U.S.A.
DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 26 - MFN 245-UK Positioned - Differentiai Lock
9. Place a straightedge across the measur-
ing spools, and with a feeler gauge, measure
the gap between the center pin and the straight-
edge as shown in Fig. 28.
NOTE: Carefully store the straight-
edge ajter use to pre vent damaging it.
10. Select the proper shield or shim(s) as
follows: Fig. 29 shows bearing shields and
identification dots.
Fig. 26A - MFN 245-UK Positioned - Non-Differentiai Lock
13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

the gap (or possible interference)

measured in Step 10 in the "Nan-Dif-
ferential Lock Bearing Shim Chart" ta
select the correct number of shims.
Note that there is an interference be-
tween the straightedge and the center
pin for a "non-shim" condition. Shims
for non-differential lock models are
available in .005" thickness only.

NON-DIFFERENTIAL LOCK BEARING SHIM CHART

Gap Shim Shims
Thickness Required
Cnterference)
Fig. 27 - Tightening Loading Screw .005" -.001" None None
.000" -.004" .005" 1
.005" -.009" .010" 2
.010" -.014" .015" 3
a. Differential Lock Models: Find the gap .015"-.019" .020" 4
measured in Step 9 in the fallawing .020" -.024" .025" 5
table ta determine the correct bearing .025" & up .030" 6
shield.

DlFFERENTIAL LOCK BEARING SHIELD CHART NOTE: If shims required exceed

Shield Shield .030", use differential case shim 892
Gap
Thickness Identification 120 Ml (. 010'~ to supply part of the
.030" -.034" .030" No Dots shim thickness .
.035" -.039" .035" 1 Dot
.040" -.044" .040" 2 Dots
.045" -.049" .045" 3 Dots 11. Remove the pre-load tool from the cen-
.050" -.054" .050" 4 Dots ter housing .
.055" & up .055" 5 Dots
or No Dots
12. If required, install a differential case
shim between the differential case adapter and
the right differential case half.
b. Non-Differential Lock Models: Find

13. Install the selected shield or shim(s) as

follows:

Fig. 28 - Measuring Center Pin-to-Straightedge Gap • Fig. 29 - Carrier Bearing Shield Identificotion

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5
a. DifferentiaI lock axles: Place the bear-
ing shield, cupped side inward in the
carrier bearing cup seat. Install the
bearing cup with a suitable too!.
b. Non-differential lock axles: Place 'the
shim(s) in the bearing cup seat and in-
staIl the bearing cup with a suitable
too!.
14. Place a new gasket on the center housing,
install the axle housing, refill the center hous-
ing with M-1129 oil, install the wheel and re-
move the blocking. Refer to axle housing in-
stallation for detailed procedure.
INSTALLA TlON
Install the left-hand axle housing assembly
and check carrier bearing pre-Ioad as described
in "CARRIER BEARING PRE- LOAD ADJUST-
MENT".
Install the right-hand axle housing only after
carrier bearing pre-Ioad has been determined
as described under "CARRIER BEARING PRE-
LOAD ADJUSTMENT".
1. Install a new gasket on the center housing
boit circle.
2. Lift the axle housing assembly into posi-
tion as shown in Fig. 8, engage the axle shaH
splines with the differential side gears and
slide the assembly into position.
3. Install the retaining nuts and tighten to
76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque. Be sure that the light
wire retaining clips are located under the prop-
er retaining nuts.
Diff. Lock Models - Install the differential
lock pedal spring in the pedal and fit the bracket
over the studs. Tighten the nuts to 76- 85 ft. -lbs.
Refer to Fig. 5.
4. Attach lower lift arm to pivot shaft and
connect brake rod to brake camshaft lever.
NOTE: On MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas
Tractors, first install the Zower Zink
adapters.
5. Install fender and attach light wires.
6. Attach upper lift arm to lift rod knuckle.
7. Check the axle shaft end play and adjust
Printcd in U.S.A.
DIFFERENTlAL, PIN/ON & REAR AXLE
to .002" to .008" as described in "AXLE
SHAFT END PLAY ADJUSTMENT".
8. Install tire and wheel assembly, remove
blocks and lower the tractor.
9. Check the differential lock pedal ad just-
ment as described in that heading (if tractor is
so equipped).
Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment
Make this adjustment with the axle housing
and right-hand step plate installed on the trac-
tor. Refer to Fig. 5.
1. Depress the differential lock pedalo Be
sure that the differential lock dogs are engaged.
2. Measure the distance between the step
plate and the lowest point of the pedalo This
should be 1/4" to 1/2".
3. If the pedal rests on the plate, or if there
is more than the recommended clearance,
adjust as follows:
a. Release the differential lock pedalo
b. Loosen the clamping boit.
c. Rotate the pedal about the shaft by the
amount necessary to obtain the clear-
ance of 1/4" to 1/2".
d. Tighten the clamping boit to 80 to 85
ft.-Ibs. torque, depress the differential
lock pedal and check the clearance.
e. Measure clearance and repeat Step 3
if necessary to obtain the proper
setting.
REAR AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBL y
The rear axle shaft assembly consists of the
axle shaft, axle retainer, outer grease seal,
bearing cup, bearing cone and bearing retain-
ing ring, wheel studs, axle retainer studs and
nuts. The rear axle shaft is supported by, and
splined to a differential side gear at the differ-
ential end. The outer end is supported by a
tapered roller bearing cup and cone within the
axle retainer. The bearing cone is a press fit
on the ax:le and is also held in place by a
shrunk-on ring. The axle retainer assembly is
fastened to a flange on the outer end of the axle
housing by 12 studs and nuts.
15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5

@)---+-

Fig. 30 - Reor Axle Shaft Assembly - Sectional View

1. Wheel Studs 4. Brake Backing Plate 7. Axle Beoring Cone la. Broke Lever 13. Axle Retoine,
2. Broke Drum 5. Broke Comshoft 86 Beari ng Retaining Ring 11. Axle Shaft 14. Shim(s) (End Play Adjusting)
3. Outer Axle Shoft Oil Seol 6. Axle Beoring Cup 9. 1nner Axle Shoft Oi 1 S eol 12. Axle Retoiner Stud 15. Broke Drum Retoining Screw

Axle shaft end play is adjusted by removing between the axle housing and the brake
or adding shi ms between the axle retainer and bac king plate. If grease is present,
the brake bac king plate. The adjustment is us- the axle retainer nuts have not been
ually made on the left- hand axle shaft assembly, properly tightened or mating surfaces
but could be made equally weIl on the right- hand are faulty. If there is oil seepage,
axle shaft assembly. The outer axle bearing the center housing lubricant is coming
is lubricated with a good grade of Multi-Pur- from a damaged seal or may be leaking
pose Lithium Base Grease. A grease seal on around an improperly installed seaI.
each side of the bearing prevents the entry of If necessary, replace the inner axle
dust and prevents grease from leaking out. One oil seal as described under "AXLE
seal is located in the axle retainer, the other HOUSING ASSEMBLY" and refer to
in the outer end of the axle housing. Fig. 12.

Remove the axle shaft assembly by first re- b. Check for oil or grease Ieakage be-
moving the brake drum and leave the brake tween the axle flange and the axle re-
bac king plate in place by inserting bolts thru tainer. If any leakage is present, re-
the outer axle housing flange and the brake place the outer grease seai as de-
backing plate. scribed. If center housing lubricant
appears to be present, the inner oil
seal must also be replaced.
REMOVAL
2. Drain rear axle center housing if removal
1. Visually make the following inspections of the axle housing is expected, or if there is'_____'/
before removing the axle shaft assembly: additional fluid because of external hydraulic
requirements. The normal height of center
a. Check for oil or grease leakage from housing lubricant is below the bottom of the

16
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 OlFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fig. 31 - Removing Brake Drum

outer end of the axle housing when the tractor

is on a level surface.

3. Loosen the wheel nuts, raise the rear

axle assembly and complete removal of the
wheel.

4. Securely block up both axle housings.

Fig. 33 - Axle Shaft Assembly Partially Removed
Be sure that the remaining rear tire is off the
floor. This will allow easier and more ac-
curate axle shaft end play adjustment when the 6. Remove the 12 axle retainer nuts as shown
axle shaft assembly is installed. in Fig. 32.

5. Remove the brake drum by evenly ad- 7. Carefully withdraw the assemblyfrom the
vancing two 7/16" - 14 UNC capscrews thru axle housing as shown in Fig. 33. When the re-
the threaded holes in the brake drum as shown
in Fig. 31. Do not allow grease to contact the
brake shoes and drum.

Fig. 32 - Axle Retainer Nut Removal or Installation Fig. 34 - Drilling Bearing Retaining Ring

17
Printcd in U.S.A.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, MF J50 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 35 - Axle Retoiner Assembly Puller Set.Up

tainer studs have cleared the holes, insert

capscrews of the same size as the studs thru
the axle housing flange. These capscrews will
ho Id the brake bac king plate in place on the
axle housing.
Fig. 36 - Outer Axle Oil Secl Pu 11er Set.Up
NOTE: Do not damage the inner bear-
ing seal shawn in Fig. 33, when with-
drawing the axle shaft from the axle
housing. thru the brake drum retaining screw
hales. If the bearing is tao tight for
this means of removal, proceed ta
DISASSEMBL y step c.

1. Remove the axle retainer assembly as

follows. Refer to Fig. 34.
a. Re move the bearing retaining ring by
drilling a 1/4" hole in the ring as
shown. Split the ring with a cold
chisel and remove.
NOTE: Be careful not ta nick the axle
shaft with chisel.
b. Attach a puller plate between the axle
flange and the axle retainer. Refer to
Fig. 35.
NOTE: It may be possible ta push tlze
axle retainer assembly off by evenly
advancing t/Vo 1/2"-13 UNe capscre/Vs
c. Attach puller legs as shown and force
the bearing off.
3. Remove the bearing cone from the cup.
4. Remove the outer oil seal with a sui table
puller as shown in Fig. 36.
NOTE: The ail seal must be rernoved
before the bearing cup can be removed.
5. Remove the bearing cup with a suitable
step plate and press or puller. '------./
6. Remove the axle retainer studs using a
suitable stud remover.

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE

INSPECTION

1. Examine the axle shaft for damage and

excessive wear. Particularly check the splines
and the ail seal contact surfaces. Replace the
shaft if necessary.

NOTE: A fine grade of emery cloth

may be used to smooth rough or
scratched seal contact areas. Be
certain that aU emery dust is com-
pletely removed from the axle shaft.

2. Examine the wheel boUs for galled and

stripped threads. Replace if necessary.

3. Examine the axle retainer studs for galled

and stripped threads. Replace if necessary.

4. Examine the axle retainer for cracks,

dented fini shed surfaces and stripped stud
hales. Replace if necessary.

5. Examine the bearing cup and cane for

damage and excessive wear. Place the bearing
cone in the cup and while pressing the two Fig. 37 - Outer Axle Oil Seal Installation
together, rotate the cane within the cup. If flat
or rough spots are felt, replace both bearing
cup and cane.

NOTE: Always check the bearing cup 4. Install the outer axle shaft ail seal as
and cone after removal from the axle follows:
shaft. The puUing operation can dam-
age the bearing. a. Thinly coat the O. D. of the seal case
with non-hardening gasket cement.
6. Examine the inner axle oil seal in the
axle housing for damage, excessive wear and
oil leakage. Refer to leakage described under b. Position the seal with the seal lips in-
axle shaft removal. Replace the seal if neces- ward.
sary.

7. Always replace the outer axle shaft oil c. Press the seal into its seat with a
seal with a new seal. Inspection of the ail suitable step plate. Refer ta Fig. 37.
seal is not necessary.
d. Remove any excess cement.

REASSEMBLY 5. Fill the seal lips with axle bearing

Thoroughly clean and dry aIl parts ta be used
in reassembly. With a new or serviceable axle
shaft, proceed as follows:
1. Install wheel boUs using a suitable press.
2. Install the bearing cup in the axle shaft
retainer with a suitable step plate and press.
3. Install the axle shaft retainer studs with
a suitable stud installer.
grease.
6. Carefully install the axle shaft retainer
assembly over the axle. Be careful not ta
damage the ail seal.
7. Lubricate the bearing cane as described
under HL UBRICATION. "
8. Place the bearing cane over the axle shaft
and press firmly against its seat using a tube
2" in diameter and 30" long.

Printed in U.S.A.
19
MF 135, MF 150 STO.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS
9. Heat a new bearing retaining ring to 750 0
F. (gun metal cOlor).
NOTE: Do nat exceed 800 a p. If re-
taining ring is averheated, it will nat
grip the axle shaft tightly enough ta
hald the bearing in place. A tempera-
ture indicating crayon, suc h as
"Templestix" will accurately deter-
mine temperature.
10. Place the bearing retaining ring on the
axle shaft and pre ss firmly into place against
the bearing. Be sure that it is firmly seated.
INSTALLA TION
1. Inspect and lubricate this assembly as
described under those headings.
a. Add an extra shim to the shim pack to
be sure of clearance for axle shaft end
play adjustment. Refer to Fig. 33.
Carefully insert the axle assembly into
the axle housing assembly.
NOTE: Be very careful nat ta damage
the inner bearing seal.
b. Install and tighten 4 axle retaining nuts
(spaced equally) to 50 to 55 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
c. Check the axle shaft end play and ad-
just if necessary to . 002" to . 008" end
play as described in "AXLE SHAFT
END PLAY ADJUSTMENT". Install
remaining nuts and tighten to 50 to 55
ft. -lbs. torque.
d. Install the brake drum.
e. InstaU tire and wheel assembly; re-
move blocks and lower tractor.
LUBRICATION
The splined ends of the axle shaH and the
sliding differential lock coupler are lubricated
by the center housing lubricant. The axle
bearings must be hand packed after removal of
the axle shaft assembly from the axle housing.
Use a good grade of Multi-Purpose Lithium
Base Bearing Grease (NLGI No. 2) for normal
operating conditions. If operating temperatures
are consistently higher or lower than normal,
the bearings may be lubricated with a heavier
20
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
or lighter grease, depending on operating con-
ditions.
See foUowing Chart:
MUL TI·PURPOSE LITHIUM BÀSE BEARING GREASE CHART
Consistency Air Temperature
NLGI No. 1 Below 45° F.
NLGI No. 2 Normal Operating Cond.
NLGI No. 3 Above 80° F.
Remove the axle shaft assembly as described
in that heading.
1. Inspect oil seals and replace, if neces-
sary, as described in the appropriate headings.
2. With the axle shaft assembly together,
lubricate the bearing as follows:
a. Thoroughly clean aU old grease from
around the bearing.
b. Pack grease around the bearing and fill
the cavity above it with the proper
grease selected from the Chart.
3. With the axle shaft assembly disassem-
bled, lubricate the bearing as follows: '''--.../
a. Pack the bearing cone with a grease
selected from the Chart.
b. Assemble and install the axle retainer
assembly, bearing cone, and bearing
retaining ring as described in "REAS-
SEMBLY".
c. Fill the cavity above the bearing with
the same grease used on the bearing.
d. Install the axle shaft assembly as
described in that heading.
AXLE SHAFT END PLA Y ADJUSTMENT
This adjustment is to be performed each
time the axle shaft assemblies or axle housing
assemblies and their parts are disassembled.
Replacement of the center housing or axle hous-
ings also requires checking this adjustment.
If a sound is heard when the top of the tire is
pushed in and out, this may indicate excessive
clearance between the inner ends of the axle
shafts and adjustment must be made.
This adjustment procedure shows the left-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fig. 38 - Dial Indicator Set for

Axle Shaft End Play Measurement

Fig. 39 - Differentiai Corrier Assembly

(Diff. Lock) - Sectional View
1. Carrier Bearing Cone (L.H.) 10. Differentiai Cross
hand axle shaft being removed. The axle end L. Carrier Bearing Cup (L.H.)
3. Differentiai Case Half (L.H.)
11.
12.
Differentiai Case Half (R.H.)
Si de Gear
play adjustment may be made by removing 4. Axle Hausing (L.H.) 13. Side Gear Thrust Washer
5. Ring Gear Rivet (Boit) 14. BearingShield
either the left or right-hand axle shaft assem- 6. Ring Gear 15. Carrier Beoring Cup (R.H.)
bly. 7·
8.
Differentiai Case Bolts
Differentiai Gear Thrust Washer(s)
16.
17.
Axie Housing (R.H.)
Carrier Bearing Cane (R.H.)
9. Differentiai Gears 18. Differentiai Lock Coupler Cap

With the wheel assembly and brake drum re-

moved, proceed as follows:
1. Attach dial indicator to brake bac king
plate as shown in Fig. 38.
2. Check end play by pushing the axle shaft
aIl the way in. Note indicator reading, or set
to zero. Then move the axle shaft aIl the way
out and read the indicator again. This reading
should be from . 002 to . 008 inch.
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBL y
The differential carrier assembly is sup-
ported within the center housing on two, pre-
loaded, tapered roller bearings. The bearing
cups are located in the axle housings and the
bearing cones on the differential carrier. A
different bearing (larger) and axle housing,
are used on the right side of differential lock
models. Service procedures are similar.
Carrier bearing pre-load must be determined
and set using Special Tool MFN 245Y.

3. If necessary, add shims to increase end
play, remove shims to decrease end play. See
Fig. 33. Shims are available in. 004, .006 and
. 021 of an inch thicknesses. Measurement of
the shims added, or removed, will allow adjust-
ment with only one disassembly of the retaining
bolts. Remove and install the axle shaft as sem-
bly as described in those headings to make
changes in shims.
Lubrication is provided by the common trans-
mission and center housing lubricant, M-1129.
REMOVAL
1. Remove th~ left side axle housing assem-
bly as described under "AXLE HOUSING AS-
SEMBLY REMOVAL". Refer to Fig. 8.

Printed in U.S.A. 21
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig.41 - DifferentiaI Carrier Assembly -

Removal or Installation

Fig.40 - Non-DifferentiaI Lock Carrier - Sectional View

1. Side Gear 8. Brake Lever
2. Differentiai Case 9. Carrier Bearing Cup (R.H.)
3. Differentiai Case Adapter la. Carrier Bearing Cone (R.H.)
EPaxide Resin will usually damage or
4.
5.
Center Housing
Expansion P lug
11. Axle Shait
12. Shim (s)
distort the parts.
6. Brake Camshalt Bushing 13. Differentiai Case Boit (s)
7. Brake Camshalt 14. Axle Housing (R.H.) If removal attempt must be made, try
a heavy, sharp blow driving the ring
gear away from the differential case
(boUs removed). This may break the
2. Lift the differential carrier assembly Epoxide Resin bond. --
from the center housing as shown in Fig. 41.
2. Remove the left differential carrier bear-
ing cone with a suitable puller. Refer to Fig.
DISASSEMBL y 42.

1. Remove the ring gear as follows:

a. Remove the bolts attaching the ring

gear to the differential case.

NOTE: Locfite has been used in

assembly.

b. If the ring gear is riveted to the differ-

ential case, drill part way thru the
butt end of the rivet and drive the ri-
vet out with a punch.

NOTE: Ii is recammended that a new

ring gear and pinion set and matched
differential case rtalves be installed
rather than attempt ta remove an
Epoxide Resin bonded ring gear.

Remove of a ring gear that has been

bonded to the differential case with Fig. 42 - Left Carrier Bearing Cone Pu 11er Set.Up

22

GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 43 - Removing Right Differentiai Carrier Bearing Cone
(Diff. Lock)
3. Remove the right differential carrier
bearing cone with a suitable puUer.
NOTE: This carrier bearing on the
non-diff. lock assemblies is removed
in the same manner as the left side.
Remove the carrier bearing from the
diff. lock assemblies as shawn in Fig.
43.
4. Remove the locking wire (if used).
5. Remove the differential case bolts as
shown in Fig. 44.
Fig. 45 - Removing or Installing
Differentiai Lock Coupler Cap
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 44 - Removing Differentiai Case Bolts
NOTE: Mark the case halves if there
are no match marks present.
6. Remove the differential lock coupler as
shown in Fig. 45. If a non-diff. lock model,
remove the differential case adapter.
7. Remove the right differentiai case, thrust
washer, and side gear as shown in Figs. 46
47 and 48.
8. Remove the differentiai cross, pinions
and pinion thrust washers as shown in Fig. 49.
9. Remove the left side gear and thrust
washer as shown in Fig. 50.
INSPECTION
1. Clean aU parts with a suitable soivent
and dry thoroughly.
Fig.46 - Removing or Installing Fig. 47 - Removing or Installing
Right Differentiai Case Right Side Gear Thrust Washer
23
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS
Fig. 48 - Removing or Instolling Fig.49 - Removing or Installing Differ.
Right Side Gear ential Cross, Pin ions and Thrust Washers
2. Examine the ring gear teeth for damage
or excessive wear. If it is necessary to re-
place the ring gear, also replace the drive
pinion. Replace in matched sets only.
NOTE: If an Epoxide Resin bonded
ring gear has been removed from the
differential case, carefully inspect
the apparently undamaged part for
twisting or warPing that may have
occurred during disassembly.
3. Examine the carrier bearing cups and
cones for damage and excessive wear. Place
. the bearing cone in its mating cup, press the
cone firmly against the cup and rotate the cone
back and forth. If roughness, fiat spots or
sticking is felt, replace both the cup and cone.
4. Examine the differential case halves for
damage or excessive wear. Note particularly
the side gear bores and all thrust washer
seats. Replace case halves, if required.
NOTE: Case halves are furnished in
matched sets only.
5. Examine the side gears for damaged or
excessively worn teeth. Check the internaI
splines for damage or wear. If replacement is
required, it is recommended that both side
gears be replaced at the same time.
6. Examine the differential gears for dam-
aged or excessively worn teeth. Check the
gear bores and thrust washer faces for exces-
sive wear and damage. Replace if necessary.
NOTE: Replace aU 4 differential gears
even if only one appears damaged.
24
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 50 - Removing or Installing
Left Si de Gear and Thrust Washer
7. Examine the differential cross for dam-
age or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
8. Examine the differential lock coupler
dogs for damage or wear. Replace if neces-
sary.
NOTE: On non-differential lock car-
riers; examine the differential case
adapter for damage. RePlace if neces-
sary.
REASSEMBLY
Tractors operating under extremely heavy
conditions may require installing a heavy-duty
industrial differential assembly, or, bonding
the ring gear to the differential case half with
an Epoxide Resin bonding kit. This kit is
available from Parts.
The heavy-duty assemblies have the differ-
ential case halves keyed together, along with the
usual capscrews, and the ring gear is factory
bonded to the differential case half with Epoxide
Re sin as well as being securedby the ring gear
boUs.
When the Epoxide Resin kit is used, the trac-
tor must not be used for 24 hours to allow the
Epoxide Resin to cure.
Begin with step number la if use of the
Epoxide Resin bonding kit is desired.
Begin with step number lc if a standard,
boUs only, assembly is used.
Begin witll step number .2 if .the heavy-duty
industrial assembly is used. (Ring gear is al-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5
ready bonded and bolted to the differential case
half. )
1. Install the ring gear on the left differ-
ential case half.
NOTE: TVhen installing a new ring
gear, always rePlace along with a new
drive pinion in a mat ching set.
With Epoxide Resin Kit:
a. Thoroughly clean and dry the mating
surfaces of the ring gear and the dif-
ferential case half.
b. Mix and apply the Epoxide Resin ac-
cording to the instructions with the
kit.
NOTE: The mixture must be used
within 30 minutes after miXing.
NOTE: Do not use ring gear backlash
adjusting shims between the ring
gear and case when using Epoxide
Resin.
With BoUs Only:
c. Place the ring gear on the differential
case, teeth toward the case center.
d. Thoroughly clean the special ring gear
attaching bolts and nuts.
e .. Insert the boIts, (heads in the ring
gear) and apply Loctite, grade AV, to
the threads.
f. Install the nuts and tighten to 105 to
120 ft.-lbs. torque.
NOTE: Allow Epoxide Resin bonded
assemblies to cure for 1 hour at room
temperature before completing reas-
sembly of the differential. Wait 24
hours after bonding before operating
the tractor.
2. Install a new side gear thrust washer and
side gear in the left differential case. Refer
to Fig. 50.
3. Inbt.àll new differential pinion thrust
washers after placing the differential pinions
on the differential cross. Install this assembly
in the differential case. Refer to Fig. 49.
Printed in U.S.A.
DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
4. Install the right side gear. Refer to Fig.
48.
5. Install a new side gear thrust washer.
Refer to Fig. 47.
6. Install the right-hand differential case
half. Refer to Fig. 46.
7. Install the differential lock coupler cap.
Refer to Fig. 45.
NOTE: If non-diff. lock carrier, in-
stall the differential adapter cap.
8. Install the differential case bolts and
tighten to 76 to 85 ft.-lbs. torque.
9. Install the lock wire, if used.
10. Install the left and right carrier bearing
cones with suitable step plates.
INSTALLA TION
1. Lift the differential carrier assembly
into the center housing. Refer to Fig. 41.
2. Install the left side axle housing.
3. Check carrier bearing pre-load as de-
scribed in that heading. Adjust if necessary.
4. Check axle shaft end play as described
in that heading.
5. Check ring gear and pinion backlash as
described in that heading.
IMPORTANT: Do not opera te the trac-
tor for 24 hours after an Epoxide
Resin bonded ring gear has been in-
stalled (with kit). This is necessary
to permit proper curing of the Resin.
DRIVE PIN ION ASSEMBL y
The drive pinion assembly is held in posi-
tion by a retaining flange boIted to a partition
in the center housing. This flange supports the
pinion shaft assembly in opposed, pre-Ioaded,
tapered roller bearings. The rear of the pin-
ion shaft is supported by a roller pilot bearing
that is pressed on the pinion shaft and is re-
tained by a snap ring. This straddle- mounted
drive pinion assembly is non-adjustably fixed
within the center housing. Pre-Ioad on the
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J35, MF J50 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 51 - Drive Pinion Location Fig. 53 - Differentiai Carrier Partially Removed

tapered roller bearings is 18 to 22 in.-Ibs. of Remove the drive pinion assembly as an as-
torque, measured on the pinion shaft. embly.

The differential carrier must be partially Fig. 51, shows location of drive pinion in
removed from the center housing to allow the center housing.
pilot bearing to clear the ring gear teeth when
removing the drive pinion assembly.
REMOVAL

1. Remove the left side axle housing as-

sembly as described in that heading.

2. Slide the differential carrier assembly

part of the way out of the center housing as
shown in Fig. 53. This will allow the pinion

Fig. 52 - Drive Pinion Assembly - Sectional View

l. Pilot Beoring Snop Ring 6. Ground Speed PTO Gear Hu b
2. Pilot Beoring 7. Tob Look Washer
3. Reor Topered Roller Beoring Cone 8. Beoring Adjusting Nut
4. Beoring Retoining Flange 9. Drive Pinion Shaft
Assembly 10. Ground Speed PTO Dri ve Gear
5. Front Topered Raller Beoring 11. Flonge Retoining Balt (s) Fig. 54 - Drive Shaft Coupler Cotter Pin Removal

26
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fig. 55 - Removing or Ins10lling Drive Shaft

And Drive Shaft Coupler

pilot bearing to clear the ring gear when the

drive pinion assembly is removed.

3. Remove the hydraulic lift coyer as de- Fig. 57 - Ground Speed PTO Drive Gear
Removal or Installation
scribed in Group ID, Section A, Part 4.

4. Remove the cotter pin in the drive shaft

coupler, slide the coupler over the drive shaft
and lift the two parts out as a unit as shown in
Figs. 54 and 55.
5. Remove the spiral snap ring holding the
ground speed PTO gear (if so equipped) to Hs
hub as shown in Fig. 56.
6. Remove the GSPTO gear. Refer to Fig.
57.
ficult ta remove, because of limited
clearance, unless the ground speed
PTO gear is pushed as far forward on
the splines as Possible. See Fig. 58.
8. Force the drive pinion assembly from the
center housing by evenly advancing two, 9/16"-
13 UNe capscrews thru the tapped holes in the
retainer flange. See Fig. 59.

7. Remove the 6 capscrews in the drive

pinion retaining flange.

NOTE: The bottom capscrew is dif-

Fig. 58 - Removing or Installing

Fig. 56 - Spiral Snap Ring Removal Bottom Pinion Flange Re10ining Boit

Printed in U.S.A.
27
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 S1D.
MF 150 HI. CL GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 59 - Removing Drive Pinion Assembly Fig.61 - Removing Bearing Adjusting Nut

NOTE: These capscrews must have at
least 2-1/2" of threadin order to com-
pletely remove the assembly. Two of
the flange retainer capscrews could be
used to start removal of the assembly,
but are tao short to comPlete the
removal.
DISASSEMBL y
1. Raise the tab on the lock washer as
shown in Fig. 60.
3. Remove the bearing adjust:i:ng nut and tab
lock washer as shown in Fig. 62.
4. Remove the ground speed PTO gear hub
(or spacer) as shown in Fig. 63.
NOTE: Tractors without CS PTO will
have a tubular spacer in this location
instead of the hub shawn.
5. Remove the front tapered roller bearing
as shown in Fig. 64.

2. Loosen the bearing adjusting nut as shown

in Fig. 61.

Fig. 62 - Removing or Installing Tab Lock Washer

Fig. 60 - Lifting Lock Washer Tab And Bearing Adjusting Nut

28
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION & REAR AXLE

PILOT
SNAP RING

Fig. 63 - Removing or Installing Ground Speed PTO Hub

Fig. 65 - Removing or Installing Pilot Bearing Snap Ring

6. Remove the pinion pilot bearing as fol-

lows:
7. The pinion bearing flange assembly with
a. Remove the pilot bearing snap ring as the two bearing cups is not to be disassembled
shown in Fig. 65. for service. The sleeve portion of the assem-
bly is machined after the bearing cups are
b. Re move the pilot bearing as shown in installed and replacing either cup would alter
Fig. 66. the original dimensions.

NOTE: It will be necessary ta start

the bearing by driving against the inner INSPECTION
race sa that there is space ta install
the bearing puller plate. 1. Thoroughly clean aIl parts in a suitable
solvent and dry.
c. Remove the rear tapered bearing as
shown in Fig. 67.

NOTE: The bearing must first be sep-

arated fram the pinion using a hammer
and punch on the inside race of the
bearing.

Fig. 64 - Removing or Installing Front Bearing Cone Fig. 66 - Removing Pinion Pilot Bearing

Printed in U.S.A.
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J35, MF 150 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5

Fig. 67 - Removing Rear Tapered Roller Bearing

2. Examine the pinion teeth and shaft splines

for damage and excessive wear. Replace the
pinion if required.

3. Rotate pilot bearing. If any roughness,

flat spots, sticking, or looseness is f elt, re-
place the bearing.
Fig. 68 - Installing Rear Tapered Roller Bearing

4. Check the tapered roller bearings by

turning the bearing cone in its mating cup while
applying hand pressure to the bearing. If
roughness, flat spots, or sticking is felt, re-
place bath bearing cup and cone.
NOTE: Bath bearing cups are instal-
led in the pinian retainer flange dur-
ing production of the flange and are not
ta be rePlaced without replacing the
entire flange assembly.
If ane bearing cup or cane is damaged,
bath canes and the flange assembly
must be rePlaced ta avoid running a
new part against an old.
5. Examine the drive pinion retainer flange
assembly for a warped or damaged flange and
damage to the O. D. of the sleeve portion of the
assembly. Replace if necessary, along with
the mating bearing cones.
6. Examine the GS PTO gear hub, GS PTO
gear and the GS PTO gear snap ring. Replace
any damaged or worn parts.
NOTE: Models without CS PTO will
have a spacer where the gear hub is
located.
7. Examine the tab lock washer for an ex-
cessive number of broken tabs. Break off any
tabs that have been used. They will not hold
a second time. Use a new washer if available. ',-_/
8. Examine the bearing adjusting nut for
stripped threads. Replace if necessary.

30
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE

Fig. 71 - Measuring Pinion Bearing Rolling Torque

Fig. 69 - Installing Pinion Pilot Bearing

Install the pilot bearing snap ring. Refer to

REASSEMBLY Fig. 65.

1. Install the rear pinion bearing as shown 3. Place the pinion assembly in the retaining
in Fig. 68. flange, and install the front tapered roller
bearing. Refer to Fig. 64.
2. Install the pinion pilot bearing as shown
in Fig. 69. 4. Install the GS PTO hub. Refer to Fig.
63.
NOTE: Jnstall the Pilot bearing with
the J. D. chamfer facing the snap ring NOTE: Jnstall the spacer on non-CS
groove. PTO models.

5. Install the tab lock washer. Refer to Fig.

62.

6. Install the bearing adjusting nut and

tighten the nut enough to load the pinion bear-
ings to 18 to 22 in.-lbs. of torque. Refer to
Fig. 70.

7. Check the bearing pre-load using a torque

wrench as shown in Fig. 71. Tighten or loosen
the bearing adjusting nut to obtain 18 to 22 in.-
lbs. of torque.

8. With bearing pre-load set, bend a tab on

the lock washer into a mating slot in the bearing
adjusting nut.

INSTALLA TlON

Fi g. 70 - Tightening Bearing Adjusting Nut Refer to Fig. 72.

Printed in U.S.A.
31
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS
PINION FLANGE
ALlGNMENT PIN "\..
Fi9. 72 - Drive Pinion Assembly
1. Position the assembly in the center hous-
ing with the alignment pin over its mating hole
(countersunk hole down).
2. Draw the pinion retainer flange into the
center housing by evenly tightening two bolts
opposite each other in the pinion assembly
flange. Refer to Fig. 73.
NOTE: Two capscrews 3" long with at
least 2-1/2" of thread are needed to
draw the assembly in. After the as-
sembly is part way in, the regular re-
taining capscrews are long enough to
complete drawing the assembly into
position.
Fig. 73 - Insta lIing Drive Pinion Assembly
32
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 74 - Drive Shah Coupler Installed
3. Install the pmlOn retaining flange cap-
screws and tighten to 75 to 80 ft.-Ibs. torque.
4. Install the GSPTO gear and spiral snap
ring as shown in Figs. 56 and 57.
5. Install the drive shaft and drive shaft
coupler. Refer to Fig. 55.
NOTE: Be certain that the cotter pin
hole in the couPler is positioned toward
the transmission.
6. Install the cotter pin in the coupler shaft.
NOTE: Be certain that the cotter pin
end is comPletely flattened. Refer to
Fig. 74.
7. Install the PTO shift lever and cover.
Tighten the capscrews to 50 to 55 ft.-lbs.
torque.
8. Install the lüt cover assembly as de-
scribed in Group nI, Section A, Part 4.
9. Slide the differential carrier assembly
into position in the center housing.
10. Install the left axle housing assemblyas
described in that heading.
11. Check ring gear and pinion backlash ad-
justment as described under that heading.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 75 - Ring Geer end Pinion Becklesh Meesurement
RING GEAR AND PIN/ON BACKLASH
ADJUSTMENT
Ring gear and pinion backlash may be adj usted
on new ring gear and pinion installations by use
of shims between the ring gear and the differ-
ential case half. (Except Epoxide Resin bonded
assemblies) Shims 190 027 Ml (.003") and
190 028 Ml (.007") are available for this ad-
justment.
NOTE: Do not adjust backlash on ring
gear and pinion that have been in ser-
vice. Normal wear has established
tooth contact patterns and any change
in backlash will also change tooth con-
tact. This will create high stress
points and lead to early failure of the
ring gear and pin ion.
Measure and adjust backlash when carrier
bearing pre-Ioad has been set and the rear axle
assembled.
1. Remove the Rydraulic Lift Cover as
described in Group li, Section A, Part 4, (if
not previously done).
2. Attach a dial indicator to the center
housing and rest the dial indicator on a ring
gear tooth at the pitch diameter of the gear, in
line with the center of the gear. Refer to Fig.
75.
Printed in U.S.A.
DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
NOTE: The pitch diameter is approxi-
rrtately half way between the inner and
outer diameters of the gear.
3. Rold the drive pinion stationary and turn
the ring gear to contact the pinion.
4. Zero the dial indicator or note the
reading.
5. Rotate the ring gear away from the pinion
until it makes contact again with the pinion.
Note the dial indicator reading. Check this at
four equally spaced points on the ring gear.
Backlash should be from .005" to .015". li it
is not within this range, add or remove shims
to obtain the proper backlash as follows:
a. Remove the differential carrier and re-
move the ring gear as described in
"DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEM-
BLY".
b. Install the proper shim(s) between the
differential case half and the ring gear.
NOTE: Backlash is increased or de-
creased by approxirrtately the thick-
ness of the shim used. (A. 003" shim
will change backlash by about. 003'?
c. Reinstall the ring gear and differential
carrier as described in "DIFFEREN-
TIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY".
d. Check backlash again in four places.
e. Reinstall the hydraulic lift cover as
described in Group ID, Section A, Part
4.
Insufficient backlash may be caused by any
one, or all of these items.
1. Too many shims between ring gear and
differential case half. Remove the number of
shims necessary to arrive at the proper back-
lash.
2. Lack of a center housing-to-axle housing
gasket. Install a new gasket and tighten the at-
taching nuts to 50-55 ft.-Ibs. torque.
3. Left-hand carrier bearing cup or cone is
not fully seated. Be sure the cup and cone are
pressed fully against their seats. Remove any
shi ms that may have been placed under the
bearing cup or the bearing cone.
Perform the carrier bearing pre-Ioad ad-
33
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STO.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS
justment (as described under that heading) again
if a gasket is installed between the center
housing and the axle housing, or if the bearing
cup or cone is repositioned.
Another method of moving the ring gear in
relation to the pinion may be used in sorne in-
stances. This method involves use of car-
rier bearing pre-load shims behind the left- hand
carrier bearing cup.
NOTE: This is the only means of
backlash adjustment on Epoxide Resin
bonded ring gear assemblies.
Carrier bearing shims can be used to de-
crease backlash if the right- hand bearing shield
is greater than . 030" or there is at least one
. 005" shim. In this case, install the next
34
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
smaller shield, or remove shim(s) and install
the same thickness shim behind the left-hand'
carrier bearing. (Use non-differential lock
bearing shims behind the left carrier bearing).
This maintains carrier bearing pre-load and
moves the ring gear (and differential carrier)
to the right.
Backlash may be increased by removing
bearing cup shim(s) from behind the left carried
bearing, and adding this thickness to the right
carrier bearing. Use the appropriate shield or
shim(s).
Bearing cup shims are not originally fitted
behind the left-handcarrier bearing cup. Shims
are always fitted behind the right-hand carrier
bearing (whether differential lock or non-dif-
ferential lock) when establishing carrier bear-
ing pre-load.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON

GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2

PART 2-INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180 TRACTORS

INDEX

Page

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

POWER TAKE-OFF SHAFT ASSEMBLY ........... 2

Removing the PTO Shaft Assembly ............ 2
Inspection and Servicing the PTO shaft . . . . . . . . 3
Reinstalling the PTO Shaft Assembly .......... 4

POWER TAKE-OFF CLUTCH ASSEMBLY ......... 4

Removing the PTO Clutch Assembly ....... .... 4
Disassembling the PTO Clutch Assembly........ 6
Inspecting and Reassembling the PTO
Clutch Assembly ........................... 7
Reinstalling the PTO Clutch Assembly ... . . . . . . 8

POWER TAKE-OFF REGULATING VALVE ....... 10

Removing the Regulating Valve .............•. 10
Inspecting and Servicing the Regulating Valve .. 11
Reinstalling the Regulating Valve ............. 11

HYDRAULIC PUMP ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12

Removing the Hydraulic Pump ............•... 12
Inspecting and Servicing the Hydraulic Pump .. , 12
Reinstalling the Hydraulic Pump ., ....... , ... , 14

TROUBLE-SHOOTING ........................ 14

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The Independent Power Take-Off (IPTO) feature allows the PTO shaft to operate
completely independent of the transmission and at a speed which is proportional ta en-
gine speed. Independent PTO is accomplished by incorporating a hydraulic pump, a
clutch pack and a control valve to engage and disengage the PTO shaft.

Power is transmitted by the engine through a "split torque clutch" and through the
Ferguson hydraulic pump ta the PTO clutch assembly. This power is transmitted any
time the engine is running, regardless of the position of the tractor clutch pedal.

Operation of the PTO drive shaft is accomplished by moving the control lever ta the
"on" position, which directs oil to the clutch pack and engages the clutch. Moving the
lever to the "off" position releases the clutch and directs oil to a brake which is inte-
gral ta the PTO clutch pack. The brake stops the PTO shaft.

Figs. 1 and 2 show sectional views of the Independent PTO me chanism.

Printed in U.S.A. 1
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
'NDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2

TO MULTI-POWER

~~~~:S:S::S~~~~====~==========:::I::~~:;:ss:s:s:s:~REC;;ULATING
VALVE

-+--
1 4 GPM.
PUMP
CLUTCH
1 ASSEMBLY

PUMP DRIVE
!.---;-;- GEAR

Fig. 1 - Sectional View Showing Main Components if Independent PTO Model Tractor - Multi-Power
Model Without Independent Auxiliary Hydraulics Shown

TO MUL TI-POWER

~~~~~~~'T;~;:====~z:::=========r~;s:sS~~~REGULATING
VALVE

1
-+--
CLUTCH
1 ASSEMBLY

~--;-;- GEAR

Fig. 2 - Sectional View Showing Main Components of Independent PTO Model Tractor - Multi-Power
Model With Independent Auxiliary Hydraulics Shown

POWER lAKE-OFF SHAFl ASSEMBLy pack and connects the PTO shaft to the rear
end of the Ferguson hydraulic pump.
The power take-off shaft projects from the
rear of the tractor center housing and has a
1-3/8 inch spline with an annular groove.
REMOV'NG THE PTO SHAFT ASSEM81. y
The proportional engine speed drive of the
PTO is engaged by placing the shift lever in the 1. Drain the oil from the center housing and
"on" position. Thls pressurizes the clutch transmission.

2

GROUP Il - SECTION
Fig. 3 - Power Toke.Off Shoft Assembly
2. Remove check chain brackets and screws
securing PTO retainer plate to the housing.
NOTE: On some models it is nat ne-
cessary ta remove the check chain
brackets.
3. Remove cover cap from the PTO shaft.
4. Insert a punch through hole in PTO shaft
and pull shaft, bearing and oil seal retainer out
of the housing as an assembly. See Fig. 3.
INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE PTO SHAFT
1. Carefully slide the retainer and seal as-
sembly off the shaft. Inspect the seal and the
Fig. 4 - Installing Oïl Seo 1 in Retainer
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY-FERGUSON MF J35, J50, J65, J75 AND J80
D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 5 - Installing Rear PTO Bearing
mating surface on the shaft. If either shows
wear or damage, they must be replaced. If the
tractor has been operated for an extra long
period, it is advisable to replace the seai.
Wh en installing a new seal, press it into the
retainer until it bottoms as shown in Fig. 4.
Install seal with lip in seal toward bearing.
2. Inspect rear bearing for roughness, dam-
age or wear. If damaged, it must be replaced.
If it is necessary to replace the bearing, pro-
ceed as follows:
a. Remove retaining ring at rear of bear-
ing and press off shaft.
b. Press new bearing on shaft with re-
taining ring on O. D. of bearing rear-
ward as shown in Fig. 5. Secure with
retaining ring.
3. Inspect shaft splines on each end. Also
check for any bend in the shaft. If either is
evident, the shaft must be replaced.
4. Carefully start seal over end of PTO
shaft and place against bearing.
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF
Fig.6 - Installing Front PTO Bearing
Us ing Special Tools MFH 8000, 800P and 800e
5.· Whenever the PTO shaft is removed for
servicing, it is advisable to check front bear-
ing in the center housing. If the bearing shows
wear or damage, it must be replaced. To re-
place the front PTO bearing, refer to the ap-
propriate heading and proceed as outlined.
Procedures for Replacing Frant Bearing
with Only the PTO Shaft Removed
a. Remove the left axle housing and remove
the differential assembly.
b. Use a suitable bearing puller and sliding
hammer and pull old bearing out rearward.
c. Use special tool MF 13 with 813 mandrel
and install new bearing. (Special tools are in
MF 400 tool set. )
Procedures for Replacing Frant Bearing
with the PTO Clutch Assembly Removed
a. Remove left axle housing and remove
differential assemb:y.
4
GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2
b. Use a suitable bearing puller and sliding
hammer and pull old bearing out.
c. Use special tools MFN 800 D, MFN 800 P
and MFN 800 C and pull bearing into place as
shown in Fig. 6.
NOTE: When installing needle bear-
ings, always aPPly force against let-
tered side of bearing only.
RE/NSTALUNG THE PTO SHAFT ASSEMBL y
1. Start the complete PTO shaft assembly
into the tractor and align splines into the PTO
clutch pack.
2. Lubricate the "O"-ring on the seai re-
tainer and carefully push retainer and shaft
into place.
NOTE: Do not allow seal and retainer
to come off the PTO shajt while in-
stalling the shaft. Damage could occur
to the seal.
3. Secure PTO assembly with retaining
plate and screws.
4. Reinstall check chain brackets.
POWER lAKE-OFF
CLUlCH ASSEMBL y
The PTO clutch assembly is located in the
center housing between the Ferguson hydraulic
pump and the PTO output shaft. The clutch as-
sembly is hydraulically operated and obtains
its oil supply from the transmission pump.
REMOVING THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
The figures shown here are of the MF 165
Tractor. However, the procedures will be
similar unless otherwise specified. Before the
PTO clutch assembly can be removed, it will
be necessary to split the tractor between the
transmission and center housing, remove the
hydraulic lift cover and the Ferguson hydraulic
pump.
To remove the PTO clutch assembly, pro-
ceed as follows:
1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover as out- ~.
lined in Group III - Section A - Part 4 for MF
135, 150 and 165 Tractors; and Group Ill-
 MASSEY -FERGUSON MF J35, J50, J65, J75 AND J80
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF

~...

Fig. 7 - Split Between Transmission and Center Housing

Section A - Part 5 for MF 175 and 180 Trac-

tors.

2. Drain the oil from the transmission and

center housing.
Fig. 8 - Front View of PTO Clutch and Hydraulic
Pumps Installed in the Center Housing
3. Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
1. Ferguson Pump 4. Secondory Di! Circuit line
only. 2. PTO Clutch Assembly 5. Primery Oi! Circuit Line
3. PTO Brake Di sc 6. Hydraul ic Pump

a. Remove the rear hood side panels.

b. Remove the battery. 4. Remove step plates and disconnect light

c. Remove capscrews securing the in-
strument panel to the transmission
housing.
d. Remove capscrews and nuts securing
the steering gear housing to the trans-
mission case.
e. Raise instrument panel and steering
housing approximately 1 inch and block
up as shown in Fig. 7.
f. Remove capscrews securing the top
cover to the transmission and care-
fully remove the cover.
NOTE: If the cover is nat raised
slightly ta release detent spring ten-
sion, the springs will fly out when the
caver is remaved.
wires.
5. Disconnect brake rods at the rear.
6. Place suitable jacks under the transmis-
sion and center housing.
7. Remove bolts securing center housing to
the transmission and carefully roll the unit
apart as shown in Fig. 7.
8. Remove lines, Nos. 4 and 5, Fig. 8
(Tractors with auxiliary hydraulics only.)
Tractors without auxiliary hydraulics do not
have a line between the pump and side cover.
9. Disconnect test line between control valve
and left-hand side cover. Remove coyer.
10. Remove the PTO shaft as outlined under
the heading "Removing the PTO Shaft".

g. Dis conne ct oil line between the pump 11. Remove the two mounting studs on the
and the Multi-Power Transmission. Ferguson hydraulic pump.

Printed in U.S.A. 5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2

Fig. 10 - Rear Side of the PTO Clutch Assembly

1. Control Volve Spool 2. Retaining Plate 3. Retaining Ring

the modulating piston can then be slid out of the

valve as an assembly.
Fig. 9 - Hydraulic Pumps Positioned in Housing
for Removing Elbow Fitting
1. El bow Fi ttin 9 2. Hydroulic Pump 3. Fergu son Pump 6. Remove snap ring, No. 2, Fig. 11, and
thrust washer, No. 3.

12. On tractors with independent auxiliary
hydraulics, rotate the hydraulic pumps to one
side, as shown in Fig. 9, and rem ove fitting,
No. 1.
13. Remove both pumps (as an assembly)
forward and out of the center housing.
7. -Carefully lift valve assembly off over hub
of clutch housing.
If necessary to disassemble the brake, refer
to Fig. 12 for identification and sequence of
parts.

14. Rotate the clutch assembly to the left

and remove through front opening in center
housing.

DISASSEMBUNG THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y

1. Place the clutch assembly on a bench

with the retainer ring up as shown in Fig. 10.

2. Remove retaining ring, No. 3, Fig. 10,

and rem ove the retaining plate.

3. Remove clutch disc separator plates,

wave springs and hub from the clutch housing.

4. Use two pairs of pliers and carefully lift

the piston out.

5. After an parts are removed from the

clutch housing, turn the assembly over as Fig. 11 - Front Side of the PTO Clutch Assembly
shown in Fig. 11. The control valve spool and 1. Volve ond Housing Assembly
2. Snop Ring
3. Th",st Washer 4. Cluteh Housing
5. Brake Dise

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

Fig. 12 - PTO Clutch Assembly Identification and Sequence of Parts

1. Moduloting Volve Assembly 4. "O"·Ring 7. Housing la. Cluteh Housing 13. Friction Dise 16. Retoiner Plate
2. Modu loting Piston S. PloIe 8. Snop Ring 11. Piston 14. Wove Spring 17. Separolor Plate
3. Control Volve Housing 6. Brake Pi ston 9. Thrust Wosher 12. Hub 15. Reloining Ring 18. Brake Dise

INSPECTING AND REASSEMBLING

THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
Inspect aIl parts for wear or damage. Re-
place if necessary. If friction disc or speara-
tor plates are warped or worn, they must be
1.
"1 .r

replaced. Refer to Fig. 12 for identification

and sequence of parts.

1. Lubricate seal rings on clutch housing

hub and carefuIly place control valve and brake
ring on housing and secure with thrust washer
and snap ring. See Fig. 11.

2. Slide control valve spool and modulating

piston assembly into the valve body. Use vase-
line on the piston to retain in spool while in-
stalling.

3. Turn the clutch assembly over and install

piston using special tool MFN 768 as shown in
Fig. 13. Fig. 13 t Installing Piston Using Special Tooi MFN 768

Prinled in U.S.A. 7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 14 - Install Cluteh Dises and Springs
NOTE: If special tool MFN 768 is not
available, use 5 or 6 pieces of 3/16"
rod approximately 2" long.
4. Place center hub into housing.
5. Install one separator plate against the
piston, followed by a friction disc and wave
spring.
NOTE: When installing new friction
dises, the dises must be submerged in
M-1129-A ail for a minimum of 30
minutes.
6. Continue to install discs and separatar
plates in the same sequence leaving the last
friction disc and wave spring out.
7. Before installing the last friction disc and
Fig. 15 - Installing Relaining Ring
8
GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 16 - PTO Cluteh Assembly Positioned in Place
spring, push in on the disc and insert small
pins or Allen wrenches in oil holes ta hold in
place. See Fig. 14.
8. Install last friction disc and wave spring
as shown in Fig. 14.
9. With the pins remaining in the oil holes,
position retainer plate in place and secure with
retaining ring as shown in Fig. 15.
10. Remove the pins or wrenches.
REINSTAL.LlNG THE PTO CL.UTCH ASSEM8L. y
1. Install clutch assembly into place as
shown in Fig. 16.
2. Place bath hydraulic pumps, (as an as-
sembly) into the housing against PTO clutch
assembly.
3. On tractors with independent auxi.liary
hydraulics, rotate the hydraulic pumps ta one
side and install fitting, No. 1, as shown in
Fig. 17.
NOTE: Leave lock nut on fitting loose
until line is installed.
4. Install the two mounting studs inta side of
pump and secure with retaining nuts.
5. Install the PTO shaft as outlined under
the heading "Reinstalling the PTO Shaft".
 MASSEY-FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND l80
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

Fig. 17 - Hydraulic Pumps Positioned in Housing

for Installing Elbow Fitting
1. El bow Fitting 2. Hydraulic Pump 3. Ferguson Pump

6. Slide clutch assembly rearward against Fig. 19 - Front View of PTO Clutch and Hydraulic
PTO shaft retainer ring. Pumps Installed in the Center Housing
1. Ferguson Pump 4. Secondary Oil Circuit Line
2. PTO Clutch Assembly 5. Primary Qil Circuit Line
3. PTO Brake Dis c 6. Hydraulic Pump
7. Adjust retainer sleeve on rear of Fer-
guson hydraulic pump to obtain a clearance be-

tween the PTO clutch hub and the sleeve of

.005" to .015". See Fig. 18.

8. Install shift control cover on left side of

center housing and connect test line between
cover and control valve.

9. Install lines, Nos. 4 and 5, Fig. 19,

(tractors with auxiliary hydraulics only). On
tractors without auxiliary hydraulics, install
one line between pump and clutch control valve.

10. Lubricate input shaft splines and care-

fully roll transmission and engine together.

NOTE: Use care when joining the two

units or damage could occur.

11. Install capscrews securing the engine to

transmission and tighten securely.

12. Cannect brake rads and install step

Fig. 18 - Top View Showing Proper Clearance
Between PTO Clutch and Sleeve plates.

Printed in U.S.Â. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
'NDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2

13. Tractors with Multi-Power Trans-

mission only.

a. Connect oil line between the pump and

Multi-Power Transmission.

b. Install transmission top cover and se-

cure with retaining capscrews.

c. Remove block between steering housing

and transmission and attach housing ta
transmission.

d. Install capscrews securing instrument

panel to the transmission housing.

e. Install battery and rear hood side

panels.

14. Install the hydraulic lift cover as out- Fig. 20 - Removing or Installing Input Shah
, lined in Group ID, Section A, Part 4 for MF Retainer and Va Ive Assembly
135, 150 and 165 Tractors; and Group ID, Sec-
tion A, Part 5 for MF 175 and 180 Tractors.

15. Fill transmission and center housing to

proper level with specified oil (M-1129-A).
POWER TAKE-OFF
REGULATING VALVE
The PTO regulating valve on tractars with
standard 6-speed transmission is installed be-
tween the transmission pump and the PTO
clutch assembly. This valve maintains an oil
pressure of 280-325 psi to the PTO clutch con-
trol valve.
The regulating valve on tractors with Multi-
Power Transmission control both the Multi-
Power and Independent PTO circuits and is
mounted on the input shaft retainer. This valve
is installed in the circuit between the oil cooler
outlet and the Multi-Power clutch pack. This
valve maintains an oil pressure of 240-500 psi
ta the PTO clutch control valve, with the oil
tempe rature 70-900 F.
assembly as outlined under the heading "Power
Take-Off Clutch Assembly".
b. Screw valve assembly out of the PTO
clutch assembly.
Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
a. Split tractor between engine and trans-
mission.
b. Unhook clutch release bearing return
springs and remove release bearing and re-
tainer.
c. Remove clutch release yoke and shafts.
ct. Disconnect brake rods and remove brake
pedal shaft.

e. Dis conne ct oil supply line and control

REMOV'NG THE REGULAT'NG VALVE linkage at the valve.

To remove the PTO regulating valve, refer
to the appropriate heading and proceed as out-
lined:
Tractors with Standard 6 -Speed Transmission
f. Remove capscrews securing input shaft
retainer to the transmission.
g. Using special tool FT 357 ta protect oil
seal, remove input shaft retainer and valve as
an assembly. See Fig. 20.

a. Split the tractor between the center hous- h. Remove screws securing valve to input
ing and transmission and remove PTO clutch shaft retainer.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON Mf J35, J50, J65, J75 AND 780
GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-Off

Fig. 22 - Multi-Power Control and Regulating Valve

Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Plug 3. Reguloting Spool 4. Vol ve Body
2. Spring 5. Control Spool
Fig.21 - PTO Regulating Valve (Tractors Without
Mu Iti ·Power T ransmi ss ion) Identi fica tion
and Sequence of Parts
1. Valve Body 2. Spaal 3. Spring 4. Plug

d. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. If

spring is damaged, it must be replaced. If
either spool(s) or valve body is scored, replace
INSPECTING AND SERVICING valve body and spools as an assembly.
THE REGULA TING VAL VE
e. Reassemble spools and spring in valve
Tractors with Standard 6-Speed Transmission body by referring to Fig. 22 for identification
and sequence of parts.
a. Refer to Fig. 21 and carefully remove
plug, No. 4. f. Install valve assembly on the input shaft
retainer.
NOTE: This plug is spring-loaded.

b. Remove spring, No. 3. NOTE: One of the screws, securing

c. Bump valve body on a block of wood and
remove spool, No. 2.
d. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. If
the spring is damaged, it must be replaced. If
the spool or body is scored, replace both as an
assembly.
e. Refer to Fig. 21 and reassemble the valve
in sequence shown. Tighten plug, No. 4, 15 to
25 ft. -lbs. torque.
the valve body to the retainer, holds
the control spool in Place and contains
a copper washer. This screw must be
installed in the forward hole at the
protruding end of the spool.
REINSTALUNG THE REGULA TING VALVE
1. To reinstall the PTO regulating valve.
refer to the appropriate heading and proceed as
outlined:

Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission

a. Refer to Fig. 22 and remove plug, No. 1. Tractors with Standard 6-Speed Transmission

NOTE: This plug is spring-loaded. a. Connect the regulating valve assembly to

the PTO clutch assembly.
b. Remove spring, No. 2, and regulating
spool, No. 3. b. Install the clutch assembly into center
housing as outlined under the heading "Reinstal-
c. Remove control spool with "0" -ring, ling the PTO Clutch Assembly" in this Part of
No. 5. the Manual.

Printed in U.S.A. 11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF
Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
a. Using special tool FT 357, install input
shaft retainer and regulating valve as shown
in Fig. 20.
b. Secure with retaining capscrews.
c. Conne ct oil supply line and control valve
linkage.
d. Install brake pedal shaft and connect
brake linkage rods.
e. Install clutch release yoke and shafts.
f. Install clutch release bearing and return
springs.
g. Reconnect tractor between engine and
transmission.
h. Reconnect and adjust Multi-Power shift
linkage.
HYDRAULIC PUMP
The hydraulic pump is located in the center
housing and is mounted on top of the Ferguson
hydraulic pump. The pump is of the positive
displacement, gear type and is driven through
an idler gear by the main pump drive gear. The
main drive gear is located slightly ahead of the
Ferguson hydraulic pump and is splined to both
PTO front drive shaft and the Ferguson pump
camshait.
Two different pum,ps are used depending on
how the tractor is equipped. AlI model tractors
without independent auxiliary hydraulics are
equipped with a 4 gpm capacity pump. Tractors
equipped with independent auxiliary hydraulics
have a 9 gpm capacity pump.
The delivery pressure of each pump, how-
ever, is controlled by two different regulating
valves dependlng upon the type of transmission
installed in the tractor.
The capacity of the pump can be determined
wi thout disassembling the tractor by observing
the PTO shift lever cover. Tractors with lines
and fittings on the cover are equipped with a
9 gpm pump. Tractors with no lines and fit-
tings have a 4 gpr.: :1ump.
12
GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2
REMOVING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
1. Split the tractor between the center hous-
ing and transmission and rem ove both pumps
(Ferguson and PTO) as an assembly.
NOTE: This procedure is recommend-
ed la enable the backlash between the
pump drive gear and idler gear ta be
checked when the pump is reinstalled.
2. Remove capscrews securing the hydraulic
pump to the mounting bracket.
INSPECTING AND SERVICING
THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
To service the hydraulic pump, refer to the
appropriate heading and proceed as follows:
9 gpnt pump
1. Remove idler shait and gear.
NOTE: The idler gear has 22 loose
needle bearings and will faZZ out when
the shaft is puZZed out of the gear.
2. Remove snap ring securing the driven
gear to the shait and remove gear.
3. Remove snap ring behind the gear.
4. Remove capscrews. Carefully remove
front plate, and diaphragm seal and plate as an
assembly.
5. Remove the two gears and shafts.
6. Remove plugs, springs, poppets etc. See
Fig. 23.
7. Inspect the gear assemblies and the pump
housing. If scoring in the housing or damaged
gears is eVident, it is recommended that the
complete pump be replaced.
8. Inspect relief valve for wear or damage.
If the pump body and gears are serviceable, the
relief valves and springs can be replaced.
Shims are av ailable between relief valve
springs and plugs ta change pressure on these
valves. The priority relief valve should be set
500 to 800 psi and the secondary relief valve
should be set 2500 to 2600 psi.
9. Refer to Fig. 23 for identification and
sequence of parts and reassembly the pump.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, ISO, 165, 175 AND 180
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

Fig. 23 - Hydraulic Pump (9 GPM) Identificatian and Sequence of Ports

1. Idler Geor and Shoft 5. Bock·UpGosket 10. Drive Geor 14. Boll,PriorityRel;efVolve 19. Plug
2. Front Plate 6. Diophrogm Plate 11. Follow Geor Assembly 15. Spring 20. Shims
3. Diophrogm Seol 7. Leod Geor Assembly 12. Orifice Plate Assembly 16. Plug 21. Spring, Secondory Relief Volve
4. Protector Gasket 8. Pump Body 13. Sleeve 17. Flow Divider Spool 22. Poppet Assembly
9. Snop Ring 18. Plug

Install diaphragm front plate, No. 6, Fig. 23, gear shaft to 40 to 45 ft. -lbs. torque. Tighten
with bronze side toward gears. Tighten idler front plate retaining capscrew to 7 to 10 ft.-Ibs.
torque.

4 gpm pump

1. Remove idler shaft and gear.

2. Remove snap ring securing the drive gear

to the shaft and remove the gear.

3. Remove capscrews securing the pump to-

gether and remove filter assembly and cover.

4. Remove gear and shafts from pump body.

5. The two shaft bearings and seals can then

be removed.

6. If required, remove the relief valve as-

Fig. 24 - Hydraulic Pump (4 GPM) Identification sembly. See Fig. 24 for sequence of parts.
and Sequence of Parts
1. Cover 5, Pump Body
2. Follow Geor Assembly 6. Leod Geor Assembly 7. Inspect aU parts for wear cr damage.
3. Seol Ba ck·Up Gosket
4. Seol
7. Wear Plate (Diophrogm)
8. Seol
Replace if necessary. If scoring in the housing

Printcd in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 25 - Front View Showing Correct Becklash
of Hydroulic Pump Drive Geers
or damaged gears is eVident, it is recommend-
ed that the complete pump be replaced.
8. Inspect the relief valve. If the pump body
and gears are serviceable, the relief valve parts
can be replaced if necessary. The relief valve
shoulcl be set 500 to 650 psi.
9. Refer to Fig. 24 for identification and se-
quence of parts to reassemble the pump.
REINSTAlLlNG THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
1. Attach the hydraulic pump to the mounting
bracket on top of the Ferguson pump and secure
with retaining capscrews.
2. Check backlash between idler gear on
pump and main drive gear. The backlash be-
tween these two gears should be .003" to .006"
and is obtained by the use of shims between the
pump and mounting bracket. See Fig. 25.
Shil11s are available in .002", . 005" and, 010"
thickness.
NOTE: The fig/Ires SI!O/('ii are of Ilze
y .~!)jJ/ !JUiIl!J, Iml flle jJroce(lin-es are
!IIC sanlc.
14
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 26 - Gouge Properly Instolled for Checking
PTO Clutch Pressure - MF 175 Troctor Shown
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Trouble shooting the IPTO will require the
use of a pressure gauge with a capacity of 500
psi, or higher. Before a problem may be
solved, the oil pressure to the clutch assembly
must be determined. Check the oil pressure to ~
the clutch assembly as follows:
1. Remove test plug in PTO shift lever cover
and install a pressure gauge as shown in Fig.
26. The following fittings are used to install
the gauge shown: MFN 50 KK, N 1100 H and
HY 25.
2. Start engine and heat oil to 180-190 0 F.
3. With engine speed at 1800 l'pm, shift PTO
lever to "on", Pressure gauge should read 240
to 350 psi.
4. Shift PTO lever to "off" and gauge should
read O.
5. Slowly move the shift lever frol11 "off" ta
"on" position. The lever should 1110dulate the
pressure smoothly and continously from 0 to
100 psi, then increase to 240-350 psi.
6. With PTO clutch still engaged, flip the
Multi-Power from "Hi" to "Lo", Pressure
gauge should flicker, but remain at approxi-
mately the same reading.
7. When the previous checks have been
made, proceed to trouble shooting as follows:
 MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

PROBLEM

1. PTO slipping under load

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION

a. Faulty regulating valve Check pressure as outlined. If pressure is
low, rem ove valve and inspect. Replace
necessary parts.

b. PTO clutch disc worn Replace disco

c. Leak in system Check oil lines and "O"-ring. Correct as

required.

d. Faulty hydraulic pump Check pressure at PTO clutch. If pump is

at fault, pressure will be too low. Check
pump and replace as required.

2. PTO Shaft does not stop when lever is in

"off" position

a. Damaged shift mechanism Remove shift lever and correct.

b. Clutch disc not releasing Remove clutch assembly and check wave
springs. Check friction disc for warp or
damage. Replace as necessary.

c. Brake inoperative Check brake disco Check brake piston for

sticking or damage. Replace as necessary.

3. Noise in system

a. Worn or damaged PTO shaft bearings Replace as required.

b. Bent PTO Shaft Replace shaft.

c. Incorrect clearance between clutch Adjust clearance to .005" to .015"

assembly and Ferguson pump

d. Incorrect oil (too heavy) Use M-1129A Specification.

Printed in U.S.A. 15
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
PART 4-INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM-
MF 135, 150 AND 165 TRACTORS
Page
Description and Operation.. • • • • . • • • • • • . • • • • . .
Hydraul ic Lift Cover •••••••••••••.•••••••••.
Removing the Hydraul ic 1ift cover. • • • • • • • • • • •
Install ing the Hydraul ic 1ift cover •• • • • •• • • • • •
Disassembl ing Hydraul ic 1ift cover •••••••••••
Reassembl ing the Hydraul ie 1Ht cover. • • • • •• • •
Servicing the Master control spring. • • • • • • •• • •
Adjusting the Hydraulic lift cover .•••.•••••
Final Adjustments of the Hydrautie
System............ ..................... ..
Dash Pot Assembl y • • • . • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Removing the Dash Pot assembly •••••••••••••
Instoll ing the Dash Pot assembly •••••••••••••
Disassembling the Dash Pot .................
Reassembling the Dash Pot..................
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The Hydraulic System described in this part
is similar to the one used on the MF 35, 50 and
65 Tractors. It has Draft Control through the
top link and Master Control Spring, also Posi-
tion Control regulated by the operator.
One difference in the two systems is that the
MF 35, 50 and 65 Tractors have a slow re-
sponse control which restricts the dropping of
the impIe ment by regulating the amount of
travel of the control valve to an exhaust posi-
tion. On this system, the rate of lowering an
impIe ment is controlled by a dash pot, which
retards the control valve toward the exhaust
position. This enables the tractor to be oper-
ated in slow response over an uneven terrain
and still maintain an even depth of the imple-
ment. The control valve is spring-Ioaded to-
ward the intake side, rather than toward the ex-
haust, as is the earlier system. The hydraulic
'system can be raised into transport position or
lowered position with either the draft control
lever or -the position control lever. Fig. 1
shows a view of the lift cover assembly, stand-
pipe and the hydraulic pump assembly posi-
tioned as they would appear in the tractor
also shows identüication of Controls.
Printed in U.S.A.
INDEX
Page
1 Hydraulic Pump •..••••••••••••••••••••••.•••. 10
1 Removing the Hydraul ie pump • • • . • • . . . • . . • • •. 11
3 Disassembl ing the hydraul ic pump. • • • • • • • . • . •• 11
3 Disassembl ing the Control Valve.............. 12
4 Servicing the Control Valve
5 and Oscillator •••••••••••••••••••.•••..•• 13
6 Reassembl ing the Control Valve ••••••••.•.••. 13
7 Servicing the Valve Chambers. • • • • • • • . . • • • . •• 14
Inspecting the Valve Chambers.. •••••...••.•. 14
9 Reseating the Valve Seats •••.••...••••..•••.. 15
10 Reassembling the Hydraulie Pump ••••....••.•• 15
10 Installing the Hydraulie Pump ................ 16
10 Lubrication •••.••••••.••••••••.••.••....••.. 17
10 - Trouble-Shooting • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • • • . • • • . • •. 17
10 Quick Service Checks •••••••.••••••.••..•.••• 19
To operate the hydraulic system in position
control, the draft control lever must be an the
way to the rear of the quadrant. The lower
links can then be positioned by the position con-
trollever. When the position control lever is
moved toward the rear of the quadrant, the
lower links will raise. When moved toward the
forward side of the quadrant, the lower links
with lower in proportion to the position of the
lever. This lever is used for attaching imple-
ments and for operating implements that are
not draft controlled.
To operate the system in draft control, the
position control lever must be placed in trans-
port position (to the rear of the quadrant
against stop). The draft control lever, which
is on the outer quadrant, is provided with an
adjustable locater which allows the operator to
lower the impIe ment to the same depth each
time. When operating in draft control, the im-
pIe ment is raised to transport and lowered
with the draft -control lever.
HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER
The hydraulic lift cover is mounted on top
1
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

. DRAFT CONTROL
LEyER
. POSITION CONTROL
!I-:-- . LEVER

ADJUSTABLE.
LQCAT2IL.

LIFT
COVER·

MULTI- POWÉR
PUMP

CONTROL
VALVE
....p:VER

Fig. 1 - Hydraulic lift Cover and Pump

Fig. 2 - Response Control

2
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig. 4 - Lift Cover Plac:ed Prior to Servic:ing
of the center housing, beneath the seat. The
draft and position control linkage and lift mech-
anism is attached to the lift cover as an assem-
bly. There are two types of lift cover asse m-
blies used on the above-mentioned tractors.
The two assemblies can be easily identified
from one another by the thickness of the lift
cover itself. It is important to know the type
of cover assembly being serviced, as the posi-
tioning of the lift arms is different in the two
assemblies when making adjustments. Basic-
ally, the disassembling and reassembling pro-
cedures are the same. The following com-
ponents are different; lift shaft, lift shaft bush-
ings and "O"-rings, linkage assembly, lift
ram arm, connecting rod, and the cylinder as-
sembly. To identify the two assemblies, note
the thickness of the cover. Assembly No.
190 861 Ml is approximately 7/8" thick at the
front end, assembly No. 897 592 Ml is approx-
imately 1-1/8" thick. For service informa-
tion, refer to the appropriate heading.
REMOVING THE HYDRAUlIC 11FT COVER
1. Remove seat and disconnect lower lift
links.
2. Remove response control assembly from
'right side of differential housing; see Fig. 2.
3. Remove capscrews securing lift cover to
housing and remove stand pipe.
4. Remove roller from control valve lever
through opening in right side of differential
Prin.ed in U.S.A.
MF J35, J50 and J65
INTERNAI. HYDRAUlIC SYSTEM
Fig. 5 - Adjusting Master Control Spring
1. Setscrew 2. Adjus'ing Nu' 3. Rocker Link
housing. This roller can be removed by spread-
ing the sides of the control valve lever at the
upper end.
5. Use a suitable hoist and raise the lift
cover vertically from tractor, as shown in
Fig. 3.
NOTE: On the MF 165 Tractor, il will
be necessary to unhook the control,
beam at the rear of the lift cover be-
fore removal.
INSTAl.lING THE HYDRAUlIC 11FT COVER
The lift cover must be properly adjusted be-
fore installing, as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting the Lift Cover" in this part of the
manual.
1. Place a new gasket on differential housing.
2. Refer to Fig. 3 and lower the lift cover
slowly into place. At the same time, check
through opening at right side of housing and
position the dash pot piston rod between the
sides of the upper end of the control valve lever.
NOTE: Use care, when installing the
lift cover, not to bump the control
valve lever. This lever could be
pushed off ils pivot socket and be dif-
3
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

Fig. 6 - Lift Shaft Assembly Identification and Fig.7 - Removing or Installing Quadrant Assembly
Sequence of Pa rts 1. Adjusting Boit 3. Draft Control Finger 4. Position Control Finger
1. Dosh Pot Assembly 4. Bushings 5. "0" -Ring 2. Vertical Lever 5. Quadrant Assembly
2. Ca pscrews 6. Rom Arm
3. Lift Arm 7. LiftShoft

screws (No. 2) on the right side and remove

ficult to install without removing extra lift arme The left lift arm, shaft and bushings
parts. can now be removed as an assembly; see Fig. 6.

3. Install cover retaining boUs and torque
50 - 55 ft.-Ibs.
4. Install roller at upper end of control valve
lever by spreading the sides open.
6. Remove Allen-head screw securing the
quadrant assembly (No. 5, Fig. 7) to the lift
cover.

5. Adjust the hydraulic system, as outlined

under the heading "Final Adjustments of the
Hydraulic System tl in this part of the manual.

DISASSEM8L1NG HYDRAULIC. LIFT COVER

1. Invert the lift cover and place securely
on blocks high enough to clear the quadrant, as
shown in Fig. 4.

2. Remove the two special boUs securingthe

rocker link (No. 3, Fig. 5) to the lift cover.

3. Loosen setscrew (No. 1, Fig. 5) holding

adjusting nut (No. 2) in cover assembly and re-
move nut and spring assembly, using special
tool No. FT 358, as shown.

4. Remove dash pot assembly (No. 1,

Fig. 6). Fig. 8 - Removing or Installing Vertical Lever Assembly
1. Vertical Lever 3. Droft Control Finqcr
2. Position Control Finger 4. Position Control Cam
5. Refer to Fig. 6 and remove the two cap- 5. Droft Control Cam

4
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Fig.9 - Removing or Installing Mounting Bracket Fig. 10 - Ram Arm and Control Cams Installed
1. Brccket 2. Cotter Key 5 3. Ca pscrews 1. Pin 3. Rem Arm 5. Position Control Carn
2. Setscrew 4. Droft Control Red 6. Droft Control Corn

7. Loosen adjusting boU (No. 1, Fig. 7) to

free vertical lever (No. 2) and unhook spring
between position cam and finger from finger.
8. Hold draft and position control fingers
(Nos. 3 and 4, Fig. 7) up with one hand, rotate
the quadrant assembly (No. 5) with the other
hand and remove the quadrant.
9. Remove vertical lever and fingers (Nos.
1, 2 and 3, Fig. 8) as an assembly.
scoring. If excessive scoring is on the piston
or cylinder, they should be replaced. Inspect
aU parts for misalignment, wear or damage.
Replace, if necessary.
1. Install cylinder assembly on lift caver,
as shawn in Fig. 11.

10. Refer to Fig. 9 and instaU cotter keys

in draft and position cam rods to secure springs
in place while removing or instaUing.

11. Remove capscrews, No. 3, Fig. 9, and

remove bracket (No. 1).

12. Refer to Fig. 10, loosen setscrew (No. 2)

and remove pin (No. 1) and control cams
(Nos. 5 6). and
13. The ram arm (No. 3) and piston rad can
now be lifted out of the housing.

14. Remove the four boUs securing cylinder

to lift cover and remove cylinder.

REASSEM8l1NG THE HYDRAUlIC LIFT CaVER

Inspect the piston and cylinder for wear or Fig. 11 - Cylinder Installed on Lift Coyer

Printcd in U.S.A.
5
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

2. Place ram arm (No. 3) and piston rod in

place in the lift caver, as shawn in Fig. 10.
3. Refer to Fig. 10, install draft and posi-
tion control cams (Nos. 5 and 6) with pin
(No. 1) and secure with setscrew (No. 2);
when this is done, no excessive side-play should
be in the control cams and no binding.

4. Refer to Fig. 9, position control cam rods

in bracket (No. 1) and install One capscrew (No.
3). Hold bracket in place and remove cotter
keys (No. 2), then install the other capscrew.
NOTE: The two cotter keys (No. 2)
are used to hold springs in place while
rernoving or ins talling control carn Fig. 12 - Cut-Awoy View of Moster Control Spring
rods and springs. 1. Rubber Plug 3. RctainN Nut 5 Pil1
2. Rubber Boat 4. Spring 6 Plul1gcr
5. Align the position and draft fingers be-
tween their respective cams and place vertical
lever in place, as shown in Fig. 8. Start ad-
justing boIt into vertical lever, but don 't tight-
en. (This boIt is an adjustment which will be
made later. ) spring must be very snug but can still
be rotated by hand. For adjl/stmellt
6. fustall quadrant assembly (No. 5, Fig. 7). procedure, yefer to tlze lzeadillg "Ser-
Hold draft and position control fingers (Nos. 3 vicing tlze lviaster Control Spril/g" ill
and 4) up with one hand and rotate the quadrant this part of the IIlaJUtal.
while installing. Install Allen-head screw to
secure quadrant to lift cover (tighten securely).
12. Install the two special bolts securing the
7. Hook spring between position control cam rocker link to the lift cover.
and finger.

8. fustall the lift shaft aligning master spline

in shaft with master spline in ram arm (No. 6,
Fig. 6).
9. fustall bushings (No. 4, Fig. 6) with an
"O"-ring between them, lift arm (No. 3) and
secure with boIts (No. 2). Adjust lift shaft so
arms will move freely through the full range of
travel with no end-play by tightening boIts
(No. 2, Fig. 6). When the correct adjustment
is obtained, secure boIts with locking tabs.
10. fustall dash pot assembly (No. 1, Fig. 6).
11. Install the master control spring as-
sembly and adjust, using special tool No.
FT 358, as shown in Fig. 5. Adjust spring to
obtain no end-play by turning in or out on nut
(No. 2) and tighten lock setscrew 40 to 65
in.-lbs.
NOTE: The master control spring
assembly should be checl?ed for the
correct adjllstJJtent before installed
into the lift caver. A quic/( checl? call
be made by tUYJ/ing tlze spring. The
SERVICING THE MASTER CONTROL SPRING
To remove, refer to items 2 and 3 under the
heading "Disassembling the Hydraulic Lift
Cover".
The mas ter control spring has two separate
adjustments which can be made without remov-
ing the lift cover from the tractor. Either ad-
justment will effect the other and also cause
the system to operate improperly. Fig. 12
shows a cut-away view of the master control
spring assembly. To disassemble the master.
control spring, refer to Fig. 12 and proceed,
as follows:
1. Move rubber boot, No. 2, out of groove
and remove pin, No. 5.
2. Remove plug, No. 1, and, with a large·~
screwdriver, turn plunger, No. 6, out of the
threaded housing.

6
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, ISO and J65
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Fig. 13 - Master Control Spring - Exploded View

1. Rocker Link 4. Ru bber Boat 6. Spring
2. Rubber Plug S. Retoiner Nut 7. Spring Seat
3. Pin 8. Plunger
Fig. 14 - Adjusting Draft Control Rad

To assemble the master control spring, refer

to Fig. 13 for identification and sequence of
parts and assemble while adjusting, as follows:
Screw plunger (No. 8) into clevis and rocker
link assembly (No. 1) until control spring
(No. 6) end-play has just been eliminated. In-
crease pre-Ioad to the next slot in plunger
where pin (No. 3) can be installed. With the
master control spring adjusted in this man-
ner, the final adjustment, when the assembly
is installed into the lift cover, can be easily
obtained. To make the final adjustment of the
master control spring, proceed, as follows:
and lowered freely through their full range of
movement. Bend over ends of clips to lock
capscrews in place.
2. Adjust master control spring assembly by
turning in or~out on retaining screw sufficiently
to eliminate all end-play without producingend-
play in the previously adjusted interior plunger.
Tighten Allen setscrew against lead plug to
secure adjusting nut (tighten to 40- 65 in. -lbs. ).

Refer to Fig. 5 and, using special tool No.

FT 358, adjust spring to obtain no end-play by
turning in or out on nut (No. 2) and tighten
lock setscrew 40 to 65 in. -lbs.

NOTE: End-play may be caused by

having the retainer nut loo t?ght as
well as loo loose. The draft control
lever must be Jully down when making
this final adjustment.

ADJUSTING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER

Before the lift cover is installed, the follow-

~, ing adjustments must be made. Refer to
Fig. 14 and proceed, as follows:

1. Lift arm adjustment - Tighten capscrews

at end of lift shaft so lift arms can be raised Fi~. 15 - Adjusting Draft Control linkage

Printed in U.S.A. 7
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

Fig. 17 - Adjustment Wedge Tooi No. MFN163 Installed

1. Plunger Assembly 3. Vertical Lever 5. Dash Pot Assembly
2. Allen Setscrew 4. Adjustment Screw 6. Roller

d. Locate the ram arm, using special tool

No. MFN 970, as shown in Fig. 16.

NOTE: Install tool No. MFN 970 with ''-.../

Fig. 16 - Adjusting Position Control linkage
NOTE: The draft control lever must
befully down when making this adjust-
ment.
3. Make the draft control rod adjustment by
placing the draft control lever in the full up
position. Using special gauge No. MFN 124,
turn self-Iocking screw to obtain a clearance of
. 170 ± .010" (see Fig. 14).
4. Refer to Fig. 15 and make the draft con-
trol adjust;ment, as follows:
a. Move the position control lever to
transport position.
Fig. 16:
b. Locate the draft control lever between
the two sector marks on the quadrant.
(The rear sector mark is located ap-
proximately 4-3/8" from rear of
quadrant. )
c. Place the adjustment wedge tool No.
MFN 163 in place, as shown, to hold
dash pot piston in a fixed position.
s'ide of gauge marked .470 toward ranz
arm when adjusting a 7/8" thickness
cover, and install tool with s'ide of
gauge marked . 636 tozvard ram arm
when adjusting a 1-1/8/1 cover.
e. Loosen position control lever adjusting
screw enough to free position control
cam lever.
f. Apply a 3-lb. force to the verticallever
and turn draft adjusting boit to obtain a
clearance of . 000" - . 002" between lev-
er and dash pot piston rod.
g. Tighten locknut on adjusting boit and
recheck clearance.
5. Position control adjustment; refer to
a. Move draft control lever to the fully up
position.
b. Place the position control lever in the
transport position (against stop).
c. Locate the ram arm, using special
tool No. MFN 970, as shown in Fig. 16.

8
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAI. HYDRAUI.IC SYSTEM

NOTE: Be sure the pyoper side of

tooZ is used.

d. With adjustment wedge in place, apply

a 3-lb. force ta vertical lever and turn
adjustment screw ta obtain .000" - .002'!
clearance between lever and dash pot
piston rad, as shawn. Tighten locknut
and recheck the clearance.

FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF
THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
There are two final adjustments ta be made on
the hydraulic system after the pump, lift caver
and linkage have been installed. They are the
control valve adjustment and response adjust-
ment.
Fig. 18 - Adjusting Response
1. Adjust control valve, as follows:

a. Remove lower boIt from response con-

trol lever and plate assembly and drain
transmission ail ta level ofthis opening.
b. Remove response control lever and
plate assembly. Fig. 17 shows plate
removed.
c. Attach an 850-lb. weight ta the lower
links.
d, Place adj us t me nt wedge (tool No.
MFN 163) firmly between dash pot·
piston rad and piston caIlar ta hold
dash pot and linkage in neutral posi-
tion. Fig. 17 shows adjustment wedge
installed.
e. Start tractor engine and run at 400 - 600
rpm while making these adjustments.
f. Position draft control lever between
sector marks on quadrant, and posi-
tion control lever fully down.
g. Refer ta Fig. 17 and turn adjustment
screw (No. 4) in until lower links begin
ta rise; when the links are slightly
above horizontal, turn the adjustment
screw out until links just stop rising.
This will synchronize the pump control
valve and the lever assembly in the
neutral position.
NOTE: If the weight raises too high
when making this adjustment, move
the control valve lever forward ta
lower weight back to' the horizontal
position again.
h. Remove the adjustment wedge and in-
staIl the response lever and caver
assembly.
i. Add transmission ail ta full mark on
dipstick.
2. Response adjustment:
The rate of drop of the lift arms is deter-
mined by the location of the response lever. To
adjust, proceed, as follows:
a. Attach an 850-lb. weight, or an imple-
ment of comparable weight, ta the lift
links.
b. Raise and lower the weight several
times with the position control lever
ta remove an air from the system.
c. Remove the four screws securing plate
ta the response caver; remove plate
and remove pipe plug.
d. Refer ta Fig. 18, rotate response lev.er
1/4" from slow position, insert a 3/32"
Allen hex wrench through pipe plug hale
and loosen setscrew. Tighten setscrew
2 - 3 ft.-Ibs., reinstall pipe plug and

Printed in U.S.A. 9
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

install plate. Refer to No. 2, Fig. 17,

for a view of the setscrew with cover
removed.

NOTE: Some models may have a cap-

screw in Place of the Allen-head set-
screw, shawn in Fig. 17. On these
madels, use a socket with an exten-
sion, using care not ta drap the sacket
when making the adjustment.
e. Check the response setting by rotating
the response lever to slow position.
Raise weight with position con t roI
lever, then quickly lower the position
control lever. The weight should start
to lower slowly and graduaUy increase.
Rotate the response lever to fast and
the weight should faU rapidly when po-
sition control lever is moved to lower-
ing position.
Fig. 19 - Oash Pot Assembly Identification
and Sequence of Parts
1. Plunger Adiustment Rod 6. Dosh Pot Body
DASH POT ASSEMBL y 2.
3.
Spring
Plunger
7.
8.
Snap Ring
Piston Rod ond Guide
4. Plunger Needle 9. $pring
5. Plunger Needle Spring 10. Piston
The dash pot assembly is located at the lower 11. Piston Return $pring
end of the vertical lever on the lift cover. With
the response control lever in the slow response,
the dash pot will retard the control valve to-
ward the exhaust position. This will cause the No. 3, and remove rod, No. 1, and spring,
lower links to start to lower slowly and grad- No. 2. Tip the assembly over and catch needIe,
uaUy increase. With the response control lever No. 4, and spring. Hoid in on piston rod and
in fast response, the lower links will faH rapid- guide, No. 8, and remove snap ring, No. 7,
ly when they are lowered. and carefully remove piston assembly.

REMOVING THE DASH POT ASSEMBLY

To remove the dash pot assembly, the hy-
draulic lift cover will have to be removed, as
outlined under the heading "Removing the Hy-
draulic Lift Cover". Remove the dash pot from
bracket by removing the two retaining boUs.
INSTALLING THE DASH POT ASSEMBLY
1. Install the dash pot assembly to bracket
with two mounting boUs.
REASSEMBLING THE DASH POT
Refer to Fig. 19 for identification and se-
quence of parts and assemble, as shown. When
the plunger assembly, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, is as-
sembled, tighten setscrew in plunger, No. 3,
just enough to hold rod, No. 1, in place. The
adjustment will have to be made after the dash
pot assembly has been installed in tractor; see
heading "Final Adjustment of the Hydraulic
System".

2. ReinstaU the lift cover, as outlined under

the head ing "lnstalling the Hydraulic Lift
Cover".
DISASSEMBLING THE DASH POT
Refer to Fig. 19 and remove Nos. 1, 2, and
3 as an assembly. Loosen setscrew in plunger,
HYDRAULIC PUMP
The hydraulic pump used in the MF 135, 150
and 165 Tractors is full floating, constant run-
ning, positive four-cylinder, scotch yoke pis-
ton-type pump. The pump obtains its oil from
the transmission and differentia1 housing, and
has a relief valve set at 2300 to 2800 psi.

10
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig. 20 - Hydraulic Pump with Multi-Power Pump Attached
1. Multi-Power Pump 3. Control Valve Lever
2. Mounting Bracket 4. Hydraulic Pump Assembly
REMOV'NG THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
1. Drain transmission oil by removing the
two drain plugs (one plug in transmission hous-
ing and one in the center housing).
2. Remove lift cover, as outlined under the
heading "Removing the Hydraulic Lift Cover".
3. On tractors without Multi-Power trans-
mission, proceed, as follows:
a. Remove drive coupler.
b. Remove PTO shaft.
c. Remove the four nuts (two on each side)
securing the dowel pins in side of the
hydraulic pump and remove the dowel
pins.
d. Lift hydraulic pump out of center hous-
ing through opening in top.
On tractors e qui P p e d with Multi- Power
transmission, it will be necessary to split the
tractor between the center housing and trans-
mission and remove the hydraulic pump from
front end of center housing. To do so, pro-
ceed, as follows:
a. Loosen hydraulic line between pump
Printed in U.S.A.
MF 135, 150 and 165
INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM
Fig. 21 - Hydraulic Pump Assembly - Side View
1. Filter Assembly 5. Ca pscrews
2_ Multi-Power Pump 6. Control Valve Pin and Rollers
3. Multi-Power Pump Drive Geor 7_ Rear Pump Body
4_ Front Pump Body 8. Reto iner Nut
9_ Va Ive Body
and transmission at the Multi- Power
pump through lift çover opening.
b. Support the transmission and center
housing on suitable stands or jack and
remove bolts securing transmission to
center housing.
c. Remove four nuts, two on each side,
securing dowel pins in side of hydrau-
lic pump.
d. Remove pump through opening in front
end of center housing.
D'SASSEMSUNG HYDRAULIC PUMP
Fig. 20 shows a view of the hydraulic pump
assembly used in the MF 135, 150 and 165
Tractors equipped with Multi- Power transmis-
sion. This pump includes the Multi-Power
pump and its mounting bracket (Nos. 1 and 2).
The same hydraulic pump is used on tractors
without Multi-Power transmission, with the ex-
ception of Nos. 1 and 2.
To disassemble the hydraulic pump, refer
to Fig. 21 and proceed, as follows:
11
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

.~.

Fig. 22 - Control Volve and Oscillator Assembly - Removed

1. Spocer Wosher 4. Sealing Washer 6. IIOIf·Ring Retainer 8. Seoling Wosher
2. Seoling Wosher 5. "OU-Ring 7. "O"·Ring 9. Reor Pump Body
3. Spocer 10. Conlrol Volve and Oscillolor Asscmbly

1. Rem 0 V e the capscrews securing the move control valve assembly, as outlined under
Multi-Power pump and remove pump. the heading "Disassembling the Hydraulic
Pump".
2. Remove nut (No. 8) from end of control
valve assembly and remove key and pin from
oscillator assembly.

3. Remove cotter key from gear (No. 3) and

remove gear.

4. Remove the four bolts securing pump body

together and remove front half of pump (No. 4).

5. Remove rear pump half (No. 7) with con-

trol valve assembly.

6. Remove control valve lever, being care-

fuI not to lose pin and rollers (No. 6). Remove
pin and roUers. The control valve and oscil-
lator can then be removed as an assembly.

7. Remove the valve bodies (No. 9) from

the pistons. The pistons and cam blocks can be
removed from the cam shaft.

Fig. 23 - Control Vo Ive Spacer and "0" -Ring Reta iner

DISASSEMBLING CONTROL VALVE 7. "O"-RIf19
1. Spoccr Woshcr, 4. Wirc Tooi Rl'hll!Wr
2. Sca>ing Woshcr 5. Scoling Woshcr 8. ··O"·Ri"9
1. Disassemble the hydraulic pump and re- 3. Spoccr 6. "O"·Ring 9. 51.'0111\9 W'l·.lH'F

12
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Fig. 25 - Control Volve - Disassembled

Fig. 24 - Control Volve and Oscillator - Disassembled 1. Control Valve 3. Spring 5. Retoining Ring
2. Retaining Washer 4. $pring Retainer 6. Pin
1. Snap Ring 2. Control Valve Assembly 3. Oscillator Body

1. Place washer (No. 10), "O"-ring (No. 9),

2. Remove capscrews (No. 5, Fig. 21) and in rear pump body.
remove ail intake housing.
2. Slide "O"-ring retainer (No. 8) into place.
3. Remove control valve and oscillator as-
sembly (No. 10, Fig. 22). The washers and 3. Place "0"- ring (No. 7) next ta retainer,
spacers can now be removed. followed by washer (No. 6).

4. Use a wire tool (made from bronze weld-
ing rad) (No. 4, Fig. 23) and hook in hale in
retainer (No. 7) ta remove retainer and "0"-
rings.
4. Place spacer (No. 5) against washer
(No. 6).
5. Install washers (Nos. 2 and 3) and secure
with filter and intake housing. Tighten the
four retaining capscrews 8 ta 10 ft. -lbs. torque.

SERVICING THE CONTROL 6. Install control valve and oscillator as-

VAL VE AND OSCILLA TOR
1. Refer ta Fig. 24 and remove snap ring
(No. 1) and slide control valve and spring as-
sembly (No. 2) out of oscillator body.
sembly through front side of rear pump housin€;.
See Fig. 22 for identification and sequence of
parts.

2. Refer ta Fig. 25, remove ring (No. 5),

compress spring with hand and remove pin
(No. 6). Carefully remove spring retainer
(No. 4) with spring. This spring is used ta
ho Id the control valve toward the intake side
when il1stalled into the pump. Ta reassemble, 1

reverse the disassembly procedure. IIH'-------->I 1

1

REASSEMBLING THE CONTROL VALVE

1

L"'lspect the control valve for wear or damage. i

The three seal washers must fit snugly on the 1
control valve and move freely. If replacement 1

is necessary, replaCE? valve and washers as an Fig. 26 - Illustrated Drawing of Contra! Valve Assembly
assembly. Replace al! "O"-rings. Ta install 1. Control Rad 4. Control Valve 8. "O"·Ring Retainer
the control valve into pump, refer ta Fig. 26 2. Sealing Washer 5. Spacer 9. "O"·Ring
3. Spccer Washer 6. Seoling Wosher 10. $co!ing Wosher
and proceed, as follows: 7. "O"·Ring

Pr-inted in U.S.A. 13
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4

Fig. 27 - Valve Chamber Identification and

Sequence of Parts
1. Valve Chamber 4. Outlet Valve 6. "0" ·Ring
2. ln let Valve 5. Spring 7. Plug
3. Spring 8. Snap Ring

7. InstaIl control valve pin and rollers, as

shawn in Fig. 21. Install control valve lever
over this pin and raller.

SERVICING THE VALVE CHAMBERS

Fig. 29 - Cross-Sectional View of Tooi Installed
1. Upper Pilot 3. Outlet Volve Seat 4. Inlct Volve Scat
The two valve chambers are inter change- .2. Cutting Edges 5. Lawer Pi lot Surfoce

able ta either side of the pump; each consists

of two exhaust valves and two inlet valves. Ta
remove the valves from the valve chamber,
screw a 1/4" NC boIt in threads provided in
top of valve retainer plug. By removing snap
ring, the plug can be pulled out with this boIt.
After plug has been removed, tip valve chamber
over and bath springs and valves will faIl out.
See Fig. 27 for identification and sequence of
parts.

INSPECTING THE VALVE CHAMBERS

Check the valve and valve seats for pits or

Fig. 28 - Using Reseating Tooi Na. 1'01-6007
damage. If seats are pitted, they can be re-
seated and new valves installed. If the seàts
are not tao badly damaged, several reseating
operations may be performed, if only enough
material is removed ta "clean up" the upper
seat in the bore. When the upper seat is
"cleaned up", the lower seat will be reseated.

14
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig. 30 - Cam Blacks Installed an Camshaft
RESEATING THE VALVE SEATS
Use tool number N-6007 to reseat the dam-
aged valve seats. Place the valve chamber in
a soft-jaw vise and carefully insert the re-
seating tool, as shown in Fig. 28. Rotate the
tool in a clock-wise direction and exert a
steady pressure while turning.
NOTE: Remove only enough material
to clean up the upper s eat in each bore
and the lower s eat will automatically
be cleaned up.
Use extreme care when inserting the reseat-
ing tool into the bore or damage may occur to
the cutting edges. When the seats are cleaned
up, clean pump bodies thoroughly with solvent
and dry with compressed air to remove aIl the
metal cuttings.
Fig. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of tool
installed. If the reseating tool will not enter
into the bore, the cause is usually due to the
inlet seat being beaten by hydraulic forces dur-
ing prior pump operation. This closes the
tolerances in the bore of the seat. If this con-
Fig. 31 - Cam Blacks and Pistons Insta lied on Camshaft
Printed in U.S.A.
MF 135, 150 and 165
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Fig. 32 - Installing Valve Chambers on Pistons
dit ion exists, use a tapered screwdriver and
carefully rotate in the bore to clean away the
protruding metal. Always install new valves,
springs and "O"-rings when valve chambers
have been reseated.
REASSEMBLING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
1. Inspect aIl parts for damage or wear; re-
place, if necessary.
NOTE: RePlace aU "0 "-rings .
2. Refer to Fig. 30 and install cam blocks
and oscillator drive on camshaft. The cam
block with the oscillator drive must be on the
wide cam on camshaft and toward the opposite
cam block.
3. Install pistons on cam blocks with wide
portion of piston yoke toward the outside, as
shown in Fig. 31.
4. Assemble the control valve in the rear
pump body, as described under the heading
"Reassembling the Control Valve" in this part
of the manual.
5. Install valve bodies on pistons, using a
suitable ring campressar, as shawn in Fig. 32.
Make sure the oscillator drive lever is at the
lower side of the pump.
15
 MASSEY-FERGUSON
INTERNAL. HYDRAUL.lC SYSTEM
Fig.33 - Rear Hal! of Pump Body Installed
6. Place rear half of pump body over long
end of camshaft and align with valve bodies, as
shown in Fig. 33.
7. Place front half of pump body over short
end of camshaft and secure with retaining boIts.
(If tractor is equipped with Multi- Power trans-
mission, it will be necessary to install the
adaptor plate and pump, as shown in Fig. 20).
If the Multi-Power pump is installed, the back-
lash between the drive gears must be .002" to
.005". This clearance is obtained by shifting
the adaptor plate on the pump retaining bolts
and shims between pump base and plate.
Tighten pump retaining boIts 30 to 35 ft.-Ibs.
torque. Fig. 34 shows the hydraulic pump with
Multi- Power pump installed in the tractor.
INSTAL.L.lNG THE HYDRAUL.lC PUMP
On tractors without Multi-Power trans-
1.
mission, proèeed, as follows:
a. Place hydraulic pump in center housing
through opening in top and slide over
splined shaft in transmission.
b. Place dowel pins in place and secure
with retaining nuts.
c. Install PTO shaft.
16
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig. 34 - Hydraulic Pump with Multi-Power Pump - Installed
d. Install drive coupler between different
tial and transmission.
2. On tractors equipped with Multi-Power
transmission, proceed, as follows:
a. Place hydraulic pump in center housing
through opening in front and over PTO
shaft. Align dowel pins in side of
pump and secure with four nuts (two on
each side).
b. Place new gasket on center housing and
assemble transmission and ce nt e r
housing together.
c. Attach hydraulic line between trans-
mission and Multi- Power pump to the
pump.
3. Install the lift cover, as outlined under
the h e a d i n g "Installing the Hydraulic Lift
Cover".
4. Fill the transmission with specified oil
(M-1129 specifications) to cover the hydraulic ."-./.
pump, but leave low enough so oil will not run
out of opening at response cover opening.
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, J50 and J65
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAI. HYDRAUUC SYSTEM

5. Refer to the heading "Final Adjustments same used to lubricate the transmission and
of the Hydraulic System" for the remaining differential. The capacity of these combined
procedures. units is 8 U. S. gallons (M-1l29 specifications).

If external hydraulic systems are used, extra

LUBRICATION oil should be added to maintain the proper oil
level in the transmission. When not in use,
The oil used in the hydraulic system is the this extra oil should be drained out.

TROUBLE-SHOOTING

PR081.EM

1. Implement will not raise.

Possible Cause Correction

a. Sticking control valve .. Remove inspection cover and check control
valve for freedom of movement. If valve does
not operate sm 00 t h l y, remove pump and
correct.

b. Leak in system. Remove inspection cover and check for leaks

in ram cylinder, stand pipe, control valve or
pump side valve chambers. Cor r e c t, as
necessary.

c. Binding or damaged control linkage. Remove inspection cover and check by manu-
ally moving the linkage. Remove lift cover and
correct.

d. Adjustment screw between vertical lever Refer to the heading "Final adjustments of the
and control valve lever out of adjustment. Hydraulic System".

e. Faulty relief valve. Check valve while operating system. Replace,

if valve leaks.

f. Implement weight too much for system. Don't lift more than system can handle without
blowing the relief valve.

g. Faulty internaI pump parts. Will probably be indicated by a noise. Repair,

as necessary.

PR08l.EM

2. Implement raises but will not lower.

Possible Cause Correction

a. Sticking control valve. Remove inspection cover and check control

valve for freedom of movement. If valve does
not operate smoothly, remove pump and correct.

Printed in U.S.A. 17
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM GROUP" 1 - SECTION A - PART 4

Possible Cause Correction

b. Lift arms binding. Adjust capscrews at end of lift shaft so anus

will faU of their own weight.

c. Adj u stment screw between vertical lever Refer to the heading "Final Adjustments of the
and control valve lever out of adjustment. Hydraulic System".

PROBLEM
3. J erky or uneven lift when impIe ment is raising.

Possible Cause Correction

a. Valve sticking in side valve chamber. Remove pump, disassemble and free valves.

PROBLEM
4. Implement will not raise to the full Umit.

Possible Cause Correction

a. Draft control adjustment in cor r e c t or Remove the lift cover and refer to the heading
position control adjustment incorrect, or both "Adjusting the Hydraulic Lift Cover".
incorrect.

PROBLEM
5. Unable to obtain slow drop when the response lever is moved toward slow response.

Possible Cause Correction

a. Response not adjusted correctly. Refer to heading "Final Adjustment of the Hy-
draulic sy ste m" .

b. . Damaged or sticking dash pot. Remove dash pot assembly; clean and replace
damaged parts.

PROBLEM
6. Erratic action or poor control when operating in draft control.

Possible Cause' Correction

a. End-play in master control spring. Refer to the heading "Servicing the Mas~er
Control Spring".

b. Binding control linkage. Remove inspection cover and check linkage.

Correct, as required.

18
 MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
QUICK SERVICE CHECKS
The following checks should be made with the
hydraulic oil at room temperature, or higher.
1. Draft Control Checks:
a. Before attaching an impIe ment to the
tractor, place the response control
lever in the fast position, the position
control lever in the transport position
and the draft control lever fully down.
b. start. engine and run at 400 - 600 rpm.
Raise and lower the draft control lever;
the lower links must rai se and lower
through their full range oftravel. When
the draft control lever is moved fully
up, the lift links must rai se to trans-
port position without blowing the pump
relief valve.
c. Move the draft control lever ta a posi-
tion where the lower links will re-
main in an approximately horizontal
position. With the lower links in this
horizontal position, the draft control
lever should be between the two sector
marks on the quadrant or the internaI
draft linkage is not properly adjusted.
(A distance of 1/4" either way on the
quadrant is permissible.)
2. Position Control Checks:
a. start engine and run at 400 - 600 rpm.
b. Attach a large overhung impIe ment to
the three-point linkage, such as an
MF 66 Plow. The implement must
raise, lower and position through the
full range of travel, using the position
control lever. When the impIe ment
reaches a selected position with the
position control lever, it must remain
there and any evidence of hunting, or
tendency to creep down and up again is
an indication of internal leakage and
should be investigated. When the posi-
tion control lever is rai se d fully
against the stop, the impIe ment should
raise to transport without blowing the
pump relief valve.
c. To check proper transport position,
move the position control lever past the
stop, causing. the impIe ment to rise
slightly and blow the pump relief valve.
While the relief valve is b 1 0 win g,
scribe a line across the lift arm hub
Printed in U.S.A.
MF 135, 750 and 765
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
and cover and return position control
lever to transport against stop. The
scribed line s should be sep a rat e d
3/32" ± 1/16". If this dimension is not
correct, the transport stop should be
readjusted.
3. Master Control Spring Checks:
a. Check the sensitivity of the master
control spring by raising the imple-
ment off the ground with the draft con-
trol lever and position the lever so that
the impIe ment will remain approxi-
mately mid-range of its travel.
b. Apply a downward force to the rear of
the impIe ment; the draft system should
respond, causing the implement to
lower. Apply an: upward force to the
rear of the impIe ment and the draft
system should rise as long as the up-
ward force remains. This indicates
that the draft system is functioning
properly and will respond to changes in
draft loading on the top link.
4. Response Checks:
a. Place the r e s p 0 n s e lever in slow
position.
b. With the impIe ment in transport posi-
tion, lower the draft control lever
rapidly an the way down. The imple-
ment should hesitate slightly, then in-
crease faster as it lowers. (Approxi-
mate time - 3 to 5 seconds. )
c. Move the response lever to fast, rai se
the draft control lever, then l 0 w er
rapidly. The impIe ment should lower
fast. If the difference in rate of drop
is not noticeably slower in the two dif-
ferent positions (slow and fast re-
sponse), the response should be re-
adjusted.
5. Hydraulic Pump Checks:
a. Attach an 800 - 850-lb. weight to the
lower links.
b. With the engine running at 1500 rpm,
position the lower links horizontally.
Raise the position control lever rapiàly
to transport, and the links should raise
to transport position in 2 to 2.5 sec-
onds. This is an indication that the
hydraulic pump is functioning proper ly.
19